JP7724500B2 - gaming machines - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to gaming machines such as pachinko gaming machines (commonly referred to as "pachinko machines").

Gaming machines such as pachinko machines are provided with a frame-shaped center device having a protruding wall that protrudes forward from the front of the gaming board through which gaming balls flow, and the protruding wall prevents gaming balls from entering the frame, while forming an area outside the frame through which gaming balls flow, allowing players to enjoy watching the movement of the gaming balls (for example, Patent Document 1).

However, in this type of gaming machine, regardless of the model or manufacturer, a similar center frame is provided, making them uniform, and it is difficult to differentiate from other gaming machines using only the center gadget .

Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2021-13673

In view of the above, an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine equipped with a center device that can enhance appeal to players.

Means of the present invention: In the gaming machine,
"A game board having a game ball flow area on the front side,
A gaming machine equipped with a center role object attached to the gaming board and made of a transparent member,
The center device has a rolling section capable of rolling the game ball in the left-right direction, and a bottom wall member having a central release section capable of dropping the game ball rolling on the rolling section toward a specific winning area,
The bottom wall member is provided with a demolding trace portion formed during the molding process,
At least a part of the demolding trace portion of the bottom wall member is provided so as to be substantially symmetrical with respect to the imaginary center line of the central discharge portion,
A predetermined light emitting means is provided behind the bottom wall member.
The following means are exemplified as inventions other than the present invention.
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
A gaming machine in which a gaming board having a gaming area where gaming balls flow down is housed in a main body frame,
The gaming machine is provided with a gaming window through which the gaming area can be viewed,
The main body frame is pivotally supported by the outer frame,
A game is played by a player hitting a game ball into the game area through the player's operation,
A lottery is held at a predetermined opportunity, and a bonus is awarded to the player according to the result of the lottery;
Furthermore, the front of the gaming machine is equipped with push buttons that can be operated by the player to affect the presentation.
The game board has a game board with an opening, and the opening has a center frame;
The center frame is
A protruding wall portion protruding forward from the front surface of the play board is provided,
The protruding wall portion is characterized in that a demolding trace portion is provided on the front end surface thereof.

Here, the "center frame" refers to the part that constitutes the center gadget, and may be a frame-shaped part that follows the edge of the opening of the game board, or it may be divided into multiple parts in a direction that follows the edge of the opening of the game board. Furthermore, the "center frame" may be made up of a single member, or it may be made up of multiple members.

Furthermore, examples of "protruding wall portions" include "those that protrude forward from the front surface of the game board by a distance longer than the radius (or diameter) of the game ball" and "those that protrude forward from the front surface of the game board by a distance similar to the front end of the obstacle nails embedded in the game board."

Furthermore, "demolding traces" are traces left on a molded product by mechanisms used to remove the molded product from the molding die (metal mold) (e.g., ejector pins, push-up cores, straight-up cores, ejection cores, etc.), and are slightly concave, convex, or inclined compared to other areas. Possible shapes of these "demolding traces" include "semicircular or similar shapes," "circular," "triangular," "square," "pentagonal," "hexagonal," "polygonal," "irregular shape," "star-shaped," "heart-shaped," etc.

Means 1 is configured as a gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a center frame attached to the edge of the opening of the gaming board, the center frame having a protruding wall that protrudes forward beyond the front surface of the gaming board, and a demolding trace portion provided on the front end surface of the protruding wall (see the description of chapter [5-8c-2c. Demolding Trace Portion of Forward Protruding Portion], the demolding trace portion 2519, the center frame 2510, the forward protruding portion 2511, Figures 113 and 118, etc. in [Embodiment of the Invention]).

As a result, the center frame attached to the edge of the opening of the gaming board is provided with a protruding wall that protrudes forward. This protruding wall prevents gaming balls from falling (entering) into the opening of the gaming board, and also creates an area (play area) for gaming balls to flow down in the area on the front of the gaming board outside the center frame, allowing players to enjoy the movement of gaming balls flowing down this area. Furthermore, the front end surface of the protruding wall of the center frame is provided with demolding traces formed during molding of the center frame (molded product). The visible demolding traces make the center frame stand out and attract the player's attention to the center frame. Therefore, the demolding traces on the front end surface of the protruding wall of the center frame make players realize that a completely different center frame from conventional ones has been installed, strongly attracting the player's attention, resulting in a gaming machine with high player appeal.

In addition, because the demolding traces have a different shape compared to the other parts of the center frame, when light from the LCD display or LEDs located at the rear hits them, they will shine differently than the other parts. This makes the demolding traces stand out on the front end face of the protruding wall part of the center frame by shining a different light than the other parts, which strongly attracts the player's attention, and the glow from the demolding traces makes the center frame look beautiful.

The protruding wall may have a partition that divides the playing area through which the game balls flow into two, but the front end surface of that partition may not have any demolding traces. This means that the front end surface of the partition that divides the playing area into two of the protruding wall of the center frame does not have any demolding traces, making it possible for the player to recognize that the partition is a different part from the part of the protruding wall where the demolding traces are located, and thus making it possible for the player to recognize that the partition is not part of the frame and that the playing area 5a is divided into left and right halves.

Furthermore, if no demolding traces are provided on the front end surface of the partition as described above, the partition will be less noticeable than the area on the protruding wall where demolding traces are provided, making it difficult to notice the presence of the partition, and giving the player the illusion that game balls can move back and forth across the partition.

It is also desirable to align the shapes of adjacent demolding traces. This allows the demolding traces on the front end surfaces of the protruding wall portions of the center frame to look like patterns, improving the appearance of the center frame.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The protruding wall portion is
It has a partition that divides the playing area through which the game balls circulate into two, and the front end surface of the partition does not have the above-mentioned demolding trace portion.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, "partition" refers to "a portion extending vertically at the end (e.g., the right end) of the stage located within the center frame," "a portion extending downward from the center frame," "a portion on the left or right side of the center frame that partitions multiple ball passages," etc.

According to the configuration of Means 2, the protruding wall portion has a partition portion that divides the game area through which game balls circulate into two, and the front end surface of the partition portion does not have any demolding traces (see the description of partition portion 2511a of forward protruding portion 2511 in the [Description of the Invention]).

As a result, the front end surface of the partition section of the protruding wall of the center frame that divides the play area into two does not have any demolding traces, allowing the player to recognize that this partition section is a different part from the part of the protruding wall where the demolding traces are located, and therefore allows the player to recognize that the partition section is not a part that makes up the frame, and that the play area 5a is divided into left and right halves.

Alternatively, because the front end surface of the partition does not have any demolding traces, the partition is less noticeable than the area on the protruding wall where demolding traces are provided, making it difficult to notice the presence of the partition, and giving the player the illusion that game balls can move back and forth across the partition.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
The gaming machine includes:
The pachinko machine is characterized in that it has a game area in front of the game board where game balls flow down, and a prize opening into which the game balls can enter is provided in the game area, and a predetermined bonus is awarded when the game ball enters the prize opening.

Here, "winning opening" refers to "a general winning opening that is always open within the game area," "a starting winning opening (starting opening) that is always open within the game area and through which a lottery is held to determine whether a special symbol will be drawn to determine whether a game ball entering the opening will create a favorable game state for the player as a predetermined bonus," "a variable winning opening (variable starting opening, special winning opening, etc.) that allows a game ball to enter the game area as a predetermined bonus when the game ball enters a specific receiving opening (chucker) within the game area," and "a variable winning opening (variable starting opening, special winning opening, etc.) that allows a game ball to enter the game area as a predetermined bonus depending on the result of a lottery to determine a normal symbol when the game ball passes through a specific area (gate, through chucker, etc.) within the game area." Examples include: "a special prize opening, etc.)," "a variable start prize opening (variable start opening) in which a game ball can enter as a predetermined bonus depending on the result of a lottery for a normal symbol drawn when the game ball passes through a specific area within the game area (for example, a gate, a chucker, etc.), and a lottery for a special symbol is held to determine whether the entry of the game ball will create an advantageous gaming state in which the player is at an advantage as a predetermined bonus," "a V prize opening in which, when a game ball that enters a special prize opening is sorted by a sorting means and enters, creates an advantageous gaming state in which the player is at an advantage as a predetermined bonus," and "a large prize opening or special prize opening that opens and closes in a predetermined pattern to allow the entry of a game ball, creating an advantageous gaming state in which the player is at an advantage as a predetermined bonus."

Furthermore, the "pachinko machine" is one that includes "lottery means for drawing a lottery for a special symbol to generate a favorable gaming state in which the player is advantageous as a predetermined benefit when a gaming ball enters the starting opening; special lottery result display means as a display that variably displays the special symbol according to the lottery result of the special symbol drawn by the lottery means, and then stops and displays the special symbol, which is drawn based on the combination of the stopped and displayed special symbols; and advantageous gaming state generating means that opens and closes the big prize opening in a predetermined pattern when the special lottery result display means displays the special lottery result that generates the favorable gaming state (so-called digital pachinko machine)," and "distribution means for distributing gaming balls that enter the bonus prize openings." and advantageous game state generating means that, when a gaming ball allocated by the allocation means enters the V prize port, opens and closes the accessory prize port in a predetermined pattern as a predetermined bonus, thereby creating an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage (so-called "hanemono machine"); "has a large prize port and an accessory prize port, and opens and closes the large prize port or accessory prize port in a predetermined pattern depending on the results of a lottery for a special pattern drawn when a gaming ball enters the start port (start ball entry), and when a gaming ball that has entered the accessory prize port is allocated to the V prize port, opens and closes the accessory prize port or large prize port in a predetermined pattern as a predetermined bonus, creating an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage (so-called multi-function machine)."

According to the configuration of means 3, the gaming machine is a pachinko machine that has a gaming area in front of the gaming board where gaming balls flow down, and has a prize opening in the gaming area into which gaming balls can enter, and awards a predetermined bonus when a gaming ball enters the prize opening. This allows the pachinko machine to achieve the effects of any of the means described above.

In this way, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a gaming machine equipped with a center device that can increase appeal to players.

1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 2 is a right side view of the pachinko machine. FIG. 2 is a left side view of the pachinko machine. FIG. 2 is a rear view of the pachinko machine. This is an oblique view of a pachinko machine seen from the front right. This is an oblique view of a pachinko machine seen from the front left. This is a perspective view of a pachinko machine seen from behind. This is an oblique view of a pachinko machine seen from the front with the door frame open from the main frame and the main frame open from the outer frame. This is an exploded oblique view of a pachinko machine disassembled into a door frame, a game board, a main body frame, and an outer frame, as seen from the front. This is an exploded oblique view of a pachinko machine disassembled into a door frame, a game board, a main body frame, and an outer frame, viewed from the rear. FIG. 2 is a front view of the outer frame of the pachinko machine. FIG. FIG. This is a perspective view of the outer frame from the front. This is a perspective view of the outer frame from behind. This is an exploded perspective view of the outer frame disassembled into its main components as seen from the front. This is an exploded oblique view of the left outer frame assembly and the right outer frame assembly of the outer frame, viewed from the front. This is an exploded oblique view of the lower outer frame assembly of the outer frame, viewed from the front. 1A is an exploded perspective view of the outer frame upper hinge assembly of the outer frame as viewed from above the front, and FIG. 1B is an exploded perspective view of FIG. 1A as viewed from below the front. This is a perspective view of the door frame from the front. This is a perspective view of the door frame from behind. This is an exploded oblique view of the door frame from the front, with the door frame top decorative body and the door frame upper decorative body disassembled. This is an exploded oblique view of the door frame from behind, with the door frame top decorative body and the door frame upper decorative body disassembled. This is a front view of the door frame with the door frame upper decorative body removed. This is a rear view of the door frame with the door frame upper decorative body removed. This is a left side view of the door frame with the door frame upper decorative body removed. This is a right side view of the door frame with the door frame upper decorative body removed. This is an oblique view of the door frame from the front right, showing the door frame upper decorative body removed. This is an oblique view of the door frame from the front left, showing the door frame upper decorative body removed. This is an oblique view of the door frame from behind with the door frame upper decorative body removed. This is an exploded oblique view of the door frame from the front, with the upper door frame decorative body removed and the main components disassembled into parts. This is an exploded oblique view of the door frame from the rear, with the upper door frame decorative body removed and the main components disassembled into parts. This is a vertical cross-sectional view of the door frame with the door frame upper decorative body removed. FIG. 1A is a perspective view of a door frame base unit of a door frame as viewed from the front, and FIG. 1B is a perspective view of the door frame base unit as viewed from the rear. FIG. 1A is a perspective view of a door frame reinforcement unit in a door frame as viewed from the front, and FIG. 1B is a perspective view of the door frame reinforcement unit in a door frame as viewed from the back. 1A is a perspective view of the intermediate reinforcing frame of the door frame reinforcement unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 1B is a perspective view of the intermediate reinforcing frame of the door frame reinforcement unit as seen from the rear. 10 is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged view of a portion of the intermediate reinforcing frame in a vertical cross section of the door frame. FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram showing the dimensional relationship of the upper part of the intermediate reinforcing frame. FIG. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing modified example 1 of the intermediate reinforcement frame in the door frame, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing modified example 2 of the intermediate reinforcement frame, and (c) is an explanatory diagram showing modified example 3 of the intermediate reinforcement frame. 10A is an explanatory diagram showing a fourth modified example of the intermediate reinforcing frame in the door frame, and FIG. 10B is an explanatory diagram showing a fifth modified example of the intermediate reinforcing frame. (a) is a perspective view of the cylinder lock of the door frame as seen from the front, (b) is a perspective view of the cylinder lock of (a) as seen from the rear-front, (c) is a perspective view of the cylinder lock of a conventional pachinko machine as seen from the front, and (d) is a perspective view of the cylinder lock of (a) as seen from the rear. 41(a) is an exploded perspective view of the cylinder lock of FIG. 41(a) as seen from the front, and FIG. 41(b) is an exploded perspective view of the cylinder lock of FIG. 41(a) as seen from the rear. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing the movable mechanism of the cylinder lock in Figure 41 (a) from the front, (b) is an explanatory diagram of the cylinder lock shown in a state rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise from the state in (a), and (c) is an explanatory diagram of the cylinder lock shown in a state rotated 90 degrees clockwise from the state in (a). (a) is a perspective view of the ball feeding unit of the door frame base unit from the front, and (b) is a perspective view of the ball feeding unit from the back. (a) is an exploded oblique view of the ball feeding unit seen from the front, and (b) is an exploded oblique view of the ball feeding unit seen from the rear with the rear case and anti-tamper member removed. (a) is a perspective view of the fall cover unit of the door frame base unit as seen from the front, and (b) is a perspective view of the fall cover unit as seen from the back. FIG. 10 is a front view of the fall cover unit with the lid member removed. This is an exploded oblique view from the front of the handle unit, plate unit, and performance operation unit in the door frame. This is an exploded oblique view of the handle unit, plate unit, and performance operation unit in the door frame from behind. 1 is an exploded perspective view of the handle unit in the door frame as seen from the front. FIG. FIG. 10 is an exploded perspective view of the handle unit in the door frame, seen from behind. 1A is an explanatory diagram showing an oblique view of the relationship between the handle base, the handle, the handle return spring, and the handle touch sensor in the handle unit, and FIG. 1B is an explanatory diagram showing an exploded oblique view of FIG. 1A. 10 is an explanatory diagram showing a perspective view from behind of the relationship between the handle base, handle, handle return spring, handle touch sensor, and inner base in the handle unit. FIG. FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram showing a modified example of the handle unit, in a perspective view from behind, the relationship between the handle base, the handle, the handle return spring, the handle touch sensor, and the inner base. (a) is an oblique view showing the performance operation unit in a state where the transparent portion of the door frame is made opaque and the lever operation part is not protruding, and (b) is an oblique view showing the performance operation unit in a state where the lever operation part is protruding in (a). (a) is an explanatory diagram showing the performance operation unit from the right side together with the advance/retract mechanism when the lever operation part is not extended, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing the state in which the lever operation part is extended in (a). (a) is a perspective view of the performance operation unit seen from the front with the transparent portion made transparent, and (b) is a right side view of the performance operation unit of (a). This is an oblique view from the front of the unit reinforcement frame in the performance operation unit of Figure 55. 10 is an explanatory diagram showing a rotation mechanism of a rotating body in the lever operation unit. FIG. This is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of an example of a security measure using a glass unit in a door frame. FIG. 61 is an explanatory diagram showing a security measure using the glass unit shown in FIG. 60 from the rear. An explanatory diagram showing a first variant of a security measure that uses a glass unit or the like in a door frame different from those shown in Figures 60 and 61. An explanatory diagram showing a second modification of the crime prevention measure that uses a glass unit or the like that is different from that shown in FIG. 62. FIG. 2 is a front view of the main body frame of the pachinko machine. FIG. 2 is a rear view of the main body frame of the pachinko machine. This is an oblique view of the main body frame from the front right. This is an oblique view of the main body frame from the front left. This is an oblique view of the main body frame as seen from behind. This is an exploded oblique view of the main body frame disassembled into its main components as seen from the front. This is an exploded perspective view of the main body frame disassembled into its main components and viewed from the rear. (a) is an enlarged oblique view showing the lower left corner of the front of the main body frame, and (b) is an enlarged oblique view showing the lower left corner of the front of the main body frame when the door frame is opened relative to the main body frame. 10A and 10B are explanatory diagrams showing the operation of the connection cable guide member of the main body frame when the door frame is opened and closed relative to the main body frame. 1A is a perspective view of the ball launcher in the main body frame as seen from the front, and FIG. 1B is a perspective view of the ball launcher as seen from the back. (a) is a perspective view of the dispensing base unit of the main frame as seen from the front, and (b) is a perspective view of the dispensing base unit as seen from the back. (a) is a perspective view of the dispensing unit in the main body frame as seen from the front, and (b) is a perspective view of the dispensing unit as seen from the back. FIG. 1A is an exploded perspective view of the dispensing unit as viewed from the front, with the dispensing unit disassembled into its main components, and FIG. 1B is an exploded perspective view of the dispensing unit as viewed from the rear, with the dispensing unit disassembled into its main components. This is a rear cross-sectional view of the dispensing device of the dispensing unit, cut at the center of the dispensing blade in the front-to-rear direction. (a) is a rear cross-sectional view of the dispensing device cut at the center of the dispensing blade in the front-to-back direction when the ball removal movable piece is in the open state, and (b) is a cross-sectional view cut along line A-A in (a). An explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the door frame fall cover unit and the lower full ball path unit. An explanatory diagram showing the flow of game balls in the main body frame. 1A is a perspective view of a board unit of a main body frame as seen from the front, and FIG. 1B is a perspective view of the board unit as seen from the back. FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the board unit as seen from below and behind. FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the board unit, seen from the front, disassembled into its main components. FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the board unit disassembled into its main components and viewed from the rear. This is an enlarged side cross-sectional view showing the lower part of the pachinko machine cut in the center in the left-right direction. 1A is a perspective view of the locking unit of the main body frame as seen from the front, and FIG. 1B is a perspective view of the locking unit as seen from the rear. (a) is an oblique view of the board unit of the second embodiment, showing the power supply unit, dispensing control unit, and interface unit omitted, viewed from the front right, and (b) is an oblique view of the board unit of (a) viewed from the front left. 87A is a perspective view of the board unit of FIG. 87 seen from the upper right rear, and FIG. 87B is a perspective view of the board unit of FIG. 87A seen from the lower right rear. 87A is a plan view of the substrate unit of FIG. 87, FIG. 87B is a cross-sectional view taken along line K-K in FIG. 87A, and FIG. 87C is a cross-sectional view taken along line S-S in FIG. 87A. This is a cross-sectional view taken along line C-C in Figure 89(a). This is an exploded oblique view of the substrate unit of Figure 87 when viewed from the front. This is an exploded perspective view of the board unit of Figure 87, seen from the rear. This is a front view of the game board, showing the transparent center gimmicks and other parts as opaque. FIG. 94 is a perspective view of the game board of FIG. 93 as seen from the front right. FIG. 94 is a perspective view of the game board of FIG. 93 as seen from the front left. FIG. 94 is a perspective view of the game board of FIG. 93 from the rear. This is an exploded oblique view of the game board in Figure 93, broken down into its main components and viewed from the front. This is an exploded perspective view of the game board in Figure 93, broken down into its main components and viewed from the back. This is a front view of the game board, showing the inside of the game area where game balls circulate, by cutting the front unit parallel to the surface of the game panel. (a) is a perspective view of an assembly having a front component, a game panel and a front unit on the game board of Figure 93, as viewed from the front, and (b) is a perspective view of an assembly having a front component, a game panel and a front unit on the game board of Figure 93, as viewed from the back. 101 is an exploded perspective view of the assembly shown in FIG. 100 broken down into its main components as viewed from the front. 101 is an exploded perspective view of the assembly shown in FIG. 100 broken down into its main components and viewed from the rear. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged oblique view of the portion of the first information display section of the game board in the previous component, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of the portion of the first information display section of the game board, (c) is an explanatory diagram showing an oblique view of the first information display section of the game board and the first information sticker base disassembled, and (d) is an oblique view of the first information sticker base to which the first information sticker is affixed, viewed from the front. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged oblique view of the portion of the second information display section of the game board in the previous component, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of the portion of the second information display section of the game board, (c) is an explanatory diagram showing an oblique view of the second information display section of the game board and the second information sticker base disassembled, and (d) is an oblique view of the second information sticker base to which the second information sticker is affixed, viewed from the front. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged oblique view of the portion of the third information display section of the game board in the previous component, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of the portion of the third information display section of the game board, (c) is an explanatory diagram showing an oblique view of the third information display section of the game board and the third information sticker base disassembled, and (d) is an oblique view of the third information sticker base with the third information sticker attached, viewed from the front. This is an oblique view of the center device of the game board as seen from the front. This is an oblique view of the center device of the game board from behind. (a) is a front view of the stage unit in the center prop, and (b) is a rear view of the stage unit in the center prop. FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the stage unit as seen from the front. FIG. 10 is an exploded perspective view of the stage unit as seen from behind. FIG. 2 is an enlarged front view showing a main part of the stage unit. (a) is a cross-sectional view taken along line TA in Figure 111, (b) is a cross-sectional view taken along line CH in Figure 111, (c) is a cross-sectional view taken along line Z in Figure 111, and (d) is a cross-sectional view taken along line TTE in Figure 111. 10A to 10E are explanatory diagrams showing various aspects of demolding traces. (a) is a front view of the first member having demolding traces on both the front and rear sides of the stage unit of the center role piece, and (b) is a back view of the first member having demolding traces on both the front and rear sides of the stage unit. (a) is a front view of a second member in which a demolding trace portion is provided only on the rear side of the stage unit, and (b) is a back view of a second member in which a demolding trace portion is provided only on the rear side of the stage unit. (a) is a front view of a third member in which a demolding trace portion is provided only on the front side of the stage unit, and (b) is a rear view of the third member in which a demolding trace portion is provided only on the front side of the stage unit. 116(a) is a plan view of a second member in which a demolding trace portion is provided in a different position from that in FIG. 115, and FIG. 116(b) is a front view of a third member in which a demolding trace portion is provided in a different position from that in FIG. 116. This is an explanatory diagram showing a center device with a demolding trace portion on the front side, along with a game board. FIG. 109 is a front view showing a part of a stage unit of a second embodiment different from FIG. 108 etc. 119A is a perspective view of the stage unit of FIG. 119 seen from the front, and FIG. 119B is a perspective view of the stage unit of FIG. 119A seen from the rear. FIG. 120 is an exploded perspective view of the stage unit of FIG. 119 as seen from the front. 120 is an exploded perspective view of the stage unit of FIG. 119 as seen from behind. 119, (b) is a cross-sectional view taken along line 2-2 in FIG. 119, and (c) is a cross-sectional view taken along line NU-NU in FIG. 119. This is a front view of the game board showing the rear first rising and falling decoration moved from its normal state to an intermediate position between the standby position at the bottom and the raised position at the top. This is a front view of the game board showing the second rear rising decoration moved from its normal state to an intermediate position between the standby position at the bottom and the raised position at the top. FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing an outline of the control configuration of the game board. FIG. 10 is a front view showing an outline of the center device of the game board of the second embodiment. FIG. 10 is a front perspective view of the center device of the game board of the second embodiment. FIG. 10 is a perspective view of the center device of the game board of the second embodiment, seen from behind. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged view of the upper left corner of the center reel in Figure 127 where the reel winning opening is located, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing an oblique view of the area in (a) from the front, and (c) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of the reel winning opening in the ball passage of the center reel in Figure 127. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged perspective view of the upper right end of the center reel in Figure 127, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing an oblique view of (a) seen from behind, and (c) is an explanatory diagram showing a schematic cross section of the portion extending up and down in the ball passage of the center reel in Figure 127. 1A is a front view of an attacca unit provided with a passage decorative portion, and FIG. 1B is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of the passage decorative portion of the attacca unit of FIG. 1A. FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of an example of a passage decorative portion. 10A to 10C are explanatory diagrams showing examples of the shape of recesses in the passage decorative portion. 10A to 10C are explanatory diagrams showing examples of the shape of the convex portion in the passage decorative portion. 1A to 1C are explanatory diagrams showing a passage decorative portion provided with a plurality of convex portions and concave portions of different shapes. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passage decorative part in which a second protrusion of the same shape is provided on a first protrusion, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passage decorative part in which a second protrusion of a different amount of protrusion is provided on a first protrusion, (c) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passage decorative part in which a second protrusion of a different shape is provided on a first protrusion, and (d) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passage decorative part in which a second protrusion is also provided on the inclined surface of the first protrusion. (a1) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passage decorative part in which a second convex part of the same shape is provided on a first convex part, (a2) is an explanatory diagram showing (a1) from the front, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a passage decorative part in which a recess of a different shape from (a2) is provided from the front. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passage decorative part that is fitted into the opening of a game panel, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passage decorative part that is different in form from (a). FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged view of the outlet notation. 1A is a front view of the lower part of a game board with an outlet marking, and FIG. 1B is a perspective view of FIG. 1A as seen from the front. This is an explanatory diagram showing a part of a game board from the front, in which outlet markings are used to follow the pattern of the decorative part. This is an explanatory diagram showing a portion of a game board from the front, in which multiple outlet markings are used with different levels of prominence. (a) is a front view showing a pachinko machine in which an outlet marking is provided so as to overlap with the performance operation unit when viewed from the front, and (b) is a longitudinal cross-sectional view showing a schematic view of the pachinko machine of (a) cut in the center in the left-right direction. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the outlet markings and the LED when viewed from the front, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the player seated in front and the outlet markings and the LED. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged view of the area on the game board where the outlet markings are located when viewed from the front, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the outlet markings and the LEDs when viewed from the front on the game board of (a), and (c) is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the player seated in the front on the game board of (a) and the outlet markings and the LEDs. (a) is a front view of a ball inlet member with multiple outlet markings, and (b) is a rear view of the ball inlet member of (a). (a) is a front view showing an enlarged view of the outlet marking on a ball inlet member having an outlet marking in a different manner from that in Figure 147, and (b) is a rear view of (a). (a) is a front view showing an enlarged portion of the outlet markings on a ball inlet member which has the outlet markings printed on both sides, which is different from Figures 147 and 148, and (b) is a rear view of (a). This is a front view showing a portion of a transparent ball inlet member with an outlet notation and a transparent portion attached to a decorative sticker. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing the lower part of a pachinko machine from a front view with the pop-up type pressing operation unit as the performance operation unit in the normal position, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing the lower part of a pachinko machine from a front view with the pop-up type pressing operation unit in the raised position. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing a part of the center reel from the front when the distributing piece is in the forward position, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section cut at the sub-out port in the state of (a), and (c) is an explanatory diagram showing the main part of the center reel from the front when the distributing piece is in the retracted position. (a) is a front view showing a starting port unit having a first starting port and a second starting port in a normal state, (b) is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the starting port unit of (a), (c) is an oblique view showing the portion of the second starting port in the state of (a), and (d) is an oblique view showing the portion of the second starting port when the blades are opened from the state of (c). 1 is an explanatory diagram showing a schematic view of the lower part of a gaming board in which the lower part of the gaming area is separated into a first area and a second area. FIG.

[1. Overall structure of a pachinko machine]
A pachinko machine 1 according to one embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. First, the overall configuration of the pachinko machine 1 according to this embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 10. FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to one embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 2 is a right side view of the pachinko machine, FIG. 3 is a left side view of the pachinko machine, and FIG. 4 is a rear view of the pachinko machine. FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the pachinko machine as seen from the right front, FIG. 6 is a perspective view of the pachinko machine as seen from the left front, and FIG. 7 is a perspective view of the pachinko machine as seen from the rear. FIG. 8 is a perspective view of the pachinko machine as seen from the front with the door frame opened from the main frame and the main frame opened from the outer frame. FIG. 9 is an exploded perspective view of the pachinko machine as seen from the front, disassembled into the door frame, game board, main frame, and outer frame. FIG. 10 is an exploded perspective view of the pachinko machine as seen from the rear, disassembled into the door frame, game board, main frame, and outer frame.

The pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment comprises a frame-shaped outer frame 2 that is installed in an island facility (not shown) in an amusement hall; a door frame 3 that opens and closes the front of the outer frame 2; a main frame 4 that supports the door frame 3 so that it can be opened and closed and is attached to the outer frame 2 so that it can be opened and closed; and a game board 5 that is detachably attached to the front of the main frame 4, is visible to the player through the door frame 3, and has a game area 5a into which the player shoots a game ball B (see Figure 78, etc.).

The outer frame 2 has a rectangular shape that extends vertically when viewed from the front. The outer frame 2 comprises a left outer frame assembly 10 and a right outer frame assembly 20 that are spaced apart laterally and extend vertically; an upper outer frame member 30 that connects the upper ends of the left outer frame assembly 10 and the right outer frame assembly 20; a lower outer frame assembly 40 that connects the lower ends of the left outer frame assembly 10 and the right outer frame assembly 20; an upper outer frame hinge assembly 50 attached to the left end of the upper surface of the upper outer frame member 30; and a lower outer frame hinge member 60 attached to the lower right side of the left outer frame assembly 10 and the left end of the upper surface of the lower outer frame assembly 40.

The outer frame 2 is attached to the island equipment of the gaming hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed, and the outer frame upper hinge assembly 50 and outer frame lower hinge member 60 coaxially support the main frame upper hinge member 510 and main frame lower hinge assembly 520 of the main frame 4, allowing the main frame 4 to be mounted so that it can be opened and closed forward around the left side when viewed from the front.

In addition, when the door frame 3 and the main frame 4 are closed, the lower outer frame assembly 40 cooperates with the speaker unit 620a of the board unit 620 in the main frame 4 to form part of the enclosure 624 for the main frame speaker 622, and by inverting the phase of the sound output to the rear of the main frame speaker 622 and radiating it forward, the player can hear a deeper bass sound.

The door frame 3 closes the play area 5a of the play board 5 into which the game balls B are shot so that it can be seen from the front, stores the game balls B to be shot into the play area 5a, and is equipped with a handle 197 that the player operates to shoot the stored game balls B into the play area 5a. The door frame 3 also decorates the entire front of the pachinko machine 1.

In addition, the door frame 3 is equipped with a performance operation unit 301 that can be operated by the player, separate from the handle 197. When a player-participation performance is executed, the player can participate in the performance by operating the performance operation unit 301, allowing the player to enjoy the game not only with the game ball B, but also by operating the performance operation unit 301.

The main frame 4 comprises a frame-shaped main frame base unit 500 whose rear can be inserted into the outer frame 2 and can support the outer periphery of the game board 5; an upper main frame hinge member 510 and a lower main frame hinge assembly 520 for opening and closing the main frame 4 relative to the outer frame 2 and for opening and closing the door frame 3; a main frame reinforcing frame 530 that reinforces the main frame base unit 500; a ball launcher 540 for shooting game balls B into the game area 5a of the game board 5; and a game ball supplied from the island equipment of the game hall. It comprises a payout base unit 550 that receives game balls B, a payout unit 560 that pays out the game balls B received by the payout base unit 550 to the player, a board unit 620 that has a power supply board 630 equipped with a power switch 630a that can turn on the power to the pachinko machine 1 as well as a payout control board 633, a back cover 640 that covers the rear side of the game board 5 attached to the main frame base 501, and a locking unit 650 that locks the outer frame 2 and main frame 4, and the door frame 3 and main frame 4.

The main frame 4 holds the game board 5, which has a play area 5a where play is carried out by hitting game balls B, and is used to pay out game balls B to the player and eject used game balls B to the rear of the pachinko machine 1 (towards the island equipment of the amusement hall). The main frame 4 is formed in a box shape with an open front, and the game board 5 is removably stored inside from the front. The main frame 4 is openably attached to a frame-shaped outer frame 2, which is attached to the island equipment of the amusement hall, at the top and bottom of the front end on the left side of the front, and a door frame 3 is openably attached to close the open front side.

The gaming board 5 comprises a gaming area 5a in which gaming ball B is thrown by the player's operation, a front component 1000 that defines the periphery of the gaming area 5a and has an outline that is roughly rectangular when viewed from the front, a plate-shaped gaming panel 1100 that is attached to the rear side of the front component 1000 and defines the rear end of the gaming area 5a, a main control unit 1300 that is attached to the rear surface of the rear box 3010 of the rear unit 3000 and has a main control board 1310, a function display unit 1400 that displays the gaming status based on control signals from the main control board 1310, a peripheral control unit 1500 (see Figure 10) that is located at the rear of the gaming panel 1100, a performance display device 1600 that is located in the center of the gaming area 5a when viewed from the front and is capable of displaying predetermined performance images, a front unit 2000 that is attached to the front of the gaming panel 1100, and a rear unit 3000 that is attached to the rear surface of the gaming panel 1100. The back unit 3000 is equipped with various effect units that can perform moving effects and light-emitting effects depending on the game status.

The game area 5a of the game board 5 is provided with a plurality of obstacle pins N that come into contact with the game ball B and are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement, as well as a general prize opening 2001, a first start opening 2002, a gate 2003, a second start opening 2004, a regular prize opening 2011, a first large prize opening 2005, and a second large prize opening 2006 that grant a player a predetermined benefit (e.g., the payout of a predetermined number of game balls B) when a game ball B is received or passes through them. The obstacle pins N are planted on the front surface of the game panel 1100. The general prize opening 2001, the first start opening 2002, the gate 2003, the second start opening 2004, a regular prize opening 2011, the first large prize opening 2005, and the second large prize opening 2006 are provided in the front unit 2000.

A player can shoot a game ball B into the game area 5a of the game board 5 by operating the handle 197 of the handle unit 180. This allows the player to enjoy operating the handle 197 so that the game ball B is accepted into or passes through the general prize opening 2001, first start opening 2002, gate 2003, second start opening 2004, normal prize opening 2011, first large prize opening 2005, and second large prize opening 2006, etc., within the game area 5a.

In addition, the game board 5 can entertain the player by displaying a predetermined effect image on the effect display device 1600 and by using the rear first effect unit 3300, rear second effect unit 3400, etc. to perform light-emitting effects and moving effects in response to the game state that changes when the game ball B is hit into the game area 5a.

[2. Overall structure of the outer frame]
The outer frame 2 of the pachinko machine 1 will be described with reference to Figures 11 to 16. Figure 11 is a front view of the outer frame of the pachinko machine, Figure 12 is a rear view of the outer frame, and Figure 13 is a right side view of the outer frame. Figure 14 is a perspective view of the outer frame seen from the front, and Figure 15 is a perspective view of the outer frame seen from the rear. Figure 16 is an exploded perspective view of the outer frame disassembled into its main components and seen from the front. The outer frame 2 is attached to an island facility (not shown) in an amusement hall or the like on which the pachinko machine 1 is installed. When viewed from the front, the outer frame 2 is formed into a rectangular frame that extends vertically.

As shown in the figure, the outer frame 2 comprises a left outer frame assembly 10 and a right outer frame assembly 20 that are spaced apart laterally and extend vertically; an upper outer frame member 30 that connects the upper ends of the left outer frame assembly 10 and the right outer frame assembly 20; a lower outer frame assembly 40 that connects the lower ends of the left outer frame assembly 10 and the right outer frame assembly 20; an upper outer frame hinge assembly 50 attached to the left end of the upper surface of the upper outer frame member 30; and a lower outer frame hinge member 60 attached to the lower right side of the left outer frame assembly 10 and the left end of the upper surface of the lower outer frame assembly 40.

When the main frame 4 is closed, the outer frame lower assembly 40 cooperates with the speaker unit 620a of the board unit 620 in the main frame 4 to form part of the enclosure 624 for the main frame speaker 622, and is able to invert the phase of sound output to the rear of the main frame speaker 622 and radiate it forward.

The outer frame 2 has an upper outer frame hinge assembly 50 that can detachably support the upper main frame hinge member 510 of the main frame 4. The outer frame 2 can coaxially rotatably support the upper main frame hinge member 510 and the lower main frame hinge assembly 520 of the main frame 4 using the upper outer frame hinge assembly 50 and the lower outer frame hinge member 60, allowing the main frame 4 to be attached so that it can be opened and closed forward around the left side when viewed from the front.

[2-1. Left outer frame assembly and right outer frame assembly]
The left outer frame assembly 10 and the right outer frame assembly 20 of the outer frame 2 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figure 17. Figure 17 is an exploded perspective view of the left outer frame assembly and the right outer frame assembly of the outer frame, respectively, as seen from the front. The left outer frame assembly 10 and the right outer frame assembly 20 of the outer frame 2 each extend vertically and are spaced apart from each other on the left and right. The left outer frame assembly 10 and the right outer frame assembly 20 coaxially support the upper main frame hinge member 510 and the lower main frame hinge assembly 520 of the main frame 4 so that they can rotate about the same axis, thereby attaching the main frame 4 to the outer frame 2 so that it can be opened and closed.

First, the left outer frame assembly 10 comprises a left outer frame member 11 that extends vertically with a constant width (depth) in the front-to-rear direction, an upper-left connecting member 12 attached to the upper end of the right side surface of the left outer frame member 11, and a lower-left connecting member 13 attached to the lower end of the right side surface of the left outer frame member 11.

The left outer frame member 11 extends vertically with a constant cross-sectional shape and is formed from an extruded aluminum alloy. The left outer frame member 11 has a recess 11a that is flat and recessed to the right in the rear section of the left side surface, which is one of the three equal sections in the front-to-rear direction; a bulge 11b that bulges to the right from the section on the right side surface opposite the recess 11a; and a hollow 11c that runs vertically through the bulge 11b. The recess 11a and bulge 11b increase the strength and rigidity of the left outer frame member 11, while the hollow 11c reduces its weight.

Furthermore, the left outer frame member 11 has multiple grooves extending vertically formed on both the left and right side surfaces. The multiple grooves on the left side surface are V-shaped, while the multiple grooves on the right side surface are semicircular. The left outer frame member 11 is formed in a symmetrical shape to the right outer frame member 21 of the right outer frame assembly 20, which will be described later.

The upper left connecting member 12 connects the upper end of the outer frame left member 11 and the left end of the outer frame upper member 30. The upper left connecting member 12 comprises a flat horizontal fixing portion 12a extending horizontally, a flat upper horizontal fixing portion 12b extending upward from the middle of the left edge of the horizontal fixing portion 12a in the fore-and-aft direction, and a pair of flat lower horizontal fixing portions 12c extending downward from both the front and rear of the upper horizontal fixing portion 12b on the left edge of the horizontal fixing portion 12a. The upper left connecting member 12 is formed by bending a flat metal plate.

The upper left connecting member 12 is attached to the left outer frame member 11 by inserting the rear lower horizontal fixing portion 12c into the hollow portion 11c of the left outer frame member 11, abutting the horizontal fixing portion 12a against the upper end of the left outer frame member 11, and abutting the front and rear lower horizontal fixing portions 12c against the right side of the left outer frame member 11, and then screwing a screw into the lower horizontal fixing portion 12c from the outside of the left side of the left outer frame member 11. The upper left connecting member 12 is also attached to the upper outer frame member 30 by abutting the horizontal fixing portion 12a against the underside of the left end of the upper outer frame member 30, inserting the upper horizontal fixing portion 12b into the cutout portion 30a on the left side of the upper outer frame member 30, and then screwing a screw into the upper outer frame member 30 through the horizontal fixing portion 12a and upper horizontal fixing portion 12b.

The lower left connecting member 13 connects the lower end of the left outer frame member 11 to the left end of the lower outer frame assembly 40 (lower outer frame member 41). The lower left connecting member 13 comprises a flat horizontal fixing portion 13a extending horizontally, a flat upper lateral fixing portion 13b extending upward from the left edge of the horizontal fixing portion 13a and extending rearward beyond the horizontal fixing portion 13a, a flat lower lateral fixing portion 13c extending downward from a position on the lower edge of the upper lateral fixing portion 13b rearward of the horizontal fixing portion 13a, and a flat abutment portion 13d extending shortly to the right from the rear edge of the upper lateral fixing portion 13b. The lower left connecting member 13 is formed by bending a flat metal plate.

The lower left connecting member 13 is attached to the left outer frame member 11 by abutting the rear surface of the abutment portion 13d against the front surface of the bulge portion 11b of the left outer frame member 11, abutting the left surface of the upper horizontal fixing portion 13b against the right surface of the left outer frame member 11, and aligning the lower surface of the horizontal fixing portion 13a with the lower end of the left outer frame member 11, and then screwing a screw into the upper horizontal fixing portion 13b from the outside of the left side of the left outer frame member 11. The lower left connecting member 13 is also attached to the lower outer frame member 41 by abutting the horizontal fixing portion 13a against the upper surface of the left end of the lower outer frame member 41, and inserting the lower horizontal fixing portion 13c into the notch 41a on the left side of the lower outer frame member 41, and then screwing a screw into the lower outer frame member 41 through the horizontal fixing portion 13a and the lower horizontal fixing portion 13c.

Next, the right outer frame assembly 20 comprises a right outer frame member 21 that extends vertically with a constant width (depth) in the front-to-rear direction, a right upper connecting member 22 attached to the upper end of the left side of the right outer frame member 21, a right lower connecting member 23 attached to the lower end of the left side of the right outer frame member 21, an upper hook member 24 attached to the upper end of the left side of the right outer frame member 21, and a lower hook member 25 attached to the lower end of the left side of the right outer frame member 21.

The right outer frame member 21 extends vertically with a constant cross-sectional shape and is formed from an extruded aluminum alloy. The right outer frame member 21 has a recess 21a that is flat and recessed to the left in the rear portion of the right side surface, which is one of the three equal parts in the front-to-rear direction; a bulge 21b that bulges leftward from the portion of the left side surface opposite recess 21a; and a hollow portion 21c that runs vertically through bulge 21b. The recess 21a and bulge 21b increase the strength and rigidity of the right outer frame member 21, while the hollow portion 21c reduces its weight.

The right outer frame member 21 also has multiple grooves extending vertically on both the left and right side surfaces. The multiple grooves on the right side surface are V-shaped, while the multiple grooves on the left side surface are semicircular. The right outer frame member 21 is formed in a symmetrical shape to the left outer frame member 11 of the left outer frame assembly 10.

The upper right connecting member 22 connects the upper end of the outer frame right member 21 and the right end of the outer frame upper member 30. The upper right connecting member 22 comprises a flat horizontal fixing portion 22a extending horizontally, a flat upper horizontal fixing portion 22b extending upward from the middle of the right side of the horizontal fixing portion 22a in the fore-and-aft direction, and a pair of flat lower horizontal fixing portions 22c extending downward from both the front and rear of the upper horizontal fixing portion 22b on the right side of the horizontal fixing portion 22a. The upper right connecting member 22 is formed by bending a flat metal plate.

The upper right connecting member 22 is attached to the right outer frame member 21 by inserting the rear lower horizontal fixing portion 22c into the hollow portion 21c of the right outer frame member 21, abutting the horizontal fixing portion 22a against the upper end of the right outer frame member 21, and abutting the front and rear lower horizontal fixing portions 22c against the left side of the right outer frame member 21, and then screwing a screw into the lower horizontal fixing portion 22c from the outside of the right side of the right outer frame member 21. The upper right connecting member 22 is also attached to the upper outer frame member 30 by abutting the horizontal fixing portion 22a against the underside of the right end of the upper outer frame member 30, inserting the upper horizontal fixing portion 22b into the notch 30a on the right side of the upper outer frame member 30, and then screwing a screw into the upper outer frame member 30 through the horizontal fixing portion 22a and the upper horizontal fixing portion 22b.

The lower right connecting member 23 connects the lower end of the outer frame right member 21 to the right end of the outer frame lower assembly 40 (lower outer frame member 41). The lower right connecting member 23 comprises a flat horizontal fixing portion 23a extending horizontally, a flat upper horizontal fixing portion 23b extending upward from the right edge of the horizontal fixing portion 23a and extending rearward beyond the horizontal fixing portion 23a, a flat lower horizontal fixing portion 23c extending downward from a position on the lower edge of the upper horizontal fixing portion 23b rearward of the horizontal fixing portion 23a, and a flat abutment portion 23d extending a short distance to the left from the rear edge of the upper horizontal fixing portion 23b. The lower right connecting member 23 is formed by bending a flat metal plate.

The lower right connecting member 23 is attached to the right outer frame member 21 by screwing a screw into the upper horizontal fixing portion 23b from the outside of the right side of the right outer frame member 21, with the rear surface of the abutment portion 23d abutting against the front surface of the bulge portion 21b of the right outer frame member 21, the right side of the upper horizontal fixing portion 23b abutting against the left side of the right outer frame member 21, and aligning the lower surface of the horizontal fixing portion 23a with the lower end of the right outer frame member 21. The lower right connecting member 23 is also attached to the lower outer frame member 41 by screwing a screw into the lower outer frame member 41 through the horizontal fixing portion 23a and the lower horizontal fixing portion 23c with the upper surface of the right end of the lower outer frame member 41 abutting against the upper surface of the right end of the lower outer frame member 41 and inserting the lower horizontal fixing portion 23c into the notch 41a on the right side of the lower outer frame member 41.

The upper hook member 24 and the lower hook member 25 hook onto the outer frame hook 653 of the locking unit 650 in the main frame 4 (described below). The upper hook member 24 extends vertically with a constant width in the front-to-rear direction and includes a flat mounting portion 24a that is attached to the left side surface of the outer frame right member 21, and a flat hook piece 24b that extends leftward from the front edge of the mounting portion 24a and onto which the upper outer frame hook 653 hooks.

The lower hook member 25 has a flat mounting portion 25a that extends vertically with a constant width in the front-to-rear direction and is attached to the left side surface of the outer frame right member 21; a flat hooking piece 25b that extends leftward from the front edge of the mounting portion 25a and into which the lower outer frame hook 653 is attached; and an insertion opening 25c that passes through the hooking piece 25b in the front-to-rear direction and through which the lower outer frame hook 653 can be inserted.

[2-2. Upper outer frame member]
The upper outer frame member 30 of the outer frame 2 will be described in detail, mainly with reference to Figure 16. The upper outer frame member 30 connects the upper ends of the left outer frame assembly 10 and the right outer frame assembly 20, which are spaced apart laterally. The upper outer frame member 30 has a width in the front-to-rear direction that is approximately the same as the width of the left outer frame member 11 and the right outer frame member 21 in the front-to-rear direction, a constant thickness in the up-down direction, and extends in the left-to-right direction. It is made of wood. The length in the left-to-right direction of the upper outer frame member 30 is formed to be the same as the length in the left-to-right direction of the lower outer frame member 41 of the lower outer frame assembly 40, which will be described later.

The upper outer frame member 30 has cutouts 30a at the center of the front-to-rear direction on both the left and right sides, which penetrate vertically and are recessed toward the center in the left-to-right direction. The upper horizontal fixing portion 12b of the upper left connecting member 12 and the upper horizontal fixing portion 22b of the upper right connecting member 22 are inserted into these cutouts 30a on both ends.

The upper outer frame member 30 also has a mounting step 30b at its left end, with the top and front surfaces recessed from the general surface. The upper outer frame hinge assembly 50, described below, is attached to this mounting step 30b.

[2-3. Lower outer frame assembly]
The lower frame assembly 40 of the outer frame 2 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figure 18. Figure 18 is an exploded perspective view of the lower frame assembly of the outer frame, viewed from the front. The lower frame assembly 40 connects the lower ends of the left and right frame assemblies 10 and 20, which are spaced apart on the left and right, and serves to close off and decorate the area below the door frame 3 in the pachinko machine 1.

The lower frame assembly 40 comprises a lower frame member 41 that extends laterally and connects the lower ends of the left and right outer frame assemblies 10 and 20, which are spaced apart laterally; a box-shaped front panel member 42 that is positioned in front of the lower frame member 41, extends laterally along the lower frame member 41, and is open at the rear; a box-shaped rear panel member 43 that is attached to the rear side of the front panel member 42 and to the top surface of the lower frame member 41, extends laterally, and is open at the front; and a ball-jamming prevention mechanism 44 formed at the left end of the top surface of the rear panel member 43.

The lower outer frame member 41 has a width in the front-to-rear direction that is approximately the same as the width of the left outer frame member 11 and the right outer frame member 21 in the front-to-rear direction, a constant thickness in the up-down direction, extends in the left-to-right direction, and is made of wood. The lower outer frame member 41 is formed so that its length in the left-to-right direction is the same as the length of the upper outer frame member 30 in the left-to-right direction.

The lower outer frame member 41 has cutouts 41a at the center of the front-to-rear direction on both the left and right sides, which penetrate vertically and are recessed toward the center in the left-to-right direction. The lower horizontal fixing portion 13c of the lower left connecting member 13 and the lower horizontal fixing portion 23c of the lower right connecting member 23 are inserted into these cutouts 41a on both ends. This allows the lower ends of the left outer frame member 11 and the right outer frame member 21 to be connected to each other.

The outer frame lower member 41 is recessed from the top surface and has a recess 41b into which the lower part of the back panel member 43 is inserted. The recess 41b extends left and right and extends from a position toward the rear of the center in the front-to-rear direction to the front end. This recess 41b maximizes the volume of the back panel internal space 40a formed by the front panel member 42 and the back panel member 43.

The front panel member 42 has the same left-right length as the outer frame lower member 41 and is formed like a horizontally long rectangular box with a short front-to-back depth relative to its height, with the entire rear side open. The open rear side of the front panel member 42 is closed by the rear panel member 43, which cooperates with the rear panel member 43 to form the front panel internal space 40a that forms part of the enclosure 624 of the main frame speaker 622. The front panel member 42 has a long hole-shaped opening 42a on the front surface near the right end that penetrates from front to back and extends left to right.

The rear panel member 43 has a length in the left-right direction slightly shorter than the outer frame lower member 41 and is box-shaped with an open front. By attaching the front panel member 42 to its front surface, the rear panel member 43 cooperates with the front panel member 42 to form the panel internal space 40a, which is part of the enclosure 624 of the main frame speaker 622. The rear panel member 43 has a cylindrical connecting tube portion 43a in the center of the left-right direction on its top surface, which extends left and right and protrudes upward, communicating with the panel internal space 40a. The connecting tube portion 43a is inclined so that its upper end is positioned higher from the front end, which is flush with the general top surface of the rear panel member 43, toward the rear. In this embodiment, the upper end of the connecting tube portion 43a is inclined at a 45-degree angle.

The connecting tube portion 43a has a length in the left-right direction that is approximately one-third the length of the entire rear header panel member 43, and a depth in the front-to-rear direction that is slightly shorter than the depth of the entire rear header panel member 43. The connecting tube portion 43a is provided with multiple ribs 43b that connect the front and rear ends. When the main frame 4 is closed against the outer frame 2, the upper end of the connecting tube portion 43a is connected to the connecting portion 621c of the speaker cover 621 of the speaker unit 620a of the board unit 620 in the main frame 4, thereby communicating with the internal space of the speaker unit 620a and forming an enclosure 624.

The ball jamming prevention mechanism 44 prevents the game ball B from becoming trapped between the outer frame 2 and the main frame 4 by retaining the game ball B at the left end of the top surface of the rear panel member 43, in the area of the outer frame lower hinge member 60.

The ball jam prevention mechanism 44 is formed on the left end of the top surface of the rear panel member 43 and includes a flat mounting portion 44a that is designed to accommodate the lower outer frame hinge member 60 (described below), a first discharge port 44b that opens upward at the left end of the mounting portion 44a, a second discharge port 44c that opens upward to the right of the first discharge port 44b on the mounting portion 44a, a standing wall portion 44d that extends upward from the rear and right sides of the mounting portion 44a, and an upper end protrusion 44e that protrudes forward from the upper end of the standing wall portion 44d and is sloped so that its upper surface is positioned upward as it extends rearward.

The first discharge opening 44b is formed in a position that coincides with the discharge hole 60d of the outer frame lower hinge member 60, which will be described later. The first discharge opening 44b and the second discharge opening 44c are formed to a size that allows game balls B to pass through. The first discharge opening 44b and the second discharge opening 44c do not communicate with the panel internal space 40a, but open to the rear surface of the panel rear member 43. Therefore, game balls B that enter the first discharge opening 44b and the second discharge opening 44c can be discharged to the rear of the panel rear member 43.

If an unauthorized tool such as piano wire is inserted through the gap between the outer frame lower hinge member 60 and the main frame lower hinge assembly 520 (described below), the ball-jamming prevention mechanism 44 can prevent the unauthorized tool from entering by using the upright wall portion 44d rising from the rear end of the mounting portion 44a. Even if the tip of the unauthorized tool abuts against the upright wall portion 44d and bends upward, it will abut against the upper end protrusion 44e that protrudes forward from the upper end of the upright wall portion 44d, preventing further entry. This prevents unauthorized activity from being carried out through the outer frame lower hinge member 60.

However, if the rear end of the mounting portion 44a is provided with a standing wall portion 44d, when the main frame 4 is opened relative to the outer frame 2, if a game ball B falls onto the mounting portion 44a for some reason, the standing wall portion 44d will prevent it from moving rearward from the outer frame 2, making it easier for the game ball B to remain on the mounting portion 44a. If a game ball B remains on the mounting portion 44a, the game ball B will become trapped between the outer frame 2 and the main frame 4 when the main frame 4 is closed relative to the outer frame 2, causing the main frame 4 to be unable to close.

In contrast, the ball jamming prevention mechanism 44 of this embodiment allows game balls B that have fallen onto the outer frame lower hinge member 60 or the mounting portion 44a to be discharged to the rear of the curtain board rear member 43 (rear of the outer frame 2) through the discharge hole 60d of the outer frame lower hinge member 60 and the first discharge outlet 44b, or through the second discharge outlet 44c, thereby preventing game balls B from becoming trapped between the outer frame 2 and the main frame 4.

The lower outer frame assembly 40 comprises a pair of guide members 45 arranged spaced apart on the left and right sides of the upper surfaces of the front panel member 42 and the rear panel member 43; a flat grill member 46 that closes the opening 42a of the front panel member 42 from the rear; a port member 47 with two cylinders extending forward and backward and attached to the inside of the front panel member 42 so as to sandwich the grill member 46 and close the opening 42a; and a frame-shaped seal member 48 that is arranged at the upper end of the connecting tube portion 43a of the rear panel member 43.

The pair of guide members 45 are against which the lower end of the door frame 3 abuts when the main frame 4 is closed against the outer frame 2. The guide members 45 are made of a low-friction material, which allows the lower end of the main frame 4 to slide easily, making opening and closing easier.

The grill member 46 is a strip-shaped plate extending in the left-right direction and has multiple blades 46b spaced apart in the up-down direction. The blades 46b are inclined so that the front end is higher than the rear end. This grill member 46 allows ventilation between the interior of the front panel member 42 (the panel internal space 40a) and the outside through the gaps between the blades 46b.

The port member 47 uses two cylinders to connect the interior space 40a of the panel (enclosure 624) to the front of the outer frame 2 via the gap between the blades 46b of the grill member 46. The port member 47 is made up of two cylinders with a specified inner diameter and length, and uses the principle of Helmholtz resonance to resonate and amplify the bass sounds emitted rearward (inside the enclosure 624) from the main frame speaker 622, radiating rich bass sounds forward (toward the player) of the outer frame 2. In other words, in this embodiment, the enclosure 624 of the main frame speaker 622 is a bass reflex type, allowing players to hear deep bass sounds.

When the main frame 4 is closed against the outer frame 2, the sealing member 48 is sandwiched and compressed between the upper end of the connecting tube portion 43a and the lower end of the connecting portion 621c of the speaker cover 621 on the main frame 4, preventing sound from leaking from inside the enclosure 624 of the main frame speaker 622 between the connecting tube portion 43a and the connecting portion 621c.

The grill member 46 of this embodiment allows the inclined blades 46b to direct air vibrations emitted from the main frame speaker 622 to the outside from the panel interior space 40a, through the notched opening 295b on the lower side of the handle cover 295 of the handle cover unit 290 diagonally upward and forward, into the front tube portion 291a of the handle cover base 291 housing the handle unit 180. As a result, when a player inserts their fingers inside the handle cover 295 (front tube portion 291a of the handle cover base 291) and rotates the handle 197 (the device for striking game ball B), the main frame speaker 622 vibrates, blowing air into the front tube portion 291a, surprising the player and providing an unprecedented performance.

Furthermore, because the port member 47 opens forward, a portion of the sound pressure emitted from the port member 47 through the multiple blades 46b of the grill member 46 is released forward. As a result, the sound effects emitted from the port member 47 can be heard by players seated in front of the pachinko machine 1 and other players wandering around the gaming hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed. This sound effect also attracts the attention of players, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

Furthermore, since the port member 47 is provided in the lower outer frame assembly 40 of the outer frame 2, the volume of the enclosure 624 of the main frame speaker 622, which is provided in the main frame 4, can be increased, allowing for the output of a deeper bass sound effect, which entertains the player and prevents a decline in interest.

[2-4. Outer frame upper hinge assembly]
The upper hinge assembly 50 of the outer frame 2 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figure 19. Figure 19(a) is an exploded perspective view of the upper hinge assembly of the outer frame as seen from above the front, and Figure 19(b) is an exploded perspective view of Figure 19(a) as seen from below the front. The upper hinge assembly 50 is attached to the upper end of the left outer frame assembly 10 and the left end of the upper outer frame member 30, and is used to attach the main frame 4 to the outer frame 2 so that it can rotate about a hinge. The upper hinge assembly 50 includes an upper hinge member 51 attached to the upper end of the recess 11a of the left outer frame member 11 and the mounting step 30b of the upper outer frame member 30, a locking member 52 attached to the upper hinge member 51, and a mounting screw 53 that attaches the locking member 52 to the upper hinge member 51.

The upper outer frame hinge member 51 comprises a horizontally extending, flat upper fixing portion 51a attached to the upper surface of the mounting step 30b of the upper outer frame member 30; a flat forward extension portion 51b extending forward from the front edge of the upper fixing portion 51a; a bearing groove 51c extending forward from the middle of the right edge of the forward extension portion 51b to the center of the forward extension portion 51b and penetrating it vertically; a flat horizontal fixing portion 51d extending downward from the left edge of the upper fixing portion 51a; and a flat edge wall portion 51e extending downward from the edge of the forward extension portion 51b from the left edge around the front edge to the opening of the bearing groove 51c and continuing to the horizontal fixing portion 51d. The upper outer frame hinge member 51 is formed by stamping and bending a metal plate using a press molding process. The outer frame upper hinge member 51 can rotatably support the main body frame upper hinge pin 512 (described below) of the main body frame upper hinge member 510 within the bearing groove 51c.

The locking member 52 comprises a strip-shaped locking body 52a extending forward and backward, an operating piece 52b protruding to the right from the rear end of the locking body 52a, a resiliently deformable rod-shaped elastic portion 52c extending left from the rear end of the locking body 52a and then diagonally forward and left, and a mounting hole 52d penetrating vertically near the rear end of the locking body 52a. The locking member 52 is made of synthetic resin. The locking member 52 is rotatably attached by mounting screws 53 to the underside of the forward extension portion 51b of the outer frame upper hinge member 51, at a position rearward of the bearing groove 51c.

When the locking member 52 is attached to the outer frame upper hinge member 51, the locking body 52a can block the bearing groove 51c in a plan view, and extends forward so that the right side surface near the front end can abut against the portion of the edge wall portion 51e of the outer frame upper hinge member 51 that extends to the opening of the bearing groove 51c. Furthermore, the tip of the elastic portion 52c extending leftward from the rear end of the locking body 52a abuts against the inner circumferential surface of the edge wall portion 51e of the outer frame upper hinge member 51. The biasing force of the elastic portion 52c biases the locking member 52 in a direction that causes the front end to rotate leftward around the mounting hole 52d. Therefore, under normal conditions, the right side surface near the front end of the locking body 52a of the locking member 52 abuts against the edge wall portion 51e. In this state, a space capable of accommodating the upper body frame hinge pin 512 of the upper body frame hinge member 510 is formed in the bearing groove 51c in a position forward of the lock body 52a.

By operating the operating piece 52b of this locking member 52, the locking body 52a can be rotated against the biasing force of the elastic portion 52c. By operating the operating piece 52b, the locking body 52a can be rotated in a direction that moves its front end to the left, thereby retracting the locking body 52a from the bearing groove 51c in a plan view, thereby fully opening the bearing groove 51c. This allows the main body frame upper hinge pin 512 to be inserted into or removed from the bearing groove 51c.

[2-5. Lower outer frame hinge member]
The lower outer frame hinge member 60 of the outer frame 2 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figure 16. The lower outer frame hinge member 60 has a flat horizontal portion 60a extending horizontally, a flat raised portion 60b rising upward from a position on the left side of the horizontal portion 60a rearward of the center in the front-to-rear direction, a lower outer frame hinge pin 60c protruding upward from near the front end of the horizontal portion 60a, and a discharge hole 60d that penetrates the horizontal portion 60a from top to bottom and is large enough to allow the passage of only one game ball B. This lower outer frame hinge member 60 is formed by punching and bending a metal plate using press molding.

In plan view, the horizontal portion 60a of the lower outer frame hinge member 60 is trapezoidal, with the left edge as the base. The lower outer frame hinge pin 60c is cylindrical and has a truncated cone shape with a narrowed top above the vertical center. This lower outer frame hinge pin 60c is attached to the left near the front end of the horizontal portion 60a. The discharge hole 60d is formed in the horizontal portion 60a so that it contacts the center of the rising portion 60b in the front-to-rear direction and extends in an inverted U shape from the left edge of the horizontal portion 60a to the right. This discharge hole 60d is formed to be approximately the same size as the first discharge port 44b of the ball jamming prevention mechanism 44 in the lower outer frame assembly 40.

When assembled to the outer frame 2, the rear of the horizontal section 60a of the lower outer frame hinge member 60 rests on the mounting section 44a of the rear header panel member 43 of the lower outer frame assembly 40 and is fixed to the rear header panel member 43 with screws (not shown). The raised section 60b is also attached with screws (not shown) to a position forward of the bulge section 11b on the right side of the left outer frame member 11. By inserting the lower outer frame hinge pin 60c into the lower outer frame hinge hole 521a in the lower main frame hinge assembly 520 of the main frame 4, the lower outer frame hinge member 60 can cooperate with the upper outer frame hinge member 51 to attach the main frame 4 so that it can be opened and closed.

Furthermore, when the outer frame 2 is assembled, the discharge hole 60d is aligned with the first discharge opening 44b of the ball jamming prevention mechanism 44 in the outer frame lower assembly 40. This allows the game ball B on the horizontal portion 60a to fall (discharge) to the rear of the outer frame 2 through the discharge hole 60d and the first discharge opening 44b. In more detail, when the main frame 4 is closed to the outer frame 2, the game ball B that falls between the outer frame 2 and the main frame 4 rolls toward the rear where the gap is wider, as the gap between the outer frame 2 and the main frame 4 gradually narrows as the main frame 4 is closed, allowing it to be discharged through the discharge hole 60d. In this case, when the main frame 4 is closed against the outer frame 2 while assembled to the pachinko machine 1, the discharge hole 60d is formed in a position that is approximately flush with the rear end of the main frame 4. Therefore, game balls B that fall between the outer frame 2 and the main frame 4 can be easily prevented from rolling rearward beyond the main frame 4 by being discharged through the discharge hole 60d, making it less likely that game balls B will become trapped in the area of the outer frame lower hinge member 60.

[3. Overall structure of the door frame]
The door frame 3 of the pachinko machine 1 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 20 to 33. Figure 20 is a perspective view of the door frame as seen from the front, and Figure 21 is a perspective view of the door frame as seen from the rear. Figure 22 is an exploded perspective view of the door frame with the door frame top decorative body and the door frame upper decorative body disassembled from the front, and Figure 23 is an exploded perspective view of the door frame with the door frame top decorative body and the door frame upper decorative body disassembled from the rear. Figure 24 is a front view of the door frame with the door frame upper decorative body removed, Figure 25 is a rear view of the door frame with the door frame upper decorative body removed, Figure 26 is a left side view of the door frame with the door frame upper decorative body removed, and Figure 27 is a right side view of the door frame with the door frame upper decorative body removed. Figure 28 is a perspective view of the door frame with the door frame upper decorative body removed, as seen from the front right, Figure 29 is a perspective view of the door frame with the door frame upper decorative body removed, as seen from the front left, and Figure 30 is a perspective view of the door frame with the door frame upper decorative body removed, as seen from the rear. Figure 31 is an exploded perspective view of the door frame with the door frame upper decorative body removed, disassembled into its main components, as seen from the front, and Figure 32 is an exploded perspective view of the door frame with the door frame upper decorative body removed, disassembled into its main components, as seen from the rear. Figure 33 is a vertical cross-sectional view of the door frame with the door frame upper decorative body removed.

The door frame 3 is formed in a rectangular shape that extends vertically when viewed from the front, and is roughly the same size as the interior of the outer frame 2. It is attached to the interior of the outer frame 2 via the main frame 4 so that it can be opened and closed from the front. The door frame 3 closes the play area 5a of the play board 5 into which game balls B are dropped so that it is visible from the front, stores game balls B to be dropped into the play area 5a, and is equipped with a handle 197 that the player operates to shoot the stored game balls B into the play area 5a. The door frame 3 also decorates the entire front of the pachinko machine 1.

The door frame 3 comprises a door frame base unit 100, which has a rectangular, frame-shaped outline extending vertically when viewed from the front; a glass unit 160 that is detachably attached to the door frame base unit 100 and closes the playing area 5a of the game board 5 attached to the main frame 4 so that it can be seen from the front; a security cover 170 that is attached to the door frame base unit 100 so as to cover the lower part of the glass unit 160 from the rear; a handle unit 180 that is attached to the lower right corner of the front of the door frame base unit 100; a handle cover unit 290 that covers the outer periphery of the handle unit 180; and a door frame base unit 100. It comprises a tray unit 200 attached to the lower front of the base unit 100, a left side unit 420 attached to the left front of the door frame base unit 100 above the tray unit 200, a right side unit 430 attached to the right front of the door frame base unit 100 above the tray unit, a top unit 450 attached to the upper front of the door frame base unit 100 above the left side unit 420 and right side unit 430, and an upper decorative door frame body 480 attached to the top unit 450.

The door frame base unit 100 includes a door frame base 101 having a vertically elongated quadrilateral (rectangle) exterior shape in front view and a door window 101a that runs through from front to back; a speaker duct 103 attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 in the lower right corner as viewed from the rear; a main relay board 104 attached to the lower rear side of the door frame base 101 near the right edge as viewed from the rear; a sub-relay board 105 attached to the left of the main relay board 104 as viewed from the rear; a rear-handle relay board attached to the left of the sub-relay board 105 as viewed from the rear; a frame relay board cover 107 that covers the main relay board 104 and part of the sub-relay board 105 from the rear; a rear-handle relay board cover 108 that covers the rear-handle relay board; and a cable cover 109 that covers the wiring cable.

The door frame base unit 100 also includes a frame-shaped door frame reinforcement unit 110 attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101, an upper door frame hinge assembly 120 and a lower door frame hinge member 125 attached to the door frame reinforcement unit 110, a cylinder lock 130 for opening and closing attached to the door frame reinforcement unit 110, a ball feeding unit 140 attached above the rear handle relay board on the rear side of the door frame base 101, and a foul cover unit 150 attached to the lower rear side of the door frame base 101 on the right side when viewed from behind.

The door frame reinforcement unit 110 is attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 to reinforce and rigidify the door frame base 101. The upper door frame hinge assembly 120 and lower door frame hinge member 125 are used to attach the door frame 3 to the main frame 4 so that it can be opened and closed. The cylinder lock 130 works in conjunction with the locking unit 650 of the main frame 4 to lock and open the door frame 3 and main frame 4, and to lock and open the outer frame 2 and main frame 4.

The ball feeding unit 140 is used to supply game balls B in the upper tray 201 one by one to the ball launcher 540 on the main frame 4. The foul cover unit 150 is used to guide game balls B (foul balls) that are launched by the ball launcher 540 but do not reach the play area 5a of the game board 5 to the lower tray 202, and to guide game balls B paid out from the payout device 580 to the upper tray 201 or the lower tray 202.

The glass unit 160 has a transparent glass plate 162 and closes the door window 101a of the door frame base 101. The security cover 170 is attached to the door frame base 101 so as to cover the lower part of the glass unit 160 from the rear. The handle unit 180 has a handle 197 that can be rotated by the player, and by operating the handle cover unit 290 that covers the outer periphery of the handle unit 180, the game is played by shooting the game ball B in the upper tray 201 into the game area 5a of the game board 5 using the ball launcher 540.

The handle 197 operated by the player is provided on the handle unit 180. The handle 197 of the handle unit 180 protrudes forward beyond the handle cover unit 290.

The door frame right-side unit 430 has a right-side left panel 442 that is detachably mounted on the left side, and a right-side right panel 443 that is detachably mounted on the right side. Therefore, when replacing the game board 5 in a pachinko machine 1 due to a specification change or model change, the right-side left panel 442 and right-side right panel 443 can be replaced with ones that have decorations or designs that correspond to the decoration (concept) of the game board 5, making it easy to accommodate model changes and making it easier to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

The door frame top unit 450 has a door frame top decorative body 453 that is detachably attached to the door frame top base 451. The door frame top decorative body 453 can be removed forward by loosening the hand screw 469 that is threaded into the rear of the door frame base unit 100. Therefore, when replacing the game board 5 in a pachinko machine 1 due to a specification change or model change, the door frame top decorative body 453 can be replaced with one that has decoration that corresponds to the decoration (concept) of the game board 5, making it easy to accommodate model changes and making it easier to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

[3-1. Overall configuration of door frame base unit]
The door frame base unit 100 of the door frame 3 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figure 34. Figure 34(a) is a perspective view of the door frame base unit of the door frame of the second embodiment as seen from the front, and (b) is a perspective view of the door frame base unit as seen from the back.

The door frame base unit 100 is hingedly attached to the main frame 4 on its left side when viewed from the front, allowing it to open and close the front of the main frame 4 and making the playing area 5a of the game board 5 attached to the main frame 4 visible from the front. The door frame base unit 100 comprises a flat, rectangular door frame base 101 with an elongated vertical outline, and a speaker duct 103 attached to the rear of the door frame base 101 in the lower right corner when viewed from behind.

The door frame base unit 100 also includes a door frame main relay board 104 attached to the lower rear side of the door frame base 101 near the right edge when viewed from behind; a door frame sub-relay board 105 attached to the lower rear side of the door frame base 101 to the left of the door frame main relay board 104 when viewed from behind; a handle rear relay board attached to the lower rear side of the door frame base 101 to the left of the handle rear relay board 105 when viewed from behind; a door frame relay board cover 107 attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 and covering the door frame main relay board 104 and part of the handle rear relay board 105 from the rear; a handle rear relay board cover 108 attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 and covering the handle rear relay board from the rear; and a cable cover 109 attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 and covering the wiring cable.

Furthermore, the door frame base unit 100 mainly comprises a frame-shaped door frame reinforcement unit 110 attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101, an upper door frame hinge assembly 120 and a lower door frame hinge member 125 attached to the door frame reinforcement unit 110, a cylinder lock 130 for opening and closing attached to the door frame reinforcement unit 110, a ball supply unit 140 attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101, and a foul cover unit 150 attached to the lower rear side of the door frame base 101 on the right side when viewed from behind.

This door frame base unit 100 has a handle unit 180 and a handle cover unit 290 attached to the lower front corners, a tray unit 200 attached to the lower front surface of the door window 101a, a door frame left side unit 420 attached to the left outer front surface of the door window 101a, a door frame right side unit 430 attached to the right outer front surface of the door window 101a, and a door frame top unit 450 attached to the upper outer front surface of the door window 101a.

In addition, a glass unit 160 is attached to the door frame base unit 100 so as to close the door window 101a from the rear, and a transparent security cover 170 is attached to cover the lower part of the glass unit 160 from the rear.

[3-1a. Door frame base]
The door frame base 101 of the door frame base unit 100 in the door frame 3 will be described in detail, mainly with reference to Figure 34 and other figures. The door frame base 101 has a square (rectangle) outer shape extending vertically in a front view. The door frame base 101 is provided with a door window 101a that penetrates from front to back and has an inner periphery that is approximately square and extends vertically in a front view. The upper and left and right sides of the door window 101a that form the inner periphery are respectively close to the outer periphery of the door frame base 101, and the lower side that forms the inner periphery is located approximately one-third of the height in the vertical direction from the bottom end of the door frame base 101. In this way, the door frame base 101 is formed into a frame shape as a whole by the door window 101a that penetrates from front to back. The door frame base 101 is integrally molded from synthetic resin.

The door frame base 101 is equipped with a handle mounting surface formed in the lower right corner of the front surface when viewed from the front, which is inclined so that the left end protrudes slightly forward more than the right end; a cylinder insertion hole 101d that penetrates from front to back between the handle mounting surface and the door window 101a and into which the cylinder mounting frame 115 of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 is inserted; and a ball feed opening 101e that penetrates from front to front on the left side of the cylinder insertion hole 101d and the handle mounting surface when viewed from the front, allowing the entrance opening 141a and ball extraction opening 141b of the ball feed unit 140 to be seen forward.

The door frame base 101 also has a lower tray ball passage opening 101f that penetrates front to back, toward the left of the center in the left-right direction and at approximately the same height as the handle mounting seat, and exposes the ball discharge opening 150d of the fall cover unit 150 to the front; an upper tray ball passage opening 101g that penetrates front to front adjacent to the lower edge of the door window 101a near the left end when viewed from the front, and exposes the through ball passage 150a of the fall cover unit 150 to the front; and a glass unit mounting portion 101h that is recessed from the rear to the front along the inner periphery of the door window 101a, and into which the glass frame 161 of the glass unit 160 is inserted.

The door frame base 101 also has multiple vertical slits 101i formed in the lower left corner when viewed from the front (below the ball passage opening 101g for the upper tray) that run from front to back. A speaker duct 103 is attached to the rear of the multiple slits 101i. When the pachinko machine 1 is assembled, the multiple slits 101i have the speaker opening 211b of the tray unit base 211 of the tray unit 200 located in front of them, and the main body frame speaker 622 of the speaker unit 620a of the main body frame 4 located behind them, allowing sound from the main body frame speaker 622 to be emitted forward.

Furthermore, the door frame base 101 has a through-hole that penetrates from front to back below the door window 101a and above the handle mounting surface. This through-hole is used to insert a wiring cable (not shown) that connects the door frame base unit 100 side and the tray unit 200 side, and is formed to match the through-hole 117f of the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 in the door frame reinforcing unit 110, which will be described later.

[3-1b. Speaker duct]
The speaker duct 103 of the door frame base unit 100 will be described in detail, mainly with reference to Figure 34. This speaker duct 103 is formed in a cylindrical shape and is attached to a portion of the rear side of the door frame base 101 where multiple slits 101i are formed. When the pachinko machine 1 is assembled, the rear end of the cylindrical portion of the speaker duct 103 is located in front of the main body frame speaker 622 of the main body frame 4. This allows the sound radiated (output) from the main body frame speaker 622 of the main body frame 4 to be guided forward without being diffused, and can be effectively guided to the front of the pachinko machine 1 (toward the player) through the multiple slits 101i of the door frame base 101 and the speaker port 211b in the plate unit base 211 of the plate unit 200.

The speaker duct 103 also has a cable holder 103a on the rear surface below the cylindrical section that holds the connection cable 503. The cable holder 103a is located to the left of the door frame relay board cover 107 when viewed from the front, and holds the connection cable 503 connected to the door frame main relay board 104 and door frame sub-relay board 105 so that it extends to the left end of the door frame 3.

[3-1c. Door frame main relay board, door frame sub relay board, handle rear relay board]
The following describes the door frame main relay board 104, door frame sub-relay board 105, and handle rear relay board of the door frame base unit 100. The door frame main relay board 104 has a rectangular shape that extends vertically, and is attached to the lower right corner of the rear lower part of the door frame base 101 when viewed from behind. The door frame main relay board 104 relays the connection between the handle rear relay board and the interface board 635 in the board unit 620 of the main frame 4, and is connected to a portion of the connection cable 503 (see Figures 71 and 72) extending from the main frame 4.

The door frame sub-relay board 105 has an inverted L-shaped exterior, with a vertically extending rectangle joined to the right of the upper part of the rectangle when viewed from the front. It is attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 so that the vertically extending portion is adjacent to the left of the door frame main relay board 104 when viewed from the rear. The door frame sub-relay board 105 relays the connections between the interface board 635 of the main frame 4 and the handle decorative board 184 of the handle unit 180, the tray unit relay board 214 of the tray unit 200, the upper left-side decorative board 422 and lower left-side decorative board of the left-side unit 420, the upper right-side decorative board and lower right-side decorative board of the right-side unit 430, and the door frame top relay board of the top unit 450. The remaining part of the connection cable 503 extending from the main frame 4 is connected to this board.

The door frame main relay board 104 and door frame sub-relay board 105 are attached to the door frame base 101 so that the connection terminals protrude rearward. When the door frame base unit 100 is assembled, the rear sides of the door frame main relay board 104 and the parts extending up and down of the door frame main relay board 104 and door frame sub-relay board 105 are covered by the door frame relay board cover 107, and the rear side of the remaining part of the door frame sub-relay board 105 is covered by the fall cover unit 150.

The rear-handle relay board has a rectangular shape that extends left and right, and is attached to the rear of the handle mounting surface below the ball feed opening 101e on the rear side of the door frame base 101. The rear-handle relay board relays the connection between the door frame main relay board 104 and the handle rotation detection sensor 189, handle touch sensor 192, single button operation sensor 194 of the handle unit 180, and the ball feed solenoid 145 of the ball feed unit 140. When the door frame base unit 100 is assembled, the rear side of the rear-handle relay board is covered by the rear-handle relay board cover 108.

[3-1d. Door frame relay board cover, handle rear relay board cover, cable cover]
The frame relay board cover 107, the handle rear relay board cover 108, and the cable cover 109 of the frame base unit 100 will be described mainly with reference to Figure 25. The frame relay board cover 107 is attached to the rear of the frame base 101 to cover the rear sides of the frame main relay board 104 and part of the frame sub-relay board 105 (the inverted L-shaped portions extending up and down). The frame relay board cover 107 is box-shaped and open on the front and left sides when viewed from the front. When assembled to the frame base unit 100, the connection terminals of the frame main relay board 104 and the frame sub-relay board 105, which cover the rear sides, are exposed inside the frame relay board cover 107, and a connection cable 503 (see Figure 71) can be inserted into the open left side and connected to these terminals.

The handle rear relay board cover 108 is attached to the rear of the door frame base 101 so as to cover the rear side of the handle rear relay board. The cable cover 109 is attached to the rear of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 of the door frame reinforcement unit 110, and is intended to cover the wiring cable (not shown) that connects the door frame main relay board 104 and the ball dispensing operation unit 220 of the dish unit 200. The cable cover 109 is formed in a box shape that extends left and right, and has openings near the left end of the front surface and in the center of the bottom surface in the left-right direction for passing the wiring cable through.

[3-1e. Door frame reinforcement unit]
The door frame reinforcement unit 110 of the door frame base unit 100 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 35 to 38. Figure 35(a) is a perspective view of the door frame reinforcement unit in the door frame as seen from the front, and Figure 35(b) is a perspective view of the door frame reinforcement unit in the door frame as seen from the rear. Figure 36(a) is a perspective view of the intermediate reinforcement frame of the door frame reinforcement unit as seen from the front, and Figure 36(b) is a perspective view of the intermediate reinforcement frame of the door frame reinforcement unit as seen from the rear. Figure 37 is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged view of a portion of the intermediate reinforcement frame in a vertical cross section of the door frame. Figure 38 is an explanatory diagram showing the dimensional relationship of the upper part of the intermediate reinforcement frame.

The door frame reinforcement unit 110 is attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101, reinforcing the flat door frame base 101 made of synthetic resin and providing rigidity to the door frame base unit 100. The door frame reinforcement unit 110 includes a left reinforcement frame 111 and a right reinforcement frame 112 that extend vertically and are spaced apart from each other on the left and right sides, an upper reinforcement frame 113 that extends horizontally and connects the upper ends of the left reinforcement frame 111 and the right reinforcement frame 112, a middle reinforcement frame 117 that connects the upper portions of the left reinforcement frame 111 and the right reinforcement frame 112 from their lower ends, a cylinder mounting frame 115 (see Figure 34, etc.) attached to the right reinforcement frame 112, and multiple hook hook members 116 attached vertically and spaced apart from each other on the rear side of the right reinforcement frame 112, to which the door frame hooks 652 of the locking unit 650 of the main frame 4 are attached.

The left reinforcing frame 111 extends vertically with a generally constant width and a length roughly equal to the height of the door frame base 101, and has a bulge 111a that protrudes to the right from the bottom toward the top. The left end of the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 is attached to the bulge 111a of the left reinforcing frame 111.

The right reinforcement frame 112 extends vertically with a generally constant width and a length roughly equal to the height of the door frame base 101, and has a bulge 112a that protrudes leftward from the bottom toward the top. The right end of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 is attached to the bulge 112a of the right reinforcement frame 112. A cylinder mounting frame 115 is attached to the front of the bulge 112a. The right reinforcement frame 112 has multiple insertion holes that are spaced apart vertically and penetrate the frame in the front-to-rear direction. The tips of the door frame hooks 652 of the locking unit 650 are inserted into these insertion holes when the door frame 3 is closed against the main frame 4.

The upper reinforcing frame 113 has a constant width in the vertical direction and extends left and right for a length approximately equal to the left and right width of the door frame base 101.

The door frame reinforcement unit 110 is attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 with multiple screws (not shown). When this door frame reinforcement unit 110 is attached to the door frame base 101, the through-hole 117f of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 is aligned with the through-hole in the door frame base 101, and the cylinder mounting frame 115 is inserted into the cylinder insertion hole 101d in the door frame base 101.

[3-1e-1. Intermediate reinforcement frame]
Next, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 in the door frame reinforcement unit 110 will be described in detail. As shown in FIG. 36 , the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 is attached so as to connect the bulging portion 111a of the left reinforcement frame 111 and the bulging portion 112a of the right reinforcement frame 112. The intermediate reinforcement frame 117 extends left and right with a width greater than the vertical width of the upper reinforcement frame 113. The lower edge of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 is linear, while the upper edge near both ends of the frame increases in height as it extends outward in the left-right direction. The intermediate reinforcement frame 117 has a through-hole 117f that penetrates from front to back near the right end and a square opening 117g that penetrates from front to back near the left end. The through-hole 117f is located at a position that coincides with the through-hole in the door frame base 101. The opening 117g is located to coincide with the upper tray ball passage opening 101g in the door frame base 101.

The intermediate reinforcing frame 117 has a strip-shaped base plate portion 117a with its plate surface facing in the front-to-rear direction, an upper flange portion 117b extending rearward from the upper edge of the base plate portion 117a, a rear flange portion 117c extending upward from the rear edge of the upper flange portion 117b, and a lower flange portion 117d extending forward from the lower edge of the base plate portion 117a.

Furthermore, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 has multiple bead portions 117e on the base portion 117a that protrude forward and are long in the left-right direction. These multiple bead portions 117e increase the strength and rigidity of the base portion 117a (intermediate reinforcement frame 117).

As shown in Figure 36 (b), the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 is composed of a first sheet metal portion 118a that is the same thickness as the sheet metal that constitutes the left reinforcement frame 111 and the right reinforcement frame 112, and a second sheet metal portion 118b that is thicker than the first sheet metal portion 118a. The first sheet metal portion 118a has a base plate portion 117a, an upper flange portion 117b, and a lower flange portion 117d. The second sheet metal portion 118b has a base plate portion 117a, an upper flange portion 117b, and a rear flange portion 117c. The upper flange portion 117b, the rear flange portion 117c, and the lower flange portion 117d are formed by bending sheet metal. The first sheet metal portion 118a and the second sheet metal portion 118b are attached to each other with multiple rivets at the base plate portion 117a, with the first sheet metal portion 118a facing forward.

The left-right length of the first sheet metal portion 118a is the same as the left-right length of the intermediate reinforcing frame 117. The left-right length of the second sheet metal portion 118b is shorter than that of the first sheet metal portion 118a. The second sheet metal portion 118b is attached so that it overlaps the left-right central portion of the first sheet metal portion 118a. The thickness tc of the second sheet metal portion 118b is approximately 1.7 times the thickness of the first sheet metal portion 118a.

When assembled to the door frame 3, this intermediate reinforcement frame 117 is located below the door window 101a and behind the tray unit 200 (the performance operation unit 300, described later) (see Figures 33 and 37). As shown, the lower end of the glass frame 161 (locking piece 161b) in 160 abuts against the upper surface of the upper flange portion 117b of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117. In other words, the glass unit 160 is placed on the upper flange portion 117b. Furthermore, the lower rear surface (rear surface of locking piece 161b) of the glass frame 161 in the glass unit 160 abuts against the front surface of the rear flange portion 117c of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117. This allows the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 to restrict downward movement of the glass unit 160 and rearward movement of the lower part of the glass unit 160. In this embodiment, the rear surface of the rear flange portion 117c is located forward of the rear surface of the glass unit 160 and does not protrude rearward.

In this embodiment, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 has a larger vertical width at both left and right ends than at the center, and is attached to the left reinforcement frame 111 and right reinforcement frame 112 at the larger vertical width portion, making it more firmly attached than the intermediate reinforcement frames in conventional door frames.

The intermediate reinforcement frame 117 has an upper flange portion 117b, a rear flange portion 117c, and a lower flange portion 117d, and is formed with a cross-sectional shape that resembles a combination of two crank shapes. The intermediate reinforcement frame 117 is also composed of two metal sheets: a first metal sheet portion 118a and a second metal sheet portion 118b. For these reasons, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 has greater strength and rigidity than the intermediate reinforcement frame 114 of the door frame 3 of the first embodiment. Therefore, the door frame reinforcement unit 110 itself also has greater strength and rigidity than the door frame reinforcement units of conventional door frames.

In this way, the strength and rigidity of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 (door frame reinforcement unit 110) has been increased, so even if a player grabs the upper tray 201 or lower tray 202 and pulls hard, or pulls hard on the lever operation part 304 of the performance operation unit 300 described below, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 (door frame reinforcement unit 110) will not warp (subject to plastic deformation). Therefore, it is possible to prevent a gap from forming between the door frame 3 and the main frame 4 due to distortion of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117.

Furthermore, even if someone attempts to commit fraud by strongly pulling the upper tray 201 or the lever operating part 304 forward to create a gap between the door frame 3 and the main frame 4, as described above, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 (door frame reinforcement unit 110), which has increased strength and rigidity, will cause the door frame 3 to plastically deform, preventing a gap from forming between it and the main frame 4, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 that is highly deterrent to fraudulent activities.

In addition, the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 has an upper flange portion 117b on which the glass unit 160 is placed, and a rear flange portion 117c extending upward from the upper flange portion 117b. This allows it to support the weight of the glass unit 160, and even if an attempt is made to insert an illegal tool between the upper flange portion 117b and the bottom end of the glass unit 160, the upward extending rear flange portion 117c can prevent the illegal tool from entering, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 that is highly deterrent to fraudulent activity.

As shown in Figure 38, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 is configured so that the distance L1 from the rear surface of the base plate portion 117a to the rear end of the upper flange portion 117b is slightly shorter than the distance L2 from the top surface of the upper flange portion 117b to the top end of the rear flange portion 117c. Furthermore, the distance L0, which is the sum of distances L1 and L2, is longer than the distance (not shown) from the rear surface of the base plate portion 117a to the rear end of the door frame 3. Therefore, if the rear flange portion 117c is not bent upward and is extended rearward in the same way as the upper flange portion 117b, its rear end will protrude rearward beyond the rear end of the door frame 3. In other words, the angle at which the rear flange portion 117c is extended (bent) relative to the upper flange portion 117b is set to a length that allows its rear end to penetrate into the game board 5 at the rear.

[3-1e-2. Modified examples of intermediate reinforcement frame]
Next, modified examples (modifications 1 to 5) of the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 will be described in detail with reference to Figures 39 and 40. Figure 39(a) is an explanatory diagram showing modified example 1 of the intermediate reinforcing frame in a door frame, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing modified example 2 of the intermediate reinforcing frame, and (c) is an explanatory diagram showing modified example 3 of the intermediate reinforcing frame. Figure 40(a) is an explanatory diagram showing modified example 4 of the intermediate reinforcing frame in a door frame, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing modified example 5 of the intermediate reinforcing frame. Note that, here, parts with the same configuration as the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 will be described using the same reference numerals.

(Modification 1 of the intermediate reinforcing frame)
The intermediate reinforcement frame 117A shown in Figure 39(a) is made of a single thick metal plate (sheet metal). This intermediate reinforcement frame 117A also provides the same effects as those described above. Furthermore, because this intermediate reinforcement frame 117A is made of a single sheet metal, it does not require assembly using rivets or the like, as compared to a frame made of multiple sheets of metal, making it possible to reduce costs. Note that this intermediate reinforcement frame 117A may also be provided with a bead portion 117e.

(Modification 2 of intermediate reinforcing frame)
The intermediate reinforcement frame 117B shown in Figure 39(b) has a lower flange portion 117d extending rearward from the lower end of the base portion 117a. The rearward extending lower flange portion 117d also increases the strength and rigidity of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117B, achieving the same effects as those described above. The intermediate reinforcement frame 117B may be formed from a single sheet of metal as shown in the figure, or may be formed from multiple sheets of metal like the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 described above. The intermediate reinforcement frame 117B may also be provided with a bead portion 117e.

(Modification 3 of intermediate reinforcing frame)
In the intermediate reinforcement frame 117C shown in FIG. 39( c), the rear end of the upper flange portion 117b extends to the rear surface of the glass unit 160, and the rear flange portion 117c, which extends upward from the rear end of the upper flange portion 117b, is located rearward of the glass unit 160. This intermediate reinforcement frame 117C also achieves the same effects as described above. Furthermore, the width (depth) of the upper flange portion 117b in the front-to-rear direction of this intermediate reinforcement frame 117C is wider than that of the upper flange portion 117b of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 described above, so that the glass unit 160 can be supported over a wider area. The intermediate reinforcement frame 117C may be formed from a single sheet of metal as shown in the figure, or may be formed from multiple sheets of metal like the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 described above. The intermediate reinforcement frame 117C may also be provided with a bead portion 117e. The glass frame 161 of the glass unit 160 may also be provided with a locking piece 161b similar to the above.

(Modification 4 of intermediate reinforcing frame)
The intermediate reinforcement frame 117D shown in FIG. 40( a) has a rear flange portion 117c extending downward from the rear end of the upper flange portion 117b. Specifically, the rear flange portion 117c hangs down from the rear end of the upper flange portion 117b. This configuration also increases the strength and rigidity of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117D, preventing distortion (plastic deformation) even when the upper tray 201 or lever operating portion 304 of the door frame 3 is pulled forward strongly. Furthermore, the glass unit 160 can be placed on the upper flange portion 117b of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117D. While FIG. 40( a) shows a frame in which the rear surface of the rear flange portion 117c does not protrude rearward beyond the rear surface of the glass unit 160, the rear flange portion 117c may protrude rearward beyond the glass unit 160. The intermediate reinforcement frame 117D may be constructed from a single sheet metal as shown, or may be constructed from multiple sheets metal, as with the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 described above. The intermediate reinforcing frame 117D may also be provided with a bead portion 117e. The glass frame 161 of the glass unit 160 may also be provided with a locking piece 161b similar to that described above.

(Modification 5 of the intermediate reinforcing frame)
The intermediate reinforcement frame 117E shown in Figure 40(b) has a rear flange portion 117c extending downward from the rear end of the upper flange portion 117b. Specifically, the rear flange portion 117c extends diagonally downward from the rear end of the upper flange portion 117b. This configuration also increases the strength and rigidity of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117E, preventing distortion (plastic deformation) even when the upper tray 201 or the lever operating portion 304 of the door frame 3 is pulled forward strongly. When the door frame 3 is closed, the rear end of the rear flange portion 117c of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117E is inserted into the gaming board 5 (here, into the front component 1000). Insertion of the rear flange portion 117c forms a serpentine gap, which prevents the rear flange portion 117c from blocking any attempts to insert illegal tools along the front of the gaming board 5, thereby enhancing deterrence against illegal activity.

The rear flange portion 117c of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117E may be configured to come into contact with the gaming board 5. This makes it possible to position the door frame 3 and the gaming board 5 via the rear flange portion 117c, and to support the gaming board 5 using the rear flange portion 117c. Furthermore, when the rear flange portion 117c is configured to come into contact with the gaming board 5, it may be connected to ground with the gaming board 5. Furthermore, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117E may be constructed from a single sheet of metal as shown, or may be constructed from multiple sheets of metal, similar to the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 described above. The intermediate reinforcement frame 117E may also be provided with a bead portion 117e. The glass frame 161 of the glass unit 160 may also be provided with a locking piece 161b similar to the above.

[3-1e-3. Other countermeasure examples]
Next, we will explain measures to prevent a gap from forming between the door frame 3 and the main frame 4 when the upper tray 201 or the like is pulled forward. As a specific example 1, for example, a gap sensor (e.g., a simple switch, optical sensor, magnetic sensor, proximity sensor, displacement sensor, etc.) may be provided to detect the gap (change in gap) between the game board 5 and the vicinity of the center in the left-right direction of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117, and an alarm may be issued when the signal from the gap sensor exceeds a predetermined threshold. In this case, the gap sensor may be provided on the main frame 4, the game board 5, or the door frame 3.

In Example 1, as described above, the strength and rigidity of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 (door frame reinforcement unit 110) are increased, so the door frame 3 will not undergo plastic deformation even if it is pulled forward with great force. However, pulling too hard can cause elastic deformation, changing the distance between the door frame 3 and the game board 5 and creating a gap, so a gap sensor is provided to detect this distance. This allows the gap sensor to detect changes in the distance due to elastic deformation, and makes it possible to notify the player that the door frame 3 has been pulled too forcefully in response to a detection signal from the gap sensor. This prevents players from pulling the door frame 3 unnecessarily hard or from pulling too hard to commit fraud, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 with high security effects.

In specific example 2, the door frame opening switch (not shown) located near the right end on the front of the main frame 4 may be located at the rear near the center in the left-right direction of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117. As a result, when the upper tray 201 of the door frame 3 is pulled strongly and the center in the left-right direction of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 is elastically deformed so that it moves forward, the door frame opening switch detects that the door frame 3 has been opened and issues an alert to that effect. In this case, the door frame opening switch may be located both near the right end of the main frame 4 and near the center in the left-right direction. The door opening switch near the center in the left-right direction may also be located on the game board 5.

Furthermore, as a third specific example, a strain sensor may be provided on the intermediate reinforcement frame 117, and when the signal from the strain sensor exceeds a predetermined threshold, an alarm may be issued.

As a fourth specific example, a hook-shaped intermediate hook (not shown) that moves in conjunction with the door frame hook 652 of the locking unit 650 can be provided at the rear of the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 on the main frame 4 near the center in the left-right direction, so that when the door frame 3 is closed relative to the main frame 4, the intermediate hook engages with the intermediate reinforcing frame 117. This prevents the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 from distorting (plastically or elastically deforming) so that it bulges forward, even if the upper tray 201, etc., is pulled forward.

[3-1e-4. Summary]
The door frame reinforcement unit 110 has the following technical features.

(Background of technical features)
A pachinko machine as a gaming machine comprises a main frame that supports a game board so that it can be attached and detached from the front, and a door frame that is attached to the main frame so that it can be opened and closed from the front. The door frame is hinged and rotatable on one of the left and right front edges of the main frame, and is provided with a window section closed by a glass plate, through which the playing area of the game board can be seen from the front.

In this type of gaming machine, a reinforcing metal frame made from multiple metal plates is attached to the door frame, and multiple hooks are attached to the main frame at the edge of the reinforcing metal on the open side opposite the hinge, preventing the door frame from opening even when pulled forward (see, for example, JP 2008-110159 A).

However, with the technology described in the above patent document, for example, if a person places their hand on a spherical dish (e.g., upper dish, lower dish, etc.) located on the front of the door frame and pulls it forward, the door frame (reinforcing metal sheet) could become distorted, causing the center of the door frame to bulge forward. When the door frame becomes distorted, a gap forms between the door frame and the main frame, creating the risk that an illegal tool could be inserted into the gaming machine through that gap.

In light of the above situation, the following measures aim to provide a gaming machine that makes it difficult for a gap to form between the door frame and the main body frame even when the door frame is pulled, thereby preventing fraudulent activity that uses such gaps.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A main frame detachably supports a game board having a game area where games are played with game balls from the front,
A gaming machine having a window that allows the gaming area to be viewed from the front, and a door frame that is provided on the main body frame so as to be openable and closable from the front,
The door frame is
a reinforcing sheet metal unit having a first reinforcing portion extending laterally along a lower edge of the window portion,
The first reinforcing portion is
a substrate portion parallel to an opening surface of the window portion;
an upper flange portion extending rearward from an upper edge of the base plate portion;
and a rear flange portion extending upward or downward from the rear end edge of the upper flange portion.

Here, examples of the "first reinforcing portion" include "something made of one metal plate (sheet metal)" and "something made of multiple metal plates (sheet metal)."

According to the configuration of means 1, the gaming machine comprises a main frame that detachably supports a gaming board from the front, which has a gaming area where games are played with gaming balls, and a door frame that has a window that makes the gaming area visible from the front and is attached to the main frame so that it can be opened and closed from the front. The door frame comprises a reinforcing sheet metal unit that has a first reinforcing portion extending left and right along the lower edge of the window. The first reinforcing portion comprises a base portion that is parallel to the opening surface of the window, an upper flange portion that extends rearward from the upper edge of the base portion, and a rear flange portion that extends upward or downward from the rear edge of the upper flange portion. (In the "Mode for Carrying Out the Invention" section, see chapter "3-1. Overall Structure of Door Frame Base Unit," the description of the door frame reinforcing unit 110, Figures 35 to 40, etc.)

As a result, a reinforcing sheet metal unit is provided in the door frame, which is mounted on the main frame so that it can be opened and closed from the front, thereby increasing the strength and rigidity of the door frame. This reinforcing sheet metal unit has a first reinforcing portion extending left and right along the bottom edge of the window portion of the door frame. The first reinforcing portion includes a flat base plate, an upper flange portion extending rearward from the upper edge of the base plate, and a rear flange portion extending upward or downward from the upper flange portion. When the rear flange portion extends upward from the rear edge of the upper flange portion, the cross-section of the first reinforcing portion is crank-shaped. When the rear flange portion extends downward from the rear edge of the upper flange portion, the cross-section of the first reinforcing portion is U-shaped. This allows for greater strength and rigidity than conventional reinforcing portions (reinforcing sheet metal) with linear or L-shaped cross-sections. In other words, because the strength and rigidity of the first reinforcing portion of the reinforcing sheet metal unit are higher than conventional models, even if the door frame is pulled strongly forward near the center in the left-right direction, the first reinforcing portion will not warp (plastically deform), and no gap will be formed between the door frame and the main frame. Therefore, even if someone attempts to commit fraud by pulling the door frame forward to create a gap between the door frame and the main frame, the increased strength and rigidity of the first reinforcing portion (reinforcing sheet metal unit) will prevent the door frame from warping and creating a gap between the door frame and the main frame, providing a gaming machine that is highly deterrent to fraud.

Furthermore, as mentioned above, the first reinforcing part (reinforcing sheet metal unit) will not be distorted even if the door frame is pulled forward strongly near the center in the left-right direction, so it is possible to provide parts with shapes that are easy for players to pull forward (for example, upper and lower trays, lever-shaped performance controls, protruding or protruding push button-shaped performance controls, protruding decorative bodies, recessed decorative bodies, etc.), making it possible to provide a gaming machine that can provide even more enjoyment to players.

The glass unit that closes the window section may also be placed on the upper flange. This allows the weight of the glass unit to be supported by the upper flange (reinforcing sheet metal unit). This reduces the load on the synthetic resin member that makes up the door frame (e.g., the door frame base) compared to when the glass unit is supported by the resin member, and prevents early deterioration of the resin member due to excessive load.

Furthermore, when placing a glass unit on the upper flange, if the front surface of the rear flange, which extends upward from the rear edge of the upper flange, abuts against the rear surface of the glass unit, the rear flange can prevent the lower end of the glass unit from moving rearward. This allows the glass unit to be attached to the door frame by fixing the upper end, making it easier to install (attach) and detach.

Furthermore, it is desirable that the sum of the lengths of the upper flange portion and the rear flange portion in the direction along each surface of the first reinforcing portion be longer than the length from the base portion to the front surface of the gaming board. This makes the sum of the lengths of the upper flange portion and the rear flange portion in the extending direction longer than the distance (length) from the base portion to the front surface of the gaming board. This increases the strength and rigidity of the first reinforcing portion compared to when that length is shorter, making it less likely to warp even when the door frame is pulled forward.

Furthermore, as described above, if the sum of the lengths of the upper flange portion and the rear flange portion is made longer than the length from the base portion to the front of the gaming board, the tip of the rear flange portion can be positioned behind the front of the gaming board. In other words, the rear flange portion can be inserted into the gaming board from the front. As a result, even if someone tries to insert an illegal tool along the front of the gaming board, the rear flange portion inserted into the gaming board can prevent the tool from entering, providing a gaming machine that is highly deterrent to illegal activity.

It is also desirable for the first reinforcing portion to have a lower flange portion extending forward or rearward from the lower edge of the base plate portion. This means that the first reinforcing portion has an upper flange portion extending rearward from the upper edge of the base plate portion, as well as a lower flange portion extending forward or rearward from the lower edge of the base plate portion, which further increases the strength and rigidity of the first reinforcing portion and makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can reliably achieve the above-mentioned effects.

Furthermore, it is desirable to make the first reinforcing portion thicker than the sheet metal of the other reinforcing portions in the reinforcing sheet metal unit. This also increases the strength and rigidity of the first reinforcing portion, as the sheet metal of the first reinforcing portion is thicker than the sheet metal of the other reinforcing portions, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that can achieve the same effects as those described above.

The gaming machine may also be equipped with a gap sensor that detects the gap between the first reinforcing portion and the gaming board. As mentioned above, the strength and rigidity of the first reinforcing portion (reinforcing sheet metal unit) are increased, so the door frame will not undergo plastic deformation even if it is pulled forward with great force. However, pulling too hard can cause elastic deformation, changing the gap between the door frame and the gaming board and creating a gap. Therefore, a gap sensor may be provided to detect this gap. This allows the gap sensor to detect changes in the gap due to elastic deformation, making it possible to issue a warning when the door frame has been pulled too forcefully in response to a detection signal from the gap sensor. This prevents players from pulling on the door frame unnecessarily hard or trying to commit fraud, providing a gaming machine with high security benefits.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The upper flange portion is
A glass unit that closes the window is placed on it.
It is characterized by:

In the configuration of Measure 2, a glass unit that closes the window is placed on the upper flange. (See the description of upper flange 117b and Figure 37 in the "Embodiment" section.)

This allows the weight of the glass unit to be supported by the upper flange portion (reinforcing sheet metal unit), which reduces the load on the synthetic resin member that makes up the door frame (e.g., the door frame base) compared to when the glass unit is supported by the resin member, preventing early deterioration of the resin member due to excessive load.

In addition, because the glass unit is placed on the upper flange, when the front surface of the rear flange, which extends upward from the rear edge of the upper flange, abuts against the rear surface of the glass unit, the rear flange prevents the lower end of the glass unit from moving rearward. This makes it possible to attach the glass unit to the door frame by fixing the upper end of the glass unit, facilitating installation (removal) of the glass unit.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"The first reinforcing portion is
The sum of the lengths of the upper flange portion and the rear flange portion in the directions along their respective surfaces is longer than the length from the base portion to the front surface of the game board.
It is characterized by:

In the configuration of Measure 3, the sum of the lengths of the upper flange and rear flange of the first reinforcement section in the direction along each surface is longer than the length from the base section to the front of the game board. (See the description of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 and Figure 38 in the "Description of the Invention" section.)

As a result, the sum of the extension lengths of the upper flange portion and the rear flange portion is longer than the distance (length) from the base portion to the front of the game board, which increases the strength and rigidity of the first reinforcing portion compared to when that length is shorter, making it less likely to warp even when the door frame is pulled forward.

In addition, because the sum of the lengths of the upper flange and rear flange is longer than the length from the base to the front of the gaming board, the tip of the rear flange can be positioned behind the front of the gaming board. In other words, the rear flange can be inserted into the gaming board from the front. As a result, even if someone tries to insert an illegal tool along the front of the gaming board, the rear flange inserted into the gaming board can prevent the tool from entering, providing a gaming machine with a strong deterrent against illegal activity.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations from means 1 to means 3,
"The first reinforcing portion is
It has a lower flange portion extending forward or rearward from the lower edge of the base portion.
It is characterized by:

According to the fourth aspect of the present invention, the first reinforcing portion includes a lower flange portion extending forward or rearward from the lower edge of the base plate portion. (See the description of the lower flange portion 117d and Figure 36 in the "Description of the Invention" section.)

As a result, the first reinforcing portion has an upper flange portion extending rearward from the upper edge of the base portion, and a lower flange portion extending forward or rearward from the lower edge of the base portion, which further increases the strength and rigidity of the first reinforcing portion and makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can reliably achieve the above-mentioned effects.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations from means 1 to means 4,
"The first reinforcing portion is
The thickness of the sheet metal is thicker than that of the other reinforcing parts in the reinforcing sheet metal unit.
It is characterized by:

In the configuration of Measure 5, the first reinforcing portion is made thicker than the sheet metal of the other reinforcing portions of the reinforcing sheet metal unit. (See the description of the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 and Figure 36 in the "Description of the Invention" section.)

As a result, the plate thickness of the first reinforcing portion is made thicker than the plate thickness of the other reinforcing portions, which also increases the strength and rigidity of the first reinforcing portion, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that can achieve the same effects as those described above.

The first reinforcing portion may be thick throughout its entire length in the left-right direction, or it may be thick only in part of its entire length in the left-right direction (for example, within a predetermined range from the center in the left-right direction).

Means 6: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to means 5,
"Furthermore, a gap sensor is provided to detect the gap between the first reinforcing portion and the game board."
It is characterized by:

Here, examples of "distance sensors" include "switches," "optical sensors," "magnetic sensors," "proximity sensors," and "displacement sensors." The distance sensor may be provided on the first reinforcing portion (door frame), on the game board, or on the main frame. A switch used as a distance sensor may be, for example, a switch used in a door open sensor (door open switch). By using a switch similar to the door open sensor, the input circuit can be designed in the same way as the input circuit for the door open sensor. Furthermore, because it is a simple contact, depending on the connection method, it is possible to easily combine multiple inputs using a wired-OR connection, etc.

According to the sixth aspect of the present invention, the gaming machine further includes a distance sensor that detects the distance between the first reinforcing portion and the gaming board. (See section 3-1e-3. Other Countermeasures in the Detailed Description of the Invention.)

In this configuration, as described above, the strength and rigidity of the first reinforcing portion (reinforcing sheet metal unit) are increased, so the door frame will not undergo plastic deformation even if it is pulled forward with great force. However, pulling too hard can cause elastic deformation, changing the distance between the door frame and the gaming board and creating a gap, so a gap sensor is provided to detect this distance. This allows the gap sensor to detect changes in the distance due to elastic deformation, making it possible to alert the player when the door frame has been pulled too forcefully in response to a detection signal from the gap sensor. This prevents players from pulling on the door frame unnecessarily hard or pulling on the door frame too hard in an attempt to commit fraud, providing a gaming machine with high security benefits.

In this way, the above solution makes it difficult for a gap to form between the door frame and the main body frame even when the door frame is pulled, thereby providing a gaming machine that can prevent fraudulent activities that use such gaps.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The door window 101a of the door frame base 101 in the door frame base unit 100 of the door frame 3 in this embodiment corresponds to the window portion of the above-mentioned solution means, the door frame reinforcement unit 110 of the door frame base unit 100 in this embodiment corresponds to the reinforcing sheet metal unit of the above-mentioned solution means, and the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 (intermediate reinforcement frame 117A to intermediate reinforcement frame 117E) of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 in this embodiment corresponds to the first reinforcement portion of the above-mentioned solution means.

(Characteristic effects of this embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, a door frame reinforcing unit 110 made up of a combination of multiple metal plates is provided on the door frame 3, which is provided on the main body frame 4 so as to be able to open and close from the front, and this door frame reinforcing unit 110 increases the strength and rigidity of the door frame 3. This door frame reinforcing unit 110 has an intermediate reinforcing frame 117 extending in the left-right direction along the lower edge of the door window 101a of the door frame 3, and this intermediate reinforcing frame 117 is provided with a flat base plate portion 117a, an upper flange portion 117b extending rearward from the upper edge of the base plate portion 117a, and a rear flange portion 117c extending upward or downward from the upper flange portion 117b. When the rear flange portion 117c extends upward from the rear edge of the upper flange portion 117b, the cross-sectional shape of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 (intermediate reinforcement frame 117A, intermediate reinforcement frame 117B, intermediate reinforcement frame 117C) is crank-shaped, and when the rear flange portion 117c extends downward from the rear edge of the upper flange portion 117b, the cross-sectional shape of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117D (intermediate reinforcement frame 117E) is U-shaped, which allows for greater strength and rigidity than conventional reinforcement units (intermediate reinforcement frames) with linear or L-shaped cross-sectional shapes. In other words, because the strength and rigidity of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 is higher than conventional, even if the door frame 3 is pulled forward strongly near the center in the left-right direction, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 will not warp (plastically deform), and no gap will be formed between the door frame 3 and the main frame 4. Therefore, even if someone tries to commit fraud by pulling the door frame 3 forward to form a gap between the door frame 3 and the main frame 4, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 (door frame reinforcement unit 110), which has increased strength and rigidity, will not cause the door frame 3 to distort and form a gap between it and the main frame 4, and a pachinko machine 1 can be provided that has a high deterrent effect against fraud.

Furthermore, as mentioned above, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 (door frame reinforcement unit 110) will not be distorted even if the door frame 3 is pulled forward strongly near the center in the left-right direction, so it is possible to provide parts with shapes that are easy for players to pull forward (for example, the upper tray 201 and lower tray 202, a lever-shaped effect operation unit (lever operation unit 304), a protruding or protruding push button-shaped effect operation unit (press operation unit 303), a protruding decorative body, a recessed decorative body, etc.), making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that can provide even more enjoyment to players.

Furthermore, because the glass unit 160 that closes the door window 101a is placed on the upper flange portion 117b, the weight of the glass unit 160 can be supported by the upper flange portion 117b (door frame reinforcement unit 110). This reduces the load on the synthetic resin member that makes up the door frame 3 (e.g., the door frame base 101), and prevents early deterioration of the resin member due to excessive load.

In addition, because the glass unit 160 is placed on the upper flange portion 117b and the rear surface of the glass unit 160 abuts against the front surface of the rear flange portion 117c, which extends upward from the rear edge of the upper flange portion 117b, the rear flange portion 117c can prevent the lower end of the glass unit 160 from moving rearward. This means that the glass unit 160 can be attached to the door frame 3 by fixing only the upper end side, making it easy to install (attach) and detach the glass unit 160.

Furthermore, in the intermediate reinforcement frame 117, the sum (L0) of the lengths (L1 and L2) along the respective surfaces of the upper flange portion 117b and the rear flange portion 117c is longer than the length from the base portion 117a to the front surface of the game board 5. This increases the strength and rigidity of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 compared to when the length is shorter, making it less likely to warp even when the door frame 3 is pulled forward.

In addition, because the sum (L0) of the length L1 of the upper flange portion 117b and the length L2 of the rear flange portion 117c is longer than the length from the base portion 117a to the front of the gaming board 5, it is possible to position the tip of the rear flange portion 117c behind the front of the gaming board 5. In other words, like the intermediate reinforcement frame 117E, it is possible to insert the rear flange portion 117c into the gaming board 5 from the front. As a result, even if someone tries to insert an illegal tool along the front of the gaming board 5, the insertion of the illegal tool can be prevented by the rear flange portion 117c inserted into the gaming board 5, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly deterrent to fraudulent activity.

Furthermore, in addition to the upper flange portion 117b, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 is equipped with a lower flange portion 117d that extends forward or rearward from the lower edge of the base portion 117a. This further increases the strength and rigidity of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that can reliably achieve the above-mentioned effects.

Furthermore, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 is made thicker than the metal sheets of the other reinforcement parts of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 (left reinforcement frame 111, right reinforcement frame 112, upper reinforcement frame 113). This also increases the strength and rigidity of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 (door frame reinforcement unit 110), making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that can achieve the same effects as those described above.

A gap sensor that detects the gap between the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 and the game board 5 may also be provided. As mentioned above, the strength and rigidity of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 (door frame reinforcement unit 110) are increased, so the door frame 3 will not undergo plastic deformation even if it is pulled forward with great force. However, pulling too hard can cause elastic deformation, changing the gap between the door frame 3 and the game board 5 and creating a gap. Therefore, a gap sensor is provided to detect this gap. This allows the gap sensor to detect changes in the gap due to elastic deformation, making it possible to issue a warning that the door frame 3 has been pulled too forcefully in response to a detection signal from the gap sensor. This prevents players from pulling the door frame 3 unnecessarily hard or from pulling too hard to commit fraud, providing a pachinko machine 1 with high security benefits.

[3-1f. Door frame upper hinge assembly]
The upper door-frame hinge assembly 120 of the door frame base unit 100 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 34 and 35. The upper door-frame hinge assembly 120 is attached to the upper left corner of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 when viewed from the front. The upper door-frame hinge assembly 120 cooperates with the lower door-frame hinge member 125 to attach the door frame 3 to the main frame 4 so that the door frame 3 can rotate about a hinge. The upper door-frame hinge assembly 120 includes a hinge bracket 121 attached to the door frame reinforcement unit 110, a upper door-frame hinge pin 122 attached to the hinge bracket 121 so as to be movable in the vertical direction, a flange member 123 attached to the upper door-frame hinge pin 122, and a lock spring 124 that biases the upper door-frame hinge pin 122 to move upward.

The hinge bracket 121 has a flat mounting piece 121a that is rectangular when viewed from the front, and flat protruding pieces 121b that extend forward from the upper and lower edges of the mounting piece 121a. The mounting piece 121a of the hinge bracket 121 is attached to the door frame reinforcement unit 110. The hinge bracket 121 is formed by bending a metal plate.

The upper door frame hinge pin 122 is a cylindrical metal rod bent into an L-shape. When assembled into the upper door frame hinge assembly 120, the vertically extending portion of the upper door frame hinge pin 122 penetrates from below near the front ends of a pair of protruding pieces 121b on the hinge bracket 121, with the upper end extending upward beyond the upper protruding piece 121b, and the horizontally extending portion abutting the underside of the lower protruding piece 121b. The upper end of the upper door frame hinge pin 122 is rotatably inserted into the upper door frame hinge hole 511a of the upper hinge body 511 of the upper main frame hinge member 510 of the main frame 4.

The flange member 123 is an E-ring and is attached to the upper door frame hinge pin 122 at a location between the pair of protruding pieces 121b. The lock spring 124 is formed in a coil shape and is placed around the portion of the upper door frame hinge pin 122 that extends vertically between the flange member 123 and the lower protruding piece 121b of the hinge bracket 121. The lock spring 124 biases the upper door frame hinge pin 122 upward via the flange member 123.

In the upper door frame hinge assembly 120, the upper door frame hinge pin 122 is biased upward by the lock spring 124, and the horizontally extending portion of the lower end of the upper door frame hinge pin 122 abuts against the underside of the lower protruding piece 121b, restricting further upward movement. In this state, the upper end of the upper door frame hinge pin 122 protrudes a predetermined amount above the top surface of the upper protruding piece 121b.

When the horizontally extending portion of the lower end of the upper door-frame hinge pin 122 of the upper door-frame hinge assembly 120 is moved downward against the biasing force of the lock spring 124, the entire upper door-frame hinge pin 122 can be moved downward, and the upper end of the upper door-frame hinge pin 122 can be retracted below the upper surface of the upper protrusion 121b. Therefore, the upper end of the upper door-frame hinge pin 122 of the upper door-frame hinge assembly 120 can be inserted from below into the upper door-frame hinge hole 511a of the upper main-frame hinge member 510, and removed downward. By inserting the upper end of the upper door-frame hinge pin 122 into the upper door-frame hinge hole 511a of the upper main-frame hinge member 510, the upper left end of the door frame 3 in front view can be supported so as to be hinged and rotatable relative to the main frame 4.

In addition, the upper door frame hinge assembly 120 has a vertically extending portion of the upper door frame hinge pin 122 positioned coaxially with the lower door frame hinge pin 126 of the lower door frame hinge member 125 (described below). This allows the upper door frame hinge pin 122 and the lower door frame hinge pin 126 to hinge rotate the door frame 3 relative to the main frame 4 in a favorable condition.

[3-1g. Door frame bottom hinge member]
The lower door frame hinge member 125 of the door frame base unit 100 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 34 and 35. The lower door frame hinge member 125 is attached to the lower left corner of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 when viewed from the front. The lower door frame hinge member 125 cooperates with the upper door frame hinge assembly 120 to attach the door frame 3 to the main frame 4 so that the door frame 3 can rotate about the hinge.

The lower door frame hinge member 125 is attached to the door frame reinforcement unit 110 and comprises a flat mounting piece 125a that is rectangular in front view, a flat protruding piece 125b that extends forward from the lower edge of the mounting piece 125a, and a lower door frame hinge pin 126 (see Figure 35, etc.) that protrudes downward from the underside near the front end of the protruding piece 125b.

The mounting piece 125a and protruding piece 125b of the lower door frame hinge member 125 are formed by bending a metal plate. The lower door frame hinge pin 126 is a cylindrical metal rod with a tapered chamfer on the outer periphery of its lower end. When assembled to the door frame base unit 100, this lower door frame hinge pin 126 is attached to a portion of the protruding piece 125b that is coaxial with the portion of the upper door frame hinge pin 122 of the upper door frame hinge assembly 120 that extends vertically.

This door frame lower hinge member 125 can support the door frame 3 relative to the main frame 4 so that the door frame can rotate along the hinge by inserting the door frame lower hinge pin 126 into the door frame lower hinge hole 522a of the main frame lower hinge assembly 520.

[3-1h. Cylinder lock]
The cylinder lock 130 in the door frame base unit 100 of the door frame 3 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 41 to 43. Figure 41(a) is a perspective view of the cylinder lock of the door frame as seen from the front, (b) is a perspective view of the cylinder lock of (a) as seen from the rear-front, (c) is a perspective view of the cylinder lock in a conventional pachinko machine as seen from the front, and (d) is a perspective view of the cylinder lock of (a) as seen from the rear. Figure 42(a) is an exploded perspective view of the cylinder lock of Figure 41(a) as seen from the front, and (b) is an exploded perspective view of the cylinder lock of Figure 41(a) as seen from the rear. Figure 43(a) is an explanatory diagram showing the movable mechanism of the cylinder lock of Figure 41(a) from the front, (b) is an explanatory diagram of the cylinder lock rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise from the state of (a), and (c) is an explanatory diagram of the cylinder lock rotated 90 degrees clockwise from the state of (a).

The cylinder lock 130 is attached to the cylinder mounting frame 115 of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 and works in conjunction with the locking unit 650 of the main frame 4 to open and close the door frame 3 and main frame 4, and to lock and open the outer frame 2 and main frame 4. The cylinder lock 130 comprises a cylindrical cylinder body 131 that extends forward and backward, a keyhole 132 formed in the front end face of the cylinder body 131, and a rotation transmission member 133 located at the rear of the cylinder body 131 that rotates when a regular key inserted in the keyhole 132 is rotated.

The cylinder body 131 of the cylinder lock 130 passes through the front piece of the cylinder mounting frame 115 from the rear, with its rear end attached to the front piece. The rotation transmission member 133 is cylindrical (more specifically, a conical cylinder with a diameter that increases toward the rear) with an open rear, and has a pair of notches cut from the rear end toward the front at opposing positions across the central axis. The rotation transmission member 133 is configured so that the transmission cylinder 654 of the locking unit 650 in the main frame 4 can be inserted from the rear; by inserting the pair of protrusions of the transmission cylinder 654 into the pair of notches, the rotation of the rotation transmission member 133 (the key inserted in the keyhole 132) can be transmitted to the transmission cylinder 654, causing it to rotate.

More specifically, the cylinder lock 130 comprises a first cam member 134 located at the rear end of the cylinder body 131 and which rotates when a genuine key inserted in the keyhole 132 is rotated; a second cam member 135 which is rotatably attached to the cylinder mounting frame 115 below the cylinder body 131 around an axis in the front-to-rear direction; a strip-shaped first arm 136 which has its upper end rotatably attached to the first cam member 134 at a position to the right of the center of rotation and its lower end rotatably attached to the second cam member 135 at a position to the right of the center of rotation; and a strip-shaped second arm 137 which has its upper end rotatably attached to the first cam member 134 below the center of rotation and its lower end rotatably attached to the second cam member 135 below the center of rotation.

The cylinder lock 130 also includes a rear cover 138 attached to the cylinder mounting frame 115 so as to cover the cylinder body 131, first cam member 134, first arm 136, and second arm 137 from the rear, excluding the second cam member 135 (rotation transmission member 133), and rivets 139 that attach the upper and lower ends of each of the first arm 136 and second arm 137 to the first cam member 134 and second cam member 135, respectively, so that they can rotate.

The first cam member 134 has the upper end of the first arm 136 attached to the rear side, and the upper end of the second arm 137 attached to the front side. The second cam member 135 is rotatably attached from the rear side by the cylinder mounting frame 115, and a rotation transmission member 133 is attached to the rear side of the front side of the cylinder mounting frame 115 so as to be rotatable integrally with it. The second cam member 135 has the lower end of the first arm 136 attached to the front side, and the lower end of the second arm 137 attached to the front side, forward of the first arm 136.

For each of the first cam member 134 and the second cam member 135, the portion where the first arm 136 is attached and the portion where the second arm 137 is attached are separated by a 90-degree angle around the respective rotation axes. Furthermore, for each of the first cam member 134 and the second cam member 135, the portion where the first arm 136 is attached is located farther from the center of rotation than the portion where the second arm 137 is attached.

The rear cover 138 is removably attached to the cylinder mounting frame 115 at its upper end with screws (not shown), with cylindrical shafts 138a that protrude outward from the lower ends of both the left and right sides engaging with L-shaped locking slits 115b in the cylinder mounting frame 115.

This cylinder lock 130 has a cylinder mounting frame 115, cylinder body 131, rotation transmission member 133, first cam member 134, second cam member 135, first arm 136, and second arm 137, all of which are made of metal.

When the cylinder lock 130 is assembled to the door frame 3, the front end of the cylinder body 131 is approximately aligned with the front end of the cylinder insertion opening 440b of the door frame right side unit 430.

Here, we will explain the conventional cylinder lock 130A. As shown in Figures 41(c) and (d), the conventional cylinder lock 130A has a cylinder body 131 that passes through the front piece of the cylinder mounting frame 115A from the rear, with its rear end attached to the front piece. This cylinder lock 130A has a rotation transmission member 133 mounted on the axis of the cylinder body 131.

Next, we will explain the operation of the cylinder lock 130 of this embodiment. In a conventional cylinder lock 130, as shown in Figures 41(c) and (d), the rotation transmission member 133 is provided on the axis of the cylinder body 131, whereas in the cylinder lock 130 of this embodiment, as shown in Figures 41(a) and (b), the rotation transmission member 133 is provided at a position spaced downward from the axis of the cylinder body 131.

In the normal state of this cylinder lock 130, as shown in Figure 43 (a), the upper and lower ends of the first arm 136 are attached to the right of the rotation center of the first cam member 134 and the second cam member 135, respectively, and the upper and lower ends of the second arm 137 are attached to the lower of the rotation center of the first cam member 134 and the second cam member 135, respectively. The cylinder body 131 can be rotated 90 degrees clockwise and counterclockwise from the normal state using a genuine key.

In this state, when the first cam member 134 is rotated counterclockwise via the cylinder of the cylinder body 131 using a key inserted into the keyhole 132, the first arm 136 and the second arm 137 move upward. At this time, because the upper end of the first arm 136 is attached to the right of the center of rotation of the first cam member 134, a large force acts from the first arm 136 to rotate the second cam member 135 counterclockwise. However, because the upper end of the second arm 137 is attached below the center of rotation of the first cam member 134, almost no force acts from the second arm 137 to rotate the second cam member 135 counterclockwise.

In this way, when the first cam member 134 rotates counterclockwise from its normal state, force is transmitted mainly via the first arm 136, causing the second cam member 135 to rotate counterclockwise, and the rotation transmission member 133 to rotate together with the second cam member 135. The upward force acting due to this counterclockwise rotation of the first cam member 134 is proportional to the left-right distance between the positions where the first arm 136 and the second arm 137 are attached to the first cam member 134 and the center of rotation of the first cam member 134. Therefore, as the first cam member 134 rotates counterclockwise from its normal state, the upward force acting on the first arm 136 decreases, while the upward force acting on the second arm 137 increases.

Therefore, when the first cam member 134 rotates counterclockwise from its normal position by more than 45 degrees, the force acting upward on the second arm 137 becomes greater than that on the first arm 136, causing the second cam member 135 to rotate counterclockwise primarily via the second arm 137. This allows the key inserted into the keyhole 132 to be rotated counterclockwise up to 90 degrees from its normal position (see Figure 43 (b)).

When using the key to rotate the key counterclockwise 90 degrees from its normal state and then clockwise 90 degrees to return it to its normal state, the operation is the reverse of the above.

On the other hand, when, from the normal state, the first cam member 134 is rotated clockwise via the cylinder of the cylinder body 131 using a key inserted into the keyhole 132, the first arm 136, whose upper end is attached to the right of the center of rotation of the first cam member 134, moves downward, and the second arm 137, whose upper end is attached below the center of rotation of the first cam member 134, moves upward. Because the upper end of the first arm 136 is attached to the right of the center of rotation of the first cam member 134, a large force acts on the first arm 136 to rotate the second cam member 135 clockwise. However, because the upper end of the second arm 137 is attached below the center of rotation of the first cam member 134, almost no force acts on the second arm 137 to rotate the second cam member 135 clockwise.

In this way, when the first cam member 134 rotates clockwise from its normal state, force is transmitted mainly via the first arm 136, causing the second cam member 135 to rotate clockwise, and the rotation transmission member 133 to rotate together with the second cam member 135. The force transmitting the rotation of the first cam member 134 by the first arm 136 and the second arm 137 to the second cam member 135 is proportional to the left-right distance between the positions where the first arm 136 and the second arm 137 are attached to the first cam member 134 and the center of rotation of the first cam member 134. Therefore, as the first cam member 134 rotates clockwise from its normal state, the force of the first arm 136 attempting to rotate the second cam member 135 decreases, while the force of the second arm 137 attempting to rotate the second cam member 135 increases.

Therefore, when the first cam member 134 rotates clockwise beyond 45 degrees from its normal position, the force tending to rotate the second cam member 135 from the second arm 137 becomes greater than that from the first arm 136, and the second cam member 135 rotates clockwise primarily via the second arm 137. This allows the key inserted into the keyhole 132 to be rotated clockwise up to 90 degrees from its normal position (see Figure 43 (c)).

Note that when the key is used to rotate the lock 90 degrees clockwise from its normal position and then rotate it 90 degrees clockwise to return it to its normal position, the operation is the reverse of the above.

In this way, with the cylinder lock 130 of this embodiment, the first cam member 134 and the second cam member 135 are connected by the first arm 136 and the second arm 137, which are attached at a 90-degree angle from each other, to transmit rotation. Therefore, regardless of the rotational position of the first cam member 134 (the key inserted in the keyhole 132), rotation can be transmitted by at least one of the first arm 136 and the second arm 137, rotating the second cam member 135 (rotation transmission member 133), thereby enabling smooth locking and unlocking of the door frame 3 and main frame 4.

Furthermore, with the cylinder lock 130 of this embodiment, rotation is transmitted by the first arm 136 and second arm 137 as a rotation transmission mechanism, so the axis of the rotation transmission member 133 (transmission cylinder 654 of the locking unit 650 in the main body frame 4) can be positioned differently relative to the axis of the cylinder body 131. This makes it possible to change the position of the cylinder body 131 in the door frame 3 to any position without changing the locking unit 650. This allows the cylinder body 131 (keyhole 132) to be positioned in a location that does not interfere with the decoration of the door frame 3, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 with a highly decorative door frame 3.

Furthermore, as mentioned above, even if the position of the cylinder body 131 is changed in the door frame 3, there is no need to change the locking unit 650 in the main body frame 4, so the locking unit 650 can be reused, thereby suppressing increases in costs associated with the pachinko machine 1.

In conventional cylinder locks 130A, the rotation transmission member 133 is located at the rear of the cylinder body 131, which could allow a fraudulent individual who is aware of this configuration to insert a tool into the rear of the cylinder body 131 from the front and use the tool to fraudulently rotate the rotation transmission member 133, thereby opening the door frame 3 and committing fraud. In contrast, the cylinder lock 130 of this embodiment has the rotation transmission member 133 located away from the axis (rear) of the cylinder body 131. Therefore, even if an individual inserts a tool into the rear of the cylinder body 131 to rotate the rotation transmission member 133, the rotation transmission member 133 cannot be rotated because it is not located in that position, preventing fraudulent activity such as opening the door frame 3 or main frame 4.

Furthermore, in the cylinder lock 130, the second arm 137 connects portions of the first cam member 134 and the second cam member 135 that are spaced apart by a 90-degree rotational angle relative to the first arm 136. Therefore, even if the portions of either the first arm 136 or the second arm 137 attached to the first cam member 134 and the second cam member 135 are positioned on a line connecting the center of the first cam member 134 and the center of the second cam member 135, the other of the first arm 136 or the second arm 137 connects the portions that are furthest from the line connecting the center of the first cam member 134 and the center of the second cam member 135. Therefore, even if one of the first arm 136 or the second arm 137 is positioned at the dead center of the first cam member 134 and the second cam member 135 and therefore cannot transmit the rotation from the first cam member 134 to the second cam member 135, the other of the first arm 136 or the second arm 137 can transmit the rotation from the first cam member 134 to the second cam member 135. As a result, there is no significant resistance to the rotation of the first cam member 134 and the key inserted in the keyhole 132 can be rotated smoothly, making it easy to lock and unlock the door. It is also possible to prevent the key inserted in the keyhole from being forced to rotate, preventing damage to the key.

Furthermore, the rotation of the key inserted into the keyhole 132 is transmitted to the rotation transmission member 133, which is located in an eccentric position, by two arms, the first arm 136 and the second arm 137. Therefore, even if one arm is damaged for some reason, the rotation can be transmitted by the remaining arm, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 with a highly reliable cylinder lock 130.

Furthermore, the rotation of the key inserted into the keyhole 132 is transmitted to the rotation transmission member 133, which is located at an eccentric position, by the smooth, rod-shaped (strip-shaped) first arm 136 and second arm 137. If rotation were transmitted by a gear, there is a risk that catching the tip of a tool on the gear teeth would cause the gear to rotate and rotate the rotation transmission member 133. However, by making the first arm 136 and second arm 137 rod-shaped with smooth surfaces, it is possible to make it difficult for the tip of a tool to become caught on the first arm 136 or second arm 137, preventing the rotation transmission member 133 from being rotated by moving the first arm 136 or second arm 137. This reliably prevents the door frame 3 or main frame 4 from being unlocked through unauthorized operation of the locking unit 650.

In the cylinder lock 130 of this embodiment, the first arm 136 and second arm 137 are used as the rotation transmission mechanism for transmitting the rotation of the first cam member 134 to the second cam member 135. However, this is not limited to this. For example, a rotation transmission mechanism using multiple gears, a rotation transmission mechanism using a gear and rack gear, a rotation transmission mechanism using a sprocket and chain, a rotation transmission mechanism using a pulley and belt, etc. may also be used.

[3-1i. Ball feeding unit]
The ball feeding unit 140 of the door frame base unit 100 will be described in detail, mainly with reference to Figures 44 and 45. Figure 44(a) is a perspective view of the ball feeding unit of the door frame base unit as seen from the front, and (b) is a perspective view of the ball feeding unit as seen from the rear. Figure 45(a) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feeding unit as seen from the front, and (b) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feeding unit as seen from the rear with the rear case and anti-tamper member removed. The ball feeding unit 140 can feed game balls B supplied from the upper tray 201 of the tray unit 200 one by one to the ball launcher 540 of the main frame 4, and can also eject game balls B stored in the upper tray 201 into the lower tray 202 by operating the upper tray ball ejection button 222.

The ball feeding unit 140 comprises a box-shaped front cover 141 that is open at the rear and has an entrance 141a that penetrates in the front-to-rear direction and through which game balls B are supplied from the upper tray 201 of the tray unit 200, and a ball ejection port 141b that opens below the entrance 141a; a rear cover 142 that is box-shaped and has an open front and closes the rear end of the front cover 141, and has a ball supply port 142a that supplies game balls B that enter through the entrance 141a of the front cover 141 that penetrates in the front-to-rear direction to the ball launching device 540; The ball removal member 143 is rotatably supported around an axis extending in the front-to-rear direction between the front cover 141 and the front cover 141, and has a partition 143a that separates the entrance 141a and the ball removal port 141b on the rear side of the front cover 141; a ball feeding member 144 is rotatably supported around an axis extending in the up-down direction between the front cover 141 and the rear cover 142, and sends the game balls B on the partition 143a of the ball removal member 143 one by one to the ball supply port 142a of the rear cover 142; and a ball feeding solenoid 145 that rotates the ball feeding member 144.

As shown in the figure, when viewed from the front, this ball feeding unit 140 has the ball feeding member 144 located to the right of the entrance 141a, the ball removal member 143 located to the left of the ball feeding member 144, and the ball feeding solenoid 145 located to the right of the ball feeding member 144.

The front cover 141 of the ball feeding unit 140 has an arc-shaped slit 141c formed concentrically with the center of rotation of the ball removal member 143 to the left of the ball removal opening 141b when viewed from the front, and the operating rod 143c of the ball removal member 143, described below, extends forward from this slit 141c. The upper side of the front cover 141 also extends upward from the upper edge of the entrance 141a, and is formed so that when the door frame 3 is assembled, it closes from the rear the rear-open portions of the ball feeding guide path and ball removal guide path 241c of the rear base 241 in the upper tray ball removal rear unit 240.

The ball removal member 143 comprises a partition section 143a that is located below the entrance 141a and acts as a partition between the entrance 141a and the ball removal opening 141b, with the upper surface decreasing in size toward the ball feeding member 144; a pivoting rod section 143b that extends downward from the end of the partition section 143a opposite the ball feeding member 144 and bends in a V-shape from approximately the middle in the vertical direction toward the lower center of the ball removal opening 141b, with the lower end supported for rotation around an axis extending in the front-to-back direction; a rod-shaped operating rod 143c that protrudes forward from the upper end of the rotating rod section 143b; and a weight section 143d that protrudes below the operating rod 143c from the side of the rotating rod section 143b on the side opposite the partition section 143a. The operating rod 143c of the ball removal member 143 is formed to protrude forward through an arc-shaped slit 141c formed in the front cover 141 (see Figure 44 (a)). The operating rod 143c abuts against the upper end (top surface) of the operating transmission part 242b of the upper tray ball removal slider 242, which moves downward when the upper tray ball removal button 222 of the tray unit 200 is pressed through the ball feed opening 101e of the door frame base 101.

The ball feeding member 144 includes a fan-shaped blocking portion 144a in a plan view, centered on the rotation axis and extending vertically toward the entrance 141a and the partition portion 143a of the ball extracting member 143; a ball holding portion 144b recessed in an arc from the rear end of the blocking portion 144a toward the rotation axis; and a rod-shaped shaft portion 144c extending downward from the rear end of the ball holding portion 144b. The blocking portion 144a and the ball holding portion 144b of the ball feeding member 144 are adjacently formed within an angular range of approximately 180° centered on the rotation axis. Furthermore, the ball holding portion 144b of the ball feeding member 144 is sized to hold one game ball B. The ball feeding member 144 rotates around the rotation axis when the shaft portion 144c, which is positioned eccentrically from the rotation axis, is moved left and right by the drive of the ball feeding solenoid 145.

This ball feeding member 144 is designed to rotate between a supply position in which the blocking portion 144a faces toward the partition portion 143a and the ball holding portion 144b faces in a direction communicating with the ball supply port 142a, and a holding position in which the ball holding portion 144b faces toward the partition portion 143a. When the ball feeding member 144 is in the supply position, the game ball B held in the ball holding portion 144b is supplied to the ball launching device 540 from the ball supply port 142a, and the game ball B that has entered the partition portion 143a from the entrance 141a is prevented from moving toward the ball holding portion 144b (ball supply port 142a) by the blocking portion 144a, and remains on the partition portion 143a. On the other hand, when the ball feeding member 144 rotates to the holding position, the ball holding portion 144b faces the partition portion 143a, and the end of the ball holding portion 144b on the shaft portion 144c side closes the ball supply port 142a, so that only one game ball B on the partition portion 143a is held within the ball holding portion 144b.

The ball feeding unit 140 also includes a ball feeding operating rod 146 whose tip swings up and down when driven (energized) by the ball feeding solenoid 145, and a ball feeding crank 147 which rotates around an axis extending in the front-to-back direction due to the movement of the tip of the ball feeding operating rod 146 swinging up and down, and which also rotates the ball feeding member 144 around an axis extending in the up and down direction.

The ball feed operating rod 146 is equipped with an iron plate 146a below the ball feed solenoid 145. The ball feed operating rod 146 extends left and right, and its end opposite the ball feed crank 147 (the right end) is attached to the front cover 141 and rear cover 142 so that it can rotate around an axis extending forward and backward. When the ball feed solenoid 145 is driven, the generated magnetic force pulls the iron plate 146a toward the ball feed solenoid 145 (upward), causing the ball feed operating rod 146 to rotate around the right end so that the left end closest to the ball feed crank 147 moves upward. When the ball feed solenoid 145 is then deactivated, the magnetic force disappears, causing the weight of the iron plate 146a to rotate around the right end so that the left end closest to the ball feed crank 147 moves downward, returning the rod to its original position. As a result, the ball feeding operating rod 146's left end (tip) closest to the ball feeding crank 147 swings up and down due to the ball feeding solenoid 145.

The ball feeding crank 147 comprises an engagement portion 147a extending in the left-right direction and capable of engaging with the tip of the ball feeding operating rod 146, which moves up and down; a shaft portion 147b located on the opposite side of the engagement portion 147a from the side that engages with the ball feeding operating rod 146 and supported rotatably around an axis extending in the front-to-rear direction between the front cover 141 and the rear cover 142; and a transmission portion 147c extending upward from the shaft portion 147b and engaging with a rod-shaped rod portion 144c (see Figure 45 (b)) that protrudes downward from a position eccentric to the rotation center of the ball feeding member 144.

This ball feeding unit 140 can rotate the ball feeding crank 147 around an axis extending forward and backward via the ball feeding operating rod 146 by moving the tip (left end) of the ball feeding operating rod 146 upward through the driving of the ball feeding solenoid 145.

When the ball feeding solenoid 145 is not driven (normally), the ball feeding unit 140 is in a state where the ball feeding operating rod 146 is separated from the lower end of the ball feeding solenoid 145 and its tip is positioned downward, and in this state the ball feeding member 144 is positioned in the feeding position. Furthermore, when the ball feeding solenoid 145 is driven, the ball feeding operating rod 146 is attracted to the lower end of the ball feeding solenoid 145 and its tip (left end) is positioned upward, and the ball feeding member 144 rotates to the holding position. In other words, when the ball feeding solenoid 145 is driven (ON state), the ball feeding member 144 receives one game ball B, and when the ball feeding solenoid 145 is deactivated (OFF state), the game ball B received by the ball feeding member 144 can be sent (supplied) to the ball launcher 540. The drive of the ball feed solenoid 145 in this ball feed unit 140 is controlled in synchronization with the drive control of the launch solenoid 542 by the launch control unit 633b (see Figure 126) of the payout control board 633.

The ball feeding unit 140 is also rotatably supported by the ball removal member 143 or the weight portion 143d, which applies a moment that rotates it counterclockwise when viewed from the front. However, the rotation of the ball removal member 143 is restricted when the operating rod 143c protruding forward of the ball removal member 143 abuts against the upper end of the operating transmission portion 242b of the upper tray ball removal slider 242, which operates when the upper tray ball removal button 222 of the tray unit 200 is pressed. Therefore, under normal conditions, the partition portion 143a of the ball removal member 143 is located between the entrance 141a and the ball removal opening 141b, separating them, and game balls B cannot enter the ball removal opening 141b side.

When the player presses the upper tray ball removal button 222 on the tray unit 200 downward, the upper tray ball removal slider 242 slides downward together with the actuation transmission unit 242b, and as the actuation transmission unit 242b moves downward, the actuation rod 143c also moves downward relatively. When the actuation rod 143c moves downward together with the actuation transmission unit 242b, the ball removal member 143 rotates counterclockwise when viewed from the front, and the partition unit 143a moves from between the entrance 141a and the ball removal opening 141b, releasing the partition. As a result, the game ball B that entered through the entrance 141a falls toward the ball removal opening 141b, is discharged from the ball removal opening 141b into the ball removal guide path 241c of the upper tray ball removal unit 240 in the tray unit 200, and can be discharged (supplied) to the lower tray 202 via the lower tray ball supply opening 211c.

The upper tray ball removal slider 242, which is formed with the actuation transmission part 242b that contacts the actuation rod 143c of the ball removal member 143, is biased upward by a spring. Therefore, even if a game ball B is supplied forcefully onto the partition part 143a, the impact can be absorbed by the spring via the actuation rod 143c, preventing damage to the ball removal member 143 and other components, and preventing the game ball B from bouncing off the partition part 143a.

The ball feeding unit 140 also has a rectangular mounting recess 142b (see Figure 45(b), etc.) recessed forward at the upper right when viewed from behind the ball supply port 142a in the rear cover 142, and an anti-tampering member 148 is attached to the mounting recess 142b. The anti-tampering member 148 of the ball feeding unit 140 is formed from a hard metal plate such as tool steel or stainless steel, and is detachably attached to the mounting recess 142b of the rear cover 142 from the rear side.

The anti-tamper element 148 has a rectangular shape extending left and right when viewed from the front. It comprises an upper piece 148a and a lower piece 148b that are separated vertically at approximately the center a predetermined distance to the left of the right edge, and inclined portions 148c that are C-chamfered at the tip ends (right ends when viewed from the front) of the opposing edges of the upper piece 148a and the lower piece 148b. The upper piece 148a of the anti-tamper element 148 is bent relative to the general surface of the anti-tamper element 148 so that its right end when viewed from the front protrudes rearward. The lower piece 148b extends flush with the general surface of the anti-tamper element 148. As a result, in a plan view, the upper piece 148a and the lower piece 148b form a V-shaped groove that widens toward the right.

When the anti-tampering member 148 is attached to the mounting recess 142b of the rear cover 142, the V-shaped groove formed by the upper piece 148a and the lower piece 148b is in communication with the inside of the ball supply port 142a.

This anti-fraud device 148 prevents fraudulent acts using illegal game balls B with strings attached by using the ball launcher 540 to launch an illegal game ball B from the upper tray into the game area 5a via the ball feeding unit 140, and then manipulate the string attached to the illegal game ball B to insert or remove it from the first starting hole 2002, etc. When such acts are committed, the momentum of the illegal game ball B launched (hit) by the ball launcher 540 causes the string attached to the illegal game ball B to be inserted between the upper piece 148a and the lower piece 148b, and the string is then cut by the narrow V-shaped portion formed by the upper piece 148a and the lower piece 148b, thereby preventing fraudulent acts using illegal game balls B with strings attached.

[3-1j. Foul Cover Unit]
The foul cover unit 150 of the door frame base unit 100 will be described in detail, mainly with reference to Figures 46 and 47. Figure 46(a) is a perspective view of the foul cover unit of the door frame base unit as seen from the front, and Figure 46(b) is a perspective view of the foul cover unit as seen from the rear. Figure 47 is a front view of the foul cover unit with the cover member removed. The foul cover unit 150 is attached to the lower rear side of the door frame base 101 on the right side as viewed from the rear. The foul cover unit 150 guides game balls B (foul balls) that are launched by the ball launcher 540 but do not reach the game area 5a of the game board 5 to the lower tray 202, and also guides game balls B paid out from the payout device 580 to the upper tray 201 or the lower tray 202. As shown in the figure, the fall cover unit 150 comprises a shallow box-shaped unit body 151 attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 and open at the front, and a flat lid member 152 attached to the front of the unit body 151.

The fall cover unit 150 has a through-ball passage 150a that penetrates from front to back at the upper left corner when viewed from the front and connects the lower normal dispensing passage 610a of the lower full ball path unit 610 of the main frame 4 with the upper tray ball supply port 211a of the tray unit 200, and a full ball receiving port 150b that opens toward the rear on the lower right side when viewed from the front of the through-ball passage 150a and can connect with the lower full dispensing passage 610b of the lower full ball path unit 610 of the main frame 4.

The foul cover unit 150 also has a foul ball receiving port 150c, which opens upward on the right side of the full ball receiving port 150b when viewed from the front, and receives game balls B (foul balls) that have been launched by the ball launcher 540 of the main frame 4 but have not reached the game area 5a; and a ball discharge port 150d, which opens forward near the lower right corner when viewed from the front, and discharges game balls B received in the full ball receiving port 150b and the foul ball receiving port 150c forward, and which communicates with the lower tray ball supply port 211c of the tray unit 200.

Furthermore, the foul cover unit 150 is provided with a storage passage 150e formed by the unit body 151 and the lid member 152 between the full ball receiving port 150b, the foul ball receiving port 150c, and the ball discharge port 150d, and which is large enough to store a predetermined amount of game balls B.

The through-ball passage 150a is formed across both the unit body 151 and the lid member 152. The full ball receiving port 150b and the foul ball receiving port 150c are formed in the unit body 151. The ball discharge port 150d is formed in the lid member 152. The storage passage 150e is formed by the unit body 151 and the lid member 152.

The fall cover unit 150 also includes a flat movable piece 153 that forms part of the inner wall of the storage passage 150e and whose lower end is rotatably attached to the unit body 151 and the cover member 152, a full tank detection sensor 154 that detects the rotation of the movable piece 153 away from the storage passage 150e, and a spring 155 that biases the movable piece 153 toward the storage passage 150e.

When the lower tray 202 of the tray unit 200 is filled with game balls B and game balls B are no longer released toward the lower tray 202 from the ball release port 150d, this foul cover unit 150 can store a certain number of game balls B in the storage passage 150e. When a certain number of game balls B are stored in the storage passage 150e, the weight of the game balls B causes the movable piece 153 to rotate so that the upper end of the movable piece 153 moves away from the storage passage 150e against the biasing force of the spring 155, and this rotation is detected by the full tank detection sensor 154. This allows it to be determined that the lower tray 202 is full of game balls B, so when the full tank detection sensor 154 detects that the lower tray 202 is full, the payout of any more game balls B is stopped and a notification of this fact is sent to the player, amusement hall staff, or the like, urging them to unclog the lower tray 202.

The ball cover unit 150 is attached to the rear of the unit body 151, below the through-ball passage 150a, and is equipped with a door opening/closing abutment 150f against which the operating protrusion 613a of the dispensing passage opening/closing door 613 of the lower full ball passage unit 610 in the dispensing unit 560 of the main body frame 4 (described later) can abut (see Figure 79). The door opening/closing abutment 150f is inclined so that it moves forward as its rear surface faces downward. When the operating protrusion 613a of the dispensing passage opening/closing door 613 abuts against this door opening/closing abutment 150f, the dispensing passage opening/closing door 613 can be rotated to open the downstream ends (front openings) of the lower normal dispensing passage 610a and the lower full dispensing passage 610b.

[3-2. Glass unit]
The glass unit 160 in the door frame 3 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 31 and 32. The glass unit 160 is inserted into the glass unit mounting portion 101h from the rear and removably mounted so as to close the door window 101a of the door frame base 101 in the door frame base unit 100. When the door frame 3 is closed against the main frame 4, this glass unit 160 makes the playing area 5a of the playing board 5 mounted on the main frame 4 visible from the player's side (front) and also closes off the front of the playing area 5a.

The glass unit 160 comprises a frame-shaped glass frame 161 that is larger than the inner periphery of the door window 101a of the door frame base 101 and can be attached to the glass unit mounting portion 101h; two transparent glass plates 162 that enclose the interior of the glass frame 161 and have their outer peripheries attached to the glass frame 161; and a pair of glass unit mounting members 163 that are rotatably attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 in the door frame base unit 100 and are used to mount the glass frame 161 to the door frame base 101.

The glass frame 161 has a pair of mounting pieces 161a extending outward in a flat plate shape from positions below the upper left and right corners when viewed from the front, and a band-like locking piece 161b protruding downward from the bottom end and extending along the bottom edge. The mounting pieces 161a of the glass frame 161 can abut against the protrusions 163b of the glass unit mounting member 163. The locking piece 161b can be inserted into the space between the door frame base 101 and the rear flange portion 117c of the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 so as to rest on the upper flange portion 117b of the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 (see Figures 37 and 85). In this embodiment, the rear surface of the locking piece 161b abuts against the front surface of the rear flange portion 117c. Two glass plates 162 are attached to the front and rear ends of the glass frame 161, respectively, and are spaced apart from each other so as to form a space between them.

The glass unit mounting member 163 has a disk-shaped base 163a that is rotatably attached around an axis extending forward and backward on the rear side of the door frame base 101, and a rod-shaped protrusion 163b that protrudes from the base 163a in a direction perpendicular to the axis of rotation. The glass unit mounting member 163 is rotatably attached to the outside of each of the two upper corners of the door window 101a on the rear surface of the door frame base 101.

To attach the glass unit 160 to the door frame base 101, first rotate the glass unit mounting member 163 attached to the door frame base 101 so that the protrusion 163b is positioned above the base 163a. Then, from the rear of the door frame base 101, insert the locking piece 161b of the glass frame 161 of the glass unit 160 from above into the gap between the door frame base 101 and the rear flange portion 117c of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 and place it on the upper flange portion 117b. Then, abut the front end of the glass frame 161 against the rear surface of the glass unit mounting portion 101h of the door frame base 101. Then, rotate the glass unit mounting member 163 so that the protrusion 163b is positioned below the base 163a, and abut the protrusion 163b against the rear surface of the mounting piece 161a of the glass frame 161. This attaches the glass unit 160 to the door frame base 101.

To remove the glass unit 160 from the door frame base 101, follow the steps above in reverse. This makes the glass unit 160 detachable from the door frame base 101 (door frame base unit 100).

In addition, in the glass unit 160, when the protrusion 163b of the glass unit mounting member 163 is in a rotational position where it is positioned lower than the base 163a, the protrusion 163b restricts the rearward movement of the glass frame 161. Therefore, even if vibration or the like acts on the glass unit mounting member 163, the protrusion 163b will not rotate to a position where it is higher than the base 163a. Therefore, the restriction on the rearward movement of the glass frame 161 will not be released naturally, and the glass unit 160 will not naturally come off the door frame base 101.

[3-3. Security cover]
The security cover 170 for the door frame 3 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 31 and 32. The security cover 170 is attached to the rear side of the door frame base unit 100 so as to cover the lower rear surface of the glass unit 160, and is made of transparent synthetic resin. The security cover 170 includes a flat main body 171 having a predetermined outer periphery, a flat rear projection 172 that projects rearward along the outer periphery of the main body 171, and a pair of locking projections 173 that are spaced apart on the left and right, project forward beyond the main body 171, and are capable of being locked to the rear side of the door frame base 101.

The main body 171 of the security cover 170 is formed so that its lower end protrudes downward below the lower end of the glass unit 160 when attached to the door frame base unit 100. Furthermore, the upper end of the main body 171 is shaped to fit the lower edge of the playing area 5a on the playing board 5 when assembled to the pachinko machine 1. More specifically, the upper end of the main body 171 is shaped to fit a portion of the inner rail 1002, the out guide portion 1003, a portion of the lower right rail 1004, and the right rail 1005 of the component 1000 described below, and is formed so as not to protrude into the playing area 5a when assembled to the pachinko machine 1.

The rear protrusion 172 is formed around almost the entire outer periphery of the main body 171. Therefore, the security cover 170 is formed by the main body 171 and the rear protrusion 172 into a shallow box shape that is open to the rear, giving it high strength and rigidity. The rear protrusion 172 also protrudes rearward from a portion of the rear surface of the main body 171 that is different from the outer periphery of the main body 171. This rear protrusion 172 that protrudes rearward from a portion of the rear surface of the main body 171 is formed so as to align with a portion of the outer rail 1001 of the front component 1000 of the game board 5 when assembled into the pachinko machine 1.

When assembled into the pachinko machine 1, the rear protrusion 172 is not formed in the area of the game board 5 located between the outer rail 1001 and the inner rail 1002. As a result, game ball B (game ball B launched by the ball launcher 540) passing between the outer rail 1001 and the inner rail 1002 does not come into contact with the rear protrusion 172 of the security cover 170, and does not hinder the game ball B from being shot into the game area 5a.

The pair of locking pieces 173 are elastically locked to the rear side of the door frame base unit 100 (speaker duct 103 and cable cover 109). This allows the security cover 170 to be easily attached and detached to the door frame base unit 100.

When the security cover 170 is assembled to the pachinko machine 1, the front surface of the main body 171 abuts against the rear surface of the glass unit 160 (the rear end of the glass frame 161), and the rear projection 172, excluding the portion that protrudes rearward from the bottom edge of the main body 171, is inserted into the security recess 1009 of the component 1000. Furthermore, the security cover 170 is in a state where the rear projection 172 that protrudes rearward from the bottom edge of the main body 171 protrudes rearward beyond the front surface of the component 1000 so as to contact the underside of the component 1000. As a result, the space between the security cover 170 and the game board 5 (front component 1000) is bent in a complex manner by the rear projection 172 of the security cover 170 and the security recess 1009 of the front component 1000. Therefore, even if an attempt is made to insert an illegal tool such as piano wire into the game area 5a between the security cover 170 and the front component 1000 from below the front of the game board 5, the attempt will be blocked by the rear projection 172 and the security recess 1009, preventing the illegal tool from entering the game area 5a.

[3-4a. Handle unit]
Next, the handle unit 180 in the door frame 3 will be described in detail with reference to Figures 48 to 52. Figure 48 is an exploded perspective view of the handle unit, tray unit, and performance operation unit in the door frame as viewed from the front, and Figure 49 is an exploded perspective view of the handle unit, tray unit, and performance operation unit in the door frame as viewed from the rear. Figure 50 is an exploded perspective view of the handle unit in the door frame as viewed from the front, and Figure 51 is an exploded perspective view of the handle unit in the door frame as viewed from the rear. Figure 52(a) is an explanatory diagram showing a perspective view of the relationship between the handle base, handle, handle return spring, and handle touch sensor in the handle unit, and Figure 52(b) is an explanatory diagram showing an exploded perspective view of Figure 52(a). Figure 53 is an explanatory diagram showing a perspective view of the relationship between the handle base, handle, handle return spring, handle touch sensor, and inner base in the handle unit as viewed from the rear. Note that in Figure 53, the position of the first mounting portion 190a in the handle return spring 190 has been changed for ease of understanding.

The handle unit 180 in this embodiment is attached to the door frame base unit 100 from the front within the cylindrical handle cover unit 290, and can be operated by the player to shoot the game ball B in the upper tray 201 into the game area 5a of the game board 5.

The handle unit 180 comprises a handle base 181 whose rear end is attached to the handle mounting surface of the door frame base 101; a handle 197 rotatably attached to the front end of the handle base 181; a disc-shaped cover base 183 attached to the handle base 181 so as to cover the center of the front end of the handle 197; a handle decorative board 184 attached to the front side of the cover base 183 and having multiple LEDs 184a mounted on its front surface; and a handle front lens 185 attached to the cover base 183 so as to cover the front side of the handle decorative board 184.

The handle unit 180 also includes an inner base 186 attached to the front of the handle base 181 behind the handle 197, a shaft member 187 having the handle 197 attached to its front end and rotatably attached by the inner base 186 and the handle base 181, and having a drive gear portion 187a on its outer periphery, a transmission gear 188 meshing with the drive gear portion 187a of the shaft member 187, and a handle rotation detection sensor 189 having a detection shaft 189a that rotates integrally with the transmission gear 188 and is sandwiched between the handle base 181 and the inner base 186.

Furthermore, the handle unit 180 is equipped with a handle return spring 190, one end of which is attached to the handle base 181 and the other end of which is attached to the handle 197, biasing the handle 197 to return it to its initial rotation position (the end of rotation in the counterclockwise direction when viewed from the front), and an auxiliary spring 191, one end of which is attached to the inner base 186 and the other end of which is attached to the transmission gear 188, biasing the detection shaft 189a of the handle rotation detection sensor 189 in the clockwise direction when viewed from the front via the transmission gear 188.

The handle unit 180 also includes a handle touch sensor 192 attached to the handle base 181 behind the inner base 186, a single button 193 whose tip end protrudes outward from the left side of the outer periphery of the front end of the handle base 181 when viewed from the front and whose base end is rotatably attached to the handle base 181 behind the inner base 186 around an axis extending back and forth, and a single button operation sensor 194 attached to the handle base 181 and detects when the single button 193 is pressed.

The handle base 181 of the handle unit 180 comprises a cylindrical base 181a extending longitudinally, a disk-shaped front end 181b protruding radially from the front end of the base 181a, and three grooves 181c recessed from the outer surface of the cylindrical base 181a, extending axially, and formed at uneven intervals in the circumferential direction. The outer diameter of the base 181a of the handle base 181 is slightly smaller than the inner diameter of the rear cylindrical portion of the handle cover base 291 in the handle cover unit 290. The three grooves 181c are formed at positions corresponding to the three ridges of the handle cover base 291. Therefore, the base 181a can be inserted into the rear cylindrical portion of the handle cover base 291 with the three grooves 181c aligned with the three ridges, and the insertion of the ridges into the three grooves 181c prevents the handle base 181 from rotating relative to the handle cover base 291.

The handle base 181 also includes a sensor accommodating recess 181d that accommodates the handle touch sensor 192 from the front, a tab abutment portion 181e against which the tab-shaped terminal 192a of the handle touch sensor 192 abuts, and an attachment hole 181f provided in the tab abutment portion 181e (see Figure 52). The handle touch sensor 192 is accommodated in the sensor accommodating recess 181d, with the tab-shaped terminal 192a of the handle touch sensor 192 abutting against the tab abutment portion 181e. Then, the rear of the inner base 186 is inserted into the handle base 181 from the front, and the attachment piece 186a (see Figure 53) of the inner base 186 is positioned in front of the tab-shaped terminal 192a. The handle touch sensor 192 can be attached to the handle base 181 together with the inner base 186 by threading a mounting screw (not shown) into the mounting hole 181f from the front of the mounting piece 186a of the inner base 186 and tightening it. By screwing the mounting screw in so that the U-shaped second mounting portion 190b on the rear end of the handle return spring 190 is sandwiched between the mounting piece 186a of the inner base 186 and the tab-shaped terminal 192a of the handle touch sensor 192, the rear end of the handle return spring 190 can be attached to the handle base 181 and the handle return spring 190 and the handle touch sensor 192 can be electrically connected. The tab abutment portion 181e on the handle base 181 can be seen from the front through a slit 197e (described later) in the handle 197, allowing a screwdriver tool to be approached from the front through the slit 197e.

The handle 197 has a conductive plating layer on its surface. The handle 197 has four protrusions (first protrusion 197a, second protrusion 197b, third protrusion 197c, and fourth protrusion 197d) that protrude outward from the outer circumferential surface at a distance from the outer circumferential surface; two slits 197e that extend in an arc around the rotation axis (shaft member 187) and penetrate in the front-to-rear direction; a spring attachment piece 197f that is recessed toward the center of the handle 197 at one end of one of the slits 197e and faces forward; and an attachment hole 197g that penetrates the spring attachment piece 197f in the front-to-rear direction.

By abutting the annular first mounting portion 190a at the front end of the handle return spring 190 against the top surface of the spring mounting piece 197f on the handle 197 and then screwing a mounting screw (not shown) into the mounting hole 197g from the front and tightening it, the front end of the handle return spring 190 can be attached from the front and the plated layer on the surface of the handle 197 can be electrically connected to the handle return spring 190. This electrically connects the handle touch sensor 192 and the handle 197 via the metal handle return spring 190, making it possible to detect contact with the handle 197 by the player.

The four protrusions on the handle 197 - the first protrusion 197a, the second protrusion 197b, the third protrusion 197c, and the fourth protrusion 197d - are arranged in counterclockwise order when viewed from the front.

In this way, with the handle unit 180 of this embodiment, both ends of the metal handle return spring 190, which electrically connects the handle touch sensor 192 and the handle 197, are attached with mounting screws, ensuring a more reliable electrical connection than when both ends of the handle return spring 190 are simply in contact, and preventing poor contact (detection problems with the handle touch sensor 192). Therefore, even if chemicals such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite used for cleaning in an amusement hall where this pachinko machine 1 is installed get into the handle unit 180, or if gases are generated from the chemicals and adhere to the handle return spring 190, causing corrosion or oxidation of the surface, poor contact will not occur, and the handle touch sensor 192 can reliably detect the player's contact.

In addition, the handle unit 180 of this embodiment allows a screwdriver to be used to turn the mounting screws from the front through the slit 197e in the handle 197, allowing access to the first mounting portion 190a and the second mounting portion 190b, which are both ends of the handle return spring 190, making the handle unit 180 easier to assemble and maintain.

The handle unit 180 is attached to the handle mounting surface of the door frame base 101 via a handle cover unit 290. The handle mounting surface of the door frame base 101 is inclined so that the right end is located further back than the left end in a plan view, and faces outward (toward the open side). As a result, the handle unit 180 is also inclined outward in a plan view (in other words, its tip is inclined so that it faces toward the outside of the pachinko machine 1 relative to a line perpendicular to the front of the pachinko machine 1), and is attached and fixed to the door frame 3. This makes it easy for the player to grip the handle 197 of the handle unit 180, allowing for a comfortable rotation operation.

[3-4a-1. Modified examples of the handle unit]
Next, modified examples of the handle unit will be described. Note that of the multiple modified examples shown below, only one of the modified examples may be used, or multiple modified examples may be used in appropriate combination with the above embodiment.

(Variation 1)
In the above embodiment, the tab-shaped terminal 192a of the handle touch sensor 192 and the second mounting portion 190b of the handle return spring 190 are attached together with a mounting screw, but this is not limited thereto. For example, a protrusion may be provided on the handle 197, and the front end of the handle return spring 190 (first mounting portion 190a) may be shaped to fit a portion of the outer periphery of the protrusion on the handle 197, allowing the front end of the handle return spring 190 to engage with the protrusion. This allows the front end of the handle return spring 190 to make line contact with the protrusion, increasing the contact area compared to point contact and preventing poor contact. In this case, it is desirable to provide the protrusion on the handle 197 in a location that is unlikely to be exposed to chemicals such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite used for cleaning. Alternatively, a cover may be provided over the area to prevent exposure to chemicals such as alcohol.

(Variation 2)
Alternatively, for example, a configuration such as that shown in FIG. 54 may be used. FIG. 54 is an explanatory diagram showing a modified handle unit in a perspective rear view of the relationship between the handle base, handle, handle return spring, handle touch sensor, and inner base. In this modified example, the handle 197 is composed of a main body 197A and an annular ring 197B, and the ring 197B is formed of metal or resin having a plated layer on its surface. The ring 197B of the handle 197 is provided so that its outer periphery is exposed to the outside at the rear end of the handle 197 (the front end of the handle base 181). The ring 197B and the handle touch sensor 192 may be electrically connected by an electric wire 198.

Specifically, one of the round terminals 198a of the electric wire 198, which has round terminals 198a on both ends, is sandwiched between the mounting piece 186a of the inner base 186 and the tab terminal 192a of the handle touch sensor 192 and screwed together with the mounting piece 186a and the tab terminal 192a with a mounting screw, and the other round terminal 198a of the electric wire 198 is screwed to the mounting portion 197h of the ring portion 197B of the handle 197. As a result, when a player grips the handle 197, their fingers come into contact with the ring portion 197B, and contact can be detected via the ring portion 197B and the electric wire 198. Therefore, as described above, poor contact (detection failure of the handle touch sensor 192) can be reliably prevented. Therefore, even if chemicals such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite are used during cleaning in amusement halls where this pachinko machine 1 is installed, poor contact will not occur, and the handle touch sensor 192 can reliably detect the player's contact.

The ring portion 197B of the handle 197 may be fixed to the main body portion 197A and be rotatable therewith, or may be guided by the main body portion 197A or the handle base 181 and be rotatable relative thereto. While the above shows an annular ring portion 197B, it may also be a non-annular ring portion 197B that does not go all the way around, such as a C-shape.

Furthermore, in the above description, the handle 197 is shown to be composed of a main body portion 197A and a ring portion 197B, but this is not limited to this, and the ring portion 197B may be an independent portion having a separate configuration from the handle 197.

(Variation 3)
Alternatively, for example, the handle touch sensor 192 may be provided in a different position, and an electric wire 198 having round terminals 198a on both ends may be used. One of the round terminals 198a may be screwed together with the tab terminal 192a with a mounting screw, and the other round terminal 198a may be screwed together with the second mounting portion 190b of the handle return spring 190 with a mounting screw. This also reliably prevents poor contact (detection failure of the handle touch sensor 192), as described above. Therefore, even if chemicals such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite are used for cleaning in the gaming hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed, poor contact will not occur, and the handle touch sensor 192 can reliably detect the player's contact. In this case, the front end of the handle return spring 190 (first mounting portion 190a) may be attached to the handle 197 with a mounting screw, or may be engaged with a protrusion on the handle 197.

(Variation 4)
Alternatively, for example, a mounting hole may be provided on the back surface of the handle 197, and one of the round terminals 198a of an electric wire 198 having round terminals 198a on both ends may be screwed together with the tab-shaped terminal 192a of the handle touch sensor 192 with a mounting screw, and the other round terminal 198a may be screwed with a mounting screw that is threaded into the mounting hole of the handle 197. In this case, the length of the electric wire 198 is set to a length that allows the handle 197 to rotate. Note that the portion of the handle 197 to which the round terminal 198a of the electric wire 198 is screwed may be, for example, if the handle 197 has a ring portion 197B as shown in FIG. 54, the ring portion 197B may be provided to rotate integrally with the main body portion 197A, and the round terminal 198a may be screwed to a mounting portion 197h of the ring portion 197B. This also ensures that poor contact (detection failure of the handle touch sensor 192) is prevented, as described above. Therefore, even if chemicals such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite are used during cleaning in an amusement hall where this pachinko machine 1 is installed, poor contact will not occur, and the handle touch sensor 192 can reliably detect the player's contact.

(Other Modifications)
In the above description, the handle 197 is screwed to a plating layer provided on the handle 197, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, if the handle 197 is provided with a metal portion, the handle touch sensor 192 may be screwed to the metal portion to be electrically connected to the handle touch sensor 192. As this metal portion, for example, the ring portion 197B described above may be made of metal.

In addition, while the handle touch sensor 192 has been shown above to have a tab-shaped terminal 192a, this is not limited to this and the handle touch sensor may also have a connector. In this case, the tip of the wire connected to the connector can be electrically connected to the handle 197 directly or via the handle return spring 190.

[3-4a-2. Summary]
The handle unit 180 has the following technical features.
(Background of technical features)
Pachinko machines as gaming machines are provided with a handle operated by a player to launch a gaming ball into a gaming area and a touch sensor for detecting the player's touch of the handle (for example, Patent Document: JP 2020-137794 A). In conventional gaming machines such as those described in the above patent document, the touch sensor and the handle are electrically connected via a spring for returning the handle to its original position, thereby detecting the player's contact with the handle. In this type of conventional gaming machine, the end of the spring for returning the handle, which is located on the touch sensor side, is brought into contact with the end of the spring on the handle side using the biasing force of the spring.

In gaming halls where gaming machines are installed, chemicals such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite are sometimes used to clean and disinfect the machines. If the chemicals used for cleaning seep into the handles or if gases are generated and adhere to springs, the surfaces of the springs may corrode or oxidize, resulting in poor electrical contact. This poor contact may cause the launch of gaming balls to become unstable or even make it impossible to launch gaming balls, which could reduce the player's interest.

In light of the above situation, the following means aims to provide a gaming machine that can reliably detect when a player touches the handle.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a handle unit for launching gaming balls into a gaming area,
The handle unit includes:
A rotatable handle and
a handle base that rotatably supports the handle;
a touch sensor provided on the handle base;
The touch sensor is characterized by comprising a metal linear body formed in a linear shape, one end of which is screwed together with the electrode tab of the touch sensor or the tip of the electric wire connected to the electrode tab or the connector of the touch sensor, and the other end of which is in contact with the plated part or metal part of the handle.

Here, examples of "linear body" include "springs" and "electric wires."

According to the configuration of the first aspect, a gaming machine is provided with a handle unit for launching gaming balls into a gaming area. The handle unit includes a rotatable handle, a handle base rotatably supporting the handle, a touch sensor attached to the handle base, and a metal wire whose one end is screwed together with the electrode tab of the touch sensor or the tip of an electric wire connected to the electrode tab or the connector of the touch sensor, and whose other end is in contact with a plated or metal portion of the handle. (See Chapter 3-4a. Handle Unit, Figures 50-54, etc. in the "Mode for Carrying Out the Invention" section.)

In this configuration, in a handle unit for launching game balls into a play area, one end of a metal linear body, the other end of which is in contact with a plated or metal portion of the handle, is screwed together with the electrode tab of a touch sensor provided on the handle base, or the tip of an electric wire connected to the electrode tab or the connector of the touch sensor. In other words, one end of the linear body is screwed together with the electrode tab of the touch sensor, or the tip of an electric wire electrically connected to the touch sensor via the electrode tab or connector. This prevents poor contact, even if chemicals such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite used when cleaning the gaming machine penetrate into the handle, or if gases are generated and adhere to springs, causing corrosion or oxidation of the surface, compared to when one end of the linear body is simply in contact without being screwed together. This allows the touch sensor to reliably detect the player's contact with the handle via the linear body. Therefore, a gaming machine can be provided that prevents detection problems with the touch sensor from causing unstable ball launch or preventing balls from being launched, allowing players to enjoy the game in good condition and preventing a decline in player interest.

It is desirable to attach the touch sensor to the handle base by screwing the electrode tab of the touch sensor. This allows the attachment of one end of the linear body and the touch sensor to be performed simultaneously, reducing the effort required for assembly and disassembly.

The other end of the linear body may also be engaged with a protrusion protruding from the handle. This allows for an electrical connection by engaging the other end of the linear body with the protrusion on the handle, thereby reducing the effort (man-hours) required for assembling and disassembling the handle unit and preventing increases in the cost of the gaming machine.

Furthermore, the other end of the linear body may be screwed to the handle. This makes it less likely for poor contact to occur at both the one end and the other end, as the other end is also screwed to the handle. Therefore, even if the linear body is corroded or oxidized by chemicals such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite when cleaning the gaming machine, poor contact will not occur, and the touch sensor can reliably detect the player's contact with the handle via the linear body.

Furthermore, as mentioned above, when the other end of the linear body is also screwed, it is desirable to be able to approach each screw (mounting screw) from the same direction with a tool such as a screwdriver at one end and the other end of the linear body. This allows both ends of the linear body to be screwed from the same direction, reducing the effort required to assemble the handle unit and preventing increases in the cost of the gaming machine.

It is also desirable that the linear body be a spring that biases the handle around its axis. This allows the linear body, which electrically connects the handle and the touch sensor, to be the spring that biases the handle, which reduces the number of parts in the handle unit compared to when the linear body is a separate member from the spring (for example, an electrical wire), thereby preventing increases in the cost of the gaming machine.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The other end of the linear body is engaged with a protrusion that protrudes from the handle."
It is characterized by being something.

Here, "protrusions" include those that are integrally molded with the handle, those that are insert molded into the handle (e.g., metal pins), and those that are separate from the handle and attached to it (e.g., metal pins, screws, etc.).

In the configuration of Method 2, the other end of the linear body is engaged with a protrusion protruding from the handle. (See Section 3-4a. Handle Unit in the Detailed Description of the Invention.)

This allows the other end of the linear body to be electrically connected by engaging it with the protrusion on the handle, reducing the effort (man-hours) required to assemble and disassemble the handle unit and preventing increases in the cost of the gaming machine.

The other end of the linear object may be engaged with a protrusion on the handle and then screwed in place. This makes it less likely for poor contact to occur on the other end of the linear object, in addition to one end, and allows the touch sensor to reliably detect contact with the handle by the player.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"The other end of the linear body is screwed to the handle."
It is characterized by being something.

In the configuration of Method 3, the other end of the linear body is screwed to the handle. (See the handle return spring 190 and Figure 52 in the "Description of the Invention" section.)

As a result, the other end of the linear body is also screwed to the handle, making it less likely for poor contact to occur on both the one end and the other end. Therefore, even if the linear body corrodes or oxidizes due to chemicals such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite when cleaning the gaming machine, poor contact will not occur, and the touch sensor can reliably detect the player's contact with the handle via the linear body.

In addition, since one end and the other end of the linear body are screwed in, it is desirable to be able to approach each screw (mounting screw) from the same direction with a tool such as a screwdriver. This allows both ends of the linear body to be screwed in from the same direction, reducing the effort required to assemble the handle unit and preventing increases in the cost of the gaming machine.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations from means 1 to means 3,
"The linear body is a spring that biases the handle around its axis."
It is characterized by:

In the configuration of Measure 4, the linear body is a spring that biases the handle around its axis. (See the description of the handle return spring 190 in the "Description of the Preferred Embodiments" section.)

As a result, the linear member electrically connecting the handle and touch sensor is a spring that biases the handle, which reduces the number of parts in the handle unit compared to when the linear member is a separate member from the spring (for example, an electrical wire), thereby preventing increases in the cost of the gaming machine.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can reliably detect when a player touches the handle.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The handle unit 180 in the door frame 3 of this embodiment corresponds to the handle unit of the above-mentioned solution, the handle base 181 of the handle unit 180 in this embodiment corresponds to the handle base of the above-mentioned solution, the handle return spring 190 of the handle unit 180 in this embodiment corresponds to the linear body and spring of the above-mentioned solution, the handle touch sensor 192 of the handle unit 180 in this embodiment corresponds to the touch sensor of the above-mentioned solution, the tab-shaped terminal 192a of the handle touch sensor 192 in this embodiment corresponds to the electrode tab of the above-mentioned solution, and the handle 197 of the handle unit 180 in this embodiment corresponds to the handle of the above-mentioned solution.

(Characteristic effects of this embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, in the handle unit 180 for launching the game ball B in the door frame 3 into the game area 5a, one end side (second attachment portion 190b side) of the handle return spring 190 as a metal linear body, the other end side (first attachment portion 190a side) of which is in contact with the plated portion of the handle 197, is screwed together with the tab-shaped terminal 192a of the handle touch sensor 192 provided on the handle base 181. In other words, one end side of the handle return spring 190 is screwed to the tab-shaped terminal 192a of the handle touch sensor 192. As a result, compared to when one end of the handle return spring 190 is simply in contact without being screwed, even if a chemical liquid such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite used when cleaning the pachinko machine 1 seeps into the handle unit 180 or a gas is generated and adheres to the spring, causing corrosion or oxidation of the surface, poor contact does not occur, and the handle touch sensor 192 can reliably detect the player's contact with the handle 197 via the handle return spring 190. Therefore, a detection malfunction by the handle touch sensor 192 does not cause the launch of game ball B to become unstable or prevent game ball B from being launched, and a pachinko machine 1 can be provided that allows the player to enjoy the game in good condition and prevents the player's interest from declining.

Furthermore, the handle touch sensor 192 is attached to the handle base 181 by screwing the tab-shaped terminal 192a of the handle touch sensor 192. This allows the attachment of one end of the handle return spring 190 (the second attachment portion 190b side) and the handle touch sensor 192 to be performed simultaneously, reducing the effort required for assembly and disassembly.

Furthermore, because the other end of the handle return spring 190 (the first mounting portion 190a side) is screwed to the handle 197, poor contact is unlikely to occur at the other end (first mounting portion 190a) as well as the one end (second mounting portion 190b side). Therefore, even if the handle return spring 190 or other parts are corroded or oxidized by chemicals such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite when cleaning the pachinko machine 1, poor contact will not occur, and the handle touch sensor 192 can reliably detect the player's contact with the handle 197 via the handle return spring 190.

In addition, at one end (second mounting portion 190b side) and the other end (first mounting portion 190a side) of the handle return spring 190, each screw (mounting screw) can be approached with a tool such as a screwdriver from the same direction (the front in this case), and since both ends of the handle return spring 190 can be screwed in from the same direction, the effort required to assemble the handle unit 180 can be reduced, and increases in the costs of the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed.

In addition, because the linear member electrically connecting the handle 197 and the handle touch sensor 192 is the handle return spring 190 that biases the handle 197, the number of parts in the handle unit 180 can be reduced compared to when the linear member is a separate member from the handle return spring 190 (for example, an electrical wire), thereby suppressing increases in the costs of the pachinko machine 1.

The other end of the handle return spring 190 (the first attachment portion 190a side) may be engaged with a protrusion projecting rearward from the handle 197. This allows for an electrical connection by engaging the other end of the handle return spring 190 with the protrusion on the handle 197, thereby reducing the effort (man-hours) required to assemble and disassemble the handle unit 180 and preventing increases in the costs of the pachinko machine 1.

[3-4b. Handle cover unit]
The handle cover unit 290 in the door frame 3 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 48 and 49. The handle cover unit 290 comprises a handle cover base 291 which covers the outer periphery behind the handle 197 in the handle unit 180 and has its rear end attached to the handle mounting seat surface of the door frame base 101, and a handle cover 295 which covers the outer periphery with a gap between it and the handle cover base 291 and has its rear end attached to the dish unit main body 252 of the dish unit 200.

The handle cover base 291 has a cylindrical rear tube portion that extends forward and backward with an inner diameter large enough to fit the base portion 181a of the handle base 181, and multiple (here, three) ridges that protrude inward from the inner periphery of the rear tube portion and extend forward and backward, and are provided at positions corresponding to the grooves 181c of the handle base 181 in the circumferential direction.

The rear end of the rear cylindrical portion is attached to the handle mounting surface of the door frame base 101. This rear cylindrical portion is formed to the same length as the base 181a of the handle base 181, and the base 181a of the handle base 181 is inserted into it. The three protrusions correspond to the three grooves 181c of the handle base 181, and by inserting them into the grooves 181c, the handle base 181 cannot rotate relative to the handle base 181.

The handle cover 295 has a front hole 295a at its front end that is larger in diameter than the handle 197, and is formed in a cylindrical shape resembling a spindle truncated shape (such as an igloo or bowl shape) that bulges out towards the rear. Multiple (four in this case) cutout openings 295b are provided around the periphery, cut out from the rear end towards the front. The rear end of the handle cover 295 is attached to the dish unit main body 252 of the dish unit 200.

In this embodiment, even if liquids such as drinks or game balls B enter the cylinder, the handle cover unit 290 can be discharged downward through the lower cutout opening 295b.

In addition, the cutout opening 295b on the lower side of the handle cover 295 is located on an extension of the inclined direction of the blade portion 46b of the grill member 46 in the lower outer frame assembly 40 of the outer frame 2. This allows the wind (wind pressure) emitted diagonally upward and forward from the grill member 46 via the blade portion 46b due to vibration of the main frame speaker 622 to enter the cylinder through the cutout opening 295b. Therefore, when a player inserts their fingers into the cylinder of the handle cover 295 and rotates the handle 197 (the device for shooting game ball B), the main frame speaker 622 can be vibrated to send wind into the front cylinder portion 291a, surprising the player and providing an unprecedented performance. In other words, sound pressure can be used to stimulate the fingers of the player operating the handle 197, which can surprise the player, give them a sense of an upcoming opportunity, or cause them to change the amount of handle operation, entertaining the player and preventing them from becoming bored and losing interest in the game.

Furthermore, sound pressure (sound wind) from the main frame speaker 622 can be supplied into the handle cover unit 290 through the cutout opening 295b, making it possible to cool the inside of the handle cover unit 290 and creating a comfortable environment around the player's fingers as they operate the handle 197, thereby easing stress on the player and preventing a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, as described above, the sound pressure (sound wind) emitted forward from the port member 47 provided on the lower frame assembly 40 of the outer frame 2, which is different from the door frame 3 on which the handle 197 and handle cover unit 290 are attached, is guided by the multiple blade portions 46b of the grill member 46 to stimulate the fingers of a player who is operating the handle 197 with their fingers inserted inside the handle cover unit 290. This prevents damage to the various sensors (handle rotation detection sensor 189, handle touch sensor 192, single button operation sensor 194, etc.) and bearing mechanism provided on the handle 197, compared to when a vibration device is provided on the handle 197, making it less likely that the handle unit 180 will be damaged. This prevents the player from feeling uncomfortable due to damage to the handle unit 180 and suppresses a decrease in the player's interest in the game.

Furthermore, the handle cover 295 has a cutout opening 295b, so when opening the door frame 3 or main frame 4, you can hook your finger into the cutout opening 295b on the right side and pull it, which can be used as a handle when opening the door frame 3, etc.

Furthermore, because the handle cover 295 has a cutout opening 295b, the rotational position of the handle 197 can be easily fixed by gripping the handle 197 and the cutout opening 295b with the fingers, allowing the game ball B to be continuously shot into the game area 5a with a constant force without having to keep twisting the hand. In this way, the handle 197 can be rotated in a variety of ways to shoot the game ball B, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that allows the player to select the shooting operation that is most suitable for them.

In addition, a handle 197 is provided in the lower right corner of the door frame 3, opposite the hinge side, and a cutout opening 295b is provided in the part of the outer surface of the handle cover 295 of the handle cover unit 290 facing right, so that the cutout opening 295b can be used as a handle when opening and closing the door frame 3. This eliminates the need to provide a handle that would unsightly the door frame 3, and improves the appearance of the door frame 3.

[3-5. Overall configuration of the plate unit]
The tray unit 200 in the door frame 3 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 48 and 49. The tray unit 200 is attached to a portion below the door window 101a on the front surface of the door frame base 101 of the door frame base unit 100. The tray unit 200 comprises an upper tray 201 that stores game balls B to be shot into the game area 5a, and a lower tray 202 that is positioned below the upper tray 201 and can store game balls B supplied from the upper tray 201 and the fall cover unit 150.

The dish unit 200 comprises a dish base unit 210 having an upper dish 201 and attached to the front of the door frame base 101 of the door frame base unit 100, a dish decoration unit 250 having a lower dish 202 attached to the front of the dish base unit 210, and a performance operation unit 300 attached to the front of the dish decoration unit 250 and dish base unit 210 and operable by the player.

The tray base unit 210 comprises a flat tray unit base 211 extending left and right, an upper tray main body 212 attached to the upper front of the tray unit base 211 and holding an upper tray 201, a mounting base (not shown) attached to the right of the upper tray main body 212 and protruding forward, a tray unit relay board (not shown) attached to the right of the mounting base, a ball lending operation unit 220 attached to the top surface of the mounting base, an upper tray pre-ball removal unit (not shown) attached below the mounting base, and an upper tray post-ball removal unit 240 attached to the rear of the upper tray pre-ball removal unit.

The dish decoration unit 250 comprises a lower dish main body 251 that is attached to the lower front of the dish unit base 211 and holds a lower dish 202; a dish unit main body 252 that is attached to the front of the dish unit base 211 so as to cover the outer periphery of the lower dish main body 251; a lower dish ball removal unit 260 that is attached to the underside of the lower dish main body 251; and a left dish decoration unit 270 and a right dish decoration unit 275 that are attached to the upper front of the dish unit main body 252, spaced apart from each other on the left and right.

The performance operation unit 300 is equipped with a performance operation section 301 that can be operated by the player, which includes a press operation section 303 that can be pressed by the player, a lever operation section 304 that allows the player to operate the lever in the forward and backward directions, and the performance operation section 301 that can be operated by the player. The performance operation unit 300 is equipped with a base unit 400 that is attached to the dish base unit 210, and a lever operation section unit 410 that is attached to the base unit 400 so that it can rotate around an axis that extends left and right. The press operation section 303 is provided on the top surface of the base unit 400.

The tray unit 200 bulges forward as a whole, with the performance operation unit 300 positioned in the center left-right so that the top surface of the performance operation unit 301 faces diagonally upward and forward. The upper tray 201 is positioned to the left of the performance operation unit 300 on the top surface, and the ball dispensing operation unit 220 is positioned to the right of the performance operation unit 300, while the lower tray 202 is positioned below the upper tray 201 and to the left of the performance operation unit 300.

[3-5a. Upper plate]
The upper tray 201 of the tray unit 200 will be described in detail, mainly with reference to Figures 48 and 49. The upper tray 201 is formed by a tray unit base 211 and an upper tray body 212. The left side of the upper tray 201 bulges forward more than the center when viewed from the front, forming an upwardly open container shape. The upper tray 201 (upper tray body 212) bulges forward most from the left end to the right, approximately one-third of the width of the door frame 3. The front end of the upper tray 201 recedes backward from the most bulging portion toward the right when viewed from the front, and includes a guide passage 201a (see Figure 37) whose depth in the front-to-back direction is slightly greater than the outer diameter of the game ball B. The entire bottom surface of the upper tray 201, including the guide passage 201a, is inclined so that the right end is lower, and the right end of the guide passage 201a when viewed from the front is recessed below the ball dispensing operation unit 220.

When assembled into the tray unit 200, the upper tray 201 has a bottom surface that slopes downward from a position below the upper tray ball supply port 211a of the tray unit base 211 to a position slightly below the outer diameter of the game ball B relative to the upper end of the upper tray ball delivery port (not shown). This allows game balls B released forward from the upper tray ball supply port 211a to be received and stored within the upper tray 201, and the received game balls B can be supplied from the right end of the guide passage portion 201a through the upper tray ball delivery port to the ball delivery unit 140 side.

In addition, the guide passage section 201a is equipped with a metal earthing fixture that is electrically grounded (earthed) in the pachinko machine 1, and when the game ball B comes into contact with (rolls around) this, the static electricity charged to the game ball B can be removed.

[3-5b. Lower plate]
The lower tray 202 of the tray unit 200 will be described in detail, mainly with reference to Figure 48 etc. The lower tray 202 is located below the upper tray 201, to the left of the center of the tray unit 200 (door frame 3) in the left-right direction when viewed from the front. The lower tray 202 is formed of a lower tray main body 251 and a tray unit base 211. The lower tray 202 is formed in the shape of a container that can store game balls B, and is provided with a lower tray ball removal hole 202a that penetrates the bottom wall vertically and allows game balls B to be discharged (see Figure 29). The lower tray ball removal hole 202a of the lower tray 202 is closed openably and closably by a lower tray ball removal lid of the lower tray ball removal unit 260.

The lower tray 202 has a roughly rectangular shape extending left and right in plan view, with the front end on the left side protruding further forward than the right side from the center in the left-right direction. The lower tray 202 has a lower tray ball removal hole 202a that penetrates from top to bottom, located near the front end near the right end. The bottom surface of the lower tray 202 is inclined so that it slopes lower toward the lower tray ball removal hole 202a. When assembled into the tray unit 200, the lower tray ball removal hole 202a of the lower tray 202 is located below the performance operation unit 300, to the left of the front of the lower tray ball supply port 211c.

When the lower tray ball removal hole 202a is closed, the lower tray 202 can store game balls B released forward from the lower tray ball supply port 211c, and by opening the lower tray ball removal hole 202a, the stored game balls B can be discharged below the tray unit 200 (e.g., to a cash box). Furthermore, when the lower tray ball removal hole 202a of the lower tray 202 is open, since the lower tray ball removal hole 202a is located in front of the lower tray ball supply port 211c, game balls B released forward from the lower tray ball supply port 211c can be quickly discharged downward from the lower tray ball removal hole 202a by moving the shortest distance.

[3-5c. Dish base unit]
The dish base unit 210 in the dish unit 200 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 48 and 49. The dish base unit 210 comprises a flat dish unit base 211 attached to the lower front of the door frame base unit 100 and extending to the left and right, an upper tray body 212 attached to the upper front of the dish unit base 211 and holding the upper tray 201, and a dish unit relay board 214 attached to the rear of the dish unit base 211 near the lower right corner.

The tray base unit 210 also includes a ball lending operation unit 220 attached to the upper front of the tray unit base 211, an upper tray pre-ball removal unit (not shown) attached to the front of the tray unit base 211 below the ball lending operation unit 220, and an upper tray post-ball removal unit 240 attached to the rear of the tray unit base 211 behind the upper tray pre-ball removal unit.

[3-5c-1. Dish unit base]
The dish unit base 211 of the dish base unit 210 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 48 and 49. The dish unit base 211 is attached below the door window 101a on the front surface of the door frame base 101 of the door frame base unit 100, and is formed in the shape of a flat plate (a shallow box shape with an open rear) extending left and right across the entire width of the door frame base 101.

The tray unit base 211 is equipped with an upper tray ball supply port 211a that penetrates from front to back near the upper left corner when viewed from the front and extends cylindrically to the rear; a speaker port 211b that penetrates from front to back below the upper tray ball supply port 211a and has punched metal attached to the front; a lower tray ball supply port 211c that penetrates from front to front at the lower part to the left of the center when viewed from the front and extends cylindrically to the rear; a notch 211d that is cut out in the right wall of the part that extends cylindrically to the rear of the lower tray ball supply port 211c to a size that allows game ball B to pass through; and an upper tray ball delivery port (not shown) that penetrates from front to front on the upper right side of the lower tray ball supply port 211c when viewed from the front and extends vertically, with its upper part located at the right end of the upper tray main body 212.

When assembled to the door frame 3, the upper tray ball supply port 211a of the tray unit base 211 has its front end opening into the rear wall of the upper tray 201, and its cylindrical rear end passes through the upper tray ball passage port 101g of the door frame base 101 from the front and connects to the front end of the through ball passage 150a of the foul cover unit 150. This allows game balls B paid out from the payout device 580 of the payout unit 560 to be supplied (paid out) into the upper tray 201 through the upper tray ball supply port 211a.

When assembled to the door frame 3, the lower tray ball supply port 211c has its front end opening into the rear wall of the lower tray 202, and its cylindrical rear end passes through the lower tray ball passage port 101f of the door frame base 101 from the front and connects to the front end of the ball discharge port 150d of the foul cover unit 150. This allows game balls B circulating through the storage passage 150e of the foul cover unit 150 to be supplied into the lower tray 202 through the lower tray ball supply port 211c. In addition, the downstream end of the ball removal guide path 241c in the rear base 241 of the upper tray ball removal unit 240 is connected to the notch 211d formed in the cylindrically extending portion of the lower tray ball supply port 211c. As a result, by operating the upper tray ball removal button 222, the game balls B stored in the upper tray 201 are discharged from the lower tray ball supply port 211c into the lower tray 202 via the upper tray ball supply port, the entrance 141a and ball removal port 141b of the ball supply unit 140, the ball supply guide path and ball removal guide path 241c of the upper tray post-ball removal unit 240, and the cutout portion 211d.

When assembled to the tray base unit 210, the upper tray ball supply port is located in front of the ball receiving port (not shown) of the rear base 241 of the upper tray ball removal unit 240, and the game ball B in the upper tray 201 is supplied from the ball receiving port of the upper tray ball removal unit 240 to the ball supply guideway.

[3-5c-2. Upper tray body]
The upper tray body 212 of the tray base unit 210 will be described in detail, mainly with reference to Figures 48 and 49. The upper tray body 212 is attached to the front of the tray unit base 211 and cooperates with the tray unit base 211 to form the upper tray 201. The upper tray body 212 is formed in a container-like (dish-shaped) shape with an open top and rear. The upper tray body 212 extends left and right, with the left side bulging forward more than the center when viewed from the front. The front end of the upper tray body 212 recedes rearward from the most forward-bulging part toward the right when viewed from the front, and the depth in the front-to-back direction is formed to be slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game ball B. The bottom surface of the upper tray body 212 is inclined so that the right end is lowest. The upper part of the upper tray body 212 near the right end is closed.

When the upper tray body 212 is assembled to the tray unit 200, the section that is closed at the top near the right end is attached so that it fits under the ball dispensing operation unit 220. Furthermore, the upper tray body 212 has a performance operation unit attachment portion 212a formed in the middle of the upper part in the left-right direction, and part of the performance operation unit 300 is attached to this performance operation unit attachment portion 212a.

[3-5c-3. Dish unit relay board]
The dish unit relay board 214 of the dish base unit 210 is intended to relay the connection between the door frame sub-relay board 105 (see Figure 72) in the door frame base unit 100 and the left dish decorative board, right dish decorative board, and rotating body decorative board 416, etc. The dish unit relay board 214 is attached near the lower right corner of the rear surface of the dish unit base 211. When attached to the dish unit base 211, the rear surface of this dish unit relay board 214 faces the rear side of the dish unit base 211.

[3-5c-4. Ball lending operation unit]
The ball dispensing operation unit 220 of the tray base unit 210 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 48 and 49. This ball dispensing operation unit 220 discharges game balls B stored in the upper tray 201 onto the lower tray 202, dispenses a predetermined number of game balls B into the upper tray 201 of the tray unit 200 after inserting cash or a prepaid card into a ball dispensing machine (not shown) provided adjacent to the pachinko machine 1, displays the remaining amount of cash or a prepaid card inserted into the ball dispensing machine, returns the cash or a prepaid card inserted into the ball dispensing machine minus the amount of dispensed game balls B, adjusts the volume, and adjusts the amount of light.

The ball lending operation unit 220 is equipped with an upper tray ball removal button 222, a ball lending button 224, a return button 225, a ball lending display unit 226, and an adjustment button 229 consisting of four buttons arranged in a cross shape.

The upper tray ball removal button 222 is cylindrical and protrudes upward, and can be moved downward by the player pressing it. The ball lending button 224 is circular and has the character "ball" (ball) printed on its top surface. The return button 225 is triangular. The ball lending display unit 226 is made up of three 7-segment LEDs and one bullet-shaped LED, and can be easily seen by the player when illuminated.

By pressing the upper tray ball removal button 222, the ball lending operation unit 220 can eject game balls B stored in the upper tray 201 into the lower tray. Furthermore, by inserting cash or a prepaid card with remaining balance into the ball lending machine and then pressing the ball lending button 224, a predetermined number of game balls B will be supplied to the upper tray 201. By pressing the return button 225, the amount of game balls B loaned will be deducted from the cash or prepaid card inserted into the ball lending machine and returned. The ball lending display unit 226 displays the remaining balance of the cash or prepaid card inserted into the ball lending machine. Furthermore, the ball lending display unit 226 also displays an error code if the ball lending machine malfunctions.

The adjustment button 229 is used to adjust the volume of the music, voice, sound effects, and other sound effects output from the top center speaker and top side speakers of the door frame 3 and the bass main frame speaker 622 of the main frame 4, as well as to adjust the light intensity (brightness) of the LEDs on the various decorative boards provided on the door frame 3 and game board 5, and the brightness of the display screen of the effect display device 1600.

However, if the volume or light intensity is adjusted using the pressing operation unit 303 of the effect operation unit 301, when a player-participation effect that requires operation of the effect operation unit 301 is not being executed, the player must operate the effect operation unit 301 appropriately to display a settings menu on the effect display device 1600 for adjusting the volume or light intensity, select the item to be adjusted, and then operate the pressing operation unit 303 or lever operation unit 304 to change the volume or brightness of the light, etc., which requires time and effort to adjust the volume or light intensity. In contrast, this embodiment allows the volume or light intensity to be adjusted directly by operating the adjustment button 229, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that simplifies the effort required to adjust the volume or light intensity and enables adjustments to be made in a short amount of time.

[3-5c-5. Upper tray ball removal unit]
The upper tray pre-ball removal unit and upper tray post-ball removal unit 240 in the tray base unit 210 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figure 49. The upper tray post-ball removal unit 240 cooperates with the ball feeding unit 140 to eject the game balls B stored in the upper tray 201 to the lower tray 202 when the upper tray ball removal button 222 of the ball lending operation unit 220 is pressed.

The upper tray ball removal unit 240 comprises a rear base 241 attached to the rear surface of the tray unit base 211 so as to close the upper tray ball supply port from the rear, an upper tray ball removal slider 242 attached to the front surface of the rear base 241 so as to be able to slide up and down, a spring (not shown) that biases the upper tray ball removal slider 242 upward, and a rear cover 244 attached to the rear side of the rear base 241.

The rear base 241 is equipped with a ball receiving opening (not shown) that protrudes upward from the portion where the upper tray ball removal slider 242 is slidably attached and opens forward, allowing game ball B to pass through; a ball feed guideway that guides game ball B received in the ball receiving opening downward on the rear surface of the rear base 241 and then rearward; and a ball removal guideway 241c that guides game ball B downward from a position below the ball feed guideway on the rear surface of the rear base 241 and then to the right when viewed from behind.

When assembled to the tray base unit 210, the ball receiving port is formed at the downstream end (right end when viewed from the front) of the guide passage section 201a of the upper tray 201, in a position that opens forward through the upper tray ball supply port of the tray unit base 211. When assembled to the door frame 3, the ball supply guide path is formed so that the entrance 141a of the ball supply unit 140 is located at the rear of the lower part. This allows game balls B supplied to the upper tray 201 to pass through the ball receiving port and ball supply guide path and enter the entrance 141a of the ball supply unit 140.

The left and right extending portion of the ball removal guideway 241c protrudes further to the right as viewed from the rear than the portion where the upper tray ball removal slider 242 is slidably mounted, is inclined so that the right end is lower as viewed from the rear, and opens to the right side as viewed from the rear. The rear side of the left and right extending portion of the ball removal guideway 241c is closed by a rear cover 244. When assembled to the door frame 3, the upper part of the portion extending up and down below the ball feeding guideway is located in front of the ball removal opening 141b of the ball feeding unit 140, and is formed so that the right end as viewed from the rear of the left and right extending portion is connected to the cutout 211d of the lower tray ball supply opening 211c in the tray unit base 211. As a result, the game ball B discharged from the ball ejection port 141b of the ball feeding unit 140 is released into the lower tray 202 from the lower tray ball supply port 211c via the ball ejection guide path 241c and the notch 211d.

The upper tray ball removal slider 242 has a rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and is equipped with an actuation receiving part (not shown) that protrudes forward from the upper left corner, and an actuation transmitting part 242b that protrudes rearward from the rear surface behind the actuation receiving part. The actuation receiving part has a flat upper surface. The actuation transmitting part 242b is inclined so that its upper surface is positioned downward as it extends rearward, and its lower surface extends horizontally to connect with the rear end of the upper surface.

When the upper tray ball removal slider 242 is assembled to the door frame 3, the actuation receiving part protrudes forward through the tray unit base 211 from the rear, with the lower end of the upper tray ball removal button 222 abutting against the upper surface of the actuation receiving part. Furthermore, when the upper tray ball removal slider 242 is assembled to the door frame 3, the actuation transmission part 242b protrudes rearward from the rear base 241, with the actuation rod 143c of the ball removal member 143 of the ball feeding unit 140 abutting against its upper surface.

The spring has its upper end attached to the rear base 241 and its lower end attached to the upper tray ball removal slider 242, urging the upper tray ball removal slider 242 upward. Therefore, the upper tray ball removal slider 242 is positioned at the upper limit of its upward movement due to the spring's urging force, and can move downward by resisting the spring's urging force.

The upper tray ball removal unit 240 positions the upper tray ball removal slider 242 at its upper end of movement due to the spring force, and positions the upper tray ball removal button 222 at its upper end of movement via the actuation receiving part of the upper tray ball removal slider 242. Furthermore, because the spring force positions the upper tray ball removal slider 242 at its upper end of movement, the actuation rod 143c, which abuts the upper surface of the actuation transmission part 242b, is prevented from moving downward, and the partition part 143a of the ball removal member 143 is positioned between the entrance 141a and the ball removal opening 141b, separating the two.

Therefore, when the upper tray ball removal button 222 is not pressed, the entrance 141a and the ball removal port 141b in the ball feeding unit 140 are partitioned, and the game ball B sent from the upper tray 201 to the ball receiving port can be sent from the entrance 141a and the ball feeding member 144 to the ball supply port 142a and to the ball launching device 540 side.

On the other hand, when the upper tray ball removal button 222 is pressed downward against the spring force, the upper tray ball removal slider 242 moves downward, allowing the operating rod 143c of the ball removal member 143, which abuts the upper surface of the operating transmission part 242b of the upper tray ball removal slider 242, to move downward.The load of the weight part 143d of the ball removal member 143 causes the ball removal member 143 to rotate, and the partition part 143a moves back from between the entrance 141a and the ball removal opening 141b.As a result, the game ball B that has entered the entrance 141a from the upper tray 201 through the ball receiving opening and ball feed guideway is ejected forward from the ball removal opening 141b, which opens below the entrance 141a. The game ball B discharged forward from the ball discharge port 141b passes through the ball discharge guide path 241c and is guided through the cutout 211d into the lower tray ball supply port 211c, and is then released from the lower tray ball supply port 211c into the lower tray 202, resulting in the game ball B in the upper tray 201 being discharged into the lower tray 202.

When the downward pressure on the upper tray ball removal button 222 is released, the spring force causes the upper tray ball removal slider 242 to move upward, causing the upper tray ball removal button 222 to rise, and the ball removal member 143 rotates due to the operating rod 143c abutting the operating transmission part 242b, positioning the partition part 143a between the entrance 141a and the ball removal opening 141b, returning to its original state.

In this way, the upper tray ball removal unit 240 can feed the game ball B in the upper tray 201 to the ball launcher 540 via the ball feeding unit 140, or eject it to the lower tray 202.

[3-5d. Plate decoration unit]
The plate decoration unit 250 in the plate unit 200 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figure 48 etc. The plate decoration unit 250 has a lower plate 202 and is attached to the front of the plate base unit 210, with the performance operation unit 300 attached from the front in the center in the left-right direction. The plate decoration unit 250 decorates almost the entire plate unit 200.

The dish decoration unit 250 comprises a lower dish main body 251 attached to the lower front of the dish unit base 211 and working together with the dish unit base 211 to form the lower dish 202, a dish unit main body 252 attached to the front of the dish unit base 211 so as to cover the outer periphery of the lower dish main body 251, a lower dish ball removal unit 260 attached to the underside of the lower dish main body 251, and a left dish decoration unit 270 and a right dish decoration unit 275 attached to the upper front of the dish unit main body 252, spaced apart from each other on the left and right.

[3-5d-1. Lower tray body]
The lower tray body 251 in the tray display unit 250 will be described in detail, mainly with reference to Figure 48 etc. The lower tray body 251 cooperates with the tray unit base 211 of the tray base unit 210 to form the lower tray 202. The lower tray body 251 extends left and right and is formed in a container shape (dish shape) that is open at the top and rear. This lower tray body 251 is attached to the lower front of the tray unit base 211, to the left of the center in the left-right direction, so that the open rear is closed.

The lower tray body 251 has a generally rectangular shape extending left and right in plan view, with the front end on the left side protruding further forward than the right side from the center in the left-right direction. A lower tray ball removal hole 202a that penetrates vertically is formed near the front end of the right end of the lower tray body 251 in plan view. The bottom surface of the lower tray body 251 is inclined so that it slopes lower toward the lower tray ball removal hole 202a. The lower tray ball removal hole 202a is openably and closably closed by the lower tray ball removal cover of the lower tray ball removal unit 260.

When the lower tray body 251 is assembled to the tray decoration unit 250, the outer periphery and part of the underside are covered by the tray unit body 252. Furthermore, when the lower tray body is assembled to the tray unit 200, the bottom surface is located lower than the lower tray ball supply port 211c of the tray unit base 211, and the lower tray ball removal hole 202a is located in front of the lower tray ball supply port 211c. This allows game balls B released forward from the lower tray ball supply port 211c to be stored.

[3-5d-2. Dish unit body]
The dish unit main body 252 in the dish decoration unit 250 will be described in detail, mainly with reference to Figures 48 and 49. The dish unit main body 252 is attached to the front of the dish unit base 211 in the dish base unit 210 and decorates the front of the dish unit 200. The dish unit main body 252 bulges out so that the center in the left-right direction protrudes forward on the upper side, and bulges out so that the left side in the left-right direction protrudes forward on the lower side. In addition, the top surface of the dish unit main body 252 is curved so that the center in the left-right direction is lowest. The dish unit main body 252 is formed in a box shape that is open to the rear.

The dish unit main body 252 comprises upper side bulges 252a that bulge forward from both the left and right ends toward the center in the left-right direction at the top and extend downward, spaced apart on the left and right; a lower front decorative portion that bulges forward on the left side of the center in the left-right direction to cover the outer periphery of the lower dish main body 251 at the bottom; and a lower dish opening 252d that penetrates front to back between the left upper side bulge 252a and the lower front decorative portion. A left dish decorative unit 270 and a right dish decorative unit 275 are attached to the front of the left and right upper side bulges 252a, respectively.

Furthermore, although not shown in the figure, the dish unit main body 252 is provided with a performance operation unit mounting portion formed between a pair of upper side bulges 252a in the center in the left-right direction, to which the performance operation unit 300 is attached. The performance operation unit mounting portion is formed with a width that is approximately 1/3 of the left-right width of the dish unit main body 252.

When assembled to the dish unit 200, the dish unit main body 252 is formed to completely cover the front of the dish base unit 210, with the speaker port 211b facing forward through the lower dish opening 252d.

[3-5d-3. Bottom tray ball removal unit]
The lower tray ball removal unit 260 in the tray decoration unit 250 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figure 48 etc. The lower tray ball removal unit 260 is attached to the underside of the lower tray body 251 and is used to store game balls B in the lower tray 202 or to discharge game balls B from the lower tray 202 by opening and closing the lower tray ball removal hole 202a.

The lower tray ball removal unit 260 is equipped with a lower tray ball removal button 263 and a lower tray ball removal cover that opens and closes the through hole by operating the lower tray ball removal button 263.

When the lower tray ball removal unit 260 is assembled to the tray decoration unit 250, the lower tray ball removal button 263 is aligned with the front surface of the lower front decoration part of the tray unit main body 252, and the lower tray ball removal lid closes the lower tray ball removal hole 202a. In this normal state, the lower tray ball removal hole 202a is closed by the lower tray ball removal lid, allowing game balls B to be stored in the lower tray 202.

In the normal state, when the lower tray ball removal button 263 is pressed backward, the lower tray ball removal cover moves, opening the lower tray ball removal hole 202a, allowing the game ball B in the lower tray 202 to be ejected below the tray unit 200 through the lower tray ball removal hole 202a.

Furthermore, when the lower tray ball removal lid is moved by pressing the lower tray ball removal button 263, the lower tray ball removal lid remains moved, the lower tray ball removal hole 202a remains open, and the game balls B in the lower tray 202 can be continuously discharged downward.

To close the lower tray ball removal hole 202a from this state, press the lower tray ball removal button 263, which is set back from the front of the lower front decorative part, backward and then release the pressure. The lower tray ball removal cover will return to its normal position and the lower tray ball removal hole 202a will be closed. This allows game balls B to be stored inside the lower tray 202.

[3-5d-4. Left and right decorative units]
The left dish decorative unit 270 and right dish decorative unit 275 of the dish decorative unit 250 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figure 48 etc. The left dish decorative unit 270 and right dish decorative unit 275 are attached to the upper front surface of the upper side bulge 252a of the dish unit main body 252. The left dish decorative unit 270 and right dish decorative unit 275 are located at the top of the dish unit 200 and decorate both the left and right sides of the performance operation unit 300.

The left-side decorative unit 270 comprises a translucent left-side decorative body 271 that is semi-cylindrical and extends left and right, and a left-side decorative board that is located behind the left-side decorative body 271 and has multiple LEDs mounted on the front surface. The multiple LEDs mounted on the left-side decorative board are full-color LEDs that can be illuminated to decorate the left-side decorative body 271.

The left decorative element 271 extends in a curved shape, moving forward and downward as it moves from the left end to the right end, and is attached to the top of the upper left side bulge 252a. The left decorative element 271 is formed as a semicircular arc that bulges forward, with the central axis extending diagonally upward and left at the left end and the central axis extending left and right at the right end, giving it the shape of a twisted semicylinder. The left decorative element 271 is milky white in color.

When assembled to the door frame 3, the left end of the left decorative unit 270 is continuous with the bottom end of the left door frame unit 420. The left decorative unit 270 does not have ribs along the length of the left decorative body 271. Therefore, when the multiple LEDs on the left decorative board are illuminated, the entire front of the left decorative body 271 can be illuminated and decorated in a generally uniform manner, giving the appearance of embedded fluorescent lights.

The right-hand dish decorative unit 275 comprises a translucent, semi-cylindrical right-hand dish decorative body 276 that extends left and right, and a right-hand dish decorative board that is located behind the right-hand dish decorative body 276 and has multiple LEDs mounted on the front surface. The multiple LEDs mounted on the right-hand dish decorative board are full-color LEDs that can be illuminated to illuminate the right-hand dish decorative body 276.

The right decorative element 276 extends in a curved shape, moving forward and downward as it moves from the right end to the left end, and is attached to the top of the upper right side bulge 252a. The right decorative element 276 is formed as a semicircular arc that bulges forward, with the central axis extending diagonally upward and to the right at the right end and the central axis extending left and right at the left end, giving it the shape of a twisted semicylinder. The right decorative element 276 is milky white in color.

When assembled to the door frame 3, the right end of the dish right decorative unit 275 is continuous with the lower end of the door frame right side unit 430. Because the dish right decorative unit 275 does not have ribs along the length of the dish right decorative body 276, when the multiple LEDs on the dish right decorative board are illuminated, the entire front of the dish right decorative body 276 can be illuminated and decorated in a generally uniform manner, giving the appearance of embedded fluorescent lights.

When assembled to the door frame 3, the left and right tray decorative units 270 and 275 protrude upward in part beyond the front end of the upper side bulge 252a of the tray unit main body 252 of the tray decorative unit 250, forming a step between them that makes the left and right tray decorative units 270 and 275 higher. This allows players to use the step between the left and right tray decorative units 270 and 275 and the upper side bulge 252a to hook their fingers, providing a fingerhold when leveling the game balls B in the upper tray 201 or operating the performance operation unit 301, described below. Furthermore, the step between the left and right tray decorative units 270 and 275 and the upper side bulge 252a prevents game balls B on the upper side bulge 252a from spilling forward.

[3-5e. Production Operation Unit]
Next, the performance operation unit 300 in the door frame 3 will be described in detail, mainly with reference to Figures 55 to 59. Figure 55(a) is a perspective view of the performance operation unit with the transparent portion of the door frame made opaque and the lever operation unit not protruding, and Figure 55(b) is a perspective view of the performance operation unit with the lever operation unit protruding in Figure 55(a). Figure 56(a) is an explanatory diagram showing the performance operation unit with the lever operation unit not protruding from the right side, along with the advance/retract mechanism, and Figure 56(b) is an explanatory diagram showing the performance operation unit with the lever operation unit protruding in Figure 56(a). Figure 57(a) is a perspective view of the performance operation unit from the front with the transparent portion made transparent, and Figure 57(b) is a right side view of the performance operation unit from Figure 57(a). Figure 58 is a perspective view of the unit reinforcement frame in the performance operation unit of Figure 55, viewed from the front. Figure 59 is an explanatory diagram showing the rotation mechanism of the rotating body in the lever operation unit.

The performance operation unit 300 in this embodiment is located in the center of the platter unit 200 in the left-right direction, and not only decorates the platter unit 200, but also allows players to operate it and participate in the performance when a player-participation performance is executed. The performance operation unit 300 is attached to the platter base unit 210 (see Figure 48, etc.).

The effect operation unit 300 is equipped with an effect operation section 301 that can be operated by the player. The effect operation section 301 is composed of a pressure operation section 303 that the player can press, and a lever operation section 304 that the player can operate the lever in the forward and backward directions. It can accept player operations and move (vibrate) the effect operation section 301, allowing the player to not only shoot the game ball B, but also to participate in the effects during play. The pressure operation section 303 of the effect operation section 301 is located on the top surface of the door frame 3, to the left of the center in the left-right direction. The lever operation section 304 is located in the center of the door frame 3 in the left-right direction.

The performance operation unit 300 comprises a base unit 400 attached to the dish base unit 210, and a lever operation unit 410 attached to the base unit 400 so that it can rotate around an axis extending in the left-right direction. The pressing operation unit 303 is provided on the top surface of the base unit 400.

The base unit 400 includes a unit body 401 having an operation unit accommodation recess 401a capable of accommodating the rear of the lever operation unit 410, an advance/retract mechanism 402 that moves the lever operation unit 410 forward and backward by rotating it in the forward/backward direction, and a unit reinforcing frame 403 for supporting the lever operation unit 410. The base unit 400 also includes a spring (not shown) that biases the lever operation unit 410 in a direction that causes it to protrude forward.

The unit body 401 has an upper bulge 401b that bulges forward to connect with the left and right decorative bodies 271 and 276 located at the front end of the upper tray 201, and a lower bulge 401c that extends forward and downward in an arc from the underside of the upper bulge 401b, with its lower end protruding further forward than the lower tray 202. The pressing operation unit 303 is located on the upper surface of the upper bulge 401b, to the left of the operation unit accommodating recess 401a. While the upper bulge 401b of this unit body 401 is opaque, the lower bulge 401c is transparent. The internal unit reinforcing frame 403 and the rotating body 412 (described later) can be seen through the transparent lower bulge 401c (see Figure 57).

As shown in Figure 56, the advance/retract mechanism 402 is located to the right of the operation unit accommodating recess 401a in the unit body 401. The advance/retract mechanism 402 includes an advance/retract drive motor 402a attached to the unit body 401, a drive gear 402b attached to the rotation shaft of the advance/retract drive motor 402a, a large-diameter transmission gear 402c meshing with the drive gear 402b, and a small-diameter transmission gear 402d that rotates integrally with the large-diameter transmission gear 402c and has a smaller diameter than the large-diameter transmission gear 402c. The small-diameter transmission gear 402d of the advance/retract mechanism 402 meshes with an arc-shaped advance/retract rack gear 411b provided on the right side of the lever operation unit 410.

The advance/retract mechanism 402 can advance/retract (rotate around the rotation axis 403e) the lever operation unit 410 via the advance/retract rack gear 411b by rotating the drive gear 402b in the appropriate direction using the advance/retract drive motor 402a.

As shown in Figure 58, the unit reinforcement frame 403 comprises a flat left reinforcement plate 403a, a flat right reinforcement plate 403b, a flat rear reinforcement plate 403c connecting the rear ends of the left reinforcement plate 403a and the right reinforcement plate 403b, a flat upper reinforcement plate 403d connecting the upper parts of the left reinforcement plate 403a and the right reinforcement plate 403b, a cylindrical pivot shaft 403e connecting the front ends of the lower parts of the left reinforcement plate 403a and the right reinforcement plate 403b, and a cylindrical connecting shaft 403f connecting the middle parts of the lower parts of the left reinforcement plate 403a and the right reinforcement plate 403b in the front-to-rear direction.

The left reinforcing plate 403a and right reinforcing plate 403b of the unit reinforcing frame 403 are formed with an arc-shaped front edge that moves rearward as it extends upward. The left reinforcing plate 403a and right reinforcing plate 403b are provided with multiple decorative openings 403g that penetrate from left to right. These decorative openings 403g are shaped to align with the rotating body 412, which will be described later. The rotating body 412 can be seen through these decorative openings 403g (see Figure 57).

The rear reinforcing plate 403c is integral with the left reinforcing plate 403a, and is formed by bending its rear portion to the right. The pivot shaft 403e supports the lower front end of the lever operation unit 410 so that it can pivot about an axis in the left-right direction.

The lever operation unit 410 comprises a transparent unit cover 411, an annular rotating body 412 provided within the unit cover 411, a rotation mechanism 413 provided within the unit cover 411 for rotating the rotating body 412, and a vibration mechanism 414 provided at the rear lower end within the unit cover 411.

The unit cover 411 of the lever operation unit 410 is formed so that its rear portion is accommodated within the operation unit accommodating recess 401a of the unit main body 401 of the base unit 400. The unit cover 411 has a transparent, arc-shaped cylindrical portion 411a centered on an axis extending in the left-right direction. This cylindrical portion 411a is formed with a thickness that allows it to be grasped (held) by a player, and constitutes the lever operation portion 304 of the effect operation unit 301. A portion of the rotating body 412 is inserted into the interior of this cylindrical portion 411a.

The unit cover 411 also has an advance/retract rack gear 411b on its right side. The advance/retract rack gear 411b is formed in an arc shape centered on the rotation axis 403e. Furthermore, the unit cover 411 has multiple mounting portions 411c on its left and right sides, to which mounting screws for assembly can be attached.

The mounting portion 411c on the side of the unit cover 411 of the lever operation unit 410 is arranged to overlap the unit body 401 in a side view, regardless of whether the lever operation unit 410 is in the retracted position where it is retracted backward or the protruding position where it is protruding forward, and tools such as screwdrivers cannot be used to access the mounting portion 411c (see Figure 56). On the other hand, when the lever operation unit 410 is in the protruding position, the mounting portion 411c can be seen through the gap between the side of the unit cover 411 and the inner surface of the operation portion accommodating recess 401a of the unit body 401 on the base unit 400. This makes it possible to check for the presence or absence of mounting screws in the mounting portion 411c, as well as whether the mounting screws are loose.

The rotor 412 of the lever operation unit 410 is provided within the unit cover 411 and is formed in a doughnut shape, with a portion passing through the cylindrical portion 411a. The surface of this rotor 412 is provided with a plated portion with a metallic luster and a light-transmitting portion with translucency. The rotor 412 is provided to slide along the outer edge of the annular ring base 415 (see Figure 33) provided within the unit cover 411, and is configured to rotate about an axis in the left-right direction by sliding along the outer edge. As shown in Figure 59, etc., the rotor 412 has an annular ring gear 412a on its inner surface with the tips of the gear teeth facing the center. It is rotated by the rotation mechanism 413 via this ring gear 412a.

While not shown in detail, the ring base 415 (see Figure 33), which rotatably supports the rotating body 412, is attached to the unit cover 411 via support stays on left and right support metal plates provided on the left and right outer sides of the rotating body 412. The left and right support metal plates are formed in a similar shape to the left reinforcing plate 403a and right reinforcing plate 403b of the unit reinforcing frame 403 in the base unit 400. The left and right support metal plates have multiple openings that penetrate in the left-right direction, allowing the rotating body 412 to be viewed from the side. A rotating body decorative board 416 (see Figure 33), equipped with multiple LEDs 416a for illuminating and decorating the rotating body 412, is also attached to the ring base 415.

As shown in Figure 59, the rotation mechanism 413 of the lever operation unit 410 is provided inside the unit cover 411 and includes a rotary drive motor 413a with a rotation shaft facing left and right, a drive gear 413b attached to the rotation shaft of the rotary drive motor 413a, a first transmission gear 413c meshing with the drive gear 413b, a second transmission gear 413d that rotates integrally with the first transmission gear 413c and has half the number of teeth of the first transmission gear 413c, and a third transmission gear 413e that meshes with the second transmission gear 413d and with the ring gear 412a of the rotating body 412. The first transmission gear 413c and the second transmission gear 413d have the same diameter. The rotating body 412 can be rotated by rotating the drive gear 413b using the rotary drive motor 413a of this rotation mechanism 413.

As shown in Figure 59, the vibration mechanism 414 of the lever operation unit 410 is provided on the unit cover 411 and includes a vibration motor 414a with its rotation axis facing left and right, a drive gear 414b attached to the rotation axis of the vibration motor 414a, a driven gear 414c meshing with the drive gear 414b, and a weight 414d that rotates integrally with the driven gear 414c and has its center of gravity eccentric with respect to the center of rotation. The vibration mechanism 414 can generate vibrations by rotating the weight 414d with the vibration motor 414a.

In the performance operation unit 300 of this embodiment, the center of gravity of the lever operation unit 410 is located rearward of the rotation axis 403e, and under normal conditions, it is in a retracted position, retracted rearward against the biasing force of a spring (not shown). The advance/retract mechanism 402 that moves the lever operation unit 410 forward and backward has a drive gear 402b, large diameter transmission gear 402c, and small diameter transmission gear 402d formed by spur gears, so that pulling the lever operation unit 410 (lever operation unit 304) forward can move it to the extended position. Note that when the lever operation unit 410 is not powered on (or the advance/retract drive motor 402a is not driven), if the lever operation unit 304 is pulled to the forward extended position and then released, it will return to the retracted position under its own weight.

With this effect operation unit 300, regardless of whether a player participation effect is being played or not, the pressing operation unit 303 located on the top surface can be pressed at any time, and the lever operation unit 304 can be advanced or retreated.

The circular rotating body 412 of the performance operation unit 300 can be seen from the outside through the transparent portion of the unit body 401 and the transparent unit cover 411. The rotating body 412 can also be seen from the outside through the multiple decorative openings 403g provided in the left reinforcing plate 403a and right reinforcing plate 403b of the unit reinforcing frame 403. In this case, because the opening shape of the decorative openings 403g is formed to have a design feature, the appearance is not impaired even if the left reinforcing plate 403a and right reinforcing plate 403b are visible.

The performance operation unit 300 can rotate the rotating body 412 in any direction by driving the rotation drive motor 413a of the rotation mechanism 413, allowing users to enjoy the moving performance created by the rotation of the rotating body 412. Furthermore, the performance operation unit 300 can illuminate the rotating body 412 even while it is rotating by illuminating the multiple LEDs 416a provided on the rotating body decorative board 416, allowing users to enjoy the illumination performance of the rotating body 412.

In addition, in the presentation operation unit 300, the lever operation unit 410 (lever operation unit 304) moves to a forward protruding position by driving the advance/retract drive motor 402a of the advance/retract mechanism 402 in response to the execution of a player participation presentation. The presentation using the lever operation unit 304 may, for example, prompt the player to grip the lever operation unit 304, and when the player pushes or pulls the lever operation unit 304, the advance/retract drive motor 402a drives it to move in the opposite direction to the player's operation, thereby applying a load (operation resistance) to the operation of the lever operation unit 304. This imparts a sense of control to the operation of the lever operation unit 304, making the presentation using the lever operation unit 304 enjoyable. In this case, the operation resistance of the lever operation unit 304 may be increased or decreased to suggest to the player the degree of expectation for the game (for example, the occurrence of an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage, such as a "jackpot" game).

In addition, when operating the lever operation unit 304, the vibration motor 414a of the vibration mechanism 414 can be driven to give the player a sense of operation when operating the lever operation unit 304, which can be entertaining for the player. In this case, the vibration motor 414a may be configured to impart strong vibrations, weak vibrations, or vibrations with a predetermined rhythm, thereby suggesting to the player how much anticipation there is for the game.

In addition, the presentation operation unit 300 prompts the player to press the pressing operation unit 303 depending on the execution of the player participation presentation, and by changing the presentation in response to the pressing operation of the pressing operation unit 303, the player can enjoy the presentation using the pressing operation unit 303.

[3-6. Door frame left side unit]
The door frame left side unit 420 in the door frame 3 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 29, 30, and 60. The door frame left side unit 420 is attached to the left front part of the door frame base unit 100 above the tray unit 200, and decorates the left outer side of the play area 5a when viewed from the front.

The door frame left side unit 420 is composed of a door frame left side base 421 attached to the left outer side of the door window 101a on the front surface of the door frame base 101 of the door frame base unit 100, a door frame left side upper decorative board 422 attached to the upper part of the front surface of the door frame left side base 421 and equipped with multiple LEDs arranged vertically at regular intervals on the front surface, and a door frame left side upper decorative board 422 attached to the lower part of the front surface of the door frame left side base 421 and equipped with multiple LEDs arranged vertically at regular intervals on the front surface. The door frame includes a lower left side decorative board 422 mounted on the left side of the door frame, an upper left side reflector 424 attached to the left side base 421 of the door frame so as to cover the front side of the upper left side decorative board 422, a lower left side reflector attached to the left side base 421 of the door frame so as to cover the front side of the lower left side decorative board, and a left side decorative body 426 attached to the left side base 421 of the door frame so as to cover the front sides of the upper left side reflector 424 and lower left side reflector.

The left door frame unit 420 also includes an upper left light-guiding member that guides light forward from the LEDs on the upper left door frame decorative board 422, a middle left light-guiding member that guides forward light from the LEDs on the lower left door frame decorative board above the vertical center, and a lower left light-guiding member that guides forward light from the LEDs on the lower left door frame decorative board below the vertical center.

The door frame left side unit 420 has the circular and radial patterned areas of the door frame left side base 421 formed in the same color as the circular and radial patterned areas of the handle cover 295, and the areas outside the circular and radial patterned areas of the door frame left side base 421 formed in the same color as the areas outside the circular and radial patterned areas of the handle cover 295.

The portion of the door frame left side unit 420 above the vertical center protrudes slightly forward more than the lower portion, and the portion near the bottom edge is gently curved to the right. The upper end of this door frame left side unit 420 is located above the door window 101a and below the door frame upper hinge assembly 120, and the lower end is located below the door window 101a and above the speaker port 211b in the dish unit base 211 of the dish base unit 210. The upper portion of the door frame left side unit 420 is located on the left outer side of the door frame top unit 450. When assembled to the door frame 3, the door frame left side unit 420 decorates the left outer side of the door window 101a of the door frame base 101, giving the appearance of an embedded cylindrical fluorescent lamp.

In the door frame left side unit 420 of this embodiment, the door frame left side upper decorative board 422 and the door frame left side lower decorative board are located at a position some distance behind the front of the door frame left side decorative body 426. This allows the light from the LEDs mounted on them to be sufficiently spread out and irradiated onto the back side of the door frame left side decorative body 426, allowing the door frame left side decorative body 426 to be uniformly illuminated and decorated.

[3-7. Door frame right side unit]
Next, the door frame right side unit 430 of the door frame 3 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 26 to 32, 60, etc. The door frame right side unit 430 is attached to the front right part of the door frame base unit 100 above the tray unit 200, and decorates the right outer side of the play area 5a when viewed from the front.

The right-side door frame unit 430 comprises a right-side door frame base 431 attached to the right outer side of the door window 101a on the front surface of the door frame base 101 of the door frame base unit 100; an upper right-side door frame decorative board attached to the upper part of the front surface of the right-side door frame base 431 and equipped with multiple LEDs arranged vertically at regular intervals on the front surface; a lower right-side door frame decorative board attached to the lower part of the front surface of the right-side door frame base 431 and equipped with multiple LEDs arranged vertically at regular intervals on the front surface; a right-side door frame reflector attached to the right-side door frame base 431 so as to cover the front sides of the upper right-side door frame decorative board and the lower right-side door frame decorative board; and a right-side door frame decorative body 435 attached to the right-side door frame base 431 so as to cover the front side of the right-side door frame reflector.

The door frame right side unit 430 also includes an upper right side light-guiding member that guides light from the LEDs on the upper decorative board on the right side of the door frame forward, and a lower right side light-guiding member that guides light from the LEDs on the lower right side decorative board on the door frame forward.

Furthermore, the door frame right side unit 430 includes a door frame right side left side decorative body attached to cover the left side of the door frame right side base 431, a right side left lens 439 provided between the right side left side decorative body and the door frame right side base 431 and having translucency, a door frame right side right side decorative body 440 attached to cover the right side of the door frame right side base 431, and a right side right lens 441 provided between the right side decorative body 440 and the door frame right side base 431 and having translucency.

In this door frame right side unit 430, the reflector portion 431a of the door frame right side base 431 is formed in a recessed shape on both the left and right sides so that it is open forward and outward in the left and right directions. The outer surfaces of the right side left lens 439 and the right side right lens 441 are also formed flat with no protruding portions. Furthermore, the right side decorative body 440 on the right side of the door frame is only provided near the bottom of the door frame right side unit 430, up to a specified height from the bottom edge.

Furthermore, the door frame right side unit 430 has a right side left panel 442 that is detachably mounted on the left outer side of the right side left lens 439, and a right side right panel 443 that is detachably mounted on the right outer side of the right side right lens 441.

The right side left panel 442 is made of a transparent material, and a decorative sticker with the design surface facing left is attached to the right side. The right side right panel 443 is made of a transparent material, and a decorative sticker with the design surface facing right is attached to the left side.

The rear end of the right-side left panel 442 abuts against the front surface of the glass unit 160. This right-side left panel 442 can be removed from the door frame right-side unit 430 by sliding it backwards with the glass unit 160 removed. The right-side right panel 443 can be removed to the right by operating the lock lever 444 located in the upper left corner of the door frame base unit 100 when viewed from the back.

The door frame right side unit 430 allows the right side left panel 442 and right side right panel 443 to be removed. Therefore, when replacing the game board 5 due to a specification change or model change in the pachinko machine 1, the right side left panel 442 and right side right panel 443 can be replaced with ones that have decorations or designs that match the decoration (concept) of the game board 5, making it easy to accommodate model changes, etc., and making it easier to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

In this embodiment, the door frame right side unit 430 has circular and radial patterned parts on the left side decorative body on the right side of the door frame and the right side decorative body on the right side of the door frame 440, which are the same color as the circular and radial patterned parts on the handle cover 295 and the left side base 421 of the door frame, and the parts outside the circular and radial patterned parts on the left side decorative body on the right side of the door frame and the right side decorative body on the right side of the door frame 440 are the same color as the parts outside the circular and radial patterned parts on the handle cover 295 and the left side base 421 of the door frame.

In this embodiment, the portion of the door frame right side unit 430 above the vertical center protrudes further forward than the portion of the opposite door frame left side unit 420 at the same height. This door frame right side unit 430 is formed at approximately the same height as the door frame 3 from its top to bottom. The upper part of the door frame right side unit 430 is located on the outer right side of the door frame top unit 450.

When assembled to the door frame 3, the door frame right side unit 430 decorates the right outer side of the door window 101a of the door frame base 101, and the door frame right side decorative body 435 appears to have a cylindrical fluorescent lamp embedded in it.

The door frame right side unit 430 protrudes forward from the top to roughly half its height, forming a screen. This makes it difficult for players seated in front of the pachinko machine located adjacent to the right side of the island equipment in the gaming hall to see inside the door window 101a (playing area 5a). Therefore, because the door frame right side unit 430 is shaped like a screen, it can block the line of sight of nearby players, making it difficult for other players to see the entire playing area 5a. This reduces the feeling that other players are watching, allowing players to play without worrying about other players.

In the door frame right side unit 430 of this embodiment, the upper and lower decorative boards on the right side of the door frame are located at a position some distance behind the front of the door frame right side decorative body 435. This allows the light from the LEDs mounted on them to be sufficiently spread out and irradiated onto the back side of the door frame right side decorative body 435, allowing the door frame right side decorative body 435 to be uniformly illuminated and decorated.

[3-8. Door frame top unit]
The door frame top unit 450 in the door frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 24 to 33. The door frame top unit 450 is attached to the upper front surface of the door frame base unit 100 so as to be sandwiched between the upper portions of the left and right side units 420, 430.

The door frame top unit 450 comprises a door frame top base 451 attached to the front surface of the door frame base 101 of the door frame base unit 100, above the door window 101a; a top upper cover 452 attached to the door frame top base 451 so as to cover both the left and right sides and the upper front surface of the door frame top base 451; a door frame top decorative body 453 attached to the front end of the top upper cover 452; and a door frame top bottom plate (not shown) connecting the lower end of the door frame top decorative body 453 to the lower end of the door frame top base 451.

The door frame top unit 450 also includes a door frame right-side left-side decorative body that is attached to the front center of the top upper cover 452 behind the door frame top decorative body 453 and has multiple LEDs mounted on its front surface; a door frame top left decorative board that is attached to the left of the door frame right-side left-side decorative body on the front surface of the top upper cover 452 behind the door frame top decorative body 453 and has multiple LEDs mounted on its front surface; and a door frame top right decorative board that is attached to the right of the door frame right-side left-side decorative body on the front surface of the top upper cover 452 behind the door frame top decorative body 453 and has multiple LEDs mounted on its front surface.

The door frame top unit 450 also includes a pair of top center speakers (not shown) mounted on the front of the door frame top base 451, a pair of top side speakers (not shown) mounted on both the left and right outer sides of the pair of top center speakers, a box-shaped top speaker box 458 to which the pair of top center speakers are attached, a top lower cover 465 attached to the underside of the door frame top decorative body 453 so as to cover the front of the top center speaker and top side speakers, a door frame top relay board (not shown) attached near the right end of the front of the door frame top base 451, and a door frame top plate 468 attached to the top upper cover 452 so as to cover the top of the door frame top base 451.

When assembled to the door frame 3, the door frame top unit 450 decorates the upper outside of the door window 101a of the door frame base 101. The door frame top unit 450 is connected so that both the left and right ends of the door frame top decorative body 453 sink from the front to a position rearward of the inside of the upper part of the left door frame side decorative body 426 and the right door frame side decorative body 435. The door frame top unit 450 can also output sounds such as voice and music to the player using a pair of top center speakers and a pair of top side speakers.

In the door frame top unit 450 of this embodiment, the door frame top decorative body 453 is detachably attached to the door frame top base 451 together with the door frame top top plate 468. The door frame top decorative body 453 and the door frame top top plate 468 can be slid relatively forward and backward within a predetermined range by loosening screws (not shown). The door frame top decorative body 453 and the door frame top top plate 468 can be removed forward by loosening the hand screw 469 that is threaded from the rear of the door frame base unit 100. This door frame top decorative body 453 is provided with a decorative mounting portion 453a for attaching the door frame upper decorative body 480. In this embodiment, the decorative mounting portion 453a is provided on the right end of the door frame top decorative body 453.

[3-8a. Door frame upper decoration]
The door frame upper decorative body 480 attached to the door frame top unit 450 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 20 to 23. The door frame upper decorative body 480 comprises a plate-shaped decorative body 481 extending vertically with its plate surface facing left and right, and an attachment portion 482 provided on the lower rear surface of the decorative body 481 for attachment to the door frame top decorative body 453. The decorative body 481 is formed in the shape of an arrow with the tip pointing upward and slightly forward, and decorative stickers are attached to both the left and right sides.

The door frame upper decorative body 480 has a height of approximately 3/4 of the height of the outer frame 2, and its front-to-rear direction (depth) is approximately the same as the distance from the front end of the lever operating unit 304 to the rear surface of the rear cover 640. Therefore, because the door frame upper decorative body 480 is quite large, when installed in an amusement hall it stands out even from a distance, making it highly appealing to players.

When the door frame upper decorative body 480 is attached to the door frame 3, its lower end is located lower than the door frame top decorative body 453, and its upper end is located significantly higher than the door frame top decorative body 453. Furthermore, the attachment portion 482 of the door frame upper decorative body 480 overlaps with the upper front surface of the door frame right side decorative body 435 of the door frame right side unit 430 in a front view.

This door frame upper decorative body 480 can be removed from the door frame 3 together with the door frame top decorative body 453, and can also be removed from the decorative mounting portion 453a of the door frame top decorative body 453 when removed from the door frame 3. More specifically, when the door frame top decorative body 453 has been removed from the door frame 3 together with the door frame top decorative body 453, sliding the lock lever 453b on the right side of the decorative mounting portion 453a backward releases the lock and allows the mounting portion 482 to move forward. In this state, rotating the mounting portion 482 around its upper end so that its lower end moves forward and then moving it upward disengages the mounting portion 482 from the decorative mounting portion 453a, allowing the door frame upper decorative body 480 to be removed.

On the other hand, when attaching the door frame upper decorative body 480 to the door frame top decorative body 453, the attachment portion 482 is tilted so that the lower end is positioned forward, the upper end is engaged from above with the decorative attachment portion 453a, and the lower end is then moved backward to position the attachment portion 482 vertically. Then, by sliding the lock lever 453b forward, the movement of the attachment portion 482 is locked, and the door frame upper decorative body 480 can be attached to the door frame top decorative body 453.

In this way, the door frame upper decorative body 480 can be easily removed and attached to the door frame top decorative body 453 that has been removed from the door frame 3 by sliding the lock lever 453b back and forth. Therefore, when replacing the game board 5 in a pachinko machine 1 due to a specification change or model change, the door frame top decorative body 453 or door frame upper decorative body 480 can be replaced with one that has decoration that corresponds to the decoration (concept) of the game board 5, making it easy to accommodate model changes, etc., and making it easier to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

[3-9. Security measures for door frames]
Next, the security measures for the door frame 3 will be described in detail, mainly with reference to Figures 60 and 61. Figure 60 is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of an example of a security measure using a glass unit or the like in a door frame. Figure 61 is an explanatory diagram showing the security measure using the glass unit or the like shown in Figure 60 from the rear. It goes without saying that the security measures below, including their variations, can be used in combination with each other.

A frame-shaped door frame reinforcement unit 110 is attached from the rear to the door frame base 101 to which the glass unit 160 is attached, and the glass unit 160 is attached within the frame of this door frame reinforcement unit 110. In this embodiment, the door frame base 101 is provided with a protrusion 101k that protrudes rearward to fill the gap between the door frame reinforcement unit 110 and the glass unit 160 (see Figures 60 and 61). More specifically, the door frame base 101 has a protrusion 101k that protrudes rearward from the rear surface and extends vertically to fill the gap between the left reinforcement frame 111 of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 and the left edge of the glass unit 160, and between the right reinforcement frame 112 and the right edge of the glass unit 160. The thickness of the door frame base 101 in the front-to-rear direction is significantly greater at the location of this protrusion 101k. When assembled to the door frame 3, the door frame reinforcing frame 110 (left reinforcing frame 111 and right reinforcing frame 112) and the glass unit 160 are in contact with both sides of the protrusion 101k.

The right-side left panel 442 of the door frame right-side unit 430 is detachable by sliding it back and forth, which raises the risk of an illegal tool being inserted into the pachinko machine 1 through the gap between it and other detachable components (e.g., the right-side left lens 439). However, in the door frame 3 of this embodiment, the glass unit 160 (glass plate 162) is provided at the rear end of the right-side left panel 442, so even if an illegal tool is attempted to be inserted, the glass unit 160 can prevent it. Furthermore, if an illegal tool is forced to be inserted, the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160 will break, alerting the game hall staff that illegal activity is taking place and stopping the illegal activity, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 that has a high deterrent effect against illegal activity.

Furthermore, because the glass unit 160 is designed to prevent the insertion of illegal tools, it can be used for security purposes in addition to the door frame reinforcement unit 110 and security fittings that have been previously installed, thereby reducing the increase in costs associated with the pachinko machine 1 compared to installing new security components. Furthermore, because the glass unit 160 has a large surface area when viewed from the front, if the tip of an illegal tool inserted into the door frame right side unit 430 abuts against the glass unit 160 and changes its direction of entry, even if the illegal tool is further extended, it will simply move along the surface of the large glass unit 160, and the tip of the illegal tool will not be able to enter behind the glass unit 160, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 with high security performance.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 61, the installation status of the right-side left panel 442 can be seen from behind the door frame 3 through the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160, so the installation status of the right-side left panel 442 can be checked without removing the glass unit 160, providing a pachinko machine 1 that is easy to maintain.

In addition, although detailed illustration is omitted, the rear end of the right side left panel 442, where the glass unit 160 is not installed, is protected from behind by the right reinforcement frame 112 of the metal door frame reinforcement unit 110. As a result, even if an attempt is made to intrude (insert) an illegal tool into an area where the glass unit 160 is not present, the right reinforcement frame 112 can prevent this. In other words, as described above, the door frame reinforcement unit 110 not only has high security against being pulled strongly forward due to its increased strength and rigidity, but also security against the insertion of illegal tools from the front. Therefore, the door frame 3 of this embodiment has enhanced security against illegal tools from the front not only due to the glass unit 160 but also due to the door frame reinforcement unit 110.

Furthermore, as mentioned above, the door frame reinforcement unit 110 that reinforces the door frame 3 prevents the insertion of unauthorized tools from the front, so the door frame reinforcement unit that has been installed previously can be used for security purposes, and the increase in costs associated with the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed compared to when a new security component is installed.

Furthermore, the gap between the right reinforcement frame 112 and the glass unit 160 (right side) is filled with the protrusion 101k of the door frame base 101, and since the protrusion 101k is thick in the front-to-rear direction, any attempt to break through the protrusion 101k, which is made of synthetic resin that is less hard than the door frame reinforcement unit 110 and the glass unit 160, is difficult, which can lead to a thwarted attempt to insert an unauthorized tool.

While the door frame reinforcement unit 110 and glass unit 160 have been shown above as devices for preventing the intrusion of unauthorized tools from the front, this is not limited to these and any hard material, such as metal or glass, may be used. Examples of such hard materials (hard parts) include metal parts such as the metal cylinder mounting frame 115 (cylinder mounting frame 115A) for mounting the cylinder lock 130 (cylinder lock 130A), a reinforcing metal plate (not shown) reinforcing the dish unit 200, a metal unit reinforcement frame 403 provided on the performance operation unit 300, and security hardware. In addition to metal parts, hard resin parts made of hard resins harder than ordinary synthetic resins, fiber-reinforced resins, etc. may also be used.

In addition, while the above description shows the glass unit 160 and the door frame reinforcement unit 110 (right reinforcement frame 112) in contact with each other across the protrusion 101k, this is not limited to this. For example, in the area protected from the rear, the glass unit 160 and the metal part (e.g., the door frame reinforcement unit 110) may overlap in a front view. This means that even if the glass unit 160 or metal part located on the front side is breached, the metal part or glass unit 160 located on the rear side doubles the protection against the insertion of illegal tools, making it extremely difficult to insert them, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 with high security performance.

Furthermore, in the above embodiment, the door frame reinforcement unit 110 and the glass unit 160 are used together to prevent the insertion of illegal tools from the front, but this is not limited to this. The insertion of illegal tools may be prevented by the door frame reinforcement unit 110 alone, or by the glass unit 160 alone.

[3-9a. Variation 1 of security measures for door frames]
Next, a first variation of the security measure using a glass unit 160 or the like in a door frame 3 will be described in detail with reference to Fig. 62. Fig. 62 is an explanatory diagram showing a first variation of the security measure using a glass unit or the like in a door frame different from Figs. 60 and 61.

In this embodiment, a door frame decorative body 470 is attached to the front of the door frame base unit 100. An opening 470b is provided in the rear wall 470a of this door frame decorative body 470, and a transparent cover 471 is attached to close the opening 470b. A wiring cable 472 connected to electrical components such as LEDs and speakers is provided inside the door frame decorative body 470, and this wiring cable 472 is arranged so that it can be seen from behind through the transparent cover 471.

In this embodiment, when the glass unit 160 is attached to the door frame base unit 100 from the rear, the glass unit 160 is positioned behind at least a portion of the cover 471, preventing the cover 471 from coming off rearward. Furthermore, the installation status of the cover 471 and the wiring cable 472 inside the opening 470b, which is closed by the cover 471, can be seen through the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160.

The right reinforcing frame 112 of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 is located behind at least a portion of the cover 471. Furthermore, the right reinforcing frame 112 and the glass unit 160 are arranged so as to abut each other without any gaps. In other words, although detailed illustrations are omitted, the size of the glass unit 160 is set so that it abuts the left reinforcing frame 111 and the right reinforcing frame 112 with almost no gaps.

In this embodiment, even if someone attempts to insert an illegal tool into the pachinko machine 1 through the gap between the opening 470b in the rear wall 470a of the door frame decorative body 470 and the cover 471, the glass unit 160 (glass plate 162) located behind the cover 471 can prevent the illegal tool from entering. Furthermore, if an illegal entry is attempted, the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160 will break, alerting the game hall staff that illegal activity is taking place and allowing them to stop the illegal activity, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 that has a high deterrent effect against illegal activity.

In addition, as shown in the figure, the installation status of the cover 471 and the state of the wiring cable 472 inside the door frame decoration 470 can be visually confirmed from the rear through the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160, so confirmation is possible without removing the glass unit 160, providing a pachinko machine 1 that is easy to maintain.

Furthermore, the right reinforcing frame 112 of the metal door frame reinforcing unit 110 is provided in the area behind the cover 471 where the glass unit 160 is not installed, so that even if an unauthorized tool is attempted to be inserted into the area where the glass unit 160 is not installed, the right reinforcing frame 112 can prevent this.

In addition, because the glass unit 160 and the metal right reinforcing frame 112 are in contact with each other without any gaps, even if an attempt is made to pass an illegal tool between the glass unit 160 and the right reinforcing frame 112, the gap between them will not widen because both the glass unit 160 and the right reinforcing frame 112 are hard, making it extremely difficult to insert an illegal tool, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 with high security performance.

[3-9b. Variation 2 of the security measures for the door frame]
Next, a second modification of the security measure using the glass unit 160 will be described in detail with reference to Fig. 63. Fig. 63 is an explanatory diagram showing a second modification of the security measure using a glass unit that is different from that shown in Fig. 62.

In this embodiment, a door frame decorative body 470 is attached to the front of the door frame base unit 100, and a speaker 473 is attached to the door frame decorative body 470. An opening 470b is provided in the rear wall 470a of this door frame decorative body 470 for attaching the speaker 473 from the rear, and a transparent cover 471 is attached to close the opening 470b. Through this transparent cover 471, the back side of the speaker 473 and the speaker 473 attachment location can be seen from behind.

In this embodiment, when the glass unit 160 is attached to the door frame base unit 100 from the rear, the glass unit 160 is positioned behind at least a portion of the cover 471, preventing the cover 471 from coming off rearward. Furthermore, through the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160, the installation state of the cover 471, the back side of the speaker 473 located in front of the transparent cover 471, and the installation state of the speaker 473 can be seen.

The right reinforcing frame 112 of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 is located behind at least a portion of the cover 471. Furthermore, the right reinforcing frame 112 and the glass unit 160 are arranged so as to abut each other without any gaps. In other words, although detailed illustrations are omitted, the size of the glass unit 160 is set so that it abuts the left reinforcing frame 111 and the right reinforcing frame 112 with almost no gaps.

In this embodiment, even if someone attempts to insert an illegal tool into the pachinko machine 1 through the speaker 473 attached to the door frame decorative body 470, the glass unit 160 (glass plate 162) located behind the speaker 473 (cover 471) can prevent the illegal tool from entering. Furthermore, if an illegal entry is attempted, the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160 will break, alerting an attendant at the amusement hall that illegal activity is occurring and allowing the illegal activity to be stopped, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 that has a high deterrent effect against illegal activity.

In addition, as shown in the figure, the installation status of the cover 471, the state of the back of the speaker 473 located in front of the transparent cover 471, and the installation status of the speaker 473 can be visually confirmed from the rear through the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160, so confirmation can be made without removing the glass unit 160, providing a pachinko machine 1 that is easy to maintain.

Furthermore, the right reinforcing frame 112 of the metal door frame reinforcing unit 110 is provided in the area behind the cover 471 where the glass unit 160 is not installed, so that even if an unauthorized tool is attempted to be inserted into the area where the glass unit 160 is not installed, the right reinforcing frame 112 can prevent this.

In addition, because the glass unit 160 and the metal right reinforcing frame 112 are in contact with each other without any gaps, even if an attempt is made to pass an illegal tool between the glass unit 160 and the right reinforcing frame 112, the gap between them will not widen because both the glass unit 160 and the right reinforcing frame 112 are hard, making it extremely difficult to insert an illegal tool, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 with high security performance.

[3-9c. Summary]
The crime prevention measures using the glass unit 160 described above have the following technical features.
(Background of technical features)
Gaming machines such as pachinko machines are equipped with a main frame that detachably holds a game board with a game area, and a door frame that can be opened and closed from the front of the main frame. This door frame has a window that allows the game area to be seen from the front, and a cover-like decorative body is provided on the front around the window, and this decorative body decorates the appearance of the gaming machine.

One gaming machine of this type has been proposed in which the decorative body (cover) attached to the door frame is replaceable (for example, Patent Document: JP 2021-65649 A). According to the technology in this patent document, when replacing the gaming board due to a change in specifications or model, the cover can be replaced with a cover that matches the gaming board, creating a sense of unity between the gaming board and the door frame and making the machine more appealing to players.

However, if the door frame cover were replaceable, a boundary would be created between the replaceable part (cover) and the non-replaceable part (main body) of the door frame, raising the risk that this boundary could be used as a guide to insert an illegal tool into the gaming machine from the front.

Therefore, in light of the above situation, the following measures aim to provide gaming machines with high security features.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A main frame detachably supports a game board having a game area where games are played with game balls from the front,
A gaming machine comprising a window section that allows the gaming area to be viewed from the front, a glass unit that closes the window section, and a door frame that is provided on the main body frame so as to be openable and closable from the front,
The door frame is
a main body and a cover attached to the main body;
At least a part of the cover is protected from behind by a hard part that is harder than other members including the glass unit.
It is characterized by:

Here, "cover" refers to "something that allows the decorative sheet placed between the main body and the cover to be visible," "something that allows the inside of the main body to be seen from the outside," "something that has a three-dimensional decoration (for example, a decorative body)," "something that covers an opening (inspection hatch) for inspecting the inside of the main body," etc.

In addition to the glass unit (glass), "hard parts" also include "metal parts made of metals such as iron or aluminum," "hard resin parts made of hard resins harder than ordinary synthetic resins, fiber-reinforced resins, etc."

According to the configuration of the first aspect, the gaming machine comprises a main frame that supports a game board with a play area where games are played with game balls, and a door frame that is detachably attached from the front and has a window that allows the play area to be viewed from the front and a glass unit that closes the window, and is attached to the main frame so that it can be opened and closed from the front. The door frame has a main body and a cover attached to the main body, and at least a portion of the cover is protected from the rear by a hard part that is harder than other components, including the glass unit. (See Chapter 3-9. Security Measures for Door Frames, Figures 60-63, etc., in the "Description of the Preferred Embodiments" section.)

In this configuration, the gaming machine is provided with a main frame that supports a gaming board with a gaming area so that it can be attached and detached from the front, and a door frame that can be opened and closed from the front relative to the main frame. The door frame is provided with a window that allows the gaming area to be viewed from the front, a glass unit that closes the window, a main body, and a cover attached to the main body. At least a portion of the cover is protected from the rear by a hard part such as the glass unit. Therefore, even if an attempt is made to insert an illegal tool into the gaming machine from the front of the door frame using the gap between the cover and the main body as a guide, the tip of the tool abuts against the hard part, preventing the insertion of the illegal tool. This makes it possible to provide a gaming machine with high security against illegal acts from the front.

Furthermore, because the glass unit as a rigid part prevents the insertion of illegal tools, it can be used for security purposes in addition to conventional reinforcing frames (door frame reinforcement units) and anti-theft hardware, reducing the cost of the gaming machine compared to installing new anti-theft components. Furthermore, because the glass unit as a rigid part has a large surface area when viewed from the front, if the tip of a illegal tool inserted between the main body and the cover abuts against the glass unit and changes its direction of entry, even if the illegal tool is further extended, it will simply move along the surface of the large glass unit, and the tip of the illegal tool will not be able to penetrate further behind the glass unit, providing a gaming machine with high anti-theft performance.

Furthermore, as mentioned above, since a hard part such as a glass unit can prevent the insertion of illegal tools between the main body and the cover, even if the cover is a decorative body that can be detached from the main body, the security effect against illegal activities is not reduced, and a removable decorative body can be attached to the door frame. This means that when replacing the game board due to a specification change or model change, it can be replaced with a decorative body that matches the game board, resulting in a gaming machine in which the game board decoration and the door frame decoration are integrated, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that is highly appealing to players.

It is desirable that the hard portion include a metal portion including a metal reinforcing frame that reinforces the door frame. This means that the metal portion including the reinforcing frame is included as a hard portion that protects at least a portion of the cover portion from behind. Therefore, even if an attempt is made to insert an illegal tool into the gaming machine from the front of the door frame using the gap between the cover and the main body portion as a guide, this can be prevented by the metal portion in addition to the glass unit, making it possible to provide a gaming machine with high security against illegal activities.

Furthermore, as described above, when the hard portion includes a metal portion, if the glass unit and the metal portion are in contact with each other without any gaps, in addition to the same effects as above, even if an attempt is made to pass a fraudulent tool between the glass unit and the metal portion, the gap between them will not widen because both the glass unit and the metal portion are hard, making it extremely difficult to insert a fraudulent tool and providing an amusement machine with high security capabilities.

Furthermore, as described above, if the hard portion includes a metal portion, and the metal portion serving as the hard portion is made into a reinforcing frame that reinforces the door frame, the reinforcing frame (door frame reinforcing unit) that has been installed previously can be used for security purposes, and the increase in costs associated with the gaming machine can be suppressed compared to when a new security component is installed.

Furthermore, as described above, if the hard portion includes a metal portion and the hard portion is made up of a glass unit and a metal portion, the glass unit and the metal portion may overlap in a front view at least in the area that protects the cover from behind. In this way, even if the glass unit or metal portion located on the front side is breached, the metal portion or glass unit located on the rear side provides a doubly effective defense against the insertion of illegal tools, making them extremely difficult to insert, and providing a gaming machine with high security performance.

Furthermore, the inside of the main body may be made visible through the cover. This allows the inside of the main body to be viewed through the cover, so that electrical components (e.g., LEDs, sensors, connectors, wiring cables, speakers, circuit boards, etc.) located within the main body, and the installation status of the main body or components located within the main body, can be checked from the outside without removing the cover, providing an amusement machine that is easy to maintain.

Also, at least a portion of the cover may be protected by the glass of the glass unit. This protects a portion of the cover from behind with the glass of the glass unit. Therefore, even if someone attempts to insert an illegal tool into the gaming machine from the front of the door frame using the gap between the cover and the main body as a guide, the tip of the tool will abut against the glass of the glass unit, preventing the insertion of the illegal tool. Furthermore, if an illegal tool is forcibly inserted, the glass of the glass unit will break, alerting an attendant at the gaming hall that illegal activity is occurring and causing the illegal activity to be stopped, thereby providing a gaming machine with a high deterrent effect against illegal activity.

Furthermore, the cover attachment location may be visible from behind through the glass of the glass unit. This allows the cover attachment location to be visible from behind through the glass of the glass unit, so that the attachment status of the cover can be confirmed through the glass of the glass unit by simply opening the door frame relative to the main body frame and looking at the door frame from the rear, without having to remove the glass unit, thereby providing an amusement machine that is easy to maintain.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The hard portion is
It includes metal parts, including a metal reinforcing frame that reinforces the door frame.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, examples of "metal parts" in the hard parts include "metal door frame reinforcement units that reinforce the door frame," "anti-theft fittings," "metal cylinder mounting frames for mounting cylinder locks," "reinforcement metal sheets that reinforce the dish unit," and "metal unit reinforcement frames provided on the performance operation unit."

According to the configuration of Measure 2, the rigid portion includes a metal portion that includes a metal reinforcing frame that reinforces the door frame. (See the description of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 in the "Description of the Invention" section.)

As a result, a metal section including a reinforcing frame is included as a hard section that protects at least part of the cover from behind, so even if someone tries to insert an illegal tool into the gaming machine from the front of the door frame using the gap between the cover and the main body as a guide, this can be prevented by the metal section in addition to the glass unit, providing a gaming machine with high security against illegal activity.

Furthermore, since the hard portion contains a metal portion, the glass unit and metal portion are in contact with each other without any gaps. In addition to the same effects as above, even if an attempt is made to pass a fraudulent tool between the glass unit and the metal portion, the gap between them will not widen because both the glass unit and the metal portion are hard, making it extremely difficult to insert a fraudulent tool, thereby providing an amusement machine with high security performance.

Furthermore, if the metal part acting as the hard part that prevents the insertion of illegal tools is made into a reinforcing frame that reinforces the door frame, the reinforcing frame (door frame reinforcing unit) that has been installed previously can be used for security purposes, and the increase in costs associated with the gaming machine can be suppressed compared to when a new security component is installed.

When a glass unit and a metal part are used together as the hard part that protects the cover from behind, the glass unit and the metal part may overlap in a front view at least in the area that protects the cover from behind. This way, even if the glass unit or metal part located on the front side is breached, the metal part or glass unit located on the rear side will doubly prevent the insertion of illegal tools, making them extremely difficult, and providing an amusement machine with high security performance.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"The inside of the main body can be seen through the cover."
It is characterized by being something.

Here, examples of "cover" include "colorless transparent," "colored transparent," "colorless translucent," and "colored translucent."

Means 3 allows the interior of the main body to be viewed through the cover. (See the description of cover 471 in the "Description of the Invention" section.)

This allows the inside of the main body to be seen through the cover, so electrical components installed inside the main body (e.g., LEDs, sensors, connectors, wiring cables, speakers, circuit boards, etc.) and the installation status of the main body or components installed inside the main body can be checked from the outside without removing the cover, providing an amusement machine that is easy to maintain.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations from means 1 to means 3,
The characteristic of this product is that "at least a part of the cover is protected by the glass of the glass unit."

In the configuration of Measure 4, at least a portion of the cover is protected by the glass of the glass unit. (See the description of the glass unit 160, right-side left panel 442, and cover 471 in the "Description of the Invention" section.)

As a result, part of the cover is protected from behind by the glass of the glass unit. Even if someone tries to insert an illegal tool into the gaming machine from the front of the door frame using the gap between the cover and the main body as a guide, the tip of the tool will abut against the glass of the glass unit, preventing the tool from being inserted. Furthermore, if an illegal tool is forcibly inserted, the glass of the glass unit will break, alerting an amusement hall attendant that illegal activity is occurring and stopping the illegal activity, providing a gaming machine with a strong deterrent against illegal activity.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations from means 1 to means 4,
"The attachment location of the cover can be seen from behind through the glass of the glass unit."
It is characterized by being something.

Meanwhile, the configuration of Measure 5 allows the cover attachment location to be viewed from behind through the glass of the glass unit. (See the description of the glass unit 160, right-side left panel 442, and cover 471 in the "Description of the Invention" section.)

This makes it possible to see the cover attachment location from behind through the glass of the glass unit, so the attachment status of the cover can be confirmed through the glass of the glass unit by simply opening the door frame relative to the main body frame and looking at the door frame from the rear, without having to remove the glass unit, providing an amusement machine that is easy to maintain.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine with high security features.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The door window 101a of the door frame base 101 in the door frame base unit 100 of the door frame 3 of this embodiment is the window portion of the above-mentioned solution means, the door frame reinforcement unit 110, cylinder mounting frame 115, cylinder mounting frame 115A, intermediate reinforcement frame 117, glass unit 160, and unit reinforcement frame 403 of this embodiment are the hard portions of the above-mentioned solution means, and the left reinforcement frame 111, right reinforcement frame 112, cylinder mounting frame 115, cylinder mounting frame 115A, intermediate reinforcement frame 117, and unit reinforcement frame 403 of this embodiment are the metal portions of the above-mentioned solution means. In this embodiment, the door frame reinforcement unit 110 corresponds to the reinforcement frame of the above-mentioned solution, the glass unit 160 in the door frame 3 of this embodiment corresponds to the glass unit of the above-mentioned solution, the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160 in this embodiment corresponds to the glass of the above-mentioned solution, the door frame right side unit 430, door frame right side base 431, right side left lens 439, and door frame decorative body 470 in the door frame 3 of this embodiment correspond to the main part of the above-mentioned solution, and the right side left panel 442 and cover 471 in this embodiment correspond to the cover of the above-mentioned solution.

(Characteristic effects of this embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the pachinko machine 1 is provided with a main frame 4 that supports a game board 5 having a play area 5a so that the game board 5 can be attached and detached from the front, and a door frame 3 that is attached to the main frame 4 so that the door frame 3 can be opened and closed from the front, and the door frame 3 is provided with a door window 101a that allows the play area 5a to be viewed from the front, a glass unit 160 that closes the door window 101a, a door frame right-side unit 430 (right-side left lens 439), and a right-side left panel 442 attached to the door frame right-side unit 430. At least a portion of the right-side left panel 442 is protected from the rear by a hard part such as the glass unit 160, so that even if an attempt is made to insert an illegal tool into the pachinko machine 1 from the front using the space between the right-side left panel 442 and the right-side left lens 439 as a guide, the tip of the tool abuts against the glass unit 160 (hard part), preventing the insertion of the illegal tool. This makes it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 with high security against fraudulent acts from the front.

Furthermore, because the glass unit 160 as a rigid part prevents the insertion of illegal tools, it can be used for security purposes in addition to the door frame reinforcement unit 110 and security fittings that have been previously installed, thereby reducing the cost increase for the pachinko machine 1 compared to installing new security components. Furthermore, because the glass unit 160 as a rigid part has a large surface area when viewed from the front, if the tip of an illegal tool inserted into the door frame right side unit 430 abuts against the glass unit 160 and changes its direction of entry, even if the illegal tool is further extended, it will simply move along the surface of the large surface area of the glass unit 160, and the tip of the illegal tool will not be able to penetrate further behind the glass unit 160, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 with high security performance.

Furthermore, as described above, the glass unit 160 (hard portion) can prevent the insertion of illegal tools between the right-side left lens 439 and the right-side left panel 442, so even if the right-side left panel 442 is detachable from the door frame right-side unit 430, the security effect against illegal activities is not reduced. As a result, when replacing the game board 5 due to a specification change or model change, it can be replaced with a right-side left panel 442 decorated to match the game board 5, resulting in a pachinko machine 1 in which the decoration of the game board 5 and the decoration of the door frame 3 are integrated, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

Furthermore, at least a portion of the right-side left panel 442 is protected from behind by the right reinforcing frame 112 of the door frame reinforcing unit 110, which is made of metal as a rigid part. Therefore, even if an attempt is made to insert an illegal tool into the pachinko machine 1 from the front of the door frame 3 using the space between the right-side left panel 442 and the right-side left lens 439 as a guide, this can be prevented by the metal right reinforcing frame 112 in addition to the glass unit 160, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 with high security against illegal activities.

Furthermore, because the glass unit 160 and the door frame reinforcement unit 110 (right reinforcement frame 112) are in contact with each other without any gaps, in addition to the same effects as those described above, even if an attempt is made to pass an illegal tool between the glass unit 160 and the right reinforcement frame 112, the gap between them will not widen because both the glass unit 160 and the right reinforcement frame 112 are hard, making it extremely difficult to insert an illegal tool, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 with high security performance.

In addition, the door frame reinforcement unit 110 that reinforces the door frame 3 is made of metal, acting as a hard part to prevent the insertion of illegal tools. This allows the door frame reinforcement unit that has been installed previously to be used for crime prevention, and reduces the increase in costs associated with the pachinko machine 1 compared to installing a new crime prevention component.

Furthermore, as shown in Figures 62 and 63, the inside of the door frame decorative body 470 can be seen through the cover 471, so the electrical components installed inside the door frame decorative body 470 (e.g., LEDs, sensors, connectors, wiring cables 472, speakers 473, circuit boards, etc.) and the installation status of the door frame decorative body 470 or components installed inside the door frame decorative body 470 can be checked from the outside without removing the cover 471, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 that is easy to maintain.

In addition, at least a portion of the right-side left panel 442 (cover 471) is protected by the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160. Therefore, even if someone attempts to insert an illegal tool into the pachinko machine 1 from the front of the door frame 3 using the space between the right-side left panel 442 and the right-side left lens 439 (door frame decoration 470) as a guide, the tip of the tool will abut against the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160, preventing the tool from being inserted. Furthermore, if an illegal tool is forcibly inserted, the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160 will break, alerting an attendant at the amusement hall that illegal activity is occurring and causing the illegal activity to be stopped, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 that has a high deterrent effect against illegal activity.

Furthermore, the attachment location of the cover 471 (right side left panel 442) can be seen from the rear through the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160. Therefore, the attachment status of the cover 471 and other components can be confirmed through the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160 by simply opening the door frame 3 relative to the main body frame 4 and looking at the door frame 3 from the rear, without having to remove the glass unit 160. This makes it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is easy to maintain.

[4. Overall configuration of the main body frame]
The overall configuration of the main body frame 4 in the pachinko machine 1 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 64 to 70. Figure 64 is a front view of the main body frame in the pachinko machine, and Figure 65 is a rear view of the main body frame in the pachinko machine. Figure 66 is a perspective view of the main body frame as seen from the front right, Figure 67 is a perspective view of the main body frame as seen from the front left, and Figure 68 is a perspective view of the main body frame as seen from the rear. Figure 69 is an exploded perspective view of the main body frame disassembled into its main components as seen from the front, and Figure 70 is an exploded perspective view of the main body frame disassembled into its main components as seen from the rear.

The main frame 4 holds the game board 5, which has a play area 5a where play is carried out by hitting game balls B, and is used to pay out game balls B to the player and eject used game balls B to the rear of the pachinko machine 1 (towards the island equipment in the game hall). As shown in the figure, the main frame 4 is formed in a box shape with an open front, and the game board 5 is removably stored inside from the front. The main frame 4 is openably attached to a frame-shaped outer frame 2, which is attached to the island equipment in the game hall, at the top and bottom of the front end on the left side of the front, and a door frame 3 is openably attached to close the open front side.

The main frame 4 comprises a frame-shaped main frame base unit 500 whose rear can be inserted into the outer frame 2 and can support the outer periphery of the game board 5; an upper main frame hinge member 510 attached to the upper left end of the main frame base unit 500 when viewed from the front, which is rotatably attached to the upper outer frame hinge assembly 50 of the outer frame 2 and to which the upper door frame hinge assembly 120 of the door frame 3 is rotatably attached; and a lower main frame hinge assembly 520 attached to the lower left end of the main frame base unit 500 when viewed from the front, which is rotatably attached to the lower outer frame hinge member 60 of the outer frame 2 and to which the lower door frame hinge member 125 of the door frame 3 is rotatably attached.

The main frame 4 also includes a main frame reinforcement frame 530 attached to the left side of the main frame base unit 500 when viewed from the front; a ball launcher 540 attached to the lower front side of the main frame base unit 500 for shooting game balls B into the game area 5a of the game board 5; an inverted L-shaped payout base unit 550 attached to the rear side of the main frame base unit 500 along the upper and left sides when viewed from the front; a payout unit 560 attached to the rear side of the payout base unit 550 for paying out game balls B to the player; a base unit 620 attached to the lower rear side of the main frame base unit 500; a back cover 640 attached to the rear side of the main frame base unit 500 in an openable and closable manner to cover the rear side of the game board 5 attached to the main frame base 501; and a locking unit 650 attached to the right side of the main frame base unit 500 when viewed from the front, for locking the outer frame 2 and main frame 4, and the door frame 3 and main frame 4.

The main frame base unit 500 includes a main frame base 501, which is formed into a vertically extending rectangular frame shape when viewed from the front, a connection cable guide member 502 that guides a connection cable 503 for connection to the door frame 3, and a game board locking member 505 that detachably holds the game board 5.

The dispensing base unit 550 comprises a dispensing base 551 attached to the rear of the main frame base 501 of the main frame base unit 500; a ball tank 552 attached to the dispensing base 551, shaped like a box extending left and right and open at the top; a tank rail 553 attached to the left side of the ball tank 552 and extending leftward in the shape of a groove open at the top; a first rail cover 554 attached to the upper end of the tank rail 553; a second rail cover 555 attached to the upper end of the tank rail 553, spaced apart from the first rail cover 554 to the left when viewed from the front; a ball straightening member 556 attached to the upper end of the tank rail 553 between the first rail cover 554 and the second rail cover 555; and a ball stop member 557 attached to the downstream end of the tank rail 553.

The payout unit 560 comprises a ball guiding unit 570 that guides game balls B from the tank rail 553 downward in a serpentine manner, a payout device 580 that pays out game balls B guided by the ball guiding unit 570 one by one based on instructions from the payout control board 633, an upper full ball path unit 600 that guides game balls B that have passed through the payout device 580 downward, and a lower full ball path unit 610 that guides game balls B that have passed through the upper full ball path unit 600 toward the door frame 3 or the board unit 620.

The board unit 620 comprises a speaker unit 620a attached to the main frame base 501 of the main frame base unit 500, a base unit 620b attached to the rear surface of the main frame base 501, a power supply unit 620c attached to the rear side of the base unit 620b, a dispensing control unit 620d attached to the rear side of the power supply unit 620c, and an interface unit 620e attached to the rear surface of the speaker unit 620a.

The locking unit 650 comprises a unit base 651 attached to the main frame base 501, multiple door frame hooks 652 that protrude forward from the unit base 651 and can engage with the door frame 3, multiple outer frame hooks 653 that protrude rearward from the unit base 651 and can engage with the outer frame 2, a transmission cylinder 654 that moves the door frame hooks 652 or outer frame hooks 653 up and down, a lock spring 655 that urges the door frame hooks 652 downward and the outer frame hooks 653 upward, and an outer frame unlocking lever 656 that moves the outer frame hooks 653 downward.

[4-1. Main frame base unit]
The main frame base unit 500 in the main frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 64 to 72. Figure 71(a) is an enlarged perspective view showing the lower left corner of the front of the main frame, and (b) is an enlarged perspective view showing the lower left corner of the front of the main frame when the door frame is open relative to the main frame. Figure 72 is an explanatory diagram showing the operation of the connection cable guide member of the main frame when the door frame is opened or closed relative to the main frame. The main frame base unit 500 has its rear inserted into the outer frame 2 from the front, and holds the outer periphery of the game board 5 inserted from the front.

The main frame base unit 500 comprises a main frame base 501, which is formed into a rectangular frame shape extending vertically when viewed from the front; a connection cable guide member 502 attached to the lower left corner of the front of the main frame base 501 to guide the connection cable 503; and a game board locking member 505 rotatably attached to the lower front of the main frame base 501 around an axis extending forward and backward to detachably hold the game board 5.

The main frame base 501 of the main frame base unit 500 comprises a base body 501a which has a vertically elongated rectangular shape when viewed from the front; a game board insertion opening 501b which penetrates the base body 501a from a position slightly below the top end to a height of approximately 3/4 of the total height and through which the game board 5 is inserted from the front; a game board placement section 501c which forms the lower edge of the game board insertion opening 501b and on which the game board 5 is placed; and a game board restriction section 501d which protrudes upward from the center of the game board placement section 501c in the left-right direction and restricts left-right and rearward movement of the bottom end of the game board 5.

The main frame base 501 also has a launcher mounting section 501e, which is recessed rearward on the lower right side of the game board mounting section 501c on the front surface of the base main body 501a when viewed from the front, for mounting the ball launcher 540; a cylinder insertion port 501f, which penetrates from front to back on the right side of the launcher mounting section 501e when viewed from the front, and through which the transmission cylinder 654 of the locking unit 650 is inserted; a circular speaker opening 501g, which penetrates from front to back on the lower left side of the game board mounting section 501c when viewed from the front, and which allows the main frame speaker 622 of the speaker unit 620a in the board unit 620 to face forward; a cable mounting recess 501h, which is recessed rearward below the speaker opening 501g and extends left and right, and into which the connection cable guide member 502 is attached; and a cable insertion port 501i, which penetrates from front to back at the upper right end of the cable mounting recess 501h when viewed from the front.

Furthermore, the main body frame base 501 extends rearward in a plate-like shape from the right edge of the game board insertion slot 501b of the base main body 501a when viewed from the front. The locking unit 650 is attached to the right side, and the rear extension portion 501j has a rear end to which the rear cover 640 is rotatably attached. Also, an upper hinge mounting portion 501k and a lower hinge mounting portion 501l are formed near the upper and lower ends of the left end of the rear surface of the base main body 501a when viewed from the front, and are used to mount the main body frame upper hinge member 510 and the main body frame lower hinge assembly 520.

The main frame base 501 is also equipped with a door frame opening switch for detecting the opening of the door frame 3 relative to the main frame 4, mounted on the front surface of the base body 501a below the cylinder insertion opening 501f through which the transmission cylinder 654 of the locking unit 650 is inserted. When the door frame 3 is opened (released) relative to the main frame 4, the door frame opening switch is released, allowing the opening of the door frame 3 to be detected. The detection signal from the door frame opening switch is input to the main control board 1310 via the dispensing control board 633. The main frame base 501 is also equipped with a main frame opening switch for detecting the opening of the main frame 4 relative to the outer frame 2, mounted on the rear surface of the base body 501a below the position where the door frame opening switch is mounted. When the main frame 4 is opened (released) relative to the outer frame 2, the main frame opening switch is released, allowing the opening of the main frame 4 to be detected. The detection signal from the main frame open switch is input to the main control board 1310 via the dispensing control board 633.

A game board locking member 505 is rotatably attached to the main frame base 501 around an axis extending forward and backward, below the game board placement portion 501c on the front side and to the right of the speaker opening 501g. The game board locking member 505 restricts the forward movement of the game board 5 inserted into the game board insertion opening 501b, thereby allowing the game board 5 inserted into the game board insertion opening 501b to be attached and detached.

The cable mounting recess 501h of the main frame base 501 extends laterally from the right end of the lower hinge mounting portion 501l to a position below the portion where the game board locking member 505 is mounted, to the right of the speaker opening 501g. The cable mounting recess 501h is sized to accommodate the connection cable guide member 502, and the right end of the connection cable guide member 502 can be attached to it so that it can rotate around an axis extending vertically.

The connection cable guide member 502 of the main frame base unit 500 comprises a flat guide body 502a extending laterally, a pair of band-like frame pieces 502b that protrude forward from the upper and lower sides of the guide body 502a and extend further to the right than the right end of the guide body 502a, a cylindrical mounting shaft 502c that connects the right ends of the pair of frame pieces 502b, and a plurality of through-holes 502d that penetrate the guide body 502a from front to back at both the upper and lower ends and are arranged in a row in the left-right direction.

The connection cable guide member 502 has a left-right length that is slightly shorter than the left-right length of the cable mounting recess 501h of the main frame base 501, and is sized to fit within the cable mounting recess 501h. The connection cable guide member 502 is attached so that its mounting shaft 502c can rotate around an axis extending vertically near the right end within the cable mounting recess 501h. This allows the connection cable guide member 502 to rotate (hinge rotate) so that the left end protrudes forward.

This connection cable guide member 502 is used to guide the connection cable 503. The connection cable 503 consists of multiple wiring cords, one end of which is connected to the interface board 635 of the board unit 620, and the opposite end of which is connected to the door frame main relay board 104 and door frame sub-relay board 105 of the door frame 3.

Next, we will explain the effects of the connection cable guide member 502. As shown in Figure 72, etc., the connection cable guide member 502 is attached to the main frame base 501 so that its end (right end) opposite the side (left side) where the door frame 3 is hingedly rotatably attached in the left-right direction is rotatable around an axis extending parallel to the hinge axis of the door frame 3.

The connection cable 503 connecting the interface board 635 of the main frame 4 to the door frame main relay board 104 and door frame sub-relay board 105 of the door frame 3 is attached to the guide body 502a by fastening it together with the guide body 502a with a cable tie 504 inserted through a pair of through holes 502d formed on the upper and lower ends of the guide body 502a that are in the same position left and right, with the side connected to the interface board 635 abutting the front surface of the guide body 502a so as to extend from right to left of the guide body 502a.

When the door frame 3 is assembled to the pachinko machine 1 and closed relative to the main frame 4, the connection cable guide member 502 of the main frame 4 is located behind the main relay board 104 and the auxiliary relay board 105 of the door frame 3 (see Figure 72 (a)). In this state, the connection cable 503 extends leftward from the connection cable guide member 502, then bends back in front of the lower hinge mounting portion 501l, passes through the cable holder 103a of the door frame 3, and extends into the relay board cover 107. The cable holder 103a of the door frame 3 is positioned to the left of the left end of the connection cable guide member 502.

In this state, when the door frame 3 is hingedly rotated so as to open relative to the main frame 4, the left end of the connection cable guide member 502 is pulled forward by the side of the connection cable 503 attached to the door frame 3, causing the connection cable guide member 502 to rotate around the attachment shaft 502c at the right end. In this embodiment, the relationship between the opening angle α of the door frame 3 and the opening angle β of the connection cable guide member 502 satisfies α/2 ≧ β (preferably α/3 ≧ β) (see Figure 72 (b)).

The opening angle β of the connection cable guide member 502 is 0 degrees when the door frame 3 is closed (when the opening angle α of the door frame 3 is 0 degrees). The opening angle β of the connection cable guide member 502 increases as the door frame 3 is opened and the opening angle α increases, but once the opening angle α exceeds a certain value (for example, approximately 90 degrees), the increase stops. In this embodiment, the maximum opening angle β is set to less than 45 degrees.

In this way, when the door frame 3 is opened, the connection cable guide member 502 rotates so that the left end of the connection cable guide member 502 moves forward of the main frame base 501. The connection cable 503 is guided by the connection cable guide member 502, preventing the connection cable 503 from dangling between the door frame 3 and the main frame 4.

When closing the open door frame 3, the portion of the connection cable 503 attached to the door frame 3 moves relatively backward, causing the connection cable 503 to press the left end of the connection cable guide member 502 backward, causing the connection cable guide member 502 to rotate around the mounting axis 502c so that the left end moves backward. Because the connection cable guide member 502 opens at an opening angle β of less than 45 degrees, the connection cable guide member 502 does not impede the movement of the door frame 3 in the closing direction, allowing the door frame 3 to close smoothly. Furthermore, because the connection cable 503 is guided by the connection cable guide member 502, the connection cable 503 will not become pinched between the door frame 3 and the main frame 4 when the door frame 3 is closed, preventing any malfunction of the connection cable 503.

In addition, when the door frame 3 is closed against the main frame 4, the connection cable 503 guided by the connection cable guide member 502 is folded back 180 degrees, creating a crease in the folded portion of the connection cable 503. As a result, when the door frame 3 is opened and the 180-degree folded portion of the connection cable 503 changes to open, the crease acts on the connection cable 503 to close it. Therefore, when the door frame 3 is closed, the crease prevents the connection cable 503 (connection cable guide member 502) from moving in the opening direction and also guides the connection cable 503 (connection cable guide member 502) in the closing direction, allowing the door frame 3 to close smoothly.

Furthermore, on the door frame 3 side, the folded connection cable 503 is held by the cable holder 103a at a position closer to the central axis (axial core) of the upper door frame hinge pin 122 and the lower door frame hinge pin 126 than the tip of the connection cable guide member 502. Therefore, when the door frame 3 is closed relative to the main frame 4, the connection cable 503 held by the cable holder 103a can pull the tip side of the connection cable guide member 502 toward the central axis (axial core) of the upper door frame hinge pin 122 and the lower door frame hinge pin 126.

In addition, in this embodiment, the angle between a tangent to a circle that passes through the center of rotation of the connection cable guide member 502, is centered on the central axis (axial core) of the upper door frame hinge pin 122 and the lower door frame hinge pin 126, and passes through a portion (pressing portion) of the speaker duct 103 that protrudes rearward on the central axis (axial core) side of the upper door frame hinge pin 122 and the lower door frame hinge pin 126 relative to the cable holder 103a, and the front surface of the main body frame 4 is 45 degrees or less. As a result, when the door frame 3 is closed relative to the main body frame 4, the pressing portion abuts against the connection cable 503, thereby pressing the tip of the open connection cable guide member 502 in the closing direction via the connection cable 503. This allows the connection cable guide member 502 to close smoothly as the door frame 3 moves in the closing direction, ensuring reliable closure of the door frame 3. Furthermore, the maximum opening angle β of the connection cable guide member 502, which rotates (opens and closes) as the door frame 3 opens and closes, can be set to 45 degrees or less, so when the door frame 3 is closed, the connection cable guide member 502 can be reliably rotated in the closing direction, achieving the same effects as described above.

[4-2. Main body frame upper hinge member]
The main body frame upper hinge member 510 in the main body frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 69 and 70. The main body frame upper hinge member 510 is attached to the upper hinge attachment portion 501k in the main body frame base 501 of the main body frame base unit 500, and is rotatably attached to the outer frame upper hinge assembly 50 of the outer frame 2, and also rotatably attaches the door frame upper hinge assembly 120 of the door frame 3.

The main frame upper hinge member 510 comprises an upper hinge body 511, which is a horizontally extending flat plate material with the rear portion bent downward in an L-shape, and a main frame upper hinge pin 512 that protrudes upward in a cylindrical shape from the front end of the upper hinge body 511 and is journaled on the outer frame upper hinge assembly 50. The upper hinge body 511 has a door frame upper hinge hole 511a that penetrates vertically on the left side of the main frame upper hinge pin 512 in a front view at the horizontally extending portion and journals the door frame upper hinge assembly 120.

The upper hinge body 511 of the main frame upper hinge member 510 is bent downward and attached to the upper hinge mounting portion 501k of the main frame base 501 of the main frame base unit 500 at its portion that extends vertically. The upper hinge body 511 of the main frame upper hinge member 510 is supported by its upper hinge pin 512, which is inserted into the bearing groove 51c of the upper hinge member 51 of the upper hinge assembly 50. The upper hinge pin 122 of the upper hinge assembly 120 of the door frame 3 is rotatably inserted from below into the upper hinge hole 511a for the door frame of the upper hinge body 511.

This upper main frame hinge member 510 cooperates with the lower main frame hinge assembly 520 to attach the main frame 4 to the outer frame 2 in a hinged manner, and also to attach the door frame 3 to the main frame 4 in a hinged manner.

[4-3. Main body frame lower hinge assembly]
The main body frame lower hinge assembly 520 in the main body frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 69 and 70. The main body frame lower hinge assembly 520 is attached to the lower hinge attachment portion 501l in the main body frame base 501 of the main body frame base unit 500, and is rotatably attached to the outer frame lower hinge member 60 of the outer frame 2, and the door frame lower hinge member 125 of the door frame 3 is rotatably attached to it.

The main body frame lower hinge assembly 520 comprises a lower hinge first body 521, which is a horizontally extending, flat plate-like material with its rear portion bent upward into an L-shape, and a lower hinge second body 522, which is arranged above the lower hinge first body 521 and is a horizontally extending, flat plate-like material with its rear portion bent upward into an L-shape. The main body frame lower hinge assembly 520 has the horizontally extending portion of the lower hinge second body 522 arranged at a distance above the horizontally extending portion of the lower hinge first body 521, and the vertically extending portion of the lower hinge second body 522 abuts against the front surface of the vertically extending portion of the lower hinge first body 521.

The lower hinge first body 521 has a lower hinge hole 521a for the outer frame that penetrates vertically near the front end of the horizontally extending portion and into which the lower hinge pin 60c of the lower hinge member 60 of the outer frame 2 is inserted from below. The lower hinge hole 521a for the outer frame is formed coaxially with the upper hinge pin 512 of the upper hinge member 510 of the main frame.

The second lower hinge body 522 has a lower door frame hinge hole 522a that penetrates vertically near the front end of the horizontally extending portion and into which the lower door frame hinge pin 126 of the lower door frame hinge member 125 of the door frame 3 is inserted from above, and a restriction piece 522b that extends upward from a position rearward of the lower door frame hinge hole 522a on the left edge of the horizontally extending portion and restricts the rotation range of the door frame 3. The lower door frame hinge hole 522a is formed coaxially with the upper door frame hinge hole 511a in the upper hinge body 511 of the main body frame upper hinge member 510.

The main frame lower hinge assembly 520 is attached to the lower hinge mounting portion 501l of the main frame base 501 of the main frame base unit 500 at the vertically extending portions of the lower hinge first body 521 and the lower hinge second body 522. The main frame lower hinge assembly 520 cooperates with the main frame upper hinge member 510 to attach the main frame 4 to the outer frame 2 so that it can rotate about a hinge, and to attach the door frame 3 to the main frame 4 so that it can rotate about a hinge.

[4-4. Main body reinforcement frame]
The main body frame reinforcement frame 530 of the main body frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 69 and 70. The main body frame reinforcement frame 530 is attached to the left side surface of the main body frame base 501 of the main body frame base unit 500. The main body frame reinforcement frame 530 has a U-shaped cross section in plan view that is open on the right side, and extends vertically with a constant cross section. In this embodiment, the main body frame reinforcement frame 530 is formed from an extruded metal profile.

Two left position restriction members 531 are attached to the main frame reinforcement frame 530, spaced apart vertically, at the rear of the section extending rightward from the front end. These members restrict the forward and vertical movement of the game board 5 inserted into the game board insertion port 501b of the main frame base 501.

The main frame reinforcement frame 530 has a U-shaped front side that is open on the right side in plan view. It has a groove 530a that is open to the right and extends vertically. The rear left end of the left reinforcement frame 111 of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 in the door frame 3 is inserted into this groove 530a when the door frame 3 is closed against the main frame 4. By inserting the left reinforcement frame 111 into the groove 530a, the gap between the main frame reinforcement frame 530 and the left reinforcement frame 111 becomes serpentine in plan view, preventing the insertion of illegal tools into the pachinko machine 1 from the left side. The main frame reinforcement frame 530 reinforces the left side (hinge side) of the main frame base 501 of the main frame base unit 500 and prevents the insertion of illegal tools into the main frame 4 (game board 5) from the left side through the gap between the outer frame 2 and main frame 4.

[4-5. Ball launcher]
The ball launcher 540 in the main body frame 4 will be described in detail, mainly with reference to Figure 73 and other figures. Figure 73(a) is a perspective view of the ball launcher in the main body frame as seen from the front, and (b) is a perspective view of the ball launcher as seen from the rear. The ball launcher 540 is attached to the lower front of the main body frame base unit 500 and is used to shoot game balls B stored in the upper tray 201 of the tray unit 200 in the door frame 3 into the game area 5a of the game board 5 attached to the main body frame 4. The ball launcher 540 can shoot game balls B with a force corresponding to the rotation angle of the handle 197 of the handle unit 180 in the lower right corner of the front of the door frame 3.

The ball launcher 540 comprises a flat launch base 541 attached to the launcher mounting portion 501e of the main frame base 501 of the main frame base unit 500; a launch solenoid 542 consisting of a rotary solenoid attached to the rear surface of the right part of the launch base 541 when viewed from the front, with the rotation axis passing through the launch base 541 and extending forward; a striking hammer 543 whose base end is attached to the rotation axis of the launch solenoid 542; and a launch rail 544 attached to the front of the launch base 541 so as to extend diagonally upward to the left from near the tip of the striking hammer 543, along which the game ball B can roll.

The ball launching device 540 is designed so that game ball B is supplied from the ball supply unit 140 of the door frame 3 to the right end of the upper surface of the launching rail 544. When the handle 197 is rotated while game ball B is supplied to the right end of the upper surface of the launching rail 544, the launch solenoid 542 is driven with a strength corresponding to the angle of rotation, and the game ball B is hit by the striking hammer 543. The game ball B hit by the striking hammer 543 then passes through the launching rail 544 and is guided to the outer rail 1001 and inner rail 1002 of the game board 5, and is then launched into the play area 5a.

If the hit game ball B does not reach the play area 5a due to factors such as the impact strength of the game ball B, it will fall from between the launch rail 544 and the game board 5 (outer rail 1001 and inner rail 1002) into the foul ball receiving port 150c of the foul cover unit 150 below, pass through the foul cover unit 150, and be ejected into the lower tray 202.

[4-6. Dispense base unit]
The dispensing base unit 550 in the main frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figure 74 etc. Figure 74(a) is a perspective view of the dispensing base unit of the main frame as seen from the front, and (b) is a perspective view of the dispensing base unit as seen from the rear. The dispensing base unit 550 is formed in an inverted L-shape and is attached to the rear side of the main frame base unit 500.

The dispensing base unit 550 is equipped with a dispensing base 551 attached to the rear side of the main frame base 501 of the main frame base unit 500. The dispensing base 551 comprises a top panel 551a extending left and right with a substantially constant width in the front-to-back direction, a left panel 551b extending downward from the left edge of the top panel 551a when viewed from the front with a length that is substantially the same width as the top panel, a right panel 551c extending downward from the right edge of the top panel 551a when viewed from the front with a short length that is substantially the same width as the top panel 551a, an upper back panel 551d extending downward from the rear edge of the top panel 551a to the same position as the bottom edge of the right panel 551c, and a left panel 551b extending downward from the right edge of the top panel 551a when viewed from the front with a short length that is substantially the same width as the top panel 551a. The dispensing base 551 comprises a left back panel 551e extending to the right from a position forward of the rear edge of 551b at a substantially constant width to the bottom, an inner panel 551f extending rearward from the right edge of the left back panel 551e to the same position as the rear edge of the left side panel 551b, a bottom panel 551g extending rightward from the front of the lower edge of the left side panel 551b to a position substantially coincident with the right edge of the left back panel 551e, and a connecting panel 551h connecting the right edge of the bottom panel 551g to the lower edge of the inner panel 551f. The dispensing base 551 is formed in an inverted L shape when viewed from the front, and is formed like a box that is open forward and inward of the L shape.

The payout base 551 has a top plate 551a that extends left and right with a length approximately equal to the left-right width of the game board insertion opening 501b of the main frame base 501, and a left plate 551b that extends up and down with a length approximately equal to the up-down height of the game board insertion opening 501b. The front ends of the top plate 551a, left plate 551b, and right plate 551c of the payout base 551 are attached to the rear side of the main frame base 501.

The dispensing base 551 also has a shallow recessed area that is open to the rear and extends vertically, defined by the left side plate 551b, the left back plate 551e, and the inner plate 551f, to which the dispensing unit 560 is attached. The dispensing base 551 also has a rear cover attachment portion 551i that protrudes to the right at the top of the right side of the inner plate 551f when viewed from the front, and to which the rear cover 640 is attached.

The dispensing base unit 550 comprises a ball tank 552, which is attached to the top surface of the top plate portion 551a of the dispensing base 551, is box-shaped and extends left and right, and is open at the top, and a tank rail 553, which is attached to the left side of the ball tank 552 above the part of the dispensing base 551 that extends leftward and is groove-shaped and open at the top.

The dispensing base unit 550 also includes a first rail cover 554 attached midway in the left-right direction at the top end of the tank rail 553, a second rail cover 555 attached to the top end of the tank rail 553, spaced to the left of the first rail cover 554 when viewed from the front, and extending to the left end of the tank rail 553, a ball straightening member 556 attached to the top end of the tank rail 553 between the first rail cover 554 and the second rail cover 555, and a ball stop member 557 attached to the bottom end of the tank rail 553 near the left end when viewed from the front.

The ball tank 552 is formed with a length in the left-right direction that is approximately half the left-right width of the top plate portion 551a of the dispensing base 551, and a length in the front-to-back direction that is shorter than the front-to-back depth of the top plate portion 551a. The ball tank 552 is attached to the top surface of the top plate portion 551a, at a position towards the right in the left-to-right direction. The bottom surface of the ball tank 552 is inclined so that the left end is lower. The left end of the ball tank 552 is connected to the tank rail 553.

The tank rail 553 is attached to the top surface of the top plate 551a of the payout base 551, near the rear end on the left side of the center in the left-right direction. In a plan view, the tank rail 553 extends diagonally left and rearward from the right end, which is connected to the ball tank 552, so that its front-to-rear depth changes from several times the outer diameter of the game ball B to approximately one time, and then extends straight to the left, with its front-to-rear depth slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game ball B. The bottom of the tank rail 553 is sloped so that the left end is lower, and the left end of the bottom opens downward and is slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game ball B. The opening at the left end of the bottom of the tank rail 553 communicates with the upper opening of the guide passage 570a in the ball guide unit 570 of the payout unit 560.

The upper end of the tank rail 553, which extends straight to the left, is inclined at a steeper angle to the horizontal than the bottom, so that the left end is lower at a height slightly greater than the outer diameter of the game ball B. The tank rail 553 is attached to the upper surface of the top plate 551a so that the rear end of the portion extending straight to the left roughly coincides with the rear edge of the top plate 551a. A first rail cover 554, a second rail cover 555, a ball rectifying member 556, and a ball stopping member 557 are attached to the upper end of the portion of the tank rail 553 extending straight to the left.

The first rail cover 554 and the second rail cover 555 are attached to the upper end of the portion of the tank rail 553 that extends straight to the left. The first rail cover 554 and the second rail cover 555 are intended to prevent the front-to-rear depth of the upper end of the tank rail 553 from expanding or narrowing due to the pressure of the game ball B inside the tank rail 553.

The ball straightening member 556 is attached to the upper end of the tank rail 553, between the first rail cover 554 and the second rail cover 555, so that its end on the first rail cover 554 side can rotate around an axis extending in the front-to-rear direction. The ball straightening member 556 is equipped with a straightening piece 556a that protrudes into the tank rail 553 and extends in the left-to-right direction (see Figure 80). This straightening piece 556a slows the flow of game balls B on the upper tier of game balls B circulating in two tiers, and straightens them so that they flow in a single tier on the downstream side, preventing ball clogging even when the height inside the tank rail 553 is low.

The ball stopping member 557 is attached to the underside of the tank rail 553 near the left end when viewed from the front, so that it can slide left and right. By sliding it to the left, the opening at the left end of the bottom surface of the tank rail 553 is closed, preventing game balls B from flowing from the tank rail 553 to the downstream payout unit.

The payout base unit 550 also includes an external terminal board 558 attached to the left of the ball tank 552 when viewed from the front, on the upper surface of the portion extending to the left and right of the payout base 551. The external terminal board 558 is used to make an electrical connection between the pachinko machine 1 and the island equipment of the gaming hall in which the pachinko machine 1 is installed. Although not shown, the external terminal board 558 includes an earth connection portion facing the game board insertion port 501b of the main frame base 501. A ground wire extending from the game board 5 is connected to the earth connection portion.

[4-7. Overall configuration of dispensing unit]
The overall configuration of the dispensing unit 560 in the main frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 75 and 76. Figure 75(a) is a perspective view of the dispensing unit in the main frame as seen from the front, and Figure 75(b) is a perspective view of the dispensing unit as seen from the rear. Figure 76(a) is an exploded perspective view of the dispensing unit as seen from the front, with each main component disassembled, and Figure 76(b) is an exploded perspective view of the dispensing unit as seen from the rear, with each main component disassembled. The dispensing unit 560 is attached to the rear surface of the left portion 551e of the back panel of the dispensing base 551 of the dispensing base unit 550.

The payout unit 560 comprises a ball guide unit 570 that guides game balls B from the tank rail 553 downward in a serpentine manner, a payout device 580 that is arranged below the ball guide unit 570 and pays out game balls B guided by the ball guide unit 570 one by one based on instructions from the payout control board 633, an upper full ball path unit 600 that guides game balls B that have passed through the payout device 580 downward, and a lower full ball path unit 610 that guides game balls B that have passed through the upper full ball path unit 600 toward the door frame 3 or the board unit 620.

The ball guiding unit 570 supplies game balls B, aligned in a row by the tank rail 553, to the payout device 580. The payout device 580 has a payout passage 580a through which game balls B supplied from the ball guiding unit 570 can flow, and a ball removal passage 580b that branches off from the payout passage 580a. Under normal conditions, game balls B are released from the payout passage 580a toward the upper full ball path unit 600 based on instructions from the payout control board 633, and are released from the ball removal passage 580b toward the upper full ball path unit 600 when the ball removal lever 593 is operated.

The upper full ball path unit 600 separates and guides downward game balls B released from the payout path 580a of the payout device 580 and game balls B released from the ball removal path 580b. The lower full ball path unit 610 guides game balls B released from the payout path 580a of the payout device 580 toward the door frame 3 via the upper full ball path unit 600, and guides game balls B released from the ball removal path 580b toward the base unit 620.

[4-7a. Ball Guidance Unit]
The ball guiding unit 570 in the payout unit 560 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 75 and 76. The ball guiding unit 570 is attached from the rear to the upper rear surface of the left part 551e of the back plate of the payout base 551 in the payout base unit 550, and is for receiving the game ball B from the tank rail 553 and guiding the game ball B toward the payout device 580.

The ball guide unit 570 comprises a box-shaped guide unit base 571 that is open to the front and has a meandering guide passage 570a through which game balls B can flow, a flat guide passage front cover 572 that closes the front of the guide unit base 571, a movable piece member 573 that is movable by game balls B flowing through the guide passage 570a, and a ball out detection sensor 574 that detects the presence or absence of game balls B in the guide passage 570a by detecting the movement of the movable piece member 573 (see Figure 80).

The ball guide unit 570 has a guide unit base 571 and guide path front cover 572 that are shaped like a rectangle extending vertically when viewed from the front. The guide path 570a opens upward near the left edge of the top surface of the guide unit base 571, extends vertically downward from the top edge to near the center of the height of the guide unit base 571, then bends to the right and extends downward in a serpentine manner, repeatedly folding back across the width of the guide unit base 571, before opening downward near the left edge of the bottom surface of the guide unit base 571.

The guide passage 570a is formed so that its depth in the front, back, right, and left directions and its width in the left and right directions are slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game balls B, allowing the game balls B to be guided in a single file.

A movable piece member 573 is attached near the top of the ball guide unit 570 so that it can move forward and backward into the guide passage 570a. More specifically, the upper part of the movable piece member 573 is attached to the outer right part of the guide passage 570a when viewed from the front so that it can rotate around an axis extending forward and backward, and is formed so that a portion of its lower end protrudes into the guide passage 570a due to its own weight. When the game ball B abuts against the part of this movable piece member 573 that protrudes into the guide passage 570a, the protruding part is pushed by the game ball B and retracts from the guide passage 570a, so that it no longer protrudes.

The out-of-ball detection sensor 574 does not detect the movable piece member 573 when part of the movable piece member 573 protrudes into the guide passage 570a, but detects the movable piece member 573 when part of the movable piece member 573 retracts from the guide passage 570a and does not protrude. Therefore, the out-of-ball detection sensor 574 is in a detecting state when a game ball B is present in the guide passage 570a, and is in a non-detecting state when a game ball B is not present in the guide passage 570a.

When the ball guide unit 570 is assembled to the main frame 4, the upstream end of the guide passage 570a is connected to the downstream end of the tank rail 553, and the downstream end of the guide passage 570a is connected to the upstream end of the payout passage 580a of the payout device 580. The ball guide unit 570 has a serpentine guide passage 570a that guides game balls B, so the guide passage 570a extends longer than the overall height of the ball guide unit 570, allowing many game balls B to be stored within the guide passage 570a. Furthermore, the ball guide unit 570 can detect the presence or absence of game balls B in the guide passage 570a using the ball out detection sensor 574, and can therefore detect the presence or absence of game balls B in the ball tank 552 via the guide passage 570a.

[4-7b. Dispensing device]
The dispensing device 580 in the dispensing unit 560 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 75 to 78. Figure 77 is a rear cross-sectional view of the dispensing device of the dispensing unit, cut at the center of the dispensing blade in the fore-and-aft direction. Figure 78(a) is a rear cross-sectional view of the dispensing device cut at the center of the dispensing blade in the fore-and-aft direction when the ball removal movable piece is in the open state, and (b) is a cross-sectional view cut along line A-A in (a). The dispensing device 580 is detachably attached from the rear to the underside of the ball guide unit 570 on the rear surface of the left part 551e of the back panel of the dispensing base 551 of the dispensing base unit 550.

The payout device 580 comprises a payout device main body 581, which is box-shaped and open to the rear, and has a payout passage 580a through which game balls B can flow and a ball removal passage 580b that branches off midway from the payout passage 580a; a flat payout device rear cover 582 that closes the payout device main body 581 from the rear; and a shallow, box-shaped payout device front cover 583 that is attached to the front of the payout device main body 581 and is open to the rear.

The dispensing device 580 also includes a dispensing motor 584 attached to the rear surface of the dispensing device main body 581, with its rotation shaft protruding between the dispensing device main body 581 and the dispensing device front cover 583; a spur gear-shaped drive gear 585 attached to the rotation shaft of the dispensing motor 584; a spur gear-shaped first transmission gear 586 meshing with the drive gear 585 and rotatably attached by the dispensing device main body 581 and the dispensing device front cover 583; a spur gear-shaped second transmission gear 587 meshing with the first transmission gear 586 and rotatably attached by the dispensing device main body 581 and the dispensing device front cover 583; The device comprises a dispensing gear member 588 which has a spur gear-shaped dispensing gear 588a meshing with the transmission gear 587 and multiple detection pieces 588b extending outward from the dispensing gear 588a and is rotatably attached between the dispensing device main body 581 and the dispensing device front cover 583, a dispensing blade 589 which rotates integrally with the dispensing gear member 588 between the dispensing device main body 581 and the dispensing device rear cover 582 and has multiple blade pieces 589a which protrude into the dispensing passage 580a, and a blade rotation detection sensor 590 which is attached to the rear side of the dispensing device main body 581 and detects the detection pieces 588b of the dispensing gear member 588.

Furthermore, the payout device 580 is equipped with a payout detection sensor 591 that detects game balls B and is attached by the payout device main body 581 and the payout device rear cover 582 at the downstream end of the payout passage 580a, a ball removal movable piece 592 that is attached by the payout device main body 581 and the payout device rear cover 582 at the point where it branches off from the payout passage 580a and can open and close the ball removal passage 580b, and a ball removal lever 593 that is attached by the payout device main body 581 and the payout device rear cover 582 so that it can slide up and down and can be held in a position where the ball removal movable piece 592 closes the ball removal passage 580b.

The dispensing device 580 has a rectangular shape that extends vertically in a plan view. The width of the dispensing device 580 in the left-right direction is greater to the right when viewed from the front than the width of the ball guiding unit 570 in the left-right direction.

As shown in Figure 77, when viewed from behind, the dispensing passage 580a of the dispensing device 580 has an upstream end that opens upward at a position to the left of the center in the left-right direction, and a downstream end that opens downward at a position near the right edge in the left-right direction. The dispensing passage 580a extends diagonally downward from the top for about one-third of its total height, gradually moving leftward as it moves downward from the upstream end, then bending slightly diagonally downward to the right, before bending at about one-third of its width and extending approximately vertically downward toward the center (axis of rotation) of the dispensing blade 589. Then, above the center of the payout blade 589, it bends to the right when viewed from behind at a width slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game ball B, then extends downward in an arc concentric with the payout blade 589 so that a gap slightly larger than the game ball B is formed between it and the outer periphery of the payout blade 589, and then extends vertically downward to the downstream end at a position to the right of the center of the payout blade 589 when viewed from behind.

A dispensing detection sensor 591 is located within the dispensing passage 580a, below the dispensing blade 589 and directly above the downstream end.

The ball removal passage 580b extends diagonally downward from the upstream end of the dispensing passage 580a, branches off at a point where it bends to the right, extends vertically along the left edge as viewed from the rear, and opens downward near the left end of the bottom as viewed from the rear.

The payout device main body 581 and the payout device rear cover 582 face each other at the side where the ball removal movable piece 592 is attached at the point where the payout passage 580a and the ball removal passage 580b branch off, protruding rearward and forward from each other to form a gap narrower than the outer diameter of the game ball B. They are each equipped with a main body guide wall 581a and a rear cover guide wall 582a that are formed to connect with the left side walls of the payout passage 580a and the ball removal passage 580b in a rear view. The main body guide wall 581a and the rear cover guide wall 582a are formed to the left of the point where the payout passage 580a branches off from the ball removal passage 580b and extends to the right in a rear view at a height approximately one-third of the way up. The main body guide wall 581a and the rear cover guide wall 582a are curved diagonally upward and left in a rear view, and are formed to mainly constitute the side walls of the ball removal passage 580b. The ball removal movable piece 592 rotates between the main body side guide wall 581a and the rear cover side guide wall 582a.

The dispensing motor 584 is attached to the right side of the dispensing passage 580a of the dispensing device main body 581 when viewed from behind, at the point where it extends diagonally downward from the upstream end. The drive gear 585, first transmission gear 586, second transmission gear 587, and dispensing gear member 588 are located in front of the dispensing device main body 581, and the front side is covered by the dispensing device front cover 583. The dispensing gear member 588 has three flat plate-shaped detection pieces 588b extending outward, spaced circumferentially at 120-degree intervals.

The payout blade 589 is positioned between the payout device main body 581 and the payout device rear cover 582. The payout blade 589 has three blade pieces 589a extending outward in a flat plate shape, spaced circumferentially at 120-degree intervals. The blade pieces 589a extend from above within the payout passage 580a toward the rotation axis, and then extend to the right when viewed from behind, protruding into the payout passage 580a so that the distance between the blade piece 589a and the side wall of the payout passage is narrower than the outer diameter of the game ball B. Between the three blade pieces 589a, the payout blade 589 has a ball containing portion 589b recessed toward the center in the shape of an arc with a radius slightly larger than the radius of the game ball B. This ball containing portion 589b is designed to contain only one game ball B. As a result, the vane 589 can restrict the game ball B in the payout passage 580a from moving downstream of the payout vane 589 by using the vane piece 589a, and can also move the game ball B contained in the ball container 589b downstream by rotating clockwise when viewed from the rear.

The dispensing gear member 588 and dispensing blade 589 are attached to the dispensing device rear cover 582 and the dispensing device front cover 583 so that they can rotate together on the same axis. The blade rotation detection sensor 590 is located to the left of the rotation axis of the dispensing gear member 588 when viewed from the rear. The blade rotation detection sensor 590 detects the detection piece 588b of the dispensing gear member 588, which rotates together with the dispensing blade 589, thereby detecting the rotation of the dispensing blade 589.

The upper end of the ball removal movable piece 592 is rotatably attached around an axis extending forward and backward at the upper ends of the main body side guide wall 581a and the rear cover side guide wall 582a. The ball removal movable piece 592 is bent in an L-shape and is attached so that its recessed side faces into the dispensing passage 580a. The ball removal movable piece 592 is formed so that its depth in the forward and backward directions is smaller than the gap between the main body side guide wall 581a and the rear cover side guide wall 582a, and it can pass through the gap between the main body side guide wall 581a and the rear cover side guide wall 582a and protrude into or retract out of the ball removal passage 580b.

The ball removal lever 593 is attached to the dispensing device main body 581 and the dispensing device rear cover 582 so that it can slide up and down near the top end of the ball removal movable piece 592, to the left when viewed from behind. A portion of the ball removal lever 593 protrudes rearward, penetrating the dispensing device rear cover 582, and can be slid by operating this protruding portion. When the ball removal lever 593 is positioned at its lower end, its lower portion can abut against the ball removal movable piece 592, restricting the ball removal movable piece 592 from rotating clockwise when viewed from behind, allowing the ball removal movable piece 592 to close the ball removal passage 580b. When the ball removal lever 593 is positioned at its upper end, the ball removal movable piece 592 can be rotated outward from the ball removal passage 580b, opening the ball removal passage 580b (see Figure 78).

When the ball removal lever 593 is raised and the ball removal movable piece 592 is made rotatable, the game balls B that had been strung together upstream of the ball removal movable piece 592 pass over the ball removal movable piece 592 and flow down toward the ball removal passage 580b. At this time, because the ball removal passage 580b extends in a straight line from the upstream side of the payout passage 580a, the game balls B that have flowed down from upstream of the payout passage 580a flow straight down toward the ball removal passage 580b. Furthermore, because the downstream side of the ball removal passage 580b is connected to the island equipment, there is nothing to restrict the flow of the game balls B, such as the payout vane 589, so the game balls B flow down faster than toward the payout passage 580a.

In this way, when the ball removal movable piece 592 is rotatable, the game ball B flows down the ball removal passage 580b at high speed, causing the game ball B to forcefully abut against the lower end of the ball removal movable piece 592 protruding into the ball removal passage 580b. However, since the ball removal movable piece 592 can move outside the inner surface of the ball removal passage 580b through the gap between the main body side guide wall 581a of the payout device main body 581 and the rear cover side guide wall 582a of the payout device rear cover 582, the force of this abutment causes the ball removal movable piece 592 to move outside the ball removal passage 580b. Therefore, the ball removal movable piece 592 will not be pinched between the wall surface of the ball removal passage 580b and the game ball B. This prevents the game ball B from acting with strong force on the ball removal movable piece 592, and suppresses a decrease in durability or damage to the ball removal movable piece 592 due to a collision with the game ball B.

As a result, the ball removal movable piece 592 is less likely to be damaged, allowing more game balls B to be discharged more quickly to the island equipment downstream of the ball removal passage 580b, thereby minimizing the increase in time required for replacement and maintenance of the pachinko machine 1 and reducing the burden on the gaming hall.

In addition, when the ball removal movable piece 592 is in a rotatable state, it moves out of the ball removal passage 580b through the gap between the main body side guide wall 581a and the rear cover side guide wall 582a, which is spaced closer than the game ball B. Therefore, when the game ball B comes into contact with the ball removal movable piece 592 protruding into the ball removal passage 580b and the ball removal movable piece 592 moves outward through the gap between the main body side guide wall 581a and the rear cover side guide wall 582a, even if the game ball B moves between the main body side guide wall 581a and the rear cover side guide wall 582a along with the ball removal movable piece 592, only the game ball B can be prevented from moving outward by the gap between the main body side guide wall 581a and the rear cover side guide wall 582a, which is spaced closer than the game ball B.

The game ball B is prevented from moving outward by the gap between the main body guide wall 581a and the rear cover guide wall 582a, causing the game ball B to separate from the ball removal movable piece 592. The subsequent movement of the ball removal movable piece 592 is due to inertial force, so no strong force acts on the ball removal movable piece 592, making it less likely to be damaged. Furthermore, the game ball B will not fly out of the ball removal passage 580b from between the main body guide wall 581a and the rear cover guide wall 582a, ensuring that the game ball B can flow reliably downstream of the ball removal passage 580b.

[4-7c. Upper full ball path unit]
The upper full ball path unit 600 in the payout unit 560 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 75 and 76. The upper full ball path unit 600 is attached from the rear to the underside of the payout device 580 at the lower rear surface of the left part 551e of the back plate of the payout base 551 in the payout base unit 550. The upper full ball path unit 600 is used to guide game balls B released downward from the payout device 580 to the lower full ball path unit 610. The upper full ball path unit 600 is formed in a rectangular shape extending vertically when viewed from the front.

The upper full ball path unit 600 comprises a box-shaped upper full base 601 attached to the dispensing base 551 and open at the rear, a box-shaped upper full cover 602 attached to the rear of the upper full base 601 and open at the front, and a dispensing device pressing member 603 rotatably attached near the top end of the upper full cover 602 and capable of pressing the dispensing device 580 upward. The upper full base 601 protrudes to the right from the right edge when viewed from the front, and comprises a rear cover mounting portion 601a for mounting the rear cover.

The upper full-ball path unit 600 also has an upper payout ball receiving passage 600a that opens upward near the left end of the top surface when viewed from the front and extends downward along the left edge from the bottom to a height of approximately 2/3 of the total height, an upper ball storage passage 600b that is connected to the upper payout ball receiving passage 600a, extends to the right when viewed from the front to about 3/4 of the total width, and extends downward from the bottom to a height of approximately 1/6 of the total height, and an upper ball storage passage 600b that is connected to the upper payout ball receiving passage 600a and extends to the right when viewed from the front to about 3/4 of the total width, and extends downward from the bottom to a height of approximately 1/6 of the total height, and an upper ball storage passage 600b that is connected to the left side of the center of the left-right direction of the upper ball storage passage 600b when viewed from the front. It comprises an upper normal dispensing passage 600c which extends downward and opens downward at the underside, an upper full tank dispensing passage 600d which is adjacent to the upper normal dispensing passage 600c and extends downward from the right side of the center of the upper ball storage passage 600b when viewed from the front and opens downward at the underside, and an upper ball removal passage 600e which opens upward near the right end of the upper surface when viewed from the front, extends downward approximately vertically, and then opens downward near the right end of the lower surface (see Figure 80).

On the underside of the upper full ball path unit 600, from the left side when viewed from the front, the upper normal payout path 600c, the upper full payout path 600d, and the upper ball removal path 600e are lined up in this order and open downward. When the upper full ball path unit 600 is assembled to the payout unit 560, the upstream end of the upper payout ball receiving path 600a opens directly below the downstream end of the payout path 580a in the payout device 580, and the upstream end of the upper ball removal path 600e opens directly below the downstream end of the ball removal path 580b in the payout device 580. As a result, game balls B released (paid out) from the payout path 580a of the payout device 580 pass through the upper payout ball receiving path 600a and the upper ball storage path 600b, and are released downward from either the upper normal payout path 600c or the upper full payout path 600d. In addition, game balls B released downward from the ball removal passage 580b of the payout device 580 are released downward through the upper ball removal passage 600e.

[4-7d. Lower full ball path unit]
The lower full ball path unit 610 in the payout unit 560 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 75 and 76. The lower full ball path unit 610 is placed on the bottom plate portion 551g of the payout base 551 in the payout base unit 550, and is attached to the lower part of the upper full ball path unit 600. The lower full ball path unit 610 guides game balls B released downward from the upper full ball path unit 600 toward the door frame 3 or toward the base unit 620. The lower full ball path unit 610 extends in the front-to-rear direction so that the front end is lower, and the rear end extends upward.

The lower full ball path unit 610 is equipped with a lower full base 611 that has a lower normal dispensing path 610a, a lower full dispensing path 610b, and a lower ball removal path 610c, extends in the front-to-back direction, and is open upward; a lower full cover 612 attached to the upper side of the lower full base 611; a dispensing path opening/closing door 613 that is rotatably attached to the front end of the lower full base 611 around an axis extending front-to-back and that can open and close the downstream end openings of the lower normal dispensing path 610a and the lower full dispensing path 610b; and a closing spring 614 that biases the dispensing path opening/closing door 613 in the direction of closing the downstream end openings of the lower normal dispensing path 610a and the lower full dispensing path 610b.

The lower full ball path unit 610 has, on the upper surface of the portion extending upward at the rear end, the lower normal dispensing path 610a, the lower full dispensing path 610b, and the lower ball removal path 610c, lined up in order from left to right when viewed from the front, with their upstream ends opening upward. The lower normal dispensing path 610a and the lower full dispensing path 610b extend forward side by side and open forward at the front end of the lower full ball path unit 610. The lower full dispensing path 610b extends forward slightly lower than the lower normal dispensing path 610a. The lower ball removal path 610c extends forward along the right side of the lower full dispensing path 610b when viewed from the front, and opens to the right halfway in the fore-and-aft direction.

The dispensing passage opening/closing door 613 is pivotally mounted between the front end openings of the lower normal dispensing passage 610a and the lower full dispensing passage 610b. This dispensing passage opening/closing door 613 is biased in a clockwise direction when viewed from the front by a closing spring 614, and in its normal state closes the front end openings (downstream end openings) of the lower normal dispensing passage 610a and the lower full dispensing passage 610b. The dispensing passage opening/closing door 613 is equipped with an operating protrusion 613a that protrudes forward. When viewed from the front, the operating protrusion 613a is shaped like a short arc centered on the rotation center of the dispensing passage opening/closing door 613, and its front end surface is inclined so as to protrude forward as it approaches the counterclockwise end. This operating protrusion 613a is formed to abut against the door opening/closing abutment 150f of the door cover unit 150 on the door frame 3 when the door frame 3 is closed against the main frame 4.

When the lower full ball path unit 610 is assembled to the payout unit 560, the lower normal payout path 610a, lower full payout path 610b, and lower ball removal path 610c, which open upward at the upper rear end, are located directly below the downstream ends of the upper normal payout path 600c, upper full payout path 600d, and upper ball removal path 600e of the upper full ball path unit 600, respectively. As a result, game balls B released downward from the upper normal payout path 600c flow through the lower normal payout path 610a, game balls B released downward from the upper full payout path 600d flow through the lower full payout path 610b, and game balls B released downward from the upper ball removal path 600e flow through the lower ball removal path 610c.

When the lower full ball path unit 610 is assembled to the pachinko machine 1, the front ends (downstream ends) of the lower normal payout passage 610a and the lower full payout passage 610b open immediately after the through ball passage 150a and full ball receiving port 150b of the fall cover unit 150 in the door frame 3. The downstream end of the lower ball removal passage 610c opens to face the ball removal guide section 627, which opens to the left in the base unit 620b of the board unit 620.

When the lower full ball path unit 610 is in its normal state (when the door frame 3 is closed relative to the main frame 4), the operating protrusion 613a of the dispensing path opening/closing door 613 abuts against the door opening/closing abutment 150f of the fall cover unit 150, causing it to rotate counterclockwise when viewed from the front against the biasing force of the closing spring 614. As a result, the openings at the downstream ends of the lower normal dispensing path 610a and the lower full dispensing path 610b are open, and they are connected to the through ball path 150a and full ball receiving port 150b of the fall cover unit 150.

On the other hand, when the door frame 3 is opened relative to the main frame 4, the operating protrusion 613a of the payout passage opening/closing door 613 moves away from the door opening/closing abutment 150f of the fall cover unit 150, and the payout passage opening/closing door 613 rotates clockwise when viewed from the front due to the biasing force of the closing spring 614, closing the openings at the downstream ends of the lower normal payout passage 610a and the lower full payout passage 610b. In this state, game balls B in the lower normal payout passage 610a and the lower full payout passage 610b can no longer move forward from their respective front-end openings. As a result, even when the door frame 3 is opened relative to the main frame 4, game balls B will not spill out of the lower normal payout passage 610a and the lower full payout passage 610b.

[4-7e. Flow of gaming ball B in the payout unit]
Next, the flow of game balls B in the payout unit 560 will be described in detail, mainly with reference to Figure 80. Figure 80 is an explanatory diagram showing the flow of game balls in the main frame. When the payout unit 560 is assembled to the main frame 4, it is attached to the rear surface of the payout base 551. In the normal state, the ball removal lever 593 of the payout device 580 is positioned at the lower end, closing the ball removal path 580b branching off from the payout path 580a at the branching point. In addition, in the lower full ball path unit 610, the payout path opening/closing door 613 is in the open state.

A predetermined number of game balls B are supplied to the ball tank 552, which is open upward, from the gaming hall island equipment in which the pachinko machine 1 is installed, for example, based on the detection of a ball shortage by the ball exhaustion detection sensor 574 of the ball guidance unit 570. The game balls B supplied and stored in the ball tank 552 are aligned in a row by the tank rail 553 and sent through the guide passage 570a of the ball guidance unit 570 into the payout passage 580a of the payout device 580. When the payout motor 584 is not rotating, the game balls B cannot move (flow down) downstream of the payout blade 589, and multiple game balls B become trapped upstream of the payout blade 589.

Then, the game ball B in the guide passage 570a of the ball guide unit 570 presses against the movable piece member 573, causing the ball cut detection sensor 574 to detect the movable piece member 573. This indicates that the game ball B is stored at least in the passage between the movable piece member 573 and the dispensing blade 589.

In this state, when the payout motor 584 rotates the payout blade 589 in a clockwise direction when viewed from the rear, the game ball B stored in the ball storage section 589b moves in a clockwise direction when viewed from the rear and is released downstream of the payout blade 589 in the payout passage 580a. The game ball B released from the payout blade 589 (ball storage section 589b) is then detected by the payout detection sensor 591 and sent to the upper payout ball receiving passage 600a of the upper full ball passage unit 600.

Under normal conditions, game balls B sent to the upper payout ball receiving passage 600a of the upper full ball path unit 600 flow through the upper ball storage passage 600b and down to the upper normal payout passage 600c located directly below the upper payout ball receiving passage 600a. Game balls B that flow down to the upper normal payout passage 600c then pass through the lower normal payout passage 610a of the lower full ball path unit 610 and the through ball passage 150a of the fall cover unit 150 of the door frame 3, before being released into the upper tray 201 from the upper tray ball supply port 211a of the tray unit base 211 in the tray unit 200.

When a large number of game balls B are paid out from the payout device 580 and the upper tray 201 becomes full of game balls B, it becomes impossible to release the game balls B forward from the upper tray ball supply port 211a, and the game balls B paid out from the payout device 580 become stuck in the lower normal payout passage 610a of the lower full ball path unit 610.As more game balls B are paid out, they also become stuck in the upper normal payout passage 600c of the upper full ball path unit 600, which is connected upstream to the lower normal payout passage 610a. When the upper normal payout passage 600c is filled with game balls B and more game balls B are paid out, the game balls B begin to accumulate in the upper ball storage passage 600b, which is connected to the upper normal payout passage 600c on the upstream side, and begin to flow down the upper full payout passage 600d, which is adjacent to the upper normal payout passage 600c.

The game balls B that flow down the upper full payout passage 600d then pass through the lower full payout passage 610b of the lower full ball path unit 610 and are received by the full ball receiving port 150b in the foul cover unit 150 of the door frame 3. The game balls B received in the full ball receiving port 150b are then released into the lower tray 202 through the storage passage 150e, ball discharge port 150d, and lower tray ball supply port 211c of the tray unit base 211. This means that if the upper tray 201 is full of game balls B and more game balls B are paid out, the game balls B can be automatically paid out to the lower tray 202.

When the lower tray 202 is full of game balls B and further game balls B cannot be released forward from the lower tray ball supply port 211c, if more game balls B are dispensed, the game balls B will become trapped and stored in the storage passage 150e of the far cover unit 150 upstream of the lower tray ball supply port 211c. When a certain number of game balls B have accumulated in the storage passage 150e, the movable piece 153 moves and is detected by the full tank detection sensor 154. This notifies the player by voice (e.g., "Please remove the balls!") that the upper tray 201 and lower tray 202 are full of game balls B, and the payout motor 584 of the payout device 580 is temporarily stopped until the full tank detection sensor 154 is no longer in detection mode.

When the game balls B stored in the ball tank 552 need to be removed from the pachinko machine 1 during maintenance or replacement, the ball removal lever 593 of the payout device 580 is slid upward from its lowest position to its highest position. The lower end of the ball removal movable piece 592 is then pushed by the game ball B, causing it to rotate clockwise when viewed from the rear, and the ball removal movable piece 592 passes between the main body guide wall 581a and the rear cover guide wall 582a and is pushed out of the ball removal passage 580b. This allows the game ball B to enter the ball removal passage 580b, which branches off from the payout passage 580a, and the game balls B on the upstream side are released downward through the ball removal passage 580b.

At this time, the game ball B flowing down contacts the main body side guide wall 581a and the rear cover side guide wall 582a more strongly than it does the ball removal movable piece 592, making the ball removal movable piece 592 less likely to be damaged.

The game ball B released downward from the ball removal passage 580b of the payout device 580 passes through the upper ball removal passage 600e of the upper full ball path unit 600 and the lower ball removal passage 610c of the lower full ball path unit 610, and is released from the downstream end opening of the lower ball removal passage 610c to the ball removal guide section 627 of the base unit 620, and then passes through the discharged ball receiving section 628 and the ball discharge port 629 to be discharged to the rear outside of the pachinko machine 1 (towards the island equipment of the gaming hall).

[4-8. Board unit]
The board unit 620 in the main body frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 81 to 85. Figure 81(a) is a perspective view of the board unit of the main body frame as seen from the front, and (b) is a perspective view of the board unit as seen from the rear. Figure 82 is a perspective view of the board unit as seen from below and behind. Figure 83 is an exploded perspective view of the board unit as seen from the front, with each main component disassembled, and Figure 84 is an exploded perspective view of the board unit as seen from the rear, with each main component disassembled. Figure 85 is an enlarged side cross-sectional view of the lower part of the pachinko machine cut at the center in the left-right direction. The board unit 620 is attached to the lower rear surface of the main body frame base unit 500.

The board unit 620 comprises a speaker unit 620a attached to the rear surface of the main frame base 501 of the main frame base unit 500, below the game board mounting portion 501c; a base unit 620b attached to the rear surface of the main frame base 501 so as to cover part of the speaker unit 620a from behind; a power supply unit 620c attached to the rear side of the base unit 620b; a payout control unit 620d attached to the rear side of the power supply unit 620c; and an interface unit 620e attached to the rear surface of the speaker unit 620a so as to cover part of the payout control unit 620d from behind.

The speaker unit 620a comprises a speaker cover 621 attached to the rear surface of the main frame base 501 of the main frame base unit 500, below the game board mounting section 501c; a main frame speaker 622 attached to the rear surface of the speaker cover 621 near the left edge when viewed from the front, facing forward; and a container-shaped speaker box 623 attached to the rear of the speaker cover 621 so as to cover the rear side of the main frame speaker 622, and open to the front.

The speaker cover 621 extends left and right and is equipped with a circular speaker mounting portion 621a that penetrates from front to back near the left edge when viewed from the front and is composed of multiple slits that extend up and down; a front space recess 621b that is recessed so that it bulges forward from the rear on the right side of the speaker mounting portion 621a when viewed from the front; and a connection portion 621c that protrudes downward from the underside of the front space recess 621b, extends left and right, and opens diagonally downward and rearward.

The main frame speaker 622 is attached to the speaker mounting portion 621a of the speaker cover 621 from the rear side, facing forward. The connection portion 621c of the speaker cover 621 is inclined at a 45-degree angle so that its lower end coincides with the upper end of the connecting tube portion 43a of the rear panel member 43 of the lower outer frame assembly 40 of the outer frame 2. The main frame speaker 622 is a cone-type speaker that mainly outputs low-frequency sounds.

The speaker box 623 is shaped like a container that is open to the front, with the part behind the main frame speaker 622 protruding rearward the most, and is formed so that the protrusion decreases in a stepped manner toward the right as viewed from the front. This ensures that there is sufficient space behind the speaker box 623 to the right of the center as viewed from the front, allowing the placement of the base unit 620b, power supply unit 620c, etc. The speaker box 623 is formed to cover (close) the entire rear surface except for the connection part 621c of the speaker cover 621.

The speaker unit 620a, together with the speaker cover 621 and speaker box 623, forms part of an enclosure 624 that contains the sound output rearward from the main frame speaker 622. This enclosure 624 has a front recessed space 621b formed in the speaker cover 621 that bulges forward to the right of the speaker mounting portion 621a when viewed from the front. Therefore, even though the speaker box 623 is formed in a stepped shape so that the amount of rearward protrusion decreases as it moves to the right, a sufficiently large space is secured to the right of the main frame speaker 622.

When the main frame 4 is closed against the outer frame 2, the connecting portion 621c of the speaker cover 621 of the speaker unit 620a is connected to the connecting tube portion 43a with the sealing member 48 sandwiched therebetween, thereby connecting the space behind the main frame speaker 622 with the interior space 40a of the outer frame 2's curtain board. Therefore, a spacious enclosure 624 can be formed behind the main frame speaker 622 by the speaker cover 621, speaker box 623, front curtain board member 42, and rear curtain board member 43, allowing sound output rearward from the main frame speaker 622 to be output (radiated) forward from the opening 42a in the front curtain board member 42.

In more detail, as described above, in speaker unit 620a, the space behind the main frame speaker 622 (part of the enclosure 624) extends to the right when viewed from the front with a relatively wide depth and is connected to the lower frame assembly 40 via the connection portion 621c and the connecting tube portion 43a. This means that sound output rearward from the main frame speaker 622 can be transmitted to the lower frame assembly 40 without attenuation, particularly in the low-frequency range. The transmitted low-frequency range can then be resonated and amplified by passing through the two port members 47 and radiated forward from the opening 42a in the front panel member 42.

In this case, the sound emitted forward from the opening 42a of the front panel member 42 is emitted in an inverted phase, so that it resonates to amplify the sound output from the front of the main frame speaker 622 and emitted from the speaker port 211b of the dish unit 200. This allows for the output of a loud sound with deep bass even though the diameter of the main frame speaker 622 is small.

In other words, in this embodiment, the enclosure 624 of the main frame speaker 622 is a bass reflex type, allowing the player to hear deep bass sounds. This allows the player to hear a rich bass sound from the sound output from the front of the main frame speaker 622 and radiated from the speaker port 211b of the platter unit 200, and the sound output from the rear of the main frame speaker 622 and radiated from the grill member 46 of the outer frame 2.

The speaker unit 620a also has a through hole 621d formed in the speaker cover 621, penetrating in the front-to-rear direction at a position between the lower part of the speaker mounting portion 621a and the front recessed portion for space 621b, and a through tube 623a formed in the speaker box 623, which extends cylindrically and penetrates in the front-to-rear direction, communicating with the through hole 621d. When assembled into the speaker unit 620a, the through hole 621d and the through tube 623a communicate with each other, and the enclosure 624 is independent. The connection cable 503 is inserted through the through hole 621d and the through tube 623a.

The base unit 620b of the board unit 620 comprises a front base 625 attached to the rear surface of the main frame base 501 so as to cover part of the speaker box 623 from the rear, and a rear base 626 attached to the rear side of the front base 625, with the power supply unit 620c attached to its rear surface.

The base unit 620b is formed by the front base 625 and rear base 626 working together, and is equipped with a ball removal guide section 627 that receives game balls B released from the lower ball removal passage 610c of the lower full ball path unit 610 and guides them to the right when viewed from the front, a discharged ball receiving section 628 that opens upward to the right when viewed from the front, downstream of the ball removal guide section 627, and receives game balls B discharged downward from the game board 5, and a ball discharge outlet 629 that discharges game balls B downward after passing through the ball removal guide section 627 and the discharged ball receiving section 628.

The upstream end of the ball removal guide section 627 opens to the left at the top of the left side when viewed from the front, and the downstream end opens to the left end of the discharged ball receiving section 628. When assembled to the main body frame 4, the opening of the upstream end of the ball removal guide section 627 faces and coincides with the downstream end opening of the lower ball removal passage 610c of the lower full ball path unit 610, and can receive game balls B released from the lower ball removal passage 610c and guide them to the discharged ball receiving section 628.

The ejected ball receiving section 628 is open upward and extends left and right. The bottom surface of the ejected ball receiving section 628 is continuous with the bottom surface of the ball removal guide section 627 at the left end when viewed from the front, and is sloped downward toward the right.

The base unit 620b guides game balls B removed from the ball tank 552 and game balls B ejected from the game board 5 to the right when viewed from the front using the ball guide section 627 and ejected ball receiver 628, before ejecting them downward from the ball ejection port 629, making it easier to secure a larger space to the left of the center when viewed from the front. This allows for a larger space in the enclosure 624 of the speaker unit 620a, allowing players to hear a sound with richer bass than conventional pachinko machines.

The power supply unit 620c of the board unit 620 includes a power supply board 630 attached to the rear side of the rear base 626 of the base unit 620b, and a power supply board cover 631 attached to the rear base 626 so as to cover the rear side of the power supply board 630.

The payout control unit 620d comprises a box-shaped payout control board box 632 that is detachably attached to the rear side of the power supply board cover 631 of the power supply unit 620c, and a payout control board 633 (see Figure 85) housed within the payout control board box 632. The payout control board 633 controls the payout motor 584 of the payout device 580 in response to payout commands from the main control board 1310 of the gaming board 5, such as pressing the ball lending button 224 of the ball lending operation unit 220 of the tray unit 200, to pay out the specified number of game balls B to the player (upper tray 201 or lower tray 202). The payout control board box 632 is designed to leave traces of opening and closing. This makes it possible to detect any unauthorized modifications to the payout control board 633, thereby providing a greater deterrent to fraudulent activity.

The interface unit 620e comprises a board base 634 attached to the rear side of the speaker box 623 in the speaker unit 620a, an interface board 635 attached to the rear surface of the board base 634, and an interface board cover 636 attached to the board base 634 so as to cover the rear side of the interface board 635.

The board base 634 is attached to the rear surface of the speaker box 623 at the portion that protrudes furthest to the rear, behind the main frame speaker 622. One end (on the main frame 4 side) of the connection cable 503 is connected to the interface board 635. The interface board 635 is connected to the power supply board 630, payout control board 633, main control board 1310, peripheral control board 1510, etc., as well as to a CR unit installed outside the pachinko machine 1. The interface board cover 636 extends to the right of the board base 634 (interface board 635) when viewed from the front, covering part of the payout control unit 620d.

[4-9. Back cover]
The rear cover 640 of the main body frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 64 to 70. The rear cover 640 covers the rear side of the game board 5 that is inserted from the front into the game board insertion port 501b of the main body frame base 501 of the main body frame base unit 500 and attached. The right side of the rear cover 640 in a front view is rotatably attached around an axis that extends vertically to the rear end that extends vertically of the rear extension portion 501j of the main body frame base 501, and the left side is attached to the rear cover attachment portion 551i of the payout base 551 and the rear cover attachment portion 601a of the upper full ball path unit 600.

The rear cover 640 is formed in the shape of a flat plate that extends vertically and horizontally, with the right edge bent forward when viewed from the front. When assembled to the main body frame 4, the rear surface is positioned approximately flush with the rear surface of the upper back plate 551d of the payout base 551. The rear cover 640 has multiple slits 641 that penetrate from front to back and extend vertically. In this embodiment, the rear cover 640 is made of transparent synthetic resin, allowing the inside of the main body frame 4 to be seen from the rear of the pachinko machine 1.

[4-10. Locking unit]
The locking unit 650 in the main frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figure 86. Figure 86(a) is a perspective view of the locking unit of the main frame as seen from the front, and (b) is a perspective view of the locking unit as seen from the rear. The locking unit 650 is attached to the main frame base 501 of the main frame 4 and locks the main frame 4 and the door frame 3, and the main frame 4 and the outer frame 2.

The locking unit 650 comprises a unit base 651 that is attached to the right side of the rear extension 501j of the main frame base 501 and extends vertically; multiple door frame hooks 652 that protrude forward from the unit base 651 and can engage with the door frame 3; multiple outer frame hooks 653 that protrude rearward from the unit base 651 and can engage with the outer frame 2; and a transmission cylinder 654 that protrudes forward from the lower front end of the unit base 651 and moves the door frame hooks 652 or outer frame hooks 653 up and down depending on the direction of rotation.

The locking unit 650 also includes a lock spring 655 that urges the door frame hook 652 downward and the outer frame hook 653 upward, and an outer frame unlocking lever 656 that protrudes forward from a position above the transmission cylinder 654 at the front end of the unit base 651 and slides downward to move the outer frame hook 653 downward.

When the locking unit 650 is assembled to the main frame 4, the multiple (three) door frame hooks 652, transmission cylinder 654, and outer frame unlocking lever 656 protrude forward from the front surface of the main frame base 501. The transmission cylinder 654 protrudes forward through the cylinder insertion opening 501f of the main frame base 501, and when the door frame 3 is closed against the main frame 4, its front end engages with the rotation transmission member 133 of the cylinder lock 130 of the door frame 3, transmitting the rotation of the key inserted in the keyhole 132 and causing it to rotate.

The locking unit 650 has multiple (three) door frame hooks 652 that engage with the hook member 116 of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 in the door frame base unit 100 of the door frame 3, and multiple (two) outer frame hooks 653 that engage with the upper hook member 24 and lower hook member 25 of the outer frame right assembly 20 in the outer frame 2.

When the locking unit 650 is assembled to the pachinko machine 1, inserting a key that corresponds to the keyhole 132 of the cylinder lock 130 and rotating it counterclockwise as viewed from the front causes the multiple door frame hooks 652 to move upward via the transfer cylinder 654, unlocking the door frame 3 from the main frame 4. On the other hand, when the key is rotated clockwise as viewed from the front, the multiple outer frame hooks 653 move downward via the transfer cylinder 654, unlocking the main frame 4 from the outer frame 2. With the door frame 3 open relative to the main frame 4, sliding the outer frame unlock lever 656 downward causes the multiple outer frame hooks 653 to move downward, unlocking the main frame 4 from the outer frame 2. In this way, the lock between the main frame 4 and door frame 3, or between the main frame 4 and outer frame 2, can be unlocked.

When locking the gap between the main frame 4 and the door frame 3, or between the main frame 4 and the outer frame 2, the door frame hook 652 and the outer frame hook 653 are tapered at their tips. Therefore, when the door frame 3 is closed against the main frame 4, or the main frame 4 is closed against the outer frame 2, the door frame hook 652 and the outer frame hook 653 move downward or upward to overcome the hook member 116, upper hook member 24, and lower hook member 25, and then enter a locked state due to the biasing force of the lock spring 655.

[4-11. Second embodiment of board unit]
Next, a second embodiment of the board unit 700, which differs from the above, will be described in detail with reference to Figures 87 to 92. Figure 87(a) is a perspective view of the board unit of the second embodiment, with the power supply unit, dispensing control unit, and interface unit omitted, as viewed from the front right, and Figure 87(b) is a perspective view of the board unit of Figure 87 as viewed from the front left. Figure 88(a) is a perspective view of the board unit of Figure 87 as viewed from the rear right above, and Figure 88(b) is a perspective view of the board unit of Figure 87 as viewed from the rear right below. Figure 89(a) is a plan view of the board unit of Figure 87, Figure 89(b) is a cross-sectional view taken along line XX in Figure 87(a), Figure 89(c) is a cross-sectional view taken along line SS in Figure 89(a), and Figure 90 is a cross-sectional view taken along line SS in Figure 89(a). Figure 91 is an exploded perspective view of the board unit of Figure 87 as viewed from the front, and Figure 92 is an exploded perspective view of the board unit of Figure 87 as viewed from the rear.

The board unit 700 of the second embodiment differs from the above-described board unit 620 only in the configuration of the base unit 710, and is otherwise identical in configuration. Therefore, here, the same components as those in the above-described board unit 620 are given the same reference numerals and detailed descriptions are omitted. Also, in Figures 87 to 92, the power supply unit 620c, dispensing control unit 620d, and interface unit 620e are not shown.

The board unit 700 of this embodiment replaces the board unit 620 described above and is attached to the lower rear surface of the main frame base unit 500. The board unit 700 includes a speaker unit 620a attached to the rear surface of the main frame base 501 of the main frame base unit 500, below the game board mounting portion 501c; a base unit 710 attached to the rear surface of the main frame base 501 so as to cover part of the speaker unit 620a from behind; a power supply unit 620c attached to the rear side of the base unit 710; a payout control unit 620d attached to the rear side of the power supply unit 620c; and an interface unit 620e attached to the rear surface of the speaker unit 620a so as to cover part of the payout control unit 620d from behind.

This base unit 700 is equipped with a first ball path 701 through which game balls B released downward from the game board 5 can pass, a second ball path 702 located behind the first ball path 701 and through which game balls B released downward from the game board 5 can pass, a first ball sensor 703 that detects game balls B passing through the first ball path 701, a second ball sensor 704 that detects game balls B passing through the second ball path 702, and a ball removal path 705 through which game balls B released from the lower ball removal path 610c of the lower full ball path unit 610 pass. The first ball path 701 and the second ball path 702 each have an entrance that opens upward, and the first ball sensor 703 and the second ball sensor 704 detect game balls B one by one before discharging them downward.

In this embodiment, the game board 5 is configured so that game balls B received at the out port 1008 and sub-out port 2023 circulate through the first ball path 701, and game balls B received at the general prize port 2001, first start port 2002, second start port 2004, first large prize port 2005, and second large prize port 2006 circulate through the second ball path 702. In other words, the game board 5 is configured so that out balls circulate through the first ball path 701 and safe balls circulate through the second ball path 702, and the first ball sensor 703 can count the number of all out balls, while the second ball sensor 704 can count the number of all safe balls. As a result, if fraudulent activity is committed against a prize port (prize port sensor) such as the general prize port 2001, first start port 2002, second start port 2004, first large prize port 2005, or second large prize port 2006 on the game board 5, the number of safe balls on the game board 5 side will differ from the number of safe balls counted by the second ball sensor 704, making it possible to detect fraudulent activity against a prize port.

In more detail, the base unit 710 of the board unit 700 comprises a front base 711 attached to the rear side of the speaker cover 621 so as to cover part of the speaker box 623 from the rear; a rear base 712 attached to the rear side of the front base 711 and having a power supply unit 620c attached to its rear surface and a ball removal passage 705; a ball path member 713 provided between the front base 711 and the rear base 712 and having a first ball path 701 and a second ball path 702; a security cover 714 provided on the front base 711 and the rear base 712 in an openable and closable manner to eliminate clogging of game balls B in the first ball path 701 and the second ball path 702 and to prevent the intrusion of illegal tools; a passage wall member 715 attached to the rear side of the rear base 712 and closing the rear end of the ball removal passage 705; and a frame relay board 716 attached to the rear side of the rear base 712. In the base unit 710, the front base 711, rear base 712, ball path member 713, and passage wall member 715 are made transparent.

The front base 711 is shaped like a long box that is open rearward and upward. The ball path member 713 is housed inside the front base 711 from the rear. The front wall of the front base 711 closes the front end of the first ball path 701 of the ball path member 713. The front base 711 has a ball receiving opening 711a that opens long in the left-right direction on the upper peripheral wall, and a release opening 711b that opens at a position to the right of the left-right center on the lower peripheral wall. When the ball path member 713 is housed inside the front base 711, the first ball path 701 and second ball path 702 of the ball path member 713 face upward from the ball receiving opening 711a. The front base 711 also supports a security cover 714 at the front end of the release opening 711b so that it can rotate around an axis extending left-right.

The rear base 712 is shaped like a long box that is open to the rear. The rear base 712 closes the rear end of the second ball path 702 of the ball path member 713 with its front wall. The rear base 712 has a ball removal path 705 that receives game balls B released from the lower ball removal path 610c of the lower full-ball path unit 610, guides them to the right when viewed from the front, and then guides them downward for discharge. The ball removal path 705 is located within the box-shaped rear base 712 and is entirely open to the rear. The rear end of the ball removal path 705 is closed by a path wall member 715. The portion of the ball removal path 705 of the rear base 712 located above the speaker box 623 (the portion on the left end when viewed from the front) is perforated in the front-to-rear direction, and is closed at the front end by the front base 711 and at the rear by the path wall member 715.

The rear base 712 also has a first discharge guide section 712a that receives a game ball B that has flowed through the first ball path 701 of the ball path member 713, guides it rearward, and then discharges it downward, and a second discharge guide section 712b that receives a game ball B that has flowed through the second ball path 702 of the ball path member 713, guides it rearward, and then discharges it downward. The inlet sides of the first discharge guide section 712a and the second discharge guide section 712b protrude forward beyond the front wall of the rear base 712, with the inlet of the first discharge guide section 712a opening forward and the inlet of the second discharge guide section 712b opening upward. The outlets of the first discharge guide section 712a and the second discharge guide section 712b are located at the same position in the front-to-back direction. The rear sides of the first discharge guide section 712a and the second discharge guide section 712b are open rearward beyond the front wall, and the rear ends are closed by the passage wall member 715.

In the rear base 712, the outlets of the ball removal passage 705, first discharge guide section 712a, and second discharge guide section 712b are located to the left of the discharge opening 711b of the front base 711 when viewed from the front, and are arranged in order from left to right. Compared to the outlets of the first discharge guide section 712a and second discharge guide section 712b, the outlet of the ball removal passage 705 is wider forward at the front end and narrower rearward at the rear end (see Figure 88 (b)). In other words, the outlet of the ball removal passage 705 is wider in the front-to-rear direction than the outlets of the first discharge guide section 712a and second discharge guide section 712b.

The ball path member 713 is inserted into the box-shaped front base 711 from the rear and accommodated therein. The ball path member 713 has a first ball path 701 and a second ball path 702. The ball path member 713 comprises a left wall portion 713a extending vertically downward from the upper end at the right end, an upper left shelf portion 713b sloping downward from the lower end of the left wall portion 713a toward the right, a stepped wall portion 713c extending vertically downward from the right end of the upper left shelf portion 713b, an upper right shelf portion 713d sloping downward from the lower end of the stepped wall portion 713c toward the right, a straightening wall portion 713e extending diagonally downward and left from the right end of the upper right shelf portion 713d, and a straightening wall portion 713e extending diagonally downward and left from the lower end of the straightening wall portion 713e. It has a lower shelf 713f that increases in height toward the right from a position spaced to the right of the upper right shelf 713d and extends further to the right than the upper right shelf 713d, a right wall 713g that extends vertically upward from the right end of the lower shelf 713f to approximately the same height as the upper end of the left wall 713a, an upper wall 713h that extends leftward from the upper end of the right wall 713g to the same position as the right end of the upper right shelf 713d, and a U-shaped groove wall 713i that is connected to the left end of the upper wall 713h and opens upward. The left end of groove wall 713i is located to the right of the center of the upper right shelf 713d in the left-right direction.

The ball path member 713 also has an upper lower wall portion 713j extending leftward from the lower end of the straightening wall portion 713e, a middle wall portion 713k extending vertically upward from the left end of the upper lower wall portion 713j to the underside of the upper left shelf portion 713b, a visor portion 713l extending leftward from the middle of the left side of the middle wall portion 713k, a hanging wall portion 713m extending vertically downward from near the left end of the lower shelf portion 713f, and a lower lower wall portion 713n extending leftward from the lower end of the hanging wall portion 713m parallel to the upper lower wall portion 713j. The portion of the lower lower wall portion 713n located below, between the lower end of the straightening wall portion 713e and the left end of the lower shelf portion 713f, is notched at the top and bottom to a size that allows the game ball B to pass through.

Furthermore, the ball path member 713 has multiple obstruction ribs 713o that extend downward from the underside of the upper left shelf portion 713b, lower shelf portion 713f, and upper wall portion 713h and are spaced apart in the left-right direction. The ball path member 713 also has a flat partition wall portion 713p that separates the space surrounded by the left wall portion 713a, upper left shelf portion 713b, step wall portion 713c, upper right shelf portion 713d, straightening wall portion 713e, lower shelf portion 713f, right wall portion 713g, groove wall portion 713i, upper lower wall portion 713j, middle wall portion 713k, hanging wall portion 713m, and lower lower wall portion 713n into front and rear portions.

Furthermore, the ball path member 713 has multiple notches 713q in the upper left shelf portion 713b, upper right shelf portion 713d, and lower shelf portion 713f, which are recessed from the front and rear ends of each toward the partition wall portion 713p. Each notch 713q is arranged so that when assembled to the board unit 700, a gap smaller in the front-to-rear direction than the radius of the game ball B is formed between the front base 711 and the rear base 712, and dirt and dust from within the first ball path 701 and the second ball path 702 can be discharged downward through this gap.

The ball path member 713 is located on the front surface of the partition wall portion 713p, between the flow straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f, and has multiple guide ridges 713r extending to the left and right.

Furthermore, the ball path member 713 has a front sensor housing section 713s, which is surrounded by an upper lower wall section 713j, a hanging wall section 713m, and a lower lower wall section 713n, in front of the partition wall section 713p, and houses the first ball sensor 703; and a rear sensor housing section 713t, which is surrounded by an upper lower wall section 713j, a hanging wall section 713m, and a lower lower wall section 713n, in back of the partition wall section 713p, and houses the second ball sensor 704.

The first and second ball sensors 703 and 704 are housed in the front and rear sensor housing sections 713s and 713t, respectively, with their detection holes positioned below the area between the straightening wall section 713e and the lower shelf section 713f, i.e., with the detection holes facing right. Although not shown, the wiring cables extending from the first and second ball sensors 703 and 704 extend from the front and rear sensor housing sections 713s and 713t to the left of the middle wall section 713k.

The ball path member 713 is provided on the underside of the lower wall portion 713n in a position forward of the partition wall portion 713p and has a first ball guide portion 713u that protrudes downward and is open to the rear. When assembled to the base unit 700, the right half of the rear end of the first ball guide portion 713u is closed by the front face of the rear base 712, and the left half faces the entrance side of the first discharge guide portion 712a of the rear base 712. The first ball guide portion 713u can guide a game ball B that flows downward from between the straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f in front of the partition wall portion 713p to the right and then rearward, where it can be delivered to the first discharge guide portion 712a of the rear base 712.

On the other hand, behind the partition wall portion 713p of the ball path member 713, below the portion of the lower wall portion 713n that opens downward (the portion of the detection hole of the second ball sensor 704 housed in the rear sensor housing portion 713t), there is an inlet that opens upward to the second discharge guide portion 712b of the rear base 712. This allows game balls B that flow downward from between the straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f behind the partition wall portion 713p to be handed over to the second discharge guide portion 712b of the rear base 712.

The right end of the upper left shelf 713b is located slightly to the right of the left end of the dissolving opening 711b in the front base 711. The right end of the upper right shelf 713d is located to the right of the right end of the dissolving opening 711b in the front base 711. The left end of the lower shelf 713f is located to the left of the left end of the dissolving opening 711b in the front base 711. Therefore, the area directly above the dissolving opening 711b in the front base 711 is covered by the flow-straightening wall 713e. The upper left shelf 713b, upper right shelf 713d, and lower shelf 713f are linearly inclined. On the other hand, the flow-straightening wall 713e is inclined in a curved manner, with its left end pointing vertically downward. The distance (height) between the flow-regulating wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f is sloped to narrow as it goes to the left, so that the left end is high enough for a single game ball B to pass through. This flow-regulating wall portion 713e and lower shelf portion 713f allows multiple game balls B to be regulated in a single line and guided downward.

As mentioned above, the space between the rectifying wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f is configured so that the vertical dimension narrows as it moves to the left (the downstream direction of the flow of game balls B). Depending on the volume of game balls B circulating, multiple game balls B may become caught between the rectifying wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f, resulting in a ball jam. Because the rectifying wall portion 713e is located above the release opening 711b, if a ball jam occurs between the rectifying wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f, the security cover 714 can be opened to open the release opening 711b. A rod-shaped tool can then be inserted from below between the rectifying wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f through the release opening 711b and the notch 713q in the lower shelf portion 713f, and the tool can be used to poke the trapped game ball B and release the ball jam.

However, since the lower shelf portion 713f is provided with a notch 713q for clearing jammed balls and allowing dirt and dust to fall downward, there is a risk that a linear illegal tool such as a piano wire or catheter could be inserted from below through the notch 713q into the upper part of the lower shelf portion 713f (first ball path 701 or second ball path 702), and the tip of the illegal tool could then be extended upward from the ball path member 713 (first ball path 701 or second ball path 702), thereby committing an illegal act on the game board 5 located above. The insertion of such illegal tools is not limited to the lower shelf portion 713f, and there is a similar risk in the upper left shelf portion 713b and upper right shelf portion 713d, which are also provided with the notch 713q.

In contrast, in this embodiment, the undersides of the upper left shelf portion 713b, the lower shelf portion 713f, and the upper wall portion 713h are provided with multiple flat blocking ribs 713o that are spaced apart in the left-right direction and extend downward. Therefore, even if the tip of a linear illegal tool attempts to move along the undersides of the upper left shelf portion 713b, the lower shelf portion 713f, and the upper wall portion 713h, it abuts against the blocking rib 713o, preventing the tip from moving and preventing further insertion of the illegal tool. This prevents the execution of illegal acts on the game board 5 through the ball path member 713 (first ball path 701 and second ball path 702), reducing the burden on the gaming hall that installs this pachinko machine 1 and providing a pachinko machine 1 that is highly deterrent to illegal acts.

In addition, the areas to the right of the middle wall 713k on the upper right shelf 713d and upper left shelf 713b are closed off below and on both sides by the flow-regulating wall 713e, the upper lower wall 713j, and the middle wall 713k, which do not have the notch 713q. Therefore, unauthorized tools cannot be inserted from below through the notch 713q in the corresponding areas of the upper right shelf 713d and upper left shelf 713b, and unauthorized acts cannot be committed through the notch 713q in these areas.

As described above, the ball path member 713 has multiple notches 713q in the upper left shelf portion 713b, upper right shelf portion 713d, and lower shelf portion 713f, allowing debris and dust to be discharged downward through the notches 713q. Debris and dust discharged downward through the notches 713q located above the front sensor housing portion 713s and rear sensor housing portion 713t in the upper left shelf portion 713b is contained within the space surrounded by the straightening wall portion 713e, the upper lower wall portion 713j, and the middle wall portion 713k. This prevents debris and dust from adhering to the first ball sensor 703 and the second ball sensor 704 housed in the front sensor housing portion 713s and rear sensor housing portion 713t.

In addition, a wiring cable is connected by a connector to the left end of the first ball sensor 703 and the second ball sensor 704 housed in the front sensor housing section 713s and the rear sensor housing section 713t, and the wiring cable and connector protrude to the left from the front sensor housing section 713s and the rear sensor housing section 713t. In other words, the wiring cable and connector of the first ball sensor 703 and the second ball sensor 704 protrude to the left beyond the middle wall section 713k. In this middle wall portion 713k, a visor portion 713l extends to the left from above the front sensor housing portion 713s and the rear sensor housing portion 713t on the left side surface. Therefore, dirt and dust that falls downward through the cutout portion 713q formed in the upper left shelf portion 713b is guided to the left by the slope of the visor portion 713l, preventing it from falling onto the wiring cables and connectors of the first ball sensor 703 and second ball sensor 704, which protrude further to the left than the middle wall portion 713k, thereby avoiding problems caused by dirt, etc.

The base unit 710 forms a first ball path 701 by the left wall portion 713a, upper left shelf portion 713b, step wall portion 713c, upper right shelf portion 713d, straightening wall portion 713e, lower shelf portion 713f, right wall portion 713g, groove wall portion 713i, first ball guide portion 713u on the front side of the partition wall portion 713p of the ball path member 713, and the first discharge guide portion 712a of the rear base 712. The base unit 710 also forms a second ball path 702 by the left wall portion 713a, upper left shelf portion 713b, step wall portion 713c, upper right shelf portion 713d, straightening wall portion 713e, lower shelf portion 713f, right wall portion 713g, groove wall portion 713i on the rear side of the partition wall portion 713p of the ball path member 713, and the second discharge guide portion 712b of the rear base 712.

The security cover 714 is formed in a flat plate shape and is attached near the front end of the removal opening 711b of the front base 711, with its front end rotatable around a left-right axis. The security cover 714 also has an elastic locking portion 714a at its rear end that locks to the rear base 712. As shown in Figure 90, when the security cover 714 is in a horizontal position with the elastic locking portion 714a locked to the rear base 712, it closes the removal opening 711b. However, when the elastic locking portion 714a is released and the security cover 714 is rotated so that its rear end is positioned downward and it is in a vertical position, it opens the removal opening 711b. In other words, the security cover 714 can open and close the removal opening 711b.

When the security cover 714 is closed, it can close the clearance opening 711b in the front base 711, preventing a linear illegal tool from being inserted into the ball path member 713 (first ball path 701 or second ball path 702) through the clearance opening 711b. Furthermore, when a ball jam occurs between the straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f of the ball path member 713, the security cover 714 can be opened to open the clearance opening 711b in the front base 711. Therefore, a rod-shaped tool can be inserted from below through the clearance opening 711b and the notch 713q in the lower shelf portion 713f between the straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f to clear the jammed game ball B. This ball jam clearing operation is performed with the main frame 4 open forward relative to the outer frame 2.

When the release opening 711b is open (vertical), the lower end (the end on the elastic locking portion 714a side) of this security cover 714 is located below the height (here, the height indicated by the dashed line in Figure 90) of the object at risk of contact (here, the connecting tube portion 43a of the rear panel member 43 of the outer frame 2). Therefore, even if the main frame 4 is opened forward relative to the outer frame 2 to release game balls B stuck in the ball path member 713, and then an attempt is made to close the main frame 4 relative to the outer frame 2 while the security cover 714 is still open, the open security cover 714 will come into contact with the object at risk of contact (the connecting tube portion 43a of the rear panel member 43), preventing the main frame 4 from being closed. This prevents the security cover 714 from being left unclosed, ensuring that the security cover 714 is reliably closed and providing its security function.

In addition, in this embodiment, if the security cover 714 opens for some reason while the main frame 4 is closed relative to the outer frame 2, opening the main frame 4 relative to the outer frame 2 in that state will result in a hazardous object coming into contact with the open security cover 714 from the front. However, because the front end of the security cover 714 is attached so that it can rotate about a left-right axis, when a hazardous object comes into contact with it from the front, the security cover 714 rotates in the closing direction. This allows the main frame 4 to be opened without the security cover 714 getting caught on a hazardous object, preventing damage to the security cover 714 or the hazardous object.

In addition, in this embodiment, the security cover 714 is designed to remain closed because it is rare for game balls B to become stuck between the straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f. Therefore, the elastic locking portion 714a is designed to lock tightly to make it difficult to open.

The passage wall member 715 is attached to the rear side of the rear base 712 and closes the rear end of the ball removal passage 705, which is open to the rear. The passage wall member 715 also closes the rear-open portions of the rear base 712 at the outlet sides of the first discharge guide section 712a and the second discharge guide section 712b, allowing game balls B that have circulated through the first discharge guide section 712a and the second discharge guide section 712b to be discharged downward. Furthermore, the passage wall member 715 and the rear base 712 sandwich the frame relay board 716 and cover the rear side of the frame relay board 716.

The frame relay board 716 is sandwiched between the rear base 712 and the passage wall member 715. The frame relay board 716 relays the connections between the handle touch sensor 192, single button operation sensor 194, first ball sensor 703, and second ball sensor 704 of the door frame 3 and the main control board 1310.

As shown in Figure 89(a), in this embodiment, the base unit 710 has the upper left shelf 713b and a portion of the upper right shelf 713d of the ball path member 713 facing upward from the ball receiving opening 711a of the front base 711, and can receive all game balls B released downward from the game board 5. Game balls B that fall onto the upper left shelf 713b or upper right shelf 713d through the ball receiving opening 711a roll to the right and flow down from the right end of the upper right shelf 713d onto the lower shelf 713f. Game balls B that flow down to the lower shelf 713f then roll leftward across the lower shelf 713f. At this time, if multiple game balls B are stacked vertically on the lower shelf 713f, they are broken up by the upper straightening wall 713e so that they form a single line as they move to the left.

After rolling leftward on the lower shelf 713f, the game ball B falls downward from the left end of the lower shelf 713f. If the game ball B is in front of the partition wall 713p, it is detected by the first ball sensor 703 housed in the front sensor housing 713s, passes through the first ball guide 713u, and is then discharged downward through the first discharge guide 712a of the rear base 712. On the other hand, if the game ball B is behind the partition wall 713p, it is detected by the second ball sensor 704 housed in the rear sensor housing 713t, and is then discharged downward through the second discharge guide 712b of the rear base 712.

In this way, in the base unit 710 of this embodiment, the game ball B flows through separate paths in front of and behind the partition wall portion 713p of the ball path member 713 and is discharged downward, with the portion in front of the partition wall portion 713p being the first ball path 701 and the portion behind the partition wall portion 713p being the second ball path 702. Therefore, a game ball B that falls from the game board 5 forward of the partition wall portion 713p of the ball path member 713 flows through the first ball path 701, is detected by the first ball sensor 703, and can be discharged downward. On the other hand, a game ball B that falls from the game board 5 behind the partition wall portion 713p of the ball path member 713 flows through the second ball path 702, is detected by the second ball sensor 704, and can be discharged downward.

In addition, the base unit 710 can discharge game balls B released from the lower ball removal passage 610c of the lower full-tank ball path unit 610 to remove game balls B from the ball tank 552, etc., downward through the ball removal passage 705 of the rear base 712. Game balls B discharged downward from the first discharge guide section 712a (first ball path 701), second discharge guide section 712b (second ball path 702) of the base unit 710, and the ball removal passage 705 are delivered to a section on the island equipment side that collects game balls B (out receiving section, bucket, etc.).

In the base unit 710 of the board unit 700 of this embodiment, multiple notches 713q are provided in the upper left shelf portion 713b, the upper right shelf portion 713d, and the lower shelf portion 713f, allowing debris and dust to fall through the notches 713q and be removed from the first ball path 701 and the second ball path 702. This prevents debris and the like from interfering with the flow of the game ball B and reduces the occurrence of ball jams, etc.

In addition, since the front base 711, rear base 712, ball path member 713, and passage wall member 715 are made transparent, by opening the door frame 3 forward relative to the main body frame 4 and removing the game board 5 from the main body frame 4, it is possible to easily check from above the base unit 710 (board unit 700) whether or not game ball B is stuck in the ball path member 713 (first ball path 701 and second ball path 702). Furthermore, in the area of the ball path member 713 where the straightening wall portion 713e and lower shelf portion 713f align the game balls B in a row, a notch 713q is provided in the lower shelf portion 713f. Therefore, if balls become jammed between the straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f, by opening the main frame 4 forward relative to the outer frame 2 and opening the security cover 714, a rod-shaped tool can be inserted from below between the straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f through the release opening 711b and the notch 713q, and the balls can be used to release the jam.

Furthermore, a downwardly open release port 711b is provided in the lower shelf portion 713f below the straightening wall portion 713e, and a security cover 714 is provided to close the release port 711b. As a result, ball jams can be cleared through the release port 711b as described above, and by keeping the release port 711b closed by the security cover 714 under normal conditions, it is possible to prevent linear illegal tools from being inserted into the first ball path 701 or the second ball path 702 through the release port 711b, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 that has a high deterrent effect against illegal activity.

In addition, the security cover 714, which opens and closes the release opening 711b, is opened and closed by rotating it around a left-right axis at the front end. Therefore, if an attempt is made to close the main frame 4 against the outer frame 2 while forgetting to close the security cover 714, the security cover 714 will come into contact with a hazardous object (the connecting tube portion 43a of the rear panel member 43), making it impossible to close the main frame 4. This makes it clear that the security cover 714 has been left closed, allowing the security cover 714 to be closed reliably and providing its security function.

Furthermore, the undersides of the upper left shelf portion 713b, the lower shelf portion 713f, and the upper wall portion 713h are provided with multiple flat blocking ribs 713o that are spaced apart in the left-right direction and extend downward. Therefore, even if the tip of a linear illegal tool attempts to move along the undersides of the upper left shelf portion 713b, the lower shelf portion 713f, and the upper wall portion 713h, it will come into contact with the blocking rib 713o, preventing the tip from moving, thereby preventing further insertion of the illegal tool. This prevents the execution of illegal acts on the game board 5 through the ball path member 713 (first ball path 701 and second ball path 702), reducing the burden on the gaming hall that installs this pachinko machine 1 and providing a pachinko machine 1 that is highly deterrent to illegal acts.

Furthermore, as described above, the first ball path 701 and the second ball path 702 are configured to form a complex circulation path that meanders and cranks due to the first discharge guide section 712a and the second discharge guide section 712b of the rear base 712 and the ball path member 713. Therefore, even if a linear illegal tool is inserted from the exit side of the first discharge guide section 712a or the second discharge guide section 712b, the complex path can prevent the tool from entering the game board 5, thereby preventing the illegal tool from entering the game board 5 through the first ball path 701 and the second ball path 702.

Furthermore, because the first ball sensor 703 and the second ball sensor 704 can detect (count) all game balls B released from the game board 5, there is no need to provide a structure for detecting game balls B discharged onto the game board 5 (for example, an out ball detection unit), which reduces the cost of the game board 5 and makes it possible to secure space on the game board 5 for the structure for detecting game balls B being discharged.By providing a presentation device in the secured space, the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5) can be made even more entertaining to players.

In addition, because out balls circulate along the first ball path 701 and safe balls circulate along the second ball path 702, by comparing the number of safe balls counted on the game board 5 with the number of safe balls counted by the second ball sensor 704, it is possible to determine whether or not fraudulent activity is being committed on the game board 5, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 that has a strong deterrent effect against fraudulent activity.

Furthermore, if the payout rate (ball payout rate) per specified time calculated from the number of safe balls per specified time and the number of out balls per specified time is displayed so that it can be seen by the player, players will want many game balls B paid out, so if the displayed payout rate is high, they will immediately recognize that the pachinko machine 1 is likely to pay out many game balls B, making it easier for them to select the pachinko machine 1 to play on. Furthermore, if the payout rate is displayed so that it can be seen by the player, if a player commits fraudulent acts that result in many game balls B being paid out, the displayed payout rate will be higher than usual, making it easier for other players and staff at the amusement hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed to notice the fraudulent acts, which will discourage players from committing fraudulent acts and result in the pachinko machine 1 having a high deterrent effect against fraudulent acts.

Furthermore, if the payout rate calculated from the number of safe balls and the number of out balls is displayed in a location that is not visible to the player, amusement hall staff can see it and detect fraudulent activity for the same reasons as above. Furthermore, when performing maintenance on the pachinko machine 1, if the displayed payout rate differs from the normal value, this may indicate a malfunction within the pachinko machine 1 (for example, with the obstructing nail N, main control board 1310, payout control board 633, relay board, connector, wiring cable, various sensors, etc.), which allows for early response to the malfunction and reduces the burden on the amusement hall.

In addition, since the first ball path 701 and the second ball path 702 are separate from the ball removal passage 705 for discharging game balls B from the ball tank 552, the first ball sensor 703 and the second ball sensor 704 do not count removed game balls B. Therefore, the first ball sensor 703 and the second ball sensor 704 can accurately count only game balls B released from the game board 5.

In the above embodiment, out balls circulate along the first ball path 701 and safe balls circulate along the second ball path 702, but this is not limited to this. Safe balls may circulate along the first ball path 701 and out balls may circulate along the second ball path 702, or game ball B ejected from the game board 5 may circulate along either the first ball path 701 or the second ball path 702, regardless of whether it is a safe ball or an out ball.

In addition, in the above embodiment, the release opening 711b is opened and closed by rotating the security cover 714, but this is not limited to this, and the release opening 711b may also be opened and closed by sliding it back and forth or left and right.

In addition, in the above embodiment, a single partition wall portion 713p is used to separate the game ball B released downward from the game board 5, allowing it to be discharged through one of two ball paths separated into the front and rear of the first ball path 701 and the second ball path 702. However, this is not limited to this, and it is also possible to have three or more ball paths separated into the front and rear by multiple partition wall portions, and to discharge the game ball B released from the game board 5 downward through one of the ball paths.

[5. Game Board]
Next, the game board 5 of the pachinko machine 1 will be described in detail, mainly with reference to Figures 93 to 99. Figure 93 is a front view of the game board, showing the transparent center gadget and other components as opaque. Figure 94 is a perspective view of the game board of Figure 93 as seen from the front right, Figure 95 is a perspective view of the game board of Figure 93 as seen from the front left, and Figure 96 is a perspective view of the game board of Figure 93 as seen from the rear. Figure 97 is an exploded perspective view of the game board of Figure 93 as seen from the front, with its main components disassembled, and Figure 98 is an exploded perspective view of the game board of Figure 93 as seen from the rear, with its main components disassembled. Figure 99 is a front view of the game board, showing the play area in which game balls circulate, by cutting the front unit parallel to the surface of the game panel.

The game board 5 of the pachinko machine 1 has a game area 5a into which a game ball B is shot by the player operating the handle 197. The game area 5a is equipped with a general prize opening 2001, a first start opening 2002, a gate 2003, a regular prize opening 2011, a second start opening 2004, a first large prize opening 2005, and a second large prize opening 2006, which grant the player a predetermined benefit (e.g., an addition of a predetermined number of balls to the player's possession) when a game ball B is accepted or passed through. This game board 5 is designed for entertaining players to operate the handle 197 and circulate game balls B within the game area 5a so that game balls B are accepted into or pass through the general prize opening 2001, first start opening 2002, gate 2003, regular prize opening 2011, second start opening 2004, first large prize opening 2005, second large prize opening 2006, etc. within the game area 5a.

The game board 5 comprises a front component 1000 that defines the outer periphery of the play area 5a and has a generally rectangular outline when viewed from the front; a plate-shaped game panel 1100 that is attached to the rear side of the front component 1000 and defines the rear end of the play area 5a; multiple magnetic sensors 1050 (see Figure 126) that detect illicit magnetic fields within the play area 5a; and a vibration sensor 1040 (see Figure 126) that detects vibrations acting on the game board 5 (pachinko machine 1). A number of obstacle nails that come into contact with the game ball B are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement on the front surface of the game panel 1100 in a portion that is within the play area 5a.

The game board 5 also includes a film-like decorative cell 1140 that is provided behind the transparent game panel 1100 and decorates the game area 5a, a rear box 3010 of the rear unit 3000 that is attached to the rear side of the game panel 1100, and a main control unit 1300 that is attached to the rear surface of the rear box 3010 and has a main control board 1310 (see Figure 126, etc.) that controls the game content that is played by shooting game balls B into the game area 5a.

The gaming board 5 also includes a function display unit 1400 that displays the game status based on control signals from the main control board 1310 and is attached to the upper left corner of the front component 1000 so as to be visible to the player; a peripheral control unit 1500 that is located behind the gaming panel 1100; an effect display device 1600 that is located in the center of the gaming area 5a when viewed from the front and is capable of displaying specified effect images; a panel relay board (not shown) that is located behind the gaming panel 1100 and relays the connection between the main control board 1310 and the peripheral control board 1510; a front unit 2000 that is attached to the front of the gaming panel 1100; and a rear unit 3000 that is attached to the rear of the gaming panel 1100.

A performance display device 1600 is provided on the rear surface of the rear unit 3000, and a peripheral control unit 1500 is provided on the rear surface of the performance display device 1600.

The front unit 2000 has multiple (four in this case) general winning openings 2001 that are always open and can receive game balls B that have been shot into the game area 5a, a gate 2003 that is located at a predetermined position within the game area 5a and allows game balls B to pass through, a first starting opening 2002 that is located in the center in the left-right direction below the center device 2500 and is always open and can receive game balls B, and a regular winning opening 2011 that is always open and can receive game balls B at a predetermined position within the game area 5a. The game board 5 is also equipped with a second starting opening 2004 that can accept game ball B depending on the result of a lottery for a normal symbol drawn when game ball B passes through gate 2003 or is received by normal winning opening 2011, and a first large winning opening 2005 and a second large winning opening 2006, either of which can accept game ball B depending on the result of a lottery for a first special symbol drawn when game ball B is received by first starting opening 2002 or a second special symbol drawn when game ball B is received by second starting opening 2004. The game board 5 also has multiple magnetic sensors 1050 (see FIG. 126, etc.) that detect magnetic fields acting illicitly within the game area 5a.

The front unit 2000 is also provided with an outlet 1008, which is located at the most downstream position within the play area 5a and is always open to receive game balls B, and which discharges received game balls B outside the play area 5a without returning them, and a sub-outlet 2023, which is located upstream of the outlet 1008 within the play area 5a and is always open to receive game balls B, and which discharges received game balls B outside the play area 5a without returning them. The outlet 1008 is located directly below the first starting port 2002.

The front unit 2000 further comprises a start port unit 2100 which is attached directly above the bottom end of the play area 5a in the horizontal center of the play area 5a and has a first start port 2002; a side unit 2200 which is located to the left of the start port unit 2100 as viewed from the front, along the inner rail 1002, and has three general winning ports 2001 and two sub-out ports 2023; an upper left side unit 2300 which is located slightly above and to the left of the side unit 2200 as viewed from the front; and a frame-shaped center device 2500 which is located slightly above and approximately in the center of the play area 5a as viewed from the front, and has one general winning port 2001, a gate 2003, a regular winning port 2011, a second start port 2004, a first large winning port 2005, a second large winning port 2006, and three sub-out ports 2023.

The rear unit 3000 comprises multiple magnetic sensors 1050 that detect illicit magnetic fields within the play area 5a, a vibration sensor 1040 that detects vibrations acting on the play board 5 (pachinko machine 1), a rear box 3010 that is attached to the rear surface of the play panel 1100 and is box-shaped with an open front and a square opening 3010b in its rear wall 3010a, a lock slider 3020 that detachably attaches the effect display device 1600 to the rear wall of the rear box 3010, and a rear board unit 3040 that is positioned behind the effect display device 1600 and attached to the rear wall of the rear box 3010.

The rear unit 3000 also includes a rear ball guide unit 3100 located at the bottom near the front end of the rear box 3010, through which game balls B guided to the rear of the game panel 1100 circulate; a rear front decorative unit 3200 located near the front end of the rear box 3010; a rear first presentation unit 3300 located behind the rear front decorative unit 3200 within the rear box 3010; and a rear second presentation unit 3400 located behind the rear first presentation unit 3300 within the rear box 3010.

[5-1. Front components]
The front component 1000 of the gaming board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 100 to 102. Figure 100(a) is a perspective view of an assembly having the front component, gaming panel, and front unit on the gaming board of Figure 93, as seen from the front, and (b) is a perspective view of an assembly having the front component, gaming panel, and front unit on the gaming board of Figure 93, as seen from the rear. Figure 101 is an exploded perspective view of the assembly shown in Figure 100, disassembled into its main components, as seen from the front, and Figure 102 is an exploded perspective view of the assembly shown in Figure 100, disassembled into its main components, as seen from the rear.

The entire component 1000 is transparent. When viewed from the front, the component 1000 has an approximately square outer shape, and an approximately circular inner shape that penetrates in the front-to-rear direction, with the inner periphery of the inner shape defining the outer periphery of the play area 5a. The rear side of the component 1000 is recessed forward from the rear end face to a depth that allows the play panel 1100 to fit in, and the component 1000 is attached so that it fits into this recessed portion. When the play panel 1100 is attached, the rear face of the play panel 1100 and the rear end face of the component 1000 are flush with each other.

This front component 1000 is equipped with an outer rail 1001 that extends in an arc from the lower end toward the left of the center in the left-right direction in a front view, in a clockwise circumferential direction, passing the upper center in the left-right direction in a front view, and extending diagonally to the upper right; an inner rail 1002 that is positioned inside the front component 1000 and extends in an arc from the lower center in the left-right direction in a front view to the upper left diagonal direction in a front view, roughly along the outer rail 1001; and an out guide section 1003 that is formed at the lowest position of the playing area 5a on the right side of the lower end of the inner rail 1002 in a front view, and is sloped downward toward the rear.

The component 1000 also includes a lower right rail 1004 that slopes linearly from the right end of the out guide section 1003 when viewed from the front to near the right edge of the component 1000, with the right end being slightly higher; a right rail 1005 that extends from the right end of the lower right rail 1004 along the right edge of the component 1000 to below the upper end of the outer rail 1001, with the upper part curved inward of the component 1000; and a collision stop section 1006 that connects the upper end of the right rail 1005 to the upper end of the outer rail 1001 and against which a game ball B rolling along the outer rail 1001 comes into contact.

The component 1000 also includes a backflow prevention member 1007 that is rotatably supported on the upper end of the inner rail 1002 and can rotate only between a closed position in which it extends upward from the upper end of the inner rail 1002 to close the gap between it and the outer rail 1001, and an open position in which it rotates clockwise when viewed from the front to open the gap between it and the outer rail 1001, and is biased by a spring (not shown) to return to the closed position.

Furthermore, the front component 1000 has an outlet 1008 that penetrates from front to back at the rear end of the outlet guide section 1003, located at the lower center in the left-right direction when viewed from the front within the frame.

Furthermore, the component 1000 is provided with security recesses 1009 recessed rearward from the front end at the outside of the portions extending approximately perpendicularly from the lower ends of the outer rail 1001 and inner rail 1002, the underside of the out guide portion 1003 and lower right rail 1004, and the outside of the right rail 1005. When the game board 5 is attached to the main frame 4 and the door frame 3 is closed against the main frame 4, a rear projection (not shown) protruding rearward from the security cover (not shown) on the door frame 3 is inserted into this security recess 1009. As a result, the area between the security cover and the game board 5 (front component 1000) is bent in a complex manner by the rear protrusion of the security cover and the security recess 1009 of the front component 1000. Therefore, even if an attempt is made to insert an illegal tool such as piano wire into the game area 5a between the security cover and the front component 1000 from below the front of the game board 5, the attempt will be blocked by the rear protrusion and the security recess 1009, preventing the illegal tool from entering the game area 5a.

The component 1000 also has a notch 1010 cut upward from the bottom edge in the lower left corner when viewed from the front. This notch 1010 coincides with the notch in the gaming panel 1100. When the component 1000 is attached to the main frame of a pachinko machine that dispenses gaming balls to players, this notch 1010 allows the front end openings of the lower normal payout passage and lower full payout passage of the lower full ball path unit to pass through the notch 1010 and the notch and face forward, allowing gaming balls to be supplied to the upper and lower trays of the door frame.

Furthermore, the component 1000 is provided with a function display unit mounting portion 1011 formed in the upper left corner when viewed from the front, to which the function display unit 1400 is attached, a stamp attachment portion 1012 formed in the lower right corner, a first game board information display portion 1015 provided in the upper right corner, a second game board information display portion 1020 provided in the upper left corner, and a third game board information display portion 1025 provided in the lower left corner.

In addition, the front component 1000 is almost entirely transparent, allowing the game panel 1100 and rear unit 3000 located at the rear to be seen from the front.

[5-1a. Game board first information display section]
Next, the game board first information display unit 1015 in the component 1000 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figure 103 etc. Figure 103(a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged perspective view of a portion of the game board first information display unit in the component, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of the portion of the game board first information display unit, (c) is an explanatory diagram showing an exploded perspective view of the game board first information display unit and the first information sticker base, and (d) is an oblique view of the first information sticker base to which the first information sticker is affixed, as seen from the front.

Attached to the gaming board first information display section 1015 is a first information sticker base 1016 to which a first information sticker 1017 bearing information related to the gaming board 5 is affixed. The first information sticker 1017 bears, for example, the model name and specifications of the gaming board 5.

The game board first information display section 1015 is located in the upper right corner of the front surface of the component 1000. The game board first information display section 1015 extends in an arc along the outer periphery of the play area 5a, continuing rightward and downward from the right end of the impact stop section 1006. The game board first information display section 1015 has a shallow storage recess 1015a recessed into the front surface of the component 1000, two rectangular insertion holes 1015b penetrating the front and rear of the bottom surface of the storage recess 1015a, and two circular positioning holes 1015c penetrating the bottom surface of the storage recess 1015a.

Furthermore, the gaming board first information display section 1015 has two locking ribs 1015d that extend rearward in a flat shape from the outside of one side of each square insertion hole 1015b. The locking ribs 1015d extend rearward to about half the depth of the component 1000. As shown in Figure 103(b), the two locking ribs 1015d extend rearward from the outside of the far side of each of the two insertion holes 1015b. In other words, the insertion hole 1015b is provided between (inside) the two locking ribs 1015d.

The first information sticker base 1016 has a first information sticker 1017 affixed to its front surface and comprises a flat base plate 1016a that is accommodated from the front in the accommodation recess 1015a of the gaming board first information display section 1015. The first information sticker base 1016 also has two locking claws 1016b that extend rearward from the rear surface of the base plate 1016a and pass through insertion holes 1015b, with their rear ends engaging with locking ribs 1015d. As shown in Figure 103(b), when the locking claws 1016b are engaged with the locking ribs 1015d, their rear ends extend rearward to near the rear end of the front component 1000.

The first information sticker base 1016 also has a positioning protrusion 1016c that protrudes from the rear surface of the base plate 1016a and is inserted into the positioning hole 1015c, and a peeling hole 1016d that penetrates the base plate 1016a from front to back near both the top and bottom ends. With the first information sticker 1017 affixed to the front surface of the base plate 1016a, the peeling hole 1016d can be used to insert a rod from the rear and push the first information sticker 1017 forward, thereby peeling off a portion of the first information sticker 1017, facilitating reuse.

The first information sticker base 1016 is provided in a different color (e.g., black, blue, red, etc.) from the previous component 1000. This makes it easier to notice if the first information sticker base 1016 (first information sticker 1017) has been left attached during the manufacture of the gaming board 5.

This gaming board first information display unit 1015 allows the first information sticker base 1016 to be attached and detached from the front, so when reusing the component 1000, the first information sticker base 1016 to which the first information sticker 1017 is affixed can be replaced. When removing this first information sticker base 1016, since the two locking claws 1016b are located between the two locking ribs 1015d, the rear ends of the two locking claws 1016b can be easily released from the locking rib 1015d by pinching them with the fingers from the rear of the component 1000 and bringing them closer together. Although not shown, the rear of the gaming board first information display unit 1015 is closed off by the gaming panel 1100, so removing the gaming panel 1100 from the component 1000 is necessary to remove the first information sticker base 1016.

In addition, the first information sticker base 1016 is provided with a peel-off hole 1016d, so when reusing or disposing of the first information sticker base 1016, the first information sticker 1017 can be easily peeled off by inserting a stick into the peel-off hole 1016d from behind and pushing the first information sticker 1017 forward.

Furthermore, because the base plate 1016a of the first information sticker base 1016 is housed in the housing recess 1015a, it is difficult for fingers, tools, etc. to get caught on the first information sticker base 1016 from the front. This makes it difficult to replace the first information sticker base 1016 with a first information sticker 1017 bearing fraudulent information that differs from the genuine product, thereby increasing the deterrent effect against fraudulent activity.

[5-1b. Game board second information display section]
Next, the game board second information display section 1020 in the component 1000 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figure 104 etc. Figure 104(a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged perspective view of a portion of the game board second information display section in the component, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a portion of the game board second information display section, (c) is an explanatory diagram showing an exploded perspective view of the game board second information display section and the second information sticker base, and (d) is an oblique view of the second information sticker base to which the second information sticker is affixed, as seen from the front.

Attached to the game board second information display section 1020 is a second information sticker base 1021 to which a second information sticker 1022 bearing information related to the game board 5 is affixed. The second information sticker 1022 bears, for example, the copyright of the game board 5.

The game board second information display unit 1020 is located above the function display unit 1400 in the upper left corner of the front surface of the component 1000. The game board second information display unit 1020 is formed in a diamond shape that is long from top to bottom, following the outer periphery of the play area 5a. This game board second information display unit 1020 has a shallow storage recess 1020a recessed into the front surface of the component 1000, and two insertion holes 1020b that penetrate the bottom surface of the storage recess 1020a in a square shape along the top and bottom edges, running front to back.

The second game board information display section 1020 also has a locking rib 1020c that extends rearward in a flat plate shape from the outer portion of the upper edge of the storage recess 1020a in the upper insertion hole 1020b. The locking rib 1020c extends rearward to approximately half the depth of the component 1000. Furthermore, the second game board information display section 1020 has a guide recess 1020d that is recessed upward from the underside of the locking rib 1020c and is open to the front. As shown in Figure 104(b), the guide recess 1020d is inclined so that it is positioned lower as it extends rearward.

The second information sticker base 1021 has a flat base plate 1021a with a second information sticker 1022 affixed to its front surface. The base plate 1021a is fitted from the front into the fitting recess 1020a of the gaming board second information display section 1020. The second information sticker base 1021 also has a locking claw 1021b extending rearward from the upper end of the rear surface of the base plate 1021a, passing through the upper insertion hole 1020b and having its rear end locked with the locking rib 1020c, and an L-shaped locking portion 1021c extending rearward from the lower end of the rear surface of the base plate 1021a and then extending downward, which is inserted into the lower insertion hole 1020b. As shown in FIG. 104(b), when locked with the locking rib 1020c, the rear end of the locking claw 1021b extends rearward to near the rear end of the front component 1000. Furthermore, the L-shaped tip of the locking portion 1021c locks onto the back side of the flat plate-shaped portion that forms the front surface of the component 1000.

The second information sticker base 1021 also has peel holes 1021d that run through from front to back near the top and bottom ends of the base plate 1021a. With the second information sticker 1022 affixed to the front surface of the base plate 1021a, the peel holes 1021d can be used to insert a rod from the rear and push the second information sticker 1022 forward, allowing the edge of the second information sticker 1022 to be peeled off, facilitating reuse.

The second information sticker base 1021 is provided in a different color (e.g., black, blue, red, etc.) from the previous component 1000. This makes it easier to notice when manufacturing the game board 5 if the second information sticker base 1021 (second information sticker 1022) has been left attached.

This game board second information display unit 1020 allows the second information sticker base 1021 to be attached and detached from the front. Therefore, when reusing the component 1000, the second information sticker base 1021 to which the second information sticker 1022 is affixed can be replaced. To remove this second information sticker base 1021, insert the tip of a tool such as a flathead screwdriver into the guide recess 1020d from the front. The tip is guided by the guide recess 1020d, pressing downward on the locking claw 1021b, releasing the engagement between the locking rib 1020c and the locking claw 1021b. This allows the second information sticker base 1021 to be removed forward. Note that if the second information sticker base 1021 is removed from the front using a tool, it is likely to leave a mark on the guide recess 1020d.

Another method of removing the second information sticker base 1021 is to operate the locking claw 1021b from the rear of the component 1000 to release it from the locking rib 1020c and remove it. Although not shown in the figure, in this case, the rear of the gaming board second information display section 1020 is closed off by the gaming panel 1100, so when removing the second information sticker base 1021, it is necessary to remove the gaming panel 1100 from the component 1000.

In addition, the second information sticker base 1021 is provided with a peel-off hole 1021d, so when reusing or disposing of the second information sticker base 1021, the second information sticker 1022 can be easily peeled off by inserting a stick into the peel-off hole 1021d from behind and pushing the second information sticker 1022 forward.

Furthermore, because the base plate 1021a of the second information sticker base 1021 is housed in the housing recess 1020a, it is difficult for fingers, tools, etc. to get caught on the second information sticker base 1021 from the front. This makes it difficult to replace the second information sticker base 1021 with a second information sticker 1022 bearing fraudulent information that differs from the official information, thereby increasing the deterrent effect against fraudulent activity.

[5-1c. Game board third information display section]
Next, the game board third information display unit 1025 in the component 1000 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figure 105 etc. Figure 105(a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged perspective view of a portion of the game board third information display unit in the component, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of the portion of the game board third information display unit, (c) is an explanatory diagram showing an exploded perspective view of the game board third information display unit and the third information sticker base, and (d) is an oblique view of the third information sticker base to which the third information sticker is affixed, as seen from the front.

Attached to the gaming board third information display section 1025 is a third information sticker base 1026 to which a third information sticker 1027 bearing information related to the gaming board 5 is affixed. The third information sticker 1027 bears, for example, the manufacturer of the gaming board 5.

The game board third information display section 1025 is located above the notch 1010 in the lower left corner of the front surface of the component 1000. The game board third information display section 1025 is formed in a roughly square shape. This game board third information display section 1025 has a shallow storage recess 1025a recessed from the front surface of the component 1000, and three insertion holes 1025b that penetrate the bottom surface of the storage recess 1025a in a square shape from front to back. One of the three insertion holes 1025b is located in the center along the top edge of the storage recess 1025a, and the remaining two are located spaced apart on the left and right sides along the bottom edge of the storage recess 1025a.

The game board third information display section 1025 also has a locking rib 1025c that extends rearward in a flat plate shape from the outer portion of the upper edge of the storage recess 1025a in the upper insertion hole 1025b. The locking rib 1025c extends rearward approximately halfway through the depth of the component 1000. Furthermore, the game board third information display section 1025 has a guide recess 1025d that is recessed upward from the underside of the locking rib 1025c and is open to the front. As shown in Figure 105(b), the guide recess 1025d is inclined so that it is positioned lower as it moves rearward.

The third information sticker base 1026 has a third information sticker 1027 affixed to its front surface and comprises a flat base plate 1026a that is accommodated from the front in the accommodation recess 1025a of the game board third information display section 1025. The third information sticker base 1026 also comprises a locking claw 1026b that extends rearward from the upper end of the rear surface of the base plate 1026a, passes through the upper insertion hole 1025b, and has its rear end locked with a locking rib 1025c. As shown in Figure 105(b), when locked with the locking rib 1025c, the rear end of the locking claw 1026b extends rearward to near the rear end of the front component 1000.

The third information sticker base 1026 is provided with two L-shaped locking portions 1026c that are spaced apart in the left-right direction along the lower edge of the rear surface of the base plate 1021a and extend rearward a short distance before extending downward. The locking portions 1026c are inserted into the lower insertion holes 1020b, and the tips of their L-shapes are locked onto the back side of the flat plate-like portion that forms the front surface of the component 1000.

The third information sticker base 1026 is provided in a different color (e.g., black, blue, red, etc.) from the previous component 1000. This makes it easier to notice when manufacturing the game board 5 if the third information sticker base 1026 (third information sticker 1027) has been left attached.

This game board third information display unit 1025 allows the third information sticker base 1026 to be attached and detached from the front. Therefore, when reusing the component 1000, the third information sticker base 1026 to which the third information sticker 1027 is affixed can be replaced. To remove this third information sticker base 1026, insert the tip of a tool such as a flathead screwdriver into the guide recess 1025d from the front. The tip is guided by the guide recess 1025d, pressing the locking claw 1026b downward, releasing the engagement between the locking rib 1025c and the locking claw 1026b. This allows the third information sticker base 1026 to be removed forward. Note that if the third information sticker base 1026 is removed from the front using a tool, it is likely to leave a mark on the guide recess 1025d.

Another way to remove the third information sticker base 1026 is to operate the locking claw 1026b from the rear of the component 1000 to release it from the locking rib 1025c and remove it. Although not shown in the figure, in this case, the rear of the gaming board third information display section 1025 is closed off by the gaming panel 1100, so when removing the third information sticker base 1026, it is necessary to remove the gaming panel 1100 from the component 1000.

Furthermore, because the base plate 1026a of the third information sticker base 1026 is housed in the housing recess 1025a, it is difficult for fingers, tools, etc. to get caught on the third information sticker base 1026 from the front. This makes it difficult to replace the third information sticker base 1026 with a third information sticker 1027 bearing fraudulent information that differs from the official information, thereby increasing the deterrent effect against fraudulent activity.

[5-2. Game Panel]
The game panel 1100 of the game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 101 and 102. The game panel 1100 is attached to the rear surface of the component 1000, and the front unit 2000 and rear unit 3000 are attached to it. The outer periphery of the game panel 1100 is formed slightly smaller than the outer periphery of the component 1000, and is formed into a flat plate shape from transparent synthetic resin. The game panel 1100 is attached by being fitted from behind into a recessed portion on the rear side of the component 1000. Although not shown, a plurality of obstacle nails are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement on the front surface of the game panel 1100.

The gaming panel 1100 is formed from a synthetic resin plate such as acrylic resin, polycarbonate resin, polyarylate resin, or methacrylic resin, or an inorganic plate such as glass or metal. The thickness of this gaming panel 1100 is thinner than that of a wooden gaming panel, which is approximately 20 mm, and the minimum thickness required to sufficiently support the installation of obstacle nails on the front surface and the attachment of the front unit 2000 is approximately 10 mm. In this embodiment, it is formed from a transparent synthetic resin plate.

The gaming panel 1100 has multiple openings 1112 that penetrate from front to back. Each opening 1112 is provided in a location corresponding to the outlet 1008 of the front component 1000, the starting opening unit 2100 of the front unit 2000, the side unit 2200, and the center role device 2500. In the opening 1112 that corresponds to the outlet 1008, the area of the gaming panel 1100 below the opening 1112 is recessed from the rear surface toward the front. In other words, the plate thickness of the area below the opening 1112 is thinner.

This gaming panel 1100 has a large opening 1112 for attaching the center device 2500, which is offset above the center when viewed from the front. The presence of this opening 1112 gives it a frame-like shape, but as shown in the figure, the frame is continuous, providing sufficient strength and rigidity.

This gaming panel 1100, along with the front component 1000 attached to the front, is formed transparently. This reduces the visibility of the boundaries of the gaming area 5a when assembled to the gaming board 5, giving the player a sense of openness, and while the actual size of the gaming area 5a remains unchanged, it makes the gaming area 5a appear larger (wider) to the player.

In addition, because the gaming panel 1100, along with the front component 1000, is transparent, light from the effect display device 1600, front unit 2000, rear unit 3000, etc. can be reflected or refracted forward (towards the player) to appear to be emitting light, further enhancing the overall decorativeness of the gaming board 5.

Although detailed explanations are omitted, the gaming panel 1100 is provided with multiple mounting holes and positioning holes for mounting and positioning the front component 1000, the front unit 2000 such as the starting unit 2100 and center role 2500, the rear box 3010 of the rear unit 3000, etc.

[5-3. Decorative cels]
The decorative cells 1140 on the game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 100 to 102. The decorative cells 1140 are provided so as to be visible from the front through the transparent game panel 1100, and are intended to decorate the game area 5a.

The game board 5 of this embodiment is provided on the rear side of the transparent game panel 1100 and is equipped with a film-like decorative cell 1140 with a predetermined pattern applied to it.

The decorative cell 1140 is located within the play area 5a (within the frame of the frame-shaped front component 1000 when viewed from the front), behind the area through which the game ball B circulates. The decorative cell 1140 is located around almost the entire circumference of the annular area between the periphery of the play area 5a and the frame of the center device 2500, excluding the area where the second starting hole 2004 of the center device 2500 is located. In this embodiment, the decorative cell 1140 is divided into four. Specifically, the decorative cell 1140 is made up of four parts: the area between the inner rail 1002 and the center device 2500, from near the backflow prevention member 1007 to the upper left edge of the side unit 2200; the area between the lower right rail 1004 and the center device 2500, including the side unit 2200 and the starting unit 2100, to the left of the first large winning opening 2005; the area between the outer rail 1001 and the center device 2500, from near the backflow prevention member 1007 to the impact stopper 1006; and the area between the right rail 1005 and the center device 2500, below the impact stopper 1006.

The decorative cell 1140 is formed so that its outer edge roughly coincides with the inner edge of the previous component 1000, and its inner edge is formed so that it is slightly recessed outward from the inner surface of the opening 1112 of the gaming panel 1100.

The decorative cell 1140 has multiple mounting holes, and is attached to the rear surface of the gaming panel 1100 using mounting screws (not shown) that pass through these mounting holes. The mounting screws have cylindrical steps that are the same height as the thickness of the decorative cell 1140, and are used to position it relative to the gaming panel 1100 at the same time as it is attached. The mounting holes are located in a position that makes them difficult to see from the front when assembled onto the gaming board 5.

Decorative cell 1140 is a synthetic resin film with a thickness of 0.2 mm to 0.4 mm, on which a predetermined pattern is printed. Materials that can be used for decorative cell 1140 include polyethylene terephthalate resin, polycarbonate resin, ABS resin, AES resin, PMMA (polymethyl methacrylate) resin, polypropylene resin, polyethylene resin, polystyrene resin, high-impact polystyrene resin, and polyvinyl chloride.

In this embodiment, the decorative cells 1140 are provided on a portion of the gaming panel 1100, so a greater number of decorative cells 1140 can be obtained from the resin sheet compared to conventional cells that are attached to the gaming panel 1100, thereby reducing the cost of the pachinko machine 1.

Furthermore, because the decorative cell 1140 is attached to the gaming panel 1100 with mounting screws, the decorative cell 1140 can be easily attached and detached from the gaming panel 1100. Therefore, by replacing the decorative cell 1140 with one with a different design, it is possible to easily accommodate changes in the specifications, model, design, reuse, etc. of the pachinko machine 1, thereby suppressing increases in the cost of the pachinko machine 1. In addition, by replacing the decorative cell 1140 with one with a more decorative design, it is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is more appealing to players.

Furthermore, because the decorative cell 1140 is located behind the transparent gaming panel 1100, the distance from the player to the decorative cell 1140 is greater than if it were located in front of the gaming panel 1100, reducing the sense of oppression felt by the player.

It is also desirable to make the decorative cell 1140 translucent, so that light from an LED located behind the gaming panel 1100 (decorative cell 1140) can illuminate the image on the decorative cell 1140, improving the appearance within the gaming area 5a. The illuminated decoration of the decorative cell 1140 can also strongly attract the attention of players, enhancing the appeal of the pachinko machine 1.

[5-4. Main control board unit]
The main control unit 1300 in the game board 5 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 96 to 98. The main control unit 1300 is detachably attached to the lower part of the rear surface of the rear box 3010 of the rear unit 3000. The main control unit 1300 includes a main control board 1310 (see Figure 126) that controls the game content and the granting of benefits to players, and a main control board box 1320 that houses the main control board 1310 and is attached to the rear box 3010.

The main control board box 1320 is composed of a board base 1330 that is attached to the rear box 3010 and has the main control board 1310 attached to its rear surface, and a board cover 1340 that is attached to the board base 1330 so as to cover the main control board 1310 from behind. The board base 1330 and board cover 1340 are made of transparent polycarbonate. The main control board 1310 is housed in the internal space formed by the board base 1330 and board cover 1340. Because the board base 1330 and board cover 1340 are made of transparent polycarbonate, the condition of the front and back sides of the main control board 1310 (whether or not any unauthorized tampering has occurred or whether or not an unauthorized IC is installed) can be confirmed from the outside of the main control board box 1320.

The main control board box 1320 is also equipped with multiple sealing mechanisms 1350, one for each of the board base 1330 and board cover 1340. When the main control board box 1320 is closed using one sealing mechanism 1350, that sealing mechanism 1350 must be destroyed in order to open the main control board box 1320 again, leaving traces of the opening and closing of the main control board box 1320. Therefore, by examining the traces of opening and closing, unauthorized opening and closing of the main control board box 1320 can be detected, providing an enhanced deterrent against unauthorized acts on the main control board 1310.

The main control board 1310 of the main control unit 1300 is connected to the payout control board 633, first ball sensor 703, second ball sensor 704, peripheral control board 1510, etc. The main control board 1310 is also connected to the function display unit 1400, general prize opening sensor 3001, first start opening sensor 3002, second start opening sensor 2502, regular prize opening sensor 3003, gate sensor 2501, first large prize opening sensor 2503, second large prize opening sensor 2504, first large prize opening sensor 2503, start opening solenoid 2542, first attacca solenoid 2532, second attacca solenoid 2552, magnetic sensor 1050, vibration sensor 1040, etc.

The main control board 1310 also has a base monitor 1310a consisting of four 7-segment LEDs (see Figure 126). The base monitor 1310a can be seen from behind through the transparent board cover 1340. This base monitor 1310a displays the number of game balls B launched by the ball launcher 540, which are shot into the game area 5a, ejected downward from the game board 5, and counted by detection by the first ball sensor 703 and second ball sensor 704 provided on the board unit 700 of the main frame 4. In this embodiment, the base monitor 1310a displays the number of game balls B (the number of balls that returned to the game hall) counted by the first ball sensor 703 and second ball sensor 704 after 100 shots are launched, as a percentage.

[5-5. Function display unit]
The function display unit 1400 on the game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figure 93 etc. The function display unit 1400 is attached to the upper left corner of the front component 1000 outside the game area 5a. When assembled to the pachinko machine 1, the function display unit 1400 can be seen from the front (player side) through the door window 101a of the door frame 3. This function display unit 1400 uses multiple LEDs based on control signals from the main control board 1310 to display the game status (game situation), the results of the lottery for normal symbols and the results of the lottery for special symbols, etc.

The functional display unit 1400, although not shown in detail, is equipped with a status indicator consisting of three LEDs that displays the game status, a normal pattern indicator consisting of two LEDs that displays the lottery results for the normal pattern drawn when game ball B passes through gate 2003 or when game ball B is accepted into normal winning port 2011, and a normal hold indicator consisting of two LEDs that displays the number of holds related to game ball B passing through gate 2003 or when game ball B is accepted into normal winning port 2011.

The function display unit 1400 also includes a first special pattern display consisting of eight LEDs that displays the result of the drawing for the first special pattern drawn by receiving game ball B into the first starting port 2002, a first special reserve number display consisting of two LEDs that displays the number of reserves related to receiving game ball B into the first starting port 2002, a second special pattern display consisting of eight LEDs that displays the result of the drawing for the second special pattern drawn by receiving game ball B into the second starting port 2004, and a second special reserve number display consisting of two LEDs that displays the number of reserves related to receiving game ball B into the second starting port 2004.

Furthermore, the function display unit 1400 is equipped with a round display consisting of five LEDs that displays the number of times (number of rounds) the opening and closing pattern of the first major winning opening 2005 or the second major winning opening 2006 is repeated when the lottery result for the first special pattern or the lottery result for the second special pattern is a "win" or the like.

This functional display unit 1400 can display the number of reserved items, designs, etc. by turning on, off, blinking, etc. the LEDs provided as appropriate.

[5-6. Peripheral control unit]
The peripheral control unit 1500 in the gaming board 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. 96 and other figures. The peripheral control unit 1500 is provided behind the effect display device 1600, which is provided on the rear side of the rear box 3010 of the rear unit 3000. More specifically, the peripheral control unit 1500 is attached to the rear surface of the effect display device 1600, which is attached to the rear surface of the rear box 3010. The peripheral control unit 1500 includes a peripheral control board 1510 (see FIG. 126) that controls the effects presented to the player based on control signals from the main control board 1310, and a peripheral control board box 1520 that houses the peripheral control board 1510. The peripheral control board 1510 includes a peripheral control unit 1511 for controlling light-emitting effects, sound effects, moving effects, etc., and an effect display control unit 1512 for controlling effect images.

The peripheral control board 1510 of the peripheral control unit 1500 is connected to the main control board 1310, the performance operation unit 300, various decorative boards on the door frame 3 side, the performance display device 1600, etc. (See Figure 126). The peripheral control unit 1500 is attached to the rear of the performance display device 1600, details of which will be described later.

[5-7. Performance display device]
The effect display device 1600 on the gaming board 5 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 97 and 98. The effect display device 1600 is located in the center of the gaming area 5a when viewed from the front, and is attached to the rear side of the gaming panel 1100 via the rear box 3010 of the rear unit 3000. The effect display device 1600 is detachably attached to the rear wall of the rear box 3010. When the gaming board 5 is assembled, the effect display device 1600 can be seen from the front (player's side) through the transparent gaming panel 1100 and the frame of the frame-shaped center device 2500.

The performance display device 1600 is a 4:3 19-inch full-color LCD display device with a white LED backlight, and is mounted in landscape orientation on the rear surface (rear wall) of the rear box 3010. The performance display device 1600 is connected to the peripheral control board 1510 and can display specified still images and videos.

The performance display device 1600 has two upper fixing pieces 1601 protruding upward from the top surface and one lower fixing piece 1602 protruding downward from the bottom surface. With the LCD screen facing forward, the performance display device 1600 is attached to the rear box 3010 by inserting the two upper fixing pieces 1601 from diagonally behind the rear box 3010 into two fixing grooves 3010d opening into the upper inner surface of the opening 3010b of the rear box 3010 (described below), then moving the lower fixing piece 1602 forward to insert the lower fixing piece 1602 into the opening of the lock slider 3020, and sliding the lock slider 3020 to the left when viewed from behind.

[5-8. Overall structure of the table unit]
The front unit 2000 of the gaming board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 100 to 102. The front unit 2000 is attached to the gaming panel 1100 from the front, with its front end protruding forward beyond the front surface of the gaming panel 1100 and its rear end partially protruding into the opening 1112 of the gaming panel 1100.

The front unit 2000 includes multiple (three in this case) general winning openings 2001 that are always open to receive game balls B that have been shot into the game area 5a, a gate 2003 that is located at a predetermined position within the game area 5a and through which game balls B can pass, a normal winning opening 2011 that is located at a predetermined position within the game area 5a and is always open to receive game balls B, a first starting opening 2002 that is located at a predetermined position within the game area 5a and is always open to receive game balls B, and a gate 2003 that is located at a predetermined position within the game area 5a and is always open to receive game balls B. The machine is equipped with a second starting opening 2004 which can accept game ball B depending on the result of the lottery for the normal symbol drawn when game ball B passes through gate 2003 or when game ball B is accepted into normal winning opening 2011, and a first large winning opening 2005 and a second large winning opening 2006 which can accept game ball B depending on either the first special symbol drawn when game ball B is accepted into first starting opening 2002 or the second special symbol drawn when game ball B is accepted into second starting opening 2004.

The front unit 2000 also includes an outlet 1008 and a sub-outlet 2023 that discharge game balls B that have been shot into the game area 5a out of the game area 5a. The outlet 1008 and the sub-outlet 2023 are always open so that they can receive game balls B. The outlet 1008 is located at the downstream end of the game area 5a.

The front unit 2000 also includes a gate sensor 2501 that detects the passage of game ball B through gate 2003, a second start opening sensor 2502 that detects game ball B received in second start opening 2004, a first large prize opening sensor 2503 that detects game ball B received in first large prize opening 2005, a second large prize opening sensor 2504 that detects game ball B received in second large prize opening 2006, and a magnetic sensor 1050 that detects any unauthorized magnetic fields acting within the game area 5a.

Of the multiple (four in this example) general winning openings 2001, three are located to the left of the horizontal center at the bottom of the play area 5a, and the remaining one is located to the right of the horizontal center at the bottom of the play area 5a. The gate 2003 is located above the vertical center near the right edge of the play area 5a. The regular winning opening 2011 is located below the vertical center near the right edge of the play area 5a. The first starting opening 2002 is located directly above the outlet opening 1008 in the horizontal center of the play area 5a. The second starting opening 2004 is located above the vertical center between the gate 2003 and the regular winning opening 2011 near the right edge of the play area 5a. The first large winning opening 2005 is located below the impact stopper 1006 in the upper right corner of the play area 5a. The second large prize slot 2006 is located in the bottom right corner of the gaming area 5a.

The outlet 1008 is located at the downstream end of the play area 5a, directly below the first starting outlet 2002. Of the multiple (here six) sub-outlets 2023, three are located to the left of the center in the horizontal direction at the bottom of the play area 5a, two are located to the right of the center in the horizontal direction at the bottom of the play area 5a, and the remaining one is located near the left end of the play area 5a, approximately in the center in the vertical direction.

The front unit 2000 comprises a start port unit 2100 which is attached to the center of the left-right direction within the play area 5a, directly above the bottom end of the play area 5a, and which has a first start port 2002; and a side unit 2200 which is located to the left of the start port unit 2100 when viewed from the front, along the inner rail 1002, and which has three general winning ports 2001 and three sub-out ports 2023.

The front unit 2000 is located slightly above the center of the gaming area 5a when viewed from the front, and further includes a frame-shaped center device 2500 having one general winning opening 2001, a gate 2003, a regular winning opening 2011, a second starting opening 2004, a first large winning opening 2005, a second large winning opening 2006, and three sub-out openings 2023.

[5-8a. Starting unit]
Next, the starting opening unit 2100 of the front unit 2000 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 93 to 95 and 99. The starting opening unit 2100 of the front unit 2000 is located within the game area 5a, near the lower end in the center in the left-right direction, directly above the outlet 1008, and is attached from the front to the game panel 1100. The starting opening unit 2100 has a first starting opening 2002 that is always open upward and has a width that allows only one game ball B to be received.

When the start port unit 2100 is assembled to the gaming board 5, the first start port 2002 is located directly below the central release section 2518a on the stage 2518 of the center device 2500, allowing for a high probability of receiving a gaming ball B released from the central release section 2518a. The gaming ball B received by this first start port 2002 is guided to the rear of the gaming panel 1100, handed over to the rear ball guidance unit 3100 of the rear unit 3000, and then, after being detected by the first start port sensor 3002, is discharged to the second ball path 702 of the base unit 700 below.

[5-8b. Side unit]
Next, the side unit 2200 of the front unit 2000 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 93 to 95 and 99. The side unit 2200 of the front unit 2000 extends along the inner rail 1002 to the left of the starting port unit 2100 within the game area 5a, and is attached to the game panel 1100 from the front. The side unit 2200 has three general winning ports 2001 that are always open to receive game balls B, and three sub-out ports 2023 that are always open to receive game balls B.

The side unit 2200 has regular winning openings 2001 and sub-outlets 2023 arranged alternately along the inner rail 1002 from right to left, with the openings positioned higher toward the left. Each regular winning opening 2001 and sub-outlet 2023 has an opening large enough (width) for one game ball B.

The side unit 2200 also has a shelf 2201 at its highest left end, which slopes downward as it approaches the right. When assembled to the game board 5, the shelf 2201 is located to the left of and below the warp entrance 2515. A decorative sticker 2203 with a specified decoration is affixed to the front of the side unit 2200.

When the side unit 2200 is assembled to the gaming board 5, the three general winning openings 2001 and the sub-out opening 2023 protrude forward beyond the front surface of the gaming panel 1100. This side unit 2200 can guide a gaming ball B received in the general winning opening 2001 to the rear of the gaming panel 1100 and deliver it to the rear ball guide unit 3100 of the rear unit 3000. The gaming ball B delivered to the rear ball guide unit 3100 of the rear unit 3000 is then detected by the general winning opening sensor 3001 and discharged to the second ball path 702 of the base unit 700 below.

In addition, the side unit 2200 can guide the game ball B received in the sub-outlet 2023 to the rear of the game panel 1100 and deliver it to the rear ball guide unit 3100 of the rear unit 3000. The game ball B delivered to the rear ball guide unit 3100 of the rear unit 3000 is discharged to the first ball path 701 of the base unit 700 below.

[5-8c. Center gadget]
Next, the center role 2500 of the front unit 2000 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 106 and 107. Figure 106 is a perspective view of the center role of the game board as seen from the front, and Figure 107 is a perspective view of the center role of the game board as seen from the back. The center role 2500 of the front unit 2000 is located above the starting hole unit 2100 and slightly above the center in a front view within the game area 5a, and is attached to the front of the game panel 1100. The center role 2500 is formed in the shape of a transparent frame.

The center device 2500, details of which will be described later, consists of a gate 2003 in which a lottery for a normal symbol is performed when a game ball B passes through, a normal winning opening 2011 which is always open to receive a game ball B and in which a lottery for a normal symbol is performed when a game ball B is received, and a second winning opening 2011 which can receive a game ball B depending on the result of the lottery for a normal symbol that is performed when a game ball B passes through the gate 2003 or when a game ball B is received by the normal winning opening 2011. It is equipped with a start opening 2004, a first large prize opening 2005 and a second large prize opening 2006, either of which opens or closes to allow reception of the game ball B depending on the results of the lottery for the first special symbol drawn by receiving the game ball B into the first start opening 2002 or the second special symbol drawn by receiving the game ball B into the second start opening 2004, and three sub-outlets 2023 that discharge the received game ball B without returning it to the game area 5a.

The center device 2500 is equipped with a gate sensor 2501 that detects the passage of game ball B through gate 2003, a second start opening sensor 2502 that detects game ball B received in second start opening 2004, a first large prize opening sensor 2503 that detects game ball B received in first large prize opening 2005, and a second large prize opening sensor 2504 that detects game ball B received in second large prize opening 2006.

The center device 2500 also includes a center frame 2510 formed in a frame shape along the inner periphery of the opening 1112 of the gaming panel 1100. The center frame 2510 includes a forward protruding portion 2511 that protrudes forward from the front surface of the gaming panel 1100 to a position similar to the front end of the obstacle nail N, a plate-shaped flange portion 2512 that extends from the rear end of the forward protruding portion 2511 toward the outside of the frame parallel to the front surface of the gaming panel 1100, a rearward protruding portion 2513 that protrudes rearward beyond the flange portion 2512, and a plate-shaped support portion 2514 that extends from the rear end of the forward protruding portion 2511 toward the inside of the frame parallel to the front surface of the gaming panel 1100.

The forward protrusion 2511 of the center device 2500 is provided in a frame shape around almost the entire periphery of the opening 1112 of the gaming panel 1100. This forward protrusion 2511 prevents the game ball B from entering (flowing into) the opening 1112 of the gaming panel 1100. The flange portion 2512 is used to attach the center frame 2510 to the front of the gaming panel 1100. The rear protrusion 2513 and support portion 2514 are mainly used to reinforce the center frame 2510.

Furthermore, the center device 2500 is equipped with a warp entrance 2515 that opens on the left side of the frame-shaped forward protrusion 2511 to allow game ball B to enter, a warp passage 2516 that guides game ball B that enters the warp entrance 2515 into the frame of the center device 2500, a warp exit 2517 that opens at the downstream end of the warp passage 2516, and a stage 2518 that rolls game ball B that comes out of the warp exit 2517 in the left-right direction and then releases it forward and below the center device 2500.

The stage 2518 is located within the opening 1112, behind the flange portion 2512 (the front surface of the gaming panel 1100). The stage 2518 is curved with a recessed central portion in the left-right direction, and is formed in a wavy (W-shape) such that the position corresponding to directly above the first starting hole 2002 of the starting hole unit 2100, that is, the approximate central position in the left-right direction when the center device 2500 is attached to the gaming panel 1100, is slightly higher than the left and right sides. This stage 2518 has a central release portion 2518a that is slightly higher than the left and right sides in the left-right center, and the lowest portions on both sides (side release portions 2518b) that are inclined downward toward the front, and gaming balls B can be released into the gaming area 5a from these portions.

Furthermore, the center reel 2500 comprises a stage unit 2520 which forms the lower edge of the center reel 2500 and has a stage 2518; a first attacca unit 2530 which forms the upper right corner of the center reel 2500 and has a first large prize opening 2005; a gate unit 2540 which is located below the first attacca unit 2530 and has a gate 2003, a normal prize opening 2011, a second start opening 2004, and a sub-out opening 2023; a second attacca unit 2550 which forms the lower right corner of the center reel 2500 and is located to the left of the stage unit 2520 and below the gate unit 2540 and has a normal prize opening 2001, a second large prize opening 2006, and a sub-out opening 2023; and a center upper left unit 2560 which forms part of the left edge and upper edge of the center reel 2500 and is located so as to connect the stage unit 2520 and the first attacca unit 2530.

In this embodiment, the center role piece 2500 is divided into five parts circumferentially by the stage unit 2520, first attacca unit 2530, gate unit 2540, second attacca unit 2550, and center upper left unit 2560. Accordingly, the center frame 2510 is also divided into five parts circumferentially.

The center device 2500 includes a second starting gate door 2541 that can open and close the second starting gate 2004, a starting gate solenoid 2542 that opens and closes the second starting gate door 2541 in accordance with the result of the regular lottery drawn by receiving a game ball B at the regular winning gate 2011, a first large winning gate door 2531 that can open and close the first large winning gate 2005, and a first large winning gate door 2531 that can open and close the first large winning gate door 2531 in accordance with the result of the regular lottery drawn by receiving a game ball B at the first starting gate 2002 or the second starting gate 2004. a first attacca solenoid 2532 that opens and closes depending on the lottery results for the first special symbol or the second special symbol that is drawn by receiving a game ball B into the first starting hole 2002 or the second starting hole 2004; a second large winning hole door 2551 that can open and close the second large winning hole 2006; and a second attacca solenoid 2552 that opens and closes the second large winning hole door 2551 depending on the lottery results for the first special symbol or the second special symbol that is drawn by receiving a game ball B into the first starting hole 2002 or the second starting hole 2004.

The center device 2500 also includes a pattern display 2505 that displays the special pattern, fourth pattern, etc. drawn by receiving the game ball B into the first starting hole 2002 or the second starting hole 2004.

[5-8c-1. Stage unit]
The stage unit 2520 of the center prop 2500 will be described in detail with reference to Figures 108 to 112. Figure 108(a) is a front view of the stage unit in the center prop, and (b) is a rear view of the stage unit in the center prop. Figure 109 is an exploded perspective view of the stage unit disassembled and seen from the front, and Figure 110 is an exploded perspective view of the stage unit disassembled and seen from the rear. Figure 111 is a front view showing an enlarged view of the main parts of the stage unit. Figure 112(a) is a cross-sectional view taken along line TA in Figure 111, (b) is a cross-sectional view taken along line CH in Figure 111, (c) is a cross-sectional view taken along line Z in Figure 111, and (d) is a cross-sectional view taken along line TEE in Figure 111.

The stage unit 2520 forms part of the left side and part of the bottom side of the center prop 2500, and as shown in Figure 108 (a), its shape when viewed from the front is an arc that bulges out to the lower left.

This stage unit 2520 comprises a first member 2521 attached to the front of the gaming panel 1100, a second member 2522 attached to the rear of the first member 2521, a third member 2523 attached to the rear of the first member 2521 so as to sandwich the second member 2522 from behind, and a decorative sticker 2524 affixed to a portion of the front of the first member 2521.

The first member 2521 is large enough to form the entire stage unit 2520, and the second member 2522 and third member 2523 are attached to its rear side. This first member 2521 forms part of the center frame 2510 and has a forward protrusion 2511, a flange portion 2512, a rear protrusion 2513, and a support portion 2514.

More specifically, the forward protrusion 2511 of the first member 2521 is formed in the shape of a strip with a width similar to the distance from the front surface of the gaming panel 1100 to the front end of the obstacle nail N, with its width oriented in the front-to-rear direction and separated into two parts spaced apart in the left-to-right direction. The right forward protrusion 2511 (compartment 2511a, described below) is located to the right of the stage 2518 and extends approximately vertically in the up-down direction. The left forward protrusion 2511 is located to the left of the warp exit 2517 and extends upward and to the left. A warp entrance 2515 is located midway along this left forward protrusion 2511, opening to the left. The right forward protrusion 2511 protrudes less forward than the left forward protrusion 2511.

The flange portion 2512 of the first member 2521 extends from the rear end of the forward protrusion 2511 outward from the center frame 2510 in a flat plate shape parallel to the front surface of the gaming panel 1100, connecting the two forward protrusions 2511, which are separated to the left and right. The right end of the flange portion 2512 coincides with the right forward protrusion 2511, and the left end extends to a position below the left forward protrusion 2511 and below the warp entrance 2515. The flange portion 2512 of the first member 2521 extends left and right along the stage 2518 and warp passage 2516, with the left end higher. The front surface of the flange portion 2512 of the first member 2521 is recessed to a certain depth within a specified area, and a decorative sticker 2524 with a specified decoration printed on it is affixed to the recessed portion.

The rearward protrusion 2513 of the first member 2521 is provided in a plate-like shape protruding rearward from the rear surface of the flange portion 2512, along the right and bottom edges of the flange portion 2512. This rearward protrusion 2513 is provided to correspond to the lower wall portion 2523c of the third member 2523. The support portion 2514 of the first member 2521 extends in a plate-like shape from the rear end of the left forward protrusion 2511 toward the inside of the center frame 2510. Note that a portion of each of the flange portion 2512 and the support portion 2514 forms the front wall of the warp passage 2516.

Furthermore, the first member 2521 has mounting holes 2521a that penetrate the flange portion 2512 and the support portion 2514 and through which mounting screws are inserted to mount the first member 2521 to the gaming panel 1100, and plate positioning pins 2521b that protrude rearward from the rear surfaces of the flange portion 2512 and the support portion 2514 and are inserted into positioning holes in the gaming panel 1100.

The first member 2521 also has inclined front portions 2521c that are provided on the lower and left edges of the flange portion 2512 and are inclined so that they move more rearward toward the tip, and multiple cylindrical protrusions 2521d that protrude rearward in a cylindrical shape from the rear surface of the flange portion 2512 and have a screw hole formed in the center. The multiple cylindrical protrusions 2521d are used to attach the second member 2522 and the third member 2523. Of the multiple cylindrical protrusions 2521d, four cylindrical protrusions 2521d located below the stage 2518 are provided symmetrically about the central release portion 2518a of the stage 2518.

The first member 2521 also has a seal removal hole 2521e that penetrates the flange portion 2512. The seal removal hole 2521e is located in the area where the decorative seal 2524 is affixed, and is designed to allow a rod-shaped tool to be inserted from the rear to push the affixed decorative seal 2524 forward, making it easier to remove.

The second member 2522 is sandwiched between the first member 2521 and the third member 2523. This second member 2522 is located below the warp exit 2517, extends to the right from near the left end of the warp exit 2517, and has a stage 2518 provided on part of it. This second member 2522 has a rolling surface portion 2522a extending left and right with its plate surface facing up and down, on whose upper surface the game ball B can roll, a plate-shaped front wall plate portion 2522b extending upward from the front end of the rolling surface portion 2522a, and a plate-shaped rear wall plate portion 2522c extending upward from the rear end of the rolling surface portion 2522a.

The rolling surface portion 2522a extends roughly horizontally from near the center in the left-right direction, with the right side having ups and downs, and the stage 2518 is provided in this area. On the other hand, the portion of the rolling surface portion 2522a to the left of the stage 2518 is inclined, becoming higher as it moves leftward toward the warp exit 2517.

The front wall plate portion 2522b is provided on the front edge of the rolling surface portion 2522a, excluding the central release portion 2518a and side release portion 2518b of the stage 2518. Furthermore, the portion of the front wall plate portion 2522b corresponding to the stage 2518 protrudes further forward than the other portions. The front wall plate portion 2522b protrudes upward from the rolling surface portion 2522a to a position lower than the diameter of the game ball B. The rear wall plate portion 2522c is provided along the entire length of the rear edge of the rolling surface portion 2522a, and protrudes upward from the rolling surface portion 2522a to a position lower than the diameter of the game ball B.

Furthermore, the second member 2522 has a plurality of protrusions 2522d that protrude from the front wall plate 2522b and the rear wall plate 2522c toward the rolling surface 2522a at a portion of the rolling surface 2522a to the left of the stage 2518 and are arranged in a staggered pattern in the direction of flow (left-right direction) of the game ball B. The multiple protrusions 2522d are intended to cause the game ball B to snake back and forth by alternately coming into contact with them, thereby slowing down its flow speed (rolling speed).

The second member 2522 also has a rear inclined portion 2522e on the rear surface of the front wall plate portion 2522b that is inclined so as to move more forward as it approaches the tip, and a downward protrusion 2522f that protrudes downward from near the front end of the rolling surface portion 2522a. The downward protrusion 2522f is provided along the entire length of the front edge of the rolling surface portion 2522a, and its front surface is provided on the same plane as the front surface of the front wall plate portion 2522b excluding the portion corresponding to the stage 2518.

The second member 2522 also has multiple positioning pins 2522g that protrude cylindrically rearward from the rear wall plate portion 2522c. The multiple positioning pins 2522g are spaced apart in the left-right direction, and one of them is located on a vertical line passing through the center of the central release portion 2518a of the stage 2518. The multiple positioning pins 2522g are used to position the second member 2522 with the third member 2523, and are inserted into positioning holes 2523f of the third member 2523.

Furthermore, the second member 2522 has a plurality of mounting portions 2522h provided below the rolling surface portion 2522a. The plurality of mounting portions 2522h are for mounting the second member 2522 to the first member 2521. Each of the plurality of mounting portions 2522h has a recessed portion formed therein that allows the cylindrical protrusion 2521d of the first member 2521 to be inserted from the front, and a countersink formed in the rear end surface through which a mounting screw is inserted. Furthermore, of the plurality of mounting portions 2522h, four mounting portions 2522h provided below the stage 2518 are provided symmetrically about the central release portion 2518a of the stage 2518. Therefore, by attaching the plurality of mounting portions 2522h to the corresponding cylindrical protrusions 2521d, the second member 2522 can be positioned in a predetermined position relative to the first member 2521.

The third member 2523 is attached to the rear side of the first member 2521 so that the second member 2522 is sandwiched between the third member 2523 and the first member 2521. This third member 2523 includes a rear wall portion 2523a extending left and right along the second member 2522 with its plate surface facing forward and backward, an upper wall portion 2523b protruding forward from the upper edge of the rear wall portion 2523a, a lower wall portion 2523c protruding forward from the lower edge of the rear wall portion 2523a by a length shorter than that of the upper wall portion 2523b, and a ball passage portion 2523d extending left and upward from the left ends of the rear wall portion 2523a and upper wall portion 2523b.

The rear wall portion 2523a prevents the game ball B from falling rearward from the rolling surface portion 2522a of the second member 2522 that constitutes the stage 2518. The upper edge of the rear wall portion 2523a is located at a position higher than the diameter of the game ball B from the upper surface of the rolling surface portion 2522a. In addition, the lower edge of the rear wall portion 2523a is located so as to coincide with the rear protrusion portion 2513 of the first member 2521.

The upper wall portion 2523b protrudes forward to the same position as the front end of the right-side forward protrusion 2511 of the first member 2521, and covers the top of the stage 2518. This upper wall portion 2523b is inclined so that it becomes higher as it moves forward from the upper edge of the rear wall portion 2523a. This makes it difficult for debris, dust, etc. falling from above to fall into the play area 5a. Furthermore, if a game ball B falls for some reason, the game ball B can be allowed to fall backward, and will not accumulate between the glass plate 162 and the upper wall portion 2523b.

The lower wall portion 2523c is arranged to coincide with the rearward protruding portion 2513 of the first member 2521. This lower wall portion 2523c is arranged so that its front end surface abuts against the rear end surface of the rearward protruding portion 2513 of the first member 2521 when assembled to the stage unit 2520.

The sphere passage section 2523d is formed in the shape of a trough that opens forward, and the opening at its front end is closed by the flange section 2512 and support section 2514 of the first member 2521. This sphere passage section 2523d extends from near the warp entrance 2515 to the warp exit 2517, and forms the bottom wall, rear wall, and top wall of the warp passage 2516.

The third member 2523 also has an attachment piece 2523e extending outward from the front end of the ball passage portion 2523d parallel to the rear wall portion 2523a, a positioning hole 2523f provided in the rear wall portion 2523a into which the positioning pin 2522g of the second member 2522 is inserted, an attachment hole 2523g provided in the rear wall portion 2523a and the attachment piece 2523e into which a mounting screw is inserted to attach the third member 2523 to the first member 2521, and a screw passage hole 2523h provided in the rear wall portion 2523a through which a mounting screw can be inserted to attach the second member 2522 to the first member 2521. The screw passage hole 2523h is provided in a position that overlaps with the attachment portion 2522h of the second member 2522 in rear view.

In the stage unit 2520 of this embodiment, the second member 2522 is screwed to the rear of the flange portion 2512 of the first member 2521. Specifically, the mounting portion 2522h of the second member 2522 has a recess that is recessed from the front, and the cylindrical protrusion 2521d of the first member 2521 is inserted into this recess, and an attachment screw is then screwed into the cylindrical protrusion 2521d from the rear of the mounting portion 2522h, thereby attaching the second member 2522 to the first member 2521.

At this time, the cylindrical protrusion 2521d is inserted into the recess of the mounting portion 2522h, and the fit between them positions the second member 2522 in a predetermined position relative to the first member 2521.

After attaching the second member 2522 to the first member 2521, the third member 2523 is positioned behind the second member 2522, and the third member 2523 is then moved forward to insert the positioning pin 2522g of the second member 2522 into the positioning hole 2523f of the third member 2523. This positions the third member 2523 in a predetermined position relative to the second member 2522.

Once the third member 2523 is positioned relative to the second member 2522, the axis of the mounting hole 2523g of the third member 2523 coincides with the axis of the cylindrical protrusion 2521d of the first member 2521. Therefore, the third member 2523 can be attached to the first member 2521 by threading a mounting screw through the mounting hole 2523g from the rear and into the cylindrical protrusion 2521d. This completes the assembly of the stage unit 2520.

When the stage unit 2520 is assembled, as shown in FIG. 112, the front surface of the downward protrusion 2522f of the second member 2522 abuts against the rear surface of the flange portion 2512 of the first member 2521, and the rear surface of the rear wall plate portion 2522c of the second member 2522 abuts against the front surface of the rear wall portion 2523a of the third member 2523. In other words, the second member 2522 is sandwiched between the first member 2521 and the third member 2523.

In addition, in the stage unit 2520, the rear end surface of the rear protrusion 2513 of the first member 2521 abuts against the front end surface of the lower wall portion 2523c of the third member 2523. The rear protrusion 2513 and the lower wall portion 2523c are provided at a distance below the rolling surface portion 2522a (stage 2518) of the second member 2522. Therefore, in the stage unit 2520, a square pipe-shaped reinforcing portion 2525 having a square cross-section and a closed space 2525a formed by the flange portion 2512, the rolling surface portion 2522a, the rear wall portion 2523a, the rear protrusion 2513, and the lower wall portion 2523c is provided below the stage 2518 (see Figure 112). This increases the strength and rigidity of the stage unit 2520, making the stage 2518 less likely to warp even when subjected to the weight of the game ball B, and stabilizing the rolling (behavior) of the game ball B on the stage 2518, allowing it to roll as designed.

In the stage unit 2520, even if the positioning accuracy of the stage 2518 within the unit is high using the positioning pins 2522g, if the positioning accuracy between the stage unit 2520 and the gaming panel 1100 is low, the accuracy of the stage 2518 as a gaming board 5 will be low, and the designed effect of the stage 2518 may not be fully realized. In contrast, in the stage unit 2520 of this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 112, the relationship between the diameter d1 of the board positioning pin 2521b that positions the stage unit 2520 on the gaming panel 1100 and the diameter d2 of the positioning pin 2522g that positions the second member 2522 and the third member 2523 is d1 > d2. Furthermore, the board positioning pin 2521b is longer not only in diameter but also in length. In other words, the board positioning pin 2521b is larger than the positioning pin 2522g. This improves the positioning accuracy of the stage unit 2520 relative to the base gaming panel 1100, allowing the stage 2518 to fully demonstrate the effects envisioned during design.

In addition, the stage unit 2520 of this embodiment has a rear inclined portion 2522e on the upper edge of the front wall plate portion 2522b of the second member 2522, which can prevent the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518 from being released forward. Also, in the first member 2521, a front inclined portion 2521c is provided on the lower edge of at least the portion below the stage 2518 (front wall plate portion 2522b) of the flange portion 2512 attached to the front surface of the game panel 1100.

As shown in Figure 112, the rear inclined portion 2522e is inclined on the rear surface of the front wall plate portion 2522b, so as to move forward as it approaches the tip (upper edge), and the front inclined portion 2521c is inclined on the flange portion 2512, so as to move backward as it approaches the tip (lower edge).

In this way, because the inclined back portion 2522e is provided on the upper edge of the front wall panel 2522b on the front side of the stage 2518, the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518 is guided by the inclined back portion 2522e, making it easier for it to fall forward from areas other than the central release section 2518a or the side release section 2518b. As a result, when the game ball B rolls left or right on the stage 2518, there is a risk that it will fall from areas other than the central release section 2518a or the side release section 2518b (the front wall panel 2522b). This draws the player's attention to the game ball B on the stage 2518, making them feel anxious and excited as they hope that the game ball B will not fall from the front wall panel 2522b. Therefore, the movement of the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518 can be more enjoyable than in conventional pachinko machines, and a decline in player interest can be prevented.

In addition, because the lower edge of the flange portion 2512 is provided with a front inclined portion 2521c, game balls B that have fallen from the stage 2518 or front wall panel portion 2522b and rolled along the front surface of the flange portion 2512 can be smoothly transferred to the front surface of the game panel 1100. This makes it difficult for game balls B to bounce off the lower end of the flange portion 2512, preventing game balls B from making unexpected movements or damaging components below.

In addition, in this embodiment, the front wall panel portion 2522b is provided with a rear inclined portion 2522e, which makes it easier to insert fingers between the front wall panel portion 2522b and the upper wall portion 2523b when removing the stage unit 2520 from the gaming panel 1100, and also makes it easier to hook the inserted fingers, making it easier to remove the stage unit 2520.

In the stage unit 2520 of this embodiment, a screw insertion hole 2523h is provided in the third member 2523 at a position rearward of the mounting portion 2522h of the second member 2522. Therefore, when disassembling the stage unit 2520 for recycling or the like, all mounting screws can be removed from the rear of the stage unit 2520. This eliminates the need to, for example, take a screwdriver to remove the mounting screws attaching the third member 2523, then put the screwdriver down to remove the third member 2523 from the first member 2521, then take the screwdriver again to remove the mounting screws attaching the second member 2522, and then put the screwdriver down to remove the second member 2522 from the first member 2521, thereby improving workability during disassembly.

Furthermore, because the third member 2523 has a screw insertion hole 2523h, if it is discovered that the stage 2518 is misaligned after being assembled to the gaming board 5, the mounting screws attaching the second member 2522 can be loosened from the rear through the screw insertion hole 2523h with a screwdriver, without having to remove the stage unit 2520 from the gaming panel 1100. This allows the second member 2522 holding the stage 2518 to be fine-tuned to eliminate the misalignment of the stage 2518.

The stage unit 2520 is also equipped with a light-emitting means at the rear, such as an LED or a performance display device 1600, that can emit light forward. This allows the light from the light-emitting means to brightly illuminate and decorate the stage unit 2520, decorative stickers 2524, etc.

The game ball B flowing down the left side of the center device 2500 on the front of the game panel 1100 rolls along the so-called guide nails toward the first starting hole 2002 located below the center device 2500. However, when the game ball B bounces upward due to the obstacle nails N, such as guide nails, its movement is not hindered and it behaves naturally because the upper flange portion 2512 has a front inclined portion 2521c. Furthermore, because the front inclined portion 2521c is located at the tip of the flange portion 2512, the game ball B hits the surface of the front inclined portion 2521c and does not hit the corner at the tip of the flange portion 2512, so the flange portion 2512 does not chip or crack.

Furthermore, in the stage unit 2520 of this embodiment, the second member 2522 is provided with a front wall plate portion 2522b having a rear inclined portion 2522e as the front wall portion of the stage 2518, but this is not limited to this, and the front wall portion (front wall plate portion) of the stage 2518 may be provided on the first member 2521. In other words, the front inclined portion and the rear inclined portion may be provided on a single member.

[5-8c-2. Demolition trace area]
Next, the demolding traces 2519 provided on the center role 2500, such as the stage unit 2520, will be described in detail with reference to Figures 113 to 118. Figures 113(a) to 113(d) are explanatory diagrams showing various aspects of demolding traces. Figure 114(a) is a front view of a first member in which demolding traces are provided on both the front and rear sides of the stage unit of the center role, and a rear view of the first member in which demolding traces are provided on both the front and rear sides of the stage unit. Figure 115(a) is a front view of a second member in which demolding traces are provided only on the rear side of the stage unit, and (b) is a rear view of the second member in which demolding traces are provided only on the rear side of the stage unit. Figure 116(a) is a front view of a third member in which demolding traces are provided only on the front side of the stage unit, and (b) is a rear view of the third member in which demolding traces are provided only on the front side of the stage unit. Figure 117(a) is a plan view of a second member in which a demolding trace portion is provided in a position different from that of Figure 115, and (b) is a front view of a third member in which a demolding trace portion is provided in a position different from that of Figure 116. Figure 118 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing a center role with a demolding trace portion provided on the front side together with a game board.

First, demolding traces 2519 will be described with reference to Figure 113. Demolding traces 2519 are extrusion traces left on a product by a mechanism (e.g., an ejector pin, a push-up core, a direct lift core, an ejection core, etc.) used to remove a product from a molding die (metal mold) after the product has been molded using the die. Demolding traces 2519 are slightly concave, convex, or inclined compared to adjacent flat areas. Here, demolding traces 2519 provided on stage unit 2520 will be used as an example for description. Note that in the illustration, demolding traces 2519 are shaded to make them easier to see.

Figure 113(a) shows a demolding trace 2519 provided on the plate surface of a plate-shaped portion such as the flange portion 2512. Here, a circular demolding trace 2519 is shown, but it may also be polygonal, such as a triangle, square, pentagon, or hexagon, or irregularly shaped, such as a star or heart. Furthermore, when multiple demolding traces 2519 are provided on the plate surface, the multiple demolding traces 2519 may be scattered on the front and rear (back) surfaces, or multiple demolding traces 2519 may be concentrated on one surface. For example, by scattering multiple demolding traces 2519 on the front and rear (back) surfaces of a transparent plate, it is possible to create a perspective effect on the appearance of the demolding traces 2519 from the outside, and it is possible to create a three-dimensional decorative effect using the multiple demolding traces 2519 themselves. Furthermore, if there is a concern that the appearance of the demolding trace portions 2519 will hinder the decoration of the entire gaming machine (pachinko machine), it is desirable to, for example, arrange the multiple demolding trace portions 2519 so that they are concentrated on the rear surface (back surface) of the transparent plate surface, and arrange the front inclined portion 2521c, decorative sticker 2524, and other members on the surface of the transparent plate surface so that they overlap (overlap) the demolding trace portions 2519 on the rear surface (back surface) to make the demolding trace portions 2519 difficult to see from the outside. Furthermore, when the front inclined portion 2521c, decorative sticker 2524, and other members are arranged on the surface of the transparent plate surface so that they overlap (overlap) the demolding trace portions 2519 on the rear surface (back surface), it is desirable to make the multiple demolding trace portions 2519 difficult to see by integrating them with the front inclined portion 2521c and decorative sticker 2524. Furthermore, when multiple demolding traces 2519 are arranged together on the front surface of a transparent or opaque plate, a decorative sticker 2524 or other components may be arranged on the front surface of the plate so as to directly overlap (overlap) the multiple demolding traces 2519, which also makes it difficult to see the demolding traces 2519 from the outside.

Figures 113(b) to (e) show multiple demolding traces 2519 provided on the end surface (surface in the plate thickness direction) of a plate-shaped portion. Here, the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511 is used as an example. The demolding traces 2519 shown in Figure 113(a) are parts of a circle (here, semicircles) that do not fit within the vertical width of the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511, and are provided at intervals. These semicircular demolding traces 2519 are provided so that the edge of the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511 on the side from which the flange portion 2512 and the support portion 2514 do not extend contacts the chord portion of the semicircle. In other words, the center of the semicircle of the semicircle in the semicircular demolding trace 2519 is provided in a position close to the edge of the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511 on the side from which the flange portion 2512 and the support portion 2514 do not extend. Furthermore, although not shown in the figures, a predetermined distance from the left and right ends of the forward protrusion 2511 is a prohibited area where no demolding traces 2519 are to be placed. This makes it possible to prevent slight irregularities in the demolding traces 2519 from impeding the accuracy of assembly with other components if, during the design process, it becomes necessary to assemble one or both of the left and right ends of the forward protrusion 2511 in contact with other components.

The demolding traces 2519 shown in Figure 113 (c) are rectangular and spaced apart. Here, the demolding traces 2519 are rectangular and extend in the longitudinal direction of the forward protrusion 2511. In this example, the demolding traces 2519 are arranged to fit within the vertical and lateral widths of the front end face of the forward protrusion 2511. In other words, none of the edges of the demolding traces 2519 are in contact with the edge of the front end face of the forward protrusion 2511. The quadrangular demolding traces 2519 may be square or have another shape.

The demolding trace portion 2519 shown in Figure 113 (d) is part of a large circle, as indicated by the two-dot chain line, and has a long shape that follows the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511. This demolding trace portion 2519 is a large circle that does not fit within the vertical width of the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511, and the center of this large circle is located on the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511. Furthermore, this demolding trace portion 2519, excluding the arc portion, is in contact with both end edges of the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511.

The demolding trace portion 2519 shown in Figure 113 (e) is a long rectangle that follows the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511. One of the four sides of this rectangular demolding trace portion 2519 contacts the edge of the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511 on the side where the flange portion 2512 and support portion 2514 do not extend, and the remaining sides do not contact the edge of the front end surface. Note that this demolding trace portion 2519 may also contact both ends of the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511.

Note that while Figures 113(b) to (e) show the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511 extending in a straight line, this is not limited to this and it may extend in a curved or broken line. Even in this case, it is possible to provide multiple demolding traces 2519 in a pattern similar to that described above.

In addition, while Figure 113 shows multiple demolding traces 2519 of the same shape, this is not limited to this, and demolding traces 2519 of different shapes may be mixed together. For example, demolding traces 2519 of different shapes may be arranged alternately, or arranged according to a predetermined algorithm. This allows the multiple demolding traces 2519 to be given a decorative feature, and the appearance will not be impaired even if the demolding traces 2519 are visible.

[5-8c-2a. Traces of stage unit demolding]
Next, the demolding traces 2519 provided on the stage unit 2520 of the center role piece 2500 will be described in detail, mainly with reference to FIGS. 114 to 116. As shown in FIG. 114, the first member 2521 of the stage unit 2520 has demolding traces 2519 on both the front (front side) and rear (back side). More specifically, as shown in FIG. 114(a), the first member 2521 has two forward protruding portions 2511 protruding forward, and multiple demolding traces 2519 are provided on the front end surface of the left forward protruding portion 2511. The demolding traces 2519 provided on the front end surface of the forward protruding portion 2511 are elongated rectangles. As will be described in detail later, the demolding traces 2519 are intentionally not provided on the front end surface of the right forward protruding portion 2511 at the right end of the stage 2518.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 114(b), the first member 2521 has multiple demolding traces 2519 on the rear end surface of the forward protrusion 2511 on the left side (right side in rear view) and on the rear end surface of the rear protrusion 2513. The demolding traces 2519 located above the warp entrance 2515 are circular, while the other demolding traces 2519 are rectangular. The demolding traces 2519 located on the back side of the first member 2521 are mainly located on the rear end surfaces of the forward protrusion 2511 and the rear end surfaces of the rear protrusion 2513. Therefore, even if the forward protrusion 2511 is transparent, they can be made difficult to see from the front of the forward protrusion 2511 due to refraction due to the distance between the forward protrusion 2511 and the rear protrusion 2513, or due to the visibility-impairing effect of decorations (ornamental objects) placed behind the first member 2521.

In addition, in the first member 2521, a decorative sticker 2524 is affixed to the front surface of the flange portion 2512, making the demolding traces 2519 on the rear surface of the flange portion 2512 and the rear end surface of the rearward protrusion 2513 less visible due to the decorative sticker 2524. Furthermore, the decorative sticker 2524 is decorated in a way that is integrated with the decoration of the decorative cells 1140 on the rear surface of the gaming panel 1100, and these decorations stand out, making the demolding traces 2519 less noticeable. Note that a "lens cut portion formed with an uneven surface on the front surface of the flange portion 2512" may also be used as a means of making the demolding traces 2519 less noticeable, in addition to the decorative sticker 2524. In this case, the more noticeable the decoration of the lens cut portion, the less noticeable the demolding traces 2519.

Furthermore, behind the first member 2521, there is provided a performance display device 1600 that displays performance images including moving images, and an illuminating decoration (illuminating decorative body) equipped with decorative LEDs that emit light and flash, and the light from these makes the demolding traces 2519 less noticeable.

In addition, a demolding trace portion 2519 may be provided on the rear end surface of the cylindrical protrusion 2521d on the back side of the first member 2521. Even in this case, the presence of the cylindrical protrusion 2521d makes it difficult to see the demolding trace portion 2519 from the front, and also makes it easier to remove (demold) the first member 2521 from the molding die.

In addition, in the first member 2521, the flange portion 2512 and support portion 2514, whose plate surfaces face the front-to-rear direction, have demolding traces 2519 on their rear surfaces, making the demolding traces 2519 difficult to see from the front. On the other hand, in the first member 2521, the forward protrusion 2511 and rear protrusion 2513, whose plate surfaces face in a direction perpendicular to the front-to-rear direction, have demolding traces 2519 on narrow portions such as the front and rear end surfaces, making them smaller than the demolding traces 2519 on the plate surfaces and difficult to see from the front.

Furthermore, in the first member 2521, the cylindrical cover portion that constitutes the warp entrance 2515, which is open to allow the game ball B to enter, and the ball passage that leads to the warp exit 2517, which opens at the downstream end of the warp passage 2516, does not have any demolding traces 2519 on its front or back surface. This makes it possible to avoid the visibility of the game ball B that has entered the warp entrance 2515 being hindered by the demolding traces 2519.

In this embodiment, the first member 2521 has a demolding trace portion 2519 on the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511, but this is not limited to this. The first member 2521 may not have a demolding trace portion 2519 on the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511. In other words, the first member 2521 may have a demolding trace portion 2519 only on the rear surface.

Next, as shown in FIG. 115, the second member 2522 of the stage unit 2520 of the center role piece 2500 has demolding traces 2519 only on the rear side (back side) in the front-to-rear direction. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 115(b), the second member 2522 has multiple demolding traces 2519 on the rear surface of the rear wall plate 2522c. The multiple demolding traces 2519 are provided at regular intervals along the rear wall plate 2522c. The demolding traces 2519 near the central release portion 2518a of the stage 2518 are provided symmetrically with respect to the central release portion 2518a. The multiple demolding traces 2519 provided on the second member 2522 are circular.

This second member 2522 has multiple demolding traces 2519 on the rear surface of the rear wall plate 2522c, and the rolling surface 2522a and front wall plate 2522b in front of it, making the demolding traces 2519 difficult to see from the front. Even if the demolding traces 2519 are visible in the stage 2518 area, they are arranged symmetrically around the central release portion 2518a, so the demolding traces 2519 do not look like decoration and do not detract from the appearance.

In addition, behind the second member 2522, there is provided a performance display device 1600 that displays performance images including moving images, and an illuminating decoration (illuminating decorative body) equipped with decorative LEDs that emit light and flash, and the light from these makes the demolding traces 2519 less noticeable.

This second member 2522 has a stage 2518 (rolling surface portion 2522a), so players will focus their attention on the second member 2522 to enjoy the movement of the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518. However, the second member 2522 has a demolding trace portion 2519 in a location that is difficult to see from the front (the rear surface of the rear wall panel portion 2522c). This makes it difficult for players standing in front of the pachinko machine 1 to see the demolding trace portion 2519, preventing the demolding trace portion 2519 from detracting from the appearance and preventing the demolding trace portion 2519 from causing discomfort or annoyance to players.

Furthermore, as mentioned above, the second member 2522 has a plurality of protrusions 2522d arranged in a staggered pattern on the rolling surface portion 2522a to the left of the stage 2518, and some or all of the plurality of protrusions 2522d may be arranged to overlap the demolding traces 2519 in the front-to-rear direction. This configuration also makes it possible for the protrusions 2522d to make the demolding traces 2519 less visible to players in front, thereby preventing the demolding traces 2519 from spoiling the appearance.

Furthermore, with the second member 2522, the demolding trace portion 2519 formed during molding is located in a portion that does not impede the flow of game ball B (a portion that does not come into contact with game ball B). This means that the demolding trace portion 2519 does not affect the movement of game ball B rolling on stage 2518, thereby improving the flow accuracy of game ball B on the second member 2522 (stage 2518). Therefore, game ball B rolling on stage 2518 can be made to move as designed, and game ball B can be released from stage 2518 to the front side of the game panel 1100 with the intended probability.

Next, as shown in FIG. 116, the third member 2523 in the stage unit 2520 of the center role piece 2500 has demolding traces 2519 only on the front side (front side). More specifically, as shown in FIG. 116(a), the third member 2523 has multiple demolding traces 2519 on the front end surface of the upper wall portion 2523b and the front end surface of the lower wall portion 2523c. The multiple demolding traces 2519 on the front end surface of the upper wall portion 2523b are rectangular. The demolding traces 2519 on the upper wall portion 2523b near the central release portion 2518a of the stage 2518 are arranged symmetrically with respect to the central release portion 2518a. On the other hand, the multiple demolding traces 2519 provided on the front end surface of the lower wall portion 2523c have a shape that is partially semicircular, with the center being near the outer edge of the front end surface of the lower wall portion 2523c.

In this third member 2523, the multiple demolding traces 2519 on the front end surface of the upper wall portion 2523b are visible to the player because there are no components in front of them that make them difficult to see. On the other hand, the multiple demolding traces 2519 on the front end surface of the lower wall portion 2523c are difficult to see from the front because the rear protrusion 2513 of the first member 2521 is located in front of them.

The third member 2523 does not have demolding traces 2519 on the front and rear surfaces of the rear wall portion 2523a or on the top and bottom surfaces of the top wall portion 2523b. Therefore, the demolding traces 2519 do not detract from the appearance of the stage 2518 and do not affect the movement of the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518.

However, if a circular demolding trace portion 2519 similar to game ball B is provided on the rear wall portion 2523a or upper wall portion 2523b of the third member 2523, there is a risk that the demolding trace portion 2519, which appears above the stage 2518, will be mistaken for game ball B. Furthermore, if game ball B and the demolding trace portion 2519 overlap, the demolding trace portion 2519 will look like an afterimage of the rolling game ball B, making it appear to be moving differently than it actually is, which may cause distrust of the movement of game ball B on stage 2518. However, in this embodiment, the third member 2523 does not have demolding traces 2519 on plate surfaces such as the front and rear surfaces of the rear wall portion 2523a and the upper and lower surfaces of the upper wall portion 2523b. Therefore, the demolding traces 2519 will not be mistaken for the game ball B, and the movement of the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518 will not appear strange, ensuring that the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518. Furthermore, if a circular demolding trace 2519 is provided, making it a circle with a diameter larger or smaller than the diameter of the game ball B will make it even easier to avoid mistaking the demolding traces 2519 for the game ball B.

In addition, behind the third member 2523, there is provided a performance display device 1600 that displays performance images including moving images, and an illuminating decoration (illuminating decorative body) equipped with decorative LEDs that emit light and flash, and the light from these makes the demolding traces 2519 less noticeable.

With this third member 2523, the demolding trace portion 2519 formed during molding is located outside the circulation area 2523i through which the game balls B circulate. This means that the demolding trace portion 2519 does not appear to overlap with the game balls B circulating in the circulation area 2523i, making it easier for players to see the game balls B circulating in the circulation area 2523i. Therefore, the movement of the game balls B circulating in the circulation area 2523i does not cause any sense of incongruity or discomfort, and the player can enjoy watching the movement of the game balls B.

Furthermore, with the third member 2523, the demolding trace portion 2519 is located outside the circulation area 2523i, so that the game balls B circulating in the circulation area 2523i do not come into contact with the demolding trace portion 2519. This means that the demolding trace portion 2519 does not impede the circulation of the game balls B, and the circulation accuracy of the game balls B in the stage unit 2520 (center device 2500) can be improved. Therefore, the game balls B circulating in the center device 2500 can be made to move as designed, and a pachinko machine 1 can be provided that allows players to enjoy themselves as intended.

Furthermore, with the third member 2523, players will be drawn to the third member 2523 in order to enjoy the movement of the game ball B circulating through the warp passage 2516, stage 2518, etc. However, since the third member 2523 has the demolding trace portion 2519 in a location that is difficult to see from the front, the demolding trace portion 2519 can be made difficult to see by players in front of the pachinko machine 1, preventing the demolding trace portion 2519 from deteriorating the appearance and preventing the demolding trace portion 2519 from causing discomfort or annoyance to players.

Furthermore, with the third member 2523, even if the demolding trace portion 2519 is visible to the player, the shape of adjacent demolding trace portions 2519 is made to be the same, making the demolding trace portion 2519 appear like a pattern. Even if the demolding trace portion 2519 is visible, it does not detract from the appearance of the center role device 2500 (third member 2523), and does not cause the player to feel strange or uncomfortable.

[5-8c-2b. Another example of demolding traces of stage unit]
Next, another example in which demolding trace portions 2519 are provided in a different location on the stage unit 2520 from the above will be described with reference to FIG. 117 . First, FIG. 117( a) is a plan view of the second member 2522. The cross-hatched area in FIG. 117( a) is the contact area 2522i with which the rolling game ball B comes into contact. As shown, in the second member 2522 of this stage unit 2520, multiple demolding trace portions 2519 are provided on the upper surface side of the rolling surface portion 2522a on which the game ball B rolls, in a location outside the contact area 2522i. In this example, multiple demolding trace portions 2519 are provided in the area where multiple protrusions 2522d are provided between the warp exit 2517 and the stage 2518. This prevents the demolding trace portions 2519 from affecting the rolling of the game ball B. Furthermore, since the demolding traces 2519 are provided between the plurality of protrusions 2522d, the demolding traces 2519 are less noticeable. Note that, in the second member 2522, the demolding traces 2519 may be provided on the back side (lower surface side) of the rolling surface portion 2522a, as shown by the dashed line in FIG. 117(a).

Figure 117(b) is a front view of the third member 2523 of the stage unit 2520. The cross-hatched area in Figure 117(b) is the circulation area 2523i through which game balls B circulate. As shown, the third member 2523 of this stage unit 2520 has multiple circular demolding traces 2519 on the front surface of the rear wall portion 2523a, below the circulation area 2523i. These demolding traces 2519 are located outside the circulation area 2523i and therefore do not affect the circulation of game balls B. Furthermore, when assembled to the stage unit 2520, these demolding traces 2519 are located within the closed space 2525a of the reinforcing portion 2525, making them difficult to see from the front.

In addition, according to this third member 2523, a demolding trace portion 2519 is provided on the front surface of the rear wall portion 2523a below the circulation area 2523i. This prevents game balls B circulating in the circulation area 2523i from coming into contact with the demolding trace portion 2519, and the demolding trace portion 2519 does not impede the circulation of game balls B. This increases the circulation accuracy of game balls B on the stage 2518, allowing game balls B circulating in the center device 2500 to move as designed, providing a pachinko machine 1 that allows players to enjoy themselves as intended.

[5-8c-2c. Demolding traces of forward protrusion]
Next, the demolding trace portion 2519 provided on the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511 of the center frame 2510 will be described with reference to FIG. 118 . The center frame 2510 of the center role device 2500 has a forward protrusion 2511 that protrudes forward by the same length from the front surface of the gaming panel 1100 to the front end of the obstacle nail N. In the state of the pachinko machine 1, the glass plate 162 of the door frame 3 is provided in front of the forward protrusion 2511. Between the front end of the forward protrusion 2511 and the glass plate 162, there is a gap through which the game ball B cannot pass. This prevents the game ball B from moving beyond the forward protrusion 2511 to the opposite side, restricting the flow of the game ball B into the frame of the center frame 2510 and preventing the game ball B from entering the frame.

This forward protrusion 2511 is not provided in the area of the second member 2522 in the stage unit 2520, but the upper wall portion 2523b of the third member 2523 serves as the forward protrusion 2511. Therefore, here, the upper wall portion 2523b of the third member 2523 will also be treated as the forward protrusion 2511. Furthermore, in the first attacca unit 2530 and gate unit 2540 in the center role device 2500, a front plate is provided in front of the forward protrusion 2511, and in these areas, the forward protrusion 2511 is hidden from the front.

As shown in FIG. 118, the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511, including the front end surface of the upper wall portion 2523b, is provided with multiple demolding traces 2519. This allows the player to see the multiple demolding traces 2519 arranged in a frame-like pattern. Furthermore, since the demolding traces 2519 are slightly uneven or inclined compared to the general surface of the front end of the forward protrusion 2511, they emit light in a different manner from the other general surfaces when exposed to light from light-emitting means such as LEDs or the performance display device 1600 provided at the rear. As a result, the frame-shaped forward protrusion 2511 on the center frame 2510 (center role 2500) stands out, drawing attention to the presence of the forward protrusion 2511, which restricts the inflow of game ball B, and the multiple demolding traces 2519 can be used to create a decorative frame-like pattern.

The forward protrusion 2511 of the center frame 2510 has a partition 2511a that extends vertically at the right end of the stage 2518. This partition 2511a extends from near the right end of the upper wall 2523b below the flange 2512 to near the lower right rail 1004, dividing the play area 5a below the center gimmick 2500 into left and right halves. In this embodiment, the front end surface of the partition 2511a in the forward protrusion 2511 does not have a demolding trace 2519. This allows the player to recognize that the partition 2511a in the forward protrusion 2511 is not a part that constitutes a frame like other parts that have multiple demolding traces 2519, and makes it possible to recognize that the play area 5a is divided into left and right halves.

Alternatively, since the front end surface of the partition 2511a of the forward protrusion 2511 does not have a demolding trace 2519, it is possible to make it difficult to notice the existence of the partition 2511a. This gives the player the illusion that the game ball B can move back and forth across the partition 2511a.

In addition, the partition section 2511a is shown as extending from near the right end of the upper wall section 2523b to near the lower right rail 1004, but it may also extend from near the right end of the upper wall section 2523b to the lower end of the flange section 2512 below the stage 2518, or it may extend from near the right end of the upper wall section 2523b beyond the flange section 2512 to a height that will prevent the ball from entering the first starting opening 2002 or the general winning opening 2001.

This center frame 2510 makes the center frame 2510 stand out thanks to the forward protrusion 2511 and the demolding traces 2519 provided on the front end surface of the upper wall 2523b, attracting the player's attention to the center frame 2510 and making the player realize that a completely different center frame 2510 from conventional ones has been installed, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

In addition, with the center frame 2510, the shapes of adjacent demolding traces 2519 are aligned, so that the demolding traces 2519 on the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511 of the center frame 2511 can be made to look like a pattern, improving the appearance of the center frame 2519.

Furthermore, according to the center frame 2510, the front end surface of the partition 2511a in the forward protrusion 2511 is not provided with a demolding trace 2519. This allows the player to recognize that the partition 2511a is a different part from the part of the forward protrusion 2511 where the demolding trace 2519 is provided, and therefore allows the player to recognize that the partition 2511a is not a part that constitutes a frame, and allows the player to recognize that the playing area 5a is divided into left and right halves.

Alternatively, since the front end surface of the partition 2511a does not have a demolding trace portion 2519, the partition 2511a is less noticeable than the portion of the forward protrusion 2511 where the demolding trace portion 2519 is provided or the upper wall portion 2523b, making it difficult to notice the presence of the partition 2511a and giving the player the illusion that the game ball B can move back and forth across the partition 2511a.

[5-8c-3. Second embodiment of stage unit]
Next, the second embodiment of the stage unit 2520A in the center prop 2500 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 119 to 123. FIG. 119 is a front view showing a portion of the stage unit of the second embodiment, which differs from FIG. 108 and others. FIG. 120(a) is a perspective view of the stage unit of FIG. 119 as seen from the front, and FIG. 120(b) is a perspective view of the stage unit of FIG. 119 as seen from the rear. FIG. 121 is an exploded perspective view of the stage unit of FIG. 119 as seen from the front, and FIG. 122 is an exploded perspective view of the stage unit of FIG. 119 as seen from the rear. FIG. 123(a) is a cross-sectional view taken along line N-NA in FIG. 119, FIG. 123(b) is a cross-sectional view taken along line 2-2 in FIG. 119, and FIG. 123(c) is a cross-sectional view taken along line N-NU in FIG. 119. Note that the same components as those of the stage unit 2520 of the first embodiment will be described with the same reference numerals.

The stage unit 2520A is provided in part of a frame-shaped center frame 2510. The center frame 2510 is equipped with a forward protruding portion 2511 that protrudes forward from the front surface of the gaming panel 1100 to a position similar to the front end of the obstacle nail N, a plate-shaped flange portion 2512 that extends from the rear end of the forward protruding portion 2511 toward the outside of the frame parallel to the front surface of the gaming panel 1100, a rearward protruding portion 2513 that protrudes rearward beyond the flange portion 2512, and a plate-shaped support portion 2514 that extends from the rear end of the forward protruding portion 2511 toward the inside of the frame parallel to the front surface of the gaming panel 1100.

The forward protrusion 2511 of the center frame 2510, although not shown in detail, is provided in a frame shape along almost the entire periphery of the opening 1112 of the gaming panel 1100. This forward protrusion 2511 prevents the game ball B from entering (flowing into) the opening 1112 of the gaming panel 1100. The flange portion 2512 is used to attach the center frame 2510 to the front surface of the gaming panel 1100. The rear protrusion 2513 and support portion 2514 are mainly used to reinforce the center frame 2510.

This stage unit 2520A is equipped with a warp entrance 2515 that opens on the left side of the frame-shaped forward protrusion 2511 to allow game ball B to enter, a warp passage 2516 that guides game ball B that enters the warp entrance 2515 into the frame of the center device 2500, a warp exit 2517 that opens at the downstream end of the warp passage 2516, and a stage 2518 that rolls game ball B that comes out of the warp exit 2517 in the left-right direction and then releases it forward and below the center device 2500.

The stage 2518 is located within the opening 1112, behind the flange portion 2512 (the front surface of the gaming panel 1100). The stage 2518 is curved with a recessed central portion in the left-right direction, and is formed in a wavy (W-shaped) shape such that the position corresponding to directly above the first starting hole 2002 of the starting hole unit 2100, that is, the approximate central position in the left-right direction when the center frame 2510 (center role device 2500) is attached to the gaming panel 1100, is slightly higher than the left and right sides. This stage 2518 has a central release portion 2518a that is slightly higher than the left and right sides in the left-right center, and the lowest portions on both sides (side release portions 2518b) that are inclined downward toward the front, and gaming balls B can be released into the gaming area 5a from these portions.

The stage unit 2520A comprises a first member 2521 attached to the front of the gaming panel 1100, a second member 2522 provided behind the first member 2521, and a third member 2523 attached to the rear of the first member 2521 so as to sandwich the second member 2522 from behind.

The first member 2521 of the stage unit 2520A is a frame-shaped center frame 2510, and includes a forward protrusion 2511, a flange portion 2512, a rearward protrusion 2513, and a support portion 2514. Specifically, the forward protrusion 2511 of the first member 2521 is formed in the shape of a strip with a width similar to the distance from the front surface of the gaming panel 1100 to the front end of the obstacle nail N, with its width oriented in the front-to-rear direction. This forward protrusion 2511 is not provided in the stage 2518 area around the entire periphery of the frame-shaped center frame 2510.

The flange portion 2512 of the first member 2521 extends from the rear end of the forward protrusion 2511 toward the outside of the center frame 2510 in the form of a flat plate parallel to the front surface of the gaming panel 1100. The rear protrusion 2513 of the first member 2521 is provided so as to protrude rearward in the form of a plate from the rear surface of the flange portion 2512. The support portion 2514 of the first member 2521 extends in the form of a plate from the rear end of the forward protrusion 2511 on the left side of the stage 2518 toward the inside of the center frame 2510. Note that a portion of each of the flange portion 2512 and the support portion 2514 forms the front wall of the warp passage 2516.

Furthermore, the first member 2521 has mounting holes 2521a that penetrate the flange portion 2512 and the support portion 2514 and through which mounting screws are inserted to mount the first member 2521 to the gaming panel 1100, and plate positioning pins 2521b that protrude rearward from the rear surfaces of the flange portion 2512 and the support portion 2514 and are inserted into positioning holes in the gaming panel 1100.

The first member 2521 also has a front inclined portion 2521c that is provided on the edge of the flange portion 2512 and is inclined so that it moves more rearward as it approaches the tip, and multiple cylindrical protrusions 2521d that protrude rearward in a cylindrical shape from the rear surface of the flange portion 2512 and have a screw hole formed in the center. The multiple cylindrical protrusions 2521d are for attaching the third member 2523.

The first member 2521 also has a ball passage portion 2521f that protrudes rearward from the rear surfaces of the flange portion 2512 and the support portion 2514 and forms the upper and lower walls of the warp passage 2516, and multiple protrusions 2521g that protrude rearward within the ball passage portion 2521f. The ball passage portion 2521f is formed in a gutter shape that is open to the rear, and forms the warp passage 2516 in cooperation with the ball passage portion 2523d of the third member 2523. The multiple protrusions 2521g work in cooperation with the multiple protrusions 2523j of the third member 2523 to slow down the circulation speed of the game balls B.

Furthermore, the first member 2521 has multiple (four in this example) positioning pins 2521h that protrude cylindrically rearward from the flange portion 2512 at the stage 2518. The multiple positioning pins 2521h are provided at positions symmetrical on the left and right sides of the central release portion 2518a of the stage 2518. These positioning pins 2521h are inserted into positioning holes 2522j of the second member 2522 to position the second member 2522 in a predetermined position relative to the first member 2521 and to attach the second member 2522.

The second member 2522 is sandwiched between the first member 2521 and the third member 2523. This second member 2522 is located below the warp exit 2517, and has a stage 2518 on its upper surface. This second member 2522 has a rolling surface portion 2522a that extends left and right with its plate surface facing up and down, on whose upper surface the game ball B can roll, a plate-shaped front wall plate portion 2522b that extends upward from the front end of the rolling surface portion 2522a, and a plate-shaped rear wall plate portion 2522c that extends upward from the rear end of the rolling surface portion 2522a. The upper surface of the rolling surface portion 2522a is the stage 2518.

The front wall plate portion 2522b is provided on the front edge of the rolling surface portion 2522a, excluding the central release portion 2518a and side release portions 2518b of the stage 2518. The front wall plate portion 2522b is also provided so that its front surface is flush with the front surface of the flange portion 2512 of the first member 2521. The front wall plate portion 2522b is provided so that its upper end becomes higher the further it is from the central release portion 2518a of the stage 2518 in the left-right direction. The rear wall plate portion 2522c is provided along the entire length of the rear edge of the rolling surface portion 2522a, and protrudes upward from the rolling surface portion 2522a to a position lower than the diameter of the game ball B.

The second member 2522 also has a rear inclined portion 2522e on the rear surface of the front wall plate portion 2522b, which is inclined so that it moves more forward as it approaches the tip, and a downward protrusion 2522f that protrudes downward from near the front end of the rolling surface portion 2522a. The downward protrusion 2522f is provided along the entire length of the front edge of the rolling surface portion 2522a, and its front surface is arranged to abut against the rear surface of the flange portion 2512 of the first member 2521.

The second member 2522 also has multiple (two in this example) positioning pins 2522g that protrude rearward in a cylindrical shape from the rear wall plate portion 2522c. The multiple positioning pins 2522g are provided at positions symmetrical on the left and right sides of the central release portion 2518a of the stage 2518. The multiple positioning pins 2522g are used to position and attach the second member 2522 to the third member 2523, and are inserted into positioning holes 2523f of the third member 2523.

Furthermore, the second member 2522 is provided on the downward protrusion 2522f and has a plurality of positioning holes 2522j into which the plurality of positioning pins 2521h of the first member 2521 are respectively inserted. These multiple positioning holes 2522j are provided at positions symmetrical on the left and right sides of the central release portion 2518a of the stage 2518. By inserting the positioning pins 2521h of the first member 2521 into the positioning holes 2522j, the first member 2522 is positioned and attached to the first member 2521.

The third member 2523 is attached to the rear side of the first member 2521 so that the second member 2522 is sandwiched between the third member 2523 and the first member 2521. This third member 2523 has a rear wall portion 2523a that extends left and right along the second member 2522 with its plate surface facing forward and backward, an upper wall portion 2523b that protrudes forward from the upper edge of the rear wall portion 2523a, and a ball passage portion 2523d that extends left and upward from the left ends of the rear wall portion 2523a and the upper wall portion 2523b.

The rear wall portion 2523a prevents the game ball B from falling rearward from the rolling surface portion 2522a of the second member 2522 that constitutes the stage 2518. The upper edge of the rear wall portion 2523a is located at a position higher than the diameter of the game ball B from the upper surface of the rolling surface portion 2522a. In addition, the lower edge of the rear wall portion 2523a is located so as to protrude downward further than the rear protrusion portion 2513 of the first member 2521.

The upper wall portion 2523b protrudes forward to the same position as the front end of the forward protruding portion 2511 of the first member 2521, and covers the top of the stage 2518. This upper wall portion 2523b is inclined so that it becomes higher as it moves forward from the upper edge of the rear wall portion 2523a. This makes it difficult for debris, dust, etc. that falls from above to fall into the play area 5a. Furthermore, if a game ball B falls for some reason, the game ball B can be allowed to fall backward, and will not accumulate between the glass plate 162 and the upper wall portion 2523b.

The ball passage section 2523d is formed in the shape of a shallow trough that is open to the front, and cooperates with the ball passage section 2521f of the first member 2521 to form the warp passage 2516.

The third member 2523 also has an attachment piece 2523e extending outward from the front end of the ball passage portion 2523d parallel to the rear wall portion 2523a, a positioning hole 2523f provided in the rear wall portion 2523a into which the positioning pin 2522g of the second member 2522 is inserted, and an attachment hole 2523g provided in the rear wall portion 2523a and the attachment piece 2523e into which a mounting screw is inserted to attach the third member 2523 to the first member 2521.

Furthermore, the third member 2523 has multiple protrusions 2523j that protrude forward within the ball passage portion 2523d. These protrusions 2523j work in conjunction with the protrusions 2521g of the first member 2521 to slow down the flow speed of the game balls B.

When the stage unit 2520A of this embodiment is assembled, multiple positioning pins 2521h protruding rearward from the flange portion 2512 of the first member 2521 are inserted into multiple positioning holes 2522j provided in the downward protruding portion 2522f of the second member 2522. Furthermore, multiple positioning pins 2522g protruding rearward from the rear wall plate portion 2522c of the second member 2522 are inserted into multiple positioning holes 2523f provided in the rear wall portion 2523a of the third member 2523. Mounting screws are threaded from the rear of the third member 2523 through mounting holes 2523g and into the cylindrical protruding portion 2521d of the first member 2521.

As a result, the third member 2523 is attached to the first member 2521, and the second member 2522 is sandwiched between the first member 2521 and the third member 2523. Furthermore, the first member 2521 and the second member 2522 are positioned by the positioning pin 2521h of the first member 2521 and the positioning hole 2522j of the second member 2522, and the positioning pin 2522g of the second member 2522 and the positioning hole 2523f of the third member 2523, and the second member 2522 and the third member 2523 are also positioned.

When assembled into stage unit 2520A, second member 2522 having stage 2518 is simply sandwiched between first member 2521 and third member 2523 and is not screwed in place. As a result, rolling surface 2522a (second member 2522) on which game ball B rolls is not forcibly fixed with mounting screws, so distortion due to physical stress does not occur in rolling surface 2522a (stage 2518), and it can perform as designed.

In the stage unit 2520A, even if the positioning accuracy of the stage 2518 within the unit is high using the positioning pins 2521h and 2522g, if the positioning accuracy between the stage unit 2520A and the gaming panel 1100 is low, the accuracy of the stage 2518 as a gaming board 5 will be low, and the designed effect of the stage 2518 may not be fully realized. In contrast, in the stage unit 2520A of this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 123, the relationship between the diameter d1 of the board positioning pin 2521b used to position itself on the gaming panel 1100 and the diameter d2 of the positioning pins 2521h and 2522g is d1 > d2. Furthermore, the board positioning pin 2521b is longer not only in diameter but also in length. In other words, the board positioning pin 2521b is larger than the positioning pin 2522g. This improves the positioning accuracy of the stage unit 2520A relative to the base gaming panel 1100, allowing the stage 2518 to fully demonstrate the effects envisioned during design.

In addition, in the stage unit 2520A, the rear end surface of the rear protrusion 2513 of the first member 2521 abuts against the front surface of the rear wall portion 2523a of the third member 2523. This rear protrusion 2513 is provided below the rolling surface portion 2522a (stage 2518) of the second member 2522 with a gap therebelow. Therefore, in the stage unit 2520A, a square pipe-shaped reinforcing portion 2525 having a closed space 2525a with a square cross section is provided below the stage 2518 by the flange portion 2512, the rolling surface portion 2522a, the rear wall portion 2523a, and the rear protrusion 2513 (see Figure 123). This increases the strength and rigidity of stage unit 2520A, making stage 2518 less likely to warp even when subjected to the weight of game ball B, and stabilizing the rolling (behavior) of game ball B on stage 2518, allowing it to roll as designed.

In addition, the stage unit 2520A of this embodiment has a rear inclined portion 2522e on the upper edge of the front wall plate portion 2522b of the second member 2522, which can prevent the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518 from being released forward. Also, in the first member 2521, a front inclined portion 2521c is provided on the lower edge of at least the portion below the stage 2518 (front wall plate portion 2522b) of the flange portion 2512 attached to the front surface of the game panel 1100.

As shown in Figure 123, the rear inclined portion 2522e is inclined on the rear surface of the front wall plate portion 2522b, so as to move forward as it approaches the tip (upper edge), and the front inclined portion 2521c is inclined on the flange portion 2512, so as to move rearward as it approaches the tip (lower edge).

In this way, because the inclined back portion 2522e is provided on the upper edge of the front wall panel 2522b on the front side of the stage 2518, the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518 is guided by the inclined back portion 2522e, making it easier for it to fall forward from areas other than the central release section 2518a or the side release section 2518b. As a result, when the game ball B rolls left or right on the stage 2518, there is a risk that it will fall from areas other than the central release section 2518a or the side release section 2518b (the front wall panel 2522b). This draws the player's attention to the game ball B on the stage 2518, making them feel anxious and excited as they hope that the game ball B will not fall from the front wall panel 2522b. Therefore, the movement of the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518 can be more enjoyable than in conventional pachinko machines, and a decline in player interest can be prevented.

In addition, because the lower edge of the flange portion 2512 is provided with a front inclined portion 2521c, game balls B that have fallen from the stage 2518 or front wall panel portion 2522b and rolled along the front surface of the flange portion 2512 can be smoothly transferred to the front surface of the game panel 1100. This makes it difficult for game balls B to bounce off the lower end of the flange portion 2512, preventing game balls B from making unexpected movements or damaging components below.

In addition, in this embodiment, the front wall panel portion 2522b is provided with a rear inclined portion 2522e, which makes it easier to insert fingers between the front wall panel portion 2522b and the upper wall portion 2523b when removing the stage unit 2520A from the gaming panel 1100, and also makes it easier to hook the inserted fingers, making it easier to remove the stage unit 2520A.

Furthermore, in the stage unit 2520A of this embodiment, the second member 2522 is simply sandwiched between the first member 2521 and the third member 2523, so the second member 2522 can be assembled together simply by screwing the third member 2523 to the first member 2521, improving assembly workability. Conversely, when the third member 2523 is removed from the first member 2521, the second member 2522 can also be removed, improving disassembly workability.

The stage unit 2520A is also equipped with a light-emitting means at the rear, such as an LED or a performance display device 1600, that can emit light forward. This allows the light from the light-emitting means to brightly illuminate and decorate the stage unit 2520, decorative stickers 2524, etc.

The game ball B flowing down the left side of the center device 2500 on the front of the game panel 1100 rolls along the so-called guide nails toward the first starting hole 2002 located below the center device 2500. However, when the game ball B bounces upward due to the obstacle nails N, such as guide nails, its movement is not hindered and it behaves naturally because the upper flange portion 2512 has a front inclined portion 2521c. Furthermore, because the front inclined portion 2521c is located at the tip of the flange portion 2512, the game ball B hits the surface of the front inclined portion 2521c and does not hit the corner at the tip of the flange portion 2512, so the flange portion 2512 does not chip or crack.

The stage unit 2520A (center frame 2510) of this embodiment also has a demolding trace portion 2519 similar to that described above, and can achieve the same effects as those described above.

In addition, in the stage unit 2520A of this embodiment, the second member 2522 is provided with a front wall plate portion 2522b having a rear inclined portion 2522e as the front wall portion of the stage 2518, but this is not limited to this, and the front wall portion (front wall plate portion) of the stage 2518 may be provided on the first member 2521. In other words, the front inclined portion and the rear inclined portion may be provided on a single member.

[5-8c-4. Summary]
The above-mentioned stage unit 2520 (stage unit 2520A) has the following technical features.

[5-8c-4a. Summary A]
(Background of technical features)
Some gaming machines, such as pachinko machines, have a stage where a gaming ball rolls left and right and, when released downward from a specific location with a predetermined probability, there is a high probability that the ball will enter a winning hole such as a starting hole (for example, Patent Document: JP 2021-166841 A). This stage is made up of multiple components, each of which is screwed to a component attached to the front of the gaming board.

However, if the component on the stage on which the game ball rolls is screwed, the component is forcibly fixed by the screws, which can cause distortion due to physical stress, and this can cause the game ball to stop rolling as designed, or the game ball to stop being released from the designated location with the designed probability.

In light of the above situation, the following means aims to provide a gaming machine that can improve the accuracy of rolling and releasing gaming balls on the stage.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a stage member that prevents the gaming ball from entering the opening of the gaming board, rolls the gaming ball in the left and right directions, and then drops it to the front of the gaming board,
The stage member is
A first member that is attached to the game board and also serves as a front wall of a ball flow path through which the game ball rolls in a direction parallel to the surface of the game board;
A second member constituting a bottom wall of the spherical flow path;
a third member constituting a rear wall and an upper wall of the spherical flow path;
The first member and the third member are fastened together with screws,
The second member is sandwiched between the first member and the third member, and is positioned relative to each other by positioning means consisting of a positioning pin and a positioning hole.
It is characterized by:

Here, the "stage member" may be a component attached to a frame-shaped central device that runs along the edge of the opening of the game board, or it may be a component that constitutes one of the multiple segments of a frame-shaped central device that runs along the edge of the opening of the game board and is divided along the edge of the opening.

Further examples of "ball flow paths" include "those having a stage on which game balls roll left and right," and "those having a stage on which game balls roll left and right and a warp passage for supplying game balls to the stage from within the play area in front of the game board."

Furthermore, when "screwing" the first member and the third member together, the mounting screw may be threaded from the front through the first member into the third member, or the mounting screw may be threaded from the rear through the third member into the first member.

In addition, the "positioning means" between the first and second members may be a positioning pin provided on the first member and a positioning hole provided on the second member, or a positioning hole provided on the first member and a positioning pin provided on the second member.

Furthermore, the "positioning means" between the second and third members may be a positioning pin provided on the second member and a positioning hole provided on the third member, or a positioning hole provided on the second member and a positioning pin provided on the third member.

Means 1 is configured as an amusement machine equipped with a gaming board having a stage member that prevents gaming balls from entering the opening of the gaming board, rolls the gaming balls left and right, and then drops them to the front of the gaming board. The stage member is attached to the gaming board and includes a first member that doubles as the front wall of a ball flow path through which the gaming balls roll in a direction parallel to the surface of the gaming board, a second member that forms the bottom wall of the ball flow path, and a third member that forms the rear and top walls of the ball flow path. The first and third members are fastened together with screws, and the second member is sandwiched between the first and third members and positioned relative to each other by positioning means consisting of positioning pins and positioning holes (see chapter [5-8c-3. Second embodiment of stage unit], stage unit 2520A, Figures 119 to 123, etc. in [Mode for carrying out the invention]).

This stage member has a second member that forms the bottom wall of the ball flow path, and the second member is provided with a stage on which the game balls roll left and right. This second member is sandwiched between a first member that is attached to the game board and a third member that is screwed to the first member, and the first and second members, and the second and third members, are positioned by positioning means consisting of positioning pins and positioning holes, respectively. The second member is not screwed to either the first or third member. As a result, the second member on which the stage is provided is not forcibly fixed by screws, so distortion due to physical stress does not occur, and the design performance can be achieved.

In addition, the stage member has a third member that sandwiches the second member between the first member and the third member, and the rear and upper walls of the ball flow path are provided on the third member. The third member is screwed to the first member, so the rear and upper walls of the ball flow path are firmly fixed, preventing game balls from falling to the rear or above the stage.

It is desirable to make the positioning pins smaller than the board positioning pins that position the stage member on the gaming board. In other words, it is desirable to make the board positioning pins larger than the positioning pins. This allows for greater positioning accuracy of the stage member (first member) relative to the gaming board, and also allows the stage member to be firmly fixed to the gaming board, allowing it to perform as designed.

Furthermore, as described above, if the positioning pins are made smaller than the board positioning pins that position the stage member on the game board, the positioning pins can be made less noticeable on the stage member, preventing the appearance from being impaired.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The positioning pin is
The stage member is smaller than the board positioning pin that positions the stage member on the game board.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, examples of the positioning pin being "smaller" than the plate positioning pin include "the diameter of the positioning pin is smaller than the diameter of the plate positioning pin" and "the length of the positioning pin is smaller (shorter) than the length of the plate positioning pin."

However, even if the second and third members of the stage member are accurately positioned relative to the first member by the positioning means, if the positioning accuracy of the first member relative to the game board is low, there is a risk that the designed performance will not be achieved.

According to the configuration of means 2, the positioning pins are smaller than the board positioning pins that position the stage member on the game board (see the description of board positioning pins 2521b, 2521h, and 2522g in stage unit 2520A in the [Embodiment], as well as Figure 123, etc.).

In this method, the positioning pins of the positioning means for positioning the second member relative to the first and third members are smaller than the board positioning pins for positioning the stage member (first member) relative to the game board. In other words, the board positioning pins are larger than the positioning pins. This allows for higher positioning accuracy of the stage member (first member) relative to the game board, and also allows the stage member to be firmly fixed to the game board, allowing it to perform as designed.

In addition, because the positioning pins are smaller than the plate positioning pins, the positioning pins are less noticeable on the stage member, preventing the appearance from being impaired.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can improve the accuracy of rolling and releasing gaming balls on the stage.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 on the game board 5 of the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution means, the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 in this embodiment corresponds to the opening of the above-mentioned solution means, the center gimmick 2500 and stage unit 2520A in this embodiment correspond to the stage members of the above-mentioned solution means, the warp passage 2516 and stage 2518 in this embodiment correspond to the ball flow path of the above-mentioned problem to be solved, the center frame 2510 and first member 2521 in this embodiment correspond to the first member of the above-mentioned solution means, and the flange portion 2512 of the center frame 2510 in this embodiment corresponds to the front wall of the above-mentioned solution means.

In addition, the plate positioning pin 2521b of the first member 2521 in this embodiment corresponds to the positioning pin for the problem to be solved, the positioning pin 2521h of the first member 2521, the positioning pin 2522g and positioning hole 2522j of the second member 2522, and the positioning hole 2523f of the third member 2523 in this embodiment correspond to the positioning means for the problem to be solved, the rolling surface portion 2522a of the second member 2522 in this embodiment corresponds to the bottom wall of the problem to be solved, the rear wall portion 2523a of the third member 2523 in this embodiment corresponds to the rear wall of the problem to be solved, and the upper wall portion 2523b of the third member 2523 in this embodiment corresponds to the upper wall of the problem to be solved.

(Characteristic effects of technical features)
In the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, in the stage unit 2520A of the center role device 2500, the rolling surface portion 2522a of the second member 2522 forms the bottom wall of the ball flow path, and the second member 2522 is provided with a stage 2518 on which the game ball B rolls left and right. The second member 2522 is sandwiched between a first member 2521 attached to the gaming panel 1100 and a third member 2523 screwed to the first member 2521. The first member 2521 and the second member 2522, and the second member 2522 and the third member 2523 are positioned by positioning means consisting of a positioning pin 2521h and a positioning hole 2522j, and a positioning pin 2522g and a positioning hole 2523f, respectively. The second member 2522 is not screwed to either the first member 2521 or the third member 2523. As a result, the second member 2522 on which the stage 2518 is mounted is not forcibly fixed by screws, so distortion due to physical stress does not occur, and the performance can be achieved as designed.

In addition, in the stage unit 2520A, the third member 2523, which sandwiches the second member 2522 between the first member 2521, is provided with the rear wall portion 2523a and upper wall portion 2523b of the stage 2518 as a ball flow path, and the third member 2523 is screwed to the first member 2521, so the rear wall portion 2523a and upper wall portion 2523b of the stage 2518 are firmly fixed, and the game ball B will not fall behind or above the stage 2518.

Furthermore, the positioning pins 2521h and 2522g of the first member 2521 and the second member 2522 are smaller than the plate positioning pins 2521b that position the stage unit 2520A on the gaming panel 1100. In other words, the plate positioning pins 2521b are larger than the positioning pins 2521h and 2522g. This allows for higher positioning accuracy of the stage unit 2520A (first member 2521) relative to the gaming panel 1100, and also allows the stage unit 2520A to be firmly fixed to the gaming panel 1100, enabling it to perform as designed.

In addition, because the positioning pins 2521h and 2522g are smaller than the board positioning pins 2521b that position the stage unit 2520A on the gaming panel 1100, the positioning pins 2521h and 2522g can be made less noticeable on the stage unit 2520A, preventing the appearance from becoming worse.

[5-8c-4b. Summary B]
(Background of technical features)
Some gaming machines, such as pachinko machines, have a frame-shaped center frame on the game board through which the game balls pass (for example, Patent Document: JP 2021-13673 A). The center frame has a stage that allows players to enjoy watching the game balls roll, and also allows players to see the display screen and movable decorations behind the frame, allowing them to enjoy visual effects and moving effects.

This center frame is formed by injection molding using a mold, and so traces remain of the center frame being pushed out to remove it from the mold after injection molding. Furthermore, since the center frame is located in the center of the gaming board, it is clearly visible to players, so if players can see the traces of the mold removal during center frame molding, it can look unsightly.

The following solution takes into consideration the above situation and aims to provide a gaming machine that can prevent the deterioration of appearance caused by demolding marks on the center frame.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a center frame attached to the opening edge of the gaming board,
The center frame is
a first member that is attached to the play board;
The first member has a demolding trace at a location on the rear surface that is difficult to see from the front.
It is characterized by:

Here, the "center frame" refers to something that constitutes at least a part of the so-called center gadget, and may be formed in a frame shape along the edge of the opening of the game board, or may be divided into multiple parts in a direction along the edge of the opening of the game board.

Examples of the "first member" include "one having a flange portion that can come into contact with the front surface of the playing board," "one having a forward protruding portion extending forward from the front surface of the playing board and a flange portion extending from the rear end of the forward protruding portion along the front surface of the playing board," "one having a forward protruding portion extending forward from the front surface of the playing board, a flange portion extending from the rear end of the forward protruding portion along the front surface of the playing board and a rear protruding portion protruding rearward from the rear end of the forward protruding portion or the rear surface of the flange," and "one having a flange portion that can come into contact with the front surface of the playing board and a rear protruding portion protruding rearward from the rear surface of the flange."

Furthermore, "demolding traces" are traces left on the center frame by mechanisms (e.g., ejector pins, push-up cores, straight-up cores, ejection cores, etc.) used to remove the center frame from the molding die (metal mold), and are slightly concave, convex, or inclined compared to other areas. Possible shapes of these "demolding traces" include "semicircular or similar shapes," "circular," "triangular," "quadrilateral," "pentagonal," "hexagonal," "polygonal," "irregular shape," "star-shaped," "heart-shaped," etc.

Examples of "areas that are difficult to see from the front" include "areas where the front side of the rear surface of a plate-shaped portion is beveled," "areas where a decorative sticker is attached to the front side of the rear surface of a plate-shaped portion," "areas where the front side of the rear surface of a plate-shaped portion is textured with numerous irregularities," and "rear end surfaces of rearward protruding portions that protrude rearward in a plate-like shape."

Means 1 is configured as a gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a center frame attached to the edge of the opening of the gaming board, the center frame having a first member attached to the gaming board, and the first member having a demolding trace portion at a location on the rear surface that is difficult to see from the front (see chapter [5-8c-2. Demolding Trace Portion] in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], the demolding trace portion 2519, the first member 2521 of the stage unit 2520, Figures 113 and 114, etc.).

As a result, the first member that makes up the center frame is attached to the gaming board and is positioned close to the player, making it easily visible to the player. Furthermore, because the demolding traces formed during molding are located on the rear surface of the first member, they can be made less visible from the front. Furthermore, because the demolding traces are located on the rear surface of the first member in a position that is less visible from the front, they can be made less visible to players in front of the gaming machine, preventing the demolding traces from spoiling the game's appearance. Therefore, because the demolding traces are not noticeable on the center frame, the appearance of the gaming board (gaming machine) that includes this center frame can be improved, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that is highly appealing to players.

In addition, if the center frame is provided with a stage where the game balls are rolled and then released onto the front side of the game board, when a player focuses their attention on the stage to enjoy the movement of the game balls rolling across the stage, the area of the first member attached to the game board near the stage will also come into view. However, because the demolding traces are provided in a less visible area on the back of the first member, the demolding traces do not stand out and cause discomfort to the player, allowing them to enjoy the movement of the game balls across the stage without any discomfort.

It is desirable to align the shapes of adjacent demolding traces. This makes it possible for the shape of adjacent demolding traces to be similar, even if the player sees the demolding trace of the first component. This allows the demolding traces to appear like a pattern, and the appearance of the center frame is not impaired even if the demolding traces are visible.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The adjacent demolding traces have the same shape."
It is characterized by being something.

Here, "uniform shape" refers to "uniform shapes of demolding traces," "uniform sizes of demolding traces," "uniform spacing of demolding traces," etc.

According to the configuration of Means 2, the shapes of adjacent demolding traces are aligned (see the description of demolding traces 2519, Figure 113, etc. in Chapter 5-8c-2. Demolding Traces in the Detailed Description of the Invention).

As a result, even if the demolding traces of the first component are visible to the player, the shapes of the adjacent demolding traces are aligned, making the demolding traces appear like a pattern, and the appearance of the center frame is not impaired even if the demolding traces are visible.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can prevent the deterioration of appearance caused by demolding marks on the center frame.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 on the game board 5 of the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution means, the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 in this embodiment corresponds to the opening of the above-mentioned solution means, the center frame 2510 of the center role 2500 in this embodiment corresponds to the center frame of the above-mentioned solution means, the first member 2521 of the stage unit 2520 in the center frame of this embodiment corresponds to the first member of the above-mentioned solution means, and the demolding trace portion 2519 in this embodiment corresponds to the demolding trace portion of the above-mentioned solution means.

(Characteristic effects of technical features)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the first member 2521 of the stage unit 2520 constituting the center frame 2510 of the center role device 2500 is attached to the gaming panel 1100, and is therefore positioned close to the player and is therefore easily visible to the player. Furthermore, the first member 2521 has a demolding trace 2519 formed during molding on its rear surface, making it difficult to see from the front. Furthermore, since the demolding trace 2519 is located on the rear surface of the first member 2521 in a position that is difficult to see from the front, it is possible to make the demolding trace 2519 difficult to see from the front, thereby preventing the demolding trace 2519 from deteriorating the appearance of the pachinko machine 1. Therefore, since the demolding traces 2519 are not noticeable on the center frame 2510, the appearance of the game board 5 (pachinko machine 1) having the center frame 2510 can be improved, and a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players can be provided.

In addition, the stage unit 2520 of the center frame 2510 is provided with a stage 2518 that rolls the game ball B and then releases it toward the front of the game panel 1100. Therefore, when a player focuses on the stage 2518 to enjoy the movement of the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518, the area of the first member 2521 attached to the game panel 1100 near the stage 2518 also comes into view. However, because the demolding trace portion 2519 is provided in a less visible area on the back surface of the first member 2521, the demolding trace portion 2519 does not stand out and cause the player to feel uncomfortable, allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball B on the stage 2518 without any discomfort.

In addition, even if the player can see the demolding traces 2519 of the first member 2521, the shapes of the adjacent demolding traces 2519 are aligned, so the demolding traces 2519 can be perceived as a pattern, and the appearance of the center frame 2510 is not impaired even if the demolding traces 2519 are visible.

[5-8c-4c. Summary C]
(Background of technical features)
Some gaming machines, such as pachinko machines, have a frame-shaped center device on a game board through which game balls flow, and a stage on the center device that rolls the game balls left and right and then releases them onto the front side of the game board (for example, Patent Document: JP 2021-13673 A). This type of gaming machine allows players to enjoy the movement of the game balls rolling on the stage.

The components (molded parts) that make up this central device are formed by injection molding using a mold, so traces remain of the molded parts being pushed out to remove them from the mold after injection molding. If there are traces of the components being removed from the mold when they were molded on the bottom surface of the circulation area through which game balls circulate, such as a stage in the central device, these traces could impede the circulation of game balls, causing them to stop rolling as designed.

The following solution takes into consideration the above situation and aims to provide a gaming machine that can improve the distribution accuracy of gaming balls in the center device.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a center gimmick attached to the opening edge of the gaming board,
The center accessory is
A bottom wall member is provided that constitutes the bottom surface of a circulation area through which game balls circulate;
The bottom wall member has a demolding trace portion provided in a location that does not obstruct the flow of game balls.
It is characterized by:

Here, the "center gadget" may be one that has a frame-shaped center frame that runs along the edge of the opening of the game board, or one that is divided into multiple units (e.g., stage units, attacca units, etc.) in a direction that runs along the edge of the opening of the game board.

In addition, examples of the "circulation area" through which game balls circulate include "a stage where game balls can roll left and right and be released to the front side of the game board," and "a warp passage that guides game balls from a predetermined position on the periphery of the center device to the stage."

Examples of a "bottom wall member" include "something that is attached to a front member (first member) that is attached to the play board," "something that is sandwiched between a front member (first member) that is attached to the play board and a rear member (third member) that is attached to the front member," and "something that is attached to the play board itself."

Furthermore, "demolding traces" are traces left on a molded product by mechanisms used to remove the molded product from the molding die (metal mold) (e.g., ejector pins, push-up cores, straight-up cores, ejection cores, etc.), and are slightly concave, convex, or inclined compared to other areas. Possible shapes of these "demolding traces" include "semicircular or similar shapes," "circular," "triangular," "square," "pentagonal," "hexagonal," "polygonal," "irregular shape," "star-shaped," "heart-shaped," etc.

Furthermore, examples of "areas that do not obstruct circulation" include "surfaces facing backward that do not come into contact with gaming balls," "surfaces facing forward that do not come into contact with gaming balls," "surfaces facing upward that do not come into contact with gaming balls," "surfaces facing downward," and "parts that are rolling surfaces on which gaming balls roll but do not come into contact with the gaming balls."

Means 1 is configured as a gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a center device attached to the edge of the opening of the gaming board, the center device having a bottom wall member that forms the bottom surface of the circulation area through which gaming balls circulate, and the bottom wall member having demolding traces in a location that does not obstruct the circulation of gaming balls (see chapter [5-8c-2. Demolding Traces] in [Embodiment of the Invention], the demolding traces 2519, the second member 2522 of the stage unit 2520, the contact area 2522i, Figures 113, 115, and 117, etc.).

As a result, the bottom wall member of the center device forms the bottom surface of the circulation area through which game balls circulate, and as game balls roll on the bottom surface of the bottom wall member, players can enjoy the movement of the rolling game balls. In this case, the demolding traces formed during molding on the bottom wall member are located in areas that do not impede the circulation of game balls, so the demolding traces do not affect the movement of game balls rolling on the bottom surface of the circulation area, thereby improving the circulation accuracy of game balls in the center device (bottom wall member). Therefore, it is possible to make game balls rolling in the center device move as designed, and it is possible to provide a gaming machine that entertains players as intended.

Furthermore, since the bottom wall member of the central device provides the bottom surface of the circulation area through which game balls circulate, if this bottom surface is used as the bottom surface of the stage, as described above, the demolding traces are provided in an area that does not interfere with the circulation of game balls, so the demolding traces do not affect the movement of game balls rolling on the stage. Therefore, on the stage of the central device, rolling game balls can be made to move as designed, and game balls can be released from the stage to the front side of the game board with the intended probability.

It is desirable to locate the demolding traces in a location that is difficult to see from the front. This will draw players' attention to the bottom wall member in order to enjoy the movement of the game balls circulating in the circulation area of the bottom wall member. However, because the demolding traces are located in a location on the bottom wall member that is difficult to see from the front, the demolding traces are difficult to see for players in front of the gaming machine, preventing the demolding traces from spoiling the appearance and preventing the demolding traces from causing players a sense of incongruity or discomfort. Therefore, by making the demolding traces inconspicuous on the center device, the appearance of the gaming board (gaming machine) that includes the center device can be improved, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that is highly appealing to players.

It is also desirable to align the shapes of adjacent demolding traces. This makes it possible for the shape of adjacent demolding traces to be similar to a pattern, even if the demolding traces on the bottom wall member are visible to the player. This ensures that the appearance of the center role is not diminished even if the demolding traces are visible, and that the player does not feel uncomfortable or uneasy.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1, "the demolding trace portion is provided in a position that is difficult to see from the front."
It is characterized by being something.

Here, examples of "areas that are difficult to see from the front" include "the rear surface of a plate-shaped portion whose plate surface faces in the front-to-rear direction," "areas that overlap in the front-to-rear direction with other components (e.g., a first component, a decorative sticker, etc.) that are provided in the front," "areas on the front of a plate-shaped portion whose plate surface faces in the front-to-rear direction that overlap in the front-to-rear direction with other components that are provided in the front," "the bottom surface of a plate-shaped portion whose plate surface faces in the up-to-down direction," "the top surface of a plate-shaped portion whose plate surface faces in the up-to-down direction," "the end surface of a plate-shaped portion whose plate surface faces in a direction perpendicular to the front-to-rear direction," etc.

However, if the removal traces are visible to the player, the appearance of the bottom wall member (center role) will be poor, which may cause the player to feel uncomfortable or uneasy.

In the configuration of Means 2, the demolding trace portion is located in a position that is difficult to see from the front (see the description of the demolding trace portion 2519, second member 2522, Figure 115, etc. in the [Description of the Invention]).

As a result, players will be drawn to the bottom wall member in order to enjoy the movement of the game balls circulating through the circulation area of the bottom wall member. However, because the demolding traces are located in an area of the bottom wall member that is difficult to see from the front, the demolding traces are difficult to see for players in front of the gaming machine, preventing the demolding traces from spoiling the appearance and preventing the demolding traces from causing players a sense of incongruity or discomfort. Therefore, because the demolding traces are not noticeable on the center device (bottom wall member), the appearance of the gaming board (gaming machine) that includes this center device can be improved, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that is highly appealing to players.

It is desirable to align the shapes of adjacent demolding traces. This makes it possible for the player to perceive the demolding traces of the bottom wall member as a pattern, even if they are visible to the player. Therefore, even if the demolding traces are visible, the appearance of the center role-playing device is not diminished, and the player does not feel uncomfortable or uneasy.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can improve the distribution accuracy of gaming balls in the center device.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 on the game board 5 of the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution means, the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 in this embodiment corresponds to the opening of the above-mentioned solution means, the center gimmick 2500 and stage unit 2520 in this embodiment correspond to the center gimmick of the above-mentioned solution means, the second member 2522 of the stage unit 2520 in this embodiment corresponds to the bottom wall member of the above-mentioned solution means, and the demolding trace portion 2519 in this embodiment corresponds to the demolding trace portion of the above-mentioned solution means.

In addition, in this embodiment, the warp passage 2516, stage 2518, and contact area 2522i correspond to the flow area of the above-mentioned solution means, and the upper surface of the rolling surface portion 2522a of the second member 2522 in this embodiment corresponds to the bottom surface of the above-mentioned solution means.

(Characteristic effects of technical features)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the second member 2522 of the stage unit 2520 in the center role device 2500 of the game board 5 constitutes the bottom surface of the stage 2518 as a circulation area in which the game ball B circulates (rolls) on the rolling surface portion 2522a, and therefore the player can be entertained by the movement of the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518. In this case, in the second member 2522, the demolding trace portion 2519 formed during molding is provided in a portion that does not hinder the circulation of the game ball B, so that the demolding trace portion 2519 does not affect the movement of the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518, and the circulation accuracy of the game ball B in the center role device 2500 (second member 2522) can be improved. Therefore, the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518 of the center device 2500 can be made to move as designed, and the game ball B can be released from the stage 2518 to the front side of the game panel 1100 with the intended probability, and a pachinko machine 1 can be provided that can entertain the player as intended.

In addition, players will focus their attention on the second member 2522 in order to enjoy the movement of the game ball B circulating (rolling) through the circulation area (stage 2518) of the second member 2522. However, because the demolding traces 2519 are provided in a location on the second member 2522 that is difficult to see from the front, the demolding traces 2519 can be made difficult to see by players in front of the pachinko machine 1, preventing the demolding traces 2519 from detracting from the appearance and preventing the demolding traces 2519 from causing discomfort or discomfort to players. Therefore, because the demolding traces 2519 are not noticeable on the center feature 2500, the appearance of the game board 5 (pachinko machine 1) having the center feature 2500 can be improved, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

In addition, even if the player can see the demolding traces 2519 of the second member 2522, the shapes of the adjacent demolding traces 2519 are aligned, making the demolding traces 2519 appear like a pattern. Therefore, even if the demolding traces 2519 are visible, the appearance of the center role 2500 (second member 2522) is not diminished, and the player does not feel uncomfortable or uneasy.

[5-8c-4d. Summary D]
(Background of technical features)
Some gaming machines, such as pachinko machines, have a frame-shaped center device on a game board through which game balls flow, and a stage on the center device that rolls the game balls left and right and then releases them onto the front side of the game board (for example, Patent Document: JP 2021-13673 A). This type of gaming machine allows players to enjoy the movement of the game balls rolling on the stage.

This center device is provided with a rear wall member to prevent game balls circulating through a circulation area, such as a stage, from falling backward. This rear wall member (molded product) is formed by injection molding using a mold, and traces remain of the molded product being pushed out to remove it from the mold after injection molding. Therefore, depending on the location of the demolding traces on the rear wall member, the demolding traces may appear to overlap with the game balls, which could cause a sense of incongruity or discomfort in the movement of the game balls.

The following solution takes into consideration the above situation and aims to provide a gaming machine that makes it easier to see the game balls circulating in the center gadget.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a center gimmick attached to the opening edge of the gaming board,
The center accessory is
A rear wall member is provided which constitutes the rear surface and the upper surface of the circulation area through which the game balls circulate;
The rear wall member has a mold removal trace portion provided outside the flow area.
It is characterized by:

Here, the "center gadget" may be one that has a frame-shaped center frame that runs along the edge of the opening of the game board, or one that is divided into multiple units (e.g., stage units, attacca units, etc.) in a direction that runs along the edge of the opening of the game board.

In addition, examples of the "circulation area" through which game balls circulate include "a stage where game balls can roll left and right and be released to the front side of the game board," and "a warp passage that guides game balls from a predetermined position on the periphery of the center device to the stage."

Examples of a "rear wall member" include "something that is attached to a front member (first member) that is attached to the play board," "something that is attached to a front member (first member) that is attached to the play board, and that sandwiches a bottom wall member (second member) that forms the bottom surface of the flow area between it and the front member," and "something that is attached to the play board itself."

Furthermore, "demolding traces" are traces left on a molded product by mechanisms used to remove the molded product from the molding die (metal mold) (e.g., ejector pins, push-up cores, straight-up cores, ejection cores, etc.), and are slightly concave, convex, or inclined compared to other areas. Possible shapes of these "demolding traces" include "semicircular or similar shapes," "circular," "triangular," "square," "pentagonal," "hexagonal," "polygonal," "irregular shape," "star-shaped," "heart-shaped," etc.

Means 1 is configured as a gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a center device attached to the edge of the opening of the gaming board, the center device having a rear wall member that forms the rear and upper surfaces of a circulation area through which gaming balls circulate, and the rear wall member having a demolding trace portion below the circulation area (see chapter [5-8c-2. Demolding Trace Portion] in [Embodiment of the Invention], the demolding trace portion 2519, the third member 2523 of the stage unit 2520, the circulation area 2523i, Figures 113, 116, and 117, etc.).

As a result, the center device is provided with a circulation area, such as a stage or warp passage, through which game balls circulate, and the rear wall member of the center device forms the rear and upper surfaces of the circulation area, so game balls circulating in the circulation area will not fall out rearward or upward, and players can enjoy the movement of the game balls circulating (rolling) in the circulation area. In this case, the demolding traces formed during molding on the rear wall member are located outside the circulation area through which game balls circulate, so the demolding traces do not appear to overlap with the game balls circulating in the circulation area, making it easier for players to see the game balls circulating in the circulation area. Therefore, the movement of the game balls circulating in the circulation area does not cause any sense of incongruity or discomfort, and players can enjoy the movement of the game balls.

In addition, because the demolding traces are located on the rear wall member outside the circulation area, game balls circulating in the circulation area do not come into contact with the demolding traces. This means that the demolding traces do not impede the circulation of game balls, improving the circulation accuracy of game balls in the center device. This means that game balls circulating in the center device can be made to move as designed, providing a gaming machine that allows players to enjoy the game as intended.

It is desirable to locate the demolding traces in a location that is difficult to see from the front. This will draw players' attention to the rear wall member in order to enjoy the movement of the game balls circulating in the circulation area of the rear wall member. However, because the demolding traces are located in a location on the rear wall member that is difficult to see from the front, the demolding traces are difficult to see for players in front of the gaming machine, preventing the demolding traces from spoiling the appearance and preventing the demolding traces from causing players a sense of incongruity or discomfort. Therefore, by making the demolding traces inconspicuous on the center device (rear wall member), the appearance of the gaming board (gaming machine) that includes the center device can be improved, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that is highly appealing to players.

It is also desirable to align the shapes of adjacent demolding traces. This makes it possible for the shape of adjacent demolding traces to be similar to a pattern, even if the demolding traces on the rear wall member are visible to the player. This ensures that the appearance of the center role is not diminished even if the demolding traces are visible, and that the player does not feel uncomfortable or uneasy.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The demolding traces are located in a position that is difficult to see from the front."
It is characterized by being something.

Here, examples of "areas that are difficult to see from the front" include "the rear surface of a plate-shaped portion whose plate surface faces in the front-to-rear direction," "areas that overlap in the front-to-rear direction with other components provided in the front (e.g., first component, second component, decorative sticker, etc.)," "areas on the front of a plate-shaped portion whose plate surface faces in the front-to-rear direction that overlap in the front-to-rear direction with other components provided in the front," and "end surfaces of a plate-shaped portion whose plate surface faces in a direction perpendicular to the front-to-rear direction."

However, if the removal traces are visible to the player, the appearance of the rear wall member (center role) will be poor, which may cause the player to feel uncomfortable or uneasy.

According to the configuration of Means 2, the demolding trace portion is located in a position that is difficult to see from the front (see the description of the demolding trace portion 2519, the third member 2523, Figures 116 and 117, etc. in the [Description of the Invention]).

As a result, players will be drawn to the rear wall member in order to enjoy the movement of the game balls circulating through the circulation area of the rear wall member. However, because the demolding traces are located in an area of the rear wall member that is difficult to see from the front, the demolding traces are difficult to see for players in front of the gaming machine, preventing the demolding traces from spoiling the appearance and preventing the demolding traces from causing players a sense of incongruity or discomfort. Therefore, because the demolding traces are not noticeable on the center feature (rear wall member), the appearance of the gaming board (gaming machine) that includes this center feature can be improved, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that is highly appealing to players.

It is desirable to align the shapes of adjacent demolding traces. This makes it possible for the player to perceive the demolding traces of the rear wall member as a pattern, even if they are visible to the player. Therefore, even if the demolding traces are visible, the appearance of the center role-playing device is not diminished, and the player does not feel uncomfortable or uncomfortable.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that makes it easier to see the game balls circulating in the center device.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 on the game board 5 of the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution means, the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 in this embodiment corresponds to the opening of the above-mentioned solution means, the center gimmick 2500 and stage unit 2520 in this embodiment correspond to the center gimmick of the above-mentioned solution means, the third member 2523 of the stage unit 2520 in this embodiment corresponds to the rear wall member of the above-mentioned solution means, and the demolding trace portion 2519 in this embodiment corresponds to the demolding trace portion of the above-mentioned solution means.

In addition, the warp passage 2516, stage 2518, sphere passage section 2523d, and flow area 2523i in this embodiment correspond to the flow area of the above-mentioned solution means, the front surface of the rear wall section 2523a of the third member 2523 in this embodiment corresponds to the rear surface of the above-mentioned solution means, and the lower surface of the upper wall section 2523b of the third member 2523 in this embodiment corresponds to the upper surface of the above-mentioned solution means.

(Characteristic effects of technical features)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the center device 2500 of the game board 5 is provided with a circulation area 2523i through which game balls B circulate, such as a stage 2518 and a warp passage 2516, and the rear wall portion 2523a and the upper wall portion 2523b of the third member 2523 of the center device 2500 (stage unit 2520) form the rear and upper surfaces of the circulation area 2523i, so that the game balls B circulating in the circulation area 2523i do not fall backward or upward, and the player can be entertained by the movement of the game balls B circulating (rolling) in the circulation area 2523i. In this case, in the third member 2523, the demolding trace portion 2519 formed during molding is provided outside the circulation area 2523i through which the game balls B circulate, so that the demolding trace portion 2519 does not appear to overlap with the game balls B circulating in the circulation area 2523i, making it easier for the player to see the game balls B circulating in the circulation area 2523i. Therefore, the movement of the game balls B circulating in the circulation area 2523i does not cause any sense of incongruity or discomfort, and the player can enjoy the movement of the game balls B.

Furthermore, because the demolding trace portion 2519 is located in a portion of the third member 2523 outside the circulation area 2523i, game balls B circulating in the circulation area 2523i do not come into contact with the demolding trace portion 2519. This means that the demolding trace portion 2519 does not impede the circulation of game balls B, improving the circulation accuracy of game balls B in the center device 2500. Therefore, game balls B circulating in the center device 2500 can be made to move as designed, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that allows players to enjoy themselves as intended.

Furthermore, in order to enjoy the movement of the game ball B circulating through the circulation area 2523i of the third member 2523, the player will focus on the third member 2523. However, because the third member 2523 has the demolding trace portion 2519 in a location that is difficult to see from the front, the demolding trace portion 2519 can be made difficult to see by players in front of the pachinko machine 1, preventing the demolding trace portion 2519 from deteriorating the appearance and preventing the demolding trace portion 2519 from causing discomfort or annoyance to the player. Therefore, because the demolding trace portion 2519 is not noticeable on the center feature 2500 (third member 2523), the appearance of the game board 5 (pachinko machine 1) having the center feature 2500 can be improved, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

In addition, even if the player can see the demolding traces 2519 of the third member 2523, the shapes of the adjacent demolding traces 2519 are aligned, making the demolding traces 2519 appear like a pattern. Therefore, even if the demolding traces 2519 are visible, the appearance of the center role-playing device 2500 (third member 2523) is not diminished, and the player does not feel uncomfortable or uneasy.

[5-8c-4e. Summary E]
(Background of technical features)
Gaming machines such as pachinko machines are provided with a frame-shaped center frame having a protruding wall portion that protrudes forward from the front of the gaming board through which gaming balls flow. The protruding wall portion prevents gaming balls from entering the frame, and also forms an area outside the frame through which gaming balls flow, allowing players to enjoy watching the movement of the gaming balls (for example, Patent Document: JP 2021-13673 A).

However, this type of gaming machine has a similar center frame shape regardless of the model or manufacturer, making them all uniform and making it difficult to differentiate from other gaming machines using only the center frame.

The following solution takes into account the above situation and aims to provide a gaming machine equipped with a center frame that can increase its appeal to players.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a center frame attached to the opening edge of the gaming board,
The center frame is
A protruding wall portion protruding forward from the front surface of the play board is provided,
A demolding trace portion is provided on the front end surface of the protruding wall portion.
It is characterized by:

Here, the "center frame" refers to the part that constitutes the center gadget, and may be a frame-shaped part that follows the edge of the opening of the game board, or it may be divided into multiple parts in a direction that follows the edge of the opening of the game board. Furthermore, the "center frame" may be made up of a single member, or it may be made up of multiple members.

Furthermore, examples of "protruding wall portions" include "those that protrude forward from the front surface of the game board by a distance longer than the radius (or diameter) of the game ball" and "those that protrude forward from the front surface of the game board by a distance similar to the front end of the obstacle nails embedded in the game board."

Furthermore, "demolding traces" are traces left on a molded product by mechanisms used to remove the molded product from the molding die (metal mold) (e.g., ejector pins, push-up cores, straight-up cores, ejection cores, etc.), and are slightly concave, convex, or inclined compared to other areas. Possible shapes of these "demolding traces" include "semicircular or similar shapes," "circular," "triangular," "square," "pentagonal," "hexagonal," "polygonal," "irregular shape," "star-shaped," "heart-shaped," etc.

Means 1 is configured as a gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a center frame attached to the edge of the opening of the gaming board, the center frame having a protruding wall that protrudes forward beyond the front surface of the gaming board, and a demolding trace portion provided on the front end surface of the protruding wall (see the description of chapter [5-8c-2c. Demolding Trace Portion of Forward Protruding Portion], the demolding trace portion 2519, the center frame 2510, the forward protruding portion 2511, Figures 113 and 118, etc. in [Embodiment of the Invention]).

As a result, the center frame attached to the edge of the opening of the gaming board is provided with a protruding wall that protrudes forward. This protruding wall prevents gaming balls from falling (entering) into the opening of the gaming board, and also creates an area (play area) for gaming balls to flow down in the area on the front of the gaming board outside the center frame, allowing players to enjoy the movement of gaming balls flowing down this area. Furthermore, the front end surface of the protruding wall of the center frame is provided with demolding traces formed during molding of the center frame (molded product). The visible demolding traces make the center frame stand out and attract the player's attention to the center frame. Therefore, the demolding traces on the front end surface of the protruding wall of the center frame make players realize that a completely different center frame from conventional ones has been installed, strongly attracting the player's attention, resulting in a gaming machine with high player appeal.

In addition, because the demolding traces have a different shape compared to the other parts of the center frame, when light from the LCD display or LEDs located at the rear hits them, they will shine differently than the other parts. This makes the demolding traces stand out on the front end face of the protruding wall part of the center frame by shining a different light than the other parts, which strongly attracts the player's attention, and the glow from the demolding traces makes the center frame look beautiful.

The protruding wall may have a partition that divides the playing area through which the game balls flow into two, but the front end surface of that partition may not have any demolding traces. This means that the front end surface of the partition that divides the playing area into two of the protruding wall of the center frame does not have any demolding traces, making it possible for the player to recognize that the partition is a different part from the part of the protruding wall where the demolding traces are located, and thus making it possible for the player to recognize that the partition is not part of the frame and that the playing area 5a is divided into left and right halves.

Furthermore, if no demolding traces are provided on the front end surface of the partition as described above, the partition will be less noticeable than the area on the protruding wall where demolding traces are provided, making it difficult to notice the presence of the partition, and giving the player the illusion that game balls can move back and forth across the partition.

It is also desirable to align the shapes of adjacent demolding traces. This allows the demolding traces on the front end surfaces of the protruding wall portions of the center frame to look like patterns, improving the appearance of the center frame.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The protruding wall portion is
It has a partition that divides the playing area through which the game balls circulate into two, and the front end surface of the partition does not have the above-mentioned demolding trace portion.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, "partition" refers to "a portion extending vertically at the end (e.g., the right end) of the stage located within the center frame," "a portion extending downward from the center frame," "a portion on the left or right side of the center frame that partitions multiple ball passages," etc.

According to the configuration of Means 2, the protruding wall portion has a partition portion that divides the game area through which game balls circulate into two, and the front end surface of the partition portion does not have any demolding traces (see the description of partition portion 2511a of forward protruding portion 2511 in the [Description of the Invention]).

As a result, the front end surface of the partition section of the protruding wall of the center frame that divides the play area into two does not have any demolding traces, allowing the player to recognize that this partition section is a different part from the part of the protruding wall where the demolding traces are located, and therefore allows the player to recognize that the partition section is not a part that makes up the frame, and that the play area 5a is divided into left and right halves.

Alternatively, because the front end surface of the partition does not have any demolding traces, the partition is less noticeable than the area on the protruding wall where demolding traces are provided, making it difficult to notice the presence of the partition, and giving the player the illusion that game balls can move back and forth across the partition.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine equipped with a center frame that can increase its appeal to players.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 on the game board 5 of the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution means, the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 in this embodiment corresponds to the opening of the above-mentioned solution means, the center frame 2510 of the center role 2500 and the first member 2521 of the stage unit 2520 in this embodiment correspond to the center frame of the above-mentioned solution means, the forward protrusion 2511 of the center frame 2510 and the upper wall portion 2523b of the third member 2523 in this embodiment correspond to the protruding wall portion of the above-mentioned solution means, and the partition portion 2511a of the forward protrusion 2511 in this embodiment corresponds to the partition portion of the above-mentioned solution means.

(Characteristic effects of technical features)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, a forward protruding portion 2511 that protrudes forward is provided on the center frame 2510 of the center device 2500 that is attached to the inner peripheral edge of the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 in the game board 5, so that the forward protruding portion 2511 can prevent the game ball B from falling out (entering) into the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100, and a game area 5a into which the game ball B flows down can be formed in a part on the front surface of the game panel 1100 outside the center frame 2510, so that the player can be entertained by the movement of the game ball B flowing down the game area 5a. Furthermore, the forward protruding portion 2511 of the center frame 2510 and the front end surface of the upper wall portion 2523b of the third member 2523 are provided with demolding traces 2519 formed during molding of the center frame 2511 (molded product), etc., so that the visible demolding traces 2519 make the center frame 2510 stand out and attract the player's attention to the center frame 2510. Therefore, the demolding traces 2519 provided on the front end surfaces of the forward protruding portion 2511, etc. of the center frame 2510 make the player recognize that a center frame 2510 that is completely different from conventional ones is provided, which strongly attracts the player's attention, and a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players can be provided.

In addition, because the demolding trace portion 2519 has a different shape compared to the other portions of the center frame 2510, when light from the effect display device 1600 or LEDs located at the rear hits it, it will shine differently from the other portions. As a result, the demolding trace portion 2519 stands out on the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511 of the center frame 2510 by shining a different light from the other portions, which can strongly attract the player's attention, and the glow from the demolding trace portion 2519 makes the center frame 2510 look beautiful.

Furthermore, the forward protruding portion 2511 has a partition 2511a that divides the play area 5a through which the game ball B circulates into two, and the front end surface of the partition 2511a does not have a demolding trace 2519. This allows the player to recognize that the partition 2511a is a different part from the part of the forward protruding portion 2511 where the demolding trace 2519 is provided, and therefore the player can recognize that the partition 2511a is not a part that forms a frame, and can recognize that the play area 5a is divided into left and right.

Alternatively, since the front end surface of the partition 2511a does not have a demolding trace portion 2519, the partition 2511a is less noticeable than the portion of the forward protrusion 2511 where the demolding trace portion 2519 is provided or the upper wall portion 2523b, making it difficult to notice the presence of the partition 2511a and giving the player the illusion that the game ball B can move back and forth across the partition 2511a.

In addition, since the shapes of adjacent demolding traces 2519 are aligned, the demolding traces 2519 on the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511 of the center frame 2511 can be made to look like a pattern, improving the appearance of the center frame 2519.

[5-8c-4f. Summary F]
(Background of technical features)
Among gaming machines such as pachinko machines, there is known a type in which a stage is provided in a frame-shaped center device attached to a gaming board through which gaming balls flow in front, and the gaming balls are rolled left and right and then released onto the front side of the gaming board (for example, Patent Document: JP 2021-13673 A). In this type of gaming machine, players can enjoy the game depending on whether the gaming balls rolling on the stage are released from a desired location on the stage.

However, in conventional gaming machines, game balls are released from one of several predetermined locations (e.g., three locations) on the stage of the center role device, which means that the movement of the game ball on the center role device can easily become monotonous, and there is a risk that some players will tire of the movement of the game ball and lose interest.

The following solution aims to provide a gaming machine that allows players to enjoy the movement of the game ball in the center device, preventing a decline in player interest.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a center gimmick attached to the opening edge of the gaming board,
The center accessory is
The game machine includes a mounting plate portion that contacts the front surface of the game board, and a front wall plate portion that is provided in front of the rolling surface on which the game ball rolls,
The mounting plate portion is provided with a front inclined portion that is inclined so as to move rearward as it approaches the tip, and the front wall plate portion is provided with a back inclined portion that is inclined so as to move forward as it approaches the tip.
It is characterized by:

Here, the "center gambling device" may be a frame-shaped device that fits along the edge of the opening of the game board, or it may be divided into multiple parts in a direction that fits along the edge of the opening of the game board. Furthermore, the "center gambling device" may be made up of a single component, or it may be made up of multiple components (units).

Furthermore, the relationship between the mounting plate portion and the front wall plate portion may be such that the mounting plate portion and the front wall plate portion are formed integrally, or the mounting plate portion and the front wall plate portion may be formed separately.

According to the configuration of the first aspect, the gaming machine is equipped with a gaming board having a center device attached to the edge of the opening of the gaming board. The center device comprises an attachment plate that abuts against the front surface of the gaming board and a front wall plate that is provided in front of the rolling surface on which the gaming ball rolls. The attachment plate has a front inclined portion that slopes rearward toward the tip, and the front wall plate has a back inclined portion that slopes forward toward the tip. (In the [Embodiment of the Invention], see chapters [5-8c-1. Stage Unit] and [5-8c-3. Second Embodiment of Stage Unit], and the descriptions of stage unit 2520, stage unit 2520A, front inclined portion 2521c, back inclined portion 2522e, Figures 112 and 123, etc.)

As a result, players can enjoy the movement of the gaming ball as it rolls on the rolling surface provided on the center device. At this time, the front wall plate provided in front of the rolling surface has a rear inclined portion that slopes so that the gaming ball moves more forward as it approaches the tip. Therefore, when the gaming ball rolling on the rolling surface hits the rear surface of the front wall plate, depending on the momentum of the gaming ball, it may climb the rear inclined portion, go over the front wall plate, and spill forward from the rolling surface. Therefore, the gaming ball may spill forward over the front wall plate from an unexpected part of the rolling surface, surprising players and allowing them to enjoy the movement of the gaming ball, preventing a decline in interest. Additionally, the game ball that flows down the left side of the center device on the front of the game board rolls along the so-called guide nails toward the first starting hole, but if the game ball bounces upward due to an obstacle nail such as a guide nail, its movement is not hindered and it behaves naturally because the upper mounting plate has a sloped surface.

In addition, because the center gimmick has a sloped surface at the tip of the mounting plate, the game ball hits the surface of the sloped surface and does not hit the corners at the tip of the mounting plate, preventing the mounting plate from chipping or cracking.

In addition, the front wall panel of the center device has a sloped back, making it easier to hook your fingers when removing the center device from the game board because the tip of the front wall panel is thin, making it easier to remove the center device.

It is desirable that the center device have a front inclined portion below the back inclined portion. This allows for a mounting plate with a front inclined portion to be provided below the back inclined portion. Therefore, when a game ball rolling on the rolling surface spills forward over the front wall plate due to the back inclined portion, it will always flow (roll) down the front of the mounting plate, then roll down the front inclined portion and be delivered to the front side of the game board, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that can reliably achieve the above-mentioned effects.

Furthermore, if an upper wall portion is provided above the rear inclined portion of the front wall plate, it is desirable to provide a space between the front wall plate and the upper wall portion through which the gaming ball can pass. This ensures that when a gaming ball rolling on the rolling surface is guided upward by the rear inclined portion and attempts to climb over the front wall plate, the gaming ball can pass between the front wall plate and the upper wall portion and spill forward, providing a gaming machine that can reliably achieve the above-mentioned effects.

Furthermore, as described above, if an upper wall is provided above the front wall with a space that allows game balls to pass through, when removing the center device from the game board, it is possible to insert a finger between the front wall and the upper wall and pull. In this case, since the front wall has a back slope at its tip, the tip of the front wall is thin, making it easy to insert a finger between the front wall and the upper member, and it is possible to hook a finger on the tip of the front wall and pull it easily, making the removal of the center device easy.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The front inclined portion is provided below the back inclined portion."
It is characterized by being something.

In the configuration of Means 2, a front inclined portion is provided below the back inclined portion (see the description of front inclined portion 2521c, back inclined portion 2522e, Figures 112 and 123, etc. in the [Description of the Preferred Embodiments]).

As a result, a mounting plate with a front inclined portion is provided below the rear inclined portion. When a game ball rolling on the rolling surface is released forward over the front wall plate by the rear inclined portion, it always flows (rolls) down the front of the mounting plate, then rolls up the front inclined portion and is delivered to the front side of the game board, providing a gaming machine that can reliably achieve the above-mentioned effects.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that allows players to enjoy the movement of the gaming ball in the center role and prevents a decline in player interest.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 on the game board 5 of the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution means, the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 in this embodiment corresponds to the opening of the above-mentioned solution means, the center gimmick 2500, stage unit 2520 and stage unit 2520A in this embodiment correspond to the center gimmick of the above-mentioned solution means, the flange portion 2512 of the center frame 2510 in this embodiment corresponds to the mounting plate portion of the above-mentioned solution means, the stage 2518 and the rolling surface portion 2522a of the second member 2522 in this embodiment correspond to the rolling surface of the above-mentioned solution means, the front inclined portion 2521c of the first member 2521 in this embodiment corresponds to the front inclined portion of the above-mentioned solution means, the front wall plate portion 2522b of the second member 2522 in this embodiment corresponds to the front wall plate portion of the above-mentioned solution means, and the back inclined portion 2522e of the second member 2522 in this embodiment corresponds to the back inclined portion of the above-mentioned solution means.

(Characteristic effects of technical features)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the game ball B rolls on the stage 2518, which serves as a rolling surface provided on the center device 2500 of the game board 5, allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball B. At this time, the front wall plate 2522b of the second member 2521 provided in front of the stage 2518 is provided with a rear inclined portion 2522e that is inclined so that the game ball B moves more forward as it approaches the tip. Therefore, when the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518 abuts the rear surface of the front wall plate 2522b, depending on the momentum of the game ball B, it may climb the rear inclined portion 2522e, go over the front wall plate 2522b, and spill forward from the stage 2518. Therefore, the game ball B may spill forward from an unexpected part of the stage 2518, over the front wall plate 2522b, surprising the player and allowing them to enjoy the movement of the game ball B, thereby preventing a decline in interest. Furthermore, the game ball B flowing down the left side of the center device 2500 on the front of the game panel 1100 rolls along the so-called guide nails toward the first starting hole 2002 provided below the center device 2500, but when the game ball B bounces upward due to the obstacle nails N such as the guide nails, its movement is not hindered and it behaves naturally because the upper flange portion 2512 has a front inclined portion 2521c.

In addition, since a front inclined portion 2521c is provided at the tip of the flange portion 2512 of the center device 2500, the game ball B hits the surface of the front inclined portion 2521c and does not hit the corner of the tip of the flange portion 2512, so the flange portion 2512 will not chip or crack.

In addition, a space through which the game ball B can pass is provided between the area where the rear inclined portion 2522e is provided on the front wall plate portion 2522b and the upper wall portion 2523b of the third member 2523 provided above it, so the game ball B can pass between the front wall plate portion 2522b and the upper wall portion 2523b and reliably spill forward.

In addition, because a space is provided between the front wall panel 2522b and the upper wall section 2523b that allows the game ball B to pass through, when removing the center role device 2500 (stage unit 2520, stage unit 2520A) from the game panel 1100, it is possible to insert a finger between the front wall panel 2522b and the upper wall section 2523b and pull. In this case, because the front wall panel 2522b has a back slope 2522c at its tip, the tip of the front wall panel 2522b is thin, making it easy to insert a finger between the front wall panel 2522b and the upper wall section 2523b. This allows a finger to be hooked on the tip of the front wall panel 2522b and pulled easily, facilitating the removal of the center role device.

[5-8c-5. First Attacker Unit]
Next, the first attacca unit 2530 in the center role 2500 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 99, 106, 107, etc. The first attacca unit 2530 constitutes the upper right corner of the center role. The first attacca unit 2530 has a part of the center frame 2510, just like the stage unit 2520. This first attacker unit 2530 has a first large prize opening 2005 that opens and closes to accept game ball B depending on the lottery results, such as a first special pattern drawn when game ball B enters the first starting opening 2002 or a second special pattern drawn when game ball B enters the second starting opening 2004, a first large prize opening sensor 2503 that detects game ball B that has entered the first large prize opening 2005, a first large prize opening door 2531 that allows the first large prize opening 2005 to be opened and closed, and a first attacker solenoid 2532 that moves the first large prize opening door 2531 back and forth.

The first large prize opening door 2531 is a flat plate with its surface facing up and down and extending left and right. This first large prize opening door 2531 is movable forward and backward; when in the forward position, it prevents game ball B from entering the first large prize opening 2005, and when in the backward position, it allows game ball B to enter the first large prize opening 2005.

The first attacca solenoid 2532 moves the first main prize opening door 2531 forward and backward in response to the results of a lottery, such as a first special symbol drawn by a ball entering the first starting opening 2002, or a second special symbol drawn by a ball entering the second starting opening 2004, thereby opening and closing the first main prize opening 2005. When the first attacca solenoid 2532 is not energized, the first main prize opening door 2531 moves forward due to the biasing force of a spring (not shown), closing the first main prize opening 2005.

This first attacker unit 2530 guides the game ball B that enters the first large prize opening 2005 and is detected by the first large prize opening sensor 2503 rearward, and hands it over to the rear ball guide unit 3100 of the rear unit 3000. The game ball B handed over from the first attacker unit 2530 passes through the rear ball guide unit 3100 and is discharged to the second ball path 702 of the base unit 700 in the main frame 4. On the other hand, game balls B that do not enter the first large prize opening 2005 are released to the gate unit 2540 located below.

[5-8c-6. Gate unit]
Next, the gate unit 2540 in the center role 2500 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 99, 106, 107, etc. The gate unit 2540 constitutes the central portion in the vertical direction of the right side of the center role 2500. The first attacca unit 2530 is provided above the gate unit 2540, and the second attacca unit 2550 is provided below the gate unit 2540. In other words, the gate unit 2540 is provided between the first attacca unit 2530 and the second attacca unit 2550.

The gate unit 2540, like the stage unit 2520, has a part of the center frame 2510. The gate unit 2540 has a gate 2003 through which game ball B can pass, a normal winning opening 2011 that is always open to receive game ball B, a second starting opening 2004 that opens and closes depending on the result of the lottery for the normal symbol drawn when game ball B passes through the gate 2003 or when game ball B enters the normal winning opening 2011, and a sub-out opening 2023 that ejects the entered game ball B outside the game area 5a.

The gate unit 2540 also includes a gate sensor 2501 that detects the passage of game ball B through gate 2003, a second start port sensor 2502 that detects game ball B that has entered second start port 2004, a second start port door 2541 that enables second start port 2004 to be opened and closed, and a start port solenoid 2542 that moves second start port door 2541 back and forth. The second start port 2004 is located directly below gate 2003.

The second starting gate door 2541 is flat with its surface facing up and down and extends left and right. The second starting gate door 2541 is movable forward and backward, and when in the forward position, it allows game ball B to enter the second starting gate 2004, and when in the backward position, it prevents game ball B from entering the second starting gate 2004.

The starting port solenoid 2542 moves the second starting port door 2541 back and forth to open and close the second starting port 2004 in accordance with the results of the lottery for the normal symbol drawn when game ball B passes through gate 2003 and the normal symbol drawn when game ball B enters normal winning port 2011. When this starting port solenoid 2542 is not energized, the second starting port door 2541 moves back due to the biasing force of a spring (not shown), preventing balls from entering the second starting port 2004 (closing it).

The gate unit 2540 guides the game ball B that has entered the second start port 2004 and been detected by the second start port sensor 2502 rearward and hands it over to the rear ball guiding unit 3100 of the rear unit 3000. The game ball B that has been detected by the second start port sensor 2502 and handed over to the rear ball guiding unit 3100 passes through the rear ball guiding unit 3100 and is discharged to the second ball path 702 of the base unit 700 in the main frame 4. The gate unit 2540 also guides the game ball B that has entered the normal winning port 2011 rearward and hands it over to the rear ball guiding unit 3100 of the rear unit 3000. Game ball B that enters the normal winning opening 2011 and is handed over to the back ball guide unit 3100 is detected by the normal winning opening sensor 3003, and then passes through the back ball guide unit 3100 and is discharged to the second ball path 702 of the base unit 700 in the main frame 4.

The gate unit 2540 also guides the game ball B that has entered the sub-outlet 2023 rearward and hands it over to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000. The game ball B that has entered the sub-outlet 2023 and been handed over to the back ball guiding unit 3100 passes through the back ball guiding unit 3100 and is discharged into the first ball path 701 of the base unit 700 in the main frame 4.

Meanwhile, in the gate unit 2540, game ball B that does not enter the second starting hole 2004, the normal winning hole 2011, or the sub-out hole 2023 is guided downward and released into the second attacker unit 2550 located below.

[5-8c-7. Second Attacker Unit]
Next, the second attacca unit 2550 in the center role 2500 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 99, 106, 107, etc. The second attacca unit 2550 constitutes the lower right corner of the center role 2500, and is adjacent to the stage unit 2520 on the left side and the gate unit 2540 on the upper side.

The second attacca unit 2550 has a part of the center frame 2510, similar to the stage unit 2520. The second attacca unit 2550 has one general winning opening 2001, a second large winning opening 2006 that opens and closes to accept game ball B depending on the lottery results, such as a first special symbol drawn when game ball B enters the first starting opening 2002 or a second special symbol drawn when game ball B enters the second starting opening 2004, and two sub-out openings 2023.

This second attacca unit 2550 has a second large prize opening sensor 2504 that detects game ball B that has entered the second large prize opening 2006, a second large prize opening door 2551 that allows the second large prize opening 2006 to be opened and closed, and a second attacca solenoid 2552 that moves the second large prize opening door 2551 back and forth.

The second large prize opening door 2551 is a flat plate with its surface facing up and down and extending left and right. This second large prize opening door 2551 is movable forward and backward; when in the forward position, it prevents game ball B from entering the second large prize opening 2006, and when in the backward position, it allows game ball B to enter the second large prize opening 2006.

The second attacca solenoid 2552 moves the second large prize opening door 2551 forward and backward to open and close the second large prize opening 2006 in accordance with the results of a lottery, such as the first special symbol drawn by a ball entering the first starting opening 2002, or the second special symbol drawn by a ball entering the second starting opening 2004. When the second attacca solenoid 2552 is not energized, the second large prize opening door 2551 moves forward due to the biasing force of a spring (not shown), closing the second large prize opening 2006.

This second attacker unit 2550 guides game ball B that enters the general winning opening 2001 rearward and hands it over to the rear ball guide unit 3100 of the rear unit 3000. Game ball B that enters the general winning opening 2001 and is handed over to the rear ball guide unit 3100 is detected by the general winning opening sensor 3001 and then passes through the rear ball guide unit 3100 and is discharged to the second ball path 702 of the base unit 700 in the main frame 4. Game ball B that enters the second large winning opening 2006 and is detected by the second large winning opening sensor 2504 is guided rearward and hands it over to the rear ball guide unit 3100 of the rear unit 3000. Game ball B that enters the second large winning opening 2006 and is handed over to the rear ball guide unit 3100 is then passed through the rear ball guide unit 3100 and is discharged to the second ball path 702 of the base unit 700 in the main frame 4.

The second attacker unit 2550 also guides the game ball B that has entered the sub-outlet 2023 rearward and hands it over to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000. The game ball B that has entered the sub-outlet 2023 and been handed over to the back ball guiding unit 3100 passes through the back ball guiding unit 3100 and is discharged into the first ball path 701 of the base unit 700 in the main frame 4.

On the other hand, in the second attacker unit 2550, game ball B that does not enter any of the general winning slots 2001, second large winning slots 2006, or sub-out slots 2023 is released into the game area 5a to the left of the second attacker unit 2550, but is received by the out slot 1008 without entering any of the winning slots of other units and is then ejected outside the game area 5a.

[5-8c-8. Center upper left unit]
Next, the center upper left unit 2560 in the center role device 2500 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 99, 106, and 107. The center upper left unit 2560 constitutes the upper edge portion and the upper left edge portion of the frame-shaped center role device 2500, and is provided so as to connect the upper left end of the stage unit 2520 and the upper end of the first attacca unit 2530.

This center upper left unit 2560, like the stage unit 2520, has part of the center frame 2510.

[5-9. Flow of game balls within the game area]
Next, the flow of the game ball B within the game area 5a will be described in detail, mainly with reference to Figure 99 etc. When assembled on the game board 5, the center device 2500 is located approximately in the center of the game area 5a. Although not shown, within the game area 5a, a plurality of obstacle nails are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement in the outer left and lower portions of the center device 2500 and in the portion above the normal winning opening 2011 of the gate unit 2540. In addition, to the left of the center device 2500 and above the left end of the side unit 2200, a windmill (not shown) that rotates when the game ball B comes into contact with it is provided.

Game ball B that is shot into the left side of the center device 2500 is guided by coming into contact with multiple obstacle nails N, and there is a certain probability that it will enter the warp entrance 2515. Game ball B that enters the warp entrance 2515 passes through the warp passage 2516 and is released to the right from the warp exit 2517 located within the frame of the center device 2500, where it is decelerated by coming into contact with multiple protrusions 2522d of the second member 2522 and is supplied to the stage 2518.

The game ball B supplied to the stage 2518 rolls left and right on the stage 2518 and is released from either the central release section 2518a or the side release section 2518b so as to return to the game area 5a. The central release section 2518a of the stage 2518 is located directly above the first starting opening 2002 in the left-right center of the game area 5a, so there is a high probability that the game ball B released from the central release section 2518a will be received by the first starting opening 2002. The game ball B released from the side release sections 2518b on either side of the central release section 2518a will be received by the first starting opening 2002 with a certain degree of probability.

A game ball B received by the first start opening 2002 is guided toward the rear of the game panel 1100 and handed over to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000. After entering the first start opening 2002 and being handed over to the back ball guiding unit 3100, the game ball B is detected by the first start opening sensor 3002 and then discharged from the back ball guiding unit 3100 to the second ball path 702 of the lower base unit 700. When the game ball B is detected by the first start opening sensor 3002, a bonus of a predetermined number of game balls B is awarded, and a lottery is held for a first special symbol that can create an advantageous game state for the player when predetermined conditions are met (for example, when the number of reserved first special symbols is less than four). The drawn first special symbol is also referred to as the first special lottery result.

Game balls B that are released from stage 2518 and are not received by the first starting port 2002 are received by the outlet 1008 and discharged outside the game area 5a. Game balls B that are received by the outlet 1008 are guided to the rear of the game panel 1100 and then discharged to the first ball path 701 of the lower base unit 700.

If a game ball B is shot into the outer left side of the center device 2500 and does not enter the warp entrance 2515, and flows to the right of the center of the windmill, there is a high probability that it will flow down to the right along the guide nails lined diagonally along the bottom edge of the center device 2500. A game ball B that flows to the right of the center of the windmill may be accepted by the first starting opening 2002 or the general winning opening 2001 or sub-out opening 2023 provided in the side unit 2200. A game ball B that flows to the right of the center of the windmill may also be accepted by the general winning opening 2001 or sub-out opening 2023 provided in the side unit 2200. A game ball B that is not accepted by the first starting opening 2002, general winning opening 2001, or sub-out opening 2023 is accepted by the out opening 1008 and discharged outside the game area 5a.

A game ball B received by the general winning opening 2001 provided in the side unit 2200 is guided to the rear of the game panel 1100 and then handed over to the rear ball guide unit 3100 of the rear unit 3000. This game ball B is detected by the general winning opening sensor 3001 and then discharged to the second ball path 702 of the lower base unit 700. When a game ball B is detected by the general winning opening sensor 3001, a bonus of a predetermined number of game balls B is awarded.

On the other hand, a game ball B received by the sub-outlet 2023 provided in the side unit 2200 is guided to the rear of the game panel 1100, then handed over to the back ball guide unit 3100 of the back unit 3000, and discharged downward from the back ball guide unit 3100. In the side unit 2200, a game ball B that is not received by either the general winning port 2001 or the sub-outlet 2023 is received by the outlet 1008 and discharged outside the game area 5a.

Next, on the right side of the central device 2500, a long ball passage is provided running vertically, and in this ball passage, from top to bottom, there are provided the first large prize opening 2005, gate 2003, second start opening 2004, sub-out opening 2023, regular prize opening 2011, second large prize opening 2006, regular prize opening 2001, and sub-out opening 2023. On the right side of the central device 2500, multiple obstacle nails N are planted directly above each regular prize opening 2011.

When a game ball B is hit from the right into the game area 5a and enters the right side of the center device 2500, it initially rolls on the first large prize opening door 2531, which closes the first large prize opening 2005 of the first attacca unit 2530. This first large prize opening 2005 is opened by the first attacca solenoid 2532 by retracting the first large prize opening door 2531 depending on the first special symbol (first special lottery result) drawn when game ball B is received by the first starting opening 2002, or the second special symbol (second special lottery result) drawn when game ball B is received by the second starting opening 2004 (for example, when the drawn special symbol (special lottery result) is a "big win," "medium win," "small win," etc.). The opening and closing pattern of the first large prize opening 2005 differs depending on the lottery results for the first and second special symbols.

Therefore, when game ball B comes into circulation (rolls) at the timing when first major winning opening 2005 is open, game ball B is accepted by first major winning opening 2005. As a result, when a special pattern that opens or closes first major winning opening 2005 is drawn, the player can perform a "right hit" so that game ball B flows to the right of center device 2500 in which first major winning opening 2005 is located, and so that game ball B is accepted by first major winning opening 2005.

A gaming ball B received by the first large prize opening 2005 is detected by the first large prize opening sensor 2503 located below. When the first large prize opening sensor 2503 detects a gaming ball B, a bonus of a predetermined number of gaming balls B is awarded. In addition, the gaming ball B detected by the first large prize opening sensor 2503 is handed over to the rear ball guide unit 3100 at the rear, and is discharged from the rear ball guide unit 3100 to the second ball path 702 of the base unit 700 below.

In the first attacker unit 2530, game ball B that is not accepted by the first large prize opening 2005 enters the gate unit 2540 located below. Gate unit 2540 is provided with, from top to bottom, gate 2003, second start opening 2004, sub-out opening 2023, and regular prize opening 2011. Therefore, in gate unit 2540, game ball B may pass through gate 2003, and may also enter second start opening 2004, regular prize opening 2011, or sub-out opening 2023. Gate 2003 is located so that game ball B can always pass through. Furthermore, regular prize opening 2011 and sub-out opening 2023 are open so that game ball B can always be accepted. Meanwhile, second start opening 2004 is normally closed and cannot be accepted.

When game ball B passes through gate 2003, it flows down toward second starting gate door 2541 located below. At this time, if game ball B is detected by gate sensor 2501 as it passes through gate 2003, and a predetermined condition is met (for example, the number of reserved normal symbols is less than four), a lottery is held for a normal symbol that will allow game ball B to be accepted into second starting gate 2004. The normal symbol drawn is also referred to as the normal lottery result.

Then, game ball B that passes through gate 2003 flows down toward the area where second starting gate door 2541 is located, but under normal conditions, second starting gate door 2541 is retracted, and game ball B does not come into contact with second starting gate door 2541. Therefore, game ball B passes directly past second starting gate door 2541 and flows down without entering second starting gate 2004.

On the other hand, when a "normal win" is drawn as a result of the lottery for the normal symbol drawn when game ball B passes through gate 2003 or enters normal winning port 2011, the second starting port door 2541 moves forward by the starting port solenoid 2542, and second starting port 2004 enters an open state where it can be received. In this state, when game ball B abuts against second starting port door 2541, game ball B is guided by the second starting port door 2541 and enters second starting port 2004.

After being detected by the second start port sensor 2502, a gaming ball B received in the second start port 2004 is passed to the rear ball guide unit 3100 of the rear unit 3000, from which it is discharged into the second ball path 702 of the lower base unit 700. When the second start port sensor 2502 detects a gaming ball B, a bonus of a predetermined number of gaming balls B is awarded, and when predetermined conditions are met (for example, when the number of reserved second special symbols is less than four), a lottery is held for a second special symbol that can create an advantageous gaming state for the player. The drawn second special symbol is also referred to as the second special lottery result.

A game ball B that passes through the second starting gate door 2541 and flows down has a predetermined probability of landing in the sub-outlet 2023 or the regular winning gate 2011. When this game ball B enters the regular winning gate 2011, it is guided backward and handed over to the rear ball guiding unit 3100 of the rear unit 3000, where it is detected by the regular winning gate sensor 3003 and then discharged from the rear ball guiding unit 3100 to the second ball path 702 of the base unit 700 below. When game ball B is detected by the regular winning gate sensor 3003, a bonus of a predetermined number of game balls B is awarded, and when predetermined conditions are met (for example, when the number of reserved regular symbols is less than four), a lottery is held for a regular symbol that will allow game ball B to be accepted into the second starting gate 2004.

Therefore, even if a "normal win" is not drawn as a result of the normal symbol lottery when game ball B passes through upstream gate 2003, a normal symbol lottery will be drawn when the ball enters downstream normal winning slot 2011, meaning that one game ball B has two opportunities to draw a normal symbol, providing enjoyment for the player.

On the other hand, game ball B that enters the sub-outlet 2023 is guided to the rear of the game panel 1100, then handed over to the back ball guide unit 3100 of the back unit 3000, and ejected downward from the back ball guide unit 3100.

In this gate unit 2540, game ball B that does not enter the second starting hole 2004, the normal winning hole 2011, or the sub-out hole 2023 flows down from the gate unit 2540 to the second attacker unit 2550 below.

When a game ball B that flows down to the second attacker unit 2550 flows down to the second large prize entrance door 2551 side with a high probability, a game ball B that does not flow down to the second large prize entrance door 2551 side enters the sub-outlet 2023 and is discharged downward through the rear ball guide unit 3100 at the rear.

Under normal conditions, the second large prize opening door 2551 protrudes forward, closing the second large prize opening 2006. Therefore, under normal conditions, a game ball B that flows down to the second large prize opening door 2551 rolls to the left on the second large prize opening door 2551 before being released from the second attacca unit 2550 into the game area 5a. The location from which the second attacca unit 2550 releases the game ball into the game area 5a is located to the left of the first starting opening 2002 and slightly higher than the first starting opening 2002, and the ball is released downward from this location. Below this location, the general prize opening 2001 and sub-out opening 2023, which protrude to the left on the second attacca unit 2550, are located side by side, and there is a possibility that the ball will enter either one. Furthermore, game ball B that rolls to the left on the second large prize opening door 2551 and does not enter the general prize opening 2001 or sub-out opening 2023 of the second attacker unit 2550 is ejected to the outside through the out opening 1008.

The second large prize opening 2006 of the second attacca unit 2550 is opened by retracting the second large prize opening door 2551 using the second attacca solenoid 2552 in response to the first special symbol (first special lottery result) drawn when a game ball B is received by the first starting hole 2002, or the second special symbol (second special lottery result) drawn when a game ball B is received by the second starting hole 2004 (for example, when the drawn special symbol (special lottery result) is a "big win," "medium win," "small win," etc.). The opening and closing pattern of the second large prize opening 2006 differs depending on the lottery results for the first special symbol and the second special symbol.

When game ball B comes into circulation (rolls) at the timing when second large prize opening 2006 is open, game ball B is accepted by second large prize opening 2006. As a result, when a special pattern that opens or closes second large prize opening 2006 is drawn, the player can perform a "right hit" so that game ball B flows to the right of center device 2500 in which second large prize opening 2006 is located, and so that game ball B is accepted by second large prize opening 2006.

A gaming ball B received by the second large prize opening 2006 is detected by the second large prize opening sensor 2504 located below. When the second large prize opening sensor 2504 detects a gaming ball B, a bonus of a predetermined number of gaming balls B is awarded. The gaming ball B detected by the second large prize opening sensor 2504 is handed over to the rear ball guide unit 3100, and is discharged from the rear ball guide unit 3100 into the second ball path 702 of the base unit 700 below.

In this embodiment, during the lottery for the first special symbol or the second special symbol, in which the first large prize opening 2005 and the second large prize opening 2006 open and close to create a favorable game state in which the player has an advantage, the first start opening 2002 is always open to receive game ball B, whereas the second start opening 2004 is only able to receive game ball B in a predetermined pattern when the normal lottery, which is drawn when game ball B passes through gate 2003 or when game ball B is received by normal prize opening 2011, results in a "normal win." This makes it more likely that game ball B will be received by first start opening 2002 than by second start opening 2004.

For this reason, under normal circumstances, the player can perform an operation to shoot game ball B so that game ball B flows down the left side of the center device 2500 so that it can be accepted by the first starting opening 2002. This allows the player to see the movement of game ball B being guided by multiple obstacle pins, allowing the player to enjoy the original gameplay of the pachinko machine 1 using game ball B and increasing the anticipation of game ball B being accepted by the first starting opening 2002.

When game ball B is accepted into first starting opening 2002 and a "win" (for example, a "small win," "medium win," "big win," "reel win," etc.) is selected as the lottery result for the first special pattern, first main prize opening 2005 or second main prize opening 2006 will open and close in a predetermined pattern, allowing the player to enjoy hitting game ball B to the right of center opening 2500 (so-called "right hit") so that game ball B can be accepted into first main prize opening 2005 or second main prize opening 2006, and increasing the player's anticipation for game ball B to be accepted into first main prize opening 2005 or second main prize opening 2006.

Gate 2003 and normal winning opening 2011 are provided on the right side of this center device 2500, and a lottery is held to determine the normal symbol that will be accepted by second starting opening 2004 when game ball B passes through gate 2003 or enters normal winning opening 2011. Therefore, players can enjoy not only whether game ball B hit to the right side passes through gate 2003 or enters normal winning opening 2011, but also whether game ball B can be accepted by second starting opening 2004 when it becomes available.

[5-10. Back unit]
Next, the back unit 3000 in the game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 97 and 98. The back unit 3000 includes a vibration sensor 1040 (see Figure 126) that detects vibrations acting on the game board 5 (pachinko machine 1), a general winning opening sensor 3001 that detects a game ball B that has been received by the general winning opening 2001 and guided to the rear of the game panel 1100, a first starting opening sensor 3002 that detects a game ball B that has been received by the first starting opening 2002 and guided to the rear of the game panel 1100, and a regular winning opening sensor 3003 that detects a game ball B that has been received by the regular winning opening 2011 and guided to the rear of the game panel 1100.

The rear unit 3000 is attached to the rear surface of the gaming panel 1100 and is box-shaped with an open front. The rear wall 3010a has a square opening 3010b for attaching the effect display device 1600. It comprises a rear box 3010, a lock slider 3020 that is slidable left and right on the rear wall 3010a of the rear box 3010 for attaching and detaching the effect display device 1600, and a rear board unit 3040 that is hingedly attached to the rear wall of the rear box 3010.

The rear unit 3000 also includes a rear ball guide unit 3100, which is located near the front end of the rear box 3010 along the bottom and right sides and guides game balls B guided to the rear of the game panel 1100 and ejects them downward into the base unit 700; a frame-shaped rear front decoration unit 3200, which is located near the front end of the rear box 3010 and is decorated with a predetermined decoration; a rear first performance unit 3300, which is located within the rear box 3010 behind the rear ball guide unit 3100 and the rear front decoration unit 3200; and a rear second performance unit 3400, which is located between the rear first performance unit 3300 and the rear wall 3010a of the rear box 3010.

The rear box 3010 has an opening 3010b that is sized to correspond to the external shape of the performance display device 1600, allowing the performance display device 1600 to be inserted from the rear. The main control unit 1300 is attached to the rear surface of the rear box 3010, below the opening 3010b in the rear wall 3010a.

The rear box 3010 also has a fixing piece 3010c extending outward from the front end for attachment to the gaming panel 1100, and two fixing grooves 3010d recessed upward on the upper edge of the opening 3010b. The upper fixing pieces 1601 of the effect display device 1600 are inserted into these fixing grooves 3010d.

Furthermore, the rear box 3010 has a pivot support portion 3010e, into which the shaft portion 3041a of the rear board unit 3040 is inserted from above, on the right side (left side when viewed from behind) of the opening 3010b in the rear wall 3010a, and a locking portion 3010f, into which the locking claw 3041b of the rear board unit 3040 is locked, on the left side of the opening 3010b.

The lock slider 3020 is attached to the rear surface of the rear wall 3010a of the rear box 3010, below the opening 3010b, so that it can slide left and right. When the lock slider 3020 is slid left and right in a specified direction while the performance display device 1600 is inserted into the opening 3010b of the rear box 3010, it locks the movement of the lower fixed piece 1602 of the performance display device 1600, thereby locking the performance display device 1600 so that it does not come off the rear box 3010.

The rear board unit 3040 comprises a board box 3041 that is L-shaped when viewed from the front and thin from front to back, and a panel relay board and performance drive board (not shown) housed within the board box 3041. The board box 3041 has two axles 3041a on the outer edges of the part extending up and down in the L shape that are rotatably supported by the axle support part 3010e of the rear box 3010. In addition, the board box 3041 has locking claws 3041b at the tips of the parts extending left and right in the L shape that lock onto locking parts (not shown) of the rear box 3010.

The back ball guide unit 3100 is used to discharge the game ball B, which has been guided from the front side of the game panel 1100 to the rear by the outlet 1008, start port unit 2100, side unit 2200, and center device 2500, to the base unit 700 of the main frame 4 located below. This back ball guide unit 3100 is equipped with a general winning port sensor 3001, a first starting port sensor 3002, and a regular winning port sensor 3003.

The back ball guide unit 3100 also has an out ball guide path 3101 that guides game balls B that have entered the out port 1008 and sub-out port 2023 and discharges them to the first ball path 701 of the base unit 700 located below, and a safe ball guide path 3102 that guides game balls B that have entered the general prize port 2001, first start port 2002, second start port 2004, first large prize port 2005, second large prize port 2006, and normal prize port 2011 and discharges them to the second ball path 702 of the base unit 700 located below.

The back-front decorative unit 3200 is attached near the front edge of the back box 3010 and is formed in a frame shape that fits along the inner surface of the back box 3010. The bottom and right sides of the back-front decorative unit 3200 are located behind the back ball guide unit 3100. The back-front decorative unit 3200 has a back-front upper decorative body 3210 that extends left and right along the top side of the back box 3010, and a back-front left decorative body 3220 that extends up and down along the left side of the back box 3010.

In addition, although not shown, the back-front decorative unit 3200 has a back-front upper decorative board located behind the back-front upper decorative body 3210 and with multiple LEDs mounted on the front surface, and a back-front left decorative board located behind the back-front left decorative body 3220 and with multiple LEDs mounted on the front surface. The back-front decorative unit 3200 can illuminate and decorate the back-front upper decorative body 3210 using the LEDs on the back-front upper decorative board, and can illuminate and decorate the back-front left decorative body 3220 using the LEDs on the back-front left decorative board.

Furthermore, the back front decorative unit 3200 has a magnetic sensor 1050 located near the warp entrance 2515 of the center role piece 2500 on the back front left decorative body 3220.

The rear first performance unit 3300 is located behind the rear front decorative unit 3200 within the rear box 3010. The rear first performance unit 3300 comprises a rear first base (not shown) formed in a frame shape along the inner surface of the rear box 3010 and attached to the rear second base of the rear second performance unit 3400, a rear first lifting decorative body 3310 that spans the frame of the rear first base in the left-right direction and is able to slide (lift up and down) in the up and down direction, and a circular rear first rotating decorative body 3320 that is able to rotate around an axis extending in the front-to-back direction at the center of the left-to-right direction of the rear first lifting decorative body 3310.

Although not shown in the figures, the rear first performance unit 3300 has a rear first left decorative board and a rear first right decorative board, which are located behind the rear first lifting decorative body 3310 and on both the left and right sides of the rear first rotating decorative body 3320, and each have multiple LEDs mounted on their front surface, and a rear first middle decorative board, which is located behind the rear first rotating decorative body 3320 and has multiple LEDs mounted on its front surface. The rear first performance unit 3300 can illuminate and decorate the left side of the rear first lifting decorative body 3310 using the LEDs on the rear first left decorative board, and can illuminate and decorate the right side of the rear first lifting decorative body 3310 using the LEDs on the rear first right decorative board. The rear first performance unit 3300 can also illuminate and decorate the rear first rotating decorative body 3320 using the LEDs on the rear first middle decorative board.

Furthermore, although not shown in the figure, the rear first performance unit 3300 has a rear first lifting mechanism for raising and lowering the rear first lifting decorative body 3310, and a rear first rotating mechanism for rotating the rear first rotating decorative body 3320.

This rear first performance unit 3300 can be raised and lowered by the rear first lifting mechanism between a standby position (see Figure 93) in which the rear first lifting decorative body 3310 has moved to the lowest position and a portion of it protrudes into the frame from the bottom edge of the frame-shaped center role device 2500, and a raised position in which a portion of it protrudes into the frame from the top edge of the center role device 2500.

In addition, the rear first performance unit 3300 allows the rear first rotating decorative body to rotate around an axis extending in the front-to-back direction using the rear first rotation mechanism, regardless of the position of the rear first lifting decorative body 3310.

The rear second performance unit 3400 is located between the rear first performance unit 3300 and the rear wall 3010a of the rear box 3010, and is attached inside the rear box 3010. The rear first performance unit 3300 is attached to the front side of this rear second performance unit 3400. The rear second performance unit 3400 has a rear second base (not shown) that is frame-shaped and fits along the inner surface of the rear box 3010 and is attached to the rear box 3010, a rear second lifting decorative body 3410 that spans the frame of the rear second base in the left-right direction and is slidable (raised and lowered) in the up-down direction, and a rear rear upper decorative body 3420 that is attached along the upper edge of the rear second base. When viewed from the front, the rear rear upper decorative body 3420 is positioned so that its upper end is located higher than the lower end of the rear front upper decorative body 3210, and it partially overlaps the rear front upper decorative body 3210 in the front-to-back direction (see Figure 93, etc.).

In addition, although not shown in the figure, the rear second performance unit 3400 has a rear second decorative board located behind the rear second lifting decorative body 3410 and with multiple LEDs mounted on the front, and a rear second lifting mechanism for raising and lowering the rear second lifting decorative body 3410.

The rear second performance unit 3400 can illuminate and decorate the rear second lifting decorative body 3410 using the LEDs on the rear second decorative board. Furthermore, the rear second performance unit 3400 can use the rear second lifting mechanism to raise and lower the rear second lifting decorative body 3410 behind the rear first lifting decorative body 3310 between a standby position (see Figure 124) in which the rear second lifting decorative body 3410 has moved to the lowest position behind the frame-shaped center gimmick 2500, with a portion of it protruding into the frame from the bottom edge of the frame (see Figure 124), and a raised position in which the center gimmick 2500 protrudes into the frame from the top edge of the frame.

[5-11. Game board effects]
Next, the effects of the game board 5 will be described in detail, mainly with reference to Figures 93, 124, and 125. Figure 124 is a front view of the game board in a state where the rear first ascending decoration has been moved from the normal state to an intermediate position between the standby position at the bottom and the elevated position at the top. Figure 125 is a front view of the game board in a state where the rear second ascending decoration has been moved from the normal state to an intermediate position between the standby position at the bottom and the elevated position at the top.

As shown in Figure 93, etc., the game board 5 of this embodiment allows the rear unit 3000 and the display screen of the performance display device 1600, which are located at the rear, to be viewed primarily through the frame of the center role device 2500. In more detail, the rear front upper decorative body 3210 and the rear rear upper decorative body 3420 are arranged vertically and visible at the top edge within the frame of the center role device 2500. Furthermore, at the bottom edge within the frame of the center role device 2500, part of the upper part of the rear first lifting decorative body 3310 is visible. The rear second lifting decorative body 3410 is located behind the rear first lifting decorative body 3310 and is therefore not visible.

In this normal state, the performance image displayed on the performance display device 1600 can be fully seen through the frame of the center gadget 2500.

The gaming board 5 of this embodiment can use the rear first performance unit 3300 of the rear unit 3000 to execute a performance (moving performance) such as that shown in FIG. 124. This performance involves raising the rear first lifting decoration 3310 from its standby position at the bottom and positioning it, for example, in the vertical center within the frame of the center role device 2500. As a result, the rear first lifting decoration 3310 is positioned in the center of the display screen of the performance display device 1600 located at the rear, surprising the player and making them think that something good is about to happen.

In addition, in the state shown in Figure 124, the display screen of the performance display device 1600 is divided into two parts, upper and lower, by the rear first rising and falling decorative body 3310, so players can be entertained by displaying different performance images on the upper and lower sides of the rear first rising and falling decorative body 3310.

In this state, rotating the rear first rotating decoration 3320 located in the center of the rear first rising and falling decoration 3310 can further surprise the player, making them believe that their chance has arrived.

Next, the gaming board 5 of this embodiment can execute an effect (moving effect) such as that shown in FIG. 125 using the rear second effect unit 3400 of the rear unit 3000. This effect raises the rear second rising and descending decoration 3410 from its standby position at the bottom and positions it, for example, in the vertical center within the frame of the center role device 2500. As a result, the rear second rising and descending decoration 3410, which was initially hidden and invisible behind the rear first rising and descending decoration 3310 in its standby position, rises and becomes visible, so the appearance of the rear second rising and descending decoration 3410 can surprise the player, making them believe that their chance has arrived and increasing their anticipation for the game.

In addition, in the state shown in Figure 125, the display screen of the performance display device 1600 is divided into two parts, upper and lower, by the rear second rising and falling decorative body 3410, so players can be entertained by displaying different performance images on the upper and lower sides of the rear second rising and falling decorative body 3410.

Although not shown in the figures, the gaming board 5 of this embodiment can execute a performance (moving performance) that combines the raising and lowering of the rear first rising and lowering decorative body 3310 and the raising and lowering of the rear second rising and lowering decorative body 3410.

[5-12. Control configuration]
Next, the control configuration for performing various controls on the gaming board 5 will be described with reference to Fig. 126. Fig. 126 is a block diagram showing the control configuration of the gaming board. Note that Fig. 126 omits some of the electronic components such as sensors, solenoids, motors, LEDs, etc. connected to the payout control board 633.

As shown in the figure, the main control configuration of the pachinko machine 1 consists of a main control board 1310 and peripheral control board 1510 attached to the game board 5, and a payout control board 633 attached to the main body frame 4, with each board performing its own control function. The main control board 1310 controls the game operation (progress of the game). The peripheral control board 1510 is equipped with a peripheral control unit 1511 that controls various effects during gameplay based on commands from the main control board 1310, and an effect display control unit 1512 that controls the display of effect images on the effect display device 1600 based on commands from the peripheral control unit 1511.

The payout control board 633 is equipped with a payout control unit 633a that controls the payout of game balls B, and a launch control unit 633b that controls the launch of game balls B by rotating the handle 197. The payout control board 633 is connected to a full tank detection sensor 154, a handle rotation detection sensor 189, a handle touch sensor 192, a single button operation sensor 194, a ball out detection sensor 574, a blade rotation detection sensor 590, a payout detection sensor 591, and the like. The payout control board 633 is also connected to a ball throwing solenoid 145, a launch solenoid 542, a payout motor 584, and the like.

The main control board 1310 has a base monitor 1310a consisting of four 7-segment LEDs. Connected to this main control board 1310 are a first ball sensor 703 for detecting out balls, a second ball sensor 704 for detecting safe balls, a regular prize opening sensor 3001, a gate sensor 2501, a regular prize opening sensor 3003, a first start opening sensor 3002, a second start opening sensor 2502, a first large prize opening sensor 2503, and a second large prize opening sensor 2504. Also connected to the main control board 1310 are a magnetic sensor 1050, a vibration sensor 1040, and the like. Furthermore, connected to the main control board 1310 are a start opening solenoid 2542, a first attacca solenoid 2532, a second attacca solenoid 2552, and the like.

In addition to the forward/backward drive motor 402a, rotation drive motor 413a, main frame speaker 622, and performance display device 1600, various decorative boards, drive motors, sensors that detect movement, etc. are connected to the peripheral control board 1510.

[6-1. Center feature of the second embodiment]
Next, a center role 2500A of a second embodiment, which is different from the center role 2500 of the first embodiment as shown in Figure 106, will be described mainly with reference to Figures 127 to 129. Figure 127 is a front view showing the center role of the second embodiment in outline. Figure 128 is a perspective view of the center role of the second embodiment as seen from the front, and Figure 129 is a perspective view of the center role of the second embodiment as seen from the rear. The same components as those of the center role 2500 of the first embodiment will be described with the same reference numerals.

The center device 2500A, details of which will be described later, consists of a normal winning opening 2011 that is always open to receive a game ball B and in which a normal symbol is drawn by receiving the game ball B, a second starting opening 2004 that can receive a game ball B depending on the result of the lottery for the normal symbol drawn by receiving the game ball B into the normal winning opening 2011, and a first special symbol drawn by receiving the game ball B into the first starting opening 2002 or a game ball drawn into the second starting opening 2004. It is equipped with a first large prize opening 2005 (hereinafter simply referred to as the large prize opening 2005) as a prize opening for a device that opens and closes to accept game balls B depending on the results of the lottery for the second special pattern drawn by accepting game balls B, a V prize opening 2010 that can only accept game balls B accepted by the large prize opening 2005, and a losing opening 2009 that can accept game balls B that have been accepted by the large prize opening 2005 but not by the V prize opening 2010.

The center device 2500A is equipped with a second start opening sensor 2502 that detects game ball B received in the second start opening 2004, a first large prize opening sensor 2503 (hereinafter simply referred to as the large prize opening sensor 2503) that detects game ball B received in the large prize opening 2005, a V prize opening sensor 2507 that detects game balls received in the V prize opening 2010, and a loss opening sensor 2509 that detects game ball B received in the loss opening 2009.

The center device 2500A comprises a center frame 2510 formed in a frame shape, a second starting opening door 2541 that can open and close the second starting opening 2004, a starting opening solenoid 2542 that opens and closes the second starting opening door 2541 in accordance with the result of a normal lottery drawn when a game ball B is received at the normal winning opening 2011, a first large winning opening door 2531 (hereinafter simply referred to as the large winning opening door 2531) that can open and close the large winning opening 2005, and a first attacca solenoid 2532 (hereinafter simply referred to as the attacca solenoid 2532) that opens and closes the large winning opening door 2531 in accordance with the result of a first or second special lottery drawn when a game ball B is received at the first starting opening 2002 or the second starting opening 2004.

The center device 2500A also includes a distribution blade 2567 that distributes game balls B received in the large prize opening 2005 to either the losing opening 2009 or the V prize opening 2010, a distribution solenoid 2568 for moving the distribution blade 2567, and a pattern display 2505 that displays the special pattern, fourth pattern, etc. drawn by receiving game balls B in the first starting opening 2002 or the second starting opening 2004.

The center gimmick 2500A has a ball passage 2577 that runs vertically along its right edge. In other words, the entrance of the ball passage 2577 opens near the lower end of the impact stop 1006, extends from there along the right rail 1005 to its lower end, then extends to the left along the lower right rail 1004, and opens at an exit near the outlet 1008 below the first starting opening 2002.

The rear wall of the ball passage 2577 is formed by the flange portion 2512 of the center frame 2510 or the game panel 1100, and the front wall is formed by the front plate 2571 of the decorative body 2570. This ball passage 2577 is provided with, from top to bottom, a large prize opening 2005, a second starting opening 2004, and a regular prize opening 2011.

The ball passage 2577 can be broadly divided into the attacca passage 2577a, which continues from the entrance and has the large prize opening 2005, the right edge passage 2577b, which extends downward in an arc along the right edge (right rail 1005) of the center role 2500A, the first nailed passage 2577c, which is provided between the right edge passage 2577b and the second starting opening 2004 and has nails planted in it, and the ball passage 2577b, which runs downward through the left side of the second starting opening 2004. It has a left passage section 2577d extending downward, a right passage section 2577e extending downward along the right side of the second starting opening 2004, a second nailed passage section 2577f provided between the left passage section 2577d and the right passage section 2577e and the regular winning opening 2011 and having nails planted in it, and an exit passage section 2577g through which game balls B not accepted by the regular winning opening 2011 circulate and extend to the exit.

The ball passage 2577 is provided with a passage decoration part 2590, which will be described in detail later, that decorates the ball passage 2577 and can slow down the circulation speed of the game ball B.

The ball passage 2577 has multiple (two in this case) decorative protrusions 2511b on the left wall of the right edge passage portion 2577b, at a position slightly higher than the top of the sorting blade 2567. The decorative protrusions 2511b are formed in a semi-cylindrical shape extending forward and backward, and can glow by reflecting and refracting light from decorative LEDs installed on the game board 5. The illumination of these decorative protrusions 2511b can direct the player's gaze toward the sorting blade 2567, allowing the player to enjoy watching whether or not the game ball B will be sorted into the V winning opening 2010. Furthermore, because the multiple decorative protrusions 2511b form part of the rolling surface along which the game ball B rolls in the right edge passage portion 2577b, the multiple decorative protrusions 2511b can slow down the circulation speed of the game ball B.

The center frame 2510 of the center device 2500A is provided with a guide passage group 2580, located below the upper left corner and consisting of two passages through which game ball B can flow. The guide passage group 2580 guides game ball B above the area where the warp entrance 2515 opens. The rear wall of the guide passage group 2580 is formed by the center frame 2510, and the front wall is formed by the front panel 2571 of the decorative body 2570. This guide passage group 2580 also has a passage decorative portion 2590.

The guide passage group 2580 is located outside the frame of the forward protrusion 2511 of the center frame 2510, and is composed of a first guide passage 2581 whose upper entrance is located adjacent to the right side of the upper end of the inner rail 1002, and a second guide passage 2582 whose upper entrance is located adjacent to the right side of the entrance of the first guide passage 2581. The guide passage group 2580 (first guide passage 2581 and second guide passage 2582) are both formed from colorless and transparent materials, and the game ball B flowing through them can be seen from the front.

[6-1a. Corridor decoration]
The passage decorative portion 2590 provided on the center role 2500 etc. will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 130 to 136 etc. Figure 130(a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged view of the upper left corner of the center role in Figure 127 where the role winning port is provided, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a perspective view of the portion in (a) seen from the front, and (c) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of the role winning port in the ball path of the center role in Figure 127. Figure 131(a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged perspective view of the upper right end of the center role in Figure 127, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a perspective view of (a) seen from the back, and (c) is an explanatory diagram showing a schematic cross section of the portion extending up and down in the ball path of the center role in Figure 127.

Figure 132(a) is a front view of an attacca unit equipped with a passageway decorative portion, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of the passageway decorative portion of the attacca unit in (a). Figure 133 is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of an example of a passageway decorative portion. Figures 134(a) to (c) are explanatory diagrams showing example shapes of recesses in the passageway decorative portion, Figures 135(a) to (c) are explanatory diagrams showing example shapes of protrusions in the passageway decorative portion, and Figures 136(a) to (c) are explanatory diagrams showing passageway decorative portions equipped with multiple protrusions and recesses of different shapes.

The passage decorative portion 2590 decorates the ball passage 2591 through which game balls B, such as ball passage 2577, flow using three-dimensional shapes such as protrusions 2594 and recesses 2595 on the back side of the protrusions 2594 provided on the rear plate portion 2592 and front plate portion 2593 that form the inner wall of the ball passage 2591. Furthermore, the passage decorative portion 2590 can slow down (attenuate) the flow speed of game balls B by using the protrusions 2594 that protrude into the ball passage 2591.

The passage decorative portion 2590 may be provided, for example, in the attacca passage portion 2577a of the ball passage 2577 (ball passage 2591), as shown in Figure 130. First, the attacca passage portion 2577a is composed of a flange portion 2512 (rear plate portion 2592) and a front plate 2571 (front plate portion 2593) that is provided facing the front of the flange portion 2512 with a gap that allows the game ball B to flow between them. The passage decorative portion 2590 has a rear plate convex portion 2594a protruding forward from the flange portion 2512, a rear plate concave portion 2595a provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a, a front plate convex portion 2594b protruding rearward from the front plate 2571 (front plate portion 2593), and a front plate concave portion 2595b provided on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b.

The rear plate protrusions 2594a of the attacca passage 2577a are provided at intervals along the flow direction of the attacca passage 2577a. When viewed from the front, the rear plate protrusions 2594a are rectangular in shape with the longer side in the flow direction, and the center of the length of the rectangle is formed into a triangle (triangular roof shape) that protrudes forward. The rear plate protrusions 2594a of the attacca passage 2577a are provided with a height from the bottom of the passage that includes half the diameter of the game ball B (for example, 1 1/2 mm). The rear plate recesses 2595a of the attacca passage 2577a are provided on each rear plate protrusion 2594a, and are recessed forward into a triangle that is roughly similar in shape to the rear plate protrusion 2594a.

The front plate protrusions 2594b of the attacca passage 2577a are spaced apart along the flow direction of the attacca passage 2577a, alternating with the rear plate protrusions 2594a in the front-to-back direction. When viewed from the front, the front plate protrusions 2594b are elongated rectangles that are longer in the flow direction and shorter at the top and bottom than the rear plate protrusions 2594a, with the center of the rectangle protruding backward in a triangular shape (triangular roof shape). The front plate protrusions 2594b of the attacca passage 2577a are located at a height from the bottom of the passage that includes half the diameter of the game ball B (e.g., 1 1/2 mm). The front plate recesses 2595b of the attacca passage 2577a are located on each front plate protrusion 2594b and are recessed backward in a triangular shape roughly similar to the shape of the front plate protrusions 2594b.

As shown in Figure 130(c), the passage decorative portion 2590 of the attacca passage portion 2577a has a special component 2579, such as an LED board, installed behind the flange portion 2512 with a gap large enough to prevent fingers from entering. This special component 2579 covers the rear of the rear panel recess 2595a, making it untouchable. This prevents the rear panel recess 2595a from being soiled by a worker's fingers touching it during the manufacturing of the gaming board 5, and ensures that the decorative light is reflected and refracted in the rear panel recess 2595a. Furthermore, the presence of the special component 2579 makes it difficult for dirt and dust to enter the rear panel recess 2595a, preventing the appearance from being marred by dirt and other contaminants.

The passage decorative portion 2590 of the attacca passage portion 2577a is made of a transparent material, with the flange portion 2512 on which the rear plate convex portion 2594a and rear plate concave portion 2595a are provided, and the front plate 2571 on which the front plate convex portion 2594b and front plate concave portion 2595b are provided, allowing each to reflect and refract light (decorative light) from the LEDs on the LED board provided on the game board 5. This allows the convex portions 2594 such as the rear plate convex portion 2594a and front plate convex portion 2594b and the concave portions 2595 such as the rear plate concave portion 2595a and front plate concave portion 2595b to be illuminated for decorative illumination. Therefore, by illuminating the passage decoration 2590 of the attacca passage 2577a, the player's gaze can be directed towards the attacca passage 2577a, which increases the player's anticipation of winning at the large prize slot 2005 provided in the attacca passage 2577a and prevents the player's interest from declining.

In addition, in the passage decorative portion 2590 of the attacca passage portion 2577a, the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b provided on the front plate 2571 are made long and narrow, so that the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b do not obstruct the visibility of the game ball B flowing behind it.

Furthermore, the passage decorative portion 2590 of the attacca passage 2577a has multiple rear plate protrusions 2594a protruding forward from the flange portion 2512 and multiple front plate protrusions 2594b protruding rearward from the front plate 2571, which are arranged in a staggered pattern (alternately) in the direction of flow of the game balls B. This causes the game balls B to snake back and forth as they flow, reducing their flow speed. This makes it possible for many game balls B to remain on the large prize opening door 2531, which forms part of the bottom surface of the attacca passage 2577a, for a long time. In other words, the rear plate protrusions 2594a and front plate protrusions 2594b of the attacca passage 2577a are intended to slow down the rolling speed of the game balls B, thereby allowing many game balls B to remain on the large prize opening door 2531.

The rear plate protrusion 2594a and front plate protrusion 2594b of this attacca passage 2577a each have a triangular convex shape and protrude slightly compared to the rear plate protrusion 2594a and front plate protrusion 2594b provided in the door-over passage 2416 of the attacca unit 2400, which will be described later. As a result, the passage in the attacca passage 2577a (above the large prize opening door 2531) meanders slightly (slightly) back and forth.

Therefore, for example, even if game ball B hits impact stopper 1006 with force during a "right hit" and enters at high speed into attacker passage 2577a, the presence of multiple rear plate protrusions 2594a and front plate protrusions 2594b allows game ball B to slow down sufficiently before reaching large prize opening 2005 (large prize opening door 2531), making game ball B easier to see and allowing players to enjoy its movement. Furthermore, because the speed of game ball B rolling on large prize opening door 2531 can be slowed down, players can get excited and thrilled depending on whether large prize opening door 2531 opens just as game ball B is rolling on it, heightening anticipation of winning at large prize opening 2005 and preventing a decline in interest.

Furthermore, the passage decorative portion 2590 may be provided, for example, in the right edge passage portion 2577b of the ball passage 2577 (ball passage 2591), as shown in FIG. 131. First, the right edge passage portion 2577b is composed of a flange portion 2512 (rear plate portion 2592) and a front plate 2571 (front plate portion 2593) that is provided facing the front of the flange portion 2512 with a gap that allows the game ball B to flow between them. The passage decorative portion 2590 has a rear plate convex portion 2594a protruding forward from the flange portion 2512, a rear plate concave portion 2595a provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a, a front plate convex portion 2594b protruding rearward from the front plate 2571 (front plate portion 2593), and a front plate concave portion 2595b provided on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b.

The rear plate protrusions 2594a of the right edge passage section 2577b are provided at intervals along the arc-shaped flow direction of the right edge passage section 2577b. When viewed from the front, the rear plate protrusions 2594a are rectangular in shape, with the longer sides in the radial direction of the arc, and are formed into a triangle (triangular roof shape) with the center of the rectangle's short side extending forward. The multiple rear plate protrusions 2594a in the right edge passage section 2577b are provided at approximately equal intervals in the flow direction. The rear plate recesses 2595a of the right edge passage section 2577b are provided in each rear plate protrusion 2594a and are recessed forward into a triangle roughly similar in shape to the rear plate protrusion 2594a.

The front plate protrusions 2594b of the right edge passage section 2577b are provided at intervals along the arc-shaped flow direction of the right edge passage section 2577b, with the front and rear plate protrusions 2594a staggered in the front-to-rear direction. When viewed from the front, the front plate protrusions 2594b are rectangular in shape with their longer sides in the radial direction of the arc, and the center of the rectangular short side extends in a triangular shape (triangular roof shape) with the rearward protruding triangle. The multiple front plate protrusions 2594b in the right edge passage section 2577b are provided at approximately equal intervals in the flow direction. The front plate recesses 2595b of the right edge passage section 2577b are provided in each front plate protrusion 2594b, and are recessed rearward in a triangular shape roughly similar to the shape of the front plate protrusion 2594b.

As shown in Figure 131 (c), the passage decorative portion 2590 of the right edge passage portion 2577b has a gaming panel 1100 abutting against the rear surface of the flange portion 2512 as a specific member 2579. The rear of the rear panel recess 2595a is covered by this gaming panel 1100, making the rear panel recess 2595a untouchable. This prevents the rear panel recess 2595a from being soiled by an operator's fingers touching it during the manufacturing of the gaming board 5, and ensures that decorative light is reflected and refracted in the rear panel recess 2595a. Furthermore, the provision of the specific member 2579 makes it difficult for dirt and dust to enter the rear panel recess 2595a, preventing the rear panel recess 2595a from looking unsightly due to dirt and dust. Note that while Figure 131 (c) shows the specific member 2579 in contact with the rear surface of the flange portion 2512, there may be a gap between the flange portion 2512 that is large enough to prevent a finger from getting stuck in. In other words, even if a gap is provided, it is acceptable as long as a finger cannot get stuck in it.

In the passage decorative portion 2590 of the right edge passage portion 2577b, the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b are recessed from the rear and front, and are not open to the peripheral side surfaces of the flange portion 2512 or the front plate 2571. In other words, the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b of the right edge passage portion 2577b do not extend to the sides of the flange portion 2512 or the front plate 2571, and are recessed only from the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a and the front plate protrusion 2594b.

The passage decorative portion 2590 of the right edge passage portion 2577b is made of a transparent material, with the flange portion 2512, on which the rear plate protrusion 2594a and rear plate recess 2595a are provided, and the front plate 2571, on which the front plate protrusion 2594b and front plate recess 2595b are provided, reflecting and refracting light (decorative light) from the LEDs on the LED board provided on the gaming board 5. This allows the protrusions 2594, such as the rear plate protrusion 2594a and front plate protrusion 2594b, and the recesses 2595, such as the rear plate recess 2595a and front plate recess 2595b, to glow and be decorated with illumination. Therefore, by illuminating the passage decorative portion 2590 of the attacca passage portion 2577a, the player's gaze can be directed toward the right edge passage portion 2577b.

In addition, the passage decorative portion 2590 of the right edge passage portion 2577b has multiple rear plate protrusions 2594a protruding forward from the flange portion 2512 and multiple front plate protrusions 2594b protruding rearward from the front plate 2571, which are arranged in a staggered pattern (alternately) in the direction of flow of the game balls B. This causes the game balls B to flow in a serpentine pattern back and forth, thereby reducing the flow speed of the game balls B. Therefore, even if the right edge passage portion 2577b is nearly vertical, the flow speed (flow speed) of the game balls B will not be too fast, and the game balls B can flow down the downstream first nailed passage portion 2577c at an appropriate speed.

Furthermore, in the right edge passage portion 2577b, the multiple rear plate convex portions 2594a and front plate convex portions 2594b can slow down the falling speed of the game ball B, making it easier to see the game ball B flowing through the right edge passage portion 2577b and preventing the crank-shaped portion at the bottom end of the right edge passage portion 2577b from being damaged by the impact of the game ball B hitting it. In other words, the rear plate convex portions 2594a and front plate convex portions 2594b of the right edge passage portion 2577b differ from the rear plate convex portions 2594a and front plate convex portions 2594b of the attacca passage portion 2577a described above in that their purpose is to slow down the falling speed of the game ball B to prevent damage to other components and allow the game ball B to be seen by the player.

Furthermore, the passage decorative portion 2590 may be provided, for example, in the exit passage portion 2577g of the spherical passage 2577 (sphere passage 2591). First, the portion of the exit passage portion 2577g where the passage decorative portion 2590 is provided does not have a front plate 2571 (front plate portion 2593), and only has a flange portion 2512 (rear plate portion 2592). Although not shown in the figure, the glass plate 162 of the door frame 3 is provided as the front plate portion 2593 in front of the passage decorative portion 2590 of the exit passage portion 2577g.

As shown enlarged in Figure 127, the passage decorative portion 2590 of the exit passage portion 2577g is located below the normal winning opening 2011, and is arranged so that a larger V-shaped rear plate protrusion 2594a surrounds the outside of a smaller V-shaped rear plate protrusion 2594a. In each rear plate protrusion 2594a, the V-shaped bent portion protrudes furthest forward, and the forward protrusion decreases toward both ends of the V. In other words, each rear plate protrusion 2594a is inclined so that its front surface protrudes more forward as it points downward. Furthermore, of the two rear plate protrusions 2594a, one large and one small, the larger protrusion protrudes further forward than the smaller rear plate protrusion 2594a.

Although not shown, a rear plate recess 2595a is also provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a in the passage decorative portion 2590 of the exit passage portion 2577g. Furthermore, in the passage decorative portion 2590 of the exit passage portion 2577g, a gaming panel 1100 serving as a specific member 2579 abuts against the rear surface of the flange portion 2512. The rear of the rear plate recess 2595a is covered by this gaming panel 1100, making the rear plate recess 2595a untouchable. This prevents the rear plate recess 2595a from being soiled by an operator's fingers touching it during the manufacturing of the gaming board 5, and ensures that decorative light is reflected and refracted in the rear plate recess 2595a. Furthermore, the provision of the specific member 2579 makes it difficult for debris and dust to enter the rear plate recess 2595a, preventing the appearance from being marred by debris and other contaminants.

The passage decorative portion 2590 of this exit passage portion 2577g has a flange portion 2512 on which the rear plate protrusion 2594a is provided, which is formed from a transparent material, and is therefore able to reflect and refract light (decorative light) from the LEDs on the LED board provided on the gaming board 5. This allows the protrusions 2594 such as the rear plate protrusion 2594a and the recesses 2595 such as the rear plate recess 2595a to glow and be decorated with illumination. Therefore, by illuminating the passage decorative portion 2590 provided near the normal winning opening 2011 in the exit passage portion 2577g, the player's gaze can be directed toward the normal winning opening 2011.

In addition, the passage decorative portion 2590 of the exit passage portion 2577g has two rear plate protrusions 2594a, one large and one small, each formed in a V shape, which looks like an arrow and draws the player's attention to the nearby normal winning port 2011, increasing the player's anticipation of winning a normal prize.

In addition, the passage decorative portion 2590 of the exit passage portion 2577g is provided with rear plate protrusions 2594a of different sizes with different protrusion amounts, so the gap between the rear plate protrusions 2594a and the front glass plate 162 becomes smaller as you move toward the larger rear plate protrusions 2594a. This allows the game ball B to be sufficiently slowed down even if it flows down with great force, reducing the impact on the lower right rail 1004.

Furthermore, the passage decorative portion 2590 may be provided, for example, in the guide passage group 2580 on the left side of the center role-playing device 2500, although detailed illustration is omitted. First, the guide passage group 2580 is composed of a flange portion 2512 (rear plate portion 2592) and a front plate 2571 (front plate portion 2593) that is provided facing the front of the flange portion 2512 with a gap that allows the game ball B to pass between them. The passage decorative portion 2590 then has a rear plate protrusion 2594a that protrudes forward from the flange portion 2512, and a front plate protrusion 2594b that protrudes rearward from the front plate 2571 (front plate portion 2593).

The rear plate protrusions 2594a of the guide passage group 2580 are provided at intervals along the flow direction of the game balls B (see Figure 127). When viewed from the front, the rear plate protrusions 2594a have a rectangular shape that is longer in the flow direction, and the center of the longitudinal direction of the rectangle is formed into a triangle (triangular roof shape) that protrudes forward.

The front plate protrusions 2594b of the guide passage group 2580 are provided at intervals along the flow direction of the game balls B, alternating with the rear plate protrusions 2594a in the front-to-back direction. When viewed from the front, the front plate protrusions 2594b have a rectangular shape that is longer in the flow direction, and the center of the rectangle in the longitudinal direction is formed into a triangle (triangular roof shape) that protrudes rearward.

The passage decorative portion 2590 of the guide passage group 2580, including the flange portion 2512 on which the rear plate protrusion 2594a is provided and the front plate 2571 on which the front plate protrusion 2594b is provided, are formed from transparent materials, and are therefore able to reflect and refract light (decorative light) from the LEDs on the LED board provided on the gaming board 5. This allows the protrusions 2594, such as the rear plate protrusion 2594a and the front plate protrusion 2594b, to glow and provide decorative illumination. Therefore, by providing decorative illumination for the passage decorative portion 2590 of the guide passage group 2580, the player's gaze can be drawn to the guide passage group 2580.

In addition, the passage decorative portion 2590 of the guide passage group 2580 has multiple rear plate protrusions 2594a protruding forward from the flange portion 2512 and multiple front plate protrusions 2594b protruding rearward from the front plate 2571, which are arranged in a staggered pattern (alternately) in the direction of flow of the game ball B. This causes the game ball B to flow in a serpentine pattern back and forth, thereby reducing the flow speed of the game ball B. Therefore, even if the guide passage group 2580 is in a nearly vertical state, the flow speed (flow speed) of the game ball B will not be too fast, and the game ball B can flow down at an appropriate speed toward the downstream area where the warp entrance 2515, etc. is located.

In addition, similar to the above, the passage decorative portion 2590 of the guide passage group 2580 may also have a rear plate recess 2595a and a front plate recess 2595b provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a and the front plate protrusion 2594b. This allows decorative light to be reflected in the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b, further enhancing the decorative effect.

Also, as shown in Figure 132, the passage decoration 2590 may be provided on the attacca unit 2400. First, the attacca unit 2400 will be described. This attacca unit 2400 is provided independently of the center role device 2500, for example. The attacca unit 2400 of this embodiment has a second starting opening 2004, a large winning opening 2005, and a sub-out opening 2023.

The attacca unit 2400 is equipped with a second starting gate door 2541 capable of guiding game ball B to second starting gate 2004, a starting gate solenoid 2542 that opens and closes the second starting gate door 2541 in accordance with the result of a regular lottery drawn when game ball B passes through gate 2003, a large prize gate door 2531 that can open and close large prize gate 2005, and an attacca solenoid 2532 that opens and closes the large prize gate door 2531 in accordance with the result of a first special lottery or second special lottery drawn when game ball B is received at first starting gate 2002 or second starting gate 2004.

When viewed from the front, the attacker unit 2400 comprises a first shelf 2421 extending from the upper right corner downward to the left, a second shelf 2422 extending from the left end of the first shelf 2421 to the left at a distance slightly longer than the diameter of the game ball B, and a second shelf 2422 extending from a position lower than the left end of the first shelf 2421 to the left at a distance shorter than the first shelf 2421, forming a second starting hole 2004 between the first shelf 2421 and the second shelf 2422, and The third shelf 2423 extends leftward from the left end of 22, from a position lower than the diameter of game ball B, and is shorter than the second shelf 2422, and extends leftward from the left end of the third shelf 2423 at a distance four to six times the diameter of game ball B, from a position lower than the third shelf 2423, and extends leftward from the left end of the third shelf 2423, and forms the first large prize opening 2005 between itself and the third shelf 2423.

The attacca unit 2400 also has an upper shelf 2436 that extends in a stepped manner along the top edge, descending to the left, and is spaced apart between the second shelf 2422 and the third shelf 2423 to allow game balls B to flow through. The right end of the upper shelf 2436 is located directly above the left end of the first shelf 2421, and its left end is located slightly to the right of the right end of the fourth shelf 2424. The upper shelf 2436 is also inclined so that the area near its right end is lower to the right.

This attacca unit 2400 has an upper door passage section 2416 above the large prize opening 2005 (large prize opening door 2531). The upper door passage section 2416 of the attacca unit 2400 is composed of a base plate 2441 (rear plate section 2592) and a front plate 2442 (front plate section 2593) that is arranged opposite the front of the base plate 2441 with a gap that allows game ball B to flow between them. The aisle decorative portion 2590 has a rear plate convex portion 2594a protruding forward from the base plate 2441, a rear plate concave portion 2595a provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a, a front plate convex portion 2594b protruding rearward from the front plate 2442 (front plate portion 2593), and a front plate concave portion 2595b provided on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b.

The rear plate protrusions 2594a of the door-top passage section 2416 are provided at intervals along the flow direction of the door-top passage section 2416. When viewed from the front, the rear plate protrusions 2594a are rectangular in shape, elongated in the flow direction, and are trapezoidal in plan view, with the center of the length of the rectangle protruding forward and the tip formed flat and parallel to the base plate 2441. The rear plate protrusions 2594a of the door-top passage section 2416 are provided with a height from the bottom of the passage that includes half the diameter of the game ball B (for example, 1 1/2 mm). The rear plate recesses 2595a of the door-top passage section 2416 are provided in each rear plate protrusion 2594a, and are recessed forward into a trapezoid that is roughly similar in shape to the rear plate protrusion 2594a.

The front plate protrusions 2594b of the door-top passage section 2416 are provided at intervals along the flow direction of the door-top passage section 2416, alternating with the rear plate protrusions 2594a in the front-to-back direction. The front plate protrusions 2594b are rectangular in shape in a front view that is long in the flow direction, and are trapezoidal in plan view, with the center of the length of the rectangle protruding rearward and the tip formed flat and parallel to the front plate 2442. The front plate protrusions 2594b of the door-top passage section 2416 are provided with a height from the bottom of the passage that includes half the diameter of the game ball B (e.g., 1 1/2 mm). The front plate recesses 2595b of the door-top passage section 2416 are provided in each front plate protrusion 2594b, and are recessed rearward into a trapezoid roughly similar in shape to the front plate protrusions 2594b.

As shown in Figure 132 (b), the passage decorative portion 2590 of the door-top passage portion 2416 has a special member 2579, an attacca decorative board 2443, and a board cover 2444, provided at the rear of the base plate 2441, with a gap large enough to prevent fingers from entering. This special member 2579 covers the rear of the rear plate recess 2595a, making it untouchable. This prevents the rear plate recess 2595a from being soiled by a worker's fingers touching it during the manufacturing of the gaming board 5, and ensures that the decorative light is reflected and refracted in the rear plate recess 2595a. Furthermore, the special member 2579 makes it difficult for dirt and dust to enter the rear plate recess 2595a, preventing the appearance from being marred by dirt and other contaminants.

In addition, the passage decorative portion 2590 of the door-top passage portion 2416 has a decorative member 2445 made of a translucent sticker with a predetermined decoration affixed to the front surface of the front panel 2442. This decorative member 2445 covers the front of the front panel recess 2595b, making it untouchable. This prevents the front panel recess 2595b from being soiled by the fingers of an operator touching it during the manufacturing of the gaming board 5, and ensures that the decorative light is reflected and refracted in the front panel recess 2595b. Furthermore, the presence of the decorative member 2445 makes it difficult for dirt and dust to enter the front panel recess 2595b, preventing the appearance from being marred by dirt and other contaminants.

The passage decorative portion 2590 of the door-top passage portion 2416 is made of a transparent material, with the base plate 2441 provided with the rear plate convex portion 2594a and rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate 2442 provided with the front plate convex portion 2594b and front plate concave portion 2595b. Therefore, each can reflect and refract light (decorative light) from the LEDs on the LED board provided on the game board 5. This allows the convex portions 2594, such as the rear plate convex portion 2594a and front plate convex portion 2594b, and the concave portions 2595, such as the rear plate concave portion 2595a and front plate concave portion 2595b, to be illuminated and decorated. Therefore, by illuminating the passageway decoration 2590 of the door-top passageway 2416, the player's gaze can be directed toward the door-top passageway 2416, which can heighten the player's anticipation of winning through the large prize opening 2005 provided in the door-top passageway 2416 and prevent the player's interest from declining.

In addition, the passage decorative portion 2590 of the door-top passage portion 2416 has multiple rear plate protrusions 2594a protruding forward from the base plate 2441 and multiple front plate protrusions 2594b protruding rearward from the front plate 2442, which are arranged in a staggered pattern (alternately) in the direction of flow of the game balls B. This causes the game balls B to snake back and forth as they flow, reducing the flow speed of the game balls B. This makes it possible for many game balls B to remain for a long time on the special prize opening door 2531, which forms part of the bottom surface of the door-top passage portion 2416. In other words, the rear plate protrusions 2594a and front plate protrusions 2594b of the door-top passage portion 2416 are intended to slow down the rolling speed of the game balls B, thereby allowing many game balls B to remain on the special prize opening door 2531.

In the door upper passage section 2416, a rear plate convex section 2594a and a rear plate concave section 2595a are provided on the base plate 2441 serving as the rear plate section 2592. In other words, in the door upper passage section 2416, the rear plate convex section 2594a and the rear plate concave section 2595a are provided on a member (base plate 2441) different from the flange section 2512 of the center gimmick 2500. Also, in the door upper passage section 2416, the portion of the base plate 2441 where the large prize opening door 2531 is located is recessed further rearward than the general surface of the base plate 2441 (the front surface of the gaming panel 1100). The rear plate protrusion 2594a and front plate protrusion 2594b of this door-top passage section 2416 each have a trapezoidal convex shape, and protrude significantly more than the rear plate protrusion 2594a and front plate protrusion 2594b provided in the attacca passage section 2577a of the center role device 2500 described above. As a result, the passage in the door-top passage section 2416 (above the large prize opening door 2531) meanders significantly back and forth.

As a result, the speed of game ball B rolling on the large prize opening door 2531 can be slowed down, making it possible to excite and thrill the player depending on whether or not the large prize opening door 2531 opens at the timing when game ball B is rolling on it, thereby increasing the player's anticipation of winning in the large prize opening 2005 and preventing a decline in interest.

In the above example, a specific component 2579 such as an attacca decorative base plate 2443 is provided behind a rear panel portion 2592 such as a base plate 2441, and a decorative component 2445 such as a decorative sticker is provided in front of a front panel portion 2593 such as a front panel 2442. However, this is not limited to this, and a configuration such as that shown in Figure 133 may also be used.

In the example shown in Figure 133, a sheet-like rear decorative part 2573 and an LED board 2579a are provided as the specific member 2579 behind the rear plate part 2592. In addition, in the example shown in Figure 133, the decorative member 2445 in front of the front plate part 2593 is a sheet-like front decorative part 2572. These front decorative part 2572 and rear decorative part 2573 are each translucent. The example shown in Figure 133 can also achieve the same effects as those described above.

In addition, in the above description, the convex portions 2594 such as the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b, and the concave portions 2595 such as the rear plate concave portion 2595a and the front plate concave portion 2595b, are shown to have rectangular shapes in plan view, but this is not limited to this and various front shapes may also be used, such as circular, oval, rhombus, hexagonal, octagonal, diamond-shaped, etc.

When multiple rear plate protrusions 2594a and front plate protrusions 2594b are provided, they are arranged as follows to allow game ball B to flow through the passage. The distance from the tip of rear plate protrusion 2594a to the rear surface of the opposing front plate 2593, the distance from the tip of front plate protrusion 2594b to the front surface of the opposing rear plate 2592, and the distance between the closest rear plate protrusions 2594a and front plate protrusions 2594b (for example, if the rear plate protrusions 2594a and front plate protrusions 2594b are triangular or trapezoidal, the distance between the opposing inclined surfaces) are made larger than the diameter D of game ball B. For example, the above distances are set to 12 mm. This prevents problems that would prevent game ball B from flowing. Furthermore, the closer the distances are to the diameter D of game ball B, the greater the deceleration effect.

As described above, according to the passage decoration portion 2590 of this embodiment, decorative light can be reflected by the rear plate recess 2595a provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, which affects the circulation speed of the game ball B, in the flange portion 2512 (rear plate portion 2592) that forms the flow-down area of the center role device 2500A, and this reflected light can illuminate and decorate the flow-down area (ball passage 2591) through which the game ball B flows. Therefore, even though the flange portion 2512 of the center role device 2500 is not provided with ostentatious decorations like those of conventional pachinko machines, the flange portion 2512 is illuminated and decorated, making it possible for players to recognize that the pachinko machine 1 is equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of conventional pachinko machines, and it is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing and capable of strongly attracting players' attention.

In addition, because a rear plate recess 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, when viewed from the front, a complex shape is seen due to the shape of the rear plate protrusion 2594a and the shape of the rear plate recess 2595a, compared to when only a protrusion is provided, and this shape acts as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

In addition, because a rear plate convex portion 2594a is provided in the flow-down area (ball passage 2591) where game ball B flows down, the rear plate convex portion 2594a can slow down the flow-down speed of game ball B in this flow-down area, making the movement of game ball B easier to see. In this case, a rear plate concave portion 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a, and the rear plate concave portion 2595a is designed to reflect decorative light and provide luminous decoration, so the luminous decoration can make game ball B appear as a silhouette as it flows down the flow-down area, making the movement of game ball B easier to see. As a result, players can enjoy the movement of game ball B as it flows down the flow-down area, and it is possible to prevent a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, according to this embodiment, the front plate 2571 of the decorative body 2570, which is provided opposite the flange portion 2512 that forms the flow area (ball passage 2591) of the center role device 2500A, can reflect decorative light by the front plate recess 2595b provided on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b that affects the circulation speed of the game ball B, and this reflected light can illuminate and decorate the flow area through which the game ball B flows. Therefore, even though the front plate 2571 of the center role device 2500A does not have an ostentatious decorative body like conventional pachinko machines, the front plate 2571 is illuminated and decorated, making it possible for players to recognize that the pachinko machine 1 is equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of conventional pachinko machines, making it possible to provide a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 that is capable of strongly attracting players' attention.

In addition, because a front panel recess 2595b is provided on the back side of the front panel protrusion 2594b, when viewed from the front, a complex shape is seen due to the shape of the front panel protrusion 2594b and the shape of the front panel recess 2595b, compared to when only a protrusion is provided, and this shape acts as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

Furthermore, because the front plate convex portion 2594b is provided in the flow-down area where the game ball B flows down, the front plate convex portion 2594b can slow down the flow-down speed of the game ball B in this flow-down area, making the movement of the game ball B easier to see. In this case, a front plate concave portion 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b, and the front plate concave portion 2595b reflects decorative light to provide luminous decoration, and because the front plate convex portion 2594b and front plate concave portion 2595b are provided on the front plate 2571 in front of the flow-down area (ball passage 2591), the front of the game ball B flowing down the flow-down area is luminous and decorated, making the game ball B appear to be sparkling.

Furthermore, according to this embodiment, the center role device 2500A has a rear plate convex portion 2594a on the flange portion 2512 and a rear plate concave portion 2595a on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a, and also has a front plate convex portion 2594b on the front plate 2571 in front of the flange portion 2512 and a front plate concave portion 2595b on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b. As a result, the reflected light from the rear plate concave portion 2595a on the flange portion 2512 and the reflected light from the front plate concave portion 2595b on the front plate 2571 can illuminate and decorate the back and front of the flow area (ball passage 2591) through which the game ball B flows. Therefore, because the flange portion 2512 and front panel 2571 of the center role device 2500 are illuminated, players can recognize that the pachinko machine 1 is equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of previous pachinko machines, making it possible to provide a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 that is able to strongly attract players' attention.

In addition, as described above, the flange portion 2512 and front plate 2571 of the center role piece 2500A are provided with rear plate convex portion 2594a and rear plate concave portion 2595a, and front plate convex portion 2594b and front plate concave portion 2595b. Therefore, when viewed from the front, the shapes of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and rear plate concave portion 2595a on the flange portion 2512, as well as the shapes of the front plate convex portion 2594b and front plate concave portion 2595b on the front plate 2571, can be seen, and these shapes act as decorations, further enhancing the decorative effect.

In addition, as described above, the rear plate convex portions 2594a and front plate convex portions 2594b are arranged alternately (staggered) in the direction of flow of the game ball B on the flange portion 2512 and front plate 2571 of the center device 2500A, so that the front plate convex portion 2594b on the front side and the rear plate convex portion 2594a on the rear side make it possible to swing the game ball B back and forth, and the flow speed of the game ball B can be further slowed down compared to when a convex portion is provided on only one side, making it easier to see the movement of the game ball B. In this case, a rear plate recess 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and a front plate recess 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b. The rear plate recess 2595a and front plate recess 2595b reflect decorative light to create an illuminating decoration. The illuminating decoration of the rear plate recess 2595a makes the game ball B appear as a silhouette, while the illuminating decoration of the front plate recess 2595b makes it appear to sparkle. This allows the illuminating decoration to be enjoyed along with the movement of the game ball B, preventing a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, in the center role device 2500A, the flange portion 2512 has a rear plate recess 2595a on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and further, the front plate 2571 has a front plate recess 2595b on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b. Therefore, compared to when no recesses are provided in the respective parts, the weight can be reduced by the amount of the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b, thereby reducing the weight of the center role device 2500A and reducing the cost associated with the center role device 2500A. Furthermore, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the center role device 2500A, it is possible to eliminate the reinforcement required in conventional pachinko machines, thereby suppressing the increase in costs associated with the pachinko machine 1. Furthermore, because the specific member 2579 covers the rear panel recess 2595a so that it cannot be touched by fingers, the worker's fingers will not come into contact with the rear panel recess 2595a during manufacturing, so there is no need to work carefully to avoid soiling the rear panel recess 2595a, making the work easier and reducing costs.

Furthermore, according to this embodiment, in the base plate 2441 and front plate 2442 that form the flow area (door-over passage section 2416) of the attacca unit 2400, which is different from the center role device 2500A, decorative light can be reflected by the recessed section 2595 provided on the back side of the protrusion 2594 that affects the circulation speed of the game ball B, and this reflected light can illuminate and decorate the flow area through which the game ball B flows. Therefore, even though the base plate 2441 and front plate 2442 of the attacca unit 2400 are not equipped with ostentatious decorations like those of conventional pachinko machines, the base plate 2441 and front plate 2442 are illuminated and decorated, making it possible for players to recognize that this pachinko machine 1 is equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of conventional pachinko machines, and it is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing and capable of strongly attracting players' attention.

In addition, the base plate 2441 and front plate 2442 of the attacca unit 2400 have recesses 2595 on the back side of the protrusions 2594. When viewed from the front, the shapes of the protrusions 2594 and recesses 2595 create a complex shape, compared to when only protrusions are provided. This shape acts as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

In addition, a convex portion 2594 is provided in the door upper passage portion 2416 above the large prize opening door 2531 in the attacca unit 2400, so that the flow speed of the game ball B can be slowed down at the large prize opening door 2531 by the convex portion 2594.By slowing the flow speed of the game ball B, the movement of the game ball B can be made easier to see, and when the large prize opening door 2531 opens at that timing, it becomes easier to win the large prize opening 2005. In this case, a recess 2595 is provided on the back side of the protrusion 2594, and the decorative light is reflected in the recess 2595 to create an illuminated decoration, so that the game ball B flowing (rolling) down the large prize opening door 2531 appears as a silhouette and sparkling, increasing the sense of anticipation for the game ball B's movement to win the large prize opening 2005 and allowing the player to enjoy the illuminated decoration, thereby preventing a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, in the attacca unit 2400, the base plate 2441 has a rear plate recess 2595a on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and the front plate 2442 has a front plate recess 2595b on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b. This allows for a reduction in weight by the amount of the rear plate recess 2595a and front plate recess 2595b compared to when no recesses are provided, thereby reducing the weight of the attacca unit 2400 and reducing the costs associated with the attacca unit 2400. Furthermore, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the attacca unit 2400, it is possible to eliminate the reinforcement required in conventional pachinko machines, thereby suppressing increases in the costs associated with the pachinko machine 1. Furthermore, because the attacca decorative base plate 2443 and decorative member 2445 cover the rear panel recess 2595a and front panel recess 2595b so that they cannot be touched by fingers, workers' fingers will not come into contact with the rear panel recess 2595a or front panel recess 2595b during manufacturing, so there is no need to work carefully to avoid soiling the rear panel recess 2595a, making the work easier and reducing costs.

In addition, a gap is provided between the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 and the attacca decorative board 2443. This allows the attacca decorative board 2443 to move rearward away from the base plate 2441, making it difficult to see the electronic components mounted on the attacca decorative board 2443, such as LEDs and resistors. This makes it easier to achieve the decorative effect of the convex portions 2594 and concave portions 2595, and the gap between the base plate 2441 and the attacca decorative board 2443 makes it easier to dissipate heat from the multiple LEDs.

Furthermore, because recesses 2595 are provided on the backside of the convex portions 2594 in the flange portion 2512 and front plate 2571 of the center role device 2500A, and the base plate 2441 and front plate 2442 of the attacca unit 2400, the weight of the center role device 2500A and the attacca unit 2400 can be reduced compared to when recesses 2595 are not provided, resulting in a reduction in weight and a reduction in the costs associated with the center role device 2500A and the attacca unit 2400. Furthermore, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the center role device 2500A and the attacca unit 2400, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was required in conventional pachinko machines, thereby suppressing increases in the costs associated with the pachinko machine 1.

In the above embodiment, the center role 2500A and the attacca unit 2400 are shown to be provided with a passageway decoration 2590 consisting of a convex portion 2594 that affects the flow of the game ball B and a concave portion 2595 provided on the back side of the convex portion 2594, but this is not limited to this, and the passageway decoration 2590 may also be provided on the starting port unit 2100, side unit 2200, upper left side unit, etc.

In addition, while the multiple protrusions 2594 (rear plate protrusions 2594a and front plate protrusions 2594b) are all shown to have recesses 2595 (rear plate recesses 2595a and front plate recesses 2595b), this is not limited to this configuration. The multiple protrusions 2594 may also include specific protrusions 2596 that do not have recesses 2595 on their backsides. This prevents the backside of the specific protrusions 2596 from reflecting decorative light like the recesses 2595 do, allowing the convex portions 2594 and the specific protrusions 2596 to have different illuminated decorations. In this case, the shapes seen from the front differ between the protrusions 2594 with recesses 2595 on their backsides and the specific protrusions 2596 without recesses 2595 on their backsides. This allows for more variation in the decoration seen from the front compared to when multiple protrusions 2594 only have recesses 2595 on their backsides.

[6-1a-1. Modified Examples of Recesses]
Next, modified examples of the recess 2595 in the passage decorative portion 2590 will be described in detail, mainly with reference to FIG. 134 . FIG. 134 illustrates the relationship between the shape of the protrusion 2594 and the shape of the recess 2595, with the shape of the protrusion 2594 being triangular. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 134( a), for example, the shape of the recess 2595 on the back side of the triangular protrusion 2594 is a triangle similar to the shape of the protrusion 2594. In this example, as in the above example, decorative light can be reflected and refracted by the recess 2595 and the protrusion 2594. Furthermore, when the shape of the recess 2595 is similar to the shape of the protrusion 2594, the plate thickness of the member in which the protrusion 2594 and the recess 2595 are provided becomes approximately constant, thereby reducing partial sink marks and distortion during molding.

As shown in FIG. 134(b), the convex portion 2594 has a triangular shape, while the concave portion 2595 on the back side thereof has a rectangular shape that differs from the shape of the convex portion 2594. Note that the concave portion 2595 only needs to have a rectangular cross section, so the shape of the concave portion 2595 in a front view may be rectangular, circular, oval, etc. Furthermore, the cross-sectional shape of the concave portion 2595 only needs to be different from the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 2594, so the shape of the concave portion 2595 in a front view may be similar to or different from the shape of the convex portion 2594 in a front view. In this example, because the shapes of the convex portion 2594 and the concave portion 2595 are different, the direction in which the decorative light is reflected differs from each other. This allows the convex portion 2594 and the concave portion 2595 to reflect decorative light in various directions, resulting in a more sparkling luminous decoration. Furthermore, in this example, the distance from the surface of the convex portion 2594 to the surface of the concave portion 2595 varies depending on the location, making it possible to refract the decorative light in various directions, creating a decorative effect similar to that of a prism.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 134(c), the convex portion 2594 has a triangular shape, while the concave portion 2595 on the back side thereof has a semicircular shape that differs from the shape of the convex portion 2594. Note that the concave portion 2595 only needs to have a rectangular cross section, and the shape of the concave portion 2595 in a front view may be circular, oval, rectangular, etc. Furthermore, the cross-sectional shape of the concave portion 2595 only needs to be different from the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 2594, and the shape of the concave portion 2595 in a front view may be similar to or different from the shape of the convex portion 2594 in a front view. In this example, because the shapes of the convex portion 2594 and the concave portion 2595 are different, the direction in which the decorative light is reflected differs from each other. This allows the convex portion 2594 and the concave portion 2595 to reflect decorative light in various directions, resulting in a more sparkling luminous decoration. Furthermore, in this example, the distance from the surface of the convex portion 2594 to the surface of the concave portion 2595 varies depending on the location, making it possible to refract the decorative light in various directions, creating a decorative effect similar to that of a prism.

Note that while Figure 134 shows the convex portion 2594 with a triangular shape, this is not limited to this and the shape may be a polygon such as a square, pentagon, or hexagon, a diamond, a semicircle, a star, or any other irregular shape.

[6-1a-2. Modified examples of convex portions]
Next, modified examples of the convex portion 2594 in the passage decorative portion 2590 will be described in detail, mainly with reference to FIG. 135 . For example, as shown in FIG. 135( a), the shape of the convex portion 2594 may be a trapezoid with a flattened triangle near the apex. In this example, the shape of the concave portion 2595 on the back side of the convex portion 2594 is a triangle that is approximately similar to the shape of the convex portion 2594. In this example, as with the above, decorative light can be reflected or refracted by the concave portion 2595 and the convex portion 2594.

Also, as shown in Figure 135 (b), the shape of the convex portion 2594 may be semicircular. In this example, the shape of the concave portion 2595 on the back side of the convex portion 2594 is semicircular and roughly similar to the shape of the convex portion 2594, and the corners of the base end portion of the concave portion 2595 are rounded to form an arc shape.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 135(c), the shape of the convex portion 2594 may be a quadrangle with an arc-shaped base end that is rounded. In this example, the shape of the concave portion 2595 on the back side of the convex portion 2594 is an elongated quadrangle that is roughly similar to the shape of the convex portion 2594. In addition, the back side of the convex portion 2594 has an outer concave portion 2595c that is recessed in an arc shape all the way to the flat portion at the tip of the convex portion 2594, imitating the arc-shaped portion of the convex portion 2594, and a seat-like flat portion 2595d that is parallel to the tip of the convex portion 2594 is provided between the outer concave portion 2595c and the concave portion 2595. The concave portion 2595 is recessed from the flat portion 2595d. In this example, as with the above, decorative light can be reflected or refracted by the concave portion 2595 and the convex portion 2594.

In addition, the outer recess 2595c can also reflect and refract decorative light, allowing it to be used in conjunction with the recess 2595 and protrusion 2594 to create a more dazzling illuminated decoration. Furthermore, since it has flat portion 2595d, light from an LED or the like can be incident through flat portion 2595d and guided to protrusion 2594, causing the tip of protrusion 2594 to emit light. Flat portion 2595d can also be used as the abutment for an ejector pin used when removing from the mold during molding, which prevents pin marks from remaining in conspicuous areas on the general surface of the product and improves the appearance. Furthermore, it is possible to use recess 2595 as a screw hole and flat portion 2595d as the screw seat, eliminating the need for a separate screw hole for installation.

In the example shown in Figure 135, the shape of the convex portion 2594 when viewed from the front and the shape of the concave portion 2595 when viewed from the front may be similar or different.

[6-1a-3. Modified examples of aisle decoration]
Next, while the above-described passageway decoration 2590 has been shown to have multiple convex portions 2594 (concave portions 2595) of similar shapes, this is not limited thereto. As shown in FIG. 136 , a single passageway decoration 2590 may have convex portions 2594 (concave portions 2595) of different shapes. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 136 ( a ), for example, among multiple triangular convex portions 2594, some have concave portions 2595 on the back side and some have no concave portions 2595. This passageway decoration 2590 can also achieve the same effects as described above. In addition, the lighting conditions, such as reflection and refraction, of decorative light differ between the convex portions 2594 with concave portions 2595 on the back side and the convex portions 2594 (specific convex portions 2596) without concave portions 2595, thereby adding variation to the luminous decoration of the passageway decoration 2590.

Also, as shown in Figure 136 (b), triangular convex portions 2594 and semicircular convex portions 2594 may be mixed. Here, a concave portion 2595 similar in shape to the convex portion 2594 is provided on the back side of each convex portion 2594. This aisle decoration portion 2590 can achieve the same effect as described above. In addition, because the shapes of each convex portion 2594 (concave portion 2595) are different, the differences in their shapes can add variety to the decoration of the aisle decoration portion 2590 even when it is not illuminated with decorative light, thereby further enhancing the decorative effect. Furthermore, the differences in the shapes of the convex portions 2594 (concave portions 2595) result in different lighting conditions, such as reflection and refraction, due to the decorative light, and therefore can add variety to the illuminated decoration of the aisle decoration portion 2590. Furthermore, because the shapes of the convex portions 2594 are different, the degree to which the game ball B decelerates varies depending on the convex portion 2594, which makes it possible to impart variations in speed to the flow of the game ball B, allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball B even more.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 136(c), different shapes of convex portions 2594 (concave portions 2595) may be used, with a mixture of convex portions 2594 of different protrusion amounts (sizes). Here, each convex portion 2594 is triangular, and the concave portions 2595 on the back side of each convex portion 2594 are concave portions 2595 similar in shape to the respective convex portions 2594. This passageway decoration 2590 can also achieve the same effects as described above. In addition, because the convex portions 2594 (concave portions 2595) are of different sizes, even when not illuminated with decorative light, the differences in their sizes can add variety to the decoration of the passageway decoration 2590, further enhancing the decorative effect. Furthermore, the differences in the sizes of the convex portions 2594 (concave portions 2595) affect the lighting conditions, such as reflection and refraction, of the decorative light, thereby adding variety to the illuminated decoration of the passageway decoration 2590. Furthermore, because the convex portions 2594 vary in size, the degree to which the game ball B decelerates varies depending on the convex portion 2594, which makes it possible to impart variations in speed to the flow of the game ball B, allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball B even more.

Note that Figure 136 shows a mixture of convex portions 2594 (concave portions 2595) with different shapes (forms) in cross section, but this is not limited to this, and convex portions 2594 (concave portions 2595) with different shapes in plan view may also be mixed.

[6-1a-4. Another embodiment of the passage decorative part]
Next, a passageway decorative element 2590A of a different embodiment from the above will be described in detail, mainly with reference to Figures 137 to 139. Figure 137(a) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passageway decorative element in which a second protrusion of the same shape is provided on a first protrusion, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passageway decorative element in which a second protrusion of a different amount of protrusion is provided on a first protrusion, (c) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passageway decorative element in which a second protrusion of a different shape is provided on a first protrusion, and (d) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passageway decorative element in which a second protrusion is also provided on the inclined surface of the first protrusion. Figure 138(a1) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passageway decorative element in which a second protrusion of the same shape is provided on a first protrusion, (a2) is an explanatory diagram showing (a1) from the front, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a passageway decorative element in which a recess of a different shape is provided on (a2) from the front. Figure 139(a) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passage decorative part that is fitted into the opening of a game panel, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passage decorative part that is different in form from (a).

The passage decorative portion 2590A shown in Figure 137 (a) has a first convex portion 2594c that protrudes forward within a predetermined range from a rear plate portion 2592 that contacts the front surface of the gaming panel 1100, such as the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 or the flange portion 2512 of the center role device 2500, multiple second convex portions 2594d that protrude forward from the first convex portion 2594c, a first recess 2595e that is provided on the back side of the first convex portion 2594c and is recessed toward the front, and a second recess 2595f that is provided on the back side of the second convex portion 2594d and is recessed toward the front.

The first convex portion 2594c has a flat front surface. This first convex portion 2594c also includes a sloping portion at the boundary with the rear plate portion 2592. The second convex portion 2594d has a semicircular cross section and extends in a direction intersecting the flow direction of the game ball B (plane of the paper). The first recess 2595e is recessed in a shape similar to the shape of the first convex portion 2594c. The second recess 2595f is recessed in a shape similar to the shape of the second convex portion 2594d.

The first convex portion 2594c may be decorated with fine irregularities such as embossing. When the first convex portion 2594c, etc., is embossed, the embossing can hide wiring, components, etc. behind it. At least one second convex portion 2594d may be a specific convex portion 2596 that does not have a second recess 2595f on the back side (see Figure 137 (b)). Furthermore, the glass plate 162 of the door frame 3 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592 with a gap that allows the game ball B to pass through, but a front plate portion 2593 may also be provided.

The passageway decoration 2590A shown in FIG. 137(a) has a first recess 2595e and a second recess 2595f provided on the backside of the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d, which allows the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f to reflect and refract light (decorative light) from the LEDs on the LED board provided on the gaming board 5. As a result, the passageway decoration 2590A is illuminated and decorated by the reflection of the decorative light by the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d and the reflection of the decorative light by the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f, which draws the player's gaze toward the passageway decoration 2590A and allows the player to enjoy the movement of the gaming ball B circulating through the passageway decoration 2590A.

Furthermore, with the passageway decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 137(a), the presence of the first convex portion 2594c narrows the gap in the front-to-rear direction between the first convex portion 2594c and the forward component (e.g., the glass plate 162, the front panel portion 2593, etc.), thereby slowing down the circulation speed of the game ball B that enters the passageway decorative portion 2590A. Furthermore, because the first convex portion 2594c is provided with multiple second convex portions 2594d, these second convex portions 2594d can further slow down the circulation speed of the game ball B. Therefore, because the circulation speed of the game ball B is slowed in the passageway decorative portion 2590A, the game ball B can be made easier to see, allowing players to enjoy the movement of the game ball B and preventing a decline in interest.

Furthermore, according to the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in Figure 137(a), only the glass plate 162 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592, and therefore by combining the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d, the game ball B is decelerated between the glass plate 162 and the first convex portion 2594c or the second convex portion 2594d. At this time, the game ball B hits the glass plate 162 relatively hard, making a loud impact sound that can attract the player's attention.

The passage decorative portion 2590A shown in Figure 137 (b) has a first convex portion 2594c that protrudes forward within a predetermined range from a rear plate portion 2592 that contacts the front surface of the gaming panel 1100, such as the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 or the flange portion 2512 of the center gimmick 2500A, multiple second convex portions 2594d that protrude forward from the first convex portion 2594c, a first recess 2595e that is provided on the back side of the first convex portion 2594c and is recessed toward the front, and second recesses 2595f that are provided on the back side of some of the second convex portions 2594d and are recessed toward the front.

The first convex portion 2594c of the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in Figure 137(b) has a flat front surface. This first convex portion 2594c also includes a sloping portion at the boundary with the rear plate portion 2592. The second convex portion 2594d has a semicircular cross section and extends in a direction intersecting the flow direction of the game ball B. As shown in Figure 137(b), some of the second convex portions 2594d have different amounts of forward protrusion, and the second convex portions 2594d with smaller amounts of protrusion are designated as specific convex portions 2596 that do not have a second recess 2595f on their back side. The first recess 2595e is recessed in a shape similar to the shape of the first convex portion 2594c. Furthermore, the second recess 2595f is provided on the back side of the second convex portions 2594d with larger amounts of forward protrusion.

In addition, in the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in Figure 137 (b), game balls B can pass in front of multiple second protrusions 2594d. Therefore, game balls B can pass in front of second protrusions 2594d that protrude more. In addition, the first protrusions 2594c may be decorated with fine irregularities such as embossing. If the first protrusions 2594c, etc. are embossed, the embossing can hide wiring, components, etc. behind. Furthermore, all second protrusions 2594d may be designated as specific protrusions 2596 that do not have second recesses 2595f on the back side. Furthermore, the glass panel 162 of the door frame 3 is provided in front of the rear panel 2592 at a distance that allows game balls B to pass through, but a front panel 2593 may also be provided.

The passageway decoration 2590A shown in FIG. 137(b) has first recesses 2595e and second recesses 2595f provided on the back side of the first convex portions 2594c and on the back side of some of the second convex portions 2594d, allowing the first recesses 2595e and second recesses 2595f to reflect and refract light (decorative light) from the LEDs on the LED board provided on the gaming board 5. This allows the passageway decoration 2590A to be illuminated and decorated by the reflection of decorative light by the first convex portions 2594c and second convex portions 2594d and the reflection of decorative light by the first recesses 2595e and second recesses 2595f, thereby drawing the player's gaze to the passageway decoration 2590A and allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the gaming balls B circulating through the passageway decoration 2590A.

Furthermore, with the passageway decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 137(b), the presence of the first convex portion 2594c narrows the gap in the front-to-rear direction between the first convex portion 2594c and the forward component (e.g., the glass plate 162, the front panel portion 2593, etc.), thereby slowing down the circulation speed of the game ball B that enters the passageway decorative portion 2590A. Furthermore, because the first convex portion 2594c is provided with multiple second convex portions 2594d, these second convex portions 2594d can further slow down the circulation speed of the game ball B. Therefore, because the circulation speed of the game ball B is slowed in the passageway decorative portion 2590A, the game ball B can be made easier to see, allowing players to enjoy the movement of the game ball B and preventing a decline in interest.

Furthermore, according to the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in Figure 137 (b), only the glass plate 162 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592, and therefore by combining the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d, the game ball B is decelerated between the glass plate 162 and the first convex portion 2594c or the second convex portion 2594d. At this time, the game ball B hits the glass plate 162 relatively hard, making a loud impact sound that can attract the player's attention.

The passage decorative portion 2590A shown in Figure 137 (c) has a first convex portion 2594c that protrudes forward within a predetermined range from a rear plate portion 2592 that contacts the front surface of the gaming panel 1100, such as the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 or the flange portion 2512 of the center gimmick 2500A, multiple second convex portions 2594d that protrude forward from the first convex portion 2594c, a first recess 2595e that is provided on the back side of the first convex portion 2594c and is recessed toward the front, and second recesses 2595f that are provided on the back side of at least some of the second convex portions 2594d and are recessed toward the front.

The first convex portion 2594c of the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in Figure 137 (c) has a flat front surface. This first convex portion 2594c also includes a sloping portion at the boundary with the rear plate portion 2592. The second convex portions 2594d are a mixture of those with semicircular cross sections extending in a direction intersecting the flow direction of game balls B, and those that protrude forward. The long forward-protruding second convex portion 2594d protrudes forward to a length that prevents game balls B from flowing in front of it, but is short in the direction intersecting the flow direction of game balls B (left-right direction), allowing game balls B to flow on both the left and right outer sides. The first recess 2595e is recessed in a shape similar to the shape of the first convex portion 2594c. The second recess 2595f is recessed in a shape similar to the shape of the second convex portion 2594d.

The first convex portion 2594c may be decorated with fine irregularities such as embossing. When embossing is provided on the first convex portion 2594c, etc., it is possible to hide wiring, components, etc. behind it. Furthermore, at least one second convex portion 2594d may be a specific convex portion 2596 that does not have a second recess 2595f on the back side. Furthermore, the glass plate 162 of the door frame 3 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592 with a gap that allows the game ball B to pass through, but a front plate portion 2593 may also be provided.

The passageway decoration 2590A shown in FIG. 137(c) has a first recess 2595e and a second recess 2595f provided on the backside of the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d, which allows the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f to reflect and refract light (decorative light) from the LEDs on the LED board provided on the gaming board 5. As a result, the passageway decoration 2590A is illuminated and decorated by the reflection of the decorative light by the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d and the reflection of the decorative light by the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f, which draws the player's gaze toward the passageway decoration 2590A and allows the player to enjoy the movement of the gaming ball B circulating through the passageway decoration 2590A.

Furthermore, with the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 137(c), the presence of the first convex portion 2594c narrows the front-to-rear gap between the first convex portion 2594c and the forward component (e.g., the glass plate 162, the front panel portion 2593, etc.), thereby slowing down the flow speed of the game ball B entering the passage decorative portion 2590A. Furthermore, because the first convex portion 2594c is provided with multiple second convex portions 2594d, these second convex portions 2594d can further slow down the flow speed of the game ball B. In this case, because the second convex portions 2594d, which are short in the left-right direction but protrude far forward, are mixed in, these second convex portions 2594d can change the flow direction of the game ball B in the left-right direction, thereby imparting complex movement to the game ball B. Therefore, the circulation speed of game ball B is slowed in the passage decorative portion 2590A, making game ball B easier to see, and game ball B also moves in a complex left-right direction, making the movement of game ball B more entertaining.

Furthermore, according to the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in Figure 137 (c), only the glass plate 162 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592, and therefore by combining the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d, the game ball B is decelerated between the glass plate 162 and the first convex portion 2594c or the second convex portion 2594d. At this time, the game ball B hits the glass plate 162 relatively hard, making a loud impact sound that can attract the player's attention.

The passage decorative portion 2590A shown in Figure 137 (d) has a rear plate convex portion 2594a protruding forward from a rear plate portion 2592 that is in contact with the front surface of the gaming panel 1100, such as the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 or the flange portion 2512 of the center gimmick 2500A, a rear plate concave portion 2595a that is provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and is concave toward the front, a first convex portion 2594c that protrudes forward within a predetermined range on the rear plate portion 2592, a plurality of second convex portions 2594d that protrude forward from the first convex portion 2594c, a first concave portion 2595e that is provided on the back side of the first convex portion 2594c and is concave toward the front, and a second concave portion 2595f that is provided on the back side of the second convex portion 2594d and is concave toward the front. The rear plate protrusion 2594a has a semicircular cross section and extends in a direction intersecting the flow direction of the game ball B.

The first convex portion 2594c has a flat front surface. This first convex portion 2594c also includes an inclined portion at the boundary with the rear plate portion 2592. The second convex portion 2594d has a semicircular cross section and extends in a direction intersecting the flow direction of the game ball B. As shown in FIG. 137(d), a portion of the second convex portion 2594d is arranged so as to overlap the rear plate portion 2592 and the first convex portion 2594c. This second convex portion 2594d arranged so as to overlap the rear plate portion 2592 is formed short in the direction intersecting the flow direction of the game ball B (left-right direction), making it possible to change the flow direction of the game ball B that comes into contact with it in the left-right direction. The first recess 2595e is recessed in a shape similar to the shape of the first convex portion 2594c.

The first convex portion 2594c may be decorated with fine irregularities such as embossing. When embossing is provided on the first convex portion 2594c, etc., it is possible to hide wiring, components, etc. behind. Furthermore, at least one of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the second convex portion 2594d may be a specific convex portion 2596 that does not have a rear plate recess 2595a or a second recess 2595f. Furthermore, the glass plate 162 of the door frame 3 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592 with a gap that allows the game ball B to pass through, but the front plate portion 2593 may also be provided with a gap.

According to the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in Figure 137 (d), a rear plate recess 2595a, a first recess 2595e and a second recess 2595f are provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a, the first recess 2594c and the second recess 2594d, so that the rear plate recess 2595a, the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f can reflect or refract light (decorative light) from the LEDs of the LED board provided on the game board 5. As a result, the passage decoration portion 2590A is illuminated and decorated by the reflection of decorative light by the rear plate convex portion 2594a, first convex portion 2594c, and second convex portion 2594d, and the reflection of decorative light by the rear plate concave portion 2595a, first concave portion 2595e, and second concave portion 2595f, thereby drawing the player's gaze to the passage decoration portion 2590A and allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball B circulating through the passage decoration portion 2590A.

Furthermore, with the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 137(d), the presence of the first convex portion 2594c narrows the front-to-rear gap between the first convex portion 2594c and the forward component (e.g., the glass plate 162, the front panel portion 2593, etc.), thereby slowing down the flow speed of the game ball B entering the passage decorative portion 2590A. Furthermore, because the first convex portion 2594c is provided with multiple second convex portions 2594d, these second convex portions 2594d can further slow down the flow speed of the game ball B. In this case, when the game ball B comes into contact with the second convex portion 2594d that is provided so as to hang over the rear panel portion 2592, the second convex portions 2594d are formed to be short in the left-right direction, so that the flow direction of the game ball B can be changed left-to-right, imparting complex movements to the game ball B. Therefore, the circulation speed of game ball B is slowed in the passage decorative portion 2590A, making game ball B easier to see, and game ball B also moves in a complex left-right direction, making the movement of game ball B more entertaining.

Furthermore, according to the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in Figure 137 (d), only the glass plate 162 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592, and therefore by combining the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d, the game ball B decelerates between the glass plate 162 and the first convex portion 2594c or the second convex portion 2594d. At this time, the game ball B hits the glass plate 162 relatively hard, making a loud impact sound that can attract the player's attention.

Note that while Figures 137(a) to (d) show the rear plate protrusion 2594a and second protrusion 2594d protruding in a semicircular shape, this is not limited to this, and the rear plate protrusion 2594a and second protrusion 2594d may of course be triangular or trapezoidal.

Next, the aisle decorative portion 2590A shown in Figures 138 (a1) and (a2) has a first convex portion 2594c that protrudes forward within a predetermined range from the rear plate portion 2592 that contacts the front surface of the gaming panel 1100, such as the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 or the flange portion 2512 of the center gimmick 2500A, multiple second convex portions 2594d that protrude forward from the first convex portion 2594c, a first recess 2595e that is provided on the back side of the first convex portion 2594c and recessed toward the front, and a second recess 2595f that is provided on the back side of the second convex portion 2594d and recessed toward the front. The front surface of the first convex portion 2594c is flat. This first convex portion 2594c also includes a sloped portion at the boundary with the rear plate portion 2592. The second convex portion 2594d has a semicircular cross section and extends in a direction intersecting the flow direction of the game ball B (plane of the paper).

As shown in Figure 138 (a2), the first recess 2595e of this passage decorative portion 2590A is recessed in the shape of a downward arrow when viewed from the front.

The first convex portion 2594c may be decorated with fine irregularities such as embossing. When embossing is provided on the first convex portion 2594c, etc., it is possible to hide wiring, components, etc. behind it. Furthermore, at least one second convex portion 2594d may be a specific convex portion 2596 that does not have a second recess 2595f on the back side. Furthermore, the glass plate 162 of the door frame 3 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592 with a gap that allows the game ball B to pass through, but a front plate portion 2593 may also be provided.

According to the passageway decorative portion 2590A shown in Figures 138 (a1) and (a2), a first recess 2595e and a second recess 2595f are provided on the back side of the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d, and the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f can reflect and refract light (decorative light) from the LEDs on the LED board provided on the gaming board 5. As a result, the passageway decorative portion 2590A is illuminated and decorated by the reflection of the decorative light by the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d and the reflection of the decorative light by the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f. At this time, because the first recess 2595e is recessed in the shape of an arrow, the arrow illuminates and strongly draws the player's attention to the passage decoration 2590A, making the player think that something good is about to happen, increasing their anticipation for the game, and allowing them to enjoy the movement of the game ball B circulating through the passage decoration 2590A.

Furthermore, according to the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in Figures 138 (a1) and (a2), the presence of the first convex portion 2594c narrows the gap in the front-to-rear direction between the first convex portion 2594c and the forward component (e.g., glass plate 162, front panel portion 2593, etc.), thereby slowing down the circulation speed of the game ball B that enters the passage decorative portion 2590A. Furthermore, because the first convex portion 2594c is provided with multiple second convex portions 2594d, these second convex portions 2594d can further slow down the circulation speed of the game ball B. Therefore, because the circulation speed of the game ball B is slowed in the passage decorative portion 2590A, the game ball B can be made easier to see, allowing players to enjoy the movement of the game ball B and preventing a decline in interest.

Furthermore, according to the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in Figures 138 (a1) and (a2), only the glass plate 162 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592, and therefore by combining the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d, the game ball B is decelerated between the glass plate 162 and the first convex portion 2594c or the second convex portion 2594d. At this time, the game ball B hits the glass plate 162 relatively hard, making a loud impact sound that can attract the player's attention.

Note that, while the above description shows the first recess 2595e recessed in the shape of an arrow, this is not limited to this and the first recess 2595e may be recessed in various shapes. For example, as shown in Figure 138(b), the shape of the first recess 2595e when viewed from the front may be star-shaped. This makes it possible to enhance the decorative effect of the passage decorative portion 2590A.

This first recess 2595e may be formed by a single recess, or by multiple recesses. Furthermore, in addition to the arrow and star shapes mentioned above, the shape of the first recess 2595e when viewed from the front may also be a heart shape, a geometric pattern, a letter shape consisting of a predetermined logo, a character shape imitating a predetermined character, a picture shape imitating a predetermined design, etc. To highlight these shapes (first recess 2595e), light may be incident from the edge surface of the rear plate 2592, and the rear plate 2592 may be used as a light guide plate. In this case, these shapes may be formed by a textured finish. In this case, the incident light will exit the textured portion, making the shape appear to glow. Furthermore, when a textured finish is provided, it is possible to hide wiring, components, etc. behind the textured finish.

In addition, in the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in Figure 138, the second convex portion 2594d is semicircular in shape, which means there are no (or few) corners, making it easier to see the shape of the first concave portion 2595e from the front. Of course, the second convex portion 2594d may also be triangular or trapezoidal.

Next, the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in Figure 139(a) has a rear plate portion 2592 inserted into the opening 1112 provided in the gaming panel 1100, multiple rear plate protrusions 2594a protruding forward from the rear plate portion 2592, rear plate recesses 2595a provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusions 2594a, and an LED board 2579a as a specific member 2579 that covers the rear of the rear plate recesses 2595a and makes the rear plate recesses 2595a untouchable by fingers. Here, some of the rear plate protrusions 2594a are designated as specific protrusions 2596 that do not have rear plate recesses 2595a provided on the back side.

The rear panel 2592 may be decorated with fine irregularities such as embossing. When embossing is applied to the rear panel 2592, etc., it is possible to hide wiring, components, etc. behind the embossing. Furthermore, all rear panel protrusions 2594a may be designated as specific protrusions 2596 that do not have rear panel recesses 2595a on the back side. Furthermore, the glass plate 162 of the door frame 3 is provided in front of the rear panel 2592 with a gap that allows game balls B to pass through, but a front panel 2593 may also be provided.

In addition, a gap is provided between the rear plate portion 2592 and the LED board 2579a, but as shown in FIG. 139(a), because the rear plate portion 2592 and the LED board 2579a are inserted into the opening 1112 of the gaming panel 1100, the outer periphery of the gap between the rear plate portion 2592 and the LED board 2579a is surrounded by the inner periphery of the opening 1112. Therefore, even if the gap between the rear plate portion 2592 and the LED board 2579a is large enough to fit a finger, because the outer periphery of the gap is surrounded, it is not possible to insert a finger between the rear plate portion 2592 and the LED board 2579a from the outside, and the rear plate recess 2595a of the rear plate portion 2592 is untouchable by fingers.

The passageway decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 139(a) has a rear plate recess 2595a on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, which allows the rear plate recess 2595a to reflect and refract light (decorative light) from the LEDs on the LED board 2579a located behind it. This allows the passageway decorative portion 2590A to be illuminated and decorated by the reflection of decorative light by the rear plate protrusion 2594a and the reflection of decorative light by the rear plate recess 2595a, which draws the player's gaze toward the passageway decorative portion 2590A and allows the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball B circulating through the passageway decorative portion 2590A.

In addition, according to the passage decorative part 2590A shown in Figure 139(a), the LED board 2579a serving as the specific member 2579 covers the rear of the rear plate recess 2595a, making the rear plate recess 2595a untouchable. This prevents the rear plate recess 2595a from becoming soiled by the fingers of an operator touching it during the manufacturing of the gaming board 5, and ensures that the decorative light is reflected and refracted in the rear plate recess 2595a. Furthermore, because the LED board 2579a covers the rear plate recess 2595a, it is difficult for dirt and dust to enter the rear plate recess 2595a, preventing the rear plate recess 2595a from looking unsightly due to dirt and dust.

Furthermore, the passageway decoration part 2590A shown in FIG. 139(a) has multiple rear plate protrusions 2594a, and when the game ball B comes into contact with these rear plate protrusions 2594a, the circulation speed of the game ball B can be slowed down, making the game ball B easier to see. Furthermore, an LED board 2579a is provided behind the rear plate part 2592, and the passageway decoration part 2590A can be illuminated by illuminating the LEDs on the LED board 2579a. This illumination makes the game ball B circulating through the passageway decoration part 2590A appear as a silhouette, making the movement of the game ball B easier to see and entertaining the player.

Furthermore, according to the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in Figure 139(a), only the glass plate 162 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592. Therefore, depending on the size and shape of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, the game ball B that comes into contact with the rear plate protrusion 2594a will bounce forward and hit the glass plate 162, creating an audible impact sound that can attract the player's attention.

The passage decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 139(b) includes a rear plate portion 2592 inserted into the opening 1112 provided in the gaming panel 1100, a rear plate recess 2595a provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, an LED board 2579a as a specific member 2579 that covers the rear of the rear plate recess 2595a and makes it untouchable, multiple rear plate protrusions 2594a protruding forward from the rear plate portion 2592, a first protrusion 2594c protruding forward from the rear plate portion 2592 and extending toward the front of the gaming panel 1100, multiple second protrusions 2594d protruding forward from the first protrusion 2594c, a first recess 2595e provided on the back side of the first protrusion 2594c, and a second recess 2595f provided on the back side of the second protrusion 2594d.

In the passage decorative part 2590A shown in Figure 139 (b), the rear plate part 2592 and LED board 2579a are inserted into the opening 1112 of the gaming panel 1100. There is a gap between the rear plate part 2592 and the LED board 2579a, but the outer periphery of the gap between the rear plate part 2592 and the LED board 2579a is surrounded by the inner periphery of the opening 1112. Therefore, even if the gap between the rear plate part 2592 and the LED board 2579a is large enough to fit a finger, since the outer periphery of the gap is surrounded, it is not possible to insert a finger between the rear plate part 2592 and the LED board 2579a from the outside, and the rear plate recess 2595a of the rear plate part 2592 is untouchable by fingers.

The rear panel 2592 and the first convex portion 2594c may be decorated with fine irregularities such as embossing. When the rear panel 2592, the first convex portion 2594c, etc. are embossed, the embossing can hide wiring, components, etc. behind. At least one of the rear panel convex portion 2594a, the first convex portion 2594c, and the second convex portion 2594d may be a specific convex portion 2596 that does not have a rear panel recess 2595a, a first recess 2595e, or a second recess 2595f on the back side. Furthermore, the glass plate 162 of the door frame 3 is provided in front of the rear panel 2592 and the first convex portion 2594c with a gap allowing the game ball B to pass through, but the front panel 2593 may also be provided.

According to the passage decorative part 2590A shown in Figure 139 (b), a rear plate recess 2595a, a first recess 2595e and a second recess 2595f are provided on the back side of the rear plate convex part 2594a, the first recess 2594c and the second recess 2594d, so that the rear plate recess 2595a, the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f can reflect or refract light (decorative light) from the LED of the LED board 2579a provided at the rear. As a result, the passage decoration portion 2590A is illuminated and decorated by the reflection of decorative light by the rear plate convex portion 2594a, first convex portion 2594c, and second convex portion 2594d, and the reflection of decorative light by the rear plate concave portion 2595a, first concave portion 2595e, and second concave portion 2595f, thereby drawing the player's gaze to the passage decoration portion 2590A and allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball B circulating through the passage decoration portion 2590A.

Furthermore, according to the passage decorative part 2590A shown in Figure 139 (b), the rear of the rear panel recess 2595a is covered by the LED board 2579a as the specific member 2579, and the rear of the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f is covered by the gaming panel 1100 as the specific member 2579, making the rear panel recess 2595a, first recess 2595e and second recess 2595f untouchable by fingers. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the rear panel recess 2595a, first recess 2595e and second recess 2595f from being soiled by the fingers of an operator touching the rear panel recess 2595a, first recess 2595e and second recess 2595f during the manufacturing of the gaming board 5, and decorative light can be reliably reflected and refracted in the rear panel recess 2595a, first recess 2595e and second recess 2595f. Furthermore, because a specific member 2579 is provided to cover the rear panel recess 2595a, first recess 2595e, and second recess 2595f, it is difficult for dirt, dust, etc. to enter the rear panel recess 2595a, first recess 2595e, and second recess 2595f, preventing the appearance from being marred by dirt, etc.

Furthermore, with the passageway decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 139(b), the presence of the first convex portion 2594c narrows the gap between the first convex portion 2594c and the forward component (e.g., the glass plate 162, the front panel portion 2593, etc.), thereby slowing down the circulation speed of the game ball B entering the passageway decorative portion 2590A. Furthermore, because the first convex portion 2594c is provided with multiple second convex portions 2594d, these second convex portions 2594d can further slow down the circulation speed of the game ball B. In this case, because the LED board 2579a is provided behind the rear panel portion 2592, the passageway decorative portion 2590A can be illuminated by illuminating the LEDs on the LED board 2579a. This illumination allows the game ball B circulating through the passageway decorative portion 2590A to appear as a silhouette, making the movement of the game ball B easier to see and entertaining for the player.

Furthermore, according to the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in Figure 139 (b), only the glass plate 162 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592, and therefore by combining the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d, the game ball B is decelerated between the glass plate 162 and the first convex portion 2594c or the second convex portion 2594d. At this time, the game ball B hits the glass plate 162 relatively hard, making a loud impact sound that can attract the player's attention.

Note that while Figures 139(a) and (d) show the rear plate convex portion 2594a and second convex portion 2594d protruding in a semicircular shape, this is not limited to this, and the rear plate convex portion 2594a and second convex portion 2594d may of course be triangular or trapezoidal.

[6-1a-5. Summary]
The above-mentioned passage decorative part 2590 has the following technical features.

[6-1a-5a. Summary A]
(Background of technical features)
In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, large decorative elements have been proposed to enhance the appeal of the machine to players, making it easier for players to select the machine as their preferred gaming machine (Patent Document: JP 2016-154728 A). However, in conventional gaming machines such as those described in the above patent document, the large decorative elements create a strong initial impact, and some players may quickly become accustomed to them, making it difficult for them to select the machine as their preferred gaming machine. In addition, large decorative elements are expensive to manufacture and heavy, requiring reinforcement to accommodate the decorative elements, which increases the cost of the gaming machine.

In light of the above situation, the following means aims to provide a gaming machine equipped with unprecedented decorations that are lightweight while increasing appeal to players.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game board has an opening extending from front to back,
The opening is provided with a center accessory,
The center feature is
A peripheral wall portion extending forward from the game board and preventing game balls from entering inside the opening;
An extension portion that extends outward from the peripheral wall portion in a front view and has a flow-down area on the front side through which game balls flow down;
A convex portion formed on the extension portion and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
and
A recess is provided on the rear side of the protrusion, and the surface of the recess can reflect decorative light.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, the "convex portion" may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of cross-sectional shapes of the side include "semicircular," "triangular," "trapezoidal," "quadrilateral," "polygonal such as pentagonal or hexagonal," and "irregular shapes based on free curves."

The "recess" may be a recess, and examples include a "shape similar to the shape of the protrusion" and a "shape different from the shape of the protrusion." It is also desirable for the "recess" to have a curved surface or multiple flat surfaces with different angles, which makes it possible to reflect light in various directions.

According to the configuration of means 1, the gaming machine is equipped with a gaming board with a gaming area on the front side through which gaming balls flow. The gaming board has an opening that penetrates from front to back, and a center device in the opening. The center device has a peripheral wall that extends forward of the gaming board and prevents gaming balls from entering the opening, an extension that extends outward from the peripheral wall in a front view and has a flow-down area on the front side through which gaming balls flow, and a protrusion formed on the extension that affects the flow-down speed of the gaming balls. A recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, and decorative light can be reflected on the surface of the recess (see the description in Chapter 6-1a. Passage Decorative Part, Figure 127, etc. in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention]).

With this configuration, decorative light can be reflected by the recessed portion provided on the backside of the protruding portion that affects the circulation speed of the game balls in the extension portion that forms the flow area of the center device, allowing the flow area through which the game balls circulate to be illuminated and decorated using this reflected light. Therefore, even though the extension portion of the center device does not have the ostentatious decorations found in conventional gaming machines, the illuminated decoration of the extension portion makes it possible for players to recognize that this gaming machine is equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of previous gaming machines, making it possible to provide a highly appealing gaming machine that is capable of strongly attracting players' attention.

In addition, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, when viewed from the front, the shape of the protrusion and the recess appear more complex than when only a protrusion is provided, and this shape acts as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

In addition, because a convex portion is provided in the flow-down area where the gaming balls flow, the convex portion can slow down the speed at which the gaming balls flow down in the flow-down area, making the movement of the gaming balls easier to see. In this case, a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, and this concave portion reflects decorative light to create an illuminating decoration. This illuminating decoration makes the gaming balls flowing down the flow-down area appear as silhouettes, making the movement of the gaming balls easier to see. As a result, players can enjoy the movement of the gaming balls flowing down the flow-down area, and it is possible to prevent a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, the weight of the center device can be reduced compared to when there is no recess, resulting in a reduction in weight and a reduction in the cost of the center device. Furthermore, because the center device can be made lighter, it is no longer necessary to reinforce it, which was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and this helps to prevent increases in the cost of the gaming machine.

Means 2: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game board has an opening extending from front to back,
The opening is provided with a center accessory,
The center feature is
A peripheral wall portion extending forward from the game board and preventing game balls from entering inside the opening;
a flange portion extending outward from the peripheral wall portion in a front view;
Equipped with
A front member is provided which is a member different from the center role and is fixed to the game board,
The front member is
An extension portion extending along the game board and having a flow-down area on the front side through which game balls flow down;
A convex portion formed on the extension portion and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
and
A recess is provided on the rear side of the protrusion, and the surface of the recess can reflect decorative light.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, examples of "front component" include "one that has at least a large prize opening (e.g., an attacca unit)", "one that has at least a special prize opening (e.g., a special prize opening unit)", "one that has at least a start prize opening (e.g., a start opening unit)", "one that has at least a gate (e.g., a gate unit)", "one that has at least a general prize opening or a regular prize opening (e.g., a prize opening unit)", etc.

Furthermore, the "convex portion" may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of the cross-sectional shape of the side include "semicircular," "triangular," "trapezoidal," "quadrilateral," "polygonal such as pentagonal or hexagonal," and "irregular shape with a free curve."

The "recess" may be a recess, and examples include a "shape similar to the shape of the protrusion" and a "shape different from the shape of the protrusion." It is also desirable for the "recess" to have a curved surface or multiple flat surfaces with different angles, which makes it possible to reflect light in various directions.

According to the configuration of means 2, the gaming machine is provided with a gaming board with a gaming area on the front side through which gaming balls flow. The gaming board has an opening penetrating from front to back, and a center device in the opening. The center device extends forward of the gaming board and includes a peripheral wall portion that prevents gaming balls from entering the opening, and a flange portion that extends outward from the peripheral wall portion in a front view. The gaming machine also includes a front member that is a separate member from the center device and is fixed to the gaming board. The front member has an extension portion that extends along the gaming board and has a flow-down area on the front side through which gaming balls flow, and a protrusion formed on the extension portion that affects the flow-down speed of the gaming balls. A recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, and decorative light can be reflected on the surface of the recess (see the description in Chapter 6-1a. Passage Decorative Part, Figure 132, etc. in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention]).

With this configuration, decorative light can be reflected by the recessed portion located on the back side of the protruding portion that affects the speed at which game balls flow in the extension portion that forms the flow-down area of the front member, which is different from the center role-playing device. This reflected light can illuminate and decorate the flow-down area through which game balls flow. Therefore, even though the extension portion of the front member does not have the ostentatious decorations found in conventional gaming machines, the illumination of the extension portion makes it possible for players to recognize that this gaming machine is equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of previous gaming machines, making it possible to provide a highly appealing gaming machine that is capable of strongly attracting players' attention.

In addition, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, when viewed from the front, the shape of the protrusion and the recess appear more complex than when only a protrusion is provided, and this shape acts as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

In addition, because a convex portion is provided in the flow-down area where the gaming balls flow, the convex portion can slow down the speed at which the gaming balls flow down in the flow-down area, making the movement of the gaming balls easier to see. In this case, a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, and this concave portion reflects decorative light to create an illuminating decoration. This illuminating decoration makes the gaming balls flowing down the flow-down area appear as silhouettes, making the movement of the gaming balls easier to see. As a result, players can enjoy the movement of the gaming balls flowing down the flow-down area, and it is possible to prevent a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the back side of the convex portion, the weight of the front member can be reduced compared to when no recess is provided, resulting in a lighter weight and reduced costs for the front member. Furthermore, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the front member, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement, which was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and this helps to prevent increases in costs for the gaming machine.

Means 3: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game board has an opening extending from front to back,
The opening is provided with a center accessory,
The center feature is
A peripheral wall portion extending forward from the game board and preventing game balls from entering inside the opening;
An extension portion that extends outward from the peripheral wall portion in a front view and has a flow-down area on the front side through which game balls flow down;
A front plate facing the extension portion at a distance allowing game balls to flow down;
A protrusion formed on the front plate that affects the flow speed of the game ball;
and
A recess is provided on the rear side of the protrusion, and the surface of the recess can reflect decorative light.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, the "convex portion" may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of cross-sectional shapes of the side include "semicircular," "triangular," "trapezoidal," "quadrilateral," "polygonal such as pentagonal or hexagonal," and "irregular shapes based on free curves."

The "recess" may be a recess, and examples include a "shape similar to the shape of the protrusion" and a "shape different from the shape of the protrusion." It is also desirable for the "recess" to have a curved surface or multiple flat surfaces with different angles, which makes it possible to reflect light in various directions.

According to the configuration of means 3, the gaming machine is equipped with a gaming board with a gaming area on the front side through which gaming balls flow. The gaming board has an opening that penetrates from front to back, and a center device in the opening. The center device has a peripheral wall that extends forward of the gaming board and prevents gaming balls from entering the opening, an extension that extends outward from the peripheral wall in a front view and has a flow-down area on the front side through which gaming balls flow, a front plate facing the extension at a distance that allows gaming balls to flow down, and a protrusion formed on the front plate that affects the flow-down speed of the gaming balls. A recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, and decorative light can be reflected on the surface of the recess (see Chapter 6-1a. Passage Decorative Part, Figure 131, etc. in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention]).

With this configuration, decorative light can be reflected by the recessed portion on the back side of the protruding portion that affects the circulation speed of the game balls on the front panel, which is located opposite the extending portion that forms the flow area of the center device. This reflected light can illuminate and decorate the flow area through which the game balls circulate. Therefore, even though the front panel of the center device does not have the ostentatious decorations found on conventional gaming machines, the extending portion illuminates and decorates, making it possible for players to recognize that this gaming machine is equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of previous gaming machines, resulting in a highly appealing gaming machine that is capable of strongly attracting players' attention.

In addition, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, when viewed from the front, the shape of the protrusion and the recess appear more complex than when only a protrusion is provided, and this shape acts as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

In addition, because a convex portion is provided in the flow-down area where the gaming balls flow, the convex portion can slow down the speed at which the gaming balls flow down in the flow-down area, making the movement of the gaming balls easier to see. In this case, a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, which reflects decorative light to create an illuminating decoration, and because the convex portion and concave portion are provided on the front panel in front of the flow-down area, the front of the gaming balls flowing down the flow-down area are illuminated, making the gaming balls appear to sparkle.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the back side of the convex portion of the front plate of the center device, the weight of the center device can be reduced compared to when no recess is provided, resulting in a lighter weight and reduced costs for the center device. Furthermore, because the center device can be made lighter, it is no longer necessary to reinforce it, which was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and costs associated with the gaming machine can be kept down.

The extension of the center device may further include an extension convex portion that affects the speed at which the gaming balls flow, and an extension concave portion that can reflect decorative light on the back side of the extension convex portion. This allows the extension concave portion provided on the extension to reflect decorative light and illuminate, so the front and back of the flow area through which the gaming balls flow can be illuminated with light reflected by the concave portion and the extension concave portion. Therefore, because the extension and front panel illuminate, players can recognize that this gaming machine is equipped with decorations that are completely different from previous gaming machines, making it possible to provide a highly appealing gaming machine that can strongly attract players' attention.

Furthermore, as described above, if the extension of the center accessory is provided with an extension convex portion and an extension concave portion on the back side of the extension convex portion, when viewed from the front, the shapes of the convex portion and concave portion on the front panel, as well as the shapes of the extension convex portion and extension concave portion on the extension portion, will be visible, and these shapes will act as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

Furthermore, as described above, when an extension protrusion is provided on the extension of the center device, the front and rear extension protrusions allow the gaming ball to swing back and forth. This further slows the flow speed of the gaming ball compared to when only a protrusion is provided, making the movement of the gaming ball easier to see. In this case, a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, and an extension protrusion is provided on the back side of the extension protrusion. These recesses and extension protrusions reflect decorative light to create an illuminating decoration. The illuminating decoration of the extension protrusion makes the gaming ball appear as a silhouette, while the illuminating decoration of the recess makes it appear to sparkle. This allows the illuminating decoration to be enjoyed along with the movement of the gaming ball, preventing a decline in interest in the game. In this case, it is desirable to arrange the protrusions of the front panel and the extension protrusions of the extension in an alternating (staggered) pattern in the direction of the flow of the gaming ball.

Means 4: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"A front plate facing the extension portion at a distance that allows the game balls to flow down,
A second convex portion formed on the front plate and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
and
A second recess is provided on the rear side of the second protrusion, and decorative light can be reflected by the surface of the second recess.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, the "second convex portion" may have a similar shape to the convex portion provided on the extension portion, or it may have a different shape from the convex portion. Furthermore, the "second concave portion" may have a similar shape to the second convex portion, or it may have a different shape from the second convex portion.

According to the configuration of Measure 4, when the extension portion is provided with a convex portion and a concave portion, there is a front plate facing the extension portion at a distance that allows the gaming balls to flow down, and a second convex portion formed on the front plate that affects the speed at which the gaming balls flow down, and a second concave portion is provided on the back side of the second convex portion, allowing decorative light to be reflected on the surface of the second concave portion (see the description of front plate 2571, front plate convex portion 2594b, and front plate concave portion 2595b in the [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention]).

With this configuration, the extensions on the center gimmick and front member are provided with convex portions, and the backside of the convex portions is provided with concave portions capable of reflecting decorative light. Furthermore, a front plate is provided in front of the extensions, and a second convex portion is provided on the front plate, and a second concave portion capable of reflecting decorative light is provided on the backside of the second convex portion. Therefore, the light reflected by the concave portion and the light reflected by the second concave portion can illuminate and decorate the front and back of the flow area through which the game balls flow. Therefore, even though the extensions and front plate of the center gimmick and front member do not have the ostentatious decorations found in conventional gaming machines, the illumination of the extensions and front plate makes it possible for players to recognize that this gaming machine is equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of previous gaming machines, resulting in a highly appealing gaming machine that is capable of strongly attracting players' attention.

In addition, the extension behind the downflow area is provided with a convex portion and a concave portion behind the convex portion, and the front panel in front of the downflow area is provided with a second convex portion and a second concave portion behind the second convex portion. Therefore, when viewed from the front, the shapes of the convex portion and the concave portion, as well as the shapes of the second convex portion and the second concave portion, are visible, and these shapes act as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

In addition, a convex portion is provided on the extension that forms the rear wall of the flow-down area where the gaming balls flow, and a second convex portion is provided on the front panel that forms the front wall of the flow-down area. This allows the gaming balls to swing back and forth using the convex portion and second convex portion, further slowing the speed at which the gaming balls flow down compared to when only a convex portion is provided, making the movement of the gaming balls easier to see. In this case, a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, and a second concave portion is provided on the back side of the second convex portion. These concave and second concave portions reflect decorative light to create luminous decoration, so the luminous decoration of the concave portion makes the gaming balls appear as silhouettes, while the luminous decoration of the second concave portion makes them appear to sparkle. This allows the luminous decoration to be enjoyed along with the movement of the gaming balls, preventing a decline in interest in the game.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
"A plurality of the protrusions are provided, and some of the protrusions have specific protrusions on the back side of which no recesses are provided."
It is characterized by being something.

According to the configuration of means 5, multiple convex portions are provided, some of which have specific convex portions on the back side that do not have concave portions (see the description of specific convex portion 2596 in the [Description of Embodiments]).

With this configuration, some of the multiple protrusions are special protrusions that do not have a recess on the back side. In other words, there is a mixture of protrusions with a recess on the back side and protrusions (special protrusions) that do not have a recess on the back side. This means that the back side of the special protrusions cannot reflect decorative light like the recesses, making it possible to create different lighting decorations between the protrusions and the special protrusions.

In addition, since the shapes seen from the front differ between protrusions with recesses on the backside and specific protrusions without recesses on the backside, it is possible to create a more varied decoration seen from the front compared to when multiple protrusions with recesses on the backside are provided.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine equipped with unprecedented decorations that are lightweight while increasing their appeal to players.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 in the game board 5 of this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution means, the attacca unit 2400 of this embodiment corresponds to the front member of the above-mentioned solution means, the door upper passage section 2416 of the attacca unit 2400 of this embodiment, the attacca passage section 2577a, right edge passage section 2577b, exit passage section 2577g, and ball passage 2591 of the ball passage 2577 of the center role device 2500A correspond to the flow-down area of the above-mentioned solution means, the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 of this embodiment, the flange section 2512 and rear plate section 2592 of the center role device 2500A correspond to the extension section of the above-mentioned solution means, and the front plate 2442 of the attacca unit 2400 of this embodiment and the front plate 2571 of the decorative body 2570 of the center role device 2500A correspond to the front plate of the above-mentioned solution means, respectively.

In addition, the forward protrusion 2511 of the center role piece 2500A in this embodiment corresponds to the peripheral wall of the above-mentioned solution; the convex portion 2594, rear plate convex portion 2594a, and front plate convex portion 2594b in this embodiment correspond to the convex portion of the above-mentioned solution; the front plate convex portion 2594b in this embodiment corresponds to the second convex portion of the above-mentioned solution; the concave portion 2595, rear plate concave portion 2595a, and front plate concave portion 2595b in this embodiment correspond to the concave portion of the above-mentioned solution; and the front plate concave portion 2595b in this embodiment corresponds to the second concave portion of the above-mentioned solution.

(Characteristic effects of this embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, in the rear plate portion 2592 (flange portion 2512) forming the flow-down area in the center role device 2500A, decorative light can be reflected by the rear plate recessed portion 2595a provided on the back side of the rear plate protruding portion 2594a that affects the circulation speed of the game balls B, and the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the flow-down area (ball passage 2591) through which the game balls B flow. Therefore, even though the rear plate portion 2592 of the center role device 2500A is not provided with ostentatious decorations like those of conventional pachinko machines, the rear plate portion 2592 is illuminated and decorated, so that it is possible for players to recognize that the pachinko machine 1 is equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of conventional pachinko machines, and it is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing and capable of strongly attracting players' attention.

In addition, because a rear plate recess 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a of the rear plate portion 2592, when viewed from the front, a complex shape appears due to the shape of the rear plate protrusion 2594a and the shape of the rear plate recess 2595a, compared to when only a protrusion is provided, and this shape acts as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

In addition, because a rear plate convex portion 2594a is provided in the flow-down area (ball passage 2591) where game ball B flows down, the rear plate convex portion 2594a can slow down the flow-down speed of game ball B in this flow-down area, making the movement of game ball B easier to see. In this case, a rear plate concave portion 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a, and the rear plate concave portion 2595a is designed to reflect decorative light and provide luminous decoration, so the luminous decoration can make game ball B appear as a silhouette as it flows down the flow-down area, making the movement of game ball B easier to see. As a result, players can enjoy the movement of game ball B as it flows down the flow-down area, and it is possible to prevent a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, in the front plate 2593 (front plate 2571) of the decorative body 2570, which is arranged opposite the rear plate 2592 that forms the flow area (ball passage 2591) of the center role device 2500A, decorative light can be reflected by the front plate concave portion 2595b arranged on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b that affects the circulation speed of the game balls B, and this reflected light can illuminate and decorate the flow area through which the game balls B flow. Therefore, even though the front plate 2593 of the center role device 2500 does not have an ostentatious decorative body like conventional pachinko machines, the front plate 2593 is illuminated and decorated, making it possible for players to recognize that the pachinko machine 1 is equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of conventional pachinko machines, making it possible to provide a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 that is capable of strongly attracting players' attention.

In addition, because a front panel recess 2595b is provided on the back side of the front panel protrusion 2594b, when viewed from the front, a complex shape is seen due to the shape of the front panel protrusion 2594b and the shape of the front panel recess 2595b, compared to when only a protrusion is provided, and this shape acts as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

Furthermore, because the front plate convex portion 2594b is provided in the flow-down area where the game ball B flows down, the front plate convex portion 2594b can slow down the flow-down speed of the game ball B in this flow-down area, making the movement of the game ball B easier to see. In this case, the front plate concave portion 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b, and the front plate concave portion 2595b reflects decorative light to provide luminous decoration, and because the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b are provided on the front plate portion 2593 in front of the flow-down area (ball passage 2591), the front of the game ball B flowing down the flow-down area is luminous and decorated, making the game ball B appear to be sparkling.

Furthermore, in the center role device 2500A, a rear plate convex portion 2594a is provided on the rear plate portion 2592, and a rear plate concave portion 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a, while a front plate convex portion 2594b is provided on the front plate portion 2593 in front of the rear plate portion 2592, and a front plate concave portion 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b. As a result, the back and front of the flow area (ball passage 2591) through which the game ball B flows can be illuminated and decorated with light by the light reflected by the rear plate concave portion 2595a provided on the rear plate portion 2592 and the front plate concave portion 2595b provided on the front plate portion 2593. Therefore, because the rear panel 2592 and front panel 2593 of the center role device 2500A are illuminated, players can recognize that the pachinko machine 1 is equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of previous pachinko machines, making it possible to provide a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 that can strongly attract players' attention.

Furthermore, as described above, rear plate convex portion 2594a and rear plate concave portion 2595a, and front plate convex portion 2594b and front plate concave portion 2595b are provided on rear plate portion 2592 and front plate portion 2593 of center role piece 2500A. Therefore, when viewed from the front, the shape of rear plate convex portion 2594a and the shape of rear plate concave portion 2595a on rear plate portion 2592, as well as the shape of front plate convex portion 2594b and the shape of front plate concave portion 2595b on front plate portion 2593, can be seen, and these shapes act as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

In addition, as described above, rear plate convex portions 2594a and front plate convex portions 2594b are arranged alternately (staggered) in the direction of flow of game ball B on the rear plate portion 2592 and front plate portion 2593 of the center device 2500A, so that the front plate convex portion 2594b on the front side and the rear plate convex portion 2594a on the rear side make it possible to swing game ball B back and forth, and the flow speed of game ball B can be further slowed down compared to when a convex portion is provided on only one side, making it easier to see the movement of game ball B. In this case, a rear plate recess 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and a front plate recess 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b. The rear plate recess 2595a and front plate recess 2595b reflect decorative light to create an illuminating decoration. The illuminating decoration of the rear plate recess 2595a makes the game ball B appear as a silhouette, while the illuminating decoration of the front plate recess 2595b makes it appear to sparkle. This allows the illuminating decoration to be enjoyed along with the movement of the game ball B, preventing a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, in the rear panel 2592 (base plate 2441) and front panel 2593 (front panel 2442), which form the flow area (door-over passage section 2416) of the attacca unit 2400, which is different from the center role device 2500A, decorative light can be reflected by the recessed section 2595 provided on the back side of the protrusion 2594 that affects the circulation speed of the game ball B, and this reflected light can illuminate and decorate the flow area through which the game ball B flows. Therefore, even though the rear panel 2592 and front panel 2593 of the attacca unit 2400 do not have ostentatious decorations like those of conventional pachinko machines, the rear panel 2592 and front panel 2593 are illuminated and decorated, making it possible for players to recognize that this is a pachinko machine 1 equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of conventional pachinko machines, making it possible to provide a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 that is capable of strongly attracting players' attention.

In addition, the rear plate 2592 and front plate 2593 of the attacca unit 2400 have recesses 2595 on the back side of the protrusions 2594. When viewed from the front, the shapes of the protrusions 2594 and recesses 2595 create a complex shape, compared to when only protrusions are provided. This shape acts as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

In addition, a convex portion 2594 is provided in the door upper passage portion 2416 above the large prize opening door 2531 in the attacca unit 2400, so that the flow speed of the game ball B can be slowed down at the large prize opening door 2531 by the convex portion 2594.By slowing the flow speed of the game ball B, the movement of the game ball B can be made easier to see, and when the large prize opening door 2531 opens at that timing, it becomes easier to win the large prize opening 2005. In this case, a recess 2595 is provided on the back side of the protrusion 2594, and the decorative light is reflected in the recess 2595 to create an illuminated decoration, so that the game ball B flowing (rolling) down the large prize opening door 2531 appears as a silhouette and sparkling, increasing the sense of anticipation for the game ball B's movement to win the large prize opening 2005 and allowing the player to enjoy the illuminated decoration, thereby preventing a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, since the recess 2595 is provided on the back side of the convex portion 2594 in the rear plate 2592 and front plate 2593 of the center role 2500A and the rear plate 2592 and front plate 2593 of the attacca unit 2400, the weight of the center role 2500A and the attacca unit 2400 can be reduced compared to when the recess 2595 is not provided, and the weight can be reduced and the cost of the center role 2500A and the attacca unit 2400 can be reduced. In addition, since it is possible to reduce the weight of the center role 2500A and the attacca unit 2400, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional pachinko machines, and it is possible to suppress an increase in the cost of the pachinko machine 1.
[6-1a-5b. Summary B]
(Background of technical features)
In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, large decorative elements have been proposed to enhance the appeal of the machine to players, making it easier for players to select the machine (Patent Document: JP 2016-154728 A). However, in conventional gaming machines such as those described in the patent document, the large decorative elements create a strong initial impact, and some players may quickly become accustomed to them, making it difficult for them to select the machine. In addition, large decorative elements increase manufacturing costs and are heavy, requiring reinforcement to accommodate the decorative elements, which increases the cost of the gaming machine.

In light of the above situation, the following means aims to provide a gaming machine equipped with unprecedented decorations that are lightweight while increasing appeal to players.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game board has an opening extending from front to back,
The opening is provided with a center accessory,
The center feature is
A peripheral wall portion extending forward from the game board and preventing game balls from entering inside the opening;
An extension portion that extends outward from the peripheral wall portion in a front view and has a flow-down area on the front side through which game balls flow down;
A convex portion formed on the extension portion and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
and
A recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, and the recess is covered with a specific material different from the game board, making the recess untouchable by fingers.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, the "convex portion" may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of cross-sectional shapes of the side include "semicircular," "triangular," "trapezoidal," "quadrilateral," "polygonal such as pentagonal or hexagonal," and "irregular shapes based on free curves."

The "recess" may be a recess, and examples include a "shape similar to the shape of the protrusion" and a "shape different from the shape of the protrusion." It is also desirable for the "recess" to have a curved surface or multiple flat surfaces with different angles, which makes it possible to reflect light in various directions.

Furthermore, "specific components" include "LED boards on which multiple LEDs are mounted,"

Furthermore, "untouchable" means that the recess cannot be touched by the fingers of an operator, etc., and examples include "a structure in which the extension and the specific member are in contact with each other with no gap between them," "a structure in which a finger cannot fit in even if a gap is provided between the extension and the specific member (a structure in which a gap large enough to fit a finger)," and "a structure in which a gap large enough to fit a finger is provided between the extension and the specific member, but the outer periphery is surrounded by the specific member or another member, so a finger cannot fit in the gap."

However, if a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion formed on the extension, the gaming machine's appearance will be compromised if the inside of the recess becomes dirty when a worker's fingers touch the inside of the recess during manufacturing. Furthermore, if the inside of the recess becomes dirty, wiping it off is time-consuming due to its recessed shape, so careful work is required to prevent the recess from becoming dirty, which can unnecessarily lengthen the work time and increase costs.

According to the configuration of means 1, the gaming machine is equipped with a gaming board with a gaming area on the front side through which gaming balls flow. The gaming board has an opening that penetrates from front to back, and the opening is equipped with a center device. The center device has a peripheral wall that extends forward of the gaming board and prevents gaming balls from entering the opening, an extension that extends outward from the peripheral wall in a front view and has a flow-down area on the front side through which gaming balls flow, and a protrusion formed on the extension that affects the flow-down speed of the gaming balls. A recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, and the recess is covered with a specific member different from the gaming board, making the recess untouchable (see the descriptions of center device 2500A, specific member 2579, Figure 131, etc. in Chapter 6-1a. Passage Decorative Part in the [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention]).

With this configuration, the extension that forms the flow area of the center device has a recess on the back side of the protrusion that affects the circulation speed of the game balls. Therefore, when viewed from the front, compared to when only a protrusion is provided, the shape of the protrusion and the shape of the recess appear to be more complex. This shape acts as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect. In this case, the recess is made untouchable by a specific member, so workers' fingers will not touch and get dirty during the manufacturing of the gaming machine, improving the appearance and ensuring the decorative effect of the recess. Therefore, even though the extension of the center device does not have the ostentatious decoration of conventional gaming machines, the unprecedented decoration made up of the protrusion and recess is visible, making it possible for players to recognize that this gaming machine has decoration that is completely different from previous gaming machines, resulting in a gaming machine with high appeal that can strongly attract players' attention.

In addition, because a convex portion is provided in the flow-down area where the gaming ball flows, the convex portion can slow down the speed at which the gaming ball flows down in the flow-down area, making the movement of the gaming ball easier to see. In this case, a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, allowing the convex portion and concave portion to create a decoration that has never been seen before, and this decoration can decorate the back of the gaming ball flowing down the flow-down area, making the gaming ball stand out. As a result, players can enjoy the movement of the gaming ball flowing down the flow-down area, and it is possible to prevent a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the backside of the convex portion, the weight of the center device can be reduced compared to when no recess is provided, resulting in a lighter weight and reduced costs for the center device. Furthermore, because the center device can be made lighter, it is no longer necessary to reinforce it, which was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and costs associated with the gaming machine can be reduced. Furthermore, because the recess is covered with a specific material so that it cannot be touched by fingers, workers' fingers will not come into contact with the recess during manufacturing, so there is no need to work carefully to avoid dirtying the recess. This simplifies the work and reduces costs.

In addition, by providing a recess on the back side of the convex portion, it is possible to reflect decorative light on the surface of the recess. This allows the light reflected on the recess to illuminate and decorate the flow area where the game balls flow, and the illuminated decoration on the extension portion can strongly attract the player's attention. Furthermore, by reflecting decorative light on the recess of the extension portion to create an illuminated decoration, the game balls flowing down in front of the extension portion are illuminated and decorated from behind, making the game balls appear as silhouettes and making their movement easier to see.

Means 2: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game board has an opening extending from front to back,
The opening is provided with a center accessory,
The center feature is
A peripheral wall portion extending forward from the game board and preventing game balls from entering inside the opening;
a flange portion extending outward from the peripheral wall portion in a front view;
Equipped with
A front member is provided which is a member different from the center role and is fixed to the game board,
The front member is
An extension portion extending along the game board and having a flow-down area on the front side through which game balls flow down;
A convex portion formed on the extension portion and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
and
A recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, and the recess is covered with a specific material different from the game board, making the recess untouchable by fingers.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, examples of "front component" include "one that has at least a large prize opening (e.g., an attacca unit)", "one that has at least a special prize opening (e.g., a special prize opening unit)", "one that has at least a start prize opening (e.g., a start opening unit)", "one that has at least a gate (e.g., a gate unit)", "one that has at least a general prize opening or a regular prize opening (e.g., a prize opening unit)", etc.

Furthermore, the "convex portion" may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of the cross-sectional shape of the side include "semicircular," "triangular," "trapezoidal," "quadrilateral," "polygonal such as pentagonal or hexagonal," and "irregular shape with a free curve."

The "recess" may be a recess, and examples include a "shape similar to the shape of the protrusion" and a "shape different from the shape of the protrusion." It is also desirable for the "recess" to have a curved surface or multiple flat surfaces with different angles, which makes it possible to reflect light in various directions.

Further examples of "specific components" include "LED boards on which multiple LEDs are mounted," "decorative sheets or decorative cells with specific decorations," "decorative bodies with three-dimensional decorations," "ball guide members for ejecting game balls behind the game board," and "drive mechanisms for moving movable decorative bodies."

Furthermore, "untouchable" means that the recess cannot be touched by the fingers of an operator, etc., and examples include "a structure in which the extension and the specific member are in contact with each other with no gap between them," "a structure in which a finger cannot fit in even if a gap is provided between the extension and the specific member (a structure in which a gap large enough to fit a finger)," and "a structure in which a gap large enough to fit a finger is provided between the extension and the specific member, but the outer periphery is surrounded by the specific member or another member, so a finger cannot fit in the gap."

However, if a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion formed on the extension, the gaming machine's appearance will be compromised if the inside of the recess becomes dirty when a worker's fingers touch the inside of the recess during manufacturing. Furthermore, if the inside of the recess becomes dirty, wiping it off is time-consuming due to its recessed shape, so careful work is required to prevent the recess from becoming dirty, which can unnecessarily lengthen the work time and increase costs.

According to the configuration of means 2, the gaming machine is provided with a gaming board with a gaming area on the front side through which gaming balls flow. The gaming board has an opening penetrating from front to back, and a center device in the opening. The center device extends forward of the gaming board and includes a peripheral wall portion that prevents gaming balls from entering the opening inside, and a flange portion that extends outward from the peripheral wall portion in a front view. The gaming machine also includes a front member that is a member different from the center device and is fixed to the gaming board. The front member has an extension portion that extends along the gaming board and has a flow-down area on the front side through which gaming balls flow, and a protrusion formed on the extension portion that affects the flow-down speed of the gaming balls. A recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, and the recess is covered with a specific member different from the gaming board, making the recess untouchable (see the descriptions of the attacca unit 2400, specific member 2579, Figure 132, etc. in Chapter 6-1a. Passage Decorative Part in the [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention]).

With this configuration, the extension portion that forms the flow area of the front member, which is different from the center gadget, has a recessed portion on the back side of the protrusion that affects the circulation speed of the game balls. Therefore, when viewed from the front, compared to when only a protrusion is provided, the shapes of the protrusion and the recessed portion create a complex shape, which acts as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect. In this case, the recessed portion is made untouchable by the specific member, so workers' fingers will not touch and get dirty during the manufacturing of the gaming machine, improving the appearance and ensuring the decorative effect of the recessed portion. Therefore, even though the extension portion of the front member does not have the ostentatious decoration of conventional gaming machines, the unprecedented decoration made up of the protrusion and recessed portion is visible, making it possible for players to recognize that this gaming machine has decorations that are completely different from those of conventional gaming machines, resulting in a gaming machine with high appeal that can strongly attract players' attention.

In addition, because a convex portion is provided in the flow-down area where the gaming ball flows, the convex portion can slow down the speed at which the gaming ball flows down in the flow-down area, making the movement of the gaming ball easier to see. In this case, a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, allowing the convex portion and concave portion to create a decoration that has never been seen before, and this decoration can decorate the back of the gaming ball flowing down the flow-down area, making the gaming ball stand out. As a result, players can enjoy the movement of the gaming ball flowing down the flow-down area, and it is possible to prevent a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the back side of the convex portion, the weight of the front member can be reduced compared to when no recess is provided, resulting in a lighter weight and reduced costs for the front member. Furthermore, because the front member can be made lighter, it is possible to eliminate the reinforcement required in conventional gaming machines, thereby suppressing increases in the costs of the gaming machine. Furthermore, because the recess is covered with a specific member so that it cannot be touched by fingers, workers' fingers will not come into contact with the recess during manufacturing, so there is no need to work carefully to avoid dirtying the recess. This simplifies the work and suppresses increases in costs.

In addition, by providing a recess on the back side of the convex portion, it is possible to reflect decorative light on the surface of the recess. This allows the light reflected on the recess to illuminate and decorate the flow area where the game balls flow, and the illuminated decoration on the extension portion can strongly attract the player's attention. Furthermore, by reflecting decorative light on the recess of the extension portion to create an illuminated decoration, the game balls flowing down in front of the extension portion are illuminated and decorated from behind, making the game balls appear as silhouettes and making their movement easier to see.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"A front plate facing the extension portion at a distance that allows the game balls to flow down,
A second convex portion formed on the front plate and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
Equipped with
A second recess is provided on the rear side of the second protrusion, and a decorative member is provided on the rear side of the second recess, and the second recess is made untouchable by fingers.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, the "second convex portion" may have a similar shape to the convex portion provided on the extension portion, or it may have a different shape from the convex portion. Furthermore, the "second concave portion" may have a similar shape to the second convex portion, or it may have a different shape from the second convex portion.

Furthermore, examples of "decorative members" include "sheet-shaped decorative stickers with a specified decoration" and "plate-shaped decorative panels with a specified decoration."

According to the configuration of Means 3, the gaming machine is provided with a front plate facing the extension portion at a distance allowing gaming balls to flow down, and a second convex portion formed on the front plate that affects the speed at which the gaming balls flow down. A second concave portion is provided on the back side of the second convex portion, and a decorative member is provided on the back side of the second concave portion, and the second concave portion is untouchable by fingers (see the descriptions regarding the front plate 2571, front plate convex portion 2594b, front plate concave portion 2595b, and front decorative portion 2572 in the [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention]).

With this configuration, the extensions on the center role and front member are provided with convex portions and concave portions behind the convex portions. Furthermore, a front plate is provided in front of the extensions, with a second convex portion on the front plate and a second concave portion behind the second convex portion. Therefore, when viewed from the front, the shapes of the convex portion and concave portion, as well as the shapes of the second convex portion and second concave portion, are visible, and these shapes act as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect. In this case, the concave portion is made intangible by the specific member, and the second concave portion is made intangible by the decorative member. This prevents workers from touching and soiling the concave portion or second concave portion during the manufacturing of the gaming machine, improving the appearance and ensuring the decorative effect of the concave portion and second concave portion. Therefore, although the extension and front plate of the center gimmick and front member do not have the ostentatious decorations found in conventional gaming machines, the unprecedented decorations of the convex and concave portions, second convex and second concave portions, and decorative members are visible, making it possible for players to recognize that this gaming machine is equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of conventional gaming machines, providing a gaming machine with strong appeal that can strongly attract players' attention.

In addition, a convex portion is provided on the extension that forms the rear wall of the flow-down area where the gaming ball flows, and a second convex portion is provided on the front plate that forms the front wall of the flow-down area. This allows the gaming ball to swing back and forth using the convex portion and second convex portion, further slowing the flow-down speed of the gaming ball compared to when only a convex portion is provided, making the movement of the gaming ball easier to see. In this case, a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, and a second concave portion is provided on the back side of the second convex portion, allowing for unprecedented decoration with the convex portion and concave portion, and the second convex portion and second concave portion. This decoration can decorate the rear and front of the gaming ball flowing down the flow-down area, making the gaming ball stand out. These features allow players to enjoy the movement of the gaming ball flowing down the flow-down area, preventing a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, because the front plate has a second recess on the back side of the second convex portion, the weight of the front plate can be reduced compared to when the second recess is not provided, allowing for lighter center devices and front members, as well as reducing the costs associated with the center devices and front members. Furthermore, because the center devices and front members can be made lighter, the reinforcement required in conventional gaming machines is no longer necessary, thereby reducing the cost of the gaming machine. Furthermore, because the recess is covered by a specific member to prevent it from being touched by fingers, and the second recess is covered by a decorative member to prevent it from being touched by fingers, workers' fingers will not come into contact with the recess or second recess during manufacturing, eliminating the need to work carefully to avoid contaminating the recess or second recess. This simplifies the work and reduces costs.

Furthermore, by providing a second recess on the rear side of the second convex portion on the front panel, it is possible to reflect decorative light on the surface of the second recess. This allows the light reflected by the second recess to illuminate and decorate the front of the flow area through which the gaming balls flow, and the lighting decoration of the second recess makes the gaming balls flowing down the flow area appear to sparkle. In this case, if decorative light is also reflected by the recess provided in the extension at the rear of the front panel, the reflected light from the second recess and the light reflected from the recess can illuminate and decorate the rear and front of the flow area through which the gaming balls flow. This allows the lighting decoration of the recess to make the gaming balls appear as silhouettes, while the lighting decoration of the second recess makes them appear to sparkle, allowing the lighting decoration to be enjoyed along with the movement of the gaming balls and preventing a decline in interest in the game.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations from means 1 to means 3,
"A gap is provided between the extension and the specific member."
It is characterized by being something.

According to the configuration of means 4, a gap is provided between the extension portion and the specific member (see the description of specific member 2579 in the "Description of Embodiments").

With this configuration, a gap is provided between the extension and the specific component. Therefore, if the specific component is decorative, the decoration of the specific component can be moved rearward relative to the decoration of the convex and concave components, creating a sense of depth and further enhancing the decorative effect. Furthermore, if the specific component is an LED board mounted with multiple LEDs, the LED board can be moved rearward from the extension, making the electronic components mounted on the LED board less visible, making it easier to achieve the decorative effect of the convex and concave components, and the gap between the extension and the specific component also makes it easier to dissipate heat from the multiple LEDs.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
"A plurality of the protrusions are provided, and some of the protrusions have specific protrusions on the back side of which no recesses are provided."
It is characterized by being something.

According to the configuration of means 5, multiple convex portions are provided, some of which have specific convex portions on the back side that do not have concave portions (see the description of specific convex portion 2596 in the [Description of Embodiments]).

With this configuration, some of the multiple protrusions are specific protrusions that do not have a recess on the back side. In other words, protrusions with a recess on the back side and protrusions without a recess on the back side (specific protrusions) are mixed together. This means that the shapes seen from the front differ between protrusions with a recess on the back side and specific protrusions without a recess on the back side, allowing for variation in the decoration seen from the front compared to when only multiple protrusions with recesses on the back side are provided.

Furthermore, when decorative light is reflected in recesses, the decorative light cannot be reflected on the back side of specific convex parts in the same way as it can on recesses, so the form of the luminous decoration can be made different between the convex parts and the specific convex parts.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine equipped with unprecedented decorations that are lightweight while increasing their appeal to players.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 in the game board 5 of this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution means, the attacca unit 2400 of this embodiment corresponds to the front member of the above-mentioned solution means, the door upper passage section 2416 of the attacca unit 2400 of this embodiment, the attacca passage section 2577a, right edge passage section 2577b, exit passage section 2577g, and ball passage 2591 of the ball passage 2577 of the center role device 2500A correspond to the flow-down area of the above-mentioned solution means, the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 of this embodiment, the flange section 2512 and rear plate section 2592 of the center role device 2500A correspond to the extension section of the above-mentioned solution means, and the front plate 2442 of the attacca unit 2400 of this embodiment and the front plate 2571 of the decorative body 2570 of the center role device 2500A correspond to the front plate of the above-mentioned solution means, respectively.

In addition, the forward protrusion 2511 of the center role piece 2500A in this embodiment corresponds to the peripheral wall of the above-mentioned solution; the convex portion 2594, rear plate convex portion 2594a, and front plate convex portion 2594b in this embodiment correspond to the convex portion of the above-mentioned solution; the front plate convex portion 2594b in this embodiment corresponds to the second convex portion of the above-mentioned solution; the recessed portion 2595, rear plate recessed portion 2595a, and front plate recessed portion 2595b in this embodiment correspond to the recess of the above-mentioned solution; the front plate recessed portion 2595b in this embodiment corresponds to the second recess of the above-mentioned solution; the attacca decorative base plate 2443, base plate cover 2444, specific member 2579, and rear decorative member 2573 in this embodiment correspond to the specific member of the above-mentioned solution; and the decorative member 2445 and front decorative member 2572 in this embodiment correspond to the decorative member of the above-mentioned solution.

(Characteristic effects of technical features)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, a rear plate convex portion 2594a is provided on the flange portion 2512 (rear plate portion 2592) provided on the center device 2500A of the game board 5, and a rear plate concave portion 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a. Furthermore, a front plate 2571 is provided in front of the flange portion 2512, and a front plate convex portion 2594b is provided on the front plate 2571, and a front plate concave portion 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b. Therefore, when viewed from the front, the shapes of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the rear plate concave portion 2595a, as well as the shapes of the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b can be seen, and these shapes act as decorations, thereby further enhancing the decorative effect. In this case, because the specific member 2579 makes the rear plate recess 2595a untouchable, the fingers of an operator will not touch and get dirty in the rear plate recess 2595a during the manufacture of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), improving the appearance and ensuring the decorative effect of the rear plate recess 2595a. Therefore, even though the flange portion 2512 and front plate 2571 of the center role device 2500A are not provided with ostentatious decorations like those of conventional pachinko machines, the unprecedented decorations of the rear plate protrusion 2594a and rear plate recess 2595a, and the front plate protrusion 2594b and front plate recess 2595b are visible on the flange portion 2512 and front plate 2571, making it possible for a player to recognize that this is a pachinko machine 1 equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of conventional pachinko machines, and a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 that can strongly attract a player's attention can be provided.

In addition, in the center device 2500A, a rear plate convex portion 2594a is provided on the flange portion 2512 which forms the rear wall of the flow-down area (ball passage 2591) through which the game ball B flows down, and a front plate convex portion 2594b is provided on the front plate 2571 which forms the front wall of the flow-down area.Therefore, the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b make it possible for the game ball B to swing back and forth, and the flow-down speed of the game ball B can be further slowed down compared to when only convex portions are provided, making it easier to see the movement of the game ball B. In this case, a rear plate recess 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and a front plate recess 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b, so that the rear plate protrusion 2594a and rear plate recess 2595a, and the front plate protrusion 2594b and front plate recess 2595b, can create an unprecedented decoration, which can decorate the rear and front of the game ball B flowing down the flow area with this decoration, making the game ball B stand out. As a result, the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball B flowing down the flow area, and a decrease in interest in the game can be prevented.

Furthermore, in the center role 2500A, the flange portion 2512 has a rear plate recess 2595a on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and further, the front plate 2571 has a front plate recess 2595b on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b. Therefore, compared to when no recesses are provided in the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b, the weight can be reduced by the amount of the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b, thereby reducing the weight of the center role 2500A and reducing the cost of the center role 2500A. Furthermore, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the center role 2500, it is possible to eliminate the reinforcement required in conventional pachinko machines, thereby suppressing the increase in costs associated with the pachinko machine 1. Furthermore, because the specific member 2579 covers the rear panel recess 2595a so that it cannot be touched by fingers, the worker's fingers will not come into contact with the rear panel recess 2595a during manufacturing, so there is no need to work carefully to avoid soiling the rear panel recess 2595a, making the work easier and reducing costs.

Furthermore, the base plate 2441 (rear plate portion 2592) provided on the attacca unit 2400 of the gaming board 5 is provided with a rear plate convex portion 2594a, and a rear plate concave portion 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a.Furthermore, a front plate 2442 is provided in front of the base plate 2441, and a front plate convex portion 2594b is provided on the front plate 2442, and a front plate concave portion 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b.Therefore, when viewed from the front, the shapes of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the rear plate concave portion 2595a, as well as the shapes of the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b, can be seen, and these shapes act as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect. In this case, the attacca decorative base plate 2443 makes the rear plate recess 2595a untouchable by fingers, and the decorative member 2445 makes the front plate recess 2595b untouchable by fingers, so when manufacturing the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), the worker's fingers will not touch and get dirty with the rear plate recess 2595a or front plate recess 2595b, improving the appearance and ensuring the decorative effect of the rear plate recess 2595a and front plate recess 2595b. Therefore, even though the base plate 2441 and front plate 2442 of the attacca unit 2400 are not provided with ostentatious decorations like those found in conventional pachinko machines, the attacca unit 2400 features unprecedented decorations made up of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate convex portion 2594b and front plate concave portion 2595b, as well as decorative member 2445, making it possible for players to recognize that this is a pachinko machine 1 equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of conventional pachinko machines, and making it possible to provide a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 that is capable of strongly attracting players' attention.

In addition, in the attacca unit 2400, a rear plate convex portion 2594a is provided on the base plate 2441 which forms the rear wall of the flow-down area (door-above passage portion 2416) through which the game ball B flows down, and a front plate convex portion 2594b is provided on the front plate 2442 which forms the front wall of the flow-down area.This makes it possible for the game ball B to oscillate back and forth by the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b, and the flow-down speed of the game ball B can be further slowed down compared to when only convex portions are provided, making it easier to see the movement of the game ball B. In this case, a rear plate recess 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and a front plate recess 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b, so that the rear plate protrusion 2594a and rear plate recess 2595a, and the front plate protrusion 2594b and front plate recess 2595b, can create an unprecedented decoration, which can decorate the rear and front of the game ball B flowing down the flow area with this decoration, making the game ball B stand out. As a result, the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball B flowing down the flow area, and a decrease in interest in the game can be prevented.

Furthermore, in the attacca unit 2400, the base plate 2441 has a rear plate recess 2595a on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and further, the front plate 2442 has a front plate recess 2595b on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b. Therefore, compared to when no recesses are provided in the base plate 2441 and the front plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b, the weight can be reduced by the amount of the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b, thereby reducing the weight of the attacca unit 2400 and reducing the costs associated with the attacca unit 2400. Furthermore, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the attacca unit 2400, it is possible to eliminate the reinforcement required in conventional pachinko machines, thereby suppressing increases in the costs associated with the pachinko machine 1. Furthermore, because the attacca decorative base plate 2443 and decorative member 2445 cover the rear panel recess 2595a and front panel recess 2595b so that they cannot be touched by fingers, workers' fingers will not come into contact with the rear panel recess 2595a or front panel recess 2595b during manufacturing, so there is no need to work carefully to avoid soiling the rear panel recess 2595a, making the work easier and reducing costs.

Furthermore, a gap is provided between the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 and the attacca decorative board 2443. This allows the attacca decorative board 2443 to move rearward away from the base plate 2441, making it difficult to see the electronic components mounted on the attacca decorative board 2443, such as LEDs and resistors. This makes it easier to achieve the decorative effect of the convex portion 2594 and concave portion 2595, and the gap between the base plate 2441 and the attacca decorative board 2443 makes it easier to dissipate heat from the multiple LEDs.

[6-1a-5c. Summary C]
(Background of technical features)
In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, large decorative elements have been proposed to enhance the appeal of the machine to players, making it easier for players to select the machine (Patent Document: JP 2016-154728 A). However, in conventional gaming machines such as those described in the patent document, the large decorative elements create a strong initial impact, and some players may quickly become accustomed to them, making it difficult for them to select the machine. In addition, large decorative elements increase manufacturing costs and are heavy, requiring reinforcement to accommodate the decorative elements, which increases the cost of the gaming machine.

In light of the above situation, the following means aims to provide a gaming machine equipped with unprecedented decorations that are lightweight while increasing appeal to players.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game board has an opening extending from front to back,
The opening is provided with a center accessory,
The center feature is
A peripheral wall portion extending forward from the game board and preventing game balls from entering inside the opening;
An extension portion that extends outward from the peripheral wall portion in a front view and has a flow-down area on the front side through which game balls flow down;
A convex portion formed on the extension portion and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
and
A recess is provided on the rear side of the protrusion, and the recess has a shape that is approximately similar to the shape of the protrusion.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, the "convex portion" may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of cross-sectional shapes of the side include "semicircular," "triangular," "trapezoidal," "quadrilateral," "polygonal such as pentagonal or hexagonal," and "irregular shapes based on free curves."

According to the configuration of Means 1, the gaming machine is equipped with a gaming board with a gaming area on the front side through which gaming balls flow. The gaming board has an opening that penetrates from front to back, and the opening is equipped with a center device. The center device has a peripheral wall that extends forward of the gaming board and prevents gaming balls from entering the opening, an extension that extends outward from the peripheral wall in a front view and has a flow-down area on the front side through which gaming balls flow, and a protrusion formed on the extension that affects the flow-down speed of the gaming balls. A recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, and the concave shape of the recess is approximately similar to the convex shape of the protrusion (see the description of the rear plate protrusion 2594a and rear plate recess 2595a of the center device 2500A in Chapter 6-1a. Passage Decorative Part, Figure 131, etc. in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention]).

With this configuration, a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, which affects the flow speed of the game balls, in the extension that forms the flow area of the center device. The concave shape of the recess is approximately similar to the protruding shape of the protrusion. Therefore, when viewed from the front, compared to when only a protrusion is provided, the shape of the protrusion and the similar shape of the recess overlap, making the protrusion appear double. Furthermore, because the protrusion and recess are separated in the front-to-back direction, as the player's eyes move, the degree of misalignment between the overlapping shapes of the protrusion and recess changes, making the decoration made up of the protrusion and recess appear to be moving. Therefore, even though the extension of the center device does not have the ostentatious decorations of conventional gaming machines, the unprecedented dynamic decoration made up of the protrusion and recess can be seen, making it possible for players to recognize this gaming machine as having decorations that are completely different from those of conventional gaming machines, resulting in a gaming machine with high appeal that can strongly attract players' attention.

In addition, because the shape of the recess in the extension of the center device is roughly similar to the shape of the protrusion, the thickness from the surface of the protrusion to the surface of the recess is roughly constant. Therefore, when an impact is applied to the protrusion due to a game ball hitting it, the impact is prevented from concentrating in one area, making the protrusion (extension) less likely to be damaged. Furthermore, because the thickness between the protrusion and recess is roughly constant, sink marks in the resin can be reduced when molding the center device, resulting in a center device with less distortion, and a center device that is close to the player and stands out can be made with less distortion and a good appearance.

In addition, because a convex portion is provided in the flow-down area where the gaming ball flows, the convex portion can slow down the speed at which the gaming ball flows down in the flow-down area, making the movement of the gaming ball easier to see. In this case, a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, allowing the convex portion and concave portion to create a decoration that has never been seen before, and this decoration can decorate the back of the gaming ball flowing down the flow-down area, making the gaming ball stand out. As a result, players can enjoy the movement of the gaming ball flowing down the flow-down area, and it is possible to prevent a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the backside of the convex portion, the weight of the center device can be reduced compared to when no recess is provided, resulting in a lighter weight and reduced costs for the center device. Furthermore, because the center device can be made lighter, it is no longer necessary to reinforce it, which was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and costs associated with the gaming machine can be reduced. Furthermore, because the recess is covered with a specific material so that it cannot be touched by fingers, workers' fingers will not come into contact with the recess during manufacturing, so there is no need to work carefully to avoid dirtying the recess. This simplifies the work and reduces costs.

Means 2: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game board has an opening extending from front to back,
The opening is provided with a center accessory,
The center feature is
A peripheral wall portion extending forward from the game board and preventing game balls from entering inside the opening;
a flange portion extending outward from the peripheral wall portion in a front view;
Equipped with
A front member is provided which is a member different from the center role and is fixed to the game board,
The front member is
An extension portion extending along the game board and having a flow-down area on the front side through which game balls flow down;
A convex portion formed on the extension portion and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
and
A recess is provided on the rear side of the protrusion, and the recess has a shape that is approximately similar to the shape of the protrusion.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, examples of "front component" include "one that has at least a large prize opening (e.g., an attacca unit)", "one that has at least a special prize opening (e.g., a special prize opening unit)", "one that has at least a start prize opening (e.g., a start opening unit)", "one that has at least a gate (e.g., a gate unit)", "one that has at least a general prize opening or a regular prize opening (e.g., a prize opening unit)", etc.

Furthermore, the "convex portion" may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of the cross-sectional shape of the side include "semicircular," "triangular," "trapezoidal," "quadrilateral," "polygonal such as pentagonal or hexagonal," and "irregular shape with a free curve."

According to the configuration of means 2, the gaming machine is provided with a gaming board having a gaming area on the front side through which gaming balls flow, the gaming board has an opening penetrating from front to back, the opening has a center device in it, the center device extends forward of the gaming board and has a peripheral wall portion that prevents gaming balls from entering the opening inside, and a flange portion that extends outward from the peripheral wall portion in a front view, and a front member that is a member different from the center device and is fixed to the gaming board, the front member has an extension portion that extends along the gaming board and has a flow-down area on the front side through which gaming balls flow, and a protrusion formed on the extension portion that affects the flow-down speed of the gaming balls, a recessed portion is provided on the back side of the protrusion, and the concave shape of the recessed portion is approximately similar to the convex shape of the protrusion (see the description of the rear plate protrusion 2594a and rear plate recessed portion 2595a of the attacca unit 2400 in chapter [6-1a. Passage decorative portion], Figure 132, etc. in [Form for implementing the invention]).

With this configuration, a recess is provided on the rear side of a protrusion that affects the ball flow speed in the extension portion of the front member, which is different from the center role device. The concave shape of the recess is roughly similar to the protruding shape of the protrusion. Therefore, when viewed from the front, the shape of the protrusion and the similar shape of the recess overlap, creating a double appearance of the protrusion, compared to when only a protrusion is provided. Furthermore, because the protrusion and recess are spaced apart in the front-to-back direction, as the player's eyes move, the degree of misalignment between the overlapping shapes of the protrusion and recess changes, making the decoration made up of the protrusion and recess appear to be moving. Therefore, even though the extension portion of the front member does not have the ostentatious decorations found in conventional gaming machines, the unprecedented dynamic decoration made up of the protrusion and recess can be seen, making it possible for players to recognize this gaming machine as having decorations that are completely different from those of conventional gaming machines, resulting in a gaming machine with high appeal that can strongly attract players' attention.

In addition, because the shape of the recess in the extension of the front component is roughly similar to the shape of the protrusion, the thickness from the surface of the protrusion to the surface of the recess is roughly constant. Therefore, when an impact is applied to the protrusion due to a game ball hitting it, the impact is prevented from concentrating in one area, making the protrusion (extension) less likely to be damaged. Furthermore, because the thickness between the protrusion and recess is roughly constant, sink marks in the resin can be reduced when molding the front component, resulting in a product with less distortion and a better appearance.

In addition, because a convex portion is provided in the flow-down area where the gaming ball flows, the convex portion can slow down the speed at which the gaming ball flows down in the flow-down area, making the movement of the gaming ball easier to see. In this case, a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, allowing the convex portion and concave portion to create a decoration that has never been seen before, and this decoration can decorate the back of the gaming ball flowing down the flow-down area, making the gaming ball stand out. As a result, players can enjoy the movement of the gaming ball flowing down the flow-down area, and it is possible to prevent a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the back side of the convex portion, the weight of the front member can be reduced compared to when no recess is provided, resulting in a lighter weight and reduced costs for the front member. Furthermore, because the front member can be made lighter, it is possible to eliminate the reinforcement required in conventional gaming machines, thereby suppressing increases in the costs of the gaming machine. Furthermore, because the recess is covered with a specific member so that it cannot be touched by fingers, workers' fingers will not come into contact with the recess during manufacturing, so there is no need to work carefully to avoid dirtying the recess. This simplifies the work and suppresses increases in costs.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"A front plate facing the extension portion at a distance that allows the game balls to flow down,
A second convex portion formed on the front plate and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
Equipped with
A second recess is provided on the rear side of the second protrusion, and the recess has a shape that is substantially similar to the shape of the second protrusion.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, the "second convex portion" may have a similar shape to the convex portion provided on the extension portion, or it may have a different shape from the convex portion.

According to the configuration of means 3, the gaming machine is equipped with a front plate facing the extension portion at a distance allowing gaming balls to flow down, and a second convex portion formed on the front plate that affects the speed at which the gaming balls flow down.A second concave portion is provided on the back side of the second convex portion, and the concave shape of the second concave portion is approximately similar to the convex shape of the second convex portion (see the descriptions regarding front plate 2571, front plate convex portion 2594b, and front plate concave portion 2595b in the [Description of the Invention]).

According to this configuration, the extensions on the center role and front member are provided with convex portions and concave portions behind the convex portions. Furthermore, a front plate is provided in front of the extensions, with a second convex portion on the front plate and a second concave portion behind the second convex portion. The concave shape of the concave portion is generally similar to the convex shape of the convex portion, and the concave shape of the second concave portion is generally similar to the convex shape of the second convex portion. Therefore, when viewed from the front, the convex portion appears double due to the overlapping of the similar concave shape with the convex portion, and the second convex portion appears double due to the overlapping of the similar second concave shape with the second convex portion. Furthermore, because the convex portion and the concave portion, and the second convex portion and the second concave portion, are spaced apart in the front-to-back direction, as the player's eyes move, the degree of misalignment between the overlapping shapes of the convex portion and the concave portion, and the degree of misalignment between the overlapping shapes of the second convex portion and the second concave portion, respectively, change, causing the decoration formed by the convex portion and the concave portion, and the second convex portion and the second concave portion, to appear to be moving. Therefore, although the center gimmick, the extension of the front member, and the front plate are not equipped with ostentatious decorations like those found in conventional gaming machines, the unprecedented dynamic decorations created by the convex and concave portions, as well as the second convex and second concave portions, are visible, making it possible for players to recognize that this gaming machine is equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of conventional gaming machines, providing a highly appealing gaming machine that is capable of strongly attracting players' attention.

In addition, the shape of the second recess in the front plate located in front of the extension of the center gimmick or front member is roughly similar to the shape of the second convex portion, so the thickness from the surface of the second convex portion to the surface of the second recess is roughly constant. Therefore, when an impact is applied to the second convex portion due to a game ball hitting it, the impact is prevented from concentrating in one area, making the second convex portion (front plate) less likely to be damaged. Furthermore, because the thickness between the second convex portion and the second recess is roughly constant, sink marks in the resin can be reduced when molding the front plate, allowing for a front plate that is close to the player and stands out to the eye, with less distortion and a better appearance.

Furthermore, because the front plate has a second recess on the back side of the second convex portion, the weight of the front plate can be reduced compared to when the second recess is not provided, allowing for lighter center devices and front members, as well as reducing the costs associated with the center devices and front members. Furthermore, because the center devices and front members can be made lighter, the reinforcement required in conventional gaming machines is no longer necessary, thereby reducing the cost of the gaming machine. Furthermore, because the recess is covered by a specific member to prevent it from being touched by fingers, and the second recess is covered by a decorative member to prevent it from being touched by fingers, workers' fingers will not come into contact with the recess or second recess during manufacturing, eliminating the need to work carefully to avoid contaminating the recess or second recess. This simplifies the work and reduces costs.

In addition, the center device and front member have a convex portion on the extension that forms the rear wall of the flow-down area where the game balls flow, and a second convex portion on the front plate that forms the front wall of the flow-down area. This allows the game balls to swing back and forth using the convex portion and second convex portion, further slowing the flow-down speed of the game balls compared to when only a convex portion is provided, making the movement of the game balls easier to see. In this case, a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, and a second concave portion is provided on the back side of the second convex portion, allowing for unprecedented decoration with the convex portion and concave portion, and the second convex portion and second concave portion. This decoration can decorate the front and rear of the game balls flowing down the flow-down area, making the game balls stand out. These features allow players to enjoy the movement of the game balls flowing down the flow-down area, preventing a decline in interest in the game.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations from means 1 to means 3,
"A plurality of the protrusions are provided, and some of the protrusions have specific protrusions on the back side of which no recesses are provided."
It is characterized by being something.

According to the configuration of means 4, multiple convex portions are provided, some of which have specific convex portions on the back side that do not have concave portions (see the description of specific convex portion 2596 in the [Description of Embodiments]).

With this configuration, some of the multiple protrusions are specific protrusions that do not have a recess on the back side. In other words, protrusions with a recess on the back side and protrusions without a recess on the back side (specific protrusions) are mixed together. This means that the shapes seen from the front differ between protrusions with a recess on the back side and specific protrusions without a recess on the back side, allowing for variation in the decoration seen from the front compared to when only multiple protrusions with recesses on the back side are provided.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
"The recesses are capable of reflecting decorative light on their surfaces."
It is characterized by being something.

According to the configuration of means 5, the recessed portion is capable of reflecting decorative light on its surface (see the description of the rear panel recessed portion 2595a in the "Description of the Invention").

With this configuration, decorative light can be reflected from the surfaces of the recesses on the extension of the center role device and front member, allowing the light reflected from the recesses to illuminate and decorate the flow area through which the game balls flow. Therefore, the extension of the center role device and front member features unprecedented dynamic decorations made up of protrusions and recesses, and the recesses are illuminated and decorated, making it possible for players to recognize that this gaming machine is equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of previous gaming machines, resulting in a highly appealing gaming machine that is capable of strongly attracting players' attention.

In addition, the center gadget and front component have protrusions in the flow-down area that slow the speed at which the game balls flow down, making their movement easier to see. In this case, recesses are provided on the back side of the protrusions, and these recesses reflect decorative light to create an illuminating decoration. This illuminating decoration makes the game balls flowing down the flow-down area appear as silhouettes, making their movement even easier to see. These features allow players to enjoy the movement of the game balls flowing down the flow-down area, preventing a decline in interest in the game.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine equipped with unprecedented decorations that are lightweight while increasing their appeal to players.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 in the game board 5 of this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution means, the attacca unit 2400 of this embodiment corresponds to the front member of the above-mentioned solution means, the door upper passage section 2416 of the attacca unit 2400 of this embodiment, the attacca passage section 2577a, right edge passage section 2577b, exit passage section 2577g, and ball passage 2591 of the ball passage 2577 of the center role device 2500A correspond to the flow-down area of the above-mentioned solution means, the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 of this embodiment, the flange section 2512 and rear plate section 2592 of the center role device 2500A correspond to the extension section of the above-mentioned solution means, and the front plate 2442 of the attacca unit 2400 of this embodiment and the front plate 2571 of the decorative body 2570 of the center role device 2500A correspond to the front plate of the above-mentioned solution means, respectively.

In addition, the forward protrusion 2511 of the center role piece 2500A in this embodiment corresponds to the peripheral wall of the above-mentioned solution; the convex portion 2594, rear plate convex portion 2594a, and front plate convex portion 2594b in this embodiment correspond to the convex portion of the above-mentioned solution; the front plate convex portion 2594b in this embodiment corresponds to the second convex portion of the above-mentioned solution; the concave portion 2595, rear plate concave portion 2595a, and front plate concave portion 2595b in this embodiment correspond to the concave portion of the above-mentioned solution; and the front plate concave portion 2595b in this embodiment corresponds to the second concave portion of the above-mentioned solution.

(Characteristic effects of technical features)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the flange portion 2512 provided in the center role 2500A is provided with a rear plate convex portion 2594a, and a rear plate concave portion 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a. Furthermore, a front plate 2571 is provided in front of the flange portion 2512, and a front plate convex portion 2594b is provided on the front plate 2571, and a front plate concave portion 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b. The shape of the rear plate convex portion 2594a is approximately similar to the protruding shape of the rear plate convex portion 2595a, and the concave shape of the front plate concave portion 2595b is approximately similar to the protruding shape of the front plate convex portion 2595b.Therefore, when viewed from the front, the shape of the rear plate convex portion 2594a overlaps with the similar shape of the rear plate concave portion 2595a, making the rear plate convex portion 2594a appear double, and the shape of the front plate convex portion 2594b overlaps with the similar shape of the front plate concave portion 2595b, making the front plate convex portion 2594b appear double. Furthermore, because the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b are each separated in the front-to-back direction, when the player's eyes move, the degree of misalignment between the overlapping shapes of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the degree of misalignment between the overlapping shapes of the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b, respectively, changes, making the decoration formed by the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b appear to be moving. Therefore, although the flange portion 2512 and front plate 2571 of the center device 2500A are not provided with ostentatious decorations like those of conventional pachinko machines, the rear plate convex portion 2594a and rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate convex portion 2594b and front plate concave portion 2595b, create an unprecedented dynamic decoration that makes it possible for players to recognize that this is a pachinko machine 1 that is provided with decorations that are completely different from those of conventional pachinko machines, and it is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing and can strongly attract the player's attention.

In addition, in the flange portion 2512 and front plate 2571 of the center role 2500A, the shapes of the rear plate recess 2595a and front plate recess 2595b are made approximately similar to the shapes of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and front plate convex portion 2594b, so the thickness from the surface of the rear plate convex portion 2594a or front plate convex portion 2594b to the surface of the rear plate recess 2595a or front plate recess 2595b is approximately constant.Therefore, when an impact is applied to the rear plate convex portion 2594a or front plate convex portion 2594b due to contact with the game ball B, the impact can be prevented from being concentrated in one area, making it less likely for the rear plate convex portion 2594a or front plate convex portion 2594b (flange portion 2512 and front plate 2571) to be damaged. Furthermore, because the thickness between the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b and the rear plate concave portion 2595a and the front plate concave portion 2595b is approximately constant, sink marks in the resin can be reduced when molding the center role device 2500A and the front plate 2571, resulting in a center role device 2500A and a front plate 2571 with less distortion, and the center role device 2500A and the front plate 2571, which are close to the player and noticeable, can be made to look good with less distortion.

Furthermore, in the center role device 2500A, the flange portion 2512 has a rear plate recess 2595a on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and further, the front plate 2571 has a front plate recess 2595b on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b. Therefore, compared to when no recesses are provided in the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b, the weight can be reduced by the amount of the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b, making the center role device 2500A lighter and reducing the cost associated with the center role device 2500A. Furthermore, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the center role device 2500A, it is possible to eliminate the reinforcement required in conventional pachinko machines, thereby suppressing increases in the cost of the pachinko machine 1.

Furthermore, the base plate 2441 provided in the attacca unit 2400 is provided with a rear plate convex portion 2594a, and a rear plate concave portion 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a. Furthermore, a front plate 2442 is provided in front of the base plate 2441, and a front plate convex portion 2594b is provided on the front plate 2442, and a front plate concave portion 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b. The concave shape of the rear plate concave portion 2595a is The shape of the rear plate convex portion 2594a is approximately similar to the protruding shape, and the concave shape of the front plate concave portion 2595b is approximately similar to the protruding shape of the front plate convex portion 2595b.Therefore, when viewed from the front, the shape of the rear plate convex portion 2594a overlaps with the similar shape of the rear plate concave portion 2595a, making the rear plate convex portion 2594a appear double, and the shape of the front plate convex portion 2594b overlaps with the similar shape of the front plate concave portion 2595b, making the front plate convex portion 2594b appear double. Furthermore, because the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b are each separated in the front-to-back direction, when the player's eyes move, the degree of misalignment between the overlapping shapes of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the degree of misalignment between the overlapping shapes of the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b, respectively, changes, making the decoration formed by the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b appear to be moving. Therefore, although the base plate 2441 and front plate 2442 of the attacca unit 2400 are not provided with ostentatious decorations like those found on conventional pachinko machines, the rear plate convex portion 2594a and rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate convex portion 2594b and front plate concave portion 2595b create a dynamic decoration that has never been seen before, making it possible for players to recognize that the pachinko machine 1 is equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of conventional pachinko machines, and it is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing and can strongly attract the player's attention.

In addition, in the base plate 2441 and front plate 2442 of the attacca unit 2400, the shapes of the rear plate recess 2595a and front plate recess 2595b are made approximately similar to the shapes of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and front plate convex portion 2594b, so the thickness from the surface of the rear plate convex portion 2594a or front plate convex portion 2594b to the surface of the rear plate recess 2595a or front plate recess 2595b is approximately constant.Therefore, when an impact is applied to the rear plate convex portion 2594a or front plate convex portion 2594b due to contact with the game ball B, the impact can be prevented from being concentrated in one area, making it less likely for the rear plate convex portion 2594a or front plate convex portion 2594b (base plate 2441 or front plate 2442) to be damaged. Furthermore, because the thickness between the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b and the rear plate concave portion 2595a and the front plate concave portion 2595b is approximately constant, sink marks in the resin can be reduced when molding the base plate 2441 and the front plate 2442, resulting in base plate 2441 and front plate 2442 with less distortion, and base plate 2441 and front plate 2442, which are close to the player and therefore noticeable, can be made to look good with less distortion.

Furthermore, in the attacca unit 2400, the base plate 2441 has a rear plate recess 2595a on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and the front plate 2442 has a front plate recess 2595b on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b. As a result, the weight can be reduced by the amount of the rear plate recess 2595a and front plate recess 2595b compared to when no recesses are provided, thereby reducing the weight of the attacca unit 2400 and reducing the costs associated with the attacca unit 2400. Furthermore, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the attacca unit 2400, it is possible to eliminate the reinforcement required in conventional pachinko machines, thereby suppressing increases in the costs associated with the pachinko machine 1.

Furthermore, because decorative light can be reflected on the surface of the rear plate recess 2595a provided on the flange portion 2512 and base plate 2441 of the center role device 2500A and the attacca unit 2400, the light reflected on the rear plate recess 2595a can illuminate and decorate the flow area through which the game ball B flows. Therefore, the rear plate protrusion 2594a and rear plate recess 2595a create an unprecedented dynamic decoration on the flange portion 2512 and base plate 2441 of the center role device 2500A and the attacca unit 2400, and because the rear plate recess 2595a illuminates and decorates, players can recognize that this pachinko machine 1 is equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of previous pachinko machines, making it possible to provide a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 that is capable of strongly attracting players' attention.

[6-1a-5d. Summary D]
(Background of technical features)
Gaming machines such as pachinko machines are known that include a prize-winning device such as an attacca unit with a movable piece that moves between an easy-to-win state, in which a game ball can easily win a prize in a prize slot, and an impossible-to-win state, in which a prize cannot be won (Patent Document: JP 2017-118989 A). The technology described in the patent document provides an LED board behind the prize slot, and the LEDs on the LED board light up to entertain the player. However, with conventional technology such as the patent document, the LEDs simply light up, which can quickly become tiresome for some players, leading to a loss of interest in the prize slot and a decline in their interest in the game.

In light of the above situation, the following means aims to provide a gaming machine that can attract players' attention to the winning slots, thereby entertaining them and preventing a decline in interest.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game area is provided with a prize-winning device that awards a prize to a player when a game ball wins,
The winning device is
a movable piece that switches the state of the winning opening into which the game ball can enter between an easy-to-enter state and an impossible-to-enter state;
A convex portion that changes the flow direction of the game ball;
Equipped with
A recess is provided on the rear side of the protrusion, and the surface of the recess can reflect decorative light.
It is characterized by being something that

Here, examples of "winning slots" include "starting winning slots (second starting slots) from which a small number of game balls are paid out when a game ball enters and a lottery for special symbols is held," "large winning slots from which a large number of game balls are paid out when a game ball enters," and "gimmick winning slots from which a predetermined number of game balls are paid out when a game ball enters and which can supply winning game balls to a V winning slot or a losing slot."

Further examples of "winning devices" include "attacker units that have a large winning port as a winning port, and a movable piece that moves to open and close the large winning port depending on the result of a lottery for a special symbol drawn when a gaming ball starts to win," "tricky winning devices that have a special winning port as a winning port, and a movable piece that moves to open and close the special winning port depending on the result of a lottery for a special symbol drawn when a gaming ball starts to win," and "starting port units that have a second starting port as a winning port, and a movable piece that moves to open and close the second starting port depending on the result of a lottery for a normal symbol drawn when a gaming ball passes through a gate or wins normally."

Furthermore, the "convex portion" may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of the cross-sectional shape of the side include "semicircular," "triangular," "trapezoidal," "quadrilateral," "polygonal such as pentagonal or hexagonal," and "irregular shape with a free curve."

The "recess" may be a recess, and examples include a "shape similar to the shape of the protrusion" and a "shape different from the shape of the protrusion." It is also desirable for the "recess" to have a curved surface or multiple flat surfaces with different angles, which makes it possible to reflect light in various directions.

Furthermore, examples of "convex and concave portions" include "those provided on an extending portion (e.g., flange portion, base plate, etc.) extending along the front surface of the gaming board," "those provided on a front plate that is positioned in front of the gaming board and forms a space between it and the gaming board through which gaming balls can pass," and "those provided on both an extending portion (e.g., flange portion, base plate, etc.) extending along the front surface of the gaming board and a front plate that is positioned in front of the extending portion and forms a space between it and the extending portion through which gaming balls can pass."

Means 1 is configured as a gaming machine equipped with a gaming board with a gaming area on the front side through which gaming balls circulate. The gaming area is equipped with a prize-winning device that awards a prize to a player when a gaming ball wins. The prize-winning device has a movable piece that switches the state of the prize opening through which the gaming ball can win between an easy-to-win state and an impossible-to-win state, and a convex portion that changes the direction in which the gaming ball flows downward. A concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, and the surface of the concave portion can reflect decorative light (see the description of the attacca unit 2400, Figure 132, etc. in Chapter 6-1a. Passage Decorative Section in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention]).

With this configuration, in a prize-winning device that awards a prize when a game ball wins, decorative light can be reflected by a concave portion on the back side of a convex portion that changes the direction of the game ball's flow, allowing the reflected light to illuminate and decorate the area of the prize-winning device where the game ball flows. Because this illumination decoration is light reflected by a concave portion, it can be completely different from conventional illumination decorations that use direct light from LEDs, and can draw the player's attention to the prize-winning device and, ultimately, the prize opening. Furthermore, because the convex portion with a concave portion on the back side can change the direction of the game ball's flow, it can direct the game ball's flow toward the prize opening (movable piece) or slow down the game ball's flow speed near the prize opening (movable piece). As a result, the reflected light from the recess strongly draws the player's attention to the winning opening, and by focusing on the winning opening, the player can create a sense of suspense as to whether the game ball will enter the winning opening when the movable piece moves to place it in a winning-friendly state, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

In addition, because a recess is provided on the back side of the convex portion, when viewed from the front, the shape of the convex portion and the recessed portion create a complex shape compared to when only a convex portion is provided. This shape acts as decoration, improving the appearance of the prize-winning device.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the back side of the convex portion, the weight of the winning device can be reduced compared to when there is no recess, resulting in a lighter weight and reduced costs associated with the winning device. Furthermore, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the winning device, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement, which was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and this helps to prevent increases in costs associated with the gaming machine.

Means 2: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game area has a prize slot that awards a prize to a player when a game ball wins;
A movable piece that switches the state of the winning port between an easy-to-win state and an impossible-to-win state;
A ball passage that communicates with the winning opening by the movement of the movable piece and through which game balls can flow;
A convex portion formed in the ball passage and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
Equipped with
A recess is provided on the rear side of the protrusion, and the surface of the recess can reflect decorative light.
It is characterized by being something that

Here, examples of "winning slots" include "starting winning slots (second starting slots) from which a small number of game balls are paid out when a game ball enters and a lottery for special symbols is held," "large winning slots from which a large number of game balls are paid out when a game ball enters," and "gimmick winning slots from which a predetermined number of game balls are paid out when a game ball enters and which can supply winning game balls to a V winning slot or a losing slot."

Furthermore, examples of "ball passages" include "those provided in the center device provided in the opening of the game board" and "those provided in a front member different from the center device." Furthermore, the "ball passage" may be either upstream of the movable piece or downstream of the movable piece.

Furthermore, the "protrusion" may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of the cross-sectional shape of the side include "semicircular," "triangle," "trapezoid," "square," "polygonal such as pentagon or hexagon," and "irregular shape with a free curve."

The "recess" may be a recess, and examples include a "shape similar to the shape of the protrusion" and a "shape different from the shape of the protrusion." It is also desirable for the "recess" to have a curved surface or multiple flat surfaces with different angles, which makes it possible to reflect light in various directions.

Furthermore, examples of "convex portions and concave portions" include "those provided on the rear plate portion (e.g., flange portion, base plate, etc.) that forms the rear wall of the ball passage," "those provided on the front plate portion (e.g., front plate) that forms the front wall of the ball passage," and "those provided on both the rear plate portion (e.g., flange portion, base plate, etc.) that forms the rear wall of the ball passage and the front plate portion (e.g., front plate) that forms the front wall of the ball passage."

Means 2 is configured as a gaming machine equipped with a gaming board with a gaming area on the front side through which gaming balls circulate. The gaming area includes a prize opening that awards a player a prize when a gaming ball wins, a movable piece that switches the state of the prize opening between an easy-to-win state and an impossible-to-win state, a ball passage that communicates with the prize opening by moving the movable piece and through which gaming balls can circulate, and a protrusion formed in the ball passage that affects the speed at which the gaming balls flow down. A recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, and decorative light can be reflected on the surface of the recess (see Chapter 6-1a. Passage Decorative Section, Attacka Passage Section 2577a, Figure 130, etc. in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention]).

With this configuration, in a ball passage that can communicate with a winning opening located in a game area through which game balls flow, decorative light can be reflected by a concave portion located on the back side of a convex portion that affects the flow speed of game balls, allowing the ball passage through which game balls flow to be illuminated and decorated using this reflected light. Because this illuminated decoration is light reflected by a concave portion, it can be displayed in a completely different way than conventional illumination using direct light from LEDs, drawing the player's attention to the ball passage and, ultimately, the winning opening. Furthermore, because the convex portion with a concave portion on the back side can affect the flow speed of game balls, it can slow down the flow speed of game balls flowing through the ball passage, making the game balls easier to see. As a result, the reflected light from the recess strongly draws the player's attention to the winning opening, and by focusing on the winning opening, the player can create a sense of suspense as to whether the game ball will enter the winning opening when the movable piece moves to place it in a winning-friendly state, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

In addition, because a recess is provided on the back side of the convex portion, when viewed from the front, the shape of the convex portion and the shape of the recess appear more complex than when only a convex portion is provided. This shape acts as decoration, improving the appearance of the component in which the spherical passage is installed.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the back side of the convex portion, the weight of the component in which the ball passage is provided can be reduced compared to when no recess is provided, resulting in weight savings and a reduction in the cost of the component in which the ball passage is provided. Furthermore, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the component in which the ball passage is provided, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement, which was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and this helps to prevent increases in the cost of the gaming machine.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"A decorative member is provided on the back side of the convex portion, and the concave portion is made untouchable by the decorative member."
It is characterized by being something.

Here, "decorative member" refers to a "sheet-shaped decorative sticker with a predetermined decoration," "a plate-shaped decorative panel with a predetermined decoration," "a decorative sheet or decorative cell with a predetermined decoration," "a decorative body with a three-dimensional decoration," etc.

Furthermore, "inaccessible to fingers" means that the recesses cannot be touched by the fingers of a worker or other such person, and examples include "those in which the back side of the convex portion and the decorative member are in contact with each other with no gap between them," "those in which a gap is provided between the back side of the convex portion and the decorative member but a finger cannot fit in (those in which a gap is provided that is too large for a finger to fit in)," and "those in which a gap large enough for a finger to fit in is provided between the back side of the convex portion and the decorative member, but the outer periphery is surrounded by a decorative member or other member so that a finger cannot fit in the gap."

However, when a recess is provided on the backside of a protrusion, if the inside of the recess becomes dirty when a worker's fingers touch the inside of the recess during manufacturing, the gaming machine's appearance will be poor. Furthermore, if the inside of the recess becomes dirty, it takes time to wipe off the dirt due to its recessed shape, so careful work is required to prevent the recess from becoming dirty, which can unnecessarily lengthen the work time and increase costs.

According to the configuration of means 3, the gaming machine is provided with a decorative member on the backside of the convex portion, which makes the concave portion untouchable (see the description of decorative member 2445 in the "Description of the Preferred Embodiments").

With this configuration, decorative light can be reflected by recesses located behind convex portions that change the direction and speed of game balls in the prize-winning device that awards prizes when game balls win, and in the ball passage that can communicate with the prize openings located in the game area through which game balls flow. This reflected light can illuminate and decorate the area through which game balls flow in the prize-winning device and the ball passage. Because this illumination decoration is light reflected by the recesses, it can be displayed in a completely different way than conventional illumination using direct light from LEDs, drawing players' attention to the prize-winning device, the ball passage, and ultimately the prize openings. In this case, the decorative member makes the recesses inaccessible to fingers, preventing workers' fingers from touching and getting dirty during the manufacturing of the gaming machine. The decorative light can be effectively reflected by the recesses, ensuring the decorative effect of the illumination decoration. Furthermore, the convex portion with a concave portion on the back side can change the direction in which the gaming ball flows and affect its speed, making it possible to direct the gaming ball's flow toward the winning opening (movable piece) or slow down the speed at which the gaming ball flows near the winning opening (movable piece). As a result, the reflected light from the concave portion can strongly attract the player's attention to the winning opening, and by having the player focus on the winning opening, they can create a sense of suspense as to whether the gaming ball will win when the winning opening is put into a winning state due to the movement of the movable piece, thereby entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

In addition to the decoration created by the shapes of the convex and concave portions, the decoration is also created by decorative members, which improves the appearance of the winning device and the components on which the ball path is installed.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations from means 1 to means 3,
"The game board further includes an extension extending parallel to the game board, and the protrusion and the recess are provided on the extension."
It is characterized by being something.

Here, "extending portion" refers to "a rear plate portion (e.g., a flange portion, base plate, etc.) extending along the front surface of the gaming board," "a front plate portion (e.g., a front plate) that is positioned in front of the gaming board and forms a space between it and the gaming board through which gaming balls can pass," "both a rear plate portion (e.g., a flange portion, base plate, etc.) extending along the front surface of the gaming board and a front plate portion (e.g., a front plate) that is positioned in front of the rear plate portion and forms a space between it and the rear plate portion through which gaming balls can pass," etc.

According to the configuration of means 4, the gaming machine further comprises an extension extending parallel to the gaming board, and the extension is provided with a convex portion and a concave portion (see the description of the rear plate portion 2592 and the front plate portion 2593 in the [Description of the Invention]).

According to this configuration, if the extension portion on which the protrusions and recesses are provided is a rear plate portion (flange portion or base plate) provided along the gaming board, the protrusions and recesses will be provided behind the circulating gaming balls, and the recesses will reflect decorative light and become luminous, strongly drawing the player's attention to the winning opening while the luminous decoration makes the gaming balls circulating in front appear as silhouettes, making the movement of the gaming balls easier to see. On the other hand, if the extension portion on which the protrusions and recesses are provided is a front plate portion (front board) provided along the gaming board, the protrusions and recesses will be provided in front of the circulating gaming balls, and the recesses will reflect decorative light and become luminous, making the gaming balls appear to sparkle due to the reflected light from the recesses provided in front of the circulating gaming balls, strongly drawing the player's attention to the winning opening. Furthermore, if the extensions on which the convex and concave portions are provided are on both the rear plate portion that extends along the front of the gaming board and the front plate portion that is positioned in front of the rear plate portion and forms a space between the rear plate portion and the extensions on which the gaming balls can circulate, the convex and concave portions will be provided in front of and behind the circulating gaming balls. This makes it possible for the luminous decoration of the concave portions on the rear plate portion to make the gaming balls appear as silhouettes, while the luminous decoration of the concave portions on the front plate portion makes them appear to sparkle, strongly drawing the player's attention to the winning slot and allowing them to enjoy the movement of the gaming balls, thereby preventing a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, if the extensions on which the convex and concave portions are provided are both a rear plate portion extending along the front of the gaming board, and a front plate portion positioned in front of the rear plate portion and forming a space between them through which gaming balls can flow, and the convex portions on the rear plate portion and the convex portions on the front plate portion are arranged alternately (staggered) in the direction of the flow of gaming balls, then, as described above, the luminous decoration of the concave portions can strongly draw the player's attention to the winning opening, and the flow speed of the gaming balls near the winning opening can be significantly slowed, making it possible, for example, to lengthen the retention time of the gaming balls on the movable piece. This creates a sense of suspense as to whether the gaming ball will win when the winning opening is placed in a state where it is easy to win due to the movement of the movable piece, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
"A plurality of the protrusions are provided, and some of the protrusions have specific protrusions on the back side of which no recesses are provided."
It is characterized by being something.

According to the configuration of means 5, multiple convex portions are provided, some of which have specific convex portions on the back side that do not have concave portions (see the description of specific convex portion 2596 in the [Description of Embodiments]).

With this configuration, some of the multiple protrusions are special protrusions that do not have a recess on the back side. In other words, there is a mixture of protrusions with a recess on the back side and protrusions (special protrusions) that do not have a recess on the back side. This means that the back side of the special protrusions cannot reflect decorative light like the recesses, making it possible to create different lighting decorations between the protrusions and the special protrusions.

In addition, since the shapes seen from the front differ between protrusions with recesses on the backside and specific protrusions without recesses on the backside, it is possible to create a more varied decoration seen from the front compared to when multiple protrusions with recesses on the backside are provided.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can attract the player's attention to the winning slots, thereby entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 in the game board 5 of this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution means, the second starting opening 2004 and the large winning opening 2005 of this embodiment correspond to the winning openings of the above-mentioned solution means, the attacca unit 2400 of this embodiment corresponds to the winning device of the above-mentioned solution means, the second starting opening door 2541 and the large winning opening door 2531 of this embodiment correspond to the movable pieces of the above-mentioned solution means, the door upper passage portion 2416 and the attacca passage portion 2577a of the center role device 2500A of this embodiment correspond to the ball passage of the above-mentioned solution means, the base plate 2441, front plate 2442, flange portion 2512 and front plate 2571 of this embodiment correspond to the extension portion of the above-mentioned solution means, and the attacca decorative base plate 2443, decorative member 2445 and front decorative portion 2572 of this embodiment correspond to the decorative member of the above-mentioned solution means.

Furthermore, the convex portion 2594, rear plate convex portion 2594a, and front plate convex portion 2594b in this embodiment correspond to the convex portion of the above-mentioned solution means, and the concave portion 2595, rear plate concave portion 2595a, and front plate concave portion 2595b in this embodiment correspond to the concave portion of the above-mentioned solution means, respectively.

(Characteristic effects of technical features)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, in the attacca unit 2400, which awards a bonus when game ball B wins, decorative light can be reflected by the rear plate recesses 2595a and front plate recesses 2595b provided on the backside of the rear plate protrusions 2594a and front plate protrusions 2594b, which change the direction in which game ball B flows down, and this reflected light can illuminate and decorate the upper door passage 2416 through which game ball B flows down in the attacca unit 2400. Because this illuminated decoration is light reflected by the rear plate recesses 2595a and front plate recesses 2595b, it is possible to create an illuminated decoration that is completely different from conventional direct light from an LED, and it can draw the player's attention to the attacca unit 2400 and, ultimately, the large prize opening 2005. Furthermore, the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b, which have the rear plate concave portion 2595a and the front plate concave portion 2595b on their back sides, can change the flow direction of the game ball B, and therefore can slow down the flow speed of the game ball B near the large prize opening 2005 (large prize opening door 2531). As a result, the reflected light from the rear plate concave portion 2595a and the front plate concave portion 2595b can strongly attract the player's attention to the large prize opening 2005, and by the player paying attention to the large prize opening 2005, the player can be made to feel anxious and excited about whether or not the game ball B will win when the large prize opening door 2531 moves to make the large prize opening 2005 an easy-to-win state, which entertains the player and prevents a decline in interest.

Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, in the ball passage 2577 (attacca passage 2577a) through which the game ball B in the center role device 2500A flows and through which the large prize opening 2005 is located, decorative light can be reflected by the rear plate recess 2595a and front plate recess 2595b provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a and front plate protrusion 2594b, which affect the flow speed of the game ball B, and this reflected light can illuminate and decorate the attacca passage 2577a through which the game ball B flows. Because this illuminated decoration is light reflected by the rear plate recess 2595a and front plate recess 2595b, it is possible to create an illuminated decoration that is completely different from conventional illumination using direct light from an LED, and it can draw the player's attention to the attacca passage 2577a and, ultimately, the large prize opening 2005. Furthermore, rear plate convex portion 2594a and front plate convex portion 2594b, which have rear plate concave portion 2595a and front plate concave portion 2595b on their back sides, can affect the flow speed of game ball B, thereby slowing down the flow speed of game ball B circulating through attacca passage portion 2577a and making game ball B circulating through attacca passage portion 2577a easier to see. As a result, the reflected light from rear plate concave portion 2595a and front plate concave portion 2595b can strongly attract the player's attention to large prize opening 2005, and by focusing the player's attention on large prize opening 2005, the player can create a sense of suspense as to whether game ball B will win when large prize opening door 2531 moves and large prize opening 2005 becomes ready for a win, thereby entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

In addition, in the door-top passage 2416 and attacca passage 2577a where the large prize opening 2005 of the attacca unit 2400 and center gimmick 2500A is located, decorative light can be reflected by the rear plate recess 2595a and front plate recess 2595b located on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a and front plate protrusion 2594b, which change the flow direction of the game ball B and affect its flow speed, so that this reflected light can illuminate the door-top passage 2416 and attacca passage 2577a of the attacca unit 2400. Because this illumination decoration is light reflected by the rear plate recess 2595a and front plate recess 2595b, it can create an illumination decoration that is completely different from conventional illumination using direct light from an LED, and can draw the player's attention to the large prize opening 2005. At this time, because the decorative member 2445 or the like makes the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b untouchable, the fingers of an operator will not get dirty by touching the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b during the manufacture of the pachinko machine 1, and the decorative light can be reflected well by the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b, thereby reliably achieving the decorative effect of the luminous decoration. Furthermore, the rear plate protrusion 2594a and the front plate protrusion 2594b, which have the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b on their back sides, can change the flow direction of the game ball B and affect the flow speed, making it possible to slow down the flow speed of the game ball B near the special prize opening 2005 (special prize opening door 2531). As a result, the reflected light from the rear panel recess 2595a and the front panel recess 2595b strongly draws the player's attention to the large prize opening 2005, and by the player focusing on the large prize opening 2005, the player can feel a sense of suspense as to whether or not game ball B will win when the large prize opening door 2531 moves and the large prize opening 2005 becomes in a state where it is easy to win, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

In addition to the decoration provided by the shapes of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b and the rear plate concave portion 2595a and the front plate concave portion 2595b, decoration is also provided by the decorative member 2445, etc., thereby improving the appearance of the attacca unit 2400 and the component on which the attacca passage portion 2577a is provided.

Furthermore, convex portions 2594 and concave portions 2595 are provided on both the rear plate portion 2592, such as the base plate 2441 and flange portion 2512, which extend along the front surface of the gaming panel 1100, and the front plate portion 2593, such as the front plate 2442 and front plate 2571, which are positioned in front of the rear plate portion 2592 and form a space between the rear plate portion 2592 and the front plate 2592 through which gaming ball B can circulate. Since convex portions 2594 and concave portions 2595 are provided in front of and behind the circulating gaming ball B, the illuminating decoration of the rear plate concave portion 2595a on the rear plate portion 2592 makes the gaming ball B appear as a silhouette, while the illuminating decoration of the front plate concave portion 2595b on the front plate portion 2593 makes it appear to sparkle. This strongly draws the player's attention to the big prize opening 2005 and allows them to enjoy the movement of the gaming ball B, thereby preventing a decline in interest in the game.

In addition, because the rear plate protrusions 2594a of the rear plate 2592 and the front plate protrusions 2594b of the front plate 2593 are arranged alternately (staggered) in the direction of flow of the game balls B, as described above, the illuminating decorations of the rear plate recesses 2595a and front plate recesses 2595b can strongly attract the player's attention to the large prize opening 2005, and the flow speed of the game balls B can be significantly slowed near the large prize opening 2005, making it possible to lengthen the time that the game balls B remain on the large prize opening door 2531. This creates a sense of suspense as to whether or not the game balls B will win when the large prize opening door 2531 moves, putting the large prize opening 2005 in an easy-to-win state, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

Furthermore, in the attacca unit 2400, the base plate 2441 has a rear plate recess 2595a on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and the front plate 2442 has a front plate recess 2595b on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b. As a result, the weight can be reduced by the amount of the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b compared to when no recesses are provided, thereby reducing the weight of the attacca unit 2400 and reducing the costs associated with the attacca unit 2400. Furthermore, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the attacca unit 2400, it is possible to eliminate the reinforcement required in conventional pachinko machines, thereby suppressing increases in the costs associated with the pachinko machine 1.

Furthermore, in the center role device 2500A, the flange portion 2512 has a rear plate recess 2595a on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and further, the front plate 2571 has a front plate recess 2595b on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b. Therefore, compared to when no recesses are provided in the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b, the weight can be reduced by the amount of the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b, making the center role device 2500A lighter and reducing the cost associated with the center role device 2500A. Furthermore, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the center role device 2500A, it is possible to eliminate the reinforcement required in conventional pachinko machines, thereby suppressing increases in the cost of the pachinko machine 1.

[6-1a-5e. Summary E]
(Background of technical features)
It is known that a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine provides a plurality of protrusions in an area where the gaming ball flows down in order to slow down the speed at which the gaming ball flows down (for example, Patent Document: JP 2017-196204 A). However, while the conventional technology described in the patent document can slow down the speed at which the gaming ball flows down, because it simply lines up protrusions with similar protrusion amounts, the movement of the gaming ball is monotonous and not entertaining to the player.

The following solution takes into consideration the above situation and aims to provide a gaming machine that can slow down the speed at which gaming balls flow while still allowing players to enjoy their movement.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game board has an opening extending from front to back,
The opening is provided with a center accessory,
The center feature is
A peripheral wall portion extending forward from the game board and preventing game balls from entering inside the opening;
an extension portion extending outward from the peripheral wall portion in a front view;
A flow-down area provided outside the peripheral wall portion and through which game balls flow down;
Equipped with
The flow-down area is provided with a first convex portion that protrudes forward from the game board and along the front surface of which the game balls flow down, and a second convex portion that protrudes further from the front surface of the first convex portion and affects the flow of the game balls.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, examples of the "first convex portion" include "a portion with a smooth, flat front surface that protrudes forward" and "a portion with a flat front surface that protrudes forward and has fine irregularities due to embossing or the like." The first convex portion may also have a first recess that is recessed forward on the back side, or it may not have a first recess that is recessed on the back side. Furthermore, it is desirable for the first convex portion to be at least as large as one gaming ball in the direction of flow of the gaming balls.

The "second convex portion" may have any shape that can affect the speed at which a gaming ball comes into contact with it, and examples of cross-sectional shapes of the side include "semicircular," "triangle," "trapezoid," "square," "polygonal such as a pentagon or hexagon," and "irregular shape with a free curve." The second convex portion may be provided on the first convex portion alone, or multiple second convex portions may be provided on the first convex portion, or may be provided so as to straddle the extension portion and the first convex portion. The second convex portion may be large enough for a gaming ball to climb over, or large enough for a gaming ball to not climb over. The second convex portion may have a second recess on the back side that is recessed forward, or it may not have a second recess on the back side that is recessed.

Furthermore, the "first convex portion and second convex portion" only need to be located in the area where the game balls flow down, and may be located on the extension portion of the center role (for example, the flange portion), or may be located in a different position from the extension portion of the center role. Furthermore, the extension portion may have a front plate in front with a gap that allows game balls to pass through, or it may not have a front plate.

According to the configuration of means 1, the gaming machine is provided with a gaming board with a gaming area on the front side through which gaming balls flow. The gaming board has an opening penetrating from front to back, and the opening is equipped with a center device. The center device has a peripheral wall portion that extends forward of the gaming board and prevents gaming balls from entering the opening, an extension portion that extends outside the peripheral wall portion in a front view, and a flow-down area that is provided outside the peripheral wall portion through which gaming balls flow. The flow-down area is provided with a first convex portion that protrudes forward of the gaming board and through which gaming balls flow down the front surface, and a second convex portion that protrudes further in front of the first convex portion and affects the flow of gaming balls (see chapter [6-1a-4. Another embodiment of the passageway decoration], the description of the passageway decoration 2590A, Figures 137 to 139, etc. in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention]).

With this configuration, a first convex portion that affects the circulation speed of the gaming balls is provided in the flow-down area of the center device where the gaming balls flow. Therefore, the gaming balls come into contact with the step at the upstream end of the first convex portion, and the presence of the first convex portion reduces the front-to-rear depth of the front side of the first convex portion, slowing the circulation speed of the gaming balls and making them easier to see. Furthermore, a second convex portion is provided in front of the first convex portion. By coming into contact with the first convex portion and then the second convex portion, the circulation speed of the gaming balls can be further slowed, making the movement of the gaming balls easier to see and allowing players to enjoy the movement of the gaming balls.

Furthermore, when a gaming ball hits the first or second convex portion, it bounces forward and collides with the glass or front panel in front, and the sound of the collision draws the player's attention to the first convex portion, drawing their attention to the gaming ball circulating through the first and second convex portions and allowing them to enjoy the movement of the gaming ball. Note that if only glass is provided in front of the first convex portion, the impact sound of the gaming ball will be louder, further drawing the player's attention to the first convex portion. Furthermore, even if a front panel is provided in front of the first convex portion, the same effect as above can be achieved by designing the front panel to make a sound when a gaming ball collides with it.

In addition, because the second convex portion is provided on the front surface of the first convex portion, when viewed from the front, a complex shape appears due to the shape of the first convex portion and the shape of the second convex portion, compared to when only the first convex portion or the second convex portion is provided. This shape acts as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

It is desirable to provide a first recess on the back side of the first convex portion. By providing a first recess on the back side of the first convex portion, when viewed from the front, a more complex shape is seen due to the shape of the first convex portion and the shape of the first recess, compared to when only the first convex portion is provided. This shape acts as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect and improving the appearance of the center accessory.

Furthermore, when providing a first recess on the rear side of the first convex portion as described above, it is desirable to make the surface of the second recess capable of reflecting decorative light. As a result, since the decorative light can be reflected by the first recess on the rear side of the first convex portion, the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the first convex portion from behind. This illuminated decoration makes the gaming balls flowing down the first convex portion appear as silhouettes, making the movement of the gaming balls easier to see. This allows players to enjoy the movement of the gaming balls flowing down the flow area, preventing a decline in interest in the game.

It is also desirable to make the size of the first convex portion in the direction of game ball flow larger than one game ball. This makes it possible to ensure a certain amount of area in the game ball flow area that is narrow in depth in the front-to-back direction and can slow down the game ball, and it also makes it possible to provide multiple second convex portions in the first convex portion. This means that the first convex portion can sufficiently slow down the game ball's flow speed, while the multiple second convex portions can impart various movements to the game ball, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that allows for more enjoyable game ball movements.

Means 2: In the gaming machine,
"A first recess is provided on the rear side of the first protrusion."
It is characterized by being something.

Here, the "first recess" may be a recessed shape that is approximately similar to the convex shape of the first convex portion, or a recessed shape that is completely different from the convex shape of the first convex portion. Examples of the recessed shape of the first recess include an arrow shape, a star shape, a geometric pattern shape, a letter shape, a character shape, etc. The first recess may also be capable of reflecting decorative light, or may have a textured finish.

According to the configuration of Means 2, a first recess is provided on the back side of the first convex portion (see the description of the first recess 2595e in the "Description of Embodiments").

With this configuration, the first recess is provided on the back side of the first convex portion. When viewed from the front, the shape of the first convex portion and the shape of the first recess create a complex shape compared to when only the first convex portion is provided. This shape acts as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect and improving the appearance of the center accessory.

In addition, because the first recess is provided on the back side of the first convex portion, the weight of the center device can be reduced compared to when the first recess is not provided, resulting in a reduction in weight and a reduction in the cost of the center device. Furthermore, because the center device can be made lighter, it is no longer necessary to reinforce it, which was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and this helps to prevent increases in the cost of the gaming machine.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"The first convex portion is
It has the size of one or more gaming balls in the direction of the gaming balls'flow."
It is characterized by being something.

According to the configuration of Means 3, the first convex portion has a size equivalent to at least one gaming ball in the direction of the gaming balls' flow (see the description of first convex portion 2594c in the "Description of the Invention").

With this configuration, the first convex portion is made larger than one game ball in the direction of game ball flow, which makes it possible to secure a certain amount of area in the game ball flow area that is narrow in depth in the front-to-back direction and can slow down the game ball, and it also makes it possible to provide multiple second convex portions on the first convex portion. This allows the first convex portion to sufficiently slow down the game ball's flow speed, while the multiple second convex portions can impart various movements to the game ball, providing a gaming machine that allows for more enjoyable game ball movement.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations from means 1 to means 3,
"The rear surface of the first convex portion is capable of reflecting decorative light."
It is characterized by being something.

To reflect decorative light, a second recess that reflects decorative light may be provided on the back side of the first convex portion, or a highly reflective sheet may be provided on the back side of the first convex portion.

Meanwhile, the configuration of Measure 4 allows decorative light to be reflected by the rear surface of the first convex portion (see the description of the first concave portion 2595e in the "Description of the Invention" section).

With this configuration, a first convex portion that affects the flow speed of the gaming balls is provided in the flow-down area of the center device through which the gaming balls flow. Therefore, the gaming balls contact the step at the upstream end of the first convex portion, and the presence of the first convex portion reduces the front-to-rear depth of the front side of the first convex portion, thereby slowing down the flow speed of the gaming balls. Furthermore, a second convex portion is provided in front of the first convex portion. By contacting the first convex portion and then the second convex portion, the flow speed of the gaming balls can be further slowed, making the movement of the gaming balls easier to see. In this case, the back surface of the first convex portion is capable of reflecting decorative light, so the reflected light can illuminate the first convex portion from behind. This illuminated decoration makes the gaming balls flowing down the first convex portion appear as silhouettes, making the movement of the gaming balls easier to see. This allows players to enjoy the movement of the gaming balls flowing down the flow-down area, preventing a decline in interest in the game.

In addition, in the flow-down area of the center device where the game balls flow, decorative light can be reflected on the back side of the first convex portion, which affects the circulation speed of the game balls, and this reflected light can illuminate and decorate the flow-down area where the game balls flow. Therefore, even though the flow-down area of the center device does not have the ostentatious decorations found in conventional gaming machines, the flow-down area is illuminated and decorated, making it possible for players to recognize that this gaming machine is equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of previous gaming machines, making it possible to provide a highly appealing gaming machine that can strongly attract players' attention.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
"A second recess is provided on the back side of the second protrusion."
It is characterized by being something.

Here, the "second recess" may be any recessed shape, including a "shape similar to the shape of the second protrusion" and a "shape different from the shape of the second protrusion." The "second recess" may also be capable of reflecting decorative light.

According to the configuration of Means 5, a second recess is provided on the back side of the second convex portion (see the description of the second recess 2595f in the "Description of Embodiments").

With this configuration, the second recess is provided on the back side of the second protrusion. Therefore, when viewed from the front, the shape of the second protrusion and the shape of the second recess appear more complex than when only the second protrusion is provided. This shape acts as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect and improving the appearance of the center accessory.

In addition, because the second recess is provided on the back side of the second convex portion, the weight of the center device can be reduced compared to when the second recess is not provided, resulting in a reduction in weight and a reduction in the cost of the center device. Furthermore, because the center device can be made lighter, it is no longer necessary to reinforce it, which was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and this helps to prevent increases in the cost of the gaming machine.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can slow down the speed at which gaming balls flow down while still allowing players to enjoy their movement.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 in the game board 5 of this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution means, the flange portion 2512 and rear plate portion 2592 of the center device 2500A of this embodiment correspond to the extension portion of the above-mentioned solution means, the forward protrusion portion 2511 of this embodiment corresponds to the peripheral wall portion of the above-mentioned solution means, the ball passage 2591 of this embodiment corresponds to the flow-down area of the above-mentioned solution means, the first convex portion 2594c of this embodiment corresponds to the first convex portion of the above-mentioned solution means, the second convex portion 2594d of this embodiment corresponds to the second convex portion of the above-mentioned solution means, the first recess 2595e of this embodiment corresponds to the first recess of the above-mentioned solution means, and the second recess 2595f of this embodiment corresponds to the second recess of the above-mentioned solution means.

(Characteristic effects of technical features)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the ball passage 2591 in the center device 2500A through which the game ball B flows down is provided with a first convex portion 2594c that affects the circulation speed of the game ball B, so that the game ball B abuts against the step at the upstream end of the first convex portion 2594c, and the presence of the first convex portion 2594c reduces the depth in the front-to-rear direction on the front side of the first convex portion 2594c, thereby slowing down the circulation speed of the game ball B and making it easier to see the game ball B. Furthermore, the second convex portion 2594d is provided in front of the first convex portion 2594c, so that the circulation speed of the game ball B can be further slowed down by abutting against the first convex portion 2594c and then against the second convex portion 2594d, making the movement of the game ball B easier to see and allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball B.

In addition, when game ball B hits first convex portion 2594c or second convex portion 2594d, the game ball bounces forward and hits the glass in front, and the sound of the impact draws the player's attention to the first convex portion 2594c, drawing the player's attention to the game ball B circulating through first convex portion 2594c and second convex portion 2594d and allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball.

In addition, because the second convex portion 2594d is provided on the front surface of the first convex portion 2594c, when viewed from the front, a complex shape appears due to the shapes of the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d, compared to when only the first convex portion 2594c or the second convex portion 2594d is provided. This shape acts as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

Furthermore, because the first recess 2595e is provided on the back side of the first convex portion 2594c, when viewed from the front, a complex shape is seen due to the shape of the first convex portion 2594c and the shape of the first recess 2595e, compared to when only the first convex portion 2594c is provided. This shape acts as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect and improving the appearance of the center role piece 2500A.

Furthermore, because the first recess 2595e on the back side of the first convex portion 2594c is capable of reflecting decorative light, the reflected light can illuminate the first convex portion 2594c from behind, making the game ball B flowing down in front of the first convex portion 2594c appear as a silhouette, making the movement of the game ball B easier to see. This allows the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball B flowing down the ball passage 2591, preventing a decline in interest in the game.

In addition, because the size of the first convex portion 2594c in the direction of flow of the game ball B is larger than that of a single game ball B, it is possible to ensure a certain amount of area in the flow area (ball passage 2591) of the game ball B that is narrow in depth in the front-to-back direction and can slow down the game ball B, and it is also possible to provide multiple second convex portions 2594d in the first convex portion 2594c. Therefore, the first convex portion 2594c can sufficiently slow down the flow speed of the game ball B, while the multiple second convex portions 2594d can impart various movements to the game ball B, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that allows players to enjoy the movements of the game ball B more.

Furthermore, because the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f are provided on the back side of the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d, the weight of the center role 2500A can be reduced compared to when the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f are not provided, allowing for weight reduction and reducing the cost of the center role 2500A. Furthermore, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the center role 2500A, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was required in conventional pachinko machines, thereby suppressing increases in the cost of the pachinko machine 1.

[6-1a-5f. Summary F]
(Background of technical features)
Gaming machines such as pachinko machines are known that include a prize-winning device such as an attacca unit with a movable piece that moves between an easy-to-win state, in which a game ball can easily win a prize in a prize slot, and an impossible-to-win state, in which a prize cannot be won (Patent Document: JP 2017-118989 A). The technology described in the patent document provides an LED board behind the prize slot, and the LEDs on the LED board light up to entertain the player. However, with conventional technology such as the patent document, the LEDs simply light up, which can quickly become tiresome for some players, leading to a loss of interest in the prize slot and a decline in their interest in the game.

In light of the above situation, the following means aims to provide a gaming machine that can attract players' attention to the winning slots, thereby entertaining them and preventing a decline in interest.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game area has a prize slot that awards a prize to a player when a game ball wins;
A movable piece that switches the state of the winning port between an easy-to-win state and an impossible-to-win state;
A convex portion formed upstream of the movable piece and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
Equipped with
A recess is provided on the rear side of the protrusion, and the surface of the recess can reflect decorative light.
It is characterized by being something that

Here, examples of "winning slots" include "starting winning slots (second starting slots) from which a small number of game balls are paid out when a game ball enters and a lottery for special symbols is held," "large winning slots from which a large number of game balls are paid out when a game ball enters," and "gimmick winning slots from which a predetermined number of game balls are paid out when a game ball enters and which can supply winning game balls to a V winning slot or a losing slot."

Furthermore, the "convex portion" may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of the cross-sectional shape of the side include "semicircular," "triangular," "trapezoidal," "quadrilateral," "polygonal such as pentagonal or hexagonal," and "irregular shape with a free curve."

The "recess" may be a recess, and examples include a "shape similar to the shape of the protrusion" and a "shape different from the shape of the protrusion." It is also desirable for the "recess" to have a curved surface or multiple flat surfaces with different angles, which makes it possible to reflect light in various directions.

Furthermore, examples of "convex portions and concave portions" include "those provided on a thin rear plate portion (e.g., flange portion, base plate, etc.) extending along the front surface of the gaming board," "those provided on a thin front plate portion (e.g., front plate) that is positioned in front of the gaming board and forms a space between it and the gaming board through which gaming balls can pass," and "those provided on both a thin rear plate portion (e.g., flange portion, base plate, etc.) extending along the front surface of the gaming board and a thin front plate portion (e.g., front plate) that is positioned in front of the rear plate portion and forms a space between it and the rear plate portion through which gaming balls can pass."

Means 1 is configured as a gaming machine equipped with a gaming board with a gaming area on the front side through which gaming balls circulate. The gaming area includes a winning opening that awards a player with a winning ball, a movable piece that switches the state of the winning opening between an easy-to-win state and an impossible-to-win state, and a convex portion formed upstream of the movable piece that affects the speed at which the gaming balls flow down. A concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, and the surface of the concave portion can reflect decorative light (see chapter [6-1a. Passage Decorative Part] in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], the passage decorative portion 2590 of the attacca unit 2400, Figure 132, etc.).

According to this configuration, a convex portion that affects the flow speed of game balls is provided upstream of the movable piece that switches the winning port, located in the game area through which game balls flow, between an easy-to-win state and an unwinnable state. Furthermore, a concave portion that reflects decorative light is provided on the back side of the convex portion, allowing the decorative light to be reflected by the concave portion, thereby illuminating and decorating the area around the movable piece. Because this decorative illumination is light reflected by the concave portion, it creates an illumination effect that is completely different from the conventional direct light from an LED, drawing the player's attention to the movable piece and, ultimately, the winning port. Furthermore, the convex portion with a concave portion on its back side is located upstream of the movable piece and can affect the flow speed of game balls, thereby slowing down the flow speed of game balls and making game balls flowing toward the movable piece (winning port) easier to see. Furthermore, because the convex portion is located upstream of the movable piece, it is possible, for example, to increase the retention time of game balls on the movable piece. As a result, the reflected light from the recess strongly draws the player's attention to the winning opening, and by focusing on the winning opening, the player can create a sense of suspense as to whether the game ball will enter the winning opening when the movable piece moves to place it in a winning-friendly state, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

In addition, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, when viewed from the front, the shapes of the protrusion and recess appear more complex than when there is simply a protrusion, and this shape acts as decoration, improving the appearance of the component on which the protrusion and recess are provided.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, the weight of the component on which the protrusion and recess are provided can be reduced compared to when no recess is provided, resulting in a reduction in weight and a reduction in the cost of the component on which the protrusion and recess are provided. Furthermore, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the component on which the protrusion and recess are provided, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement, which was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and it is possible to suppress increases in the cost of the gaming machine.

Means 2: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game area has a prize slot that awards a prize to a player when a game ball wins;
A movable piece that switches the state of the winning port between an easy-to-win state and an impossible-to-win state;
A convex portion formed downstream of the movable piece and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
Equipped with
A recess is provided on the rear side of the protrusion, and the surface of the recess can reflect decorative light.
It is characterized by being something that

Here, examples of "winning slots" include "starting winning slots (second starting slots) from which a small number of game balls are paid out when a game ball enters and a lottery for special symbols is held," "large winning slots from which a large number of game balls are paid out when a game ball enters," and "gimmick winning slots from which a predetermined number of game balls are paid out when a game ball enters and which can supply winning game balls to a V winning slot or a losing slot."

Furthermore, the "convex portion" may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of the cross-sectional shape of the side include "semicircular," "triangular," "trapezoidal," "quadrilateral," "polygonal such as pentagonal or hexagonal," and "irregular shape with a free curve."

The "recess" may be a recess, and examples include a "shape similar to the shape of the protrusion" and a "shape different from the shape of the protrusion." It is also desirable for the "recess" to have a curved surface or multiple flat surfaces with different angles, which makes it possible to reflect light in various directions.

Furthermore, examples of "convex portions and concave portions" include "those provided on a thin rear plate portion (e.g., flange portion, base plate, etc.) extending along the front surface of the gaming board," "those provided on a thin front plate portion (e.g., front plate) that is positioned in front of the gaming board and forms a space between it and the gaming board through which gaming balls can pass," and "those provided on both a thin rear plate portion (e.g., flange portion, base plate, etc.) extending along the front surface of the gaming board and a thin front plate portion (e.g., front plate) that is positioned in front of the rear plate portion and forms a space between it and the rear plate portion through which gaming balls can pass."

Means 2 is configured as a gaming machine equipped with a gaming board with a gaming area on the front side through which gaming balls circulate. The gaming area includes a winning opening that awards a player with a winning ball, a movable piece that switches the state of the winning opening between an easy-to-win state and an impossible-to-win state, and a convex portion formed downstream of the movable piece that affects the speed at which the gaming balls flow. A concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, and the surface of the concave portion can reflect decorative light (see chapter [6-1a. Passage Decorative Section] in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], the description of the attacca passage portion 2577a and the right edge passage portion 2577b, Figure 130, etc.).

With this configuration, a convex portion that affects the speed at which game balls flow is provided downstream of the movable piece that switches the winning port, located in the game area through which game balls flow, between an easy-to-win state and an unwinnable state, and a concave portion that reflects decorative light are provided on the back side of the convex portion.This allows the decorative light to be reflected by the concave portion, and the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the area around the movable piece.Since this illumination decoration is light reflected by the concave portion, it is possible to create an illumination decoration that is completely different from conventional illumination decorations that use direct light from LEDs, and it can draw the player's attention to the movable piece and, ultimately, the winning port.

Furthermore, because the convex portion is located downstream of the movable piece, the convex portion and concave portion are located downstream of the winning opening in the gaming area. If another winning opening is located further downstream from the movable piece, the concave portion will illuminate and decorate the area between the winning opening with the movable piece and the other winning opening, drawing the player's attention to both winning openings. Even if the gaming ball does not win in the winning opening with the movable piece, there is a possibility that it will win in another winning opening downstream, allowing the player to continue enjoying the game. In this case, because the convex portion with the concave portion on its back side is located upstream of the other winning opening, the convex portion can slow down the circulation speed of the gaming ball circulating toward the other winning opening, increasing the anticipation of winning in the other winning opening.

Furthermore, because the convex portion is located downstream of the movable piece, if the convex portion and concave portion are located inside the winning opening, the winning opening can be illuminated and decorated by the light reflected by the concave portion, strongly attracting the player's attention to the winning opening. Furthermore, by focusing on the winning opening, the player can create a sense of suspense as to whether the game ball will win when the winning opening is placed in a winning-friendly state by the movement of the movable piece, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest. Furthermore, if a convex portion with a concave portion on the back side is located inside the winning opening, the convex portion can slow down the flow speed of game balls that enter the winning opening, making the winning opening (and its interior) less likely to be damaged.

In addition, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, when viewed from the front, the shapes of the protrusion and recess appear more complex than when there is simply a protrusion, and this shape acts as decoration, improving the appearance of the component on which the protrusion and recess are provided.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, the weight of the component on which the protrusion and recess are provided can be reduced compared to when no recess is provided, resulting in a reduction in weight and a reduction in the cost of the component on which the protrusion and recess are provided. Furthermore, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the component on which the protrusion and recess are provided, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement, which was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and it is possible to suppress increases in the cost of the gaming machine.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"A decorative member is provided on the back side of the convex portion, and the concave portion is made untouchable by the decorative member."
It is characterized by being something.

Here, "decorative member" refers to a "sheet-shaped decorative sticker with a predetermined decoration," "a plate-shaped decorative panel with a predetermined decoration," "a decorative sheet or decorative cell with a predetermined decoration," "a decorative body with a three-dimensional decoration," etc.

Furthermore, "inaccessible to fingers" means that the recesses cannot be touched by the fingers of a worker or other such person, and examples include "those in which the back side of the convex portion and the decorative member are in contact with each other with no gap between them," "those in which a gap is provided between the back side of the convex portion and the decorative member but a finger cannot fit in (those in which a gap is provided that is too large for a finger to fit in)," and "those in which a gap large enough for a finger to fit in is provided between the back side of the convex portion and the decorative member, but the outer periphery is surrounded by a decorative member or other member so that a finger cannot fit in the gap."

However, when a recess is provided on the backside of a protrusion, if the inside of the recess becomes dirty when a worker's fingers touch the inside of the recess during manufacturing, the gaming machine's appearance will be poor. Furthermore, if the inside of the recess becomes dirty, it takes time to wipe off the dirt due to its recessed shape, so careful work is required to prevent the recess from becoming dirty, which can unnecessarily lengthen the work time and increase costs.

According to the configuration of means 3, the gaming machine is provided with a decorative member on the backside of the convex portion, which makes the concave portion untouchable (see the description of decorative member 2445 in the "Description of the Preferred Embodiments").

With this configuration, decorative light can be reflected by a recessed portion on the backside of a protruding portion that changes the direction and speed of the game ball's flow near the movable portion that switches the winning slot between the easy-to-win and non-win states. This reflected light can illuminate and decorate the area around the movable portion (winning slot). Because this illumination is reflected by the recessed portion, it creates an illumination effect that is completely different from conventional illumination achieved by direct light from an LED, drawing the player's attention to the movable portion and, ultimately, the winning slot. Because the decorative member makes the recessed portion intangible, workers' fingers will not touch or get dirty during the manufacturing of the gaming machine. The decorative light can be effectively reflected from the recessed portion, ensuring the decorative effect of the illumination. Furthermore, the protruding portion with the recessed portion on the backside can affect the speed at which the game ball flows, making it possible to direct the game ball's flow toward the winning slot (movable portion) or slow down the speed at which the game ball flows near the winning slot (movable portion). As a result, the reflected light from the recess strongly draws the player's attention to the winning opening, and by focusing on the winning opening, the player can create a sense of suspense as to whether the game ball will enter the winning opening when the movable piece moves to place it in a winning-friendly state, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

In addition to the decoration provided by the shapes of the convex and concave portions, the decorative members also provide decoration, improving the appearance of the component on which the convex and concave portions are provided.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations from means 1 to means 3,
"The game machine further includes a thin passage plate portion extending parallel to the game board, and the protrusion and the recess are provided on the passage plate portion."
It is characterized by being something.

Here, "passage plate portion" refers to "a rear plate portion (e.g., a flange portion, base plate, etc.) extending along the front surface of the gaming board," "a front plate portion (e.g., a front plate) positioned in front of the gaming board and forming a space between it and the gaming board through which gaming balls can pass," "both a rear plate portion (e.g., a flange portion, base plate, etc.) extending along the front surface of the gaming board and a front plate portion (e.g., a front plate) positioned in front of the rear plate portion and forming a space between it and the rear plate portion through which gaming balls can pass," etc.

According to the configuration of means 4, the gaming machine further comprises a thin passage plate portion extending parallel to the gaming board, and the passage plate portion is provided with a convex portion and a concave portion (see the description of the rear plate portion 2592 and the front plate portion 2593 in the [Description of the Invention]).

According to this configuration, if the passage plate portion on which the convex and concave portions are provided is a rear plate portion (flange portion or base plate) provided along the gaming board, the convex and concave portions will be provided behind the circulating gaming balls, and the concave portions will reflect decorative light and be illuminated, thereby strongly drawing the player's attention to the winning opening while the illuminated decoration makes the gaming balls circulating in front appear as silhouettes, making the movement of the gaming balls easier to see. On the other hand, if the passage plate portion on which the convex and concave portions are provided is a front plate portion (front board) provided along the gaming board, the convex and concave portions will be provided in front of the circulating gaming balls, and the concave portions will reflect decorative light and be illuminated, making the gaming balls appear to sparkle due to the reflected light from the concave portions provided in front of the circulating gaming balls, strongly drawing the player's attention to the winning opening. Furthermore, if the passage plate portion on which the convex portions and concave portions are provided is made up of both a rear plate portion extending along the front of the game board and a front plate portion positioned in front of the rear plate portion and forming a space between the rear plate portion and the passage plate portion through which game balls can circulate, the convex portions and concave portions will be provided in front of and behind the circulating game balls, so the luminous decoration of the concave portions provided on the rear plate portion makes the game balls appear as silhouettes, while the luminous decoration of the concave portions provided on the front plate portion makes them appear to sparkle, strongly attracting the player's attention to the winning opening and allowing them to enjoy the movement of the game balls, preventing a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, if the passage plate portion on which the convex portions and concave portions are provided consists of both a rear plate portion extending along the front of the gaming board and a front plate portion positioned in front of the rear plate portion and forming a space between the rear plate portion and the passage plate portion through which gaming balls can flow, and the convex portions of the rear plate portion and the front plate portion are arranged alternately (in a staggered pattern) in the direction of flow of gaming balls upstream of the movable pieces, as described above, the luminous decoration of the concave portions can strongly attract the player's attention to the winning opening, and the flow speed of the gaming balls can be significantly slowed near the winning opening, making it possible to lengthen the time the gaming balls remain on the movable pieces. This creates a sense of suspense as to whether the gaming ball will win or not when the movement of the movable pieces puts the winning opening in an easy-to-win state, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
"A plurality of the protrusions are provided, and some of the protrusions have specific protrusions on the back side of which no recesses are provided."
It is characterized by being something.

According to the configuration of means 5, multiple convex portions are provided, some of which have specific convex portions on the back side that do not have concave portions (see the description of specific convex portion 2596 in the [Description of Embodiments]).

With this configuration, some of the multiple protrusions are special protrusions that do not have a recess on the back side. In other words, there is a mixture of protrusions with a recess on the back side and protrusions (special protrusions) that do not have a recess on the back side. This means that the back side of the special protrusions cannot reflect decorative light like the recesses, making it possible to create different lighting decorations between the protrusions and the special protrusions.

In addition, since the shapes seen from the front differ between protrusions with recesses on the backside and specific protrusions without recesses on the backside, it is possible to create a more varied decoration seen from the front compared to when multiple protrusions with recesses on the backside are provided.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can attract the player's attention to the winning slots, thereby entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

(Characteristic effects of technical features)
The game panel 1100 in the game board 5 of this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution means, the second starting opening 2004 and the large winning opening 2005 of this embodiment correspond to the winning openings of the above-mentioned solution means, the second starting opening door 2541 and the large winning opening door 2531 of this embodiment correspond to the movable pieces of the above-mentioned solution means, the base plate 2441, front plate 2442, flange portion 2512 and front plate 2571 of this embodiment correspond to the passage plate portion of the above-mentioned solution means, and the attacca decorative base plate 2443, decorative member 2445 and front decorative portion 2572 of this embodiment correspond to the decorative members of the above-mentioned solution means.

Furthermore, the convex portion 2594, rear plate convex portion 2594a, and front plate convex portion 2594b in this embodiment correspond to the convex portion of the above-mentioned solution means, and the concave portion 2595, rear plate concave portion 2595a, and front plate concave portion 2595b in this embodiment correspond to the concave portion of the above-mentioned solution means, respectively.

(Characteristic effects of technical features)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, a convex portion 2594 that affects the flow speed of the game ball B is provided upstream of the special prize opening door 2531 that switches the special prize opening 2005, which is provided in the game area 5a through which the game ball B circulates, between an easy-to-win state and an unwinnable state, and a concave portion 2595 that reflects decorative light is provided on the back side of the convex portion 2594, so that the decorative light can be reflected by the concave portion 2595, and the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the area around the special prize opening door 2531. Because this illuminated decoration is light reflected by the concave portion 2595, it is possible to create an illuminated decoration that is completely different from conventional direct light from an LED, and it is possible to draw the player's attention to the special prize opening door 2531 and, ultimately, the special prize opening 2005. Furthermore, the convex portion 2594 having the concave portion 2595 on the back side is provided upstream of the large prize opening door 2531 and can affect the flow speed of the game ball B, so that the circulation speed of the game ball B can be slowed down and the game ball B circulating toward the large prize opening door 2531 (large prize opening 2005) can be made easier to see. Furthermore, because the convex portion 2594 is provided upstream of the large prize opening door 2531, it is possible to lengthen the retention time of the game ball B on the large prize opening door 2531. For this reason, the reflected light from the recess 2595 can strongly attract the player's attention to the large prize opening 2005, and by the player paying attention to the large prize opening 2005, the player can feel anxious and excited about whether or not game ball B will enter the large prize opening 2005 when the large prize opening door 2531 moves and the large prize opening 2005 becomes in a state where it is easy to win, which entertains the player and prevents a decline in interest.

In addition, according to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, a convex portion 2594 that affects the flow speed of the game ball B is provided downstream of the second starting gate door 2541 or the large winning gate door 2531, which switches the second starting gate 2004 or the large winning gate 2005, which is provided in the game area 5a through which the game ball B circulates, between an easy-to-win state and an unwinnable state, and a concave portion 2595 that reflects decorative light is provided on the back side of the convex portion 2594.Since the decorative light can be reflected by the concave portion 2595, the reflected light can be used to illuminate and decorate the area around the second starting gate door 2541 (second starting gate 2004) and the area around the large winning gate door 2531 (large winning gate 2005). Because this illuminated decoration is light reflected by the recess 2595, it is possible to create an illuminated decoration that is completely different from conventional direct light from an LED, and it can draw the player's attention to the second starting gate door 2541 and the large winning gate door 2531, and ultimately to the second starting gate 2004 and the large winning gate 2005.

In addition, since the convex portion 2594 is located downstream of the second starting gate door 2541 or the large prize gate door 2531, if the convex portion 2594 and the concave portion 2595 are located downstream of the second starting gate 2004 or the large prize gate 2005 in the game area 5a and another prize gate (for example, the regular prize gate 2011, the second starting gate 2004, the large prize gate 2005, etc.) is located further downstream of the second starting gate door 2541 or the large prize gate door 2531, the concave portion 2595 will illuminate and decorate the area between the second starting gate 2004 or the large prize gate 2005 where the second starting gate door 2541 or the large prize gate door 2531 is located and the other prize gate, thereby drawing the player's attention to both prize gates. Furthermore, even if game ball B does not enter second start gate 2004 or large prize gate 2005, which is equipped with second start gate door 2541 or large prize gate door 2531, there is a possibility that it may enter another prize gate downstream, allowing the player to continue enjoying the game. In this case, convex portion 2594, which has concave portion 2595 on its back side, is located upstream of the other prize gate, and therefore the convex portion can slow down the circulation speed of game ball B circulating toward the other prize gate, thereby increasing anticipation of the game ball entering the other prize gate.

Furthermore, since the convex portion 2594 is located downstream of the second starting opening door 2541 or the large prize opening door 2531, if the convex portion 2594 and the concave portion 2595 are located inside the second starting opening 2004 or the large prize opening 2005, the second starting opening 2004 or the large prize opening 2005 can be illuminated and decorated by the light reflected by the concave portion 2595, which can strongly attract the player's attention to the second starting opening 2004 or the large prize opening 2005.In addition, by the player paying attention to the second starting opening 2004 or the large prize opening 2005, the player can be made to feel anxious and excited about whether or not game ball B will win when the second starting opening door 2541 or the large prize opening door 2531 moves, making the second starting opening 2004 or the large prize opening 2005 an easy-to-win state, which can entertain the player and prevent a decline in interest. Furthermore, if a convex portion 2594 with a concave portion 2595 on the back side is provided inside the second starting opening 2004 or the large winning opening 2005, the convex portion 2594 can slow down the circulation speed of the game ball B that has entered the second starting opening 2004 or the large winning opening 2005, making it less likely that the second starting opening 2004 or the large winning opening 2005 will be damaged.

In addition, because the decorative member 2445, front decorative portion 2572, etc. make the recess 2595 untouchable, workers' fingers will not come into contact with and get dirty from the recess 2595 during the manufacture of the pachinko machine 1, and the decorative light can be reflected well in the recess 2595, ensuring the decorative effect of the luminous decoration. Furthermore, the protrusion 2594, which has the recess 2595 on its back side, can affect the speed at which the game ball B flows down, making it possible to slow down the speed at which the game ball B flows down near the second starting opening 2004 or the special winning opening 2005 (the second starting opening door 2541 or the special winning opening door 2531). As a result, the reflected light from the recess 2595 can strongly attract the player's attention to the second starting opening 2004 or the large winning opening 2005, and by the player focusing on the second starting opening 2004 or the large winning opening 2005, the player can feel a sense of suspense as to whether or not game ball B will win when the second starting opening 2004 or the large winning opening 2005 becomes ready to win due to the movement of the second starting opening door 2541 or the large winning opening door 2531, thereby entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

In addition to decoration based on the shapes of the convex portions 2594 and the concave portions 2595, decoration is also provided by the decorative members 2445, etc., thereby improving the appearance of the component on which the convex portions 2594 and the concave portions 2595 are provided.

Furthermore, convex portions 2594 and concave portions 2595 are provided on both the rear plate portion 2592, which is provided along the front surface of the gaming panel 1100, and the front plate portion 2593, which is positioned in front of the rear plate portion 2592 and forms a space between the rear plate portion 2592 and the front plate portion 2593 through which gaming ball B can circulate. Since the convex portions 2594 and concave portions 2595 are provided in front of and behind the circulating gaming ball B, the illuminating decoration of the rear plate concave portion 2595a on the rear plate portion 2592 makes the gaming ball B appear as a silhouette, while the illuminating decoration of the front plate concave portion 2595b on the front plate portion 2593 makes it appear to sparkle. This strongly draws the player's attention to the big prize opening 2005 and allows them to enjoy the movement of the gaming ball B, thereby preventing a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, upstream of the large prize opening door 2531, the rear plate convex portions 2594a and the front plate convex portions 2594b of the front plate portion 2593 are arranged alternately (staggered) in the direction of flow of the game ball B. As a result, as described above, the illuminating decorations of the rear plate concave portions 2595a and the front plate concave portions 2595b can strongly attract the player's attention to the large prize opening 2005, and the flow speed of the game ball B can be significantly slowed near the large prize opening 2005, making it possible to lengthen the time that the game ball B remains on the large prize opening door 2531. This creates a sense of suspense as to whether or not the game ball B will win when the large prize opening 2005 becomes vulnerable to winning due to the movement of the large prize opening door 2531, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

Furthermore, because the recess 2595 is provided on the back side of the convex portion 2594, the weight can be reduced by the amount of the recess 2595 compared to when no recess is provided, allowing the component on which the convex portion 2594 and recess 2595 are provided to be lighter and the cost of the component on which the convex portion 2594 and recess 2595 are provided to be reduced. Furthermore, because the component on which the convex portion 2594 and recess 2595 are provided can be lighter, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was required in conventional pachinko machines, thereby suppressing increases in the cost of the pachinko machine 1.

[7. Ball entrance notation]
[7-1. Outlet notation structure]
Next, the out port notation 2050 as an inlet port notation provided on the game board 5 will be described in detail with reference to Figure 140. Figure 140 is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged view of the out port notation.

The out exit notation 2050 indicates the out exits (e.g., out exit 1008, sub-out exit 2023, etc.) provided on the gaming board 5, and by looking at the out exit notation 2050, the player is able to recognize that the ball entry exit in question is an out exit. As will be described in more detail below, the gaming board 5 of this embodiment has multiple sub-out exits 2023, and the out exit notation 2050 provided near each sub-out exit 2023 can prevent the player from mistaking them for a winning exit (e.g., general winning exit 2001).

As shown in the figure, the outlet marking 2050 is composed of a marking body 2051 made up of letters or symbols, and a peripheral portion 2052 provided around the periphery of the marking body 2051. At least the marking body 2051 of the outlet marking 2050 is formed to have lower translucency than the surrounding area of the outlet marking 2050 (for example, the component on which the outlet marking 2050 is provided, decorations such as pictures or patterns, etc.). Furthermore, the color of the peripheral portion 2052 of the outlet marking 2050 is different from the color of the marking body 2051. This peripheral portion 2052 may be transparent.

In addition, the outgoing slot notation 2050 is smaller than the winning slot notation 2060, which is provided as the letter "IN" on the front panel 2101 of the first starting slot 2002.

Examples of outlet markings 2050 include those "printed together with decorative designs," "printed on stickers and attached," and "formed in a convex or concave shape along with the molding of the component."

In addition, the outlet notation 2050 may be characters such as "alphabet," "hiragana," "katakana," "kanji," etc., or may be a symbol or pictogram that represents the outlet.

Furthermore, the locations where the outlet notation 2050 may be provided include "the front panel of the member that constitutes the outlet," "the base plate of the member that constitutes the outlet that abuts against the front surface of the gaming panel," "the front surface of the gaming panel," "the rear surface of the transparent gaming panel," "a member that is provided behind the gaming panel," etc.

In the above description, the relationship between the main body 2051 and the peripheral portion 2052 that make up the outlet marking 2050 is explained as being different colors (hues), but another possible relationship is that the main body 2051 and the peripheral portion 2052 may have different light transmittance (translucency). For example, if the light transmittance decreases in the order of the periphery of the outlet marking 2050, the peripheral portion 2052, and the main body 2051, then when the rear of the outlet marking 2050 becomes brighter (for example, when an LED located at the rear is lit), it can be made to appear as a gradation of light.

In addition, the light transmittance of at least one of the notation body 2051 and the peripheral edge 2052 that make up the outlet notation 2050 may be higher than the light transmittance of the area around the outlet notation 2050. This causes the outlet notation 2050 to glow when it becomes bright behind the outlet notation 2050, making it easier to recognize the outlet notation 2050.

In addition, the outlet marking 2050 may be designed not to emit light (not to shine) when hit by light from an LED or the like. In this case, the outlet marking 2050 may be "black," "dark color," "matte color," "color with lower light reflectivity than the area around the outlet marking 2050," etc.

Furthermore, the outlet sign 2050 may be made to emit light (glow) using light from an LED or the like. In this case, it may be made to emit light using light from an LED provided behind the outlet sign 2050, or it may be made to emit light using light from an LED provided to the side or front of the outlet sign 2050. Alternatively, the transparent member on which the outlet sign 2050 is provided may be used as a light guide plate, causing the outlet sign 2050 to emit light. In this case, the outlet sign 2050 may be "transparent," "colored transparent," "plated color," "glitter color," "having countless tiny prisms," etc.

The outgoing marking 2050 of this embodiment can be provided in various embodiments (use examples), as described below, and may be provided in only one embodiment on the game board 5, or in a combination of multiple embodiments.

[7-2a. Example 1 of using out-mouth notation]
Next, an example of the use of the outlet notation 2050 on the gaming board 5 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 141 etc. FIG. 141(a) is a front view of the lower part of the gaming board on which the outlet notation is applied, and FIG. 141(b) is a perspective view of FIG. 141(a) as viewed from the front. First, as shown in FIG. 141 , the gaming board 5 is provided with a first starting opening 2002 provided below the central release portion 2518a of the stage 2518 of the center role device 2500, an outlet 1008 provided below the first starting opening 2002 at the downstream end (lowest end) of the gaming area 5a, a general winning opening 2001 provided to the left of the first starting opening 2002, and multiple (here, three) sub-outlets 2023 different from the outlet 1008.

This game board 5 has a panel decoration 1113 on the front of the game panel 1100, which has a game area 5a at the front. In this embodiment, the panel decoration 1113 has a crack-like pattern.

The sub-outlet 2023 is always open, and any game ball B that enters it is discharged from the game board 5 as an out ball. In other words, similar to the outlet 1008, no special benefit is awarded even if a game ball B enters the sub-outlet 2023. The multiple sub-outlets 2023 consist of three, from right to left: a first outlet 2023a, a second outlet 2023b, and a third outlet 2023c. Note that, hereinafter, the first outlet 2023a to the third outlet 2023c will be collectively referred to simply as the sub-outlet 2023.

The first starting opening 2002 is provided in the starting opening unit 2100. This starting opening unit 2100 has a winning opening notation section 2060 consisting of the letters "IN" on the front surface of the front plate 2101 that forms the front end of the first starting opening 2002. This winning opening notation section 2060 is formed in a relief shape that protrudes forward, and is molded integrally with the starting opening unit 2100. Note that the winning opening notation section 2060 may be a symbol such as a design or picture in addition to letters.

The general winning opening 2001 and some of the sub-outlets 2023 (here, the second outlet 2023b and the third outlet 2023c) are located in the side unit 2200 to the left of the starting opening unit 2100. The general winning opening 2001 is located between the second outlet 2023b and the third outlet 2023c. In this side unit 2200, the second outlet 2023b is located with its opening facing upward, and the third outlet 2023c is located with its opening facing diagonally upward and to the left.

The remaining sub-outlet 2023 (first outlet 2023a) is located in the attacca unit 2400 (details omitted) to the right of the starting outlet unit 2100. This first outlet 2023a is located away from the large prize opening 2005 (not shown) and protrudes forward from the base plate 2441. In the attacca unit 2400, the opening of the first outlet 2023a faces diagonally upward and to the right.

In this embodiment, the outlet notation 2050 includes a first outlet notation 2050a representing the first outlet 2023a, a second outlet notation 2050b representing the second outlet 2023b, and a third outlet notation 2050c representing the third outlet 2023c. The first outlet notation 2050a to the third outlet notation 2050c each have a different appearance. Note that, hereinafter, the first outlet notation 2050a to the third outlet notation 2050c will also be collectively referred to simply as the outlet notation 2050.

Each outlet marking 2050 will now be described in detail. First, as shown in FIG. 141, the first outlet marking 2050a is provided on the front plate 2450a of the receiving portion 2450 that protrudes forward from the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 and forms the first outlet 2023a. More specifically, the first outlet marking 2050a is printed on a decorative sticker 2446 affixed to the front plate 2450a. This first outlet marking 2050a is provided so that the characters are slanted to match the inclination of the opening of the first outlet 2023a. This first outlet marking 2050a is provided behind the winning port marking portion 2060 of the first starting port 2002.

The second outlet notation 2050b is provided directly above the second outlet 2023b on the front surface of the gaming panel 1100. The second outlet notation 2050b is provided (printed) together with the panel decoration 1113. The second outlet notation 2050b has horizontally arranged characters.

The third outlet notation 2050c is provided in the upper left portion of the third outlet 2023c on the front of the gaming panel 1100. The third outlet notation 2050c is applied (printed) together with the panel decoration 1113. This third outlet notation 2050c is the letter "OUT" divided into "O," "U," and "T," and is arranged diagonally from the upper right to the lower left, along the slanted opening of the third outlet 2023c.

As shown in the figure, the second outlet marking 2050b and the third outlet marking 2050c are arranged to overlap the pattern (pattern) of the panel decoration 1113 of the gaming panel 1100. This makes the second outlet marking 2050b and the third outlet marking 2050c appear to be integrated into the pattern of the panel decoration 1113, making the outlet markings 2050 less noticeable and not compromising the decorativeness of the panel decoration 1113.

In addition, the second outlet notation 2050b and the third outlet notation 2050c have a white periphery 2052. As a result, the notation body 2051 is separated from the pattern of the panel decoration 1113 by the white periphery 2052, and the characters of the notation body 2051 (outlet notation 2050) are not difficult to read.

Furthermore, the first outlet notation 2050a, the second outlet notation 2050b, and the third outlet notation 2050c are located behind the winning port notation 2060, making them less noticeable than the winning port notation 2060 while still drawing attention to the existence of the sub-outlet 2023, thereby reducing the chance of the sub-outlet 2023 being mistaken for a winning port such as the general winning port 2001.

According to this example, the first outlet notation 2050a and the second outlet notation 2050b corresponding to the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b are provided in different distinguishing modes. This makes it possible to match each outlet notation 2050 with the opening direction of the sub-outlet 2023 or with the decoration of the area where the sub-outlet 2023 is provided, thereby making the outlet notation 2050 less noticeable while still being visible. Specifically, if the first outlet 2023a opens diagonally upward to the right and the second outlet 2023b opens upward, the first outlet notation 2050a is written diagonally and the second outlet notation 2050b is written horizontally. This means that each outlet notation 2050 follows the opening edge of the corresponding sub-outlet 2023, making each outlet notation 2050 less noticeable and less likely to create an awkward impression. This prevents the player from feeling uncomfortable due to the outlet marking 2050, ensures that the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the playing area 5a is fully realized, improves the appearance, and provides a pachinko machine 1 that prevents players from losing interest.

In addition, since the first outlet notation 2050a is applied to the decorative sticker 2446, the outlet notation 2050 can be provided by attaching the decorative sticker 2446 on which the first outlet notation 2050a is applied (printed) to the front plate 2450a of the receiving portion 2450 of the corresponding first outlet 2023a.

In addition, the decorative sticker 2203 (decorative sticker 2446) bearing the outlet notation 2050 is affixed to the front panel 2202, which does not come into contact with the game ball B, so the decorative sticker 2203 will not peel off when the game ball B comes into contact with it.

Furthermore, because the outlet marking 2050 is less translucent than its surroundings, when the area around the outlet marking 2050 becomes brighter, the outlet marking 2050 becomes relatively darker. This makes it possible to make the outlet marking 2050 difficult to see while still being recognizable (visible) to the player, thereby preventing the outlet marking 2050 from adversely affecting the appearance.

In addition, the first outlet notation 2050a of the first outlet 2023a provided on the attacca unit 2400 having the large prize opening 2005 and the second outlet notation 2050b of the second outlet 2023b provided on the side unit 2200 having the general prize opening 2001 are arranged so that the first outlet notation 2050a is located further forward than the second outlet notation 2050b. As a result, even if the first outlet notation 2050a of the first outlet 2023a is located further forward than the second outlet notation 2050b, because the large prize opening 2005 is located near the first outlet notation 2050a (first outlet 2023a), even if the first outlet notation 2050a stands out due to its location forward, players' attention is drawn more to the large prize opening 2005, and players therefore pay relatively less attention to the first outlet notation 2050a, and the first outlet notation 2050a becomes less of a concern and does not obstruct the surrounding decoration. On the other hand, because the second outlet notation 2050b is located further back than the first outlet notation 2050a, the second outlet notation 2050b can be made less noticeable than the first outlet notation 2050a. Therefore, the outlet marking 2050 does not cause discomfort to the player, and the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the playing area 5a can be reliably achieved, improving the appearance and providing a pachinko machine 1 that prevents players from losing interest.

In other words, the outlet markings 2050 corresponding to the sub-outlets 2023 closest to the large prize opening 2005, which awards more prizes when game ball B enters the opening, are positioned further forward. As a result, since the large prize opening 2005 attracts the player's strong attention, the first outlet marking 2050a of the first outlet 2023a located near the large prize opening 2005 attracts relatively less attention. Therefore, even if the first outlet marking 2050a is positioned further forward than the other second outlet markings 2050b and third outlet markings 2050c, it does not become noticeable, and the first outlet marking 2050a does not obstruct the surrounding decorations. Therefore, the above-mentioned effects can be achieved.

Furthermore, the multiple outlet notations 2050 are arranged behind the winning hole notation 2060 corresponding to the first starting hole 2002. As a result, because the winning hole notation 2060 corresponding to the first starting hole 2002 is arranged, the winning hole notation 2060 can make the player aware of the existence of the first starting hole 2002, and can make the player strongly desire for game ball B to enter the first starting hole 2002. Furthermore, for the multiple sub-outlets 2023 arranged separately from the first starting hole 2002, the corresponding out outlet notations 2050 are arranged behind the winning hole notation 2060, so the out outlet notations 2050 can be made less noticeable than the winning hole notation 2060. This makes it possible to make the presence of the sub-outlet 2023 recognized by the out outlet notation 2050 while preventing the out outlet notation 2050 from detracting from the appearance of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5). As a result, even though the outlet marking 2050 is provided, it does not cause discomfort to the player, ensuring that the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the playing area 5a can be fully realized, improving the appearance and providing a pachinko machine 1 that prevents players from losing interest.

[7-2b. Example 2 of using the outgoing notation]
Next, a different example of the use of the outlet marking 2050 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 142 . FIG. 142 is an explanatory diagram showing a front view of a portion of a game board in which the outlet marking is used to match the pattern of the decorative portion. As shown in the figure, the game board 5 of this embodiment includes a first start opening 2002 located below the central release portion 2518a of the stage 2518 of the center role device 2500, a second start opening 2004 located below the first start opening 2002 and opening and closing depending on the result of a regular symbol drawn when a game ball B passes through a gate 2003, an outlet 1008 located below the second start opening 2004 at the downstream end (lowest end) of the game area 5a, multiple general winning openings 2001 located to the left of the second start opening 2004, and a sub-out opening 2023 located to the right of the second start opening 2004.

The first starting hole 2002 and the second starting hole 2004 are provided in the starting hole unit 2100. This starting hole unit 2100 has an upper front plate 2101a that forms the front end of the first starting hole 2002, and a lower front plate 2101b that forms the front end of the second starting hole 2004. A first winning hole notation section 2060a consisting of the character "start" is provided on the front surface of the upper front plate 2101a. Meanwhile, a second winning hole notation section 2060b in the form of a symbol consisting of a design of multiple circles is provided on the front surface of the lower front plate 2101b. These first winning hole notation section 2060a and second winning hole notation section 2060b are formed in a relief shape with unevenness, and are molded integrally with the starting hole unit 2100.

Multiple general winning openings 2001 are provided in the side unit 2200. The side unit 2200 has a front plate 2202 that forms the front end of each general winning opening 2001. A third winning opening notation section 2060c consisting of a spiral design (symbol) is provided on the front surface of these front plates 2202. This third winning opening notation section 2060c is formed in a relief shape with concave and convex surfaces, and is molded integrally with the side unit 2200.

The sub-outlet 2023 is always open facing upward, and a game ball B that enters it is ejected from the game board 5 as an out ball. In other words, similar to the outlet 1008, no special benefit is awarded even if a game ball B enters the sub-outlet 2023. This sub-outlet 2023 is provided in the attacca unit 2400 (details omitted). The attacca unit 2400 has a receiving portion 2450 that protrudes forward from the base plate 2441 and forms the sub-outlet 2023. This receiving portion 2450 has a front plate 2450a that forms the front end of the sub-outlet 2023. The front surface of this front plate 2450a is provided with a decorative portion 2450b consisting of a spiral design (pattern) similar to the third winning port notation portion 2060c. The decorative portion 2450b is formed in a relief shape with concave and convex portions, and is molded integrally with the receiving portion 2450 (front panel 2450a). In this way, by making the design (pattern) of the decorative portion 2450b similar to the design (pattern) of the third winning port notation portion 2060c, it is possible to make the sub-outlet port 2023 look like the general winning port 2001 in terms of design.

In this embodiment, as shown in the figure, the exit notation 2050 has the letters "O," "U," and "T" arranged to align with the spiral pattern of the decorative portion 2450b. This makes the exit notation 2050 appear to be integrated with the pattern of the decorative portion 2450b, making the exit notation 2050 less noticeable while still being displayed, without compromising the decorativeness of the decorative portion 2450b.

According to the game board 5 of this embodiment, the out port notation 2050 is provided on the decorative portion 2450b, which has a pattern similar to the design of the third winning port notation portion 2060c. This creates the illusion that there are many general winning ports 2001 when viewed from a distance, making it easier to select this pachinko machine 1 as the pachinko machine 1 to play. On the other hand, if you look closely at the ball entry port that you thought was the general winning port 2001, you will see that it is marked with the out port notation 2050, which will make you recognize it as an out port (sub-out port 2023), preventing a loss of interest due to misidentification.

In addition, the character string of the outlet marking 2050 is arranged to follow the decorative portion 2450b on the front panel 2450a of the receiving portion 2450 of the attacca unit 2400, making it possible to make the outlet marking 2050 appear as part of the decoration, allowing the player to recognize that it is the sub-outlet 2023 from the outlet marking 2050 while making it less noticeable. This does not diminish the decorativeness of the decoration on the game board 5, and the presence of the outlet marking 2050 does not make it look unattractive.

Furthermore, because the outlet marking 2050 is integrally molded with the attacca unit 2400 (receiving portion 2450) that forms the corresponding sub-outlet 2023, there is no risk of forgetting to affix a sticker, compared to when the outlet marking 2050 is provided by attaching a sticker. This ensures that the outlet marking 2050 is properly marked, eliminates the need for the effort of attaching a sticker, and helps to reduce the cost of the pachinko machine 1.

In addition, because the outlet marking 2050 is integrally molded with the receiving portion 2450, it will not peel off even if the game ball B or an operator comes into contact with it, as opposed to when the outlet marking 2050 is provided by a sticker or printing (painting).

In addition, because the outlet marking 2050 is less translucent than its surroundings, when the area around the outlet marking 2050 becomes brighter, the outlet marking 2050 becomes relatively darker. This makes it possible to make the outlet marking 2050 difficult to see while still being recognizable (visible) to the player, thereby preventing the outlet marking 2050 from adversely affecting the appearance.

[7-2c. Example 3 of using out-mouth notation]
Next, a further example of the use of the outlet marking 2050 different from the above will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 143 . FIG. 143 is an explanatory diagram showing a front view of a portion of a game board in which multiple outlet markings are used with different levels of prominence. As shown in the figure, the game board 5 of this embodiment includes a first starting gate 2002 located at the bottom of the horizontal center of the game area 5 a and through which a special symbol is drawn when a game ball B enters the game area 5 a, multiple general winning gates 2001 located to the left of the first starting gate 2002, a large winning gate 2005 located toward the first starting gate 2002 and opening and closing depending on the results of the drawing for the special symbol drawn when a ball enters the first starting gate 2002 or a second starting gate 2004 (not shown), an outlet 1008 located at the downstream end (lowest end) of the game area 5 a, and multiple sub-outlets 2023 located at predetermined positions within the game area 5 a.

The first starting opening 2002 is provided in the starting opening unit 2100. The starting opening unit 2100 has a front plate 2101 that forms the front end of the first starting opening 2002. The front surface of the front plate 2101 is provided with a winning opening notation section 2060 consisting of the letters "IN." In this embodiment, the winning opening notation section 2060 is formed from a sticker.

Multiple general winning openings 2001 are provided in the side unit 2200. The multiple general winning openings 2001 are arranged in a row in the left-right direction. The side unit 2200 has a single front plate 2202 that forms the front end of each general winning opening 2001. A decorative sticker 2203 with a predetermined decoration printed on it is affixed to the front of this front plate 2202. The decorative sticker 2203 is decorated with a geometric pattern consisting of multiple triangles.

The large prize opening 2005 is provided in the attacca unit 2400. The attacca unit 2400 has a front panel 2442 located forward of the large prize opening 2005. A decorative sticker 2446 with a predetermined decoration printed on it is affixed to the front of this front panel 2442. The decorative sticker 2446 is decorated with a geometric pattern consisting of multiple triangles, similar to the decorative sticker 2203 on the side unit 2200.

The sub-outlet 2023 is always open, and any game ball B that enters it is discharged from the game board 5 as an out ball. In other words, similar to the outlet 1008, no special benefit is awarded even if a game ball B enters the sub-outlet 2023. The multiple sub-outlets 2023 consist of three, from right to left: a first outlet 2023a, a second outlet 2023b, and a third outlet 2023c. Note that, hereinafter, the first outlet 2023a to the third outlet 2023c will be collectively referred to simply as the sub-outlet 2023.

The first outlet 2023a and second outlet 2023b are provided in the attacca unit 2400, while the third outlet 2023c is provided in the side unit 2200. Specifically, the first outlet 2023a opens upward at the right corner of the top edge of the attacca unit 2400, upstream of the special prize opening 2005. The second outlet 2023b opens leftward near the bottom of the left edge of the attacca unit 2400, downstream of the special prize opening 2005. The third outlet 2023c opens upward at a location to the left of the general prize opening 2001 on the side unit 2200. Note that at the location of the third outlet 2023c on the side unit 2200, the top edge of the front panel 2202 is inclined diagonally so that it is lower to the left.

In this embodiment, the multiple sub-outlets 2023 are set up so that the probability of the game ball B entering each one is different due to the multiple obstacle nails N planted on the front surface of the game panel 1100, with the probability of the game ball B entering decreasing in the order of the first outlet 2023a, the second outlet 2023b, and the third outlet 2023c. In other words, it is easier for the game ball to enter the third outlet 2023c than the first outlet 2023a.

In this embodiment, the outlet notation 2050 includes a first outlet notation 2050a representing the first outlet 2023a, a second outlet notation 2050b representing the second outlet 2023b, and a third outlet notation 2050c representing the third outlet 2023c. The first outlet notation 2050a to the third outlet notation 2050c each have a different appearance. Note that, hereinafter, the first outlet notation 2050a to the third outlet notation 2050c will also be collectively referred to simply as the outlet notation 2050.

Each outlet notation 2050 will be described in detail. The first outlet notation 2050a is located above the first outlet 2023a, in the upper right corner of the front panel 2442 of the attacca unit 2400. The first outlet notation 2050a is composed of the word "OUT" lined up side by side. While the first outlet notation 2050a is smaller than the characters in the winning port notation 2060, it is composed of relatively large characters to make it stand out. The first outlet notation 2050a is printed together with the decoration (geometric pattern) of the decorative sticker 2446 affixed to the front panel 2442 of the attacca unit 2400 so that it overlaps the decoration from above. The periphery 2052 of the first outlet notation 2050a is white, so it can be recognized (read) even when it overlaps the decoration of the decorative sticker 2446.

The second outlet notation 2050b is provided on a decorative sticker 2446 affixed to the front panel 2442 of the attacca unit 2400, above the second outlet 2023b. The second outlet notation 2050b consists of the word "OUT" lined up side by side. This second outlet notation 2050b consists of smaller letters than the first outlet notation 2050a. The second outlet notation 2050b is printed together with the decoration (geometric pattern) of the decorative sticker 2446 so that it overlaps the decoration from above. The color of the periphery 2052 of the second outlet notation 2050b is white, so it can be recognized (read) even when it overlaps the decoration of the decorative sticker 2446.

The third outlet notation 2050c is provided on a decorative sticker 2203 affixed to the front panel 2202 of the side unit 2200, in front of the third outlet 2023c. The third outlet notation 2050c is the letter "OUT" broken down into "O," "U," and "T," which are arranged diagonally along the slanted portion of the top edge of the front panel 2202. The third outlet notation 2050c is composed of smaller characters than the first outlet notation 2050a and the second outlet notation 2050b. The third outlet notation 2050c is printed together with the decoration (geometric pattern) of the decorative sticker 2203 so that it overlaps the decoration from above. The peripheral edge 2052 of the third outlet notation 2050c is white, so it can be recognized (read) even when it overlaps the decoration of the decorative sticker 2203.

In this embodiment, when a special symbol such as "jackpot" is drawn by a start winning into the first start opening 2002 or the second start opening 2004 (not shown), the large prize opening 2005 opens and closes in a predetermined opening and closing pattern. This large prize opening 2005 is located below the center device 2500 and to the right of the center of the play area 5a. Therefore, a "right hit" is performed so that the game ball B flows down the right side of the center device 2500. A first outlet 2023a is located on the path of this "right hit" game ball B (upstream of the large prize opening 2005), and a first outlet notation 2050a indicating the first outlet 2023a is prominently displayed. This alerts the player to the presence of the first outlet 2023a, allowing the player to hope that the "right hit" game ball B does not enter the first outlet 2023a. Because the probability of ball landing at this first outlet 2023a is set lower than at the other two outlets, second outlet 2023b and third outlet 2023c, the ball will not land there often enough to make the first outlet notation 2050a stand out. Even if game ball B does land at the first outlet 2023a, the player is already fully aware of the existence of the first outlet 2023a, so the player's interest is not significantly diminished and they can continue to enjoy the game.

In addition, in this embodiment, since the second outlet 2023b is located downstream of the large prize opening 2005, even if the player is aware of the existence of the second outlet 2023b from the second outlet notation 2050b, there is little interest in game ball B that does not enter the large prize opening 2005, and interest is not diminished even if the ball enters the second outlet 2023b.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the third outlet 2023c is located to the left of the general winning port 2001 in the side unit 2200, and the third outlet notation 2050c is made less noticeable than the other outlets, thereby reducing the player's interest in the third outlet 2023c. Even if the third outlet 2023c is set to have a higher ball scoring probability than the first outlet 2023a or second outlet 2023b, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to notice a ball scoring into the third outlet 2023c, thereby preventing a decline in the player's interest.

As such, according to this embodiment, even if multiple sub-outlets 2023 are provided, each sub-outlet 2023 is provided with its own corresponding outlet notation 2050, so the sub-outlets 2023 will not be mistaken for winning slots. Furthermore, the first outlet notation 2050a corresponding to the first outlet 2023a, which is difficult to score a ball into, is made more noticeable than the other outlet notations 2050, so the player's attention can be drawn to the first outlet 2023a, which is difficult to score a ball into, and it is made difficult for the player to notice balls scoring into the second outlet 2023b or third outlet 2023c, which are easier to score a ball into, thereby preventing a loss of interest due to balls scoring into the sub-outlets 2023.

Furthermore, because each outlet notation 2050 corresponding to the multiple sub-outlets 2023 is provided in a different distinguishing manner, it is possible to match each outlet notation 2050 with the opening direction of the sub-outlet 2023 or with the decoration of the area where the sub-outlet 2023 is provided, allowing the outlet notation 2050 to be displayed while being less noticeable. Specifically, the first outlet 2023a opens upward, and the third outlet 2023c opens diagonally upward to the left, with the first outlet notation 2050a written horizontally and the third outlet notation 2050c written diagonally. This allows each outlet notation 2050 to follow the opening edge of the corresponding sub-outlet 2023, making each outlet notation 2050 less noticeable and less likely to create an awkward impression. This prevents the player from feeling uncomfortable due to the outlet marking 2050, ensures that the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the playing area 5a is fully realized, improves the appearance, and provides a pachinko machine 1 that prevents players from losing interest.

In addition, because the text of the outlet notation 2050 is arranged to follow the decorations on the decorative stickers 2203 and 2446, it is possible to make the outlet notation 2050 appear as part of the decoration, allowing the player to recognize that it is the sub-outlet 2023 from the outlet notation 2050 while making it less noticeable. This does not diminish the decorativeness of the decorations on the game board 5, and the presence of the outlet notation 2050 does not make it look bad.

In addition, because the outlet notation 2050 is applied to the decorative sticker 2203 or decorative sticker 2446, the outlet notation 2050 can be provided by attaching the decorative sticker 2203 or decorative sticker 2446, on which the outlet notation 2050 is applied (printed), to the front plate 2202 or front plate 2450a of the corresponding sub-outlet 2023. Also, for example, even if the same side unit 2200 is used as a general winning slot 2001 or a sub-outlet 2023 depending on the specifications or model, this can be accommodated by simply replacing the decorative sticker 2203, thereby reducing the cost of the pachinko machine 1.

Furthermore, decorative stickers 2203 and 2446 bearing outlet markings 2050 are affixed to front plates 2202 and 2450a, respectively, which do not come into contact with game ball B, so decorative stickers 2203 and 2446 will not peel off when contacted by game ball B.

In addition, because the outlet marking 2050 is less translucent than its surroundings, when the area around the outlet marking 2050 becomes brighter, the outlet marking 2050 becomes relatively darker. This makes it possible to make the outlet marking 2050 difficult to see while still being recognizable (visible) to the player, thereby preventing the outlet marking 2050 from adversely affecting the appearance.

Furthermore, the sub-outlet 2023 (here, the third outlet 2023c) that is easier to enter than the others has its corresponding outlet notation 2050 (third outlet notation 2050c) located further forward than the circulating game balls B. In other words, the third outlet notation 2050c is located on the front panel 2202 of the side unit 2200. As a result, even if game balls B frequently enter the third outlet 2023c, the third outlet notation 2050c is not obscured by the entering game balls B, making it difficult to see (read), and the third outlet notation 2050c can be reliably seen, allowing the presence of the third outlet 2023c to be recognized.

[7-2d. Example 4 of using out-mouth notation]
Next, a further different example of use of the outlet notation 2050 from the above will be described in detail with reference to Fig. 144. Fig. 144(a) is a front view showing a typical pachinko machine in which the outlet notation is provided so as to overlap with the performance operation unit when viewed from the front, and Fig. 144(b) is a schematic longitudinal sectional view showing the pachinko machine of Fig. 144(a) cut at the center in the left-right direction.

The pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment is provided with a start port unit 2100 at the bottom of the game board 5, which has a first start port 2002 and two sub-out ports 2023. The two sub-out ports 2023 are provided below the first start port 2002, on both the left and right sides of the first start port 2002. This start port unit 2100 has a front panel 2101 that forms the front end of the first start port 2002 and the sub-out port 2023. An out port notation 2050 consisting of the letter "OUT" is provided on the front surface of the front panel 2101 in front of the sub-out port 2023. In this embodiment, the out port notation 2050 is affixed as a sticker.

The starting opening unit 2100 of the game board 5 is located above the lower end of the door window 101a in the door frame 3. In other words, the starting opening unit 2100 (outlet notation 2050) is located in a position facing forward from the door window 101a when viewed from the front.

In addition, the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment is provided with a presentation operation unit 300 as a front body on the tray unit 200, which is located below and in front of the door window 101a in the door frame 3. The presentation operation unit 300 has a presentation operation section 301 that allows the player to operate and participate in the presentation when a player-participation presentation is executed. The presentation operation unit 300 here is formed in an overall spherical shape, with its upper end protruding above the lower end of the door window 101a.

As shown in Figure 144 (a), when viewed from the front, the two outlet markings 2050 of the starting port unit 2100 are located behind the performance operation unit 300, which serves as the front body, and cannot be seen from the front. This makes it difficult for other players to see the outlet markings 2050, thereby preventing the appearance of the game board 5 from being impaired by the visibility of the outlet markings 2050, and making it easier for players to select this pachinko machine 1 as the machine to play.

Incidentally, in this pachinko machine 1, a space 2055 is provided between the performance operation unit 300 and the starting port unit 2100 (out port notation 2050). When a player is seated in front of this pachinko machine 1, the player can see the out port notation 2050 through this space 2055. As a result, even if multiple sub-out ports 2023 are provided, a player seated in the front can see the out port notation 2050 that corresponds to the sub-out port 2023, so the player can recognize the existence of the sub-out port 2023 and will not mistake the sub-out port 2023 for a winning port.

The front body is not limited to the performance operation unit 300 (performance operation section 301), but may include the dish unit base 211 on the dish unit 200, decorative elements attached to the dish unit 200, decorative elements attached to the door frame right side unit 430, etc. The way in which the outlet notation 2050 is written may be changed depending on the form (shape) of the part of the front body that is hiding the outlet notation 2050. In other words, the way in which the outlet notation 2050 is written may be changed depending on how the front body hides the outlet notation 2050. Specifically, for example, since the front performance operation unit 300 hides the outlet notation 2050 horizontally, the outlet notation 2050 is written horizontally. Furthermore, since the decorative elements of the vertically long door frame right side unit 430 hide the outlet notation 2050 vertically, the outlet notation 2050 is written vertically.

In addition, while the above shows the exit notation 2050 being completely hidden by the front body when viewed from the front, this is not limited to this, and the exit notation 2050 may be partially hidden when viewed from the front. In this case, the exit notation 2050 may be long in the same direction as the front body hiding the exit notation 2050, or it may be long in a direction intersecting the direction in which the front body hides the exit notation 2050 so that it is partially hidden. Specifically, for example, if the front body is hiding it horizontally (in the case of the performance operation unit 300), the exit notation 2050 will be written vertically, and if the front body is hiding it vertically (in the case of the door frame right side unit 430), the exit notation 2050 will be written horizontally.

Furthermore, the presentation operation unit 300 may be detachably attached to the tray unit 200. This allows for easy adaptation to changes in the model, such as when replacing the game board 5 due to a change in specifications or model change in the pachinko machine 1, by replacing it with a presentation operation unit that matches the concept of the decoration and presentation of the game board 5. This makes it easier to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

In this example of use, at least a portion of the outlet marking 2050 overlaps with the presentation operation unit 300, which serves as the front body, making it invisible from the front, but is visible through the space 2055 to players seated in front of the pachinko machine 1. This allows the outlet marking 2050 to have the above-described effect on players playing the pachinko machine 1, while the presentation operation unit 300 makes the outlet marking 2050 less noticeable to other players, thereby preventing the outlet marking 2050 from making the machine look unattractive. Therefore, even though the outlet marking 2050 is installed, it is difficult for other players to see, so it does not create a sense of incongruity, and the decorative effect of the decorations applied to the pachinko machine 1 can be fully utilized, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is likely to be selected as a machine to play on.

In addition, because the outlet sign 2050 is located close to the periphery of the door window 101a, which makes the playing area 5a visible from the front, the outlet sign 2050 is less noticeable and does not cause discomfort to players, achieving the same effect as described above.

In addition, the outlet notation 2050 is arranged to extend long in the same direction as the longitudinal direction of the portion that overlaps with the presentation operation unit 300, which serves as the front body, when viewed from the front. Specifically, because the portion that overlaps with the presentation operation unit 300 is long from side to side, the outlet notation 2050 is written horizontally. This ensures that the outlet notation 2050 is hidden by the presentation operation unit 300, making it difficult for other players to see the outlet notation 2050, and making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that achieves the same effects as those described above.

[7-3a. Relationship between outlet markings and LEDs 1]
Next, the relationship between the outlet marking 2050 and the LED 2056a mounted on the decorative board 2056 or the like at the rear of the gaming board 5 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 145. FIG. 145(a) is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the outlet marking and the LED as viewed from the front, and FIG. 145(b) is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the player seated at the front and the outlet marking and the LED. Note that the following description will be given using an example in which the sub-outlet 2023 is provided in the side unit 2200 and the outlet marking 2050 corresponding to the sub-outlet 2023 is provided on the front surface of the gaming panel 1100.

The gaming board 5 of this embodiment includes a side unit 2200 having a sub-outlet 2023 and attached to a transparent gaming panel 1100, an outlet marking 2050 provided on the front of the gaming panel 1100 and corresponding to the sub-outlet 2023, and a decorative board 2056 provided behind the gaming panel 1100 and having multiple LEDs 2056a mounted on the front. With this gaming board 5, the gaming panel 1100 and the side unit 2200 can be illuminated and decorated by illuminating the multiple LEDs 2056a on the decorative board 2056.

Figure 145(a) shows an example in which no LED 2056a is provided behind the outlet sign 2050 when viewed from the front. In other words, the outlet sign 2050 and the LED 2056a are provided so that they do not overlap when viewed from the front. This ensures that the light from the LED 2056a is not blocked by the outlet sign 2050, which has low translucency (light transmittance), and ensures that the dramatic effect of the light emitted by the LED 2056a is fully realized. Furthermore, because the light from the LED 2056a can be used to create a brightly lit decoration, the outlet sign 2050 becomes relatively dark and difficult to see, preventing the appearance from being impaired by the outlet sign 2050 being visible.

Figure 145(b) shows an example in which the LED 2056a is not located in the line of sight of a player seated at the front when looking at the outlet sign 2050. In other words, the outlet sign 2050 and the LED 2056a do not overlap with the seated player. This means that the light from the LED 2056a reaches the player's eyes without being blocked by the outlet sign 2050, which has low translucency (light transmittance), ensuring that the player can enjoy the light-emitting effects of the LED 2056a. Furthermore, by making it easier for the light from the LED 2056a to reach the player's eyes, the light-emitting effects can appear dazzling, and this dazzle makes the outlet sign 2050 relatively dark, making it difficult to see, thereby preventing the appearance from being impaired by the outlet sign 2050 being visible.

In the above example, the outlet marking 2050 is provided on the gaming panel 1100, but this is not limited to this. The outlet marking 2050 may also be provided on the front panel 2101 of the side unit 2200 that forms the front end of the sub-outlet 2023.

In addition, while the above example shows a sub-outlet 2023 provided in the side unit 2200, this is not limited to this, and the sub-outlet 2023 may also be provided in the starting port unit 2100, the attacca unit 2400, the center role unit 2500, etc.

Furthermore, a panel decoration 1113 with a predetermined decoration may be provided on the front of the gaming panel 1100. In this case, the panel decoration 1113 may have a high-transparency portion 1113a and a low-transparency portion 1113b, as described below (see Figure 146 (a)).

In addition, in the above embodiment, as shown by the two-dot chain line in FIG. 145, at least a portion of the outlet notation 2050 may be located in a position that overlaps with a front body (e.g., the presentation operation unit 300) that is located forward of the gaming board 5 in front of it in a front view, and a space 2055 may be provided between the front body and the gaming board 5 to allow the player to see the portion of the outlet notation 2050 that overlaps with the front body in a front view. This not only provides the effect of the relationship between the outlet notation 2050 and the LED 2056a described above, but also makes the outlet notation 2050 visible to players playing on this pachinko machine 1, making them aware of the existence of the sub-outlet 2023, while making the outlet notation 2050 less noticeable to other players by the presentation operation unit 300, thereby avoiding the out outlet notation 2050 from making the game look unsightly.

[7-3b. Relationship between outlet markings and LEDs 2]
Next, a different relationship between the outlet marking 2050 and the LED 2056a on the gaming board 5 will be described in detail with reference to Figure 146. Figure 146(a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged view of the area of the gaming board where the outlet marking is provided, as viewed from the front, Figure 146(b) is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the outlet marking and the LED, as viewed from the front, on the gaming board in Figure 146(a), and Figure 146(c) is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the player seated in the front, the outlet marking, and the LED on the gaming board in Figure 146(a). Note that the following description will be given using an example in which the sub-outlet 2023 is provided in the side unit 2200, and the outlet marking 2050 corresponding to the sub-outlet 2023 is provided on the front surface of the gaming panel 1100.

The gaming board 5 of this embodiment includes a side unit 2200 having a sub-outlet 2023 and attached to a transparent gaming panel 1100, an outlet marking 2050 provided on the front of the gaming panel 1100 and corresponding to the sub-outlet 2023, and a decorative board 2056 provided at the rear of the gaming panel 1100 and having multiple LEDs 2056a mounted on the front. This gaming board 5 also includes a decorated panel decoration 1113 on the front of the gaming panel 1100. Furthermore, the gaming board 5 allows the gaming panel 1100 and side unit 2200 to be illuminated and decorated by illuminating the multiple LEDs 2056a on the decorative board 2056.

In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 146(a), the decoration of the panel decoration 1113 provided on the front surface of the gaming panel 1100 has a high light transmittance portion 1113a and a low light transmittance portion 1113b (shaded portion). The outlet notation 2050 is provided so as to overlap the low light transmittance portion of the decoration of the panel decoration 1113. As a result, at first glance, the outlet notation 2050 appears to be part of the decoration of the panel decoration 1113, making the outlet notation 2050 less noticeable.

In the example shown in Figure 146(b), an LED 2056a is provided behind the outlet marking 2050 when viewed from the front. In other words, the outlet marking 2050 and the LED 2056a overlap when viewed from the front. This allows the LED 2056a to be hidden by the outlet marking 2050 on the front when the LED 2056a is not illuminated, thereby preventing the appearance from being impaired by the visibility of the LED 2056a. When the LED 2056a is illuminated, the light emitted to the front is blocked by the outlet marking 2050. However, because a high-transmittance portion 1113a with high light transmittance is provided around the outlet marking 2050 in the panel decoration 1113, the area around the outlet marking 2050 shines brightly, causing the outlet marking 2050 to appear relatively dark and difficult to see. Therefore, when the LED 2056a is used for the light-emitting effect, the outlet sign 2050 can be made less visible, preventing the appearance from being impaired by the visibility of the outlet sign 2050, while still ensuring the effective light-emitting effect of the LED 2056a.

In the example shown in Figure 146(c), the LED 2056a is located in the line of sight of a player seated in the front when looking at the outlet sign 2050. In other words, the outlet sign 2050 and the LED 2056a are overlapped from the seated player's perspective. This allows the LED 2056a to be hidden by the outlet sign 2050 when the LED 2056a is not illuminated, thereby preventing the appearance from being impaired by the visibility of the LED 2056a. When the LED 2056a is illuminated, the light emitted toward the player is blocked by the outlet sign 2050. However, because the high-transmittance portion 1113a, which has high light transmittance, is provided around the outlet sign 2050 in the panel decoration 1113, the area around the outlet sign 2050 is illuminated brightly, causing the outlet sign 2050 to appear relatively dark and difficult to see. Therefore, when the LED 2056a is used for the light-emitting effect, the outlet sign 2050 can be made less visible, preventing the appearance from being impaired by the visibility of the outlet sign 2050, while still ensuring the effective light-emitting effect of the LED 2056a.

In the above example, the outlet marking 2050 is provided on the gaming panel 1100, but this is not limited to this. The outlet marking 2050 may also be provided on the front panel 2101 of the side unit 2200 that forms the front end of the sub-outlet 2023.

In addition, while the above example shows a sub-outlet 2023 provided in the side unit 2200, this is not limited to this, and the sub-outlet 2023 may also be provided in the starting port unit 2100, the attacca unit 2400, the center role unit 2500, etc.

In addition, in the above embodiment, as shown by the two-dot chain line in FIG. 146, at least a portion of the outlet notation 2050 may be located in a position that overlaps with a front body (e.g., the presentation operation unit 300) that is located forward of the gaming board 5 in front of it in a front view, and a space 2055 may be provided between the front body and the gaming board 5 to allow the player to see the portion of the outlet notation 2050 that overlaps with the front body in a front view. This not only provides the effect of the relationship between the outlet notation 2050 and the LED 2056a described above, but also makes the outlet notation 2050 visible to players playing on this pachinko machine 1, allowing them to recognize the existence of the sub-outlet 2023, while making the outlet notation 2050 less noticeable to other players by the presentation operation unit 300, thereby avoiding the out outlet notation 2050 from making the game look unsightly.

[7-4. Relationship between inlet notation and inlet components]
Next, the relationship between the ball entry port notation such as the outlet notation 2050 and the winning port notation portion 2060 and the ball entry port component (e.g., the starting port unit 2100, the side unit 2200, the attacker unit 2400, the center role device 2500, etc.) in which the ball entry port such as the outlet or winning port is provided will be described in detail with reference to Figures 147 to 150. Figure 147(a) is a front view of a ball entry port component having multiple outlet notations, and (b) is a rear view of the ball entry port component of (a). Figure 148(a) is a front view showing an enlarged portion of the outlet notation in a ball entry port component having an outlet notation different from that of Figure 147, and (b) is a rear view of (a). Figure 149(a) is a front view showing an enlarged portion of the outlet notation in a ball entry port component having an outlet notation printed on both sides, which is further different from Figures 147 and 148, and (b) is a rear view of (a). Figure 150 is a front view showing a portion of a transparent ball inlet member with an outlet notation and a transparent portion attached to a decorative sticker.

[7-4a. Example 1 of the relationship between the entrance notation and the entrance component]
First, the embodiment shown in Figure 147 will be described. Here, a side unit 2200 is used as the ball entrance member, and has two general winning openings 2001 and two sub-outlets 2023. More specifically, this side unit 2200 has a first outlet 2023a and a second outlet 2023b that are spaced apart on the left and right as the sub-outlets 2023, and the two general winning openings 2001 are provided between the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b.

This side unit 2200 is made of a transparent material. The side unit 2200 has four gutter-shaped channels 2204 extending in the front-to-rear direction, a frame-shaped shelf 2201 extending in the front-to-rear direction, a flat front plate 2202 closing off the front ends of the four channels 2204 and shelf 2201, a flange 2205 extending parallel to and behind the front plate 2202, a seal-peel hole 2206 penetrating the front plate 2202, guide ribs 2207 extending upward from the bottom of each channel 2204, and a decorative sticker 2203 affixed to the front surface of the front plate 2202.

The gutter sections 2204 have a U-shaped cross section. The four gutter sections 2204 are arranged in a row in the left-right direction, with the positions increasing toward the left. The rear of each gutter section 2204 protrudes further rearward than the flange section 2205. The shelf section 2201 is located to the right of the rightmost gutter section 2204 when viewed from the front, and its upper surface is inclined so that it becomes lower toward the right. The length (depth) of the shelf section 2201 in the front-to-back direction is shorter than the four gutter sections 2204.

The flange portion 2205 is located at the same position in the front-to-rear direction as the rear end of the shelf portion 2201, and is divided into two parts, left and right, with the four trough portions 2204 and shelf portion 2201 between them. The left flange portion 2205 extends from the trough portion 2204 on the left end to the upper left when viewed from the front, and the right flange portion 2205 extends from the lower right corner of the shelf portion 2201 to the lower right.

The front end of the sticker peel hole 2206 is closed by the decorative sticker 2203 affixed to the front surface of the front panel 2202. This sticker peel hole 2206 is used to peel the decorative sticker 2203 from the front panel 2202 in cases where the decorative sticker 2203 was not attached properly during manufacturing, or when the decorative sticker 2203 is to be reused or disposed of separately. Specifically, when a rod-shaped object is inserted into the sticker peel hole 2206 from the back side of the side unit 2200 and the tip of the object is used to press the back surface of the decorative sticker 2203 forward, a portion of the decorative sticker 2203 peels off from the front panel 2202 and lifts forward. By pulling the lifted portion of the decorative sticker 2203, the decorative sticker 2203 can be easily peeled off from the front panel 2202.

The guide rib 2207 has its front end in contact with the rear surface of the front plate 2202 and is inclined so that it becomes lower as it moves rearward. This guide rib 2207 can guide game ball B that enters the general winning opening 2001 or sub-out opening 2023 from above to the rear.

As shown in the figure, the decorative sticker 2203 has a pattern portion 2203a on which a predetermined pattern in line with the concept of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5) is applied (printed), and a backing portion 2203b (the area shown shaded in Figure 147 (b)) on the back side of the pattern portion 2203a is applied in a predetermined color such as white or gray.

In addition, the decorative sticker 2203 has outlet notations 2050 (first outlet notation 2050a and second outlet notation 2050b) consisting of the character string "OUT" applied to the area corresponding to the sub-outlet 2023 (first outlet 2023a and second outlet 2023b). The first outlet notation 2050a has characters that are inclined relative to the horizontal so that they fit along the upper edge of the first outlet 2023a. The second outlet notation 2050b has characters that are horizontal. These outlet notations 2050 are applied before the picture portion 2203a.

The backing portion 2203b of the decorative sticker 2203 is intended to enhance the color of the pattern portion 2203a on the front side. This backing portion 2203b and pattern portion 2203a make the rear of the front panel 2202 invisible from the front. In other words, the shelf portion 2201, gutter portion 2204, sticker peeling hole 2206, and guide rib 2207 are not visible from the front.

In this embodiment, the backing portion 2203b is also provided on the back (rear) side of the first outlet marking 2050a, making the first outlet marking 2050a difficult to see from the back of the side unit 2200. On the other hand, the backing portion 2203b is not provided on the back (rear) side of the second outlet marking 2050b, making the second outlet marking 2050b visible from the back of the side unit 2200 through the transparent front panel 2202, as shown. More specifically, when the side unit 2200 is viewed from the back, the character string "TUO" is visible in the area of the second outlet marking 2050b. This character string can easily be inferred to be a mirrored version of "OUT," allowing the presence of the second outlet marking 2050b to be recognized. In other words, although the character string "TUO" is visible from the back, it can be easily assumed that this character string is a mirror image of "OUT," and it is not read as a different character or character string, or the character string is read backwards; it can be correctly read as "OUT" even from the back. In other words, the second outlet marking 2050b is readable even from the back. If a backing portion 2203b is provided behind the second outlet marking 2050b, it is desirable to make the backing portion 2203b thinner or of a different color so that the second outlet marking 2050b is visible (recognizable) from the back through the backing portion 2203b.

In this way, according to this embodiment, the second outlet marking 2050b, which serves as the ball inlet marking, can be seen from the back side of the side unit 2200, which serves as the ball inlet member. Therefore, when assembling the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), the second outlet marking 2050b can be used as a guide for the installation direction of the side unit 2200.

Furthermore, because the outlet notation 2050 can be recognized from the back side of the side unit 2200 serving as a ball inlet component, it can be determined from the back side that the component has the sub-outlet 2023. Specifically, for example, even if the same side unit 2200 has a ball inlet that is either the general winning slot 2001 or the sub-outlet 2023 depending on the specifications or model, because the outlet notation 2050 can be recognized from the back side, when assembling the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), there is no need to turn it over to check whether the side unit 2200 has the general winning slot 2001 or the sub-outlet 2023 as its ball inlet, thereby reducing the effort required for assembly.

Furthermore, since the outlet notation 2050 is applied to a decorative sticker 2203 that is affixed to the transparent front plate 2202, by affixing the decorative sticker 2203 with the outlet notation 2050 applied (printed) to the front plate 2202, it is possible to provide an outlet notation 2050 that corresponds to the sub-outlet 2023, and the second outlet notation 2050b can be recognized from the back side through the transparent front plate 2202, achieving the same effect as above. Also, for example, even with the same side unit 2200, if the ball entrance is changed to a winning entrance or a sub-outlet 2023 depending on the specifications or model, this can be accommodated by simply replacing the decorative sticker 2203, thereby reducing the cost of the pachinko machine 1.

Furthermore, from the back side of the side unit 2200, which serves as a ball inlet member, the first outlet marking 2050a is difficult to see, while the second outlet marking 2050b is visible (easy to see). In other words, in a ball inlet member having multiple sub-outlets 2023 and outlet markings 2050 corresponding to each sub-outlet 2023, there is a mixture of outlet markings 2050 visible from the back side (second outlet marking 2050b) and outlet markings 2050 that are not visible (first outlet marking 2050a). As a result, the number of visible outlet markings 2050 differs between the front and back sides of the side unit 2200, making it easy to distinguish between the front and back of the side unit 2200 and facilitating assembly work.

Furthermore, the second outlet marking 2050b does not have a backing portion 2203b at the rear to enhance the color of the image on the decorative sticker 2203, and therefore allows more light to pass through than the areas where the backing portion 2203b is provided (the area of the image portion 2203a and the area of the first outlet marking 2050a). In other words, when the area behind the side unit 2200 becomes brighter, the area of the second outlet marking 2050b on the decorative sticker 2203 becomes brighter than other areas. Therefore, the second outlet marking 2050b, which is visible from the back because it does not have a backing portion 2203b at the rear, appears brighter than the first outlet marking 2050a, which is difficult to see from the back because it has a backing portion 2203b at the rear, making the second outlet marking 2050b stand out.

For example, for the first outlet 2023a and second outlet 2023b provided on the side unit 2200, the probability of the ball landing at the second outlet 2023b is set lower than the probability of the ball landing at the first outlet 2023a. Furthermore, since the backing portion 2203b is not provided as described above, the second outlet notation 2050b is brighter and more noticeable, making it possible to make the player aware of the existence of the second outlet 2023b and encourage them to hope that game ball B does not land at the second outlet 2023b. Because the second outlet 2023b has a lower probability of landing than the first outlet 2023a, the ball will not land there enough to make the second outlet notation 2050b more noticeable. Even if game ball B does land at the second outlet 2023b, the player is already fully aware of the existence of the second outlet 2023b, so his or her interest in the game is not significantly diminished, and the player can continue to enjoy the game.

For the reasons stated above, in a ball inlet member having multiple sub-outlets 2023 (outlet notations 2050), for example, in a ball inlet member where the probability of a ball scoring into each sub-outlet 2023 is set to be the same, the number of visible outlet notations 2050 is the same when viewed from the front and the back, or all of the outlet notations 2050 are difficult to see when viewed from the back. On the other hand, in a ball inlet member where the probability of a ball scoring into each sub-outlet 2023 is set to be different, the number of visible outlet notations 2050 is made different from the front and the back. In other words, a mixture of outlet notations 2050 that are difficult to see when viewed from the back and visible outlet notations 2050 are present. In this case, if there is a mixture of visible and invisible outlet markings 2050 when the ball inlet member is viewed from the back, workers can recognize that the ball inlet member is one with a different ball entry probability for the multiple sub-outlets 2023. This allows, for example, at a pachinko machine 1 assembly site, even if a wide variety of game boards 5 with different models and specifications are being transported down the production line, by looking at the ball inlet member from the back, workers can easily determine whether the ball inlet member is one with a different ball entry probability, thereby avoiding incorrect installation of ball inlet members according to specifications.

Furthermore, the game area 5a of the game board 5 is provided with multiple winning holes such as the general winning hole 2001, and multiple sub-outlets 2023 such as the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b, and the first outlet notation 2050a corresponding to the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet notation 2050b corresponding to the second outlet 2023b are provided in different identification modes. This allows the player to become aware of the existence of the sub-outlet 2023 by visually recognizing the outlet notation 2050, such as the first outlet notation 2050a corresponding to the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet notation 2050b corresponding to the second outlet 2023b. Therefore, the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b will not be mistaken for the general winning port 2001, so even if a special prize is not awarded when game ball B enters the first outlet 2023a or the second outlet 2023b, the player will not feel frustrated and their interest in the game will not decrease.

In this embodiment, the first outlet marking 2050a is provided in front of the guide rib 2207, which serves as an extension extending rearward, and the first outlet marking 2050a is provided so as to overlap the guide rib 2207 from front to back. As described above, the backing portion 2203b is provided on the back side of the first outlet marking 2050a, so the guide rib 2207 is not visible from the front, preventing the guide rib 2207 from being seen through and thus preventing it from looking unsightly.

On the other hand, the second outlet marking 2050b is arranged so as not to overlap the guide rib 2207 front to back. Since there is no backing portion 2203b on the back side of this second outlet marking 2050b, as mentioned above, the second outlet marking 2050b has higher translucency (light transmittance) than the first outlet marking 2050a, making it easier to see through to the rear. However, since there is no guide rib 2207 behind the second outlet marking 2050b, the guide rib 2207 is not visible from the front, preventing the guide rib 2207 from being visible and thereby preventing it from looking unsightly.

Furthermore, while the first outlet marking 2050a has a backing portion 2203b on the back side, the second outlet marking 2050b does not have a backing portion 2203b on the back side. Therefore, (when the front is bright) the first outlet marking 2050a looks clearer (more beautiful) than the second outlet marking 2050b, making the first outlet marking 2050a stand out and drawing the player's attention to the first outlet 2023a corresponding to the first outlet marking 2050a. In other words, when viewed from the back, mixing the visible second outlet marking 2050b and the invisible (hard to see) first outlet marking 2050a makes it possible to make the first outlet marking 2050a stand out more than the second outlet marking 2050b when the front is bright. Therefore, for example, for the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b provided in the side unit 2200, the probability of the ball landing at the first outlet 2023a is set lower than the probability of the ball landing at the second outlet 2023b. Furthermore, since the backing portion 2203b is provided as described above, the first outlet notation 2050a looks beautiful and stands out when illuminated from the front, making the player aware of the presence of the first outlet 2023a and encouraging the player to hope that game ball B does not land at the first outlet 2023a. Because the first outlet 2023a has a lower ball landing probability than the second outlet 2023b, the ball will not land there enough to make the first outlet notation 2050a conspicuous. Furthermore, even if game ball B does land at the first outlet 2023a, the player is already fully aware of the existence of the first outlet 2023a, so his or her interest in the game is not significantly diminished, and the player can continue to enjoy the game.

In the above, the sub-outlet 2023 as an entrance and the corresponding outlet notation 2050 as an entrance notation are shown to be visible from the back side, but this is not limited to this. It is also possible to provide an entrance notation section 2060 as an entrance notation corresponding to the general entrance 2001 as an entrance, and to make the entrance notation section 2060 visible from the back side.

Furthermore, when multiple general winning openings 2001 (winning openings) are provided with corresponding winning opening indications 2060, it is possible to mix winning opening indications 2060 that are visible from the back with winning opening indications 2060 that are not visible from the back. In this case, for example, if the winning opening indication 2060 of a winning opening with a higher probability of winning a ball than other winning openings is made visible from the back and a backing section 2203b is provided in other areas, the winning opening indication 2060 will be brighter than the other areas due to light from behind for the same reason as above, making the winning opening with a higher probability of winning a ball stand out.

Furthermore, while the above description shows the out-mouth notation 2050 consisting of the character string "OUT" (a character string of alphabets in which each character is symmetrical), it is not limited to this and the out-mouth notation 2050 may consist of character strings such as "out" or "out" (a character string of katakana or hiragana). In this case, when viewed from the back, the character string is reversed left to right and appears as a mirror image that differs from that seen from the front, but since the whole or a part of it is visible, it can be read correctly, and even though it is mirror image, it can be correctly read as "out" or "out" without any mistake, and the out-mouth notation 2050 can be recognized even from the back.

[7-4b. Example 2 of the relationship between the inlet notation and the inlet component]
Next, the embodiment shown in FIG. 148 will be described. Here, an example will be described in which a ball inlet member 2070 has a sub-outlet port 2023 that opens in the left-right direction (here, leftward) as an inlet through which a game ball B can enter. The ball inlet member 2070 is formed of a transparent member. This ball inlet member 2070 includes a flat front plate 2071 that forms the front end side of the sub-outlet port 2023, and a decorative sticker 2072 affixed to the front surface of the front plate 2071. The front plate 2071 has a sticker peeling hole 2071a that penetrates from front to back. The front end of the sticker peeling hole 2071a is closed by the decorative sticker 2072 affixed to the front surface of the front plate 2071.

The sticker peel hole 2071a is used to peel the decorative sticker 2072 from the front plate 2071 in cases where the decorative sticker 2072 was not applied properly during manufacturing, or when the decorative sticker 2072 is to be reused or disposed of separately. Specifically, when a rod-shaped object is inserted into the sticker peel hole 2071a from the back side of the ball inlet member 2070 and the tip of the object is used to press the back surface of the decorative sticker 2072 forward, a portion of the decorative sticker 2072 peels off from the front plate 2071 and lifts forward. By pulling the lifted portion of the decorative sticker 2072, the decorative sticker 2072 can be easily peeled off from the front plate 2071.

The decorative sticker 2072 has a pattern portion 2072a with a predetermined design that matches the concept of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), and a backing portion 2072b (the area shown shaded in Figure 148 (b)) that is painted in a predetermined color such as white or gray on the back side of the pattern portion 2072a. The backing portion 2072b is intended to enhance the color development of the pattern portion 2072a. The backing portion 2072b and the pattern portion 2072a make the rear of the front plate 2071 invisible from the front. In other words, the grooves, guide ribs, sticker peeling hole 2071a, and other parts located at the rear of the front plate 2071 are not visible from the front.

In addition, the decorative sticker 2072 has an outlet notation 2050 consisting of the character string "OUT" applied to the area corresponding to the sub-outlet 2023. This outlet notation 2050 is composed of the character string "OUT" written vertically along the edge extending vertically at the sub-outlet 2023. The back side of this outlet notation 2050 does not have a backing portion 2072b (see Figure 148 (b)). This makes the outlet notation 2050 visible from the back side of the ball inlet member 2070 through the transparent front panel 2071. In more detail, when the ball inlet member 2070 is viewed from the back side, the character string "OUT" is visible in vertical writing in the area of the outlet notation 2050. This vertically written character string is displayed in mirror image, but because each character constituting the character string is bilaterally symmetrical, it can be correctly read as "OUT" even when displayed in mirror image, and the outlet notation 2050 can be recognized. In other words, the outlet marking 2050 is legible even from the back side. If a backing portion 2072b is provided behind the outlet marking 2050, it is desirable to make the backing portion 2203b thinner or of a different color so that the outlet marking 2050 can be seen from the back side through the backing portion 2072b.

In this way, according to this embodiment, the outlet marking 2050, which serves as the ball inlet marking, can be seen from the back side of the ball inlet member 2070, and therefore the outlet marking 2050 can be used as a guide for the installation direction of the ball inlet member 2070 during the assembly work of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5).

In addition, because each character that makes up the outlet notation 2050 is bilaterally symmetrical and written vertically, the characters can be easily read even when viewing the outlet notation 2050 from the back of the ball inlet member 2070, and it can be recognized that the ball inlet member 2070 has a sub-outlet 2023 even from the back.

Furthermore, because the outlet notation 2050 can be recognized (read) from the back side of the ball inlet member 2070, it can be determined that the member has a sub-outlet 2023 from the back side as well. Specifically, for example, even if the same ball inlet member 2070 is used as a winning slot or a sub-outlet 2023 depending on the specifications or model, since the outlet notation 2050 can be recognized from the back side, when assembling the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), there is no need to take the trouble of turning it over to check whether the ball inlet member 2070 is a winning slot or a sub-outlet 2023, thereby reducing the effort required for assembly.

Furthermore, since the outlet notation 2050 is applied to a decorative sticker 2072 that is affixed to the transparent front plate 2071, by affixing the decorative sticker 2072 with the outlet notation 2050 applied (printed) to the front plate 2071, it is possible to provide an outlet notation 2050 that corresponds to the sub-outlet 2023, and the outlet notation 2050 can be recognized from the back side through the transparent front plate 2071, achieving the same effect as above. Also, for example, even with the same ball inlet member 2070, if the ball inlet is to be used as a winning slot or a sub-outlet 2023 depending on the specifications or model, this can be achieved by simply replacing the decorative sticker 2072, thereby reducing the cost of the pachinko machine 1.

In addition, because an outlet notation 2050 corresponding to the sub-outlet 2023 is provided, the player can become aware of the existence of the sub-outlet 2023 by visually checking the outlet notation 2050. Therefore, the sub-outlet 2023 will not be mistaken for a winning port such as the general winning port 2001, so even if a bonus is not awarded when game ball B enters the sub-outlet 2023, the player will not feel frustrated, and their interest in the game will not decrease.

In the above, the sub-outlet 2023 as an entrance and the corresponding outlet notation 2050 as an entrance notation are shown to be visible from the back side, but this is not limited to this. It is also possible to provide an entrance notation section 2060 as an entrance notation corresponding to an entrance notation section as an entrance, and to make the entrance notation section 2060 visible from the back side.

Furthermore, while the above description shows the out-mouth notation 2050 consisting of the character string "OUT" (a string of alphabetic characters with each character symmetrical), it is not limited to this and the out-mouth notation 2050 may consist of character strings such as "out" or "out" (a string of katakana or hiragana characters). In this case, because it is written vertically, only the individual characters of the character string are mirror-imaged, with the characters inverted left to right, and not inverted top to bottom. Therefore, even if the appearance is different from that seen from the front, if the whole or part of it is visible, it can be correctly read (deciphered) as "out" or "out" without any mistake, and the out-mouth notation 2050 can be recognized even from the back.

[7-4c. Example 3 of the relationship between the inlet notation and the inlet member]
Next, the embodiment shown in Figure 149 will be described. Here, a side unit 2200 will be used as an example of a ball inlet member. This side unit 2200 differs from the side unit 2200 shown in Figure 147 only in the location of the second outlet notation 2050b on the decorative sticker 2203; otherwise, the configuration is the same, and detailed description will be omitted. However, the configuration of the side unit 2200 shown in Figure 149 will be described. Although not shown, the side unit 2200 has two general winning openings 2001 arranged side by side on the left and right, and a first outlet 2023a and a second outlet 2023b as sub-outlets 2023 arranged on the outside left and right sides between the two general winning openings 2001.

The side unit 2200 is formed from a transparent material and has four gutter-shaped trough sections 2204 extending in the front-to-rear direction, a frame-shaped shelf section 2201 extending in the front-to-rear direction, a flat front plate 2202 closing off the front ends of the four trough sections 2204 and shelf section 2201, a flange section 2205 (not shown) extending parallel to and behind the front plate 2202, a seal-peel hole 2206 (not shown) penetrating the front plate 2202, guide ribs 2207 extending upward from the bottom of each trough section 2204, and a decorative sticker 2203 affixed to the front surface of the front plate 2202.

The gutter 2204 has a U-shaped cross section. The shelf 2201 is inclined so that its upper surface slopes downward toward the right. The sticker removal hole 2206 is closed at its front end by a decorative sticker 2203 affixed to the front surface of the front plate 2202, and is used to remove the decorative sticker 2203 from the front plate 2202. The guide rib 2207 has its front end in contact with the rear surface of the front plate 2202, and is inclined so that it slopes downward toward the rear.

As shown in the figure, the decorative sticker 2203 has a pattern portion 2203a on which a predetermined pattern in line with the concept of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5) is applied (printed), and a backing portion 2203b (the area shown shaded in Figure 149 (b)) on the back side of the pattern portion 2203a, which is painted in a predetermined color such as white or gray. The backing portion 2203b is intended to enhance the color of the pattern portion 2203a on the front side. This backing portion 2203b and pattern portion 2203a make the rear of the front panel 2202 invisible from the front. In other words, the shelf portion 2201, gutter portion 2204, sticker peeling hole 2206, and guide rib 2207 are not visible from the front.

In addition, the decorative sticker 2203 has an outlet notation 2050 (first outlet notation 2050a and second outlet notation 2050b) consisting of the character string "OUT" applied to the area corresponding to the sub-outlet 2023 (first outlet 2023a and second outlet 2023b). Although not shown here, the first outlet notation 2050a has characters that are inclined relative to the horizontal so that they fit along the upper edge of the first outlet 2023a (see Figure 147(a)). The second outlet notation 2050b has characters that are horizontal. These outlet notations 2050 are applied before the picture portion 2203a.

In this embodiment, as in the embodiment of Figure 147, the backing portion 2203b is also provided on the back (rear) of the first outlet marking 2050a, making it difficult to see the first outlet marking 2050a from the back of the side unit 2200. On the other hand, the backing portion 2203b is not provided on the back (rear) of the second outlet marking 2050b, making it possible to see the second outlet marking 2050b from the back of the side unit 2200 through the transparent front panel 2202, as shown in Figure 149 (b).

More specifically, a reverse marking section 2053 is provided on the reverse side of the second outlet marking 2050b. The reverse marking section 2053, like the second outlet marking 2050b, is composed of the character string "OUT" lined up from left to right. Therefore, as shown in the figure, even when viewed from the reverse side, the character string "OUT" lined up from left to right as on the front side is visible in the reverse marking section 2053 at the location of the second outlet marking 2050b. The second outlet marking 2050b and the reverse marking section 2053 on the reverse side are printed on both sides, and are composed of the character string "OUT" written horizontally from left to right whether viewed from the front or the back. Therefore, when the side unit 2200 is viewed from the reverse side, the character string "OUT" is visible in the location of the second outlet marking 2050b, and can be correctly read as "OUT" (see Figure 149 (b)).

If a backing portion 2203b is provided behind the second outlet marking 2050b, it is desirable to make the backing portion 2203b thinner or of a different color so that the second outlet marking 2050b can be seen (recognized) from the back side through the backing portion 2203b. If a backing portion 2203b is provided behind the second outlet marking 2050b, it is desirable to provide a back marking portion 2053 behind the backing portion 2203b.

As such, according to this embodiment, the second outlet marking 2050b (rear marking portion 2053) as the ball inlet marking can be seen from the back side of the side unit 2200 as the ball inlet member, and therefore the second outlet marking 2050b can be used as a guide for the installation direction of the side unit 2200 during the assembly work of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5).

In addition, a rear marking section 2053 with the same marking as the second outlet marking 2050b facing backward is provided on the rear side of the second outlet marking 2050b. Therefore, when the second outlet marking 2050b is viewed from the rear of the side unit 2200, the correctly written "OUT" character string can be seen, not a mirror image of the rear marking section 2053, and the character string can be easily read, allowing the user to recognize that the side unit 2200 has a sub-outlet 2023 even from the rear side.

Furthermore, since the second outlet notation 2050b (rear notation portion 2053) can be recognized (read) from the back side of the side unit 2200, it can be determined that the side unit 2200 is a component having a sub-outlet 2023 from the back side. Specifically, for example, even if the same side unit 2200 is used as a ball inlet or a prize winning slot depending on the specifications or model, since the outlet notation 2050 can be recognized from the back side, when assembling the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), there is no need to take the trouble of turning it over to check whether the side unit 2200 has a ball inlet that is a prize winning slot or a sub-outlet 2023, thereby reducing the effort required for assembly.

Furthermore, from the back side of the side unit 2200, which serves as a ball inlet member, the first outlet marking 2050a is difficult to see, while the second outlet marking 2050b is visible (easy to see). In other words, in a ball inlet member having multiple sub-outlets 2023 and outlet markings 2050 corresponding to each sub-outlet 2023, there is a mixture of outlet markings 2050 visible from the back side (second outlet marking 2050b) and outlet markings 2050 that are not visible (first outlet marking 2050a). As a result, the number of visible outlet markings 2050 differs between the front and back sides of the side unit 2200, making it easy to distinguish between the front and back of the side unit 2200 and facilitating assembly work.

Furthermore, the game area 5a of the game board 5 is provided with multiple winning holes such as the general winning hole 2001, and multiple sub-outlets 2023 such as the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b, and the first outlet notation 2050a corresponding to the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet notation 2050b corresponding to the second outlet 2023b are provided in different identification modes. This allows the player to become aware of the existence of the sub-outlet 2023 by visually recognizing the outlet notation 2050, such as the first outlet notation 2050a corresponding to the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet notation 2050b corresponding to the second outlet 2023b. Therefore, the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b will not be mistaken for the general winning port 2001, so even if a special prize is not awarded when game ball B enters the first outlet 2023a or the second outlet 2023b, the player will not feel frustrated and their interest will not decrease.

In the above, the sub-outlet 2023 as an entrance and the corresponding outlet notation 2050 as an entrance notation are shown to be visible from the back side, but this is not limited to this. It is also possible to provide an entrance notation section 2060 as an entrance notation corresponding to the general entrance 2001 as an entrance, and to make the entrance notation section 2060 visible from the back side.

Furthermore, if a prize opening indication section 2060 corresponding to a prize opening such as the general prize opening 2001 serving as a ball entrance is provided, and the prize opening indication section 2060 is made visible from the back of the side unit 2200, a reverse indication section may be provided behind the prize opening indication section 2060, with the same text as the prize opening indication section 2060 facing backward. In this way, even when the portion of the prize opening indication section 2060 on the side unit 2200 is viewed from the back, the reverse indication section will allow the correct text to be displayed, not a mirrored display, and the prize opening indication section 2060 can be read from the back.

Furthermore, when multiple general winning openings 2001 (winning openings) are provided with corresponding winning opening indications 2060, it is possible to mix winning opening indications 2060 that are visible from the back with winning opening indications 2060 that are not visible from the back. In this case, for example, if the winning opening indication 2060 of a winning opening with a higher probability of winning a ball than other winning openings is made visible from the back and a backing section 2203b is provided in other areas, the winning opening indication 2060 will be brighter than the other areas due to light from behind for the same reason as above, making the winning opening with a higher probability of winning a ball stand out.

Furthermore, while the above description shows that the out-out notation 2050 and the reverse notation portion 2053 are formed of the character string "OUT" (alphabetical character string), this is not limited to this, and the out-out notation 2050 and the reverse notation portion 2053 may be formed of character strings such as "out" or "out" (character strings of katakana or hiragana). Alternatively, the out-out notation 2050 on the front side and the reverse notation portion 2053 on the back side may be different. Specifically, the out-out notation 2050 may be "OUT" and the reverse notation portion 2053 may be "out" or "out," or the out-out notation 2050 may be "out" or "out" and the reverse notation portion 2053 may be "OUT," or the out-out notation 2050 may be "out" and the reverse notation portion 2053 may be "out." If the outlet marking 2050 and the rear marking 2053 are different, it becomes easier to distinguish between the front and rear of the side unit 2200 (ball inlet member).

[7-4d. Example 4 of the relationship between inlet notation and inlet member]
Next, the embodiment shown in FIG. 150 will be described. Here, an example of a ball inlet member 2070 having a sub-outlet opening 2023 that opens upward as a ball inlet through which a game ball B can enter will be described. The ball inlet member 2070 is formed of a transparent material. This ball inlet member 2070 includes a flat front plate 2071 that forms the front end side of the sub-outlet opening 2023, a decorative sticker 2072 affixed to the front surface of the front plate 2071, and an extension portion 2073 that extends rearward from the rear surface of the front plate 2071. The front plate 2071 has a sticker peeling hole 2071a that penetrates from front to back. The front end of the sticker peeling hole 2071a is closed by the decorative sticker 2072 affixed to the front surface of the front plate 2071.

The sticker peel hole 2071a is used to peel the decorative sticker 2072 from the front plate 2071 in the event that the decorative sticker 2072 was not applied properly during manufacturing, or if the product is to be reused or disposed of separately. Specifically, by inserting a rod-shaped object into the sticker peel hole 2071a from the back side of the ball inlet member 2070 and using the tip of the rod to press the back surface of the decorative sticker 2072 forward, a portion of the decorative sticker 2072 will peel off from the front plate 2071 and lift forward. By pulling the lifted portion of the decorative sticker 2072, the decorative sticker 2072 can be easily peeled off from the front plate 2071.

The decorative sticker 2072 has a patterned portion 2072a with a predetermined pattern that matches the concept of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), and a transparent portion 2072c without the patterned portion 2072a. A backing portion of a predetermined color, such as white or gray, may be provided on the back side of the patterned portion 2072a. Providing a backing portion can improve the color development of the patterned portion 2072a. Providing a backing portion also reduces the transparency of the patterned portion 2072a, making it possible to hide the extension portion 2073 and other components at the rear through the patterned portion 2072a.

In addition, the decorative sticker 2072 has an outlet notation 2050 consisting of the character string "OUT" applied to the area corresponding to the sub-outlet 2023. This outlet notation 2050 consists of the character string "OUT" written vertically along the upper edge of the front panel 2071. Although not shown in the figure, the outlet notation 2050 can be seen from the back side of the ball inlet member 2070 through the transparent front panel 2071.

A backing of a predetermined color, such as white or gray, may be provided on the back side of the outlet marking 2050. By providing a backing, the color of the outlet marking 2050 can be improved. Furthermore, by providing a backing, the outlet marking 2050 can be made less visible through the outlet marking 2050, making it possible to hide the rear extension 2073 and other components by making them less visible through the outlet marking 2050.

The extension portion 2073 extends rearward from the rear surface of the front panel 2071. The extension portion 2073 has multiple guide ribs 2073a for guiding the game ball B that enters the sub-outlet 2023 from above rearward, and a shelf portion 2073b that is frame-shaped when viewed from the front and has an upper surface that slopes downward toward the sub-outlet 2023. The guide ribs 2073a are formed so that their upper ends become lower toward the rear, and are spaced apart in the left-right direction. The extension portion 2073, such as the multiple guide ribs 2073a and shelf portion 2073b, is arranged to overlap the pattern portion 2072a of the decorative sticker 2072 and the outlet notation 2050 in the front-to-rear direction.

In this way, according to this embodiment, the outlet marking 2050 and the pattern portion 2072a of the decorative sticker 2072 are arranged to overlap in front of the extension portion 2073 extending rearward from the transparent front panel 2071. Therefore, the outlet marking 2050 and the pattern portion 2072a make it difficult to see the extension portion 2073 from the front, thereby preventing the appearance from being impaired by the extension portion 2073 being visible and improving the appearance.

In addition, since the outlet marking 2050, which also serves as the ball inlet marking, can be seen from the back side of the ball inlet member 2070, the outlet marking 2050 can be used as a guide for the installation direction of the ball inlet member 2070 during the assembly work of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5).

In addition, because an outlet notation 2050 corresponding to the sub-outlet 2023 is provided, the player can become aware of the existence of the sub-outlet 2023 by visually checking the outlet notation 2050. Therefore, the sub-outlet 2023 will not be mistaken for a winning port such as the general winning port 2001, so even if a bonus is not awarded when game ball B enters the sub-outlet 2023, the player will not feel frustrated and their interest will not decrease.

Furthermore, since the outlet notation 2050 is applied to a decorative sticker 2072 that is affixed to the transparent front plate 2071, by affixing the decorative sticker 2072 with the outlet notation 2050 applied (printed) to the front plate 2071, it is possible to provide an outlet notation 2050 that corresponds to the sub-outlet 2023, and the outlet notation 2050 can be recognized from the back side through the transparent front plate 2071, achieving the same effect as above. Also, for example, even with the same ball inlet member 2070, if the ball inlet is to be used as a winning slot or a sub-outlet 2023 depending on the specifications or model, this can be achieved by simply replacing the decorative sticker 2072, thereby reducing the cost of the pachinko machine 1.

In the above embodiment, the ball inlet member 2070 is provided with a sub-outlet 2023, but this is not limited to this. The sub-outlet 2023 may be a normal outlet 1008, or the sub-outlet 2023 may be a winning port such as the general winning port 2001. If the sub-outlet 2023 is used as a winning port, the outlet notation 2050 is changed to the winning port notation section 2060.

In addition, in the above embodiment, the outgoing notation 2050 is shown as consisting of the character string "OUT" (a character string of the alphabet), but this is not limited to this, and the outgoing notation 2050 may also be consisting of a character string such as "out" or "out" (a character string of katakana or hiragana).

Furthermore, in the above embodiment, as in the embodiment of Figures 147 to 149, the outlet marking 2050 as the inlet marking may be recognizable (readable) from the back side of the inlet member 2070.

However, during the development stage of the ball inlet member 2070, there was no marking indicating that a specific ball inlet among the multiple ball inlets was the sub-outlet 2023, which posed a problem of making it difficult to determine the location of the sub-outlet 2023. In contrast, in this embodiment, a specific shape portion (e.g., extension portion 2073) having a specific shape is formed on the back side of the ball inlet member 2070 at a position that overlaps the ball inlet marking in the front-to-back direction. As a result, even during the development stage when the outlet marking 2050 as a ball inlet marking is not provided on the front side of the ball inlet member 2070, the extension portion 2073 as a specific shape portion is visible when the ball inlet member 2070 is viewed from the back. Therefore, it is clear that the location where the extension portion 2073 is provided is the specific ball inlet (here, the sub-outlet 2023) where the outlet marking 2050 is provided, making it easy to determine the location of that ball inlet (sub-outlet 2023).

In addition to the above-mentioned extension 2073 (guide rib 2073a, shelf 2073b), examples of specific shaped portions include "a relief of raised and recessed characters indicating the ball entrance," "a relief of raised and recessed symbols or arrows indicating the ball entrance," "a circular stepped portion (e.g., ejector pin mark)," "a cylindrical portion extending in the front-to-rear direction (e.g., positioning protrusion)," "a portion that penetrates in the front-to-rear direction (e.g., seal peel hole 2071a)," and "a U-shaped cross section extending in the front-to-rear direction (e.g., gutter portion)."

Furthermore, because the ball inlet member 2070 of this embodiment is made of a transparent material, the specific shape portion can be seen from the front of the ball inlet member 2070 when the decorative sticker 2072 is not affixed. In other words, affixing the decorative sticker 2072 to the front panel 2071 makes the specific shape portion invisible (difficult to see) from the front, and the decorative sticker 2072 (outlet marking 2050) can hide the specific shape portion, making it difficult to see from the front. Therefore, for example, for a ball inlet member 2070 designed to have a specific shape portion during the development stage, by affixing the decorative sticker 2072 bearing the outlet marking 2050, the specific shape portion can be hidden from view from the front without requiring a design change to remove the specific shape portion. This means that the ball inlet member 2070 during the development stage can be used as is in the completed stage, eliminating the need for design changes.

Furthermore, because the extension portion 2073 is provided as a specially shaped portion on the back side of the ball inlet member 2070, when the outlet notation 2050 is provided by attaching the decorative sticker 2072 at a manufacturing factory for the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), etc., the position where the outlet notation 2050 will be provided (the position of the sub-outlet 2023) can be determined by the specially shaped portion, and the outlet notation 2050 can be reliably provided in the desired location. Furthermore, because the specially shaped portion is provided on the back side of the ball inlet member 2070, after the outlet notation 2050 has been provided, it is possible to check whether the outlet notation 2050 has been provided in front of the specially shaped portion by looking at the front and back of the ball inlet member 2070.

[7-5. Relationship between the entrance and the moving object]
Next, the relationship between the ball entry port notations, such as the out-port notation 2050 and the winning port notation 2060, and the movable body will be explained with reference to Figures 151 to 153. Figure 151(a) is an explanatory diagram showing the lower part of a pachinko machine from the front when the pop-up pressing operation unit serving as the performance operation unit is in the normal position, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing the lower part of a pachinko machine from the front when the pop-up pressing operation unit is in the raised position. Figure 152(a) is an explanatory diagram showing a part of the center role from the front when the distribution pieces are in the forward position, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section cut at the sub-out port in the state of (a), and (c) is an explanatory diagram showing the main part of the center role from the front when the distribution pieces are in the retracted position. Figure 153 (a) is a front view showing a starting port unit having a first starting port and a second starting port in a normal state, (b) is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the starting port unit of (a), (c) is an oblique view showing the portion of the second starting port in the state of (a), and (d) is an oblique view showing the portion of the second starting port when the blades are opened from the state of (c).

[7-5a. Example 1 of the relationship between the entrance notation and the movable object]
First, the embodiment shown in FIG. 151 will be described. In the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the tray unit 200 of the door frame 3 is provided with a push operation unit 303 as a movable body that allows the player to participate in a player-participation effect by operating it when the effect is executed. The push operation unit 303 is movable between a lowered normal position and an elevated position by an effect operation unit lifting mechanism (not shown). More specifically, the push operation unit 303 is movable between a normal position where it is positioned below the door window 101a of the door frame 3 in a normal front view and an elevated position where it rises from the normal position and a portion (upper portion) of it overlaps with the door window 101a of the door frame 3 in a front view. This push operation unit 303 is a so-called pop-up button.

The pachinko machine 1 also has a start port unit 2100 at the bottom of the game board 5, which has a first start port 2002 and two sub-out ports 2023. The two sub-out ports 2023 are located below the first start port 2002, on both the left and right sides of the first start port 2002. This start port unit 2100 has a front panel 2101 that forms the front end of the first start port 2002 and the sub-out port 2023. An out port notation 2050 consisting of the horizontal letters "OUT" is provided on the front surface of the front panel 2101 in front of the sub-out port 2023. In this embodiment, the out port notation 2050 is affixed as a sticker.

The starting opening unit 2100 of the game board 5 is located above the lower end of the door window 101a in the door frame 3. In other words, the starting opening unit 2100 (outlet notation 2050) is located in a position facing forward from the door window 101a when viewed from the front.

In the normal state, as described above, the pressing operation unit 303 in the normal position is located below the door window 101a when viewed from the front, and therefore the outlet marking 2050 provided on the starting outlet unit 2100 can be seen from the front (see Figure 151 (a)). As a result, even if multiple sub-outlets 2023 are provided, the player can see the outlet marking 2050 corresponding to the sub-outlet 2023, so the player can recognize the existence of the sub-outlet 2023 and will not mistake the sub-outlet 2023 for a winning outlet.

On the other hand, when a player participation effect is executed and the pressing operation unit 303 moves from the normal position to the raised position (pops up), as shown in Figure 151 (b), the upper part of the pressing operation unit 303 is located in front of the start opening unit 2100 when viewed from the front, and the multiple outlet signs 2050 provided on the start opening unit 2100 become invisible. In this way, in this embodiment, the visibility of the outlet signs 2050 changes depending on the moving position of the pressing operation unit 303 as a movable body.

When a player participation effect begins, other players will notice the pachinko machine 1 due to a flashing light-emitting effect, the display of an effect image indicating that the effect is about to begin, and sounds (sound effects and background music) indicating that the effect is about to begin. At this time, the push operation unit 303 moves to the raised position, and the push operation unit 303 hides the outlet marking 2050, making it difficult for other players to see. This prevents the appearance of the game board 5 from being impaired by the outlet marking 2050 being visible, making it easier for other players to select the pachinko machine 1 as the machine to play.

As such, according to this embodiment, the movable body is a press operation unit 303 (pop-up button) that rises when a player participation-type effect is executed, allowing the player to participate in the effect by pressing it. In the normal state where this press operation unit 303 is moving downward, the outlet notation 2050 and the press operation unit 303 do not overlap, making the outlet notation 2050 visible and alerting players to the presence of the sub-outlet 2023. In this normal state, the outlet notation 2050 is visible to other players, but since gameplay is in a normal state, other players only glance at the pachinko machine 1 without staring at it, making it difficult for them to notice the outlet notation 2050, and the pachinko machine 1 does not look unattractive. On the other hand, when a player participation type effect is executed and the pressing operation unit 303 is raised, the out exit notation 2050 and the pressing operation unit 303 overlap, making it difficult to see, but a player playing with this pachinko machine 1 is aware of the existence of the sub-out exit 2023 under normal conditions, and therefore will not mistake the sub-out exit 2023 for a winning slot even if the out exit notation 2050 is not visible. On the other hand, when a player participation type effect is executed, other players will pay attention to this pachinko machine 1 due to effects such as light emission and sound that indicate the start of the effect, but as the pressing operation unit 303 is raised, the out exit notation 2050 overlaps with the out exit notation 2050, making it difficult to see, and therefore it is possible to prevent the appearance from being impaired by the out exit notation 2050 being visible and to relatively improve the appearance. Furthermore, because the player participation effects are visible to other players, these effects can attract other players, making it easier for them to select this pachinko machine 1 as the pachinko machine to play.

In addition, because the outlet sign 2050 is located near the center of the playing area 5a in the left-right direction, the outlet sign 2050 is positioned near the front of the player, making it easy to see. However, the visibility of the outlet sign 2050 can be changed by changing the movable position of the movable body (pressing operation unit 303), achieving the same effect as above.

In the above, the pop-up pressing operation unit 303 is shown as the movable body, but this is not limited to this. It may also be a performance operation unit whose upper part is arranged to overlap the door window 101a when viewed from the front (for example, a stick-type performance operation unit (lever operation unit 304) that can be operated like a joystick).

In addition, while the above shows the outlet notation 2050 written horizontally, this is not limiting, and the manner in which the outlet notation 2050 is written may be changed depending on the form (shape) of the part of the movable body that hides the outlet notation 2050. In other words, the notation of the outlet notation 2050 may be changed depending on how the outlet notation 2050 is hidden by the movable body. Specifically, for example, in a part close to the top edge of the movable body, the outlet notation 2050 is hidden horizontally, so the outlet notation 2050 is written horizontally. In addition, in a part close to the side edge of the movable body, the outlet notation 2050 is hidden vertically, so the outlet notation 2050 is written vertically.

In addition, while the above shows the outlet notation 2050 being completely hidden by the movable body in the raised position when viewed from the front, this is not limited to this, and the outlet notation 2050 may be partially hidden when viewed from the front. In this case, the outlet notation 2050 may be long in the same direction as the direction in which the movable body hides the outlet notation 2050, or it may be long in a direction intersecting the direction in which the movable body hides the outlet notation 2050 so that it is partially hidden. Specifically, for example, if the movable body is hiding it horizontally, the outlet notation 2050 is written vertically, and if the movable body is hiding it vertically, the outlet notation 2050 is written horizontally.

Furthermore, in the above, the out hole notation 2050 is shown as the entry hole notation, but this is not limited to this, and it may also be the winning hole notation section 2060 corresponding to the first starting hole 2002.

[7-5b. Example 2 of the relationship between the entrance notation and the movable object]
Next, an embodiment shown in Fig. 152 will be described. The center device 2500 provided on the game board 5 of this embodiment has a first passage 2585 through which game balls B flow after passing through a second warp passage (not shown) provided separately from a warp passage (not shown) for supplying game balls B to the stage 2518, a second passage 2586 provided at a distance to the right of the first passage 2585, a distribution piece 2587 capable of bridging game balls B from the first passage 2585 to the second passage 2586, and a flat, transparent distribution front plate 2588 that divides the front ends of the first passage 2585 and the second passage 2586.

The center device 2500 also includes a first sub-starting port (not shown) as a winning port that can receive game balls B that have flowed from the first passage 2585 over the distribution piece 2587 to the second passage 2586, a sub-outlet 2023 into which game balls B that have fallen between the first passage 2585 and the second passage 2586 can enter, and an outlet notation 2050 corresponding to the sub-outlet 2023. Game balls B that have flowed through the second passage 2586 but have not entered the first sub-starting port are returned to the game area 5a and flow down the game area 5a. The sub-outlet 2023 is located above the stage 2518.

The first passage 2585 extends in the left-right direction and is inclined so that its right end is lower. The first passage 2585 is located above the stage 2518, with its right end located above and near the left end of the stage 2518. The second passage 2586 is located below the right end of the first passage 2585, extends in the left-right direction and is inclined so that its right end is lower. The second passage 2586 is located above the stage 2518, with its left end located above and near the right end of the stage 2518. Therefore, the first passage 2585 and the second passage 2586 are separated left and right with the stage 2518 between them.

The sorting piece 2587 is located above the stage 2518, between the first passage 2585 and the second passage 2586. The upper surface of the sorting piece 2587 is located at a height between the first passage 2585 and the second passage 2586, and is inclined so that it becomes lower towards the right (second passage 2586). The sorting piece 2587 is formed in the shape of an opaque flat plate.

The distributing piece 2587 is movable back and forth at a predetermined interval by a drive mechanism (not shown). When the distributing piece 2587 is in the forward position moving forward (see Figures 152(a) and (b)), a game ball B circulating through the first passage 2585 can roll to the right on the top surface of the distributing piece 2587 and be delivered to the second passage 2586. There is a high probability that a game ball B delivered to the second passage 2586 will enter the first sub-starting port, and a lottery for the first special symbol will be drawn. On the other hand, when the distributing piece 2587 is in the backward position moving backward, a game ball B circulating through the first passage 2585 will fall into the space between the first passage 2585 and the second passage 2586, enter the sub-out port 2023 located below, and be discharged to the outside without being returned to the play area 5a.

Therefore, when game ball B flows from first passage 2585 toward sorting piece 2587 when sorting piece 2587 is in the forward position, there is a high probability that it will enter the first sub-starting port via sorting piece 2587 and second passage 2586. In other words, when game ball B is supplied onto sorting piece 2587 when it is in the forward position, it is sorted toward the first sub-starting port by sorting piece 2587. This allows the player to perform an operation to shoot game ball B so that game ball B enters the second warp passage at the timing when sorting piece 2587 sorts game ball B toward the first sub-starting port, allowing the player to enjoy the operation of shooting game ball B. Then, when game ball B enters the second warp passage, whether or not it is sorted toward the first sub-starting port by sorting piece 2587 can keep the player on the edge of their seat, entertaining the player.

The front distribution panel 2588 is located on the same plane in the front-to-back direction as the flange portion 2512 that abuts against the front surface of the gaming panel 1100 in the center device 2500.

The outlet sign 2050 is located at a height between the distribution piece 2587 and the sub-outlet 2023 on the distribution front panel 2588. This outlet sign 2050 is composed of the horizontally written character string "OUT." More specifically, the outlet sign 2050 of this embodiment consists of a frame-shaped character with a transparent hollow in the notation body 2051, and a transparent periphery 2052 (see Figure 152 (c)).

In this embodiment, the sorting piece 2587 is opaque and has low translucency. Therefore, when the sorting piece 2587 is in the forward position, the shadow of the sorting piece 2587 darkens the area below it (the space between the first passage 2585 and the second passage 2586), making the area behind the outlet sign 2050 dark. This makes it difficult to see the outlet sign 2050, as shown in Figure 152 (a). On the other hand, when the sorting piece 2587 is in the retracted position, the sorting piece 2587, which was located above the space between the first passage 2585 and the second passage 2586, is no longer there, allowing light to enter the space, brightening the space and making the area behind the outlet sign 2050 brighter. This makes the outlet sign 2050 easier to see (see Figure 152 (c)).

As described above, in this embodiment, the visibility of the outlet marking 2050 changes depending on the movement position of the distributing piece 2587, which serves as a movable body.

In this embodiment, the visibility of the outlet notation 2050 changes depending on the movement position of the sorting piece 2587, and since the sorting piece 2587 moves forward and backward at a predetermined cycle, the outlet notation 2050 becomes easier to see when the sorting piece 2587 is in the retreated position, making the player aware of the existence of the sub-outlet 2023 and preventing the player from mistaking the sub-outlet 2023 for a winning slot.

Furthermore, when the distribution piece 2587 is in the retracted position, that is, when game ball B is being distributed to the sub-outlet 2023, the outlet marking 2050 is easily visible, allowing the player to fully recognize the existence of the sub-outlet 2023. Even if game ball B is distributed to the sub-outlet 2023, the player's interest in the game is not significantly diminished, and the player can continue to enjoy the game.

Furthermore, when the distribution piece 2587 is in the forward position, that is, when game ball B is being distributed toward the first sub-starting opening, the out opening marking 2050 becomes difficult to see, which reduces the player's awareness of the sub-out opening 2023 and increases the player's anticipation for distribution toward the first sub-starting opening, making the game more enjoyable.

Furthermore, because the visibility of the outlet marking 2050 changes periodically as the distributing piece 2587 moves forward and backward, it is possible to make it difficult for other players to notice the outlet marking 2050. This prevents other players from feeling uncomfortable due to the outlet marking 2050, ensures that the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the playing area 5a is fully realized, improves the appearance, and makes it easier for other players to select this pachinko machine 1 as the pachinko machine to play.

Furthermore, according to this embodiment, the outlet sign 2050 is provided on the transparent distribution front panel 2588 of the center role device 2500, and the area behind the outlet sign 2050 can be brightened or darkened depending on the movable position of the distribution piece 2587, which is a movable body provided at the rear. This allows the visibility of the outlet sign 2050 to be changed depending on the movable position of the distribution piece 2587. More specifically, the outlet sign 2050 is made dark, like black letters in a transparent frame with a hollowed-out center. As a result, when the area behind the outlet sign 2050 is brightened by moving (moving) the distribution piece 2587 to the retracted position, the area around the dark outlet sign 2050 becomes brighter, making the outlet sign 2050 stand out and easier to see. On the other hand, if the area behind the outlet marking 2050 is darkened by moving the sorting piece 2587 to a forward position, the area around the dark outlet marking 2050 will become dark, making the outlet marking 2050 difficult to see as it blends into the surrounding darkness. In this way, the visibility of the outlet marking 2050 can be changed depending on the movable position of the sorting piece 2587, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that achieves the same effects as those described above.

In addition, because the outlet sign 2050 is located near the center of the playing area 5a in the left-right direction, the outlet sign 2050 is positioned near the front of the player, making it easy to see. However, the visibility of the outlet sign 2050 can be changed by changing the movable position of the movable body (distributing piece 2587), achieving the same effect as above.

The outlet notation 2050 may also be a bright notation, such as white text. In this case, if the area behind the outlet notation 2050 is brightened by moving (shifting) the allocating piece 2587 to the retracted position, the area around the bright outlet notation 2050 becomes brighter, making the outlet notation 2050 less visible as it blends into the surrounding brightness. On the other hand, if the area behind the outlet notation 2050 is darkened by moving the allocating piece 2587 to the forward position, the area around the bright outlet notation 2050 becomes darker, making the outlet notation 2050 more noticeable and easier to see. In this way, the visibility of the outlet notation 2050 can be changed depending on the movable position of the allocating piece 2587, so a pachinko machine 1 can be provided that achieves the same effects as those described above.

In addition, in the above, one of the allocation destinations of the allocation piece 2587 is the sub-outlet 2023, and the visibility of the outlet notation 2050 corresponding to the sub-outlet 2023 changes depending on the movement position of the allocation piece 2587. However, this is not limited to this, and the sub-outlet 2023 may be replaced with a winning outlet, and the visibility of the winning outlet notation 2060 corresponding to that winning outlet may change depending on the movement position of the allocation piece 2587.

In addition, while the above description illustrates changing the visibility of the outlet marking 2050 by brightening or darkening the area behind the outlet marking 2050 depending on the movable position of the movable body (distributing piece 2587) located at the rear, this is not limited to this. For example, if the outlet marking 2050 is made of a transparent material and the movable body at the rear is movable between a position where it overlaps with the outlet marking 2050 and a position where it does not overlap, the visibility of the outlet marking 2050 can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body. More specifically, for example, if the movable body is decorated in a similar color to the outlet marking 2050 or has a blending decoration, moving the movable body to a position where it overlaps with the outlet marking 2050 will make the color or decoration of the movable body visible around the outlet marking 2050, making the outlet marking 2050 less visible as it blends in with the color or decoration of the movable body. On the other hand, when the movable body is moved to a position where it does not overlap with the out-exit notation 2050, the movable body becomes invisible around the out-exit notation 2050, making the out-exit notation 2050 stand out relatively, and the out-exit notation 2050 becomes easier to see. Alternatively, if the movable body has a different color or decoration than the out-exit notation 2050, when the movable body is moved to a position where it overlaps with the out-exit notation 2050, the different color or decoration of the movable body becomes visible around the out-exit notation 2050, making the out-exit notation 2050 stand out relatively, and the out-exit notation 2050 becomes easier to see. On the other hand, when the movable body is moved to a position where it does not overlap with the out-exit notation 2050, the movable body of a different color or decoration becomes invisible around the out-exit notation 2050, making the out-exit notation 2050 less noticeable relatively, and the out-exit notation 2050 becomes harder to see. In this way, the visibility of the out-exit notation 2050 can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, so a pachinko machine 1 that achieves the same effects as those described above can be provided.

[7-5c. Example 3 of the relationship between the entrance notation and the movable object]
Next, an embodiment shown in Figure 153 will be described. The pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment is equipped with a start hole unit 2100 having a first start hole 2002 and a second start hole 2004.

In more detail, the starting port unit 2100 comprises a transparent, flat base plate 2111 that can abut against the front surface of the game panel 1100; a ball entrance port 2112 that protrudes forward from the base plate 2111, opens upward, and can guide an entering game ball B to the rear of the base plate 2111; a pair of branch passages 2113 that are connected to the ball entrance port 2112 on the rear side of the base plate 2111 and extend downward, spaced apart on the left and right; and a pair of branch passages 2113 that are provided at the downstream ends of each of the pair of branch passages 2113. It comprises a first starting port 2002, a sub-outlet port 2023 located between the pair of first starting ports 2002 and communicating with a pair of branch passages 2113, a second starting port 2004 that protrudes forward from the base plate 2111 directly below the ball inlet 2112 and below the pair of first starting ports 2002 and sub-outlet port 2023 and is open upward, and a pair of blades 2114 that are expandable on both the left and right outer sides at the upper end of the second starting port 2004.

The pair of blades 2114 are supported so that their lower ends can rotate about an axis extending in the front-to-rear direction, and are expandable between a first position in which they are upright and a second position in which their upper ends are spaced farther apart than in the first position. The pair of blades 2114 are formed from an opaque material. When the pair of blades 2114 is in the first position, the distance between their upper ends is slightly larger than the diameter of game ball B, and when in the second position, the distance between their upper ends is four to five times the diameter of game ball B. In other words, the probability of game ball B entering the second starting hole 2004 changes depending on the expansion of the pair of blades 2114.

The starting port unit 2100 of this embodiment allows the game ball B circulating through the pair of branch passages 2113 to be seen from the front through the transparent base plate 2111. With this starting port unit 2100, there is a high probability that a game ball B that enters the ball inlet 2112 will be received by one of the pair of first starting ports 2002. Furthermore, because each of the pair of branch passages 2113 is connected to the sub-outlet 2023, there is a low probability that a game ball B that enters the ball inlet 2112 will be received by the sub-outlet 2023. Therefore, when a game ball B enters the ball inlet 2112, the player will be strongly encouraged to hope that the game ball B will not enter the sub-outlet 2023 but will instead enter the first starting port 2002, providing a thrilling and exciting experience for the player.

In addition, although the second starting opening 2004 is always open, the probability of the ball scoring is low when the pair of blades 2114 are in the first position, and the probability of the ball scoring increases when the pair of blades 2114 are in the second position. This pair of blades 2114 is normally in the first position, and moves from the first position to the second position for a predetermined period of time depending on the results of the regular pattern drawn when game ball B passes through a gate (not shown) or when game ball B scores in a regular winning opening (not shown).

The start port unit 2100 also has a pair of winning port notations 2060 corresponding to the pair of first starting ports 2002, and an outlet notation 2050 corresponding to the sub-outlet port 2023, provided on the front surface of the base plate 2111. The winning port notation 2060 is composed of the horizontally written character "IN," and the outlet notation 2050 is composed of the horizontally written character "OUT."

The outlet marking 2050 is located at the height between the tops of the pair of blades 2114 when in the first position (see Figure 153 (a)). The pair of winning slot markings 2060 are located at the same height as the outlet marking 2050, and are located to the left and right of the tops of the pair of blades 2114 when in the first position. In other words, the outlet marking 2050 and the pair of winning slot markings 2060 are located behind the pair of blades 2114 and at a position lower than the tops of the pair of blades 2114 when in the first position.

When the pair of movable blades 2114 are in the first position, as shown in Figures 153(a) and 153(c), a player seated in front of the pachinko machine 1 can see the outlet slot notation 2050 and the pair of winning slot notation sections 2060. This allows the player to be aware of the existence of the sub-out slot 2023 through the visible outlet slot notation 2050, and will not mistake the sub-out slot 2023 for a winning slot.

In addition, since the outlet marking 2050 can be seen by a player seated in front, the player can be made fully aware of the existence of the sub-outlet 2023. Even if game ball B that entered the ball inlet 2112 enters the sub-outlet 2023, the player's interest in the game will not be significantly diminished, and the player can continue to enjoy the game.

Furthermore, when the pair of vanes 2114 are in the first position, as shown in FIG. 153(c), the out slot marking 2050 and the farthest of the pair of winning slot markings 2060 are overlapped by the vanes 2114 and cannot be seen by a player positioned to the side of the pachinko machine 1 rather than in front of it, i.e., other players. This makes the out slot marking 2050 invisible to other players, thereby preventing the appearance of the game board 5 from being impaired by the out slot marking 2050 being visible, and making it easier for other players to select the pachinko machine 1 as the machine to play.

Furthermore, when the pair of blades 2114 are in the first position, as shown in FIG. 153(c), only the winning slot notation 2060, consisting of the letters "IN," is visible to other players. Because the winning slot notation 2060 is located on the outside of the upright blades 2114, other players can intuitively recognize that when the blades 2114 unfold (open), game ball B can enter the second starting slot 2004, heightening their anticipation for the blades 2114 to unfold, making the game more enjoyable.

On the other hand, when the pair of blades 2114 are spread out and in the second position, as shown in Figure 153 (d), the outlet port indication 2050 and the pair of winning port indications 2060 become visible to other players, allowing them to recognize that the sub-out port 2023 exists between the pair of first starting ports 2002.

When the pair of blades 2114 unfold to the second position, the visible outlet marking 2050 and the pair of winning slot markings 2060 are located above the second starting slot 2004, which can surprise players who are unaware of the relative positions of the second starting slot 2004, the first starting slot 2002, and the sub-out slot 2023, and strongly pique the player's interest, making them wonder, "What does this mean?"

In this way, according to this embodiment, the visibility of the outlet marking 2050 can be changed depending on the movement position of the pair of vanes 2114 as movable bodies, so the outlet marking 2050 makes the player playing with this pachinko machine 1 aware of the existence of the sub-outlet 2023, while preventing other players from seeing the outlet marking 2050 as a bad look, thereby improving the appearance and increasing the appeal (appeal) of the pachinko machine as a playable machine.

In addition, because the outlet marking 2050 is located near the center of the playing area 5a in the left-right direction, the outlet marking 2050 is positioned near the front of the player, making it easy to see. However, the visibility of the outlet marking 2050 can be changed by changing the movable position of the movable body (wing 2114), achieving the same effect as above.

Furthermore, because the outlet marking 2050 is located behind the pair of movable blades 2114, when the blades 2114 are moved to a position where they overlap the outlet marking 2050, the front blades 2114 can hide the outlet marking 2050, making it difficult to see. On the other hand, when the blades 2114 are moved to a position where they do not overlap the outlet marking 2050, the outlet marking 2050 can be made visible. Therefore, the visibility of the outlet marking 2050 can be changed depending on the movable position of the blades 2114, and a pachinko machine 1 that achieves the above-mentioned effects can be realized.

In the above, a sub-outlet 2023 is shown between a pair of first starting ports 2002, but this is not limited to this. Instead of the sub-outlet 2023, a winning port may be used that awards a bonus that gives the player an advantage over the first starting port 2002. In this case, the outlet port notation 2050 will be the winning port notation section 2060 that corresponds to the winning port.

[7-6. Relationship between out hole notation and playing area]
Next, the relationship between the outlet marking 2050 and the play area 5a will be described in detail, mainly with reference to FIG. 154. FIG. 154 is an explanatory diagram showing the outline of the lower part of the play area, which is divided into a first area and a second area below the play area. Here, the same components as those of the play area ...

In this embodiment, the lower part of the game area 5a, through which game balls B flow, is separated into a first area 5a1 and a second area 5a2, with a center device 2500 between them. Game balls B flowing down the first area 5a1 do not enter the second area 5a2, and game balls B flowing down the second area 5a2 do not enter the first area 5a1.

The game board 5 of this embodiment is equipped with a start opening unit 2100 located at the bottom center of the game area 5a in the left-right direction, a side unit 2200 located to the right of the start opening unit 2100, an upper left side unit 2300 located slightly above and to the left of the side unit 2200 when viewed from the front, an attacca unit 2400 located to the right of the start opening unit 2100, and a center role device 2500 located in the center of the game area 5a.

The game board 5 also has an outlet 1008 serving as a first outlet located below the starting outlet unit 2100, and a sub-outlet 2023 serving as a second outlet located on the attacker unit 2400 to the right of the outlet 1008.

The start opening unit 2100 is provided with a first start opening 2002 that is always open facing upward. When a game ball B enters the first start opening 2002, a predetermined number of game balls B are paid out as a bonus, and a lottery for a first special symbol is held.

The side unit 2200 has three general winning openings 2001 that are always open. The three general winning openings 2001 are spaced apart in the left-right direction. The leftmost general winning opening 2001 opens diagonally toward the upper left, and the remaining two general winning openings 2001 open upward. When a game ball B enters a general winning opening 2001, a predetermined number of game balls B are paid out as a bonus.

The upper left side unit 2300 has a shelf portion 2301 that slopes downward to the right. The left end of the shelf portion 2301 is close to the inner rail 1002.

The Attacka unit 2400 comprises a gate 2003 located between the right rail 1005 and the center device 2500, a second starting opening 2004 located below the gate 2003, a large prize opening 2005 located to the lower left of the second starting opening 2004, one general prize opening 2001 located to the lower left of the large prize opening 2005, and a sub-out opening 2023 serving as a second out opening located to the right of the general prize opening 2001.

The attacca unit 2400 also includes a second start gate door 2541 that is movable back and forth to open and close the second start gate 2004, a start gate solenoid that moves the second start gate door 2541 back and forth depending on the result of the lottery for the normal symbol drawn when game ball B passes through gate 2003, a large prize gate door 2531 that is movable back and forth to open and close the large prize gate 2005, and an attacca solenoid that moves the large prize gate door 2531 back and forth depending on the result of the lottery for the first special symbol or second special symbol drawn when game ball B enters the first start gate 2002 or second start gate 2004.

The attacca unit 2400 also includes a flat base plate 2441 that abuts against the front surface of the gaming panel 1100, a transparent flat front plate 2442 that is spaced apart from the base plate 2441 and is located forward, and a partition wall 2447 that connects the left edge of the base plate 2441 with the left edge of the front plate 2442 and extends from the forward protrusion 2511 of the center role device 2500 to the vicinity of the lower right rail 1004. The partition wall 2447 divides the gaming area 5a into a first area 5a1 on the left side and a second area 5a2 on the right side, with the center role device 2500 in the gaming area 5a in between.

Furthermore, the attacca unit 2400 has an outlet marking 2050 corresponding to the sub-outlet 2023, located in front of the sub-outlet 2023 on the transparent front panel 2442 (see Figure 154). This outlet marking 2050 consists of the horizontally written character string "OUT." This outlet marking 2050 makes it possible to draw attention to the presence of the sub-outlet 2023. The outlet marking 2050 is on a sticker that is affixed to the front surface of the front panel 2442.

The center device 2500 has a frame-shaped forward protrusion 2511 extending in the front-to-rear direction, and a flat flange 2512 that protrudes from the outer periphery of the rear end of the forward protrusion 2511 and abuts against the front surface of the gaming panel 1100. When assembled to the gaming board 5, the front end of the forward protrusion 2511 protrudes further forward than the front surface of the gaming panel 1100, preventing gaming ball B in the gaming area 5a from entering the inside of the frame from the outside of the center device 2500.

The center device 2500 also has a warp passage 2516 that can guide the game ball B from the outside of the left side of the forward protrusion 2511 to the inside of the frame, and a stage 2518 that is provided at the bottom edge of the frame of the center device 2500 and rolls the game ball B that has flowed through the warp passage 2516 in the left-right direction before releasing it into the game area 5a.

The stage 2518 is curved with a recessed central portion in the left-right direction, and is formed in a wavy (W-shaped) shape so that the position corresponding to directly above the first starting hole 2002 of the starting hole unit 2100, that is, the approximate central position in the left-right direction when the center device 2500 is attached to the gaming panel 1100, is slightly higher than either side of it. This stage 2518 is inclined so that the portion of the center that is slightly higher than either side of it (central release portion 2518a) and the lowest portion of both sides (side release portion 2518b) slope downward toward the front, and game balls B can be released into the gaming area 5a from these portions.

When this stage 2518 is assembled to the game board 5, its elevated central portion in the left-right direction (central release portion 2518a) is located directly above the first starting hole 2002 of the starting hole unit 2100. As a result, when game ball B is released from the central release portion 2518a in the center of the stage 2518, there is a high probability that it will be received by the first starting hole 2002.

This center device 2500 is located in the center of the play area 5a. In this embodiment, the attacca unit 2400 and the center device 2500 divide the play area 5a into a first area 5a1, where the game ball B flows down the left outer side of the center device 2500, and a second area 5a2, where the game ball B flows down the right outer side of the center device 2500.

This game board 5 is equipped with a first start opening 2002 and a second start opening 2004, through which a lottery is held to select special symbols (first special symbol, second special symbol) that will generate a favorable game state (e.g., a big win, a medium win, a small win, a special chance win, a time-saving win, etc.) in which the large prize opening 2005 opens and closes in a predetermined pattern. The first start opening 2002 is located in the first area 5a1 and is always open. On the other hand, the second start opening 2004 is located in the second area 5a2 and is normally closed by a second start opening door 2541. The second start opening 2004 is opened depending on the result of the lottery to select a normal symbol when a game ball B passes through a gate 2003 located in the second area 5a2.

Under normal circumstances, therefore, the probability of game ball B entering first starting hole 2002 is higher than that of second starting hole 2004, so in order to have game ball B enter first starting hole 2002, a shot operation (so-called left shot) is performed to cause game ball B to flow down the left side of center device 2500 (first area 5a1). Then, after the ball enters first starting hole 2002, if a special symbol that creates an advantageous game state is drawn, large prize opening 2005 located in second area 5a2 opens in a predetermined pattern, so a shot operation (so-called right shot) is performed to cause game ball B to flow down the right side of center device 2500 (second area 5a2).

This right hit increases the likelihood that game ball B will pass through gate 2003 located in second area 5a2, making it easier to draw a normal symbol that opens second start opening 2004 and increasing the probability of the ball landing in second start opening 2004. In other words, when a favorable game state occurs and a right hit is made, the probability of the ball landing in second start opening 2004 changes and becomes higher than usual. In this favorable game state, large prize opening 2005 opens in a predetermined pattern, so game ball B hit into second area 5a2 is more likely to land in second start opening 2004 or large prize opening 2005, and the number of game balls B that land in sub-out opening 2023 decreases relatively.

In other words, this embodiment has a first area 5a1 that includes the area to the left of the center role device 2500 in the play area 5a, and a second area 5a2 that includes the area to the right of the center role device 2500 in the play area 5a. A first starting hole 2002 is provided through which a game ball B shot into the first area 5a1 (a so-called left-handed hit) can enter, and a second starting hole 2004 is provided through which a game ball B shot into the second area 5a2 (a so-called right-handed hit) can enter. Furthermore, the first area 5a1 is provided with an outlet 1008 as a first outlet through which game ball B is discharged, and the second area 5a2 is provided with a sub-outlet 2023 as a second outlet through which game ball B is discharged.

Under normal game conditions, a game ball B flowing down the first area 5a1 is more likely to be guided to the outlet 1008 than to the first starting port 2002, and a game ball B flowing down the second area 5a2 is more likely to be guided to the sub-outlet 2023 than to the second starting port 2004.

On the other hand, in certain game states (for example, time-saving game states), game ball B flowing down the first area 5a1 is more likely to be guided to the outlet 1008 than to the first starting port 2002, but game ball B flowing down the second area 5a2 is more likely to be guided to the second starting port 2004 than to the sub-outlet 2023.

As described above, the sub-outlet 2023, whose scoring possibility (scoring probability) changes depending on the game status, has an outlet notation 2050 as a specific out indicator provided in the corresponding location in the second area 5a2 (here, the front panel 2442 of the attacker unit 2400), and no outlet notation 2050 (specific out indicator) corresponding to the outlet 1008 is provided on the first area 5a1 side, which includes the outlet 1008.

In this way, the out exit 1008, where the chance of a ball scoring does not change, does not have an out exit notation 2050, but the sub-out exit 2023, where the chance of a ball scoring does change, has an out exit notation 2050. This allows the player to recognize that the sub-out exit 2023 is a special out exit that is different from the out exit 1008 by looking at the out exit notation 2050, and that the second area 5a2 where the sub-out exit 2023 is located is a special area. This increases the player's anticipation for playing in the second area 5a2, and prevents the player's interest in playing from declining.

In addition, an outlet notation 2050 corresponding to the sub-outlet 2023 in the second area 5a2 is provided, so that by looking at the outlet notation 2050, the player can be made aware of the existence of the sub-outlet 2023 provided in addition to the regular outlet 1008, and will not mistake the sub-outlet 2023 for a winning slot.

To further explain, in this embodiment, when a game ball B enters the first start opening 2002 in the first area 5a1 or the second start opening 2004 in the second area 5a2 and a special pattern that generates a specific game state (e.g., a time-saving game state) is drawn as the first special pattern or the second special pattern, game ball B becomes more likely to enter the second start opening 2004. To be more specific, when, for example, a "time-saving jackpot" is drawn as the result of the drawing (combination of patterns) for the special pattern that generates the specific game state, a jackpot game begins in which the large prize opening 2005 (variable prize opening) provided in the second area 5a2 opens and closes in a predetermined pattern, and therefore, many game balls B are shot into the second area 5a2 (here, shots to the right) in an attempt to enter the large prize opening 2005. When the opening and closing of the large prize entry port 2005 is completed (the jackpot game ends), the game enters a time-saving game state (specific game state) in which the variation time of the special symbol drawn by balls entering the first start port 2002 or the second start port 2004 is shorter than usual. In this time-saving game state, in addition to shortening the variation time, if there is a special symbol whose variation is pending, the second special symbol from the second start port 2004 is given priority in variation over the first special symbol from the first start port 2002. Therefore, even if a ball enters the first start port 2002 in the first area 5a1 while the variation of the second special symbol is pending, not only will the variation of the first special symbol not begin, but the first special symbol will be discarded due to the upper limit of the number of pending symbols (e.g., four). Therefore, following the jackpot game, many game balls B will be shot into the second area 5a2 so that the game ball will enter the second start port 2004 in the second area 5a2, making it easier for game balls B to enter the second start port 2004.

In other words, in a state other than the specific game state (time-saving game state) (normal state), a game ball B flowing down the first region 5a1 is more likely to be guided to the outlet 1008 than to the first start port 2002, and a game ball B flowing down the second region 5a2 is more likely to be guided to the sub-out port 2023 than to the second start port 2004. On the other hand, in a specific game state (time-saving game state), a game ball B flowing down the first region 5a1 is more likely to be guided to the outlet 1008 than to the first start port 2002, and a game ball B flowing down the second region 5a2 is more likely to be guided to the second start port 2004 than to the sub-out port 2023. In other words, in a specific game state such as the time-saving game state, the chances of the ball entering the first start port 2002 do not change, but the chances of the ball entering the second start port 2004 do change to be higher.

In this way, according to this embodiment, when the game changes from the normal state to the specific game state, the possibility of the ball landing in the second starting hole 2004 located in the second area 5a2 changes, so the player will focus their attention on the second area 5a2. At this time, an out-hole notation 2050 that is not located at the out-hole 1008 is located near the sub-out-hole 2023 in the second area 5a2. This out-hole notation 2050 makes the player aware of the existence of the sub-out-hole 2023, and while making the player strongly hope that the ball will not land in the sub-out-hole 2023, it also increases the player's anticipation of the ball landing in the second starting hole 2004, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

In the above, a "time-saving big win" was given as an example of the result of the lottery for the special symbol (symbol combination) that will result in a specific game state, but this is not limited to this, and it may also be a "time-saving medium win," a "time-saving small win," or a "time-saving win (which will result in a time-saving game state without the big prize slot 2005 or the special prize slot opening or closing)."

In addition, while the above shows that a specific game state (time-saving game state) occurs when a specific special symbol is drawn, this is not limited to this, and a time-saving game state may also be triggered when the special symbol drawing results in a "miss" a predetermined number of times (for example, 200 to 1000 times) in succession (so-called Yu-time).

In addition, a guide rib for guiding the game ball B rearward may be provided in the area in front of the sub-outlet 2023 on the front panel 2442 of the attacca unit 2400, and an outlet marking 2050 may be provided on the front surface of the front panel 2442 to hide the guide rib. In addition to the outlet marking 2050, a decorative pattern may be provided on the front surface of the front panel 2442.

[7-7. Other]
Next, other examples will be described, such as the outlet notation 2050. In the following description, the sub-outlet 2023 and the like will be simply referred to as the outlet.

(Other 1)
In the case where the game area 5a on the game board 5, into which the game ball B flows, is configured by a plurality of flow-down areas by the center device 2500 or the like, and at least one outlet is provided in each of the flow-down areas, the out-outlet notation 2050 corresponding to each outlet may have different appearances depending on the flow-down area. For example, if the game area 5a is configured by a left flow-down area and a right flow-down area by a component such as the center device 2500, and a prize opening that opens and closes in a favorable game state, such as the large prize opening 2005, is provided in the right flow-down area, the game ball B is shot so that it flows down the left flow-down area (left shot) in a normal game state, and the game ball B is shot so that it flows down the right flow-down area where the large prize opening 2005 is located in a favorable game state, such as a "jackpot" (right shot). Therefore, in an advantageous gaming state (right hit), it is necessary to hit a large number of gaming balls B in a short period of time, which results in a different sense of speed and excitement than in a normal gaming state, and accordingly the form of the out outlet notation 2050 in the left flow-down area is made different from the form of the out outlet notation 2050 in the right flow-down area. For example, the font of the out outlet notation 2050 in the left flow-down area is made gothic, and the font of the out outlet notation 2050 in the right flow-down area is made pop. As a result, even though the existence of an out outlet that is disadvantageous to the player is indicated, the pop-type out outlet notation 2050 can prevent a loss of interest and can entertain the player.

(Other 2)
It is desirable to provide the outlet marking 2050 on the game board 5 in a location where it will not come into contact with an operator or the game ball B. More specifically, when the outlet marking 2050 is provided on a transparent member (by attaching a sticker, printing, integrally molding with the member, etc.), the outlet marking 2050 is provided on the back side of the member. This makes it impossible for an operator or the game ball B to come into contact with the outlet marking 2050 from the front side, thereby preventing the outlet marking 2050 from peeling off due to the passage of the game ball B or contact by an operator.

(Other 3)
When providing a plurality of out exit markings 2050 on the gaming board 5 in a portion on which a predetermined picture or pattern is applied, such as the panel decoration 1113 or the decorative sticker 2203 provided on the gaming panel 1100, it is desirable to change the color of the peripheral portion 2052 of the out exit marking 2050 in accordance with the color of the picture or pattern surrounding the out exit marking 2050. Specifically, for example, if the peripheral color of the first out exit marking 2050 is white and the peripheral color of the second out exit marking 2050 is yellow, the peripheral portion 2052 of the first out exit marking 2050 is yellow and the peripheral portion 2052 of the second out exit marking 2050 is white. As a result, at first glance, the color of the peripheral portion 2052 of the outlet marking 2050 and the color around the outlet marking 2050 appear to be the same, so the outlet marking 2050 does not interfere with the surrounding colors, and the decorative effect of the pictures and patterns of the panel decoration 1113 etc. can be reliably achieved.

In this case, it is desirable that the color of the peripheral portion 2052 of the outlet notation 2050 be different from both the color of the notation body 2051 of the outlet notation 2050 and the color surrounding the outlet notation 2050 (the color of the picture or pattern of the panel decoration 1113, etc.). This prevents the color of the peripheral portion 2052 from causing the notation body 2051 of the outlet notation 2050 to blend in with the color of the panel decoration 1113, etc., and becoming inconspicuous.

When differentiating the color of the peripheral portion 2052 of the outlet marking 2050 from the color surrounding the outlet marking 2050, the brightness of each color may be set to the same brightness. This makes it possible to prevent the outlet marking 2050 from interfering with the color of the pattern or design of the panel decoration 1113, etc.

(Other 4)
On the gaming board 5, a part of the out opening marking 2050 may overlap a hole provided in the gaming panel 1100 (for example, a nail hole into which an obstacle nail N is planted, an attachment hole for a member provided on the front surface of the gaming panel 1100, an opening that penetrates the gaming panel 1100 and into which a member, ball passage, etc. is inserted, etc.). As a result, even if an obstacle nail N or the like is stuck in part of the out opening marking 2050, the out opening marking 2050 can be recognized from the remaining part, and it is possible to infer that it is an out opening.

(Other 5)
On the gaming board 5, the multiple out outlet notations 2050 may be made different in color depending on the size of the opening of the out outlet to which they correspond. Specifically, for example, the color of the out outlet notation 2050 may be made different depending on the size of the opening of the out outlet. For example, for a first out outlet whose opening is the size of one gaming ball B, the peripheral portion 2052 of the out outlet notation 2050 is made white, and for a second out outlet whose opening is larger than the first out outlet, the peripheral portion 2052 of the out outlet notation 2050 is made yellow.

Also, the wider the outlet opening, the larger the characters in the outlet notation 2050 may be. Alternatively, the size of the characters in each outlet notation 2050 may be the same, but the spacing between the characters in the outlet notation 2050 may be narrowed or widened to match the width of the outlet opening.

In this way, the out opening notation 2050 varies depending on the size of the out opening, so for multiple out openings, simply by looking at the corresponding out opening notation 2050, it is possible to recognize the ease of scoring a ball into the corresponding out opening.

(Other 6)
The game board 5 may be provided with a front decoration that makes the outlet invisible from the front, and the outlet sign 2050 may be provided in a portion of the front decoration near the entrance to the outlet. In this case, if the opening of the outlet faces left or right, the text of the outlet sign 2050 may be written vertically and provided in front of the opening of the outlet. Examples of the front decoration include "a decorative sticker attached to the front plate,""a plated or printed layer applied to the front plate," and "a relief-like irregularity formed on the front plate."

In this way, even if the outlet is hidden by the front decorative body, the presence of the outlet can be made known by the outlet sign 2050 provided on the front decorative body. Furthermore, because the outlet sign 2050 can make people aware of the presence of the outlet, it is possible to widen the decorative range of the front decorative body compared to when the outlet is visible from the front, resulting in a more attractive appearance.

(Other 7)
In the game board 5, a movable body may be provided behind an outlet provided in a transparent member, and an outlet marking 2050 corresponding to the outlet of the transparent member may be provided in front of the movable body's range of movement. Specifically, for example, the movable body may be a movable device that moves regularly, such as a distribution member, and the outlet marking 2050 may be made slightly less translucent than transparent. In this case, the marking body 2051 of the outlet marking 2050 may be made transparent, and the peripheral portion 2052 may be made slightly less translucent than transparent. This makes the outlet marking 2050 difficult to see when a movable device is located behind the outlet marking 2050, but visible when no movable device is located behind it. Therefore, by increasing the translucency of the outlet marking 2050, even if the outlet marking 2050 is slightly difficult to see, there is a period during one cycle of the movable device when it is visible, allowing the player to recognize the presence of the outlet.

In addition, while the above description shows an example in which the outlet marking 2050 has high translucency, it is also possible to make the color of the outlet marking 2050 the same as the color of the movable body located behind it. As a result, when the movable body is located behind it, the color of the outlet marking 2050 blends in with the color of the movable body, making it difficult to see, and when the movable body is not located behind it, the color of the outlet marking 2050 differs from the color of the member behind it, making it visible, achieving the same effect as above.

In the above, the outlet marking 2050 is shown to be difficult to see when the movable body is positioned rearward, but this is not limited to this, and the outlet marking 2050 may be made easier to see when the movable body is positioned rearward.

(Other 8)
On the gaming board 5, the character string constituting the out exit notation 2050 may be broken down into individual characters, and the positions of each character in the front-to-back direction may be varied. Specifically, for example, if the out exit notation 2050 consists of the character "OUT," it may be broken down into "O" and "UT," with the "O" provided on the front board and the "UT" provided on the gaming panel, so that it appears as "OUT" when viewed from a player sitting directly in front or in front. This makes the out exit notation 2050 meaningless to other players and makes it appear as part of a picture or pattern, while the out exit notation 2050 appears meaningful to players playing with this pachinko machine 1, allowing them to recognize the existence of the out exit.

(Other 9)
The multiple winning slot notation sections 2060 provided on the game board 5 may be different depending on the corresponding winning slot. In other words, the rank of the benefit to be given to the player may be indicated by the letters, symbols, or pictograms on the winning slot notation sections 2060. Specifically, for example, the winning slot notation section 2060 of the first starting slot 2002 (starting winning slot) may be "GO" or "IN," the V winning slot 2010 may be "V" or "victory," and the general winning slot 2001 may simply be a "pattern" or "mark," etc.

Alternatively, if a general prize opening is set up to prevent game ball B from entering a specific prize opening (for example, a V prize opening), the prize opening notation 2060 for that general prize opening may be marked as if it were an out opening (for example, an "X", "skull", etc.). This makes it possible for players to strongly desire the ball to enter the V prize opening, and since players can receive a special benefit if the ball enters a general prize opening that looks like an out opening, it does not diminish the player's interest. In this case, it is advisable to make the prize opening notation 2060 for the general prize opening that prevents the ball from entering the V prize opening different from that for the other general prize openings.

[7-8. Summary]
The above-mentioned outlet notation 2050 has various technical features as follows.

[7-8a. Summary A]
(Background of technical features)
In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, a gaming area into which inserted gaming balls flow down is provided with multiple winning holes that award predetermined benefits when gaming balls enter the area, and an outlet that opens at the bottom of the gaming area and discharges gaming balls that do not enter any of the winning holes from the gaming area.A gaming machine of this type is known that has multiple outlets in the middle of the gaming area in addition to the outlet at the bottom of the gaming area (for example, Patent Document: JP 2019-136134 A).

However, when multiple outlets are provided, it becomes difficult to distinguish between winning and losing outlets, and some players may mistake an outlet for a winning outlet and become frustrated when a ball goes in but they don't receive a bonus, which could reduce their interest in the game. One solution to this problem would be to indicate which outlets are the winning outlets, but if the out outlet markings are too conspicuous, it could cause players to feel uncomfortable and reduce their interest in the game.

In light of the above situation, the following measures aim to provide a gaming machine that can prevent a decline in interest by naturally indicating multiple outlets.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having an entry port into which a gaming ball that has flowed down the gaming area can enter, and an exit port into which a gaming ball that has flowed down the gaming area can enter,
At least a first outlet and a second outlet are provided as the outlets,
The game board is provided with a first out notation corresponding to the first out port and a second out notation corresponding to the second out port,
The first out notation and the second out notation are provided in different distinguishing manners.
It is characterized by:

Here, "winning opening" refers to "a general winning opening that is always open within the game area," "a starting winning opening (starting opening) that is always open within the game area and through which a special lottery is held to determine whether a game ball entering the opening will create a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus," "a variable winning opening (variable starting opening, special winning opening, etc.) that allows game balls to enter the game area as a predetermined bonus when a game ball enters a specific receiving opening (chucker) within the game area," and "a variable winning opening (variable starting opening, special winning opening, etc.) that allows game balls to enter the game area as a predetermined bonus depending on the result of a regular lottery held when a game ball passes through a specific area (gate, through chucker, etc.) within the game area." Examples include: "a special prize opening, a bonus prize opening, etc.)," "a variable start prize opening (variable start opening) in which a game ball can enter as a specified bonus depending on the result of a regular lottery drawn when the game ball passes through a specific area within the game area (for example, a gate, a chucker, etc.), and a special lottery is held to determine whether the entry of the game ball will create an advantageous gaming state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus," "a V prize opening in which, when a game ball that enters a special prize opening is sorted by a sorting means and enters, creates an advantageous gaming state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus," and "a large prize opening or special prize opening that opens and closes in a specified pattern to allow the entry of a game ball, creating an advantageous gaming state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus."

In addition, examples of "out notations" such as the first out notation and the second out notation include "those made up of characters in languages such as English (alphabet) and Japanese (katakana, hiragana)," "those made up of designs such as patterns, symbols, and pictograms," and "those made up of pictures or characters that evoke a negative image." Examples of out notations include "those with different translucency than the surrounding decorations and components," and "those with different light reflectance than the surrounding decorations and components." When the out notation is made up of characters, it may be written horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. Furthermore, the out notation may be on a sticker, printed together with the decoration on a decorative sheet, or molded integrally with a component such as the ball entrance component.

Furthermore, examples of "different identification modes" include "different characters such as alphabets or katakana," "different appearances (designs) such as characters, symbols, pictograms," "different colors," "different sizes," "different orientations of characters such as horizontal, vertical, or diagonal writing," "different translucency," "different light reflectance," "different formation modes such as affixing a sticker, printing, or integral molding with the ball inlet component," etc.

Method 1 provides a gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having an entry port through which gaming balls that have flowed down the gaming area can enter and an exit port through which gaming balls that have flowed down the gaming area can enter. The exit ports include at least a first exit port and a second exit port. The gaming board has a first "out" symbol corresponding to the first exit port and a second "out" symbol corresponding to the second exit port, and the first and second "out" symbols are provided in different identification patterns. (See Chapter 7, "Entry Port Symbols," Figures 140-143, etc., in the "Mode for Carrying Out the Invention" section.)

In this configuration, the game area of the game board is provided with multiple winning holes and multiple out holes, such as a first out hole and a second out hole, and the first out notation corresponding to the first out hole and the second out notation corresponding to the second out hole are provided with different identification patterns. As a result, since there is a first out notation corresponding to the first out hole and a second out notation corresponding to the second out hole, players can become aware of the existence of the out holes by visually recognizing these notations (out notation). Therefore, since the first out hole and the second out hole will not be mistaken for winning holes, players will not feel frustrated or lose interest even if they do not receive a bonus when a game ball lands in the first out hole or the second out hole.

Furthermore, because the first and second out signs corresponding to the first and second outlets are provided in different identification modes, it is possible to match each out sign to the opening direction of the outlet or to the decoration of the area where the outlet is located, making the out signs less noticeable while still being displayed. Specifically, for example, if the first outlet opens upward and the second outlet opens left and right, writing the first out sign corresponding to the first outlet horizontally and the second out sign vertically will cause each out sign to follow the opening edge of the corresponding outlet, making each out sign less noticeable and less likely to appear out of place with the out sign. This prevents the out sign from appearing out of place to the player, ensures the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the gaming area, improves the appearance, and prevents a loss of player interest.

It is desirable that at least one of the multiple "out" symbols, including at least the first and second "out" symbols, be composed of a string of characters that matches the decoration on the game board. This allows the "out" symbols to look like part of the decoration, as they are arranged to match the decoration on the game board. This makes it possible to make the "out" symbols less noticeable while still allowing the player to recognize that they are out, without compromising the decorativeness of the decoration on the game board, and the presence of the "out" symbols does not make them look bad.

In addition, at least one of a number of out notations, including at least a first out notation and a second out notation, may be applied to a sticker. This allows the out notation to be provided by attaching a sticker with the out notation applied (printed) around the periphery of the corresponding outlet. Also, for example, even if the same ball inlet member is used as both a winning port and an outlet depending on the specifications or model, this can be accommodated by simply replacing the sticker, thereby reducing the cost of the gaming machine.

Furthermore, when the "out" notation is applied to a sticker as described above, it is desirable that the sticker with the "out" notation be attached to a location that will not come into contact with the gaming ball (for example, the back side of a transparent member, the front panel of the member that forms the outlet, etc.). This will prevent the sticker from being peeled off by contact with the gaming ball. Furthermore, it is desirable to attach the sticker to a location that is difficult for workers to touch other than the gaming ball (for example, the back side of a transparent member), which will prevent the sticker from being rolled up or peeled off when a worker touches it during maintenance of the gaming machine, etc.

Furthermore, at least one of the multiple "out" symbols, including at least the first and second "out" symbols, may be integrally molded into the ball inlet member that forms the corresponding outlet. In this way, since the "out" symbol is integrally molded with the ball inlet member that forms the outlet, compared to when the "out" symbol is provided by attaching a sticker, there is no risk of forgetting to attach the sticker, the "out" symbol can be displayed reliably, and the effort of attaching a sticker is unnecessary, which helps prevent increases in the cost of the gaming machine.

Furthermore, as mentioned above, when the "out" marking is molded integrally with the ball entrance member, it will not peel off even if it comes into contact with a game ball or an operator, compared to when the "out" marking is provided as a sticker or printed (painted) marking. It is desirable to provide the "out" marking in a location that does not come into contact with the game ball (for example, the front surface of the front panel, the back surface of the base plate, etc.).

Furthermore, multiple "out" indications, including at least the first and second "out" indications, may be made less translucent than their surroundings. In this way, since the "out" indications are made less translucent than their surroundings, when the area around the "out" indication becomes brighter, the "out" indications become relatively darker. This makes it possible for the player to recognize the "out" indications while making them difficult to see, thereby preventing the "out" indications from detracting from the appearance of the game.

Furthermore, multiple out symbols, including at least a first out symbol and a second out symbol, may be made conspicuous enough to make the corresponding out hole more difficult to land a ball into. For example, by providing an out hole that is difficult to land a ball into upstream of a prize hole (e.g., a big prize hole, a special prize hole, etc.) that allows more balls to land if a favorable game state is created, and by making the out symbol corresponding to that out hole more conspicuous, the existence of that out hole can be made more prominent along with the prize hole, making it more likely that a ball will not land into that out hole. Although a ball is unlikely to land into that out hole, because the corresponding out symbol is conspicuous, the player is fully aware of the existence of that out hole in advance, and even if a ball does land into that out hole, the fun is not significantly diminished, and the player can continue to enjoy playing with the balls.

Furthermore, as described above, when making the "out" markings for out ports that are more difficult to enter conspicuous, for example, by providing an out port that is easier for game balls to enter downstream of a prize port (e.g., a big prize port, a special prize port, etc.) that allows more game balls to enter when a favorable game state is created, or near a prize port (e.g., a general prize port) that does not create a favorable game state even when a game ball enters, and making the "out" markings corresponding to that out port less conspicuous, game balls circulating near that out port will have less interest, so even if players become aware of the existence of the out port due to the "out" markings, they will not be strongly remembered, and interest in the easier-to-enter out port can be reduced. This makes it more difficult to notice a game ball entering an easier-to-enter out port, and interest will not be reduced even if a game ball enters that out port.

Therefore, as mentioned above, by making the "out" markings for out exits that are more difficult to score a ball into more conspicuous, the player can be made aware of the existence of the out exits, and will not mistake the out exits for winning exits. Even if a player does not receive a special prize by scoring a ball into an out exit, the player will not feel frustrated. Furthermore, by making the "out" markings for out exits that are more difficult to score a ball into more conspicuous, the player will not feel uncomfortable and will be less likely to lose interest in the game.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The plurality of out notations including at least the first out notation and the second out notation are
At least one of them is composed of a character string that matches the decoration on the game board.
It is characterized by being something.

Method 2 is configured such that at least one of the multiple "out" symbols, including at least a first "out" symbol and a second "out" symbol, is composed of a string of characters that matches the decoration on the game board. (See the description of the "out" symbol 2050 and Figure 142 in the "Embodiment of the Invention" section.)

As a result, the "out" sign is arranged so that it follows the decoration on the game board, making it look like part of the decoration, allowing the player to recognize that it is an out hole while still being less noticeable.The decorativeness of the decoration on the game board is not diminished, and the presence of the "out" sign does not make it look bad.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"The plurality of out notations including at least the first out notation and the second out notation are
At least one is on the seal."
It is characterized by being something.

Method 3 is configured to apply at least one of a plurality of "out" markings, including at least a first "out" marking and a second "out" marking, to the sticker. (See the description of the first "out" marking 2050a and Figure 141 in the "Description of the Invention" section.)

This allows for the "out" notation to be added by attaching a sticker with the "out" notation printed on it around the corresponding outlet. Also, for example, even if the same ball inlet component is used as both a winning slot and an outlet depending on the specifications or model, this can be achieved by simply replacing the sticker, thereby reducing the cost of the gaming machine.

It is desirable that stickers with the "out" notation be affixed to a location that will not come into contact with the gaming ball (for example, the back side of a transparent member, the front panel of the member that forms the outlet, etc.). This will prevent the sticker from being peeled off by contact with the gaming ball. It is also desirable that the sticker be affixed to a location that is difficult for workers to touch other than the gaming ball (for example, the back side of a transparent member), which will prevent workers from touching the sticker and having it roll up or peel off when performing maintenance on the gaming machine, etc.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations from means 1 to means 3,
"The plurality of out notations including at least the first out notation and the second out notation are
At least one of them is integrally formed with the inlet member that forms the corresponding outlet.
It is characterized by being something.

According to the configuration of Method 4, at least one of the multiple "out" symbols, including at least the first and second "out" symbols, is integrally molded into the ball inlet member that forms the corresponding out hole. (In the "Embodiment for Implementing the Invention," see the description of the out hole symbol 2050, the receiving portion 2450 of the attacker unit 2400, and Figure 142, etc.)

As a result, the "out" sign is molded integrally with the ball inlet member that forms the out opening. This means that, compared to when the "out" sign is provided by attaching a sticker, there is no risk of forgetting to attach the sticker, and the "out" sign can be displayed reliably. It also eliminates the need for the effort of attaching a sticker, which helps to prevent increases in the cost of the gaming machine.

In addition, because the "out" markings are molded integrally with the ball entrance member, they will not peel off even if they come into contact with a game ball or an operator, unlike when "out" markings are provided as stickers or printed (painted) marks. It is preferable to provide the "out" markings in areas that do not come into contact with game balls (for example, the front of the front panel, the back of the base plate, etc.).

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
"The plurality of out notations including at least the first out notation and the second out notation are
It has less translucency than the surrounding area."
It is characterized by being something.

Method 5 is configured such that the translucency of multiple out notations, including at least the first out notation and the second out notation, is lower than that of the surrounding area. (See the description of the out notation 2050 in the [Embodiment].)

By making the "out" notation less translucent than its surroundings, when the area around it becomes brighter the "out" notation becomes relatively darker. This makes it possible for the player to recognize the "out" notation while making it difficult to see, thereby preventing the "out" notation from spoiling the appearance.

Means 6: In any one of the configurations from means 1 to means 5,
"The plurality of out notations including at least the first out notation and the second out notation are
The corresponding out hole is so conspicuous that it is difficult for the ball to enter.
It is characterized by being something.

Method 6 is configured such that multiple out symbols, including at least a first out symbol and a second out symbol, are positioned so that the corresponding out hole is highly visible, making it difficult for the ball to land in the hole. (See the description of the first out symbol 2050a, the second out symbol 2050b, the third out symbol 2050c, and Figure 143 in the [Embodiment for Implementing the Invention].)

For example, by providing an out door that is difficult for balls to enter near the upstream side of a prize door (e.g., a big prize door, a special prize door, etc.) that allows many balls to enter when a favorable game state is created, and by making the out marking corresponding to that out door prominent, the existence of that out door can be made more prominent along with the prize door, making players more keen to prevent balls from entering that out door. Although the likelihood of a ball entering this out door is low, the corresponding out marking is prominent, so players are fully aware of the existence of that out door in advance, and even if a ball does enter that out door, their interest will not be significantly diminished, and they can continue to enjoy playing with balls.

Furthermore, for example, by providing an outlet through which game balls can easily enter downstream of a prize opening (e.g., a large prize opening, a special prize opening, etc.) that allows many game balls to enter when a favorable game state is created, or near a prize opening (e.g., a general prize opening) that does not create a favorable game state even when a game ball enters, and making the "out" marking corresponding to that outlet less conspicuous, players will have less interest in the game balls circulating near that outlet, so even if they become aware of the existence of the outlet through the "out" marking, it will not be strongly remembered, and interest in the easy-to-enter outlet can be reduced. This makes it difficult to notice game balls entering an easy-to-enter outlet, and interest will not decrease even if a game ball enters that outlet.

As a result, the "out" markings draw attention to the existence of the "out" exits, so players will not mistake the "out" exits for winning exits, and will not feel frustrated even if they do not receive a special prize by scoring a ball in the "out" exit. Furthermore, because the "out" markings for the "out" exits, which are difficult to score a ball in, are prominently displayed, players will not feel uncomfortable and will be less likely to lose interest in the game.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can prevent a decline in interest by naturally indicating multiple outlets.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
In this embodiment, the general winning port 2001, the first starting port 2002, the second starting port 2004, the large winning port 2005, the special winning port, and the V winning port 2010 correspond to the winning ports of the above-mentioned solution means, the out port 1008, the losing port 2009, and the sub-out port 2023 in this embodiment correspond to the out ports of the above-mentioned solution means, the first out port 2023a and the second out port 2023b in this embodiment correspond to the first and second out ports of the above-mentioned solution means, the out port notation 2050 in this embodiment corresponds to the out notation of the above-mentioned solution means, and the first out port notation 2050a and the second out port notation 2050b in this embodiment correspond to the first and second out notation of the above-mentioned solution means, respectively.

In addition, the starting port unit 2100, side unit 2200, and attacker unit 2400 in this embodiment correspond to the ball inlet members of the above-mentioned solution, and the decorative seal 2203 and decorative seal 2446 in this embodiment correspond to the seals of the above-mentioned solution.

(Characteristic effects of this embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the game area 5a of the game board 5 is provided with a plurality of winning holes such as the general winning hole 2001 and a plurality of sub-outlets 2023 such as the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b, and the first outlet notation 2050a corresponding to the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet notation 2050b corresponding to the second outlet 2023b are provided in different identification modes. This allows the player to notice the existence of the sub-outlet 2023 by visually recognizing the outlet notation 2050 such as the first outlet notation 2050a corresponding to the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet notation 2050b corresponding to the second outlet 2023b. Therefore, the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b will not be mistaken for winning holes, so even if no special prize is awarded when the game ball B enters the first outlet 2023a or the second outlet 2023b, the player will not feel annoyed and his interest will not decrease.

Furthermore, because the first outlet notation 2050a and the second outlet notation 2050b corresponding to the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b are provided in different distinguishing modes, it is possible to match each outlet notation 2050 with the opening direction of the sub-outlet 2023 or with the decoration of the area where the sub-outlet 2023 is provided, thereby making the outlet notation 2050 less noticeable while still being displayed. Specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 141, if the first outlet 2023a opens diagonally upward to the right and the second outlet 2023b opens upward, writing the first outlet notation 2050a diagonally and the second outlet notation 2050b horizontally will cause each outlet notation 2050 to align with the opening edge of the corresponding sub-outlet 2023, making each outlet notation 2050 less noticeable and less likely to create an awkward impression. This prevents the player from feeling uncomfortable due to the outlet marking 2050, ensures that the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the playing area 5a is fully realized, improves the appearance, and provides a pachinko machine 1 that prevents players from losing interest.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 142, the character string of the outlet notation 2050 is arranged to follow the decorative portion 2450b on the gaming board 5 (here, the front panel 2450a of the receiving portion 2450 of the attacca unit 2400), which makes it possible to make the outlet notation 2050 look like part of the decoration, allowing the player to recognize that it is the sub-outlet 2023 from the outlet notation 2050 while making it less noticeable. This does not impair the decorativeness of the decoration on the gaming board 5, and the presence of the outlet notation 2050 does not make it look bad.

Also, as shown in FIG. 141, the outlet notation 2050 (here, first outlet notation 2050a) can be provided by attaching a decorative sticker 2446 with the outlet notation 2050 (here, first outlet notation 2050a) applied (printed) to the periphery (front plate 2450a of the receiving part 2450) of the corresponding sub-outlet 2023 (first outlet 2023a). Also, for example, even if the same ball entrance component (here, the side unit 2200 shown in FIG. 143) is used as either a general winning opening 2001 or a sub-outlet 2023 depending on the specifications or model, this can be accommodated by simply replacing the decorative sticker 2203, thereby reducing the cost of the pachinko machine 1.

In addition, because the decorative sticker 2203 (decorative sticker 2446) bearing the outlet marking 2050 is affixed to the front panel 2202 (front panel 2450a), which does not come into contact with the game ball B, the decorative sticker 2203 (decorative sticker 2446) will not peel off when the game ball B comes into contact with it. It is desirable to affix the decorative sticker 2203 (decorative sticker 2446) to a location that is difficult for workers to touch in addition to the game ball B (for example, the back side of a transparent member (for example, the base plate 2441)), which can prevent the decorative sticker 2203 (decorative sticker 2446) from being turned over or peeled off when touched by a worker during maintenance of the pachinko machine 1, etc.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 142, the outlet marking 2050 is integrally molded with the attacca unit 2400 (receiving portion 2450) that forms the corresponding sub-outlet 2023. This means that, compared to when the outlet marking 2050 is provided by attaching a sticker, there is no risk of forgetting to attach the sticker, the outlet marking 2050 can be reliably marked, and the effort of attaching a sticker is unnecessary, thereby suppressing increases in the costs associated with the pachinko machine 1.

In addition, because the outlet marking 2050 is integrally molded with the receiving portion 2450, it will not peel off even if the game ball B or an operator comes into contact with it, as opposed to when the outlet marking 2050 is provided by a sticker or printing (painting).

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 141, the outlet marking 2050 is less translucent than its surroundings, so when the area around the outlet marking 2050 becomes brighter, the outlet marking 2050 becomes relatively darker. This makes it possible to make the outlet marking 2050 difficult to see while still being recognizable (visible) to the player, thereby preventing the outlet marking 2050 from adversely affecting the appearance.

Furthermore, the outlet notation 2050 is made more conspicuous the more difficult it is for the corresponding sub-outlet 2023 to enter. For example, as shown in FIG. 143, a first outlet 2023a that is difficult for balls to enter is provided near the upstream side of the large prize opening 2005, which allows more game balls B to enter when a favorable game state occurs, and the first outlet notation 2050a corresponding to that first outlet 2023a is made more conspicuous. This makes the presence of the first outlet 2023a, along with the large prize opening 2005, more prominent, and encourages players to strongly hope that game balls B do not enter the first outlet 2023a. Although it is unlikely that game ball B will land in this first outlet 2023a, the corresponding first outlet notation 2050a is prominent, so the player is fully aware of the existence of the first outlet 2023a in advance, and even if game ball B does land in the first outlet 2023a, the player's interest is not significantly diminished, and the player can continue to enjoy playing with game ball B.

On the other hand, second outlets 2023b and third outlets 2023c, which are easy for game balls B to enter, are provided downstream of the large prize winning opening 2005, where a favorable game state can be generated and many game balls B can enter, and near the general prize winning opening 2001, where a favorable game state will not be generated even if game balls B enter, and second outlet notations 2050b and third outlet notations 2050c corresponding to the second outlets 2023b and third outlets 2023c are provided on the first outlet. The outlet markings 2050a are less noticeable than the outlet markings 2050a, and interest in game balls B circulating near the second outlet 2023b and third outlet 2023c is reduced. Therefore, even if the player recognizes the existence of the second outlet 2023b and third outlet 2023c through the second outlet markings 2050b and third outlet markings 2050c, they are not strongly remembered, and interest in the second outlet 2023b and third outlet 2023c, which are easier to score in, can be reduced. This makes it difficult to notice game balls B scoring in the second outlet 2023b and third outlet 2023c, which are easier to score in, and interest is not reduced even if game balls B score in the second outlet 2023b or third outlet 2023c.

Therefore, in the example of Figure 143, by making the out-out notation 2050 of the sub-out opening 2023, which is difficult to score a ball into, more conspicuous, the out-out notation 2050 can draw attention to the existence of the sub-out opening 2023, so the player will not mistake the sub-out opening 2023 for a winning opening, and will not feel frustrated even if a special prize is not awarded for scoring a ball into the sub-out opening 2023.In addition, because the out-out notation 2050 of the sub-out opening 2023, which is difficult to score a ball into, is made conspicuous, the player will not feel uncomfortable and a decline in the player's interest in the game can be prevented.

[7-8b. Summary B]
(Background of technical features)
In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, a gaming area into which inserted gaming balls flow down is provided with multiple winning holes that award predetermined benefits when gaming balls enter the area, and an outlet that opens at the bottom of the gaming area and discharges gaming balls that do not enter any of the winning holes from the gaming area.A gaming machine of this type is known that has multiple outlets in the middle of the gaming area in addition to the outlet at the bottom of the gaming area (for example, Patent Document: JP 2019-136134 A).

However, when multiple outlets are provided, it becomes difficult to distinguish between winning and losing outlets, and some players may mistake an outlet for a winning outlet and become frustrated when a ball goes in but they don't receive a bonus, which could reduce their interest in the game. One solution to this problem would be to indicate which outlets are the winning outlets, but if the out outlet markings are too conspicuous, it could cause players to feel uncomfortable and reduce their interest in the game.

In light of the above situation, the following measures aim to provide a gaming machine that can prevent a decline in interest by naturally indicating multiple outlets.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having an entry port into which a gaming ball that has flowed down the gaming area can enter, and an exit port into which a gaming ball that has flowed down the gaming area can enter,
At least a first outlet and a second outlet are provided as the outlets,
The game board is provided with a first out notation corresponding to the first out port and a second out notation corresponding to the second out port,
The first out marking and the second out marking are provided at different positions in the front-to-rear direction.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, "winning opening" refers to "a general winning opening that is always open within the game area," "a starting winning opening (starting opening) that is always open within the game area and through which a special lottery is held to determine whether a game ball entering the opening will create a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus," "a variable winning opening (variable starting opening, special winning opening, etc.) that allows game balls to enter the game area as a predetermined bonus when a game ball enters a specific receiving opening (chucker) within the game area," and "a variable winning opening (variable starting opening, special winning opening, etc.) that allows game balls to enter the game area as a predetermined bonus depending on the result of a regular lottery held when a game ball passes through a specific area (gate, through chucker, etc.) within the game area." Examples include: "a special prize opening, a bonus prize opening, etc.)," "a variable start prize opening (variable start opening) in which a game ball can enter as a specified bonus depending on the result of a regular lottery drawn when the game ball passes through a specific area within the game area (for example, a gate, a chucker, etc.), and a special lottery is held to determine whether the entry of the game ball will create an advantageous gaming state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus," "a V prize opening in which, when a game ball that enters a special prize opening is sorted by a sorting means and enters, creates an advantageous gaming state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus," and "a large prize opening or special prize opening that opens and closes in a specified pattern to allow the entry of a game ball, creating an advantageous gaming state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus."

Examples of "out" markings, such as the first "out" marking and the second "out" marking, include those made up of characters in languages such as English (alphabet) and Japanese (katakana and hiragana), those made up of designs such as patterns, symbols, and pictograms, and those made up of pictures or characters that evoke a negative image. Examples of "out" markings include those with "different translucency from the surrounding decorations and components," and those with "different light reflectance from the surrounding decorations and components." When the "out" marking is made up of characters, it may be written horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. Multiple "out" markings may have the same or different distinguishing features. Furthermore, the "out" marking may be on a sticker, printed together with the decoration on a decorative sheet, or molded integrally with a component such as the ball entrance component.

Method 1 provides a gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having an entry port through which gaming balls that have flowed down the gaming area can enter and an exit port through which gaming balls that have flowed down the gaming area can enter. The exit ports include at least a first exit port and a second exit port. The gaming board is provided with a first exit marking corresponding to the first exit port and a second exit marking corresponding to the second exit port, with the first and second exit markings being located at different positions in the front-to-back direction. (See chapter 7-2a. Example 1 of Use of the Exit Markings in the [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], the description of the exit marking 2050, Figures 140 and 141, etc.)

In this configuration, the game area of the game board is provided with multiple winning holes and multiple out holes, such as a first out hole and a second out hole, and is provided with a first out notation corresponding to the first out hole and a second out notation corresponding to the second out hole. This allows the player to become aware of the existence of the out holes by visually recognizing the out notations, such as the first out notation corresponding to the first out hole and the second out notation corresponding to the second out hole. Therefore, since the first out hole and the second out hole will not be mistaken for winning holes, even if a bonus is not awarded when a game ball lands in the first or second out hole, the player will not feel frustrated and their interest will not decrease.

Furthermore, because the first and second out signs corresponding to the first and second out exits are located in different positions in the front-to-back direction, it is possible to vary the front-to-back position of each out sign depending on the relative position of the corresponding out exit and winning exit (type of winning exit), the distance from the player seated in front, or the probability (ease of the ball landing) of the game ball landing in the corresponding out exit, making it possible to display the out signs while making them less noticeable.

Specifically, for example, the first out notation on the first outlet provided on an attacca unit having a large prize slot as the prize slot, and the second out notation on the second outlet provided on a side unit having a general prize slot as the prize slot, are positioned such that the first out notation is positioned further forward than the second out notation. This means that even if the first out notation on the first outlet is positioned further forward than the second out notation, because the large prize slot is located near the first out notation (first out notation), even if the first out notation stands out due to its forward positioning, players' attention will be drawn more to the large prize slot, resulting in relatively less interest in the first out notation, and the first out notation will not be distracting and will not obstruct the surrounding decoration. On the other hand, because the second out notation is positioned further back than the first out notation, the second out notation can be made less noticeable than the first out notation.

Alternatively, for example, the first out notation at the first out exit, which is far from the player, and the second out notation at the second out exit, which is closer to the player, can be placed in front of the second out notation. As a result, since the first out exit (first out notation) is far from the player, it will not stand out even if it is placed in front. On the other hand, since the second out exit is closer to the player, by placing the second out notation behind the first out notation, the second out notation will be farther away from the player, making it less noticeable.

For this reason, by differentiating the front-to-back positions of the first and second "out" indications, it is possible to make either "out" indication less noticeable, so that the "out" indications do not cause discomfort to players, and the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the gaming area can be reliably achieved, improving the appearance and providing a gaming machine that prevents players from losing interest.

In addition, multiple "out" indicators, including at least a first "out" indicator and a second "out" indicator, may be located behind the winning indicators corresponding to the winning slots. This allows the winning indicators to be located behind the winning indicators, making the player aware of the existence of the winning slots and encouraging the player to hope for the game ball to enter the winning slot. Furthermore, for multiple out slots located separately from the winning slots, the corresponding "out" indicators are located behind the winning indicators, making the "out" indicators less noticeable than the winning indicators. This allows the player to recognize the existence of the out slots while preventing the "out" indicators from detracting from the appearance of the gaming machine (game board). This prevents the "out" indicators from appearing strange to the player, ensuring the decorative effect of the decorations located within the gaming area is fully realized, improving the appearance and preventing a decline in player interest.

It is also desirable to position multiple out markings, including at least a first out marking and a second out marking, further forward than the circulating game balls, so that the easier it is for the ball to land in the out hole, the further forward the corresponding out marking is than the circulating game balls. As a result, even if game balls frequently land in that out hole, the out marking will not be obscured by the balls that land in, making it difficult to see (read), and the out marking can be reliably seen, allowing the player to recognize the existence of the out hole.

Furthermore, multiple out indications, including at least a first out indication and a second out indication, may be positioned closer to the out indication corresponding to an entry opening that awards more benefits when a gaming ball enters the game area. This allows players to focus more attention on entry openings that award more benefits when a gaming ball enters the game area (e.g., large entry openings, special feature entry openings, V entry openings, etc.), and therefore, players will be less interested in the out indications for the out openings located near those entry openings. Even if an out indication is positioned further forward than other out indications, it will not be noticeable, and the out indication will not interfere with the surrounding decorations. Therefore, even if an out indication is positioned, it will not cause players to feel uncomfortable, and the decorative effects of the decorations located within the game area can be reliably achieved, improving the appearance and preventing a decline in player interest. This makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can prevent players from losing interest.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The plurality of out notations including at least the first out notation and the second out notation are
It is located behind the prize inscription corresponding to the prize slot.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, "winning notation" includes "the name of the winning slot," "alphabetical characters such as [IN], [GO], and [V], kanji characters such as [beginning], [prize], and [winning]," "numbers indicating the number of balls paid out or ranking," "designs such as patterns, symbols, and pictograms," etc.

Method 2 is configured so that multiple "out" symbols, including at least a first "out" symbol and a second "out" symbol, are placed behind the winning symbol corresponding to the winning slot. (See the description of the "out slot symbol 2050" and Figure 141 in the "Description of the Invention" section.)

In this configuration, because a prize notation corresponding to each prize slot is provided, the prize notation can alert the player to the existence of the prize slot, making them eager to have the game ball enter that prize slot. Furthermore, for multiple out slots provided separately from the prize slots, the corresponding out notation is provided behind the prize notation, making the out notation less noticeable than the prize notation. The out notation makes the player aware of the existence of the out slot, while preventing the out notation from damaging the appearance of the gaming machine (game board). This means that the presence of the out notation does not cause a sense of incongruity to the player, ensuring that the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the gaming area is fully realized, resulting in a gaming machine that improves appearance and prevents a decline in player interest.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"The plurality of out notations including at least the first out notation and the second out notation are
The out hole, which is easier for the ball to enter, is located further forward than the circulating balls.
It is characterized by being something.

Method 3 is configured so that multiple out symbols, including at least a first out symbol and a second out symbol, are positioned further forward than the circulating game balls, with the out symbols being more likely to land in the hole. (See the description of the out symbol 2050 in the "Description of the Invention" section.)

As a result, the easier it is for a ball to enter an out hole, the further forward the corresponding "out" sign is located (for example, on the front panel of the ball entry hole member) than the circulating game balls. Therefore, even if game balls frequently enter a particular out hole, the "out" sign will not be obscured by the entering game balls and become difficult to see (read), and the "out" sign can be reliably seen, allowing players to recognize the existence of the out hole.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations from means 1 to means 3,
"The plurality of out notations including at least the first out notation and the second out notation are
The "out" sign is located further forward in relation to the "out" opening that is closer to the "winning opening" where more benefits are awarded when a game ball enters the opening.
It is characterized by being something.

Method 4 is configured such that multiple out symbols, including at least a first out symbol and a second out symbol, are positioned closer to the out symbol corresponding to the winning hole where a winning ball will grant a greater bonus. (See the description of the out symbol 2050 and Figure 141 in the [Embodiment].)

As a result, players' attention is focused on the prize slots that award more prizes when a game ball enters them (for example, the big prize slot, special prize slot, V prize slot, etc.), and players pay relatively less attention to the "out" sign on the out slot located near those prize slots. Even if the "out" sign is located further forward than other "out" signs, it will not be a bother, and it will not interfere with the surrounding decorations. Therefore, even if an "out" sign is located, it will not cause discomfort to players, and the decorative effect of the decorations located within the game area can be reliably achieved, improving the appearance and preventing players from losing interest. This makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can prevent players from losing interest.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can prevent a decline in interest by naturally indicating multiple outlets.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
In this embodiment, the general winning port 2001, the first starting port 2002, the second starting port 2004, the large winning port 2005, the special winning port, and the V winning port 2010 correspond to the winning ports of the above-mentioned solution means, the outlet port 1008, the losing port 2009, and the sub-outlet port 2023 in this embodiment correspond to the outlets of the above-mentioned solution means, the first outlet port 2023a in this embodiment corresponds to the first outlet port of the above-mentioned solution means, and the second outlet port 2023b and the third outlet port 2023c in this embodiment correspond to the second outlet port of the above-mentioned solution means.

In addition, the out notation 2050 in this embodiment corresponds to the out notation of the above-mentioned solution means, the first out notation 2050a in this embodiment corresponds to the first out notation of the above-mentioned solution means, the second out notation 2050b and the third out notation 2050c in this embodiment correspond to the second out notation of the above-mentioned solution means, and the winning notation 2060 in this embodiment corresponds to the winning notation of the above-mentioned solution means.

(Characteristic effects of this embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the game area 5a of the game board 5 is provided with a plurality of winning holes such as a general winning hole 2001 and a first starting hole 2002, and a plurality of sub-outlets 2023 such as a first outlet 2023a and a second outlet 2023b, and is provided with a first outlet notation 2050a corresponding to the first outlet 2023a and a second outlet notation 2050b corresponding to the second outlet 2023b. This allows the player to notice the existence of the sub-outlet 2023 by visually recognizing the outlet notation 2050 such as the first outlet notation 2050a and the second outlet notation 2050b. Therefore, the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b will not be mistaken for winning holes, so even if no special prize is awarded when the game ball B enters the first outlet 2023a or the second outlet 2023b, the player will not feel annoyed and his interest will not decrease.

Furthermore, since the first outlet notation 2050a and second outlet notation 2050b corresponding to the first outlet 2023a and second outlet 2023b are provided at different positions in the front-to-back direction, it is possible to vary the front-to-back position of each outlet notation 2050 depending on the relative position of the corresponding sub-outlet 2023 and the winning port (type of winning port), or the front-to-back position depending on the distance from the player seated in front, or the front-to-back position depending on the probability (ease of scoring) of game ball B scoring into the corresponding sub-outlet 2023, making it possible to display the outlet notation 2050 while making it less noticeable.

Specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 141, the first outlet notation 2050a of the first outlet 2023a provided on the attacca unit 2400 having the large prize opening 2005 as the prize opening, and the second outlet notation 2050b of the second outlet 2023b provided on the side unit 2200 having the general prize opening 2001 as the prize opening, are arranged so that the first outlet notation 2050a is located further forward than the second outlet notation 2050b. As a result, even if the first outlet notation 2050a of the first outlet 2023a is located further forward than the second outlet notation 2050b, because the large prize opening 2005 is located near the first outlet notation 2050a (first outlet 2023a), even if the first outlet notation 2050a stands out due to its forward location, the player's attention is drawn more to the large prize opening 2005, and so interest in the first outlet notation 2050a is relatively reduced, and the first outlet notation 2050a becomes less of a concern, so it does not obstruct the surrounding decoration. On the other hand, because the second outlet notation 2050b is located further back than the first outlet notation 2050a, the second outlet notation 2050b can be made less noticeable than the first outlet notation 2050a.

Alternatively, for example, although not shown, the first outlet marking 2050 of the first sub-outlet 2023, which is far from the player, and the second outlet marking 2050 of the second sub-outlet 2023, which is closer to the player, can be positioned further forward than the second outlet marking 2050. As a result, the first sub-outlet 2023 (first outlet marking 2050) is far from the player, so it will not stand out even if it is positioned further forward. On the other hand, since the second sub-outlet 2023 is closer to the player, by positioning the second outlet marking 2050 behind the first outlet marking 2050, the second outlet marking 2050 will be farther from the player, making it less noticeable.

For this reason, by differentiating the front-to-back positions of the first outlet marking 2050a and the second outlet marking 2050b, it is possible to make either outlet marking 2050 less noticeable, so that the outlet marking 2050 does not cause discomfort to the player, and the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the playing area 5a can be reliably achieved, resulting in a pachinko machine 1 that not only looks good but also prevents players from losing interest.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 141, multiple outlet notations 2050 are arranged behind the winning hole notation 2060 corresponding to the first starting hole 2002. As a result, because the winning hole notation 2060 corresponding to the first starting hole 2002 is arranged, the winning hole notation 2060 can make the player aware of the existence of the first starting hole 2002, and can make the player strongly desire for game ball B to enter the first starting hole 2002. Furthermore, for multiple sub-outlets 2023 arranged separately from the first starting hole 2002, the corresponding out outlet notations 2050 are arranged behind the winning hole notation 2060, so the out outlet notations 2050 can be made less noticeable than the winning hole notation 2060. This makes it possible to recognize the existence of the sub-outlet 2023 using the out outlet notation 2050 while preventing the out outlet notation 2050 from detracting from the appearance of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5). As a result, even though the outlet marking 2050 is provided, it does not cause discomfort to the player, ensuring that the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the playing area 5a can be fully realized, improving the appearance and providing a pachinko machine 1 that prevents players from losing interest.

Furthermore, the more easily a sub-outlet 2023 is opened into the hole (for example, the third outlet 2023c in Figure 143), the further forward (on the front panel 2202) the game balls B are circulating. Therefore, even if game balls B frequently enter the sub-outlet 2023, the outlet notation 2050 is not obscured by the entering game balls B, making it difficult to see (read). Instead, the outlet notation 2050 can be reliably seen, allowing the player to recognize the existence of the sub-outlet 2023.

Furthermore, the out-port notations 2050 corresponding to the sub-outlets 2023 that are closer to the prize slots (e.g., the large prize slot 2005, the special prize slot, the V prize slot 2010, etc.) that will award more prizes when game ball B enters them are located closer to the front. As a result, since the large prize slot 2005 and the like attract strong player attention, the out-port notations 2050 of the sub-outlets 2023 located near the large prize slot 2005 and the like will attract relatively less attention. Therefore, even if the out-port notation 2050 (e.g., the first out-port notation 2050a in FIG. 141) is located further forward than the other out-port notations 2050 (e.g., the second out-port notation 2050b and the third out-port notation 2050c in FIG. 141), it will not be noticeable, and the out-port notation 2050 will not obstruct the surrounding decorations. Therefore, even if the outlet marking 2050 is provided, it does not cause players to feel uncomfortable, and the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the playing area 5a can be reliably achieved, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that not only improves appearance but also prevents players from losing interest.

[7-8c. Summary C]
(Background of technical features)
In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, a gaming area into which inserted gaming balls flow down is provided with multiple winning holes that award predetermined benefits when gaming balls enter the area, and an outlet that opens at the bottom of the gaming area and discharges gaming balls that do not enter any of the winning holes from the gaming area.A gaming machine of this type is known that has multiple outlets in the middle of the gaming area in addition to the outlet at the bottom of the gaming area (for example, Patent Document: JP 2019-136134 A).

However, when multiple outlets are provided, it becomes difficult to distinguish between winning and losing outlets, and some players may mistake an outlet for a winning outlet and become frustrated when a ball goes in but they don't receive a bonus, which could reduce their interest in the game. One solution to this problem would be to indicate which outlets are the winning outlets, but if the out outlet markings are too conspicuous, it could cause players to feel uncomfortable and reduce their interest in the game.

In light of the above situation, the following measures aim to provide a gaming machine that can prevent a decline in interest by naturally indicating multiple outlets.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having an entry port into which a gaming ball that has flowed down the gaming area can enter, and an exit port into which a gaming ball that has flowed down the gaming area can enter,
At least a first outlet and a second outlet are provided as the outlets,
The game board is provided with a first out notation corresponding to the first out port and a second out notation corresponding to the second out port,
At least a part of the second out notation is provided at a location that overlaps with a front body that is provided forward of the game board in a front view,
Between the front body and the game board, a space is provided that allows the player to see the portion of the second out notation that overlaps with the front body in a front view.
It is characterized by:

Here, "winning opening" refers to "a general winning opening that is always open within the game area," "a starting winning opening (starting opening) that is always open within the game area and through which a special lottery is held to determine whether a game ball entering the opening will create a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus," "a variable winning opening (variable starting opening, special winning opening, etc.) that allows game balls to enter the game area as a predetermined bonus when a game ball enters a specific receiving opening (chucker) within the game area," and "a variable winning opening (variable starting opening, special winning opening, etc.) that allows game balls to enter the game area as a predetermined bonus depending on the result of a regular lottery held when a game ball passes through a specific area (gate, through chucker, etc.) within the game area." Examples include: "a special prize opening, a bonus prize opening, etc.)," "a variable start prize opening (variable start opening) in which a game ball can enter as a specified bonus depending on the result of a regular lottery drawn when the game ball passes through a specific area within the game area (for example, a gate, a chucker, etc.), and a special lottery is held to determine whether the entry of the game ball will create an advantageous gaming state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus," "a V prize opening in which, when a game ball that enters a special prize opening is sorted by a sorting means and enters, creates an advantageous gaming state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus," and "a large prize opening or special prize opening that opens and closes in a specified pattern to allow the entry of a game ball, creating an advantageous gaming state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus."

Furthermore, examples of "out notations" such as the first out notation and the second out notation include "those made up of characters in languages such as English (alphabet) and Japanese (katakana, hiragana)," "those made up of designs such as patterns, symbols, and pictograms," and "those made up of pictures or characters that evoke a negative image." Examples of out notations include "those with different translucency than the surrounding decorations and components," and "those with different light reflectance than the surrounding decorations and components." When the "out" notation is made up of characters, it may be written horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. Furthermore, multiple "out" notations may have the same or different distinguishing features. Furthermore, the "out" notation may be provided on a sticker, printed together with the decoration of a decorative sheet, or molded integrally with a component such as the ball entrance component.

Examples of a "front body" include "a window frame portion in a door frame having a window portion that allows the playing area of the gaming board to be viewed from the front," "a decorative body of a turntable unit located below the window portion in a door frame having a window portion that allows the playing area of the gaming board to be viewed from the front," "a presentation operation unit (presentation operation portion) that is located below and in front of the window portion in a door frame having a window portion that allows the playing area of the gaming board to be viewed from the front and can be operated by a player," "a decorative body of a door frame right side unit located on the outer right side of the window portion in a door frame having a window portion that allows the playing area of the gaming board to be viewed from the front," and "a decorative body of a door frame left side unit located on the outer left side of the window portion in a door frame having a window portion that allows the playing area of the gaming board to be viewed from the front."

In the configuration of means 1, the gaming machine includes a gaming board with an entry port into which gaming balls that have flowed down the gaming area can enter and an exit port into which gaming balls that have flowed down the gaming area can enter. The exit ports include at least a first exit port and a second exit port. The gaming board has a first out notation corresponding to the first exit port and a second out notation corresponding to the second exit port. At least a portion of the second out notation is located in a position that overlaps with a front body located forward of the gaming board in a front view. A space is provided between the front body and the gaming board that allows the player to see the portion of the second out notation that overlaps with the front body in a front view. (See chapter [7-2d. Example 4 of Use of the Outlet Notation], the description of the out notation 2050, Figure 144, etc. in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

In this configuration, the game area of the game board is provided with multiple winning holes and multiple out holes, such as a first out hole and a second out hole, and is provided with a first out notation corresponding to the first out hole and a second out notation corresponding to the second out hole. This allows the player to become aware of the existence of the out holes by visually recognizing the out notations, such as the first out notation corresponding to the first out hole and the second out notation corresponding to the second out hole. Therefore, since the first out hole and the second out hole will not be mistaken for winning holes, even if a bonus is not awarded when a game ball lands in the first or second out hole, the player will not feel frustrated and their interest will not decrease.

Furthermore, at least a portion of the second OUT notation overlaps with the front body, making it invisible from the front, but is visible through the space to players seated in front of the gaming machine. This allows the first OUT notation and second OUT notation to have the above-mentioned effects for players playing the gaming machine, while the front body makes the second OUT notation less noticeable to other players, preventing the second OUT notation from looking bad. Therefore, even though the OUT notation is installed, it is difficult for other players to see, so it does not cause discomfort, and the decorative effect of the decorations on the gaming machine can be fully utilized, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that is likely to be selected as a machine to play on.

In addition, at least the second OUT sign may be located in a position that does not overlap with the light source located behind it when viewed from the front, or in a position that does not overlap with both the light source located behind it and the space. This means that at least the second OUT sign does not block the light from the light source located behind it, and the stimulation felt by the player when the light source is used for the light-emitting effect is not diminished. The effect of the light-emitting effect can be reliably achieved, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest. In this case, the light from the light source makes at least the second OUT sign relatively dark, making it difficult to see. This prevents the player from feeling uncomfortable due to the OUT sign, and reliably brings out the decorative effect of the decorations located within the play area, resulting in a gaming machine that looks good and prevents a decline in player interest.

Alternatively, at least the second OUT sign may be made less translucent than its surroundings in a location that overlaps with a light source located behind it when viewed from the front, or in a location that overlaps both the light source located behind it and the space. This allows at least the second OUT sign to be positioned so as to block light from the light source located behind it, but because the second OUT sign is made less translucent than its surroundings, the area around the second OUT sign will be illuminated brightly by the light from the light source, making the second OUT sign relatively dark and difficult to see. Therefore, the OUT sign does not cause discomfort to players, and the decorative effect of the decorations located within the play area can be reliably achieved, resulting in a gaming machine that not only improves appearance but also prevents players from losing interest.

Furthermore, as described above, if at least the second OUT notation is made to overlap the light source and is made less translucent than its surroundings, the light from the light source will cause the surrounding area, which is more translucent than the second OUT notation, to glow brightly. Therefore, even if the second OUT notation is dark, it will not affect the light-emitting effect produced by the light source, and the effects of the light-emitting effect can be fully exerted, providing a gaming machine that can entertain players and prevent a decline in interest.

Furthermore, at least the second "out" notation may be positioned close to the periphery of the window that makes the playing area visible from the front. This makes the second "out" notation less noticeable because it is close to the edge of the window, and the "out" notation does not cause discomfort to the player, achieving the same effect as above.

Furthermore, at least the second "out" notation may be arranged so that it extends in the same direction as the longitudinal direction of the portion that overlaps with the front body when viewed from the front. Specifically, for example, if the portion that overlaps with the front body is long from side to side, the second "out" notation may be written horizontally, and if the portion that overlaps with the front body is long from top to bottom, the second "out" notation may be written vertically. This ensures that the second "out" notation is hidden by the front body, making it difficult for other players to see, and providing a gaming machine that achieves the same effects as those described above.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"At least the second out notation
It is provided in a location that does not overlap with the light source provided at the rear when viewed from the front, or in a location that does not overlap with both the light source provided at the rear and the space.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, examples of "light sources" include "LEDs," "performance display devices," "electric lights," "fluorescent lights," and "cold cathode fluorescent tubes." Furthermore, in addition to light sources that emit light themselves, light sources may also be those that reflect light, such as mirrors, or those that refract light, such as prisms.

According to the configuration of Measure 2, at least the second out marking is positioned in a location that does not overlap the rear light source in a front view, or in a location that does not overlap both the rear light source and the space. (See Chapter 7-3a. Relationship between Outlet Marking and LED 1 in the "Embodiment of the Invention" and Figure 145, etc.)

As a result, at least the second OUT sign does not block the light from the light source located behind it, so the stimulation felt by the player when the light source is used for the light-emitting effect is not diminished, and the effect of the light-emitting effect can be reliably achieved, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest. At this time, the light from the light source makes at least the second OUT sign relatively dark, making it difficult to see, so the OUT sign does not give the player a sense of discomfort, and the decorative effect of the decorations located within the playing area can be reliably achieved, resulting in a gaming machine that not only improves appearance but also prevents a decline in player interest.

Means 3: In the configuration of Means 1,
"At least the second out notation
The area that overlaps with the light source provided at the rear in front view, or the area that overlaps with both the light source provided at the rear and the space, is provided with a lower light transmittance than the surrounding area.
It is characterized by being something.

According to the configuration of Measure 3, at least the second out marking is provided with lower translucency than the surrounding area in a location that overlaps the rear light source in a front view, or in a location that overlaps both the rear light source and the space. (See Chapter 7-3b. Relationship between Outlet Marking and LED 2 in the "Embodiment of the Invention" section, and Figure 146, etc.)

As a result, at least the second out sign is positioned to block light from the light source located behind it, but because the second out sign is less translucent than its surroundings, the light from the light source causes the area around the second out sign to glow brightly, making the second out sign relatively dark and difficult to see. Therefore, the out sign does not cause players to feel uncomfortable, and the decorative effect of the decorations located within the gaming area can be reliably achieved, resulting in a gaming machine that not only improves appearance but also prevents players from losing interest.

In addition, the light from the light source brightens the surrounding area, which is more translucent than the second out notation, so even if the second out notation is dark, it does not affect the light-emitting effect produced by the light source, allowing the lighting effect to be fully utilized, providing a gaming machine that entertains players and prevents a decline in interest.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations from means 1 to means 3,
"At least the second out notation
It is provided close to the periphery of the window that allows the play area to be viewed from the front.
It is characterized by being something.

According to the configuration of Measure 4, at least the second out sign is positioned close to the periphery of the window that allows the playing area to be viewed from the front. (See Chapter 7-2d. Example 4 of Use of Out Signs in the [Embodiment], the out sign 2050, Figure 144, etc.)

As a result, at least the second "out" notation is close to the edge of the window, making it less noticeable and preventing the player from feeling uncomfortable due to the "out" notation, achieving the same effect as above.

The "out" notation, such as the second "out" notation, may be provided along the periphery of the window. Specifically, for example, if it is provided near the bottom edge of the window, the "out" notation may be written horizontally, and if it is provided near the right or left edge of the window, the "out" notation may be written vertically.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
"At least the second out notation
It is provided so as to extend long in the same direction as the longitudinal direction of the part that overlaps with the front body in a front view.
It is characterized by being something.

In the configuration of Measure 5, at least the second out marking is provided so that it extends longitudinally in the same direction as the longitudinal direction of the portion that overlaps with the front body in a front view. (See the description of the out marking 2050, Figure 144, etc. in Chapter 7-2d. Example 4 of Use of Out Markings in the [Embodiment] section.)

In this configuration, the longitudinal direction of the portion where the second out notation overlaps with the front body is the same as the longitudinal direction of the second out notation. Specifically, for example, if the portion where it overlaps with the front body is long from side to side, the second out notation is written horizontally, and if the portion where it overlaps with the front body is long from top to bottom, the second out notation is written vertically. This ensures that the second out notation is hidden by the front body, making it difficult for other players to see, and provides a gaming machine that achieves the same effects as those described above.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can prevent a decline in interest by naturally indicating multiple outlets.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
In this embodiment, the general winning port 2001, the first starting port 2002, the second starting port 2004, the large winning port 2005, the special winning port, and the V winning port 2010 correspond to the winning ports of the above-mentioned solution means, the out port 1008, the losing port 2009, and the sub-out port 2023 in this embodiment correspond to the out ports of the above-mentioned solution means, the two sub-out ports 2023 spaced apart on the left and right in this embodiment correspond to the first and second out ports of the above-mentioned solution means, and the two out port notations 2050 spaced apart on the left and right in this embodiment correspond to the first and second out notations of the above-mentioned solution means, respectively.

In addition, the door window 101a of the door frame 3 in this embodiment corresponds to the window portion of the above-mentioned solution means, the performance operation unit 300 in this embodiment corresponds to the front body of the above-mentioned solution means, the space portion 2055 in this embodiment corresponds to the space portion of the above-mentioned solution means, and the LED 2056a of the decorative board 2056 in this embodiment corresponds to the light source of the above-mentioned solution means.

(Characteristic effects of this embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the game area 5a of the game board 5 is provided with a plurality of winning holes including the first starting hole 2002, and a plurality of sub-out holes 2023, such as the left sub-out hole 2023 and the right sub-out hole 2023. A left-side out hole notation 2050 corresponding to the left sub-out hole 2023 and a right-side out hole notation 2050 corresponding to the right sub-out hole 2023 are provided. This allows the player to visually recognize the out hole notation 2050 corresponding to the sub-out hole 2023, thereby making the player aware of the existence of the sub-out hole 2023. Therefore, the sub-out hole 2023 will not be mistaken for a winning hole such as the first starting hole 2002. Therefore, even if a bonus is not awarded when game ball B enters the sub-out hole 2023, the player will not feel frustrated, and the player's interest will not be diminished.

As shown in FIG. 144, at least a portion of the outlet marking 2050 overlaps with the presentation operation unit 300, which serves as the front body, making it invisible from the front, but is visible through the space 2055 to players seated in front of the pachinko machine 1. This allows the outlet marking 2050 to have the above-mentioned effect on players playing the pachinko machine 1, while the presentation operation unit 300 makes the outlet marking 2050 less noticeable to other players, thereby preventing the outlet marking 2050 from making the machine look unattractive. Therefore, even though the outlet marking 2050 is installed, it is difficult for other players to see, so it does not create a sense of incongruity, and the decorative effect of the decorations applied to the pachinko machine 1 can be fully utilized, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is likely to be selected as a machine to play on.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 145, the outlet sign 2050 is provided in a location that does not overlap with the light source (LED 2056a) provided at the rear when viewed from the front, or in a location that does not overlap with both the light source (LED 2056a) provided at the rear and the space 2055. This means that the outlet sign 2050 does not block the light from the LED 2056a provided at the rear, and therefore does not diminish the stimulation felt by the player when the LED 2056a provides a light-emitting effect, ensuring that the effects of the light-emitting effect can be fully realized, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest. At this time, the light from the LED 2056a makes at least the outlet marking 2050 relatively dark, making it difficult to see, so the player does not feel uncomfortable due to the outlet marking 2050, and the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the gaming area 5a can be reliably achieved, improving the appearance and providing a pachinko machine 1 that is able to prevent a decline in player interest.

Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 146, the outlet marking 2050 is made less translucent than its surroundings in a portion where it overlaps with a light source (LED 2056a) located behind it when viewed from the front, or where it overlaps with both the light source (LED 2056a) located behind it and the space 2055. This allows the outlet marking 2050 to block light from the LED 2056a located behind it. However, because the outlet marking 2050 is made less translucent than its surroundings, the light from the LED 2056a brightens the area around the outlet marking 2050, making it relatively dark and difficult to see. Therefore, the outlet marking 2050 does not cause a sense of incongruity to the player, and the decorative effect of the decorations located within the playing area 5a can be reliably achieved, resulting in a pachinko machine 1 that not only improves appearance but also prevents players from losing interest.

Furthermore, as described above, if the outlet marking 2050 is made to overlap the LED 2056a and is made less translucent than its surroundings, the light from the LED 2056a will brighten the surrounding area which is more translucent than the outlet marking 2050. Therefore, even if the outlet marking 2050 is dark, it will not affect the light-emitting effect of the LED 2056a, and the effect of the light-emitting effect can be fully exerted, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 which can entertain players and prevent a decline in interest.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 144, the outlet sign 2050 is positioned close to the periphery of the door window 101a, which makes the playing area 5a visible from the front. As a result, since the outlet sign 2050 is close to the edge of the door window 101a, the outlet sign 2050 is less noticeable, and the outlet sign 2050 does not cause discomfort to the player, achieving the same effect as above.

Also, as shown in Figure 144, the outlet notation 2050 is arranged to extend long in the same direction as the longitudinal direction of the portion that overlaps with the performance operation unit 300 as the front body when viewed from the front. Specifically, because the portion that overlaps with the performance operation unit 300 is long from side to side, the outlet notation 2050 is written horizontally. This ensures that the outlet notation 2050 is hidden by the performance operation unit 300, making it difficult for other players to see the outlet notation 2050, and making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that achieves the same effects as those described above.

[7-8d. Summary D]
(Background of technical features)
Gaming machines such as pachinko machines are equipped with ball entry ports, such as entry ports that award a specific prize when a game ball enters the game area, and exit ports that eject a ball from the game area without awarding a prize. A known example of such a ball entry port is a side unit that has multiple general entry ports (see, for example, JP 2017-018185 A).

However, in conventional gaming machines such as those described in the above patent documents, the ball inlet components, such as the side units, are transparent, which makes it difficult to determine the orientation of the ball inlet components when assembling the gaming machine, resulting in a time-consuming assembly process.

In light of the above situation, the following solution aims to provide an amusement machine equipped with a ball entrance member that can be easily assembled.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a ball entry port through which a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area can enter,
The game board is provided with an entry port marking corresponding to the entry port,
The ball inlet marking is provided so as to be recognizable from the back side of the ball inlet member having the ball inlet.
It is characterized by:

Here, examples of "ball entry ports" include "winning ports that award a specified bonus when a game ball enters the game," "exit ports that eject a game ball from the game area without awarding a bonus even if the game ball enters the game area," and "warp ports that guide and release an entering game ball to another position within the game area."

In addition, "winning ports" include "general winning ports that are always open within the game area," "starting winning ports (starting ports) that are always open within the game area and through which a special lottery (lottery for special symbols) is held to determine whether or not a game ball entering the port will create a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus," "variable winning ports (variable starting ports, special winning ports, etc.) that allow game balls to enter the game area as a predetermined bonus when a game ball enters a specific receiving port (chucker) within the game area," and "variable winning ports (variable starting ports, special winning ports, etc.) that allow game balls to enter the game area as a predetermined bonus depending on the result of a regular lottery (lottery result for normal symbols) that is held when a game ball passes through a specific area (gate, through chucker, etc.) within the game area." Examples include: "a special prize opening, a bonus prize opening, etc.)," "a variable start prize opening (variable start opening) in which, depending on the result of a normal lottery (the result of the lottery for a normal symbol) that is drawn when a game ball passes through a specific area (for example, a gate, a chute, etc.) within the game area, a game ball can enter as a predetermined bonus, and a special lottery (a lottery for a special symbol) is held to determine whether the entry of the game ball will create an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus," "a V prize opening that, when a game ball that enters a special prize opening is sorted by a sorting means and enters, creates an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus," and "a large prize opening or special prize opening that opens and closes in a predetermined pattern to allow game balls to enter, creating an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus."

In addition, examples of "entrance gate notation" include "entrance gate notation corresponding to the entrance gate (entrance gate notation section)", "out gate notation corresponding to the exit gate", "warp gate notation corresponding to the warp entrance", etc.

Furthermore, examples of "ball entrance markings" include "those made up of characters in languages such as English (alphabet) and Japanese (katakana and hiragana)," "those made up of designs such as patterns, symbols, and pictograms," and "those made up of pictures or characters that evoke positive or negative images." Furthermore, examples of ball entrance markings include "those that have different translucency from the surrounding decorations and components," and "those that have different light reflectance from the surrounding decorations and components." When the ball entrance marking is made up of characters, they may be written horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. Furthermore, when there are multiple ball entrance markings, they may be distinguished in the same way or in different ways. Furthermore, the ball entrance markings may be on stickers, printed together with the decoration on the decorative sheet, or molded integrally with the ball entrance material.

Further examples of "ball entry port components" include "starting port units with starting ports (starting winning ports)," "side units with general winning ports," "attacker units with large winning ports and special winning ports," and "center special devices with warp entrances."

Furthermore, examples of "recognizable" from the back include "those that do not have a backing section on the back of the entry entrance notation to improve color development, or those that have a backing section but allow the entry entrance notation to be seen through the back, so that the entry entrance notation appears reversed when viewed from the back", "those that have an entry entrance notation (back notation section) that is the same as the front side on the back side using double-sided printing or the like, so that the entry entrance notation appears the same as the front side when viewed from the back, without being reversed", "those that are entry entrance notation made up of letters that can be read from the back", "those that have a portion of the entry entrance notation visible (left to right reversed) from the back, but can be presumed (inferred) to be entry entrance notation from the visible portion, or those that can be distinguished (determined) to be entry entrance notation, or those that can be identified as entry entrance notation, and even those that are legible as entry entrance notation", and "those that have an entry entrance notation made up of a specific color, so that although the entry entrance notation itself cannot be seen from the back, it can be distinguished as entry entrance notation because the specific color is visible".

The above term "legible" means that the characters or strings of characters (words or sentences) that make up the entrance sign can be read correctly. In other words, the characters or strings that make up the entrance sign can be read correctly without error, even if they are read as different characters or different strings, or the strings are read in reverse. Examples of this "legible" configuration include "entrance signage made up of characters or strings that can be read correctly because they are printed on both sides as a reverse marking section on the back," "entrance signage made up of characters or strings that can be read correctly even if they appear reversed from the back (mirror writing) because the entirety is visible," and "entrance signage made up of characters or strings that can be read correctly even if only a portion is visible because they are partially reversed from the back (mirror writing) or correctly visible, and the visible portion is arranged to the extent that the invisible portion can be filled in (estimated), so that it can be read correctly even if only a portion is visible."

According to the configuration of the first aspect, the gaming machine includes a gaming board with an entrance through which gaming balls flowing down the gaming area can enter. The gaming board has an entrance marking corresponding to the entrance, and the entrance marking is arranged so that it can be recognized from the back side of the entrance member that contains the entrance. (See the description of the outlet marking 2050, Figures 147-149, etc. in Chapter 7-4. Relationship between the entrance marking and the entrance member in the [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

This allows the entry gate marking to be recognized from the back side of the entry gate member. Specifically, for example, by not providing a backing of a specific color, such as white or gray, to enhance the color development on the back side of the entry gate marking, or by providing a backing but making the entry gate marking visible from the back side, the entry gate marking can be recognized from the back side. Alternatively, by providing an entry gate marking (back marking) similar to the front side on the back side of the entry gate marking using double-sided printing, for example, the entry gate marking can be recognized from the back side. In this way, because the entry gate marking can be recognized from the back side, the entry gate marking can be used as a guide for the installation position and installation direction of the entry gate member when assembling the gaming machine, reducing the effort required for assembly.

In addition, because the ball entrance markings can be recognized from the back side of the ball entrance component, it is possible to determine that the component has a ball entrance from the back side as well. Specifically, for example, even if the same ball entrance component is used as both a winning entry and an out entry depending on the specifications or model, the ball entrance markings can be recognized from the back side, so when assembling the gaming machine, there is no need to take the trouble of turning it over to check whether the ball entrance component is a winning entry or an out entry, thereby reducing the effort required for assembly.

In addition, by providing ball entry openings with corresponding entry opening markings, players can recognize the existence of the entry opening as well as its type. Specifically, for example, if the entry opening is a prize opening, the entry opening marking as the entry opening marking can make players aware of the existence of the prize opening, making them eager for the game ball to enter that prize opening. This allows players to enjoy the operation of shooting the game ball into that prize opening, and allows them to enjoy the suspense and thrill of the game ball's movement depending on whether or not it will enter that prize opening.

Alternatively, in the case of an out gate that has multiple entry points, the out gate marking can be used as an entry point marking to draw attention to the existence of the out gate, preventing players from mistaking the out gate for a winning gate. Even if a special prize is not awarded by scoring through the out gate, players will not feel as if they have lost out because they know it is an out gate, which can prevent a decline in interest in the game.

The ball entrance markings may be printed on a sticker that is attached to the transparent ball entrance member. This allows the ball entrance markings to be provided by attaching a sticker with the ball entrance markings printed on it around the corresponding ball entrance, and the ball entrance markings can be seen from the back through the transparent ball entrance member, achieving the same effect as above. Also, for example, even with the same ball entrance member, if the ball entrance is to be used as a winning slot or an out slot depending on the specifications or model, this can be achieved by simply replacing the sticker, thereby reducing the cost of the gaming machine.

Furthermore, when the ball entrance notation is applied to a sticker as described above, it is desirable that the sticker with the ball entrance notation be attached to a location that will not come into contact with a gaming ball (for example, the front surface of the front plate of the ball entrance member, the rear surface of the base plate of the ball entrance member, etc.). This will prevent the sticker from being peeled off by contact with a gaming ball. Furthermore, it is desirable to attach the sticker to a location that is difficult for workers to touch other than the gaming ball (for example, the back surface of the base plate, the back side of a transparent member, etc.), which will prevent the sticker from being rolled up or peeled off when a worker touches it during maintenance of the gaming machine, etc.

Furthermore, the ball entrance markings may be arranged so that they can be read from the back side of the ball entrance member. This means that, for example, even if the same ball entrance member is used as both a winning entrance and an outgoing entrance depending on the specifications or model, the ball entrance markings can be read correctly from the back side. Therefore, when assembling the gaming machine, there is no need to take the trouble of turning it over to check whether the ball entrance member is used as a winning entrance or an outgoing entrance, reducing the effort required for assembly.

Furthermore, as described above, if the ball inlet markings are made readable from the back, they can be read correctly from the back of the ball inlet component. Therefore, when assembling the gaming machine, the ball inlet markings can be used as a guide for determining the installation direction of the ball inlet component, thereby reducing the effort required for assembly.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
The feature is that "the ball entrance notation is on a sticker that is attached to the transparent ball entrance member."

In the configuration of Method 2, the inlet markings are applied to a sticker attached to the transparent inlet member. (See the descriptions of the outlet markings 2050, decorative sticker 2072, decorative sticker 2203, etc. in the [Embodiment] section.)

This allows for the entry port to be marked (printed) by attaching a sticker with the entry port marking around the corresponding entry port, and the entry port marking can be seen from the back through the transparent entry port member, achieving the same effect as above. Furthermore, for example, even with the same entry port member, if an entry port is used as a winning port or an out port depending on the specifications or model, this can be achieved by simply replacing the sticker, thereby reducing the cost of the gaming machine.

It is desirable that the sticker with the ball entry notation be affixed to a location that will not come into contact with the game ball (for example, the front surface of the front plate of the ball entry member, the rear surface of the base plate of the ball entry member, etc.). This will prevent the sticker from being peeled off by contact with the game ball. It is also desirable that the sticker be affixed to a location that is difficult for workers to touch other than the game ball (for example, the back surface of the base plate, the back side of a transparent member, etc.), which will prevent the sticker from being rolled up or peeled off when workers touch it during maintenance of the game machine, etc.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"The ball inlet marking is provided so as to be legible from the back side of the ball inlet member."
It is characterized by being something.

Here, "legible" means that the characters or strings of characters (words or sentences) that make up the entrance sign can be read correctly. In other words, the characters or strings that make up the entrance sign can be read correctly without error, even if they are read as different characters or different strings, or the strings are read in reverse. Examples of this "legible" configuration include "entrance signage made up of characters or strings that can be read correctly because they are printed on both sides as a reverse marking section on the back," "entrance signage made up of characters or strings that can be read correctly even if they appear reversed from the back (mirror writing) because the entirety is visible," and "entrance signage made up of characters or strings that can be read correctly even if only a portion is visible because they are partially reversed from the back (mirror writing) or correctly visible, and the visible portion is arranged to the extent that the invisible portion can be filled in (estimated), so that it can be read correctly even if only a portion is visible."

According to the configuration of Measure 3, the inlet markings are arranged so that they can be read from the back of the inlet member. (See "Example 3 of the Relationship between Inlet Markings and Inlet Members" in the "Embodiment of the Invention" section, the second outlet markings 2050b, the back markings 2053, Figures 148 and 149, etc.)

This means that, for example, even if the same ball entrance component is used as a winning entry or an outgoing entry depending on the specifications and model, the ball entrance markings can be read correctly from the back side, so when assembling the gaming machine, there is no need to take the time to turn it over to check whether the ball entrance component is used as a winning entry or an outgoing entry, reducing the effort required for assembly.

In addition, because the ball inlet markings can be read correctly from the back of the ball inlet component, the ball inlet markings can be used as a guide for determining the installation direction of the ball inlet component when assembling the gaming machine, reducing the effort required for assembly.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide an amusement machine equipped with a ball inlet member that can be easily assembled.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
In this embodiment, the outlet 1008, the general winning port 2001, the first starting port 2002, the second starting port 2004, the big winning port 2005, the special winning port, the losing port 2009, the V winning port 2010, the regular winning port 2011, the sub-outlet 2023, the first outlet 2023a, the second outlet 2023b, and the warp inlet 2515 are the inlet ports of the above-mentioned solution means. 50a, second out port notation 2050b, and winning port notation section 2060 correspond to the ball inlet notation of the above-mentioned solution means, the ball inlet member 2070, starting port unit 2100, side unit 2200, attacca unit 2400, and center role device 2500 in this embodiment correspond to the ball inlet members of the above-mentioned solution means, and the decorative sticker 2072 and decorative sticker 2203 in this embodiment correspond to the stickers of the above-mentioned solution means.

(Characteristic effects of this embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the outlet notation 2050 as an inlet notation can be recognized from the back side of an inlet member such as the inlet member 2070 or the side unit 2200. Specifically, for example, the back side of the inlet notation (outlet notation 2050, second outlet notation 2050b) may not have a backing portion (backing portion 2072b, backing portion 2203b) of a specific color, such as white or gray, to enhance color development, or even if a backing portion is provided, the inlet notation can be seen through from the back side, thereby making the inlet notation recognizable from the back side. Alternatively, the inlet notation can be recognized from the back side by providing an inlet notation (back notation portion 2053) similar to the front side on the back side of the inlet notation (second outlet notation 2050b) using double-sided printing or the like. In this way, the ball inlet marking (outlet marking 2050) can be recognized from the back side, so when assembling the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), the ball inlet marking can be used as a guide for the installation position and installation direction of the ball inlet component, thereby reducing the effort required for assembly.

Furthermore, since the outlet notation 2050, which is also used as an inlet notation, can be recognized from the back side of an inlet member such as the ball inlet member 2070 or the side unit 2200, it is possible to determine that the member has an inlet (sub-outlet 2023) from the back side. Specifically, for example, even if the same ball inlet member is used as a prize entry port or a sub-outlet 2023 depending on the specifications or model, the inlet notation such as the outlet notation 2050 or prize entry port notation 2060 can be recognized from the back side. Therefore, when assembling the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), there is no need to take the trouble of turning it over to check whether the ball inlet member is a prize entry port or a sub-outlet 2023, thereby reducing the effort required for assembly.

In addition, since there is provided an entry port notation (entry port notation section 2060 or out port notation 2050) corresponding to the entry port (prize entry port or sub-out port 2023), the entry port notation allows the player to recognize the existence of the entry port as well as its type. Specifically, for example, if the entry port is a prize entry port, the entry port notation section 2060 as an entry port notation allows the player to recognize the existence of the prize entry port, making the player eagerly hope that game ball B will enter that prize entry port, allowing the player to enjoy the operation of shooting game ball B aimed at that prize entry port, and allowing the player to enjoy the suspenseful movement of game ball B, depending on whether or not the game ball will enter that prize entry port.

Alternatively, in the case of a sub-outlet 2023 that has multiple ball entry ports, the outlet sign 2050 as an entry port sign can alert the player to the existence of the sub-outlet 2023, preventing the player from mistaking the sub-outlet 2023 for a winning port. Even if a special bonus is not awarded for entering the ball through the sub-outlet 2023, the player will not feel as if they have lost out because they know that it is the sub-outlet 2023, and this can prevent the player's interest in the game from decreasing.

In addition, since the ball entrance notation is applied to stickers such as decorative sticker 2072 and decorative sticker 2203 that are attached to the transparent ball entrance member, the ball entrance notation can be provided by attaching a sticker with the ball entrance notation (printed) around the periphery of the corresponding ball entrance, and the ball entrance notation can be recognized from the back side through the transparent ball entrance member, achieving the same effect as above. Furthermore, for example, even with the same ball entrance member, if the ball entrance is to be used as a prize entry slot or a sub-out slot 2023 depending on the specifications or model, this can be achieved by simply replacing the sticker, thereby reducing the cost of the pachinko machine 1.

Furthermore, when the ball entrance notation is applied to a sticker as described above, it is desirable that the sticker with the ball entrance notation be attached to a location that will not come into contact with the game ball B (for example, the front surface of the front plate of the ball entrance member, the rear surface of the base plate of the ball entrance member, etc.). This will prevent the sticker from being peeled off by contact with the game ball B. Furthermore, it is desirable to attach the sticker to a location that is difficult for workers to touch other than the game ball B (for example, the back surface of the base plate, the back side of a transparent member, etc.), which will prevent the sticker from being rolled up or peeled off when a worker touches it during maintenance of the pachinko machine 1, etc.

Furthermore, since the second outlet notation 2050b, which serves as the ball inlet notation, is arranged so as to be readable from the back side of the side unit 2200, which serves as the ball inlet component, for example, even if the same side unit 2200 is used as a winning slot or a sub-outlet 2023 depending on the specifications or model, the outlet notation 2050 (second outlet notation 2050b, back notation portion 2053) can be read correctly from the back side as is. Therefore, when assembling the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), there is no need to take the trouble of turning it over to check whether the side unit 2200 has the ball inlet as a winning slot or a sub-outlet 2023, thereby reducing the effort required for assembly.

In addition, because the second outlet marking 2050b can be read from the back side by the rear marking portion 2053, the outlet marking 2050 can be read correctly from the back side of the side unit 2200. Therefore, when assembling the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), the outlet marking 2050 (rear marking portion 2053) can be used as a guide for the installation direction of the side unit 2200, thereby reducing the effort required for assembly.

[7-8e. Summary E]
(Background of technical features)
Gaming machines such as pachinko machines are provided with ball entry ports, such as entry ports that award a specific bonus when a game ball enters the game area and exit ports that eject a game ball from the game area without awarding a bonus. A known example of such ball entry ports is a side unit with multiple entry ports, such as general entry ports (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-018185). This side unit is provided with a guide rib for guiding game balls that enter the entry ports backward.

However, in conventional gaming machines such as the one in Patent Document 1, the ball inlet component, such as the side unit, is made of a transparent material, and the guide ribs extend rearward from the transparent front plate that forms the front end of the ball inlet. This means that the guide ribs are visible through the transparent front plate from the front, which creates a problem of poor appearance for the gaming machine.

In light of the above situation, the following means aims to provide a gaming machine that can prevent players from losing interest by improving the appearance of the ball entrance component.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a ball entry port through which a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area can enter,
The game board is provided with an entry port marking corresponding to the entry port,
The ball entrance marking is provided so as to overlap in the front-to-rear direction with the extension portion extending rearward from the transparent front panel of the ball entrance member.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, examples of "ball entry ports" include "winning ports that award a specified bonus when a game ball enters the game," "exit ports that eject a game ball from the game area without awarding a bonus even if the game ball enters the game area," and "warp ports that guide and release an entering game ball to another position within the game area."

In addition, "winning ports" include "general winning ports that are always open within the game area," "starting winning ports (starting ports) that are always open within the game area and through which a special lottery (lottery for special symbols) is held to determine whether or not a game ball entering the port will create a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus," "variable winning ports (variable starting ports, special winning ports, etc.) that allow game balls to enter the game area as a predetermined bonus when a game ball enters a specific receiving port (chucker) within the game area," and "variable winning ports (variable starting ports, special winning ports, etc.) that allow game balls to enter the game area as a predetermined bonus depending on the result of a regular lottery (lottery result for normal symbols) that is held when a game ball passes through a specific area (gate, through chucker, etc.) within the game area." Examples include: "a special prize opening, a bonus prize opening, etc.)," "a variable start prize opening (variable start opening) in which, depending on the result of a normal lottery (the result of the lottery for a normal symbol) that is drawn when a game ball passes through a specific area (for example, a gate, a chute, etc.) within the game area, a game ball can enter as a predetermined bonus, and a special lottery (a lottery for a special symbol) is held to determine whether the entry of the game ball will create an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus," "a V prize opening that, when a game ball that enters a special prize opening is sorted by a sorting means and enters, creates an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus," and "a large prize opening or special prize opening that opens and closes in a predetermined pattern to allow game balls to enter, creating an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus."

In addition, examples of "entrance gate notation" include "entrance gate notation corresponding to the entrance gate (entrance gate notation section)", "out gate notation corresponding to the exit gate", "warp gate notation corresponding to the warp entrance", etc.

Furthermore, examples of "ball entrance markings" include "those made up of characters in languages such as English (alphabet) and Japanese (katakana and hiragana)," "those made up of designs such as patterns, symbols, and pictograms," and "those made up of pictures or characters that evoke positive or negative images." Furthermore, examples of ball entrance markings include "those that have different translucency from the surrounding decorations and components," and "those that have different light reflectance from the surrounding decorations and components." When the ball entrance marking is made up of characters, they may be written horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. Furthermore, when there are multiple ball entrance markings, they may be distinguished in the same way or in different ways. Furthermore, the ball entrance markings may be on stickers, printed together with the decoration on the decorative sheet, or molded integrally with the ball entrance material.

Further examples of "ball entry port components" include "starting port units with starting ports (starting winning ports)," "side units with general winning ports," "attacker units with large winning ports and special winning ports," and "center special devices with warp entrances."

Further examples of "extensions" include "guide ribs for guiding game balls rearward," "gutter-shaped troughs for guiding game balls rearward," "shelf sections for rolling game balls left or right," "reinforcing ribs," and "positioning protrusions."

In the configuration of Method 1, the gaming machine includes a gaming board with a ball entry port through which game balls flowing down the gaming area can enter. The gaming board has a ball entry port marking corresponding to the ball entry port, and the ball entry port marking is arranged to overlap the extension portion extending rearward from the transparent front panel of the ball entry port member in the front-to-rear direction. (In the [Embodiment], see Chapter [7-4d. Example 4 of the Relationship Between Ball Entry Port Marking and Ball Entry Port Member], the description of the outlet port marking 2050, the ball entry port member 2070, the extension portion 2073, Figure 150, etc.)

As a result, the ball entrance markings are positioned so that they overlap in the front-to-back direction with the extension that extends rearward from the transparent front panel. This makes it possible to hide the extension from the front, making it difficult to see, preventing the appearance from being adversely affected by the extension being visible. This improves the appearance of the ball entrance component and prevents a decrease in player interest.

In addition, the ball entrance sign is positioned so that it overlaps the extension extending rearward from the front panel in the front-to-rear direction. Because the ball entrance sign is located in front of the extension, the transparent extension acts as a light-guiding member, allowing the extension to guide light from behind, making the ball entrance sign brighter (illuminating) from behind. This makes the ball entrance sign stand out, making it easier to notice the presence of the corresponding ball entrance.

In addition, by providing ball entry openings with corresponding entry opening markings, players can recognize the existence of the entry opening as well as its type. Specifically, for example, if the entry opening is a prize opening, the entry opening marking as the entry opening marking can make players aware of the existence of the prize opening, making them eager for the game ball to enter that prize opening. This allows players to enjoy the operation of shooting the game ball into that prize opening, and allows them to enjoy the suspense and thrill of the game ball's movement depending on whether or not it will enter that prize opening.

Alternatively, in the case of an out gate that has multiple entry points, the out gate marking can be used as an entry point marking to draw attention to the existence of the out gate, preventing players from mistaking the out gate for a winning gate. Even if a special prize is not awarded by scoring through the out gate, players will not feel as if they have lost out because they know it is an out gate, which can prevent a decline in interest in the game.

The ball entrance notation may be printed on a sticker attached to the front panel. By attaching a sticker with the ball entrance notation printed on it around the corresponding ball entrance on the front panel, the ball entrance notation can be provided, and the sticker can hide the extension extending rearward from the front panel from the front, achieving the same effect as described above. Also, for example, even with the same ball entrance component, if the ball entrance is to be used as a prize entrance or an exit depending on the specifications or model, this can be achieved by simply replacing the sticker, thereby reducing the cost of the gaming machine.

Furthermore, when the entrance marking is applied to a sticker as described above, the sticker with the entrance marking is attached to the front panel, so the game balls do not come into contact with the sticker and the sticker will not peel off due to contact with the game balls.

Furthermore, the ball entrance markings may be provided on the front panel together with the picture portion. This makes it possible to hide the extension extending rearward from the transparent front panel using the picture portion from the front, making the extension even more difficult to see from the front and preventing the appearance from being adversely affected by the extension being visible. This improves the appearance of the ball entrance member and prevents a decrease in player interest.

Furthermore, as described above, when the ball entrance markings are provided together with the picture portion on the front panel, the decorative effect of the picture portion on the front panel can improve the appearance, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that is highly appealing to players.

Furthermore, the sticker hole that penetrates the front panel can be closed with a sticker bearing the name of the ball entrance. In this way, since the sticker bearing the name of the ball entrance closes the sticker hole, the sticker can make the sticker hole less noticeable, preventing the appearance from being impaired by the visible sticker hole.

Furthermore, when the seal peel hole is closed with a seal affixed to the front plate as described above, the seal peel hole can be used to peel off the seal affixed to the front plate. More specifically, if the seal was not affixed properly during manufacturing or if the seal is to be reused or disposed of separately, the seal can be peeled off by inserting a rod-shaped object into the seal peel hole from the back side of the ball inlet member and using the tip of the rod to press the back side of the seal forward, causing part of the seal to peel off from the front plate and lift forward. Then, by pulling on the lifted portion of the seal, the seal can be easily peeled off from the front plate.

Furthermore, the front panel may be provided with at least a first ball entrance marking and a second ball entrance marking, with the first ball entrance marking visible from the back side of the front panel and the second ball entrance marking invisible. This allows the extensions located at the rear of the first ball entrance marking and the second ball entrance marking to be hidden from the front, preventing the extensions from spoiling the appearance of the ball entrance member.

Furthermore, when a first ball entry port marking and a second ball entry port marking are provided as described above, the second ball entry port marking is not visible from behind, so when the second ball entry port marking is viewed from the front, the area behind it is not visible through the first ball entry port marking, and the rear extension portion of the second ball entry port marking can be hidden and made less visible. On the other hand, since the first ball entry port marking is visible from the back, the rear extension portion is more easily visible through the first ball entry port marking than the second ball entry port marking. In other words, the second ball entry port marking is more clearly visible from the front than the first ball entry port marking. Because similar markings have different appearances, the clearly visible second ball entry port marking can strongly draw the player's attention to the second ball entry port.

Furthermore, when a first ball entry port marking and a second ball entry port marking are provided as described above, the first ball entry port marking is visible from the back while the second ball entry port marking is not, so the first ball entry port marking has a higher light transmittance than the second ball entry port marking. As a result, when the area behind the ball entry port member becomes brighter, the first ball entry port marking becomes brighter than the second ball entry port marking, making the first ball entry port marking stand out, and the brightly lit first ball entry port marking can strongly draw the player's attention to the first ball entry port.

In this way, when a first ball entry port and a second ball entry port are provided as described above, the first or second ball entry port can be made to stand out depending on how the light hits the ball entry port member. For example, if the first and second ball entry ports are each prize entry ports and the first and second ball entry ports have different ball entry probabilities, and the entry port label for the entry port with the higher ball entry probability is made to stand out, the player's attention can be strongly drawn to that entry port, and the player can be entertained by seeing whether or not the game ball goes into that entry port.

Alternatively, if the first and second entry ports are designated as out ports (sub-out ports), and the probability of a ball scoring is made different between the first and second entry ports, and the entry port notation for the entry port with the low probability of scoring is made more prominent, the entry port notation can draw attention to the existence of the out port and make players strongly desire not to score through that out port. However, because the probability of a ball scoring through that out port is low, game balls will not score there enough to make the entry port notation more prominent. And even if a game ball scores through that out port, because the player is fully aware of the existence of that out port in advance, it will not significantly diminish their interest in the game, and they can continue to enjoy the game.

For example, in a ball entry port component where the first and second ball entry ports are set to have the same probability of scoring, the number of visible ball entry port markings is the same when viewed from the front and the back, or all ball entry port markings are difficult to see when viewed from the back. On the other hand, in a ball entry port component where the first and second ball entry ports are set to have different probability of scoring, the number of visible ball entry port markings is different from the front and the back. In other words, a mixture of visible first ball entry port markings and invisible (difficult to see) second ball entry port markings is present when viewed from the back. In this case, if the ball entry port component is viewed from both the front and back, and the back side has a mixture of visible and difficult-to-see ball entry port markings, the worker can recognize that the ball entry port component is a component where the multiple ball entry ports have different probability of scoring. This means that, for example, at an assembly site for gaming machines (game boards), even if a wide variety of game boards with different models and specifications are being conveyed down the production line, by looking at the ball entrance member from the front and back, it is easy to determine whether the ball entrance member has a different ball entry probability, preventing incorrect installation of ball entrance members according to specifications.

Furthermore, when first and second ball entry port markings are provided as described above, the ball entry port member has a first ball entry port marking that is visible from the back side. Therefore, when assembling the gaming machine, the first ball entry port marking that is visible from the back side can be used as a guide for the installation position and installation direction of the ball entry port member, reducing the effort required for assembly. Furthermore, because the number of visible ball entry port markings differs between the front and back sides of the winning port member, it is easy to distinguish between the front and back of the ball entry port member, making assembly easier.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The entrance markings are printed on a sticker that is attached to the front panel."
It is characterized by being something.

In the configuration of Method 2, the inlet markings are applied to a sticker attached to the front panel. (See the descriptions of the outlet markings 2050, decorative sticker 2072, decorative sticker 2203, etc. in the [Embodiment] section.)

As a result, by attaching a sticker with a ball entrance notation (printed) around the corresponding ball entrance on the front panel, the ball entrance notation can be provided, and the sticker can also hide the extension extending rearward from the front panel from the front, achieving the same effect as described above. Also, for example, even with the same ball entrance component, if the ball entrance is to be used as a winning entrance or an outgoing entrance depending on the specifications or model, this can be accommodated by simply replacing the sticker, thereby reducing the cost of the gaming machine.

In addition, a sticker with the ball entrance markings is attached to the front panel, so the game balls will not come into contact with the sticker, and the sticker will not be peeled off by contact with the game balls.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"The entrance marking is provided on the front panel together with the picture portion."
It is characterized by being something.

In the configuration of Feature 3, the inlet markings are provided on the front panel along with the design element. (See the description of the outlet markings 2050, decorative sticker 2072, etc. in the "Description of the Invention" section.)

This makes it possible to hide the extension extending rearward from the transparent front panel from the front using the patterned portion, making the extension even more difficult to see from the front. This prevents the appearance from being adversely affected by the extension being visible, improves the appearance of the ball entrance member, and prevents a decrease in player interest.

In addition, because the front panel has a patterned section, the decorative effect of the patterned section improves the appearance, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that is highly appealing to players.

The ball entrance markings may be located in front of the design portion and overlap with it, or they may be separated from the design portion and not overlap with it. The design portion may also have a backing on the back to improve color development.

Means 4: In the configuration of means 2 or means 3,
"The seal bearing the ball entry marking closes the seal hole that penetrates the front panel."
It is characterized by being something.

In the configuration of Feature 4, the seal bearing the ball entry marking closes the seal hole that penetrates the front panel. (See the description of seal hole 2071a, decorative seal 2072, etc. in the "Description of the Invention" section.)

As a result, the sticker with the ball entrance markings covering the peeled sticker hole makes the peeled sticker hole less noticeable, preventing the appearance from being spoiled by the visible peeled sticker hole.

In addition, because the seal peel hole is closed by a seal affixed to the front plate, the seal can be removed using the seal peel hole. More specifically, if a seal is not attached properly during manufacturing, or if the seal needs to be reused or disposed of, the seal can be removed from the front plate by inserting a rod-shaped object into the seal peel hole from the back of the ball inlet member and using the tip of the rod to press the back of the seal forward, causing part of the seal to peel off from the front plate and lift forward. Then, by pulling on the lifted portion of the seal, the seal can be easily removed from the front plate.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
"The front panel is provided with at least a first entrance marking and a second entrance marking as the entrance markings,
The first ball entrance marking is visible from the back side of the front panel, and the second ball entrance marking is invisibly visible.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, "recognizable" from the back means "a ball that does not have a backing to enhance the color on the back of the entry gate notation, or has a backing but allows the entry gate notation to be seen through the back, so that the entry gate notation appears reversed when viewed from the back", "a ball that has an entry gate notation (back notation) that is the same as the front side on the back side using double-sided printing or the like, so that the entry gate notation appears the same as the front side when viewed from the back, without being reversed", "a ball that is composed of letters and can be read from the back", "a part of the entry gate notation is visible (reversely) from the back, but can be presumed (inferred) to be an entry gate notation from the visible part, or can be distinguished (determined) to be an entry gate notation, or can be identified as an entry gate notation, or can be read as an entry gate notation", "a ball that is composed of a specific color, and although the entry gate notation itself cannot be seen from the back, can be distinguished as an entry gate notation because the specific color is visible", etc.

The above term "legible" means that the characters or strings of characters (words or sentences) that make up the entrance sign can be read correctly. In other words, the characters or strings that make up the entrance sign can be read correctly without error, even if they are read as different characters or different strings, or the strings are read in reverse. Examples of this "legible" configuration include "entrance signage made up of characters or strings that can be read correctly because they are printed on both sides as a reverse marking section on the back," "entrance signage made up of characters or strings that can be read correctly even if they appear reversed from the back (mirror writing) because the entirety is visible," and "entrance signage made up of characters or strings that can be read correctly even if only a portion is visible because they are partially reversed from the back (mirror writing) or correctly visible, and the visible portion is arranged to the extent that the invisible portion can be filled in (estimated), so that it can be read correctly even if only a portion is visible."

According to the configuration of Measure 5, the front panel is provided with at least a first inlet marking and a second inlet marking. The first inlet marking is visible from the back side of the front panel, while the second inlet marking is invisible. (See the description of the first outlet marking 2050a, the second outlet marking 2050b, Figure 147, etc. in the [Embodiment for Implementing the Invention].)

This allows the extensions located at the rear of each area where the first ball inlet marking and second ball inlet marking are applied to be hidden from the front, preventing the extensions from spoiling the appearance of the ball inlet member.

Furthermore, with regard to the first and second ball entry opening markings, the second ball entry opening marking is not visible from behind, so when the second ball entry opening marking is viewed from the front, the area behind it is not visible through the marking, and the rear extension portion of the second ball entry opening marking can be hidden and made less visible. On the other hand, the first ball entry opening marking is visible from the back, so the rear extension portion is more easily visible through the marking compared to the second ball entry opening marking. In other words, the second ball entry opening marking is more clearly visible from the front than the first ball entry opening marking. Because of this, even similar ball entry opening markings have different appearances, and the clearly visible second ball entry opening marking can strongly draw the player's attention to the second ball entry opening.

Furthermore, because the first ball entry port marking is visible from the back while the second ball entry port marking is not, the first ball entry port marking has a higher light transmittance than the second ball entry port marking. As a result, when the area behind the ball entry port member becomes brighter, the first ball entry port marking becomes brighter than the second ball entry port marking, making the first ball entry port marking stand out, and the brightly lit first ball entry port marking strongly draws the player's attention to the first ball entry port.

In this way, the first or second ball entry port notation can be made to stand out depending on how the light hits the ball entry port member. For example, if the first and second ball entry ports are each prize entry ports and the first and second ball entry ports have different ball entry probabilities, and the ball entry port notation for the ball entry port with the higher ball entry probability is made to stand out, the player's attention can be strongly drawn to that ball entry port, and the player can be entertained by seeing whether or not the game ball goes into that ball entry port.

Alternatively, if the first and second entry ports are designated as out ports (sub-out ports), and the probability of a ball scoring is made different between the first and second entry ports, and the entry port notation for the entry port with the low probability of scoring is made more prominent, the entry port notation can draw attention to the existence of the out port and make players strongly desire not to score through that out port. However, because the probability of a ball scoring through that out port is low, game balls will not score there enough to make the entry port notation more prominent. And even if a game ball scores through that out port, because the player is fully aware of the existence of that out port in advance, it will not significantly diminish their interest in the game, and they can continue to enjoy the game.

For example, in a ball entry port component where the first and second ball entry ports are set to have the same probability of scoring, the number of visible ball entry port markings is the same when viewed from the front and the back, or all ball entry port markings are difficult to see when viewed from the back. On the other hand, in a ball entry port component where the first and second ball entry ports are set to have different probability of scoring, the number of visible ball entry port markings is different from the front and the back. In other words, a mixture of visible first ball entry port markings and invisible (difficult to see) second ball entry port markings is present when viewed from the back. In this case, if the ball entry port component is viewed from both the front and back, and the back side has a mixture of visible and difficult-to-see ball entry port markings, the worker can recognize that the ball entry port component is a component where the multiple ball entry ports have different probability of scoring. This means that, for example, at an assembly site for gaming machines (game boards), even if a wide variety of game boards with different models and specifications are being conveyed down the production line, by looking at the ball entrance member from the front and back, it is easy to determine whether the ball entrance member has a different ball entry probability, preventing incorrect installation of ball entrance members according to specifications.

In addition, the ball entrance member is provided with a first ball entrance marking that is visible from the back side. This allows the first ball entrance marking, which is visible from the back side, to be used as a guide for the installation position and installation direction of the ball entrance member when assembling the gaming machine, reducing the effort required for assembly. Furthermore, because the number of visible ball entrance markings differs between the front and back sides of the winning entrance member, it is easy to distinguish between the front and back of the ball entrance member, making assembly easier.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can prevent players from losing interest by improving the appearance of the ball entrance member.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
In this embodiment, the outlet 1008, general winning outlet 2001, first starting outlet 2002, second starting outlet 2004, large winning outlet 2005, special winning outlet, losing outlet 2009, V winning outlet 2010, normal winning outlet 2011, sub-outlet 2023, first outlet 2023a, second outlet 2023b, and warp outlet 2515 correspond to the winning outlets of the above-mentioned solution means, the outlet notation 2050 and winning outlet notation part 2060 in this embodiment correspond to the winning outlet notation of the above-mentioned solution means, the winning outlet member 2070, starting outlet unit 2100, side unit 2200, attacca unit 2400, and center role 2500 in this embodiment correspond to the winning outlet members of the above-mentioned solution means, and the decorative sticker 2072 and decorative sticker 2203 in this embodiment correspond to the stickers of the above-mentioned solution means.

In this embodiment, the front plate 2071 of the ball inlet member 2070 and the front plate 2202 of the side unit 2200 correspond to the front plates of the solution, the seal peeling hole 2071a and seal peeling hole 2206 in this embodiment correspond to the seal peeling holes of the solution, the extension 2073, guide rib 2073a, shelf 2073b, shelf 2201, gutter 2204, and guide rib 2207 in this embodiment correspond to the extension of the solution, and the pattern portion 2072a and pattern portion 2203a in this embodiment correspond to the pattern portion of the solution.

(Characteristic effects of this embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the ball entrance member 2070 is arranged so as to overlap in the front-to-rear direction with the extension portion 2073 (guide rib 2073a) extending rearward from the transparent front panel 2071. Therefore ... hide the extension portion 2073 from the front, making it difficult to see. This prevents the appearance from being adversely affected by the extension portion 2073 being visible, improves the appearance of the ball entrance member 2070, and prevents a decrease in player interest.

In addition, the outlet marking 2050 is positioned so that it overlaps in the front-to-back direction with the extension 2073 that extends rearward from the front panel 2071 of the ball inlet member 2070. Because the outlet marking 2050 is positioned in front of the extension 2073, the transparent extension 2073 acts as a light-guiding member, allowing the extension 2073 to guide light from behind, making the outlet marking 2050 bright (illuminating) from behind. This makes the outlet marking 2050 stand out, making it easier to notice the presence of the corresponding sub-outlet 2023.

In addition, since entry ports are provided with corresponding entry port notations, the entry port notation allows the player to recognize the existence of the entry port as well as its type. Specifically, for example, if the entry port is a prize entry port, the entry port notation unit 2060 as an entry port notation allows the player to recognize the existence of the prize entry port, making the player eagerly hope that game ball B will enter that prize entry port, allowing the player to enjoy the operation of shooting game ball B aimed at that prize entry port, and allowing the player to enjoy the suspense and thrill of game ball B's movement depending on whether game ball B will enter that prize entry port.

Alternatively, in the case of a sub-outlet 2023 that has multiple ball entry ports, the outlet port notation 2050 as a ball entry port notation can draw attention to the existence of the sub-outlet 2023, preventing the player from mistaking the sub-outlet 2023 for a winning port. Even if a special bonus is not awarded for entering the ball through the sub-outlet 2023, the player will not feel as if they have lost out because they know that it is the sub-outlet 2023, and this can prevent a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, since the ball inlet notation (outlet notation 2050) is applied to a decorative sticker 2072 affixed to the front plate 2071 of the ball inlet member 2070, the decorative sticker 2072 with the outlet notation 2050 applied (printed) can be attached around the corresponding sub-outlet 2023 on the front plate 2071 to provide the outlet notation 2050, and the decorative sticker 2072 can hide the extension portion 2073 extending rearward from the front plate 2071 from the front, achieving the same effect as described above. Also, for example, even with the same ball inlet member 2070, if the ball inlet is to be used as a prize winning slot or a sub-outlet 2023 depending on the specifications or model, this can be accommodated by simply replacing the decorative sticker 2072, thereby reducing the cost of the pachinko machine 1.

In addition, a decorative sticker 2072 bearing the ball entrance marking (outlet marking 2050) is affixed to the front surface of the front panel 2071, so that the game ball B does not come into contact with the decorative sticker 2072, and the decorative sticker 2072 will not be peeled off due to contact with the game ball B.

Furthermore, since the ball entrance marking (outlet marking 2050) is provided on the front panel 2071 together with the pattern portion 2072a of the decorative sticker 2072, the pattern portion 2072a can also hide the extension portion 2073 extending rearward from the transparent front panel 2071 from the front, making the extension portion 2073 even more difficult to see from the front, preventing the appearance from being adversely affected by the extension portion 2073 being visible. This improves the appearance of the ball entrance member 2070 and prevents a decrease in player interest.

In addition, because the front panel 2071 is provided with the pattern portion 2072a of the decorative sticker 2072, the decorative effect of the pattern portion 2072a can improve the appearance, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

Furthermore, the sticker tear hole 2071a is closed by the decorative sticker 2072 bearing the outlet marking 2050 as the ball entry marking, making the sticker tear hole 2071a less noticeable and preventing the appearance from being impaired by the sticker tear hole 2071a being visible.

Furthermore, because the sticker peel hole 2071a is closed by the decorative sticker 2072 affixed to the front plate 2071, the decorative sticker 2072 affixed to the front plate 2071 can be removed using the sticker peel hole 2071a. More specifically, if the decorative sticker 2072 is not attached properly during manufacturing or if it is to be reused or disposed of separately, the decorative sticker 2072 can be removed from the front plate 2071 by inserting a rod-shaped object into the sticker peel hole 2071a from the back side of the ball inlet member 2070 and using the tip of the rod to press the back surface of the decorative sticker 2072 forward, causing a portion of the decorative sticker 2072 to peel off from the front plate 2071 and lift forward. Then, by pulling the lifted portion of the decorative sticker 2072, the decorative sticker 2072 can be easily removed from the front plate 2071.

Furthermore, the front panel 2202 of the ball inlet member (side unit 2200) is provided with at least a first ball inlet notation (second outlet 2023b) and a second ball inlet notation (first outlet notation 2050a) as ball inlet notations. The second outlet notation 2050b is visible from the back side of the front panel 2202, while the first outlet notation 2050a is not visible. Therefore, in each area where the first outlet notation 2050a and the second outlet notation 2050b are provided, the extensions (gutter 2204 and guide rib 2207) provided at the rear can be hidden from the front, preventing the extensions from adversely affecting the appearance of the side unit 2200.

Furthermore, with regard to the first outlet marking 2050a and the second outlet marking 2050b, the first outlet marking 2050a is not visible from the back. Therefore, when the first outlet marking 2050a is viewed from the front, the rear side is not visible through the first outlet marking 2050a. This makes it possible to hide and make less visible the rear extension (guide rib 2207) at the first outlet marking 2050a in particular. On the other hand, the second outlet marking 2050b is visible from the back, so the rear side is more easily visible through the first outlet marking 2050a than the first outlet marking 2050a. In other words, the first outlet marking 2050a is more clearly visible from the front than the second outlet marking 2050b. Because similar outlet markings 2050 have different appearances, the clearly visible first outlet marking 2050a can strongly draw the player's attention to the first outlet 2023a.

Furthermore, with regard to the first outlet marking 2050a and the second outlet marking 2050b, the second outlet marking 2050b is visible from the back while the first outlet marking 2050a is not, so the second outlet marking 2050b has a higher light transmittance than the first outlet marking 2050a. As a result, when the area behind the ball inlet member (side unit 2200) becomes bright, the second outlet marking 2050b becomes brighter than the first outlet marking 2050a, making the second outlet marking 2050b stand out, and the brightly lit second outlet marking 2050b can strongly draw the player's attention to the second outlet 2023b.

In this way, the first or second entry port notation can be made more prominent depending on how the light hits the entry port member. For example, if the first and second entry ports are each designated as out ports (sub-out ports 2023) and the first and second entry ports have different scoring probabilities, making the entry port notation (second out port notation 2050b) for the entry port with a lower scoring probability (second out port 2023b) more prominent, the second out port notation 2050b can draw attention to the existence of the second out port 2023b and encourage players to strongly avoid scoring through that port. However, because the second out port 2023b has a low scoring probability, game ball B will not score there enough to make the second out port notation 2050b more prominent. Furthermore, even if game ball B enters the second outlet 2023b, the player is fully aware of the existence of the second outlet 2023b in advance, so their interest in the game is not significantly diminished and they can continue to enjoy the game.

Alternatively, by designating the first ball entry port and the second ball entry port as winning ports and differentiating the probability of winning the ball between the first ball entry port and the second ball entry port, and making the winning port notation 2060 of the entry port with the higher probability of winning the ball stand out, the player's attention can be strongly drawn to that entry port, and the player can be entertained by seeing whether or not game ball B will enter that entry port.

For example, in a ball inlet component where the first ball inlet and the second ball inlet are set to have the same probability of scoring, the number of visible ball inlet symbols is the same when viewed from the front and the rear, or all ball inlet symbols are difficult to see when viewed from the rear. On the other hand, in a ball inlet component (side unit 2200) where the first ball inlet (second outlet 2023b) and the second ball inlet (first outlet 2023a) are set to have different probability of scoring, the number of visible ball inlet symbols (outlet symbols 2050) is different when viewed from the front and the rear. In other words, a mixture of visible first ball inlet symbols (second outlet symbols 2050b) and invisible (difficult to see) second ball inlet symbols (first outlet symbols 2050a) is present when viewed from the back. In this case, when the ball inlet member (side unit 2200) is viewed from the front and back, if the back side has a mixture of visible ball inlet markings (second outlet markings 2050b) and less visible ball inlet markings (first outlet markings 2050a), workers can recognize that the ball inlet member (side unit 2200) is a ball inlet member (side unit 2200) with different ball entry probabilities for the multiple ball inlets (sub-outlets 2023). This allows, for example, at a pachinko machine 1 (game board 5) assembly site, even if a wide variety of game boards 5 with different models and specifications are being produced on the production line, workers can easily determine whether the ball inlet member (side unit 2200) is a ball inlet member (side unit 2200) with a different ball entry probabilities by viewing it from the front and back, thereby avoiding incorrect installation of the ball inlet member (side unit 2200) according to specifications.

Furthermore, when the first ball inlet marking (second outlet marking 2050b) and the second ball inlet marking (first outlet marking 2050a) are provided as described above, the ball inlet member (side unit 2200) has the first ball inlet marking (second outlet marking 2050b) visible from the back. Therefore, when assembling the pachinko machine 1, the first ball inlet marking (second outlet marking 2050b) visible from the back can be used as a guide for the installation position and installation direction of the ball inlet member (side unit 2200), thereby reducing the effort required for assembly. Furthermore, because the number of visible ball inlet markings (outlet markings 2050) differs between the front and back of the winning slot member (side unit 2200), the front and back of the ball inlet member (side unit 2200) can be easily distinguished, facilitating assembly work.

[7-8f. Summary F]
(Background of technical features)
Gaming machines such as pachinko machines have ball entry ports, such as a prize entry port that awards a predetermined prize when a game ball enters the game area, and an exit port that ejects a ball from the game area without awarding a prize even if the ball enters the game area. A ball entry port member such as a side unit with multiple ball entry ports is known for this type of gaming machine (for example, Patent Document: JP 2017-018185 A).

However, in conventional gaming machines such as those described in the above patent documents, for example, when some of the multiple ball inlets provided in the ball inlet member are used as outlets, there was a problem in the development stage where it was not possible to know which ball inlet was the outlet, as there was no marking indicating that it was an outlet.

The following solution takes the above situation into consideration and aims to provide a gaming machine that makes it easy to identify the specific ball entrance provided in the ball entrance member.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a ball entry port through which a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area can enter,
The game board is provided with an entry port marking corresponding to the entry port,
A specific shape portion having a specific shape is formed on the back side of the ball inlet member having the ball inlet,
The specific shape portion is formed in a position that overlaps the inlet marking in the front-to-rear direction.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, examples of "ball entry ports" include "winning ports that award a specified bonus when a game ball enters the game," "exit ports that eject a game ball from the game area without awarding a bonus even if the game ball enters the game area," and "warp ports that guide and release an entering game ball to another position within the game area."

In addition, "winning ports" include "general winning ports that are always open within the game area," "starting winning ports (starting ports) that are always open within the game area and through which a special lottery (lottery for special symbols) is held to determine whether or not a game ball entering the port will create a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus," "variable winning ports (variable starting ports, special winning ports, etc.) that allow game balls to enter the game area as a predetermined bonus when a game ball enters a specific receiving port (chucker) within the game area," and "variable winning ports (variable starting ports, special winning ports, etc.) that allow game balls to enter the game area as a predetermined bonus depending on the result of a regular lottery (lottery result for normal symbols) that is held when a game ball passes through a specific area (gate, through chucker, etc.) within the game area." Examples include: "a special prize opening, a bonus prize opening, etc.)," "a variable start prize opening (variable start opening) in which, depending on the result of a normal lottery (the result of the lottery for a normal symbol) that is drawn when a game ball passes through a specific area (for example, a gate, a chute, etc.) within the game area, a game ball can enter as a predetermined bonus, and a special lottery (a lottery for a special symbol) is held to determine whether the entry of the game ball will create an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus," "a V prize opening that, when a game ball that enters a special prize opening is sorted by a sorting means and enters, creates an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus," and "a large prize opening or special prize opening that opens and closes in a predetermined pattern to allow game balls to enter, creating an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus."

In addition, examples of "entrance gate notation" include "entrance gate notation corresponding to the entrance gate (entrance gate notation section)", "out gate notation corresponding to the exit gate", "warp gate notation corresponding to the warp entrance", etc.

Furthermore, examples of "ball entrance markings" include "those made up of characters in languages such as English (alphabet) and Japanese (katakana and hiragana)," "those made up of designs such as patterns, symbols, and pictograms," and "those made up of pictures or characters that evoke positive or negative images." Furthermore, examples of ball entrance markings include "those that have different translucency from the surrounding decorations and components," and "those that have different light reflectance from the surrounding decorations and components." When the ball entrance marking is made up of characters, they may be written horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. Furthermore, when there are multiple ball entrance markings, they may be distinguished in the same way or in different ways. Furthermore, the ball entrance markings may be on stickers, printed together with the decoration on the decorative sheet, or molded integrally with the ball entrance material.

Further examples of "ball entry port components" include "starting port units with starting ports (starting winning ports)," "side units with general winning ports," "attacker units with large winning ports and special winning ports," and "center special devices with warp entrances."

Further examples of "particularly shaped portions" include "a relief of raised and recessed characters indicating the ball entrance," "a relief of raised and recessed symbols or arrows indicating the ball entrance," "a circular step (e.g., ejector pin mark)," "a cylindrical portion extending in the front-to-rear direction (e.g., positioning protrusion)," "a portion that penetrates in the front-to-rear direction (e.g., seal peeling hole)," "a rib-like portion extending in the up-down and front-to-rear directions (e.g., guide rib)," "a shelf-like portion extending left-to-right and front-to-rear directions (e.g., shelf portion)," and "a U-shaped cross section extending in the front-to-rear direction (e.g., gutter portion)."

According to the configuration of the first aspect, the gaming machine includes a gaming board with a ball entry opening through which game balls flowing down the gaming area can enter. The gaming board has a ball entry opening marking corresponding to the ball entry opening, and a specific shape portion having a specific shape is formed on the back side of the ball entry opening member, and the specific shape portion is formed in a position overlapping the ball entry opening marking in the front-to-back direction. (In the [Embodiment], see chapter [7-4d. Example 4 of the Relationship between Ball Entry Opening Marking and Ball Entry Opening Member], the description of the outlet opening marking 2050, the ball entry opening member 2070, the extension portion 2073, Figure 150, etc.)

As a result, a specially shaped portion is provided on the back side of the ball inlet member, and by looking at this specially shaped portion, the position of a specific ball inlet can be easily determined from the back side of the ball inlet member. More specifically, even in the development stage when the ball inlet member does not have any ball inlet markings on the front side, the specially shaped portion can be seen when the ball inlet member is viewed from the back side, and it can be determined that the area where this specially shaped portion is provided is a specific ball inlet (e.g., an outlet) for which a ball inlet marking is provided, making it easy to determine the position of that ball inlet.

In addition, because a specially shaped portion is provided on the back side of the ball inlet member, when ball inlet markings are provided at gaming machine (game board) manufacturing plants, for example, by attaching stickers or painting, the specially shaped portion makes it possible to determine the position where the ball inlet marking will be provided (the position of the specific ball inlet), ensuring that the ball inlet marking is provided in the desired location. In addition, because a specially shaped portion is provided on the back side of the ball inlet member, after providing the ball inlet markings, it is possible to check whether or not the ball inlet marking is provided in front of the specially shaped portion by looking at the front and back of the ball inlet member.

Furthermore, because a specially shaped portion is provided on the back side of the ball entrance member, when assembling the gaming machine, the specially shaped portion can be used as a guide for determining the installation position and direction of the ball entrance member, thereby reducing the effort required for assembly.

Furthermore, because a specially shaped portion is provided on the back side of the ball entrance member, if the shape of the specially shaped portion is varied depending on the type of ball entrance notation (ball entrance), it is easy to determine what type of ball entrance the ball entrance member has just by looking at the specially shaped portion on the back side. Specifically, for example, even if the same ball entrance member is used as either a winning entrance or an outgoing entrance depending on the specifications or model, this can be determined by the shape of the specially shaped portion on the back side. Therefore, when assembling a gaming machine, there is no need to take the trouble of turning the ball entrance member over to check whether it is a winning entrance or an outgoing entrance, reducing the effort required for assembly.

In addition, by providing ball entry openings with corresponding entry opening markings, players can recognize the existence of the entry opening as well as its type. Specifically, for example, if the entry opening is a prize opening, the entry opening marking as the entry opening marking can make players aware of the existence of the prize opening, making them eager for the game ball to enter that prize opening. This allows players to enjoy the operation of shooting the game ball into that prize opening, and allows them to enjoy the suspense and thrill of the game ball's movement depending on whether or not it will enter that prize opening.

Alternatively, in the case of an out gate that has multiple entry points, the out gate marking can be used as an entry point marking to draw attention to the existence of the out gate, preventing players from mistaking the out gate for a winning gate. Even if a special prize is not awarded by scoring through the out gate, players will not feel as if they have lost out because they know it is an out gate, which can prevent a decline in interest in the game.

The ball inlet marking may be applied to a sticker attached to the front plate of the ball inlet member, making the ball inlet member transparent and allowing the specific shape portion to be visible from the front of the ball inlet member when the sticker is not attached. This allows the specific shape portion to be visible from the front when no sticker is attached to the transparent (translucent) front plate of the ball inlet member. Therefore, by attaching a sticker to the front plate, the specific shape portion can be made invisible (hard to see) from the front, and the sticker (ball inlet marking) can hide the specific shape portion, making it difficult to see from the front. Therefore, for example, for a ball inlet member designed to have a specific shape portion during the development stage, the specific shape portion can be hidden from view from the front by attaching a sticker with the ball inlet marking, without requiring a design change to remove the specific shape portion. This allows the ball inlet member during the development stage to be used as is in the completed stage, eliminating the need for design changes.

Furthermore, as described above, when the ball entrance notation is applied to a sticker and attached to the front panel of a transparent ball entrance member, since the ball entrance member is transparent (translucent), the specially shaped portion on the back side can be seen from the front when no sticker is attached. Therefore, by attaching the sticker with the ball entrance notation to a position on the front panel where the specially shaped portion is visible, it can be attached to the desired position, reducing the effort required to attach the sticker.

Furthermore, as described above, when the ball entrance notation is applied to a sticker and attached to the front plate of the ball entrance member, which has transparency, the following effects can be achieved. More specifically, if the ball entrance member is made of a transparent or other transparent material, the rear can be seen through the transparent front plate, and if the specially shaped portion on the back side is visible, the appearance of the gaming machine can be compromised. In contrast, by attaching a sticker with the ball entrance notation to the front of the specially shaped portion, the sticker (ball entrance notation) can hide the specially shaped portion, making it difficult to see from the front. This prevents the appearance from being compromised by the specially shaped portion being visible from the front, improving the appearance of the ball entrance member and preventing a decrease in player interest.

Furthermore, as mentioned above, if a sticker bearing the ball entrance markings is affixed to the front panel of the transparent ball entrance member, the game balls will not come into contact with the sticker, and the sticker will not be peeled off by contact with the game balls.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The inlet marking is on a sticker attached to the front panel of the inlet member,
The inlet member is a permeable member,
The specific shape portion is visible from the front of the ball inlet member when the sticker is not attached.
It is characterized by being something.

According to the configuration of Method 2, the inlet marking is applied to a sticker attached to the front panel of the inlet member, the inlet member is a transparent member, and the specific shape portion is visible from the front of the inlet member when the sticker is not attached. (See the descriptions of the outlet marking 2050, decorative sticker 2072, etc. in the [Embodiment].)

As a result, when no sticker is affixed to the front plate of the transparent (translucent) ball inlet member, the specific shape portion is visible from the front. However, when a sticker is affixed to the front plate, the specific shape portion becomes invisible (hard to see) from the front, and the sticker (ball inlet marking) makes the specific shape portion difficult to see from the front and conceals it. Therefore, for example, for a ball inlet member designed to have a specific shape portion during the development stage, without making a design change to remove the specific shape portion, by affixing a sticker with the ball inlet marking, the specific shape portion can be concealed so that it cannot be seen from the front. This means that a ball inlet member during the development stage can be used as is in the completed stage, eliminating the need for design changes.

In addition, because the ball entrance member is transparent (translucent), the specially shaped portion on the back side can be seen from the front when no sticker is attached. Therefore, by attaching a sticker with the ball entrance notation in a position on the front panel where the specially shaped portion is visible, it can be attached in the desired position, reducing the effort required to attach the sticker.

However, if the ball entrance member is made of a transparent or other translucent material, the rear can be seen through the transparent front panel, and if the specially shaped portion on the back is visible, the gaming machine's appearance can be compromised. In contrast, with this configuration, a sticker bearing the ball entrance marking is affixed to the front of the specially shaped portion. This sticker (ball entrance marking) can hide the specially shaped portion, making it difficult to see from the front. This prevents the appearance from being compromised by the specially shaped portion being visible from the front, improving the appearance of the ball entrance member and preventing a decline in player interest.

In addition, a sticker with the ball entrance notation is attached to the front panel of the ball entrance member, so the game balls do not come into contact with the sticker, and the sticker will not come off due to contact with the game balls.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that allows players to easily identify the specific ball entrance provided in the ball entrance member.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
In this embodiment, the outlet 1008, the general winning port 2001, the first starting port 2002, the second starting port 2004, the large winning port 2005, the special winning port, the losing port 2009, the V winning port 2010, the normal winning port 2011, the sub-outlet 2023, the first outlet 2023a, the second outlet 2023b, and the warp inlet 2515 correspond to the ball inlet of the above-mentioned solution means, the outlet notation 2050 and the winning port notation 2060 in this embodiment correspond to the ball inlet notation of the above-mentioned solution means, and the ball inlet member in this embodiment. 2070, starting port unit 2100, side unit 2200, attacca unit 2400, and center role piece 2500 correspond to the ball inlet members of the above-mentioned solution means, the decorative sticker 2072 in this embodiment corresponds to the sticker of the above-mentioned solution means, the front plate 2071 of ball inlet member 2070 in this embodiment corresponds to the front plate of the above-mentioned solution means, and the sticker peeling hole 2071a, extension portion 2073, guide rib 2073a, and shelf portion 2073b in this embodiment correspond to the specific shape portion of the above-mentioned solution means, respectively.

(Characteristic effects of this embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the extension 2073 is provided as a specific shaped part on the back side of the ball inlet member 2070, and by looking at this specific shaped part, the position of a specific ball inlet can be easily grasped from the back side of the ball inlet member 2070. In more detail, even at the development stage when the ball inlet member 2070 does not have the outlet notation 2050 as a ball inlet notation on the front side, the extension 2073 as a specific shaped part can be seen when the ball inlet member 2070 is viewed from the back side, and it can be seen that the portion where the extension 2073 is provided is the specific ball inlet (here, the sub-outlet 2023) where the outlet notation 2050 is provided, and the position of this ball inlet (the sub-outlet 2023) can be easily grasped.

Furthermore, because the extension portion 2073 is provided as a specifically shaped portion on the back side of the ball inlet member 2070, when the outlet notation 2050 is provided by attaching the decorative sticker 2072 at a manufacturing factory for the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), etc., the position where the outlet notation 2050 will be provided (the position of the sub-outlet 2023) can be determined by the extension portion 2073, and the outlet notation 2050 can be reliably provided in the desired location. Furthermore, because the extension portion 2073 is provided on the back side of the ball inlet member 2070, after providing the outlet notation 2050, it is possible to check whether the outlet notation 2050 is provided in front of the extension portion 2073 by looking at the front and back of the ball inlet member 2070.

Furthermore, because an extension portion 2073 is provided on the back side of the ball entrance member 2070, when assembling the pachinko machine 1, the extension portion 2073 can be used as a guide for the installation position and installation direction of the ball entrance member 2070, thereby reducing the effort required for assembly.

Furthermore, because the extension portion 2073 is provided as a specially shaped portion on the back side of the ball entrance member 2070, if the shape of the specially shaped portion is varied depending on the type of ball entrance notation (sub-outlet 2023 or entry port) such as the outlet notation 2050 or the prize entrance notation 2060, it is easy to determine what type of ball entrance (entry port or sub-outlet) the ball entrance member 2070 has simply by looking at the specially shaped portion on the back side. Specifically, for example, even if the same ball entrance member 2070 is used as a prize entrance or a sub-outlet 2023 depending on the specifications or model, this can be determined by the shape of the specially shaped portion on the back side (extension portion 2073). Therefore, when assembling the pachinko machine 1, there is no need to turn the ball entrance member 2070 over to check whether it is a ball entrance with a prize entrance or a sub-outlet 2023, thereby reducing the effort required for assembly.

In addition, since entry port notations (entry port notation section 2060 and out port notation section 2050) corresponding to entry ports such as entry ports and sub-out ports are provided, the entry port notation allows the player to recognize the existence of the entry port as well as its type. Specifically, for example, if the entry port is a prize entry port, the entry port notation section 2060 as an entry port notation allows the player to recognize the existence of the entry port, making the player eagerly hope that game ball B will enter the entry port, allowing the player to enjoy the operation of shooting game ball B aimed at the entry port, and allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball, creating a sense of suspense and excitement depending on whether game ball B will enter the entry port.

Alternatively, in the case of a sub-outlet 2023 that has multiple ball entry ports, the outlet port notation 2050 as a ball entry port notation can draw attention to the existence of the sub-outlet 2023, preventing the player from mistaking the sub-outlet 2023 for a winning port. Even if a special bonus is not awarded for entering the ball through the sub-outlet 2023, the player will not feel as if they have lost out because they know that it is the sub-outlet 2023, and this can prevent a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, the outlet marking 2050, which serves as the ball inlet marking, is applied to a decorative sticker 2072 affixed to the front plate 2071 of the ball inlet member 2070, making the ball inlet member 2070 a transparent member with transparency, and the extension portion 2073, which serves as a specific shape portion, is visible from the front of the ball inlet member 2070 when the decorative sticker 2072 is not affixed. As a result, when the decorative sticker 2072 is affixed to the front plate 2071, the extension portion 2073 becomes invisible (difficult to see) from the front, and the decorative sticker 2072 (outlet marking 2050) makes it difficult to see the extension portion 2073 (guide rib 2073a) from the front, hiding it. Therefore, for example, if ball inlet member 2070 is designed to have extension portion 2073 during the development stage, it is possible to conceal extension portion 2073 from view from the front by attaching decorative sticker 2072 bearing outlet notation 2050, without having to make a design change to remove extension portion 2073. This means that ball inlet member 2070 during the development stage can be used as is in the completed stage, eliminating the need for a design change.

In addition, because the ball inlet member 2070 is transparent (translucent), the extension 2073, which is a specially shaped part on the back side, can be seen from the front when the decorative sticker 2072 is not attached. Therefore, by attaching the decorative sticker 2072 with the outlet notation 2050 to a position on the front panel 2071 where the extension 2073 is visible, it can be attached to the desired position, reducing the effort required to attach the decorative sticker 2072.

However, if the ball inlet member 2070 is made of a transparent or other translucent material, the rear can be seen through the transparent front panel 2071, and if the extension portion 2073, which is a specially shaped portion provided on the back side, is visible, there is a problem that the appearance of the pachinko machine 1 is marred. In contrast, in this embodiment, a decorative sticker 2072 bearing the outlet notation 2050 is affixed to the front of the extension portion 2073. This decorative sticker 2072 (the outlet notation 2050 and the pattern portion 2072a) makes the extension portion 2073 difficult to see from the front, hiding it. This prevents the extension portion 2073 from being seen from the front, thereby improving the appearance of the ball inlet member 2070 and preventing a decrease in player interest.

In addition, a decorative sticker 2072 bearing the outlet notation 2050 is affixed to the front panel 2071 of the ball inlet member 2070, which is transparent (permeable), so that the game ball B does not come into contact with the decorative sticker 2072, and the decorative sticker 2072 will not peel off due to contact with the game ball B.

[7-8g. Summary G]
(Background of technical features)
In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, a gaming area into which a game ball is dropped is provided with multiple winning holes that award a predetermined prize when the game ball enters the gaming area, and an outlet that discharges the game ball from the gaming machine without awarding a prize even if the game ball enters the gaming area. A gaming machine of this type that has multiple outlets is known (for example, Patent Document: JP 2019-136134 A).

However, when multiple outlets are provided, it becomes difficult to distinguish between the winning and out-doors, and some players may mistake the out-door for the winning one, becoming frustrated when they score a ball but do not receive a bonus, which could reduce their interest in the game.

The following solution takes into consideration the above situation and aims to provide a gaming machine that can prevent players from mistaking the multiple outlets for winning slots, thereby preventing a decline in player interest.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having an entry port into which a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area can enter, and an exit port into which a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area can enter,
The play area has a first area and a second area separated at least downstream of each other,
the outlet includes at least a first outlet provided in the first region and a second outlet provided in the second region,
The game board has an outlet marking corresponding to only one of the first outlet or the second outlet.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, "winning opening" refers to "a general winning opening that is always open within the game area," "a starting winning opening (starting opening) that is always open within the game area and through which a special lottery (lottery for special symbols) is held to determine whether or not a game ball entering the opening will create a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus," "a variable winning opening (variable starting opening, special winning opening, etc.) that allows a game ball to enter the game area as a predetermined bonus when the game ball enters a specific receiving opening (chucker) within the game area," and "a variable winning opening (variable starting opening, special winning opening, etc.) that allows a game ball to enter the game area as a predetermined bonus depending on the result of a regular lottery (lottery result for regular symbols) that is held when the game ball passes through a specific area (gate, through chucker, etc.) within the game area." Examples include: "a special prize opening, a bonus prize opening, etc.)," "a variable start prize opening (variable start opening) in which, depending on the result of a normal lottery (the result of the lottery for a normal symbol) that is drawn when a game ball passes through a specific area (for example, a gate, a chute, etc.) within the game area, a game ball can enter as a predetermined bonus, and a special lottery (a lottery for a special symbol) is held to determine whether the entry of the game ball will create an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus," "a V prize opening that, when a game ball that enters a special prize opening is sorted by a sorting means and enters, creates an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus," and "a large prize opening or special prize opening that opens and closes in a predetermined pattern to allow game balls to enter, creating an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus."

Examples of "first area" and "second area" include "a first area where a starting gate (first starting gate) is provided where a special symbol is drawn when a gaming ball enters, and a second area where a variable winning gate (for example, a big winning gate, a special winning gate, etc.) is provided where a ball can enter depending on the results of the special symbol drawn," "a first area where a first starting gate is provided where a special symbol is drawn when a gaming ball enters, and a second area where a second starting gate is provided where a special symbol is drawn when a gaming ball enters, and the lottery results include a specific game state where a ball is more likely to enter the second starting gate as a result of the special symbol drawing," and "a first area where a first starting gate is provided where a special symbol is drawn when a gaming ball enters, and a second area where a second starting gate is provided where a special symbol is drawn when a gaming ball enters, and a gate where a normal symbol is drawn when a gaming ball passes through, and the second starting gate is more likely to be entered depending on the results of the normal symbol drawing."

Examples of "outlet markings" include those made up of characters in languages such as English (alphabet) and Japanese (katakana and hiragana), those made up of designs such as patterns, symbols, and pictograms, and those made up of pictures or characters that evoke negative images. Examples of outlet markings include those that have different translucency from the surrounding decorations and components, and those that have different light reflectance from the surrounding decorations and components. When the outlet markings are made up of characters, they may be written horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. The outlet markings may also be on a sticker, printed together with the decoration on the decorative sheet, or molded integrally with the ball inlet component.

Method 1 provides a gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having an entry port through which gaming balls flowing down the gaming area can enter and an exit port through which gaming balls flowing down the gaming area can enter. The gaming area has a first area and a second area separated at least downstream of each other. The exit port has at least a first exit port in the first area and a second exit port in the second area. The gaming board has an exit port notation corresponding to only either the first or second exit port. (See chapter 7-6. Relationship between Exit Port Notation and Gaming Area, the first area 5a1, the second area 5a2, the exit port notation 2050, the attacker unit 2400, Figure 154, etc. in the [Embodiment of the Invention] section.)

As a result, because the game area where the winning holes are located is separated into a first area and a second area, depending on the player's ball entry operation, the game ball will flow down either the first area or the second area. Regardless of the area, whether the game ball will enter the winning hole or not can keep the player on edge, entertaining them. In this case, the first area and the second area each have a first outlet and a second outlet, and each has an out outlet label corresponding to only one of the first or second outlets. Therefore, even if there are multiple outlets, such as a first and a second out, the out labeling alerts the player to the existence of the corresponding first or second out, preventing the player from mistaking the out outlet for a winning hole. Even if a ball entering that out outlet does not grant a special bonus, the player will not feel like they've lost out because they know it's an out outlet, preventing a decline in interest in the game.

While a player playing with this gaming machine can notice that the gaming area is separated into a first area and a second area, other players may find it difficult to notice that the gaming area is separated into a first area and a second area. Furthermore, because only one of the first or second outlets has an outlet marking, other players may be tricked into thinking that the first or second outlet, which does not have an outlet marking, is a winning slot, providing a highly appealing gaming machine that can strongly attract players' attention.

It is also acceptable for the first area to have no other outlets below the first outlet, and for the second area to have no other outlets below the second outlet. In other words, the lowest outlet in the first area may be the first outlet, and the lowest outlet in the second area may be the second outlet. This allows the lowest outlet in the first area to be the first outlet, and the lowest outlet in the second area to be the second outlet, making it possible for one of the first and second outlets to appear to be the same as the lowest outlet on a conventional gaming board. Therefore, for example, if the first outlet appears to be the same as an outlet on a conventional gaming board, an outlet marking can be provided to correspond to the second outlet. In this way, because the first outlet appears to be the same as an outlet on a conventional gaming board, it will not be mistaken for a winning outlet, even if an outlet marking corresponding to the first outlet is not provided. On the other hand, the second outlet, which does not look the same as the conventional outlet, may be mistaken for a winning outlet. However, because it is provided with an outlet label corresponding to the second outlet, the second outlet will not be mistaken for a winning outlet. The presence of the outlet label also makes it possible to recognize that the second outlet is a special outlet, and therefore that the second area is a special area. Therefore, even if only one of the two outlets, the first and second outlets, is provided with an outlet label corresponding to that outlet, the outlet without the label will not be mistaken for a winning outlet, and the above-mentioned effects can be reliably achieved. In addition, the presence of the outlet label on only one of the outlets makes it possible to recognize that the first or second area with the label is a special area, increasing the player's anticipation for playing in that area and preventing a decline in the player's interest in the game.

The first area may also be provided with a starting opening as a prize entry opening through which a special symbol is drawn when a gaming ball enters the starting opening, and the second area may be provided with a variable opening through which a gaming ball can enter depending on the results of the lottery for the special symbol drawn when the ball enters the starting opening, and the outlet markings may be located near the second outlet. This allows a player to initially play a game in which the gaming ball flows down the first area (a throwing operation), and then play a game in which the gaming ball flows down the second area (a throwing operation) once the desired special symbol is drawn. This variation in the gameplay prevents players from becoming bored and reduces a decline in interest. In other words, when the variable winning opening becomes available for entry based on the results of the special symbol lottery, the likelihood of the ball entering the winning opening (variable winning opening) in the second area changes, thereby attracting the player's attention to the second area. At this time, an outlet sign is provided near the second outlet in the second area, making the player aware of the existence of the second outlet and encouraging them to strongly hope that the game ball will not enter the second outlet. However, because the variable winning opening is available for entry in the second area where the second outlet is located, players can be made to strongly hope that the ball will enter the variable winning opening rather than the second outlet, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, as described above, when a starting hole is provided in the first area and a variable winning hole is provided in the second area, the first area is provided with a first starting hole through which a first special symbol is drawn as a special symbol when a gaming ball enters, and the second area is provided with a second starting hole through which a second special symbol is drawn as a special symbol when a gaming ball enters, and it is desirable that the drawing of the special symbol results in the occurrence of a specific gaming state that makes it easier for the ball to enter the second starting hole, and that an out hole notation not provided on the first area side is provided near the second out hole. This makes it easier for the gaming ball to enter the second starting hole when a gaming ball enters the first starting hole in the first area or the second starting hole in the second area and a special symbol that generates a specific gaming state is drawn as the first or second special symbol. More specifically, when a "time-saving jackpot" is selected as the result of a lottery for a special symbol (symbol combination) that triggers a specific game state, a jackpot game begins in which variable prize slots (e.g., large prize slots, bonus prize slots, etc.) in the second area open and close in a predetermined pattern, leading to the player shooting many game balls into the second area in an attempt to score a ball into one of the variable prize slots. Then, once the opening and closing of the variable prize slots is completed (the jackpot game ends), a time-saving game state (specific game state) is entered in which the time for the special symbol drawn by the ball entering the first or second start slot to fluctuate is shortened. In addition to shortening the fluctuating time, if there is a special symbol whose fluctuating time is pending, the second special symbol from the second start slot is prioritized over the first special symbol from the first start slot. Therefore, even if a ball is placed into the first start port in the first area while the variation of the second special symbol is on hold, not only will the variation of the first special symbol not begin, but it will be discarded due to the upper limit on the number of reserved balls. Therefore, following a jackpot game, many game balls will be shot into the second area, making it easier for the game ball to enter the second start port in the second area. In other words, in a state other than the specific game state (normal state), a game ball flowing down the first area is more likely to be guided to the first outlet port than to the first start port, and a game ball flowing down the second area is more likely to be guided to the second outlet port than to the second start port. On the other hand, when the specific game state is entered, a game ball flowing down the first area is more likely to be guided to the first outlet port than to the first start port, and a game ball flowing down the second area is more likely to be guided to the second start port than to the second outlet port. In other words, when a specific game state such as a time-saving game state is entered, the chances of the ball landing in the first starting hole do not change, but the chances of the ball landing in the second starting hole increase. In this way, when the game state changes from the normal state to the specific game state, the chances of the ball landing in the second starting hole located in the second area change, so the player will focus their attention on the second area. At this time, because an out hole sign that is not located at the first out hole is provided near the second out hole in the second area, this out hole sign makes the player aware of the existence of the second out hole, and while making the player strongly hope that the ball will not land in the second out hole, it increases the player's anticipation of the ball landing in the second starting hole, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

The first outlet and second outlet may also be located close to each other. This means that the first outlet in the first area and the second outlet in the second area are located close to each other, which can easily lead to the mistaken belief that one of them is a winning outlet. However, because the first area of the first outlet and the second area of the second outlet are separate and an outlet label is provided that corresponds to only one of them, they will not be mistaken for a winning outlet, and both can be recognized as outlets rather than winning outlets, achieving the same effect as above.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"In the first area, another outlet is not provided below the first outlet,
In the second region, no other outlet is provided below the second outlet.
It is characterized by being something.

According to the configuration of Measure 2, the first region does not have another outlet below the first outlet, and the second region does not have another outlet below the second outlet. In other words, the lowest outlet in the first region is the first outlet, and the lowest outlet in the second region is the second outlet. (See the descriptions of outlet 1008, sub-outlet 2023, Figure 154, etc. in the [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, the lowest outlet in the first area is designated as the first outlet, and the lowest outlet in the second area is designated as the second outlet, making it possible to make one of the first and second outlets appear to be the same as the lowest outlet on a conventional gaming board. Therefore, for example, if the first outlet appears to be the same as an outlet on a conventional gaming board, an outlet marking can be provided to correspond to the second outlet. In this way, the first outlet appears to be the same as an outlet on a conventional gaming board, and therefore the first outlet will not be mistaken for a winning outlet even if there is no corresponding outlet marking for the first outlet. Meanwhile, the second outlet, which does not appear to be the same as a conventional outlet, may be mistaken for a winning outlet. However, because it has an outlet marking corresponding to the second outlet, the second outlet will not be mistaken for a winning outlet due to the corresponding out marking. Furthermore, the out marking allows the second outlet to be recognized as a special out, thereby enabling the second area to be recognized as a special area. Therefore, even if an outlet marking is provided for only one of the two outlets, the first and second outlets, the outlet without the outlet marking will not be mistaken for a winning outlet, and the above-mentioned effects can be reliably achieved. Furthermore, by providing an outlet marking for only one of the outlets, it is possible to make the player recognize that the first area or second area where the outlet marking is provided is a special area, increasing the player's anticipation for playing in that area and preventing a decline in the player's interest in playing.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"In the first area, a starting hole is provided as the winning hole, through which a lottery for a special symbol is performed when a game ball enters,
In the second area, a variable winning hole is provided in which a game ball can enter depending on the result of a lottery for a special symbol drawn by a ball entering the starting hole,
The outlet marking is provided near the second outlet.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, examples of "variable winning slots" include "big winning slots" and "special prize slots."

According to the configuration of means 3, the first area is provided with a starting hole as a prize entry hole through which a special symbol is drawn when a game ball enters the starting hole. The second area is provided with a variable prize entry hole through which game balls can enter depending on the results of the lottery for the special symbol drawn when a game ball enters the starting hole. The outlet hole is located near the second outlet hole. (See the descriptions of the first area 5a1, second area 5a2, first starting hole 2002, large prize hole 2005, Figure 154, etc. in the [Embodiment for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, when a game ball enters the starting slot in the first area and the desired special symbol is drawn, the variable winning slot in the second area becomes eligible for entry. This allows the player to initially play a game in which the game ball flows down the first area (a shooting operation), and then, once the desired special symbol is drawn, to play a game in which the game ball flows down the second area (a shooting operation). This variation in gameplay prevents players from becoming bored and reduces a decline in interest. In other words, when the variable winning slot becomes eligible for entry based on the results of the special symbol drawing, the probability of the ball entering the winning slot in the second area (variable winning slot) changes, thereby drawing the player's attention to the second area. At this time, an out slot sign is provided near the second out slot in the second area, making the player aware of the existence of the second out slot and encouraging them to strongly hope that the game ball will not enter the second out slot. However, in the second area where the second outlet is located, the variable winning openings are available for balls to enter, which makes players more likely to hope for the ball to enter the variable winning openings than for the ball to enter the second outlet, thereby entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest in the game.

Means 4: In the configuration of Means 3,
"The first area is provided with a first starting hole through which a lottery for a first special symbol as the special symbol is performed by a game ball entering the first area,
In the second area, a second start hole is provided as the start hole, through which a lottery for a second special symbol as the special symbol is performed by a game ball entering the second area,
As a result of the lottery for the special symbol, a specific game state occurs in which it becomes easier for the ball to enter the second starting hole,
The outlet markings that are not provided on the first area side are provided near the second outlet.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, examples of "special pattern lottery results" that result in a specific game state that makes it easier for the ball to enter the second starting hole include "those that can increase the number of draws per time by shortening the time the special pattern changes after a variable prize hole such as a large prize hole or a special prize hole opens and closes in a predetermined opening and closing pattern (for example, a time-saving big win, a time-saving medium win, a time-saving small win, etc.)," "those that can increase the number of draws per time by shortening the time the special pattern changes without a variable prize hole such as a large prize hole or a special prize hole opening and closing (for example, a time-saving win)," and "those that can increase the number of draws per time by shortening the time the special pattern changes when a predetermined number of consecutive lottery results that do not grant a player a special benefit (so-called loses) occur (Yu-Time)."

According to the configuration of means 4, the first area is provided with a first starting hole, which serves as a starting hole through which a first special symbol is drawn as a special symbol when a gaming ball enters the area. The second area is provided with a second starting hole, which serves as a starting hole through which a second special symbol is drawn as a special symbol when a gaming ball enters the area. The drawing of the special symbol results in the occurrence of a specific gaming state that makes it easier for the ball to enter the second starting hole. An out-hole notation, which is not provided on the first area side, is provided near the second out-hole. (In the [Embodiment for Carrying Out the Invention], see the descriptions of the first area 5a1, the second area 5a2, the first starting hole 2002, the second starting hole 2004, the out-hole notation 2050, Figure 154, etc.)

As a result, when a gaming ball lands in the first start port in the first area or the second start port in the second area and a special pattern that generates a specific gaming state is drawn as the first or second special pattern, the gaming ball becomes more likely to enter the second start port. More specifically, when a "time-saving jackpot" is drawn as the result of the drawing (pattern combination) of the special pattern that generates the specific gaming state, a jackpot game begins in which the variable prize openings (e.g., large prize openings, special prize openings, etc.) in the second area open and close in a predetermined pattern, leading to many gaming balls being shot into the second area in an attempt to get the balls to enter the variable prize openings. Then, when the opening and closing of the variable prize openings ends (the jackpot game ends), a time-saving gaming state (specific gaming state) is entered in which the time for the special pattern drawn by the ball entering the first or second start port to fluctuate is shorter than usual. In this time-saving game state, in addition to shortening the variation time, if there is a special symbol whose variation is pending, the second special symbol from the second start port is given priority over the first special symbol from the first start port. Therefore, even if a ball is placed into the first start port in the first area while the variation of the second special symbol is pending, not only will the variation of the first special symbol not begin, but it will also be discarded due to the limit on the number of reserved symbols. Therefore, following a jackpot game, many game balls are placed into the second area so that the ball will land in the second start port in the second area, making it easier for the game ball to land in the second start port. In other words, in a state other than the specific game state (normal state), a game ball flowing down the first area is more likely to be guided to the first outlet than to the first start port, and a game ball flowing down the second area is more likely to be guided to the second outlet than to the second start port. On the other hand, when a specific game state is entered, a game ball flowing down the first area is more likely to be guided to the first outlet than to the first start port, and a game ball flowing down the second area is more likely to be guided to the second start port than to the second outlet. In other words, when a specific game state such as a time-saving game state is entered, the chances of the ball landing in the first start port do not change, but the chances of the ball landing in the second start port do change, increasing.

In this way, when the game changes from the normal state to the specific game state, the possibility of the ball landing in the second starting hole located in the second area changes, so the player will focus their attention on the second area. At this time, an out hole sign that is not located at the first out hole is provided near the second out hole in the second area, so the out hole sign makes the player aware of the existence of the second out hole, making the player strongly hope that the ball will not land in the second out hole while increasing the player's anticipation of the ball landing in the second starting hole, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
The first outlet and the second outlet are provided close to each other.
It is characterized by being something.

In the configuration of Means 5, the first outlet and the second outlet are located close to each other. (See the description of the first region 5a1, second region 5a2, outlet 1008, sub-outlet 2023, Figure 154, etc. in the [Embodiment].)

As a result, because the first outlet in the first area and the second outlet in the second area are located close to each other, it is easy to mistake one for a winning outlet. However, because the first area of the first outlet and the second area of the second outlet are separated and an outlet label is provided that corresponds to only one of them, there is no mistake about them being winning outlets, and both can be recognized as outlets rather than winning outlets, achieving the same effect as above.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that prevents players from mistaking the multiple outlets for winning slots, thereby preventing a decline in player interest.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
In this embodiment, the first area 5a1 and the second area 5a2 in the game area 5a of the game board 5 correspond to the first area and the second area of the above-mentioned solving means, the outlet 1008 in this embodiment corresponds to the first outlet of the above-mentioned solving means, the sub-outlet 2023 in this embodiment corresponds to the second outlet of the above-mentioned solving means, the general winning port 2001, the first starting port 2002, the second starting port 2004, and the large winning port 2005 in this embodiment correspond to the winning ports of the above-mentioned solving means, the first starting port 2002 in this embodiment corresponds to the first starting port of the above-mentioned solving means, the second starting port 2004 in this embodiment corresponds to the second starting port of the above-mentioned solving means, the large winning port 2005 in this embodiment corresponds to the variable winning port of the above-mentioned solving means, and the outlet notation 2050 in this embodiment corresponds to the outlet notation of the above-mentioned solving means.

(Characteristic effects of this embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the game area 5a in which the winning holes such as the general winning hole 2001 are provided is separated into a first area 5a1 and a second area 5a2, so that when the player throws the game ball B, the game ball B flows down the first area 5a1 or the second area 5a2, but in either area, the player can be thrilled and entertained by whether or not the game ball B will enter the winning hole. In this case, the first area 5a1 and the second area 5a2 are each provided with a first outlet (out hole 1008) and a second outlet (sub-out hole 2023), and an outlet notation 2050 corresponding only to the sub-out hole 2023 is provided, so that the sub-out hole 2023 with the outlet notation 2050 provided thereon will not be mistaken (mistaken) for a winning hole. Therefore, even if there are multiple outlets such as the outlet 1008 and the sub-outlet 2023, the outlet indication 2050 can alert the player to the existence of the corresponding sub-outlet 2023, thereby preventing the player from mistaking the sub-outlet 2023 for a winning outlet. Even if a special benefit is not awarded by hitting the ball into the sub-outlet 2023, the player will not feel as if he or she has lost out because he or she knows that it is an out outlet, and this can prevent a decline in interest in the game.

While a player playing with this pachinko machine 1 can notice that the play area 5a is separated into a first area 5a1 and a second area 5a2, other players will find it difficult to notice that the play area 5a is separated into a first area 5a1 and a second area 5a2. Furthermore, because the outlet notation 2050 is provided only on the sub-outlet 2023, other players can be tricked into thinking that the outlet 1008, which does not have the outlet notation 2050, is a winning outlet, providing a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 that can strongly attract the attention of players.

In addition, the lowest outlet in the first area 5a1 is designated as outlet 1008, and the lowest outlet in the second area 5a2 is designated as sub-outlet 2023, making it possible for outlet 1008 to appear to be the same as the lowest outlet on a conventional gaming board. Outlet notation 2050 is provided to correspond to sub-outlet 2023. As a result, because outlet 1008 appears the same as the outlet on a conventional gaming board, even if there is no corresponding outlet notation, out outlet 1008 will not be mistaken for a winning slot. On the other hand, the sub-outlet 2023, which does not look the same as the conventional outlet, may be mistaken for a winning outlet, but since an outlet marking 2050 corresponding to the sub-outlet 2023 is provided, the sub-outlet 2023 will not be mistaken for a winning outlet due to the outlet marking 2050, and the provision of the outlet marking 2050 makes it possible to recognize that the sub-outlet 2023 is a special outlet, and therefore the second area 5a2 can be recognized as a special area. Therefore, even if an outlet notation 2050 is provided for only one of the two outlets, the outlet 1008 and the sub-outlet 2023 (the sub-outlet 2023), the outlet 1008, which does not have the outlet notation 2050, will not be mistaken for a winning outlet, and the above-mentioned effects can be reliably achieved. In addition, by providing the outlet notation 2050 for only one of the outlets, it is possible to make the player recognize that the second area 5a2, on which the outlet notation 2050 is provided, is a special area, which can increase the player's expectations for playing in that second area 5a2 and prevent the player's interest in playing from declining.

Furthermore, when a game ball B is placed into the first starting slot 2002 located in the first area 5a1 and a desired special symbol (e.g., a "jackpot") is drawn, the variable prize slot (large prize slot 2005) located in the second area 5a2 becomes eligible for entry. This allows the player to initially play (hit) a game in which the game ball B flows down the first area 5a1, and then, once the desired special symbol is drawn, to play (hit) a game in which the game ball B flows down the second area 5a2. This variation in the gameplay prevents players from becoming bored and helps prevent a decline in interest. In other words, when the large prize slot 2005 becomes eligible for entry based on the results of the special symbol drawing, the possibility of the ball entering the large prize slot 2005 in the second area 5a2 changes, thereby drawing the player's attention to the second area 5a2. In this case, because an outlet sign 2050 is provided near the sub-outlet 2023 provided in the second area 5a2, the player is made aware of the existence of the sub-outlet 2023, and is made to strongly hope that game ball B does not enter the sub-outlet 2023. However, because the big prize opening 2005 is allowed to enter the second area 5a2 where the sub-outlet 2023 is located, the player is made to strongly hope that the ball will enter the big prize opening 2005 rather than the sub-outlet 2023, which entertains the player and prevents a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, when a game ball B enters the first start opening 2002 in the first area 5a1 or the second start opening 2004 in the second area 5a2 and a special pattern that generates a specific game state (e.g., a time-saving state) is drawn as the first or second special pattern, game ball B becomes more likely to enter the second start opening 2004. More specifically, when, for example, a "time-saving jackpot" is drawn as the result of the drawing (combination of patterns) for the special pattern that generates the specific game state, a jackpot game begins in which the large prize opening 2005 (variable prize opening) provided in the second area 5a2 opens and closes in a predetermined pattern, and therefore many game balls B are shot into the second area 5a2 (here, shots to the right) in an attempt to enter the large prize opening 2005. Then, when the opening and closing of the large prize entry port 2005 is completed (the jackpot game ends), the game enters a time-saving game state (specific game state) in which the variation time of the special symbol drawn by the ball entering the first start port 2002 or the second start port 2004 is shorter than usual. In this time-saving game state, in addition to shortening the variation time, if there is a special symbol whose variation is pending, the second special symbol from the second start port 2004 is given priority in variation over the first special symbol from the first start port 2002. Therefore, even if a ball enters the first start port 2002 in the first area 5a1 while the variation of the second special symbol is pending, not only will the variation of the first special symbol not begin, but the first special symbol will be discarded due to the upper limit of the number of reserved symbols (e.g., four). Therefore, following the jackpot game, many game balls B will be shot into the second area 5a2 so that the game ball B will enter the second start port 2004 in the second area 5a2, making it easier for the game ball B to enter the second start port 2004. In other words, in a state (normal state) other than the specific game state (time-shortened game state), a game ball B flowing down the first region 5a1 is more likely to be guided to the outlet 1008 than to the first start port 2002, and a game ball B flowing down the second region 5a2 is more likely to be guided to the sub-out port 2023 than to the second start port 2004. On the other hand, in a specific game state (time-shortened game state), a game ball B flowing down the first region 5a1 is more likely to be guided to the outlet 1008 than to the first start port 2002, and a game ball B flowing down the second region 5a2 is more likely to be guided to the second start port 2004 than to the sub-out port 2023. In other words, in a specific game state such as the time-shortened game state, the possibility of the ball entering the first start port 2002 does not change, but the possibility of the ball entering the second start port 2004 changes to become more likely. In this way, when the game changes from the normal state to the specific game state, the possibility of the ball landing in the second starting hole 2004 located in the second area 5a2 changes, so the player will focus their attention on the second area 5a2. At this time, an out-hole notation 2050 that is not located at the out-hole 1008 is located near the sub-out-hole 2023 in the second area 5a2, and this out-hole notation 2050 makes the player aware of the existence of the sub-out-hole 2023, making the player strongly hope that the ball will not land in the sub-out-hole 2023 while increasing the anticipation of the ball landing in the second starting hole 2004, thereby entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

Furthermore, because the outlet 1008 in the first area 5a1 and the sub-outlet 2023 in the second area 5a2 are located close to each other, it is easy to mistake one for the winning outlet. However, because the first area 5a1 of the outlet 1008 and the second area 5a2 of the sub-outlet 2023 are separated, and an outlet marking 2050 corresponding only to the sub-outlet 2023 is provided, there is no mistake about them being winning outlets, and both can be recognized as outlets rather than winning outlets, achieving the same effect as above.

[7-8h. Summary H]
(Background of technical features)
In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, a gaming area into which a game ball is dropped is provided with multiple winning holes that award a predetermined prize when the game ball enters the gaming area, and an outlet that discharges the game ball from the gaming machine without awarding a prize even if the game ball enters the gaming area. A gaming machine of this type that has multiple outlets is known (for example, Patent Document: JP 2019-136134 A).

However, when multiple outlets are provided, it becomes difficult to distinguish between the winning and out-doors, and some players may mistake the out-door for the winning one, becoming frustrated when they score a ball but do not receive a bonus, which could reduce their interest in the game.

The following solution takes into consideration the above situation and aims to provide a gaming machine that can prevent players from mistaking the multiple outlets for winning slots, thereby preventing a decline in player interest.

(Technical feature solutions)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having an entry port into which a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area can enter, and an exit port into which a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area can enter,
At least a first outlet and a second outlet are provided as the outlets,
The gaming machine is provided with a first outlet marking corresponding to the first outlet, a second outlet marking corresponding to the second outlet, and a movable body,
At least the visibility of the first outlet marking changes depending on the movable position of the movable body.
It is characterized by being something.

Here, "winning opening" refers to "a general winning opening that is always open within the game area," "a starting winning opening (starting opening) that is always open within the game area and through which a special lottery (lottery for special symbols) is held to determine whether or not a game ball entering the opening will create a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus," "a variable winning opening (variable starting opening, special winning opening, etc.) that allows a game ball to enter the game area as a predetermined bonus when the game ball enters a specific receiving opening (chucker) within the game area," and "a variable winning opening (variable starting opening, special winning opening, etc.) that allows a game ball to enter the game area as a predetermined bonus depending on the result of a regular lottery (lottery result for regular symbols) that is held when the game ball passes through a specific area (gate, through chucker, etc.) within the game area." Examples include: "a special prize opening, a bonus prize opening, etc.)," "a variable start prize opening (variable start opening) in which, depending on the result of a normal lottery (the result of the lottery for a normal symbol) that is drawn when a game ball passes through a specific area (for example, a gate, a chute, etc.) within the game area, a game ball can enter as a predetermined bonus, and a special lottery (a lottery for a special symbol) is held to determine whether the entry of the game ball will create an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus," "a V prize opening that, when a game ball that enters a special prize opening is sorted by a sorting means and enters, creates an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus," and "a large prize opening or special prize opening that opens and closes in a predetermined pattern to allow game balls to enter, creating an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a predetermined bonus."

Examples of "outlet markings" include those made up of characters in languages such as English (alphabet) and Japanese (katakana and hiragana), those made up of designs such as patterns, symbols, and pictograms, and those made up of pictures or characters that evoke negative images. Examples of outlet markings include those that have different translucency from the surrounding decorations and components, and those that have different light reflectance from the surrounding decorations and components. When the outlet markings are made up of characters, they may be written horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. The outlet markings may also be on a sticker, printed together with the decoration on the decorative sheet, or molded integrally with the ball inlet component.

Further examples of "movable bodies" include "pressure operation units (pop-up buttons) that rise and fall in response to the execution of player-participation effects," "effect operation units (stick operation units) that allow players to participate in a player-participation effect by operating them like a joystick when that effect is executed," "flat-plate-shaped movable pieces (distributing pieces, opening and closing doors, etc.) that allow game balls to roll (flow) on their top surface and move back and forth in the forward and backward directions," "wing-shaped movable pieces (wings, distributing pieces, etc.) that can rotate around an axis extending in the forward and backward directions and guide game balls," "movable decorative bodies that can move left and right," "movable decorative bodies that can move up and down," "movable decorative bodies that can rotate around an axis extending in the forward and backward directions," etc.

Examples of "changes" in visibility include "a movable body is provided in front of the first outlet marking, and visibility changes when at least a portion of the first outlet marking overlaps and is hidden by the moved movable body", "a movable body is provided behind the first outlet marking, and visibility changes due to the color or decoration of the movable body when at least a portion of the first outlet marking overlaps with the moved movable body", and "a movable body is provided behind the first outlet marking, and visibility changes when the movable body moves, changing the brightness behind the first outlet marking".

According to the configuration of the first aspect, the gaming machine includes a gaming board with an entry port through which gaming balls flowing down the gaming area can enter and an exit port through which gaming balls flowing down the gaming area can enter. The exit ports include at least a first exit port and a second exit port. The gaming machine is equipped with a first exit port notation corresponding to the first exit port, a second exit port notation corresponding to the second exit port, and a movable body. The visibility of at least the first exit port notation changes depending on the movable body's position. (See the description of the pressing operation unit 303, the exit port notation 2050, the sub-exit port 2023, the blade 2114, the distribution piece 2587, Figures 151-153, etc. in the "Embodiment of the Invention" section in Chapter 7-5. Relationship between the entry port notation and the movable body.)

As a result, by providing a first out port notation corresponding to the first out port and a second out port notation corresponding to the second out port, players can become aware of the existence of the out ports by visually checking the out port notation. Therefore, since there is no chance of players mistaking the first or second out port for a winning port, players will not feel frustrated even if they do not receive a bonus when a game ball lands in the first or second out port, and their interest will not decrease.

Furthermore, the visibility of at least the first outlet marking changes depending on the movable position of the movable body, so the first outlet marking becomes easier or harder to see depending on the movement of the movable body. This allows the player's attention to be directed toward the first outlet when the first outlet marking is visible, and toward the winning slot when the first outlet marking is difficult to see, thereby changing the player's attention and preventing them from becoming bored, making playing with this gaming machine more enjoyable and preventing a decline in interest.

Furthermore, the movement of the movable body can make the first outlet notation more or less visible. For example, in normal gameplay, the movable body moves to a position where it does not overlap with the first outlet notation, making the first outlet notation more visible. The first outlet notation draws attention to the presence of the first outlet and prevents the first outlet from being mistaken for a winning slot. On the other hand, in specific gameplay states (e.g., when a special symbol combination that generates a favorable game state for the player, such as a jackpot, is completed except for one remaining symbol (reach effect) is being executed, or when a favorable game state for the player, such as a "jackpot," "medium jackpot," or "small jackpot," is occurring), the movable body moves to a position where it overlaps with the first outlet notation, making the first outlet notation less visible. This makes it possible to reduce interest in the first outlet notation (first outlet) in specific gameplay states, allowing the player to focus their attention on the specific game state without worrying about the first outlet, thereby allowing the player to enjoy the specific game state and preventing a decline in interest. Furthermore, when a specific gaming state is reached, the lighting and sound effects change, allowing other players near the gaming machine to recognize that the specific gaming state has been reached and drawing their attention to the gaming machine. At this time, because the movable body moves to a position overlapping with the first outlet marking, the first outlet marking becomes difficult for other players to see, preventing the machine from looking bad due to being visible. This relatively improved appearance increases its appeal, making it easier for other players to select the gaming machine to play.

It is desirable to position the first outlet marking near the center of the playing area in the left-right direction. By positioning the first outlet marking near the center of the playing area in the left-right direction, the first outlet marking is positioned near the front of the player, making it more noticeable. However, the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, achieving the same effect as above.

The first outlet marking may also be located forward of the movable body. Because the first outlet marking is located forward of the movable body, for example, by providing the first outlet marking on a transparent member and making it possible to lighten or darken the area behind the first outlet marking depending on the movable position of the movable body located behind it, the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body. More specifically, for example, if the first outlet marking is dark, such as in black text, and the area behind the first outlet marking is lightened by moving (moving) the movable body, the area around the dark first outlet marking becomes brighter, making the first outlet marking more noticeable and easier to see. On the other hand, if the area behind the first outlet marking is darkened by moving the movable body, the area around the dark first outlet marking becomes darker, making the first outlet marking blend into the darkness of the surroundings and less visible. Alternatively, if the first outlet marking is made bright, such as in white letters, and the area behind the first outlet marking is brightened by moving (moving) the movable body, the area around the bright first outlet marking will become brighter, making the first outlet marking blend into the surrounding brightness and less visible. On the other hand, if the area behind the first outlet marking is darkened by moving the movable body, the area around the bright first outlet marking will become darker, making the first outlet marking stand out and easier to see. In this way, the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that achieves the same effects as those described above.

Furthermore, as described above, when the first outlet marking is provided forward of the movable body, for example, by providing the first outlet marking on a transparent member and making the rear movable body movable between a position where it overlaps with the first outlet marking and a position where it does not, the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable body's movable position. More specifically, for example, if the movable body is decorated in a similar color to or blends in with the first outlet marking, when the movable body is moved to a position where it overlaps with the first outlet marking, the color or decoration of the movable body becomes visible around the first outlet marking, making the first outlet marking less visible as it blends in with the color or decoration of the movable body. On the other hand, when the movable body is moved to a position where it does not overlap with the first outlet marking, the movable body becomes invisible around the first outlet marking, making the first outlet marking more noticeable in comparison and easier to see. Alternatively, if the movable body has a different color or decoration than the first outlet marking, moving the movable body to a position where it overlaps with the first outlet marking makes the different color or decoration of the movable body visible around the first outlet marking, making the first outlet marking more noticeable and easier to see. On the other hand, moving the movable body to a position where it does not overlap with the first outlet marking makes the movable body of a different color or decoration invisible around the first outlet marking, making the first outlet marking less noticeable and harder to see. In this way, the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that achieves the same effects as those described above.

Furthermore, the first outlet marking may be located behind the movable body. This places the first outlet marking behind the movable body. In other words, because the movable body is located forward of the first outlet marking, when the movable body is moved to a position where it overlaps with the first outlet marking, the forward movable body can hide the first outlet marking, making it difficult to see, and when the movable body is moved to a position where it does not overlap with the first outlet marking, the first outlet marking can be made visible. Therefore, the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, making it possible to realize a gaming machine that achieves the above-mentioned effects.

Furthermore, as described above, if a movable body is provided in front of the first outlet marking, for example, a pressable operation unit (pop-up button) that rises when a player-participation effect is executed and allows the player to press it to participate in the effect, when the pressable operation unit is in its normal downward position, the first outlet marking and the pressable operation unit do not overlap, making the first outlet marking visible and alerting players to the presence of the first outlet. In this normal position, the first outlet marking can also be seen by other players, but since gameplay is in normal mode, other players will only glance at the gaming machine without staring at it, making it difficult for them to notice the first outlet marking, and the gaming machine will not look unattractive. On the other hand, when a player participation effect is executed and the push operation unit as a movable body rises, the first outlet marking overlaps with the push operation unit, making it difficult to see. However, because players playing this gaming machine are aware of the existence of the first outlet under normal conditions, they will not mistake the first outlet marking for a winning slot even if they cannot see it. Meanwhile, when a player participation effect is executed, other players will be drawn to the gaming machine by the effects such as lights and sounds that indicate the start of the effect. However, as the push operation unit rises, the first outlet marking overlaps with the first outlet marking, making it difficult to see, thereby preventing the machine from looking too attractive and improving its overall appearance. Furthermore, because other players can see the player participation effect, this effect attracts other players, making it easier for them to select the gaming machine.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The first outlet marking is provided near the center of the playing area in the left-right direction."
It is characterized by being something.

According to the configuration of Method 2, the first outlet marking is located near the center of the play area in the horizontal direction. (See Chapter 7-5. Relationship between the Inlet Marking and the Movable Object in the [Embodiment], the outlet marking 2050, Figures 151-153, etc.)

As a result, the first outlet marking is located near the center of the playing area in the left-right direction, making it more noticeable as it is positioned near the front of the player. However, the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, achieving the same effect as above.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"The first outlet marking is provided forward of the movable body."
It is characterized by being something.

In the configuration of Method 3, the first outlet notation is located forward of the movable body. (See Chapter 7-5. Relationship between the inlet notation and the movable body in the [Embodiment], the description of the outlet notation 2050, the sub-outlet notation 2023, the distribution piece 2587, Figure 152, etc.)

As a result, because the first outlet marking is located forward of the movable body, for example, if the first outlet marking is located on a transparent member and the area behind the first outlet marking can be made brighter or darker depending on the movable position of the movable body located behind it, the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body. More specifically, for example, if the first outlet marking is dark, such as in black text, and the area behind the first outlet marking is made brighter by moving (moving) the movable body, the area around the dark first outlet marking becomes brighter, making the first outlet marking stand out and easier to see. On the other hand, if the area behind the first outlet marking is made darker by moving the movable body, the area around the dark first outlet marking becomes darker, making the first outlet marking blend into the surrounding darkness and less visible. Alternatively, if the first outlet marking is bright, such as in white text, and the area behind the first outlet marking is made brighter by moving (moving) the movable body, the area around the bright first outlet marking becomes brighter, making the first outlet marking blend into the surrounding brightness and less visible. On the other hand, if the area behind the first outlet marking is darkened by moving the movable body, the area around the bright first outlet marking becomes dark, making the first outlet marking stand out and easier to see. In this way, by locating the first outlet marking forward of the movable body, the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, thereby providing a gaming machine that achieves the same effects as those described above.

Furthermore, for example, by providing the first outlet marking on a transparent member and moving the rear movable body between a position overlapping with the first outlet marking and a position not overlapping with it, the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable body's movable position. More specifically, for example, if the movable body is decorated in a similar color to or blending in with the first outlet marking, moving the movable body to a position overlapping the first outlet marking will make the color or decoration of the movable body visible around the first outlet marking, making the first outlet marking less visible as it blends in with the color or decoration of the movable body. On the other hand, if the movable body is moved to a position not overlapping the first outlet marking, the movable body will no longer be visible around the first outlet marking, making the first outlet marking more noticeable in comparison and making it easier to see. Alternatively, if the movable body is decorated in a different color or from the first outlet marking, moving the movable body to a position overlapping the first outlet marking will make the different color or decoration of the movable body visible around the first outlet marking, making the first outlet marking more noticeable and easier to see. On the other hand, if the movable body is moved to a position where it does not overlap with the first outlet marking, the movable body, which has a different color or decoration around the first outlet marking, becomes invisible, making the first outlet marking relatively less noticeable and less visible. In this way, by positioning the first outlet marking forward of the movable body, the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, thereby providing a gaming machine that achieves the same effects as those described above.

Means 4: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"The first outlet marking is provided rearward of the movable body."
It is characterized by being something.

In the configuration of Measure 4, the first outlet marking is located behind the movable body. (See Chapter 7-5. Relationship between the inlet marking and the movable body in the "Embodiment" section, as well as the descriptions of the pressing operation unit 303, outlet marking 2050, sub-outlet 2023, blade 2114, Figures 151 and 153, etc.)

This allows the first outlet marking to be located behind the movable body. In other words, because the movable body is located forward of the first outlet marking, when the movable body is moved to a position where it overlaps with the first outlet marking, the forward movable body can hide the first outlet marking, making it difficult to see, and when the movable body is moved to a position where it does not overlap with the first outlet marking, the first outlet marking can be made visible. Therefore, the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, making it possible to realize a gaming machine that achieves the above-mentioned effects.

Furthermore, because the movable body is located forward of the first outlet marking, if the movable body is a pressable operation unit (pop-up button) that rises when a player-participation effect is executed and allows the player to press it to participate in the effect, in the normal state where the pressable operation unit is moving downward, the first outlet marking and the pressable operation unit do not overlap, making the first outlet marking visible and alerting players to the presence of the first outlet. In this normal state, the first outlet marking can also be seen by other players, but since gameplay is in normal mode, other players will only glance at the gaming machine without staring, making it difficult for them to notice the first outlet marking, and the gaming machine will not look unattractive. On the other hand, when a player participation effect is executed and the push operation unit as a movable body rises, the first outlet marking overlaps with the push operation unit, making it difficult to see. However, because players playing this gaming machine are aware of the existence of the first outlet under normal conditions, they will not mistake the first outlet marking for a winning slot even if they cannot see it. Meanwhile, when a player participation effect is executed, other players will be drawn to the gaming machine by the effects such as lights and sounds that indicate the start of the effect. However, as the push operation unit rises, the first outlet marking overlaps with the first outlet marking, making it difficult to see, thereby preventing the machine from looking too attractive and improving its overall appearance. Furthermore, because other players can see the player participation effect, this effect attracts other players, making it easier for them to select the gaming machine.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that prevents players from mistaking the multiple outlets for winning slots, thereby preventing a decline in player interest.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
In this embodiment, the outlet 1008 and the sub-outlet 2023 correspond to the outlet of the above-mentioned solution means, the sub-outlet 2023 in this embodiment corresponds to the first outlet of the above-mentioned solution means, the general winning port 2001, the first starting port 2002, the second starting port 2004, and the large winning port 2005 in this embodiment correspond to the winning ports of the above-mentioned solution means, the pressing operation portion 303 of the performance operation unit 300 in the door frame 3 in this embodiment, the blade 2114 of the starting port unit 2100, and the distribution piece 2587 of the center role device 2500 correspond to the movable body of the above-mentioned solution means, and the outlet notation 2050 in this embodiment corresponds to the first outlet notation of the above-mentioned solution means.

(Characteristic effects of this embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, a first outlet notation (left-side outlet notation 2050) corresponding to the first outlet (for example, in FIG. 151 , the left-side sub-outlet 2023) and a second outlet notation (right-side out outlet notation 2050) corresponding to the second outlet (right-side sub-outlet 2023) are provided, and by visually checking the outlet notation 2050, the player can be made aware of the existence of the sub-outlet 2023. Therefore, since the sub-outlet 2023 will not be mistaken for a winning slot, even if no bonus is awarded when game ball B enters the sub-outlet 2023, the player will not feel frustrated and his or her interest will not decrease.

The visibility of the outlet notation 2050 changes depending on the movable position of the movable body (e.g., the pressing operation unit 303, the vanes 2114, the distribution pieces 2587, etc.), so that the outlet notation 2050 becomes easier or harder to see depending on the movement of the movable body. This allows the player's attention to be directed toward the sub-outlet notation 2023 when the outlet notation 2050 is visible, and toward the winning notation (first starting notation 2002) when the outlet notation 2050 is difficult to see, thereby changing the player's attention and preventing them from becoming bored, making playing with this pachinko machine 1 more enjoyable and preventing a decline in interest.

Furthermore, the movement of the movable body can make the out exit notation 2050 easier or harder to see. For example, in normal gameplay, the movable body moves to a position where it does not overlap with the out exit notation 2050, making the out exit notation 2050 easier to see. The out exit notation 2050 alerts the player to the presence of the sub-out exit 2023, preventing the sub-out exit 2023 from being mistaken for a winning slot. On the other hand, in certain gameplay states (for example, when a special effect (reach effect) is being executed when all but one special symbol combination that creates an advantageous game state for the player, such as a jackpot, is completed, or when an advantageous game state for the player, such as a "jackpot," "medium jackpot," or "small jackpot," is occurring), the movable body moves to a position where it overlaps with the out exit notation 2050, making the out exit notation 2050 harder to see. This makes it possible to reduce interest in the outlet notation 2050 (sub-outlet notation 2023) in certain game states, allowing players to concentrate their attention on the specific game state without worrying about the sub-outlet notation 2023, and allowing players to enjoy the specific game state and suppress a decline in interest. Furthermore, because the effects using light and sound change in certain game states, other players near the pachinko machine 1 can recognize that the specific game state has been entered, and these players will pay attention to the pachinko machine 1. At this time, because the movable body has moved to a position overlapping with the outlet notation 2050, the outlet notation 2050 is difficult for other players to see, and this suppresses a decrease in appearance due to the outlet notation 2050 being visible. The relatively improved appearance can increase appeal, making it easier for other players to select the pachinko machine 1 as the pachinko machine to play.

Furthermore, because the outlet sign 2050 is located near the center of the playing area 5a in the left-right direction, the outlet sign 2050 is positioned near the front of the player, making it easy to see. However, the visibility of the outlet sign 2050 can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, achieving the same effect as above.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 152, the outlet sign 2050 is provided on a transparent distribution front panel 2588 of the center role device 2500, and the area behind the outlet sign 2050 can be made brighter or darker depending on the movable position of the distribution piece 2587, which is a movable body provided at the rear. This allows the visibility of the outlet sign 2050 to be changed depending on the movable position of the distribution piece 2587. More specifically, if the outlet sign 2050 is made dark, such as in black text, and the area behind the outlet sign 2050 is made brighter by moving (shifting) the distribution piece 2587 to the retreated position, the area around the dark outlet sign 2050 becomes brighter, making the outlet sign 2050 more noticeable and easier to see. On the other hand, if the area behind the outlet sign 2050 is made darker by moving the distribution piece 2587 to the forward position, the area around the dark outlet sign 2050 becomes darker, making the outlet sign 2050 blend into the surrounding darkness and less visible. Furthermore, if the outlet notation 2050 is made bright, such as in white letters, and the area behind the outlet notation 2050 is brightened by moving (shifting) the allocating piece 2587 to the retracted position, the area around the bright outlet notation 2050 becomes brighter, making the outlet notation 2050 less visible as it blends into the surrounding brightness. On the other hand, if the area behind the outlet notation 2050 is darkened by moving the allocating piece 2587 to the advanced position, the area around the bright outlet notation 2050 becomes darker, making the outlet notation 2050 more noticeable and easier to see. In this way, the visibility of the outlet notation 2050 can be changed depending on the movable position of the allocating piece 2587, and a pachinko machine 1 that achieves the same effects as those described above can be provided.

Furthermore, for example, if the outlet marking 2050 is provided on a transparent member and the rear movable body is movable between a position where it overlaps with the outlet marking 2050 and a position where it does not overlap, the visibility of the outlet marking 2050 can be changed depending on the movable body's movable position. More specifically, for example, if the movable body is decorated in a similar color to the outlet marking 2050 or has a blending decoration, when the movable body is moved to a position where it overlaps with the outlet marking 2050, the color or decoration of the movable body becomes visible around the outlet marking 2050, making the outlet marking 2050 less visible as it blends into the color or decoration of the movable body. On the other hand, when the movable body is moved to a position where it does not overlap with the outlet marking 2050, the movable body becomes invisible around the outlet marking 2050, making the outlet marking 2050 more noticeable in comparison and making the outlet marking 2050 easier to see. Alternatively, if the movable body has a different color or decoration than the out-exit notation 2050, moving the movable body to a position where it overlaps with the out-exit notation 2050 makes the different color or decoration of the movable body visible around the out-exit notation 2050, making the out-exit notation 2050 more noticeable and easier to see. On the other hand, if the movable body is moved to a position where it does not overlap with the out-exit notation 2050, the movable body of a different color or decoration becomes invisible around the out-exit notation 2050, making the out-exit notation 2050 less noticeable and harder to see. In this way, the visibility of the out-exit notation 2050 can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, so it is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that achieves the same effects as those described above.

Furthermore, the outlet marking 2050 may be located behind the movable body. In other words, the movable body may be located forward of the outlet marking 2050. In this way, when the movable body is moved to a position where it overlaps with the outlet marking 2050, the forward movable body can hide the outlet marking 2050, making it difficult to see, and when the movable body is moved to a position where it does not overlap with the outlet marking 2050, the outlet marking 2050 can be made visible. Therefore, the visibility of the outlet marking 2050 can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, and a pachinko machine 1 that achieves the above-mentioned effects can be realized.

Specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 151, if the movable body is a press operation unit 303 (pop-up button) that rises when a player participation-type effect is executed and allows the player to press it to participate in the effect, in the normal state where the press operation unit 303 is moving downward, the outlet notation 2050 and the press operation unit 303 do not overlap, making the outlet notation 2050 visible and alerting players to the presence of the sub-outlet 2023. In this normal state, the outlet notation 2050 can also be seen by other players, but since play is in normal mode, other players will only glance at the pachinko machine 1 without staring at it, making it difficult for them to notice the outlet notation 2050, and the pachinko machine 1 will not look unattractive. On the other hand, when a player participation type effect is executed and the pressing operation unit 303 is raised, the out exit notation 2050 and the pressing operation unit 303 overlap, making it difficult to see, but a player playing with this pachinko machine 1 is aware of the existence of the sub-out exit 2023 under normal conditions, and therefore will not mistake the sub-out exit 2023 for a winning slot even if the out exit notation 2050 is not visible. On the other hand, when a player participation type effect is executed, other players will pay attention to this pachinko machine 1 due to effects such as light emission and sound that indicate the start of the effect, but as the pressing operation unit 303 is raised, the out exit notation 2050 overlaps with the out exit notation 2050, making it difficult to see, and therefore it is possible to prevent the appearance from being impaired by the out exit notation 2050 being visible and to relatively improve the appearance. Furthermore, because the player participation effects are visible to other players, these effects can attract other players, making it easier for them to select this pachinko machine 1 as the pachinko machine to play.

The above describes embodiments for implementing the present invention, but the above embodiments can be modified as appropriate without departing from the technical concept of the present invention. In other words, the technical concept of the present invention can be applied even if the above embodiments are partially modified or multiple embodiments are combined.

For example, in the above embodiment, the gaming machine is a pachinko machine 1 or a slot machine, but it is not limited to these and may also be applied to a pachislot machine or a gaming machine that combines a pachinko machine and a pachislot machine, and in this case, the same effects as those described above can be achieved. It can also be applied to so-called enclosed gaming machines, in which the player does not come into contact with the gaming ball B, and gaming machines known as controlled gaming machines.

1 Pachinko machine 2 Outer frame 3 Door frame 4 Main body frame 5 Game board 5a Game area 1100 Game panel (game board)
1112 opening (opening)
2500 Center accessory 2510 Center frame (center frame)
2511 Front protrusion (protrusion wall)
2511a Partition (Partition)
2518 Stage 2519 Demolding trace 2521 First member (center frame)
2523 Third member 2523b Upper wall portion (protruding wall portion)

Claims (1)

A game board having a game ball flow area on the front side;
A gaming machine equipped with a center role object attached to the gaming board and made of a transparent member,
The center device has a bottom wall member having a rolling section capable of rolling the game ball in the left-right direction and a central release section capable of dropping the game ball rolling on the rolling section toward a specific winning area,
The bottom wall member is provided with a demolding trace portion formed during the molding process,
At least a part of the demolding trace portion of the bottom wall member is provided so as to be substantially symmetrical with respect to the imaginary center line of the central discharge portion,
A gaming machine characterized in that a predetermined light emitting means is provided behind the bottom wall member.